mm*

imp

.I'm ^

^ga

r» .^E> ;x> >j^
& '>!> ::2P> > i-_

:> >:> >3 D>3_

3> y^ .^:>^s>

i ':>

::2> ^•oo -.

^^jr^ :>v^':?>>'

if

I»^t>r>

?-:>>>^

a S

WHITNEY LIBRARY,
HARVARD UNIVERSITY

THE GIFT OF

J. D. WHITNEY,

Sturgis Hooper Professor

IN THE *

MUSEUM or COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY

^^H"^

^ x^Jul^f^x^teA,

^3 3>

> > >> >

:^ >3 A>

SB

'^ .)'^»^^

3^

:>3 O =

■■ 'm> .jf yj>^

: ~m J J^J)^

■ :m ^ M^

cj» :»!> 3>

0> ^3j :>_

■^:--^^

nil

^'B--

:S3 »D

3^- ^

35)

ZB I^

^

-^S

O^I3C»»iiO>

^*^ :i^-

Jt5Z»

^^X^>3L^

3 > :3>

3 3.,:t

^^-

^wmS^

■^s=^^ J»0 S>> S^P

^ 3 OZ
jB 3)D_„

PllOCEEDlNGS

AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY

HELD AT PHILADELPHIA

PROMOTING USEFUL KNOWLEDGE

Vol. X

.TANUAEY ISGo TO DECEMBER 18G8

PHILADELPHIA:
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY

BY M ' C A L I. A & S T A V E L Y

^1 8 G 9.

AM.PMOrO-HTHOG» OO "^ .Y > OS 80 f(NCS PROCESS >

PROCEEDINGS

AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY.

Vol. X. JANUARY, 1865. No. 73.

Stated Meeting^ January 6, 1865.

Present, nine members.
Dr. Wood, President, in the Chair.

Letters were read from the Natural History Society of
Emden, the United States Coast Survey, and Mr. John Bid-
die, announcing donations for the Library.

Donations for the Library were received from Mr. John
Biddle, of Philadelphia; Mr. Wm. S. Sullivant, of Ohio; the
United States Treasury Department; the Royal Astronomi-
cal Society; the Director of the Mint, and Prof. Zantedes-
chi, of Padua.

A letter from Otto Struve, dated Pulkova, Dec. 1, 1864,
announced the death of a member of the Society, F. G. W.
Struve, at St. Petersburg, Nov. 11 (23), 1864, aged 71.
Prof. Kendall was appointed to prepare an obituary notice of
the deceased.

The decease of Hon. Geo. M. Dallas, at Philadelphia, Dec.
31, 1864, aged 72, was announced by Judge Sharswood, and
on motion, Mr. J. R. Ingersoll was appointed to prepare an
obituary notice of the deceased.

On motion. Judge Sharswood was excused from preparing
an obituary notice of the late Samuel D. Ingham.

VOL. X. — A

O [January.

The report of the judges of the annual election of the
Society, held this day, was read, and the following named
officers were declared duly elected according to the laws,
ordinances, and regulations of the Society for the ensuing
year :

President.
George B. Wood.

Vice-Presidents.
John C. Cresson,
Isaac Lea,
George Sharswood.

Secretaries.
Charles B. Trego,
E. Otis Kendall,
John L. Le Conte,
J. P. Lesley.

Counsellors for Three Years
Isaac Hayes,
Robert E, Rogers,
H. C. Carey,
Robert Bridges.

Curators.
Franklin Peale,
Elias Durand,
Joseph Carson.

Treasurer.
Charles B. Trego.

Prof. Lesley was nominated Librarian for the ensuing year.
Pending nominations, Nos. 529, 530, 531, 532, 533, were
read.

1865.] 3 [Troyon.

On motion of Dr. Coates, a special committee was ap-
pointed on the preparation of a medal for the Magellanic Pre-
mium, lately awarded, consisting of Dr. Coates, Dr. Wilcocks,
and Mr. Peale.

On motion of Dr. Barnes, the thanks of the Society were
ordered to be presented to Mr. John Biddle, for his valuable
donation of Oriental books presented this evening.

Whereupon the Society was adjourned.

Stated Meeting, January 20, 1865.

Present, seventeen members.
Dr. Wood, President, in the Chair.

A letter was received from President Wayland, dated Pro-
vidence, R. I., January 15, 1865, enclosing his photograph,
and a donation of $5, towards the expenses of forwarding
the Proceedings by mail.

The following letter was received from M. Troyon, dated
Lausanne, November 10, 1864, communicating certain facts
connected with a reopened Cemetery of the Merovingian era :

M. THE Sec. of the Am. Phil. Soc, Philada.

Sir: I have the advantage of informing you of the reception of
the Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society, Nos. 69,
70, which have just arrived, and for which I return my thanks.

Having the honor to be a member of your learned Society, you
will permit me to say a few words respecting some excavations which
I have made during the last few weeks, at my country seat of
Bel-Air, near Lausanne, where I have already previously opened
more than three hundred tombs of the Merovingian age. The tombs
of this vast cemetery, which I discovered in 1838, are arranged in
three stories (sout etagees en trois couches) or layers, beneath the
surface of the soil. The most ancient is at a depth of five or six
feet, while the highest layer is covered with only two feet of earth.

Troyon.] 4 [January.

The superposition of the graves is not at all perfect, and it is easy
for one to convince one's self that, after having filled once the conse-
crated space, they continued to inhume in the same cemetery, but at
a little less depth, so as not to disturb the graves of the inferior
layer, and finally recommenced for the third time the same operation.
Some of the graves of the superior layer have also been reopened to
place some new corpse, on which occasion the bones of the preoccu-
pant have been swept p^^e mile into a corner, or into a pocket made
to receive tbem.

The dead, stretched on their backs, were placed so as to have their
eyes directed to the rising sun. A certain oscillation in the direc-
tion of the graves arose, without doubt, from the season at which the
inhumation took place.

The construction is various enough. Sometimes the dead was
simply deposited in a coflSn of wood. Forty tombs have been cut iu
a bank of rock. The rest were constructed of rubble wall or with
great roujrh flag-stones.

The ornaments gathered in this cemetery, and classified separately,
according to the layer to which they belong, witness a sensible
development of civilization from the fifth to the eighth centuries of
our era, a period during which these inhumations have taken place
on the hill of Bel-Air.

The warrior was accompanied by his arms, lance, arrow, and large
cutlass, of iron. Great clasps (agrafs) and plates of iron, incrusted
with silver, adorned the sword-belt. Sometimes a vase of glass or
clay occupies the foot of the tomb. The child imports its playthings,
and the woman her ornaments, necklaces of glassware or of enamel,
knitting-needles (broehes), rings, and pins. The artisan preserves,
also, the instruments of his profession. Many graves, however, con-
tained nothing but a skeleton. The whole presents characters of
present society, the rich and the poorj and it is to be remarked
that the grave of the old man, accompanied by less regrets, is
also furnished with fewer ornaments.

The Helveto-Burgundian population, whose tombs I discovered,
professed Christianity, and left many signs symbolic of their faith;-
as, for instance, on the plates of bronze, the image of Christ bless-
ing, of the prophet Daniel in the den of lions, or of a personage
adoring the Cross, and turning the back on a fantastic figure, symbo-
lizing the conversion of the heathen. On the other hand, the traces
of the superstitions of the ancient worship are numerous enough.
It is not rare to find fragments of glassware and pottery, which have

1865.J 5 [Troyon.

been deposited intentionally in the cofl&n. For a long time I could
not comprehend their signification, but I have learned that identical
deposits are sometimes still practised in certain Alpine valleys, with
the feeling that it is a means of protecting the defunct from the at-
tempts of the demon. Most of the tombs contain scattered embers
taken from hearths, the traces of which subsist at under one or two
feet of earth, around the circumference of the cemetery. As I have
quite recently made the observation to M. le Baron de Duben, Pro-
fessor of Anatomy at Stockholm, he has informed me that in our
own day the inhabitants of Dalicarlia and Wermland still spread over
the coffin of the departed burning coals, which they hide under
their clothes in a little case (cassolette), but he is not able to in-
form me what signification they attach to it. 1 find, also, from
time to time, flints, with steels (briquets), in allusion to the spark
of life which should one day reanimate the remains; but other
flints are lamellae and arrow-heads, to which they evidently attributed
the value of amulets, as the peasantry of many European countries
do to-day, when they discover some of these fragments (pisees), which
they carry under their clothes to keep ofi" or cure certain maladies.
I even possess in my collection an arrow-head of flint set in a heart
of gold, bought a few years ago from a Scotch peasant.

Tombs of the kind of those at Bel-Air are found at numerous
points in Western Switzerland, and it is to be remarked that we
have just there the true ancestors of the present population. It is
not, therefore, without interest, to determine that the general form
of the crania of the Merovingian era was sensibly difi'erent from that
which obtains now. The typical form then was generally elongated,
with a decided posterior development, while the heads of our day
are rounder, and have a greater frontal development. We see, then,
the Christian civilization reacting on the development of the ence-
phalon in one and the same people, the road upwards being always
slower to travel than that of degradation.

Be pleased, M., to accept the expression of my most distinguished
sentiments. Your devoted

Fred. Troyon.

Lausanne, November 10, 1864.

Donations for the Library were received from the Royal
Astronomical and Geological Societies in London; the Essex,
Albany, and Franklin Institutes; the American Antiqua-
rian Society; the American Journal of Science and Arts;

g [January.

Blanchard & Lea, and Dr. Slack, of Philadelphia; and the
Architect of the Capitol at Washington. Allibone's Dic-
tionary, Vol. I., and the Philadelphia Directory, for 1865,
were purchased for the Library.

The death of Edward Everett, a member of the Society,
at Boston, January 15, aged 70 years, 9 months, was an-
nounced by Mr. Fraley. It had already been announced to
the Nation by the President of the United States.

A letter addressed to the President of the American Phi-
losophical Society, and accompanied by a sealed envelope,
was read, and referred to the Board of Officers and members
of Council.

The committee to whom was referred Mr. T. P. James's
paper, entitled "On new Mosses of the United States," re-
ported in favor of its publication in the Transactions, which
was so ordered.

Ten plates of MS. drawings of Tertiary leaves from the
Tertiary beds of the State of Mississippi^ by Mr. Lesque-
reux, of Columbus, Ohio, was offered by Mr. James for pub-
lication in the Transactions, together with an estimate of the
cost of drawing and printing made by Mr. Sinclair. On
motion of Mr. James, the subject was referred to a commit-
tee, consisting of Messrs. James, Durand, Leidy, Carson,
and Coates.

The committee to which was referred the subject of the
Magellanic Premium and Medal, reported progress by its
chairman, Dr. Coates.

On motion of Mr. Fraley, Mr. Lesley was appointed Li-
brarian for the ensuing year.

The Standing Committees for the year were then appoint-
ed, viz.:

Committee on Finance. — Mr. Fraley, Mr. J. F. James, Mr.
S. Powell.

Committee on Publication. — Dr. Bridges, Mr. T. P. James,
Dr. Carson, Mr. Marsh, Dr. Wister.

Committee on Sail. — Mr. Peale, Prof. Coppee, Judge King.

Committee on Library. — Dr. Bell, Dr. Coates, Mr. Price,
Mr. Barnes, Mr. Briggs.

1865.] 7

The list of surviving members was read and corrected.

Pending nominations, Nos. 529 to 533, and new nomina-
tion, No. 534, were read.

Balloting for members then proceeded, and the following
were announced by the President, duly elected members.

L'Abbd Ovide Brunet, Professor of Botany, Laval Univer-
sity, Quebec.

Prof. Goldwin Smith, University of Oxford, England.

Prof. A. Winchell, Geologist of the State of Michigan, De-
troit.

Mr. Wm. E. Whitman, Attorney-at-law, Philadelphia.

Prof. Geo. J. Brush, Yale College, New Haven.

And the Society was adjourned.

Stated Meeting^ February 3, 1865.

Present, fourteen members.
Dr. Wood, President, in the Chair.

Letters accepting membership were received from George
J. Brush, dated New Haven, January 24, 1865, and from
Ovide Brunet, dated Quebec, January 28, 1865; the latter
giving the date of the death of Mr. Ross Cuthbert as Sep-
tember, 1861, and the former enclosing a photograph of the
writer.

A letter declining the appointment to prepare an obituary
notice of Mr. Dallas, was received from Mr. Ingersoll, dated
January 23, 1865. On motion, Mr. Ingersoll was excused.

Donations for the Library were received from the Royal
Saxon Society, Prof. Zantedeschi, the Royal Astronomical
Society, Mr. E. Tucker, Editor of the Literary Gazette,
and Dr. Marcet, of London; the Essex Institute, New Jer-
sey Historical Society, Admiral Wilkes, and Mr. Snowdon,
of Philadelphia.

Q [February.

The death of Dr. K. M. S. Jackson, at Chattanooga,
January 18, 1865, aged 51, was announced by the Secretary.

The committee to which was referred the communication
by Mr. Lesquereux, for the Transactions, recommended its
publication, which was, on motion of Prof. Cresson, so or-
dered, and the committee discharged.

Mr. Briggs made a communication to the Society on the
eifects of impure air on human health, and the supposed ne-
cessity of aqueous vapor to a perfect system of hot air
ventilation.* The subject was afterwards discussed by Prof.
Cresson, Dr. Coates, who referred especially to the experi-
ments of Dr. De La Roche with hot saturated air on animals,
and Dr. Wilcocks.

Pending nominations, Nos. 524, 525, and 526, were read.

The committee appointed January 6, to report on the Ma-
gellanic Premium, reported progress.

And the Society was adjourned.

Stated Meeting, February 17, 1865.

Present, ten members.

Mr. Peale in the Chair.

Letters accepting membership were received from Mr.
Bost, dated La Force, January 23, 1865, and Prof. Winchell,
dated Ann Arbor, January 30, 1865.

Letters of correspondence were received from the Russian
Observatory, the N. H. S. Moscow, the Royal Academies at
Stockholm and Leipsig, and the Royal Asiatic Society of
Great Britain and Ireland.

Donations for the Library were received from the Russian
Observatory, the Societies at Leipsig, Stockholm, and Haar-
lem, the Asylums at La Force, the Royal Astronomical,

* [See at the end of ISo. 73.— Sec. A. P. S.]

1865.] 9 ITrippel.

British Meteorological and Royal Geographical Societies, at
London, the Edinburgh Observatory, Royal Irish Academy,
and Prof. Houghton, the Boston Library, and Messrs. Blan-
chard & Lea.

The death of Capt. J. M. Gilliss, Superintendent of the
United States Naval Observatory at Washington, February
19, 1865, aged about 55, was announced by Mr. Trego, and
on motion of Mr. Fraley, Prof. Henry was appointed to pre-
pare an obituary notice of the deceased.

The Secretary read a communication from Mr. Alexander
Trippel, of Bethlehem, with drawings, illustrating Dr. Schinz's
gas-generator for puddling and heating furnaces.

REHEATING FURNACE WITB GAS-HEATING FOR
ANTHRACITE.

This furnace, which is represented in the accompanying plans,
has the form and size of those in use at the Bethlehem Iron-works,
with the exception of the fire-box, for which gas-generators are
substituted, to convert the fuel into gas, previous to its combustion
in the furnace.

The advantages of heating by gaseous fuel are now well known,
and the system has been in actual operation ever since 1838, when,
in Germany, Mr. Bishoff first used the tunnel-head gases of iron-
blast furnaces.* Since then, the principle of converting fuel first into
gas, before its application for heating bodies, has been variously ex-
tended and applied, especially for metallurgical operations, and here
again more than for other purposes, for reheating and puddling fur-
naces. Nearly all sorts of fuel have been tried: charcoal, kiln-
dried wood, peat, bituminous, and anthracite-like coals; and although
success was not always fully achieved, enough was proved that the
system offers considerable economy in fuel, and cleanliness of opera-
tion in the furnace, which, for some reasons, is of exceedingly
great value. The want of success is, however, not due to the sys-

[* The invention of the use of the tunnel-head gases was decided in
the celebrated lawsuit of the agent of Favre du Four v. the American
Iron-masters, to belong to one of the Iron-masters of Pennsylvania, Mr.
Bell, of Huntingdon County. See Iron Manufacturer's Guide, New
York, 1858. Sec. A. P. S.]

VOL. X. — B

Trippel.] JQ [February.

tern ; but in all cases of unsuccessful ness it could easily be proved,
that the construction of the furnace had not been in accordance with
facts, well and conclusively established by science, as well as practi-
cal experience, and was principally caused by a want of knowledge of
the nature of fuel, and its chemical composition, the action of its com-
ponent parts, when mixed with the oxygen contained in the atmos-
pheric air, and the requisite conditions for a perfect combustion.
From my own observation I can say, that the so called gas-furnaces
have been constructed in such an irrational way, that success would
have been either accidental or a miracle. Still, the possibility, or
rather certainty, of making a much better use of, and obtaining a con-
siderable higher useful effect from, fuel of all kinds, when first con-
verted into gas, has occupied the minds of some of the most promi-
nent men, and naturally more so in countries where the consumption
of fuel is in excess of its production ; and while some of the greatest
savants have now proved conclusively that heat is equivalent to
power, others have, in a more practical direction, tried to find the
conditions necessary to obtain all the useful effect a fuel can furnish
according to theory.

Foremost in these efforts has been Prof. Charles Shinz, editor of a
large work on " The Application of Heat," and several other works
treating similar subjects. Mr. Schinz, an eminent scholar in physics
and chemistry, and gifted with an uncommon experience in many
technical branches of industry, has shown that the most important
conditions for a perfect combustion have mostly been overlooked ; and,
in comparing the effect of the hitherto best methods of heating with
that which fuel ought and can give, he finds the following results :

Caloric Equivalent.

Fuel. Usual Method. Gas-heating.

Kiln-dried wood, . . . 2498 calorics. 3891 calorics.

Same, with 20 per cent, moisture, 1890 " 3006 "

Kiln-dried peat, . . . 3030 " 4574 "

Lignite (brown coal), . . 3651 " 5419 "

Bituminous coal, . . . 5228 " 7580 "

Anthracite, .... 5423 " 8034 "

It will be seen that the proportion of effect gives to the gas-heat-
ing method in all cases over 30 per cent., while comparisons with some
old practised furnaces will show as much as 52 per cent, saving in
fuel.

1865.] 11 [Trippel.

The most essential desiderata for a perfect combustion and the
highest possible useful effect are, according to Mr. Schinz,

First. Stochiometric proportioning of air and gases.

Second. Sufficient contact surface between air and gas, and diffe-
rent velocities for each of them.

Third. Compression of the mixed gases and air at the moment of
combustion.

Fourth. Some criterion, whereby to determine whether or not a
perfect combustion takes place.

It is hardly necessary to mention that, in order to make these
points, the chemical composition of the fuel must be well known ;
and that exact calculations have to be made with regard to all di-
mensions of the furnace. The rules and regulations by which to gain
these results, and the peculiar construction of the furnace, form the
chief points which distinguishes Mr. Schinz's system from others.
His furnaces were rewarded with the prize medal in the late London
Exhibition, and have since been patented in Europe and the United
States. Wherever they have been in use, they have given satisfac-
tion in every respect.

As already observed, the present descriptions and drawings repre-
sent a reheating furnace, of the form and size of those built and used
at the Bethlehem Iron-works, by John Fritz, Esq., superintendent
of the establishment. They have the advantage of combining the
most approved form with carefully designed gas-generators for an-
thracite coal.

Compared with the present consumption of coals in well-constructed
furnaces, the gas-heating system would save about 26 per cent, on
fuel, and allow the use of small coal, such as chestnut in the place of
lump, or lump and pea coal in equal parts. Another very considera-
ble advantage is the absence of ashes in the hearth, which often pre-
vents a perfect welding, and produces an inferior quality of iron.
This circumstance alone is doubtless, a sufficient inducement for the
introduction of the gas-heating form of furnace, as the evil influ-
ence of cinders is especially felt when fan-blowers are employed, and
when large plates of a faultless quality have to be produced. It is
further evident, that the gas furnaces will diminish the loss of metal
by preventing its oxidation or burning ; while the system admits
equally, when so desired, an excess of air, and thereby a powerful
oxidation, which, especially during a certain period in the puddling
furnace, will assist in expelling silicium, phosphorus, and sulphur.

In presenting the great advantages of converting fuel into gas be-

Trippel.] "|9 [February.

fore its practical application, I wish to state that, although this in-
vention is not new, and has been in actual use for twenty-five
years, it is now for the first time brought into a systematical form,
based upon scientific principles and facts shown by experience ;
and Mr. Schinz has certainly the incontestable merit of being the
author of this system.

A question of the greatest importance for industry, — the rational
use of fuel, — discussed in so many ways in a scientific and practical
view, to which a great number of improvements and inventions are
attached, has, nevertheless, been solved so far in a very imperfect
and irrational way; and good results were more accidental than based
upon sound calculations, as already said.

I will not pretend that Mr. Schinz's system is at present of equal
advantage for all applications, although it is equally well founded on
true principles; but for purposes where intense heat is required, it is
certainly the most rational and advantageous of all known. With
regard to the presented furnace, I will mention that its first cost is
considerable higher than that of ordinary furnaces, but this diiference
is made up by the saving in fuel within four to six months. It is
not to be denied that a close attention and moderate skill is required
for its construction, management, and repair ; but there is no doubt
that, with a strict adherence to the rules laid down, an intelligent
manager will find no difficulties, when aided by the good-will of the
workmen, to obtain all the desired results.

In the plates / to IV, we have the difi'erent sections of the furnace
represented. The six gas-generators are marked A 1 to A 6; the
main canal for the fan-blast with £, and the gas-flues, which conduct
the gas from the generators into the furnace, with C 1 to 6^6. In
plan IV, we have in D the pipes which lead the cold air from B,
under the boiler into the hot air pipes F, and from there the heated
air goes through H, into the injector J.

In plan /, we see in K the combustion canal, in which gas and air
for combustion are intermingled, from whence they enter with their
initial temperature into the furnace, L, thence through the flue, 31,
between the boiler and hot-air pipes, to be evacuated in the chim-
ney, P.

The Gas- Generators are, as will be seen in plate / and III, 3' 3"
wide, and in the clear, average 4 feet in height. The doors, Fig.
1 a, and 1 h, plate V, close the ash-pits air-tight. In them is a small
glass plate, to observe the burning of the coal in the generators.

The step grates are marked in plate ///, with A 1 to A 6, and

1865.] 13 [Trippel.

drawn in details in plate VI, Fir/. 4} they have a surface of 11.5
square feet each.

The apparatus to charge the coal in the generators is seen in
plate V, Fig. 2, in detail. On a cast-iron plate, fastened to the
wall, plate VI, Fit/. 22, moves another, plate V, Fig. 2, which is
provided with a rack, and receives a fire-proof tile within four
flanges, which covers the square openings of the first plate when the
generator is closed, and can be opened by means of a section of wheel
and lever acting on the rack. There is further a box on the upper
plate, which receives the coal when the generator is closed, and from
which they drop into the latter when it is opened.

The gas which is produced in the generators, is conducted through
the gas flues, 0 1 to 0 6, plate 1, II, III ; they have 46, respec-
tively 58 square inches opening each, and unite in the space, E, be-
low the combustion canal, K, from whence they pass the front of the
hot-air injector, J, and are consumed in the canal, K.

Blast Canals. A fan, with a capacity of 1700 cubic feet of blast
per minute, delivers the same through the main canal, B, plate I,
III, IV, to the generators to produce the gas, and to the hot-blast
injector to consume the same. Two eight-inch pipes, D, carry the
portion of air for the injector from the main channel in the room
below the boilers, where it circulates in a length of about 100 feet,
and becomes heated to 612° Fahrenheit in the pipes, F, from whence
it enters through the pipes, H, in the injector, N. The latter is
represented in plate 7/, in several sections; has a length of 5' 9 J"
by 1' 3|" height, and 1' 9f", respectively, 6" width. It is provided
with two slide-valves of 50f" square opening each, represented in
plate VI, Fig. 12, by means of which the influx of hot air can be
regulated.

The blast for the generators is taken from the main channel
through branch-pipes of 6'' diameter, then passes through an aper-
ture in the wall under the respective fire grates. The end pieces are
provided with circular slide-valves, having an opening of 31 square
inches each ; they are represented in plan* 111, section G, H, Fig. 3,
and plate VI, Fig. 6. By means of these valves and the corres-
ponding gearing and levers, the influx of cold air under the grates is
regulated.

The combustible gas which flows through the flues, C 1 to C 6,
unites in the vertically inclined space, E, then passes the injector,
provided with 52 holes of 1.19" diameter, through which the hot
air escapes and intermingles in so many cones, as holes, with the gas

Trippel.] "lA [February.

in the combustion flue, K. The latter has a width of 4' 2", with a
mean height of 1' 21", consequently a cross section of 5.3 square
feet, with a length of 4' 8". In commencing operations with the
furnace, the hot-air valve is closed, the gases pass unburned through
the hearth, escaping through all apertures with the blue flame of
carbonic oxide gas. Subsequently the air is admitted by degrees,
until the flames disappear, and the burnt gases, passing over the
hearth, appear clear, bright, and transparent. To avoid oxidation, a
little excess of gas is admitted.

The furnace, L, has a length of 12', a width of 5', and a mean
height from hearth to arch of 1' 11". The hearth is seen in plate
I, Figs. 1 and 2, and is built in the usual manner, but may be made
as judged best by the constructor. The walls and casing are seen in
plate /, IV. The arch has a spring of 4 inches.

The boiler is placed above the furnace, as in most cases, and
rests, together with the walls, etc., upon six large iron columns with
their frames, and upon two supports in the centre. The products of
combustion enter from the flue beneath the boiler, and pass all around
the hot-air pipes ; the boiler is provided with a flue, and offers a
total heating surface of 263 square feet, equivalent to at least 22
horse power.

In the several plans, we see the arrangement to support the boiler
wall are rails and cast-iron plates. The clear opening of the flue
leading to the chimney is here only one square foot, in order to com-
press the gases in the combustion canal, K, but room is left to in-
crease the same, if found necessary, to two or three square feet.

Calculation for the Furnace. The former consumption of an-
thracite for the furnace is presumed to have been 10.2 tons for 24
hours, or 952 lbs. per hour.

In admitting the most advantageous mode of heating with fan
blast in the usual way, and estimating the temperature in the fur-
nace to 2912° Fahrenheit, as the extreme, we have as useful efi'ect:

4161° initial temp, of anthracite.
Minus 2912° temp, of furnace.

1249° divided by 2912°— 0.30 =30 per cent.

The same fuel gives with gas-heating,

4928°-2912°

jq^q = 0.409, or 40 per cent.

We can consequently diminish the fuel at the ratio of 40.9:30 =
10.2 tons: ;f = 7.4 tons, or 27.4 per cent, saving in fuel.

1865. J 2^5 [Trippel.

In consuming 699 lbs. of fuel per hour, we have per second 0.194
lbs., ■which produces 80 cubic feet of gas, with a temperature of 2480°
Fahrenheit, requiring 10.59 cubic feet of air, reduced to 32° F.
temperature for its production, being 636 cubic feet per minute.

We need further for the combnsfion of 80 cubic feet of gas, 34.3
cubic feet of air at 572° Fahrenheit.

The products of combustion amount to 300.8 cubic feet per
second, at the initial temperature of 4928° Fahrenheit.

The formula for produced volume of combustion :

V = V (1 + at).

V ^ expanded volume (300.8).

V = volume at 0° (27.4 cub. feet).
a = expansive coefficient (0.003665).
<:= required temperature (2720° Celsius).

The contact surface between air and gas, which is required for
a perfect combustion of the latter, is calculated to 122 square feet.
The combustion canal being 3' 8" long, its cross section = 5.3 square
feet, and the number of tuyers in the injector being 52, we can ima-
gine 52 air cones with 0.098 + 0.328 = 0.213 feet mean diameter,
and 3' 8" in length. The 52 cones give consequently a surface of
52 (0.213, 3.14, 3.66) = 127.3 square feet, a little more than above
calculated.

The cross section of the fifty-two tuyers in the injector is
52 (0.04922.3.14)= 0.39 square feet; the quantity of air at 572°
passing through per minute, 60.34.3 = 2058 cubic feet, or reduced
to 978 cubic feet, at 32° F. and per minute.

9Qgg

The velocity of the air at the tuyers, Y z^^^r^ = 5277 feet per

minute, or 87 feet per second.

The head corresponding to this velocity r= 1.5 inch in a water
column, or 115.7 feet in an air column.

The velocity V of the same air, when passing at 32° through two

978
tubes of 8 inches diameter, is ;r-^^ = 1321 feet per minute, or 22 feet

per second.

The head just mentioned has, however, to be increased somewhat,
for two reasons :

First. For the suction caused in the gas-flues by the streaming
air; and,

Second. To cause a certain pressure on the air and gas in contact.

In this case we will be safe to add 10 per cent, of head.

Trippel.J ]^g [February.

The cross section of the gas combustion canal is 5.3 square feet,
less the cross section of the tuyers, 0.395 square feet = 4.905 square
feet. The quantity of gas entering this canal is 80 cubic feet per
second, or 4800 cubic feet per minute. The velocity will be then at

its entrance, V = Tqm, '^^ ^'^^ ^^^^ V^^ minute, and 16.3 feet per
second.

As the smallest cross section of the gas-flues is = 3.85 square

feet, we have the velocity in them, V = -^-^ = 1246 feet per

minute, and 20.8 feet per second, with a corresponding head of
= 0.087 inches in a water column, or 6.74 feet in an air column.
The pressure in the air pipes, branching out from the main canal
and leading to the hot air apparatus, being necessarily the same
as that of the tuyers in the injector, = 1.5 inches in a water
column, we have to regulate the circular valves, so as to admit per

10.-59
second 10.59 cubic feet of air under the same pressure = ^"- j, —

0.0203 square feet for each generator = 3 square inches.

The amount of consumed coal per hour is 952 lbs. for six genera-
tors, atid ] 58 lbs. for one, and per hour.

The open spaces of the coal are estimated to be about 2.14 square
feet for each grate, and the velocity of produced gas in the gene-
rator = 2TAP, = 6 ^^ ^^^^ P®"" second.

There were 18048 cubic feet products of combustion at a tempe-
rature of 4928° Fahrenheit, per minute. As they pass under the
boiler with a temperature of 2912° Fahrenheit, their volume is re-
duced to 7320 cubic feet (27.46. [4.46.60]); and when they leave
the boiler with an estimated temperature of 1301° Fahrenheit, it is
further reduced to 5832 cubic feet (27.46. [3.54.60]), by the di-
minished expansion.

We would have then a velocity of -~ = 97 feet per second.

The cross section of the entrance of the gas in the chimney is
1 square foot, and the corresponding head =: 1.86 inches in a water
column, or 144 feet in an air column.

Comparing this head with that necessary for the passage of the gas
into the gas-flues, we find that we have an excess of =z 144 — 6.74
= 137 feet of an air column. This pressure is too much, for the hot
gas would escape through the working doors, to the injury of the
workmen. But in making the cross section 2 square feet, the velocity

5832
would be -7^ =: 48.6 feet, and to corresponding head =: 35.2 feet

1865. 11 [Trippel.

in an air column, leaving consequently a surplus of 35.2 — 6.74 =
28.46 feet in the combustion canal, K.

3Jiina(jement of the Furnace. — We have here omitted entirely all
calculations regarding resistances, etc., as more or less irregularities
in the practical working cannot be avoided, and as, consequently, such
calculations would be quite illusory.

It will be, however, of much benefit, to use in connection with the
furnace a multiplicator manometer, of which we give a sketch with
the furnace plans.

The manometer has been known for a long time as a useful instru-
ment to measure the pressure of blast produced by blast machines.
The latter is generally of a higher pressure, so that minute divisions
on the manometer scale are of not much importance, and the usual
instrument is rather inconvenient, as it needs very close observa-
tions to see the oscillations corresponding to small diflFerences in the
pressure. For very low pressure, however, the usual manometer is
not admissible, as it would be diflScult, if not impossible, to determine
such small differences as parts of an inch in a water column. It was
Peclet who first proposed a manometer, which answered the purpose
of measuring very small pressures; Mr. Schinz improved the same
materially, and presents it in the following construction :

Fig. I, to in, represents a sheet-iron box, y, of 20" length, 6"
breadth, and 4" height, with a separate capsule of 4^" diameter
within, which reaches nearly to the bottom of the box, and is open
on both ends.

The cross section of the box, inclusive the capsule, is 20.6 = 120
square inches; the cross section of the capsule is \. (4j''.314) =
15,896 square inches.

The highest pressure of the wind is calculated in this case to 2" in
a water column. If we have that pressure, the height of the water
in the box will be 1", and in the capsule 3". As soon as this
pressure ceases, the water in the box will rise in proportion of
120: (2 -f 15.896) = 0.2649" (as the capsule contains 2.15896
cubic inches), above the original water-level in the box, and at its
sinking, the water in the latter rises 0.2649 inches. If we lower the
level by a pressure of 2", the water in the capsule consequently rises
only 2 — 0.2649 = 1.7351".

This movement is now to be transferred to a mechanism which
shows this difference multiplied on a circle or a part of it. This me-
chanism consists simply in a swimmer, a, from which a silk thread,
J, goes over a roller, c, and is counterbalanced by the weight, d.

VOL. X. — C

Chase. 1 Jg [February.

The hand, e, has a length of 18", which multiplies, therefore, the
movement of the roller, c, and shows it on the arc, I.

The cord of this arc has a length of 24", and the angle at c, =. 84°,
The arc itself has 26.376" in length, which the hand, c, has to
pass to make a pressure of 2".

It is of importance now to give the exact diameter to the roller,
c, so that the hand describes exactly the rise of the water of
1.7351". The angle at c, being 84°, the roller, c, must have a dia-
meter corresponding to 1.7351" for an arc of 84°.

This diameter is d, = '^'lVj?f^ = 2.3682.
' 84.3.14

The length of the arc being 26.376", every inch is equivalent to

a pressure of 2qzi& "^ 0.06578. Fig. 1, of the drawing, represents

a longitudinal section; Fig. 2, a front view, and Fig. 3, a cross sec-
tion. A, is a wooden frame, or rather a box, with a door, B, and a
window-glass, C, at its face. D, is the sheet-iron box within ; a, is
the swimmer, h, the silk thread, and d, the counter balance; c, is the
roller in Fig. 4, in natural size, only designed for a pressure of one
inch. The roller, c, is supported by the iron plates, /, fixed by
means of small screws to the wooden frame; e, is the hand, and g,
denotes the sides of the water-box; h, is a small tube, closed by a
cork, m, to regulate the water in the box, and k, another tube, to
put the manometer in communication with the blast tube; i, is a
glass pipe, to show the level of the water, and to mark any disorder
of the instrument.

Mr. Chase made a communication on the traces of common
radicals in the numeration of various languages, and on the
original ideas involved in the names of the numbers.

ON THE RADICAL SIGNIFICANCE OF NUMERALS.

The facility with which the vowel u and the nasal consonants
combine with letters of every contact,* may, perhaps, naturally ac-
count for their frequent occurrence in the formation of the substan-
tive verb ;f but it is difficult to explain the various derivative ana-

* See ante, Vol. IX, p. 273.

f Eg. au, un, to be, ua, one; Cp. un, to he, one; L. sum, unus ; Gr.
i'lfAi, ehai; Ger. ein ; Dk. ui), wagka, to be, wai)ca, one; Y. wa, ni, to be;
C. we, to be; E. was, were.

1865.]

19

[Chase.

logues which appear to be based upon the idea of simple existence, in
any other way than by the hypothesis of a unitary origin.

If any conclusive traces of such an origin are still discoverable, we
may reasonably look for them in the numeral adjectives, and in other
words which denote the simplest and most universal ideas, such as
being, man, one, I, near. The words that we have instanced may
be so easily associated, that it would not surprise us if their originals
were all formed by modifications of a single primitive root, and I
think the Aboriginal languages of America furnish us with a pretty
satisfactory clue to that root, and to some of its earlier transforma-
tions.

We find, for example, Dk.* ug, wagka, to he, war), wagka, wagca,
a, one ; Om. ango, we are ; Ch. Yih ko, one, ngo, no, wo, /; L. ego,
nos; Ak. ako, one; Y. ako, a male, first (in compound words); Sh.
nok, one ; H. anokhi, Cp. anok, Eg. anuk, /; Sha. nicoti, Pa. necat,
Po. ngot, Le. nguti or cvati, one ; Sh. niko, near (in inikoyots, to
arrive at a place, enikota, to draw tight'); Mn. naka, Cr. hineka.

* The Indian words are taken from Eiggs' Dakota Dictionary, Halde-
man's Analytic Orthography (Trans. A. P. S. Vol. XI), Hayden's Eth-
nology and Philology of the Indian Tribes of the Missouri Valley (Ibid.
Vol. XII), Gibbs' Dictionary of the Chinook Jargon, and Rasle's Ab-
naki Dictionary. I am also indebted to Prof. Haldeman's valuable es-
say for many Oriental numerals.

Ab. Arabic.
Abn. Abnaki.
Ak. Arikara.
Ap. Apache.
Ar. Arapoho.
Arm. Armenian.
At. Atsina.
Bl. Blackfoot.
C. Chinese.
Cd. Coordish.
C. F. Cape Flattery.
Ch. Chippeway.
Che. Choctaw.
Chk. Cherokee.
Ck. Creek.
CI. Chaldee.
Cn. Chinook.
Co. Comanche.
Cp. Coptic.

ABBREVIATIONS.

Cr. Crow.
Dk. Dakota.

E. English.

F. French.

G. German.
Gb. Grebo.
Go. Gothic.
Gr. Greek.
H. Hebrew.
Hb. Irish.

Hm. Hamitic, or

Egyptian.
Ip. Ipai.
Ir. Iroquois.
Kn. Kansas.
L. Latin.
Le. Lenape.
Ma. Malay.
Mn. Mandan.

Nd. Nadaco.

Om. Omaha.

Os. Osage.

Pa. Passamaquoddy.

Pn. Penobscot.

Po. Potewatemi.

Pr. Persian.

Pw. Pawnee.

S. Sanskrit.

Sh. Shyenne.

Sha. Shawanee.

Sy. Syriac.

Tm. Tamil.

W. Welsh.

Wa. Waco.

Wl. Wallachian.

Wy. Wyandot.

T. Yoruba.

Yu. Yuma.

Chase.] 20 [February.

noio (nearness in time); Bl. anuks, nakotsio, small ; S. nicafa, Y.
nikusa, G. nach, W. nig, E. nigh ; Ar. nakait, At. nakasc, to sleep
(i. e. to draw the eyes tiijht^, Ma. nok, sleeping with the eyes, Ak.
hinuk, night, S. nactam, at night, Gr. v6f, L. nectere, nox, nux. The
association of the ideas of unity and nearness is confirmed by Aba.
pezeku, one, pessut, it is near.

Traces of a common radical are found in many of the words which
denote one and ten. H g. Sh. nok, one; Ak. nukini, ten; Pw.
peta, man, Cree. peet, one, Ak. pit, one (in pitiku = pit ako = 1,
1 = 2), Tm. paty, ten ; Bl. matapi, man, Cr. hamat, Ck. hemkin,
Mn. macana, Am. meg, mi, Gr. fua, Kn. miectse, one. Eg. met, mnt,
Cp. met, Cree mitatat, wetatat, Sh. matokts, Ar. metaitok. At. mata-
tasits, Ch. mitaswi, Sha. matatvi, Po. matatso, Pn. mdala, ten.

From roots indicative of division may be derived words signifying
one (a piece), two (divided). Jive (one hand), ten (one tale, or one
completed count). E. g. Ap. table, one, Chk. tali, two, Che. ta^^lapi,
Esk. tetlamet, yiiJe, Le., Pa. telan, ten, E. deal, dale, tale, tally, toll;
Ck. hokolin, Che. tuclu, two, Che. pucoli,* ten; Ap. daki, Ir. tekin,
two. Pa. dec, ten? (in escvonadec, nine = 10 — 1) Gr. dexa; Nd.
vistsi, one, Wa. vitf, two, L. bis, Nd. bit'h, two, binaja, ten, Yu.
kavic, two, Dk, kovig, two (in fakovii), seven = second two), Ir.
uisc'h, Wy. uviijive, S. vi, a particle denoting division or separation,
S. dvi, C. tuy, a pair.

A portion of the roots which appear to be properly embraced in
this class, deserve especial notice on account of the important part
that they play in the formation of the numerals from six to ten.
Among their analogues are L. seco, secundus, sequor; S. satC, C. suy,
F. suivre; Cr. akpi, added to; Dk. ake, a^a m, saijpa, more; Ar.
thakuina, to follow after one. E.g. Chk. sacvo, Ir. asca, Wy. scat, Pr.
pesac, C. F. tfacvak, one; Sha. nisvi, two; Le. cvataf, 6 i= second
one, nifaC, 7= second two, x^^, 8 = second three; Ch. i^godvasvi,
second one; ni jvasvi, second two, nifvasvi, second three; Pn. necud-as,
second one, tamba^v^-as, second two, nsa^-sac, second three; Sha.
nicotva^vi, second one, nisva^vi, second two, ntfvasic^vi, second three;
Dk. sakim, both, Cacpi, second one, facovig, second two, facdogaij,
second three; C F. aclesab, 8 = two from the second, sacvasab,

* This root c-1 is probably a corruption of the preceding t-1. For we
find Chk. tali, two, ca,lc\oci, 2-^ 5, seven; Ck. hokolin, two, culapacin,
seven.

1865.] 21 [Chase.

9 ^:=one from the second ;* Ip. fakoq, Yu. sakoq, Chr. scabi, C. sap,
Ma. sablas, ten.

In some of the Algonquin dialects, the word palin is used for five
or ten. E. g. Ck. palin, ten; Le. palina;;;', or palinu^c, Pn. pali-
nascu, = one pnb'n, Jive. The resemblance to Gr. ndXtv is signifi-
cant. We find in Chinese pa, to turn the back vpon, to put asunder,
pa', numeral of thinijs grasped with the hand (compare S. pantfan,
Co. manucht, five, L. manus, Hm. mn, fore-arm, shin), lin, five
families, neighbors, the appearance of numbers.

Some successive probable derivations can be traced to an extent
that is wonderful, considering that the languages have no literature
or other means of checking dialectic variations. Thus a satisfactory
connection, in my opinion, can be traced between Wa. tau, three, and
Dk. loga (in shageloga, eight = second three), through the interme-
diate forms Dk. dogag, Le. na;fa, Nd. dahau, Wa. tau. Le. af,
second, and Wa. tau, three, give S. aftau= Gr. ozrcu, eight. Po. faca,
Kn. fogca, Dk .naptCiogka, naptfigwagka, nine (nape, hand, napin,
botli, napin-tfir)-wai)ka= &o^7i ivanting one), are all probably afiiliated.

Some instances of special resemblance, which, if unsupported,
might be regarded as accidental, are entitled to consideration in con-
nection with the broader analogies that have been pointed out. Such
are Co. semmus, one ; Ma. sembilam (one from ten), nine ; Cn. clip,
first, before, H. aleph; Ip. sin, C. sing, L. singulus, one; C. si, Pa.
sis, Cd. sise, Pr. &\,foHr ; Ak. catif, S. catur, four ; Wy. tsutore, Ir,
tsata, S. saptan (all of which may be formed by Vesperian roots sig-
nifying second two), seven; Ak. nukinivan (^=. one from ten), S.

* Duponceau, in his Volney prize essay (M^moire sur le Systfeme
Grammatical, »&c., p. 59), makes the following reference to the Algon-
quin numerals. "Mais de cinq a clix ces langues suivent une autre
m^thode, et c'est la meme que celle qui a ete suivie par I'inventeur de
chiffres romains. Pour six, on dit cinq un, pour sept cinq deux, pour
huit cinq trois et pour neuf un dix, c'est-£l-dire dix moins un, ce qui
r^presente exactement les caractferes numeriques YI, YII, YIII, IX.
Get ordre d' iddes n' existe point dans la langue de I'ancienne Kome, et
cependant se trouve dans sa numeration ecrite et abr^ge^. D'ailleurs on
ne raper5oit point dans la formation des noms de nombre des autres
langues connues."

Hager (Explanation of the Elementary Characters of the Chinese, &c.)
has pointed out the resemblance of the Chinese and Roman numerical
characters, and I subjoin some of my reasons for believing that the re-
semblance is traceable in many of the Aryan, Shemitic, Hamitic, and
Turanian languages, as well as in their "numeration ecrite et abr6ge6."

Chase.] 22 [February.

navan, L. novem, nine; At. enanapetasits, Gr. evvsa; Gb. pu, Che,
pucoli, Bl. kipua, ten. I have elsewhere* suggested the affinity of S.
catur and C. cat ur, doubled (wo; analogues to cat are found in Ak.
citu, the whole, Ar. cia, again, Dk. ici, together, ocitkogza, equal ; ur
is equivalent to Le. af, second; catif & tsutore may, therefore, be rea-
sonably regarded as the precise equivalents of Oriental cat ur.

There are some anomalies, for which I have been unable to hit
upon any explanation that entirely satisfies me. E. g. Sh. nok, one,
Bl. nok, three; Sha. nisvi, two, Ch. nisvi, three, Bl. nisvi, four; Dk.
zaptag, Os. s&i^, five, S. saptan, Ir. tsata, C. tsat, tfat, seven. The
analogies may probably be best accounted for by roots signifying divi-
sion or sequence.

If Ip. and Yu. sin, Co. sem, C. sam, are, as seems very probable, al-
lied to S. sam, Gr. auv, L. sumo, con, cum, Hm. sm, to gather, we can
trace some very interesting resemblances to the monumental Egyp-
tian or Hamitic numerals. E. g.

One. Hm. ua, uot; Dk. wag; Ak. wan; Tm. wana^; L. unus;
Po. ngot.

Two. Hm. snau, sente; H. fne, fnim; Gb. sa^. The root Cn in
some of the Shemitic dialects is modified into On or trn, as in Ab.
id'nain, CI. tren, Sy. trin (compare Tm. rendu? L. semi?).

Three. Hm. /ament, ;j;'amet;f Ip., Yu. ;^amoq; C. sam; Gb. ta^
(Cn. q'qlon? Ap. t'he?); Le. na/a; Mn. nameni; Dk. yarani. The
above-noted Shemitic equivalence of f and tr, may account for the
Aryan form tri.

Four. Hm. ftu, ftou; Che. ufto; Os. toba. Bunsen suggests that
ftu may be derived from 1 + 3. From Vesperian analogy, as well
as from the Hm. forms for five and seven, I suspect that f is another
form of the root of division, vi (compare L. findo).

Five. Hm. tu, tiu (a division?). Compare C. woo, Wy. uvif,
five; Che. tuclu, ^MJo; Sy. trin, ^z«o; y^\. inniZ, five.

Six. Hm. sou, so {second ox fiolloioingf). Compare C, CI. suy;
Dk. fakpi, S. faf, H. fef, six; L. sex, secundus.

Seven. Hm. sa;^f, sa;ffe, /asfi; Dk. fakowig; H. febaj Go. sibun
Hb. foct.

Eight. Hm. ;j^men, ;^meni (second three)) H. fmnah. See
Three.

* Chinese and Indu-Euro^iean Boots and Analogues, p. 2, and ante v.
VIII, p. 11.

f ^ inclining to f.

1865.] 23 [Chase.

Nine. Hm. psit; Le. pefcu^c (=pesac, one [sumP^, ciij, wanting,
wagka, owe); Bl. piksua.

Ten. Hm., Cp. mnt, met, meti; Sha. metatvi; Po. matatso; Cree
mitatat, mitatano; Shy, matokto; At. matatasits. Compare Cp.
meti, ha//; L. medius, dimidium; S. madhyaj Y. medji, hoo.
Roots denoting measurement (metior, mete, &c.), may very naturally
have been derived from the same root as met, ten.

From comparisons like the foregoing, it appears that the primitive
numerals, so far as I have been able to trace their probable origin,
were intended to convey the following ideas :

One. Existence, a piece, a group.

Two. Division, repetition.

Three. Collection.

Four Twice two.

Five. Hand, division, collection.

Six. Second one, five-one, twice three.

Seven. Second two, five-two.

Eight. Second three, five-three, twice four, two from ten.

Nine. One from ten, three threes.

Ten. One (group), two (fives).

Pending nominations Nos. 534, 535, 536, and 537, were
read.

A discussion took place respecting the remaining volumes
of Duponceau's Memoir on the Chinese Language.

And the Society was then adjourned.

Stated Meeting, March 3, 1865.

Present, ten members.

Dr. Wood, President, in the Chair.

A letter inclosing a photograph was received from Mr. C.
A. Schott, dated Washington, March 1, 1865,

Donations for the Library were received from the Royal
Astronomical Society, Prof. James Hall, the Franklin Insti-
tute, the Academy of Natural Sciences in Philadelphia, the
National Academy, and Mr. C. H. Hart.

Marsh.] Q^ [March.

The Secretary laid on the tables copies of the Proceedings
No. 72, just published, with revised lists of the members, &c.

Mr.- Marsh communicated the results of calculations in re-
ference to the heights of the auroras of January 16, and
February 20 and 21, which led to a prolonged discussion of
magnetic phenomena by the members present.

About 7 o'clock on the evening of January 16, at Gerraantown
(lat. 40° 1' long. 75° 11'), my attention was called to a bright mass
of white auroral light, stretching E. and W. from horizon to horizon,
in the form of a pretty regular and well-defined arch, 21° to 3° in
width, having its highest point marked very nearly by Zeta Ursae
Majoris. Below it only a dark segment was observed. Of its posi-
tion and appearance from time to time, I made the following notes :

H. M.

7 0 p. M. Upper edge reached Zeta Urs. Maj., or very nearly

so; outline regular.
7 10 " Upper edge reached Zeta Urs. Maj., or very nearly

so; outline irregular.
7 15 " Upper edge reached 1° below Zeta; outline not

well defined.
7 30 " Upper edge reached 1° @ U° below Zeta; bright.
7 38 *' Upper edge reached 2° below Zeta; bright.

7 58 " Upper edge reached 1^° below Zeta; bright.

8 8 *' Centre of arch 1° above centre of line joining Zeta

and Eta ; bright.
8 15 " Centre of arch 1° above centre of line joining Zeta

and Eta; upper edge 2° below Zeta; bright.
8 23 '* About the same; very bright; the whole width of

light between Zeta and Eta.

8 35 " Aurora more extended ; very bright in N. W., but

clouds interfered with its exact location.

9 30 " Quite cloudy; light more diffuse; higher.

9 45 " Arch bright; rather higher; apparently a mere

opening in the clouds.
10 15 " Entirely obscured by clouds.

The width of the arch, at least in the part to which the above
notes particularly refer, remained nearly constant. No streamers
seen, and only white light.

The " Telegraph," published at Brunswick, Maine (lat. 43° 53'

1865.J 25 [Marsh.

lonj^. 69° 55'), contained the following notice by the editor (Mr. A.
G. Tenney) :

** We observed a magnificent aurora on Monday night, just about
8 o'clock. At that hour it formed two bows, the larger and exterior
one spanning the sky from N. E. to N. W., at an angle of about 45°
at its greatest elevation above the horizon, while the interior bow
extended only a few degrees, and rose not more than 4° or 5° above
the horizon. Both were as perfectly marked, well defined, and dis-
tinct as any rainbow that we ever saw; although, in the case of the
aurora, the bows were broad bands of light, the larger one covering
several degrees of the heavens."

Mr. T. informs me that the estimated altitude was obtained by
fixing his eye upon what he supposed to be the zenith, and then
running it down to the upper edge of the bow, and estimating the
proportional parts. On going again to the same spot, and recalling
as nearly as possible the position of the arch, he was confirmed in hia
original estimate. But subsequently being furnished with a star
chart, upon which he could trace its position, he satisfied himself
that his figures were too high, and the path which he finally marked
upon the chart as the result of repeated trials, indicates an elevation
of only 32°. In view of the well-known tendency, in all unprac-
tised observers, to underestimate zenith distances, this change is
about what might have been anticipated, and the corrected result
seems to be entitled to confidence as an approximation.

Eight o'clock at Brunswick corresponds to 7h. 39m. at German-
town, at which time my notes show that the upper margin was about
11° below Zeta, or about 7^° above the horizon.

Taking as a base line the difference of latitude (3° 52'), and com-
bining these results, we get for the actual height of the arch from
the surface of the earth, 67.3 miles.

On the 20th of February there was another arch, which was thus
noticed by Dr. Henry C. Perkins, in the " Newburyport Herald" of the
following day :

*• As the Pleasant Street clock struck eight last evening, a bril-
liant arch, about 6° or 7° in width, spanned the heavens from east
to west; involving in its luminosity the four stars in the head and
neck of Leo; passing about 2° to the north of Castor; having Ca-
pella on its southern edge, inclosing Perseus and Andromeda in its
folds, and thence coming more directly to the west. It was quite
uniform in its width and brilliancy, but lasted only a few minutes."

This description shows that this arch passed through the zenith at

VOL. X. — D

Marsh.] 26 [March.

Newburyport, its southern edge having an elevation of about 89"
above the southern horizon.

Fortunately, Mr. Tenney was, at the moment of its formation, en-
gaged in correcting the altitude of that of January 16. He says :

*' Whilst we were looking this evening, at 8 o'clock, there was a
magnificent auroral display, mostly, however, made up of shooting
beams. But all at once an arch was formed — say about ^° wide (and
as it passed through the belt of Orion I have a good measure for
that), the upper edge cutting just below Venus, and so on through
Orion, that being its greatest elevation, and losing itself near the
horizon a little south of east. The arch lasted but a few moments,
but for an instant or two it shone magnificently."

By tracing on a globe an arch 3° wide, passing through the belt
of Orion, and similar in form to that indicated by Dr. Perkins's ob-
servations, we get a probable elevation of 41° for the southern mar-
gin, which, combined with the Newburyport elevation, gives 67
miles for the height of the arch.

This arch was also seen at Dr. G. Smallwood's observatory, at
Montreal. He says :

"At 7h. 50m. p. M." (exactly 8 o'clock, Newburyport time), "an
auroral arch was seen from this place, stretching from horizon to ho-
rizon E. and W., passing through the constellation Orion. It was
from 2° to 3° in breadth, and lasted about 18 minutes."

Assuming this arch to have had the exact form and position of a
parallel of latitude, at the height of 67 miles over Newburyport, it
must, as seen from Montreal, have had a much less elevation than
any of the bright stars in Orion, and could not, therefore, be said to
" pass through" that constellation.

This discrepancy may, probably, have resulted from irregularity of
form in this arch, combined with peculiarity of position. A glance
at a globe, in connection with Dr. Perkins's report, shows that in
this instance, as in several others recently, the pole of the arch was
considerably to the east of north. Consequently, Brunswick, which
is N. E. from Newburyport, is much more favorably situated for com-
parison with that place than Montreal, which is N. W. The part of
the arch nearest Brunswick, is that which is nearly vertical over
Newburyport, and observers, therefore, look at the very same object;
whereas that nearest Montreal lies much further N. W., and may be
quite different in form.

Results based upon the former appear, therefore, entitled to con-
siderable weight, notwithstanding their disagreement with the latter.

1865.] 27 [Marsh.

It is evident, however, that the same peculiarity of position would
require that the length of the base line, and, consequently, the
height, should be somewhat increased for Newburyport and Bruns-
wick, and diminished for Newburyport and Montreal.

Another arch, seen on the evening of February 21, is thus noticed
by Robert Treat Paine, of Boston, in the " Daily Evening Travel-
ler," of the 22d :

" At half-past 8 o'clock, bright branches of white auroral light ap-
peared in the N. W., and also in the N. E., which at 8h. 45m., ran
together, and formed a luminous arch from N. W. to N. E., the
centre of which passed a few degrees above the pole star. The arch,
however, was of short duration, as it continued only three or four
minutes, and at ten minutes before 9 o'clock, the aurora had entirely
disappeared."

H. D. Vail, at Philadelphia, carefully noted at 8h. 15m. (8h. 31m.
Boston time), the position of the upper margin, its highest point being
halfway between Gamma Ursae Minoris and the horizon, or at an ele-
vation of about 13|°. He did not continue his observations, but at
8J o'clock (8f , Boston time), William Dennis, at Germantown, esti-
mated its altitude at 15°.

As Mr. Vail reports the arch seen by him to have been regular
and complete, it is evident that the break existing north of Boston
at 82 o'clock, was too far east to be visible at Philadelphia, and what
Mr. V. saw must have been far to the N. W. of Boston.

Mr. Paine informs me that his attention having been mainly di-
rected to the N. E., he is unable to speak confidently as to the exact
location of the auroral branch in the N. W.; he has, however,
marked on a star chart his impressions as to the positions at 8 J and
8f o'clock respectively, showing a probable altitude for the highest
point, of 42° for the former, and 50° for the latter.

The above altitudes, 13 j° and 42° combined, give the height at
8h. 30m. Boston time, 64.8 miles; at 15° and 50° combined, at
8h. 45m. Boston time, 66.2 miles.

While the extreme closeness of agreements in these results for
January 16, and February 20 and 21, is, of course, accidental, the
average height (66f miles), seems fairly entitled to weight as a
rough approximation, and in the present state of our knowledge,
even such are valuable.

The results in this case agree with most others on record in indi-
cating that it is only in auroral displays of the very first class that, in
our latitude, at least, the "arch," or "curtain," is at a less height

Marsh.] 28 [March.

than 50 miles. In the grand display of August 28, 1859, the height
was 43 to 46 miles;* and in that of September 2, 1859, it was 50
miles. On ordinary occasions, the arch does not seem capable of
penetrating the atmosphere to so great a depth.

Dr. C. Smallwood, of the Montreal Observatory, sends the follow-
ing notes of observations made during a drive which was commenced
before 7 o'clock on the evening of January 16; but as the exact
time was not noted, they are not available for comparison in the above.

"Time, from before till after 7 P. M. Dark auroral bank in the
north, surmounted by a bright auroral arch of a greenish or yellow
hue, about 25° to 30° in altitude. This lasted for some hours. An
auroral bow or arch stretching from horizon to horizon, due E. and
W., passing the zenith, of 2° to 3° in breadth, of the same color as
the other auroral appearance. Its southern border was bounded by
Beta Orionis, its northern border by Procyon. It lasted a considera-
ble time, say twenty minutes, and exhibited a very distinct and well-
defined arch. It gradually vanished, but the auroral bank and ap-
pearance remained part of the night."

Mr. Tenny, also, noted another bright arch at 10 P. M. February
20, at an elevation of 12° and 15° from N. horizon; also, a fine one
on the 22d, and an imperfect one on the 25th.

Of another on the 21st February, Dr. Perkins writes as follows :

<' On the same evening (Tuesday), a most beautiful arch formed in
the north, and became elevated, say about 8° or 10°. It was of a
bright crimson hue at the base, green above this, and yellowish white
above the green, looking somewhat like a low rainbow, only diiferently
colored, its width about 5°. Soon after it was completely formed,
streamers began to shoot upwards from its eastern extremity, which
gradually, but rapidly, extended themselves towards the west, using
up the arch entirely as it progressed, just as a slip of paper would be
used up in setting it on fire at one end and burning it up."

Of the frequent auroral displays of the latter part of February,
this is the only one in which streamers played a conspicuous part, the
whole series being remarkably characterized by the exclusive preva-
lence of auroral "arches."

Pending nominations, Nos. 534, 535, 536, and 537, were
read.

And the Society was adjourned.

* Journal of Franklin Institute, 3d series, vol. 38, p. 353. Am. Journ.
Science, 2d series, vol. 32, pp. 320, 322.

1865.] 29

Stated Meeting, March 17, 1865.

Present, twelve members.

Dr. Wood, President, in the Chair.

Letters were read from A. Erdman, Director-in-chief of
the Geological Survey of Sweden, dated Stockholm, Novem-
ber, 1, 1864, and from Dr. W. Merkel, Secretary of the
Natural History Society at Nurnberg, dated June 15, 1864,
both announcing donations for the Library of the Society.

Donations for the Library were received from the Royal
Geological Society, the Society of Arts, the Royal Institu-
tion of Great Britain, the Royal Society, the Director of the
Magnetical Observatory at Toronto, Canada West; the En-
gineers of Mines at Paris, the Natural History Society at
Nurnberg, the Director of the Geological Survey of Sweden,
the Imperial Academy of Sciences at St. Petersburg, Pro-
fessors Silliman and Dana, Messrs. Blanchard & Lea, and
Mr. C. H. Hart.

The death of Dr. T. B. Wilson, a member of the Society,
on the 15th instant, was announced by Dr. Bridges, and Mr.
Lea was appointed to prepare an obituary notice.

Mr. Briggs referred to machinery used for extracting gold
from the ores of Colorado, and described the construction and
operation of some modifications recently introduced. The
ore is quickly reduced to an impalpable powder, and very
minute atoms of gold are readily separated from the matrix,
largely increasing the product. He also referred to the use
of the vapor of mercury, instead of the metal itself, in the
ordinary process of amalgamation for the separation of gold.

Pending nominations, Nos. 534 to 537 inclusive, and new
nominations, Nos. 538, and 539, were read.

And the Society was adjourned.

Porter.] gQ [April.

Stated Meeting, April T, 1865.

Present, fourteen members.

Dr. Wood, President, in the Chair.

A letter accepting membership was received from Dr. G.
Smith, dated Oxford, February 16, 1865.

A photograph likeness of Col. J. D. Graham was received,
dated March 28, 1865.

A letter inclosing a photograph of casts of Indian hiero-
glyphics cut in the rocks at Safe Harbor, on the Susque-
hanna, was received from Prof. T. C. Porter, of Lancaster,
dated April 1, 1865.

"I inclose much reduced photographic copies of figures carved by
the Indians on two gneissic rocks (A and B), in the Susquehanna
river, below the dam at Safe Harbor, Lancaster County, Pa., drawn
from casts in plaster, taken under the auspices of the Linnsean
Society of Lancaster County, in the autumn of 1863 and the summer
of 1864. The casts are boxed up and ready for sending to the
Smithsonian Institution. The largest figure is over three feet in
length. When the season arrives, we will secure for you a full set
of casts in plaster, from which accurate drawings can be made.

In the month of September, 1863, the existence of figures chiselled
out by the red men of our stone period on certain rocks in the Sus-
quehanna River became known to the Linnsean Society of Lancaster
County, and a committee was appointed, with the president, Prof.
T.. C. Porter, as chairman, to visit those rocks and obtain casts of
the figures in plaster. The work was begun and carried on during
the month of October, but not completed till the summer of 1864,
the rocks being accessible only at a low stage of the water. Draw-
ings on a greatly reduced scale were made from the casts by IMr.
Jacob Stauffer, and photographic copies, still more reduced, by Mr.
W. Gill, members of the Society. Those under the letter A belong
to the larger rock, and those under B to the smaller one. The
intention is to furnish the American Philosophical Society with a
full set of casts, in order that a permanent record may be secured in
their Transactions. Search for the implements used in cutting out

1866.] 31 tPorter.

the figures has, as yet, been unsuccessful. The following facts were
collected and reported by the committee.

Positio7i of the Rocks. — The Susquehanna river below the dam at
Safe Harbor, Lancaster County, is filled with a multitude of rocks
and rocky islets, various in size and extent, between which, the fall
being considerable, the water rushes, forming a series of rapids and
eddies, navigable only by canals. The width of the stream at this
point is scarcely less than a mile, and the jurisdiction of Lancaster
County extends to low-water mark on the York County shore.
Among these rocks are the two in question.

The larger one. A, lies a full half mile below the dam, in a line
nearly due south from the mouth of the Conestoga.

The smaller one, B, is situated about 250 yards further up, in the
same line, at a distance of some 400 or 500 yards from the eastern
shore.

The currents around both rocks are strong and swift.
Their Character. — Each rock is composed of several masses over-
lying each other at an angle of 45° down stream, the lines of divi-
sion running east and west, the southern crest being the highest.
They consist of gneiss, which is rather friable within but hard on
the outside. The surface is roughened by grains of quartz, and here
and there are seen distinct veins of the same material. The portions
facing up stream have been rounded and worn smooth by the action
of ice and drift-wood during the high freshets of early spring, as may
be inferred from the logs piled upon and around them, and from the
striae or grooves on the larger rock, produced probably by angular
pieces of stone imbedded in cakes of ice. Each rock has also, ex-
tending a little distance below it, a tongue of land on which grow
dwarf oaks, dogwoods, and a few herbaceous plants.

Their Dimensions. — Rock A measures through the centre, from
north to south, 82 feet, and from east to west 40 feet. It slopes
gradually upward from north to south ; the lowest part being 9 feet,
and the highest 16 feet above low-water mark. This rock is said to
be the highest in the river near Safe Harbor, and from its flat sum-
mit the prospect is extensive and beautiful.

Rock B measures, from east to west, on the north side, 20 feet ;
on the south side, 29 feet 8 inches ; from north to south, on the east
side, 12 feet 9 inches; on the west side, 8 feet 6 inches. The
height on the west side above low-water mark is 6 feetj of the east
side, 12 feet 9 inches.

From the east side a huge mass has been broken off, perhaps

Porter. J 32 [April.

during one of the ice-gorges which sometimes occur in the river at
this spot. It has fallen into the bed of the stream with the fractured
end uppermost. Its length is 12 feet 9 inches, and its computed
weight 27 tons. The oldest fishermen about Safe Harbor know
nothing, either from their own observation or from tradition, as to when
the disruption took place; and yet it must have happened since the
figures were cut upon the rock, for those found on the outer perpen-
dicular face of the fragment evidently belong to the same series as
those on the upper level surface with which it was once continuous.

The Fi(/i(res.* — The two rocks contain in all upwards of 80 dis-
tinct figures, and a number more almost obliterated. They are much
scattered, and seem to have been formed without regard to order, so
that it is not possible for an unskilled observer to .say that they bear
any necessary relation to each other. They are probably symbolical,
but it is left to those who are versed in American antiquities to de-
cipher their meaning.

Some points, however, are clear. They were made by the Abori-
gines, and made, at a large cost of time and labor, with rude stone
implements, because no sharp lines or cuts betray the use of iron or
, steel. This, in connection with their number and variety, proves
that they were not the oifspring of idle fancy, or the work of idle
hours, but the product of design toward some end of high importance
in the eyes of the sculptors.

Letters requesting subscriptions to historical publications
were received from J. Gr. Shea, No. 83 Centre Street, New
York, and Rice, Rutter & Co., Philadelphia, and referred to
the Library Committee, to take order.

A letter requesting a copy of the seal of the Society for
use in his forthcoming book on American Seals, was received
from A. B. Weymouth, No. 9 Green Street, Boston, and on
motion granted.

A communication was received from Mr. P. W. Sheafer,
in the form of a MS. section, showing the levels relative to
tidewater of the various coal and oil regions of the United
^ States, in a letter dated March 20, 1865. The MS. has
been used by Mr. Eli Bowen, in publishing his late work on
coal and coal oils.

* See Plate I.

]865.] 33 [Lesley.

Mr. Lesley took occasion, in presenting this communica-
tion of Mr. Sheafer, to describe the method of the existence
of the petroleum in the eastern coal-field of Kentucky, which
he had lately visited.

The whole surface of that part of the State of Kentucky,
watered by Paint Lick Creek and its tributaries, is a mass
of hogback ridges, sharp conical hilltops, and profound rock
gorges with steep or vertical walls, bordered by a broken
highland of coal measures. The highest hilltops of which
are about 700 feet above the beds of the deepest gorges, or
canons.

The wildest and most beautiful scenery meets the eye at
every turn ; long walls of rock, with their edges against the
sky ; extraordinary piles of pulpit-rocks, standing isolated at
the junction of two streams ; overhanging tablets of sand-
stone, two hundred feet long, and thirty feet thick, project-
ing twenty feet beyond their supporting cliffs, and a hundred
and fifty feet above the spectator's head; dark forest gorges,
heading up in caves, over the roofs of which fall high cas-
cades ; and in the decomposable faces of the cliffs, bear-dens,
and robber-caverns, and pit-holes of all sizes, sometimes so
numerous as to give the traveller the impression that he might
make out old inscriptions, with a genuine meaning in them, if
he tried.

From the disintegration of this world of friable sandrock,
from the slow cutting of the waters of all the forks of Paint,
down through from 200 to 250 feet of such strata, in the
lapse of geological ages, have come the incredible quantities
of loose, yellowish sea-sand, which form the terraced banks
of the Sandy River, fill up its valley-bed, and give to it its
name.

There are other similar sandrocks,* running horizontally

* On Low Devil Creek, a head of Eed Kiver, at the 236th mile of the
Base Line Survey, and therefore 50 miles west of Paintsville, the Tio-
nista (Freeport?) Sandstone lies 80 feet ahove the Conglomerate, and
is well filled with plant impressions, and has thin coal-seams wedged in
between its layers. S. S. Lyon, IV, p. 532.

Lesley.]

34

[April.

through the hillsides, higher up in the coal measures, and
forming crags and cliffs, caves, tables, pulpits, and ship rocks,
Fig. 1. of the same picturesque pattern ; but

they are comparatively thin, and of
small account compared with the vast
stratum through which the canons of
the Upper Paint waters have been ex-
cavated ; as the cross section (Fig. 1)
will best show. ISTothing, in fine, is
more remarkable about these waters
than the absence of boulders and frag-
ments of rock in the beds of the ra-
vines, the smoothness and gentleness
of the main streams, and the incredible
abundance of sea-sand ; and that these
features should coexist with the pre-
sence of lofty cliffs on every side, from
which it would naturally be expected
that thousands of fragments would fall
and encumber the slopes. But, on the
contrary, the homogeneous and friable
nature of the strata has permitted the
ordinary meteoric agencies, rain, frost,
sunshine, and wind, to wear them down
piecemeal, powdering up whatever deba-
cle occasional uncommon storms might
produce, and passing off the entire deb-
ris into the lower country of the Sandy
and Ohio rivers. For there is no evi-
dence that glacial action has ever had
a hand in forming this topography.

Tlie Coal 3Ieasurcs of the Paint Lick
country contain at least four coal-beds ;
one of them underlying the Conglome-
rate, and the others overlying it. They
are none of them large, but they will
serve the purpose of local consumption;
and, when fully explored, may prove

1865.1 35 [Lesley.

to be much larger and better than is now known, for the
country is in so wild and undeveloped a condition, and the
coal-beds of the Lower Coal Measures, to which these beds
belong, are so variable, that they may be expected to present
different aspects of size and quality on every different hillside.
The following scheme of the beds, showing their Kentucky
and their Pennsylvania names in opposite columns, will be
useful to enable one to understand them without confusion:

Top Hill Sand Rock =: The Mahoning Sandstone.

Coal No. 4 = Pomeroy Coal = Upper Freeport Coal.

Coal No. 3 = Coxe'sW. Liberty = Lower Freeport Coal.

Middle Sand Rock = The Freeport Sandstone.

Coal No. 2 = Main Peach Orchard = Kittanning Coal.
Coal No. 1, C == Clarion Coal.

Coal No. 1, B = Wheeler's ? = Brookville Coal.

Coal No. 1, A = Tionista Coal.

MILLSTONE GRIT := No. XII = THE GREAT CON-
GLOMERATE.

Coal Sub-conglomerate ; = No. XL Coal.

A few of the hills, being capped by the Mahoning Sand-
stone, contain all seven of these horizontal layers of coal ;
but the majority of the hills are only high enough to take in
Coal-bed No. 2, the Kittanning bed.

It seems to be well made out, especially by the labors of
Mr. Lesquereux, that the Coal Measures become thicker, and
the coal-beds larger and farther apart, as one pursues them
from the Licking Waters, in Magoffin and Morgan Counties,
eastward, across Paint Creek, Jenny's Creek, and Louisa
Fork, towards Tug Fork and the Virginia country. The
accompanying diagram, Fig. 2, gives three of Lesquereux's
comparative sections: one at West Liberty; one at Peach
Orchard, on Louisa Fork; and one at Warfield, on Tug
Fork of Sandy.

The Main Coal of the Peach Orchard mines, 5| feet thick,
seems to be the same bed with that mined on Paint Lick
Creek, Wheeler branch, a mile or two west of Paintsville, at

Lesley.]

36

[April

1-1

<!
o
o

1^

o
P

H
!z

H

i/j
<1

fR

1865.] 37 [Lesley.

an elevation of 195* feet above the creek, 4 feet thick (with-
out parting slates), and dipping locally 2° towards S. 80° E.

About the other beds we know absolutely nothing at all,
except that one or more of thenj becomes of great size (6 to
10 feet thick) in the neighborhood of Prestonburg.

The Suh-conglomerate Coal, which is a respectable 4-foot
bed in Middle Kentucky,! crops out all along the foot of the
Conglomerate cliifs, in the caiions of Upper Paint Lick
waters, just above water-level, and of variable thickness,
being sometimes only a few inches thick, sometimes yielding
two feet of coal, and sometimes showing an outcrop of mere
black slate, three or four feet thick.

This is, perhaps, the 6-inch bed of coal which the three
wells at Lyon's Steam Mill, at the mouth of Open Fork, are
said to have passed through, not many feet beneath the water-
level ; but I think it more probable that it is a second and
lower bed belonging to the Sub-conglomerate System, but of
still less practical importance.

A bed of iron ore (blue carbonate of iron) everywhere
accompanies the coal and black slate just under the Con-
glomerate Rock. But this, also — although well developed in
Middle Kentucky, — seems to be of small importance on Paint
Creek. ITear the Lyon Well I saw it as a stratum of balls,
2 to 4 inches thick, enveloped in shales,* and lying about 5
feet below the bottom plate of the Conglomerate.! The
shales are themselves ferruginous, and bog iron-ore springs
issue from the edge of the stratum, in many places, forming
puddles of yellow slime, which the people call sulphur, but
which is merely iron-rust, commonly mixed, also, with oil.

* Kentucky Eeports, Yol. I, p. 210.

f See Joseph Lesley's Report in Kent. Eep. Vol. IV, p. 474. The
bed near Proctor, Owsley County, is 42 to 50 inches thick, and is one of
a system of Sub-carhoniferous Coal Measures, consisting of five (5) beds.

J Some charlatan had given the neighbors to believe that it was an
ore of platinum. Just as Owen describes "the Swift mine" of silver,
near the Tennessee line, as turning out, on examination by him, to
be merely dark gray kidney clay ironstone. Vol. I, p. 222. In Estill
County, the ore varies from 7 to 24 inches, but rests directly on the sub-
carboniferous limestone. Vol. IV, p. 471.

Lesley.] 38 [April.

There are two other places for iron ore in the series, but
they have not been explored in this neighborhood. The Buhi'-
stone Ore of Clarion and Venango Counties, in Pennsylvania,
and of the Hanging Rock Region of Ohio, and of Grayson
and Carter Counties, in Kentucky, ought to come in between
Coal-bed No. 1, C, and Coal-bed No. 2. But the Kentucky
geologists conclude from their observations, that this remark-
able deposit did not extend itself so far south in this direc-
tion.

Another bed of iron ore, however, exists on the hills on
the east branch of Jenny's Creek, which probably spreads
itself more or less through all the hills of the country. It
underlies 30 feet of sandstone and 2 feet of shale ; and it
consists of a roof of pyritiferous sandstone, 8 inches ; black
bituminous shale, 1"10 ; iron ore, 2 to 4 inches; coal, 2"6 ;
underclay, 1 foot.* The inclosure of the iron ore between
two bituminous beds, is not favorable to its quality. This is
probably the same ore stratum which underlies the Top Hill
Rock (Mahoning Sandstone), on the Licking waters,t and
the Red River branches, where it is from 18 to 20 inches
thick, and of good quality, | The situation in the series is
precisely that occupied by the Summit Ore stratum of Arm-
strong County, in Pennsylvania. It deserves to be carefully
studied.

Petroleum is the mineral that excites most interest at pre-
sent in all this region, and the show which it makes upon
the surface is extraordinary. It issues in numerous places
from the base of the cliffs which form the walls of the cailons
through which flow the main Paint and its many branches.
It saturates the slopes and banks of loose sand. It flows off,
when the sand is stirred with a stick, as a shining scum upon
the surface of the stream. It has been caught against booms
and barrelled for sale. It unites, also, with the sweepings
from the Sub-conglomerate ore and coal shales, and forms
slimy ore bogs and muck heaps, where the base of the Con-

* Lyon's Report, Vol. IV, p. 543. f Idem, p. 538, 537.

J Idem, p. 535.

1865.]

39

[Lesley.

glomerate is at any greater height than usual above the water-
bed, and the slope from it is, therefore, longer than usual.
Such is the case at the Old Oil Springs, on the north line of
the May & Ross Survey, where it crosses the Oil, Little or
South Fork of Paint ; and again 200 yards lower down, at
Pendleton's Oil Spring.

A black reservoir of tar-like oil here occupies the centre of
a sloping bog, and is kept always full from a spring at its
upper limit, near the top of the slope and the foot of the
cliffs, about 20 feet above the level of the stream. Figure 3
shows the conformation of the ground ; a, the spring ; h,
the reservoir ; c, the bed of Paint Creek.

A mile further down the stream, but on the opposite or
right bank, and apparently 35 or 40 feet above the water, on
a steep slope, close under projecting cliffs, is a similar spring,
which has not produced any extensive bog, for want of a level
receptacle, but which has yielded "large quantities" of oil
in past years, and from which the petroleum continues to run
slowly all the time. Fig. 4 shows the contour of the ground
and the overhanging cliffs, at two places near the spring.

Three miles further down the stream, and within a mile or
less of its junction with the North or Open Fork, at Lyon's
Well, the oil is to be seen coming from the edge of the coal-
and ore-shales, just under the cliffs, which here tower to an
amazing height, especially upon the west, or Emigh Survey
side ; the survey cornering upon the stream close by, at a
stump, at the mouth of a little run. Fig. 5 represents, in a
formal manner, this section, and a pile of Conglomerate
crag, called the Crow's Nest, between one and two hundred
feet high, wonderfully tower-like and regular, opposite.

Lesley.] ^Q [April.

There are here, immediately underneath the lowest plate
of Conglomerate (20 feet thick), 5 feet of shales, then two
feet of yellow sandstone, then IJ to 3 inches of ball ore,

Fig. 4. — On Little Paint Creek^ Kentucky.

OIL SPRI

then black and blue slates to the creek level. A mile or two
up the creek, and perhaps half a mile above the mouth of the
Mine Fork, there are in these black slates two distinct beds
of coal, 6 feet apart: the upper 10 inches, the lower 24 inches
thick ; and oil flows from them continually in small quanti-
ties. The extraordinary erosion of these valleys could not
be studied anywhere to better advantage than at the junction
of the Mine Fork with the South Paint. The topography is
exactly reversed. The nose of rock making the fork, itself
one of the most romantically picturesque piles of pulpit rocks
to be found in the United States,* points up stream instead
of down, the tributary Mine Fork meeting the main stream
fair in the face. (Fig. 6.)

From the Crow's Nest down to the Lyon Well, and further
on down the Main Paint, the same appearances repeat them-
selves. Here are to be seen the old "stirring places," where,
before the rebellion broke out and put an end to all manner
of trade in Kentucky, Mr. George and others collected oil

* I have given the crag at this point the name of the Propj-lon, be-
cause of its remarkable likeness to that feature of Egyptian architec-
ture.

1865.]

41

[Lesley.

from the sands, by making shallow canals one or two hundred
feet long, with an upright board and a reservoir at the lower

Fig. 5.

CROWS NEST ON PAINT C?.KY

end, from which they obtained as much as two hundred bar-
rels per year, by stirring the sands with a pole. The same

Fig. 6.

method has been employed, with like success, as far down
Paint Creek as the cliifs continue high ; that is, to within six
or eight milea of Paintsville.

VOL. X. — F

Lesley. ] ^9 [April.

At Davis's, where the road crosses Paint Creek, just beloAV
the mouth of Little Glade Run, and in the midst of the finest
cliff scenery, — the Conglomerate being here 230 feet thick,
and the streams flowing at the bottom of it, between long
straight vertical walls,* — the black petroleum is perpetually
welling out, not only from under the Conglomerate, but from
crevices in the bare faces of the rocks, and accompanied, as
elsewhere, by yellow peroxide of iron. In the holes scooped
out of the sand and mucky banks of the run, the oil rises
visibly to the surface in clots, looking not unlike dead tad-
poles, which, slowly forming discs, widening and uniting with
each other, and covering the puddles Avith an iridescent coat-
ing, flow off" into the stream. The painted water is no curi-
osity, for we have been familiar with it as a guide to coal-
beds, and especially to the Sub-conglomerate ore-bed of No.
XI, these many years, although we never suspected its con-
nection with petroleum. But the clots of black petroleum
are very curious and characteristic.

It is evident, from the description gi^en above, and the
same description will answer for a large number of similar
springs in the numerous gorges through which the Licking
waters find their way westward into the Blue Grass country
of Middle Kentucky, that the petroleum of the oil springs
of Paint Creek has had its home in the great Conglomerate
at the base of the coal-measures ; still has, we may say ; for
it is still issuing, in apparently undiminished quantities, from
the same. How it came to be originally packed away there ;
how long a time it has lain there ; how much of it has
managed to sink slowly down through the mass, and collect
itself as a layer at its bottom level, just over or in the ore
and coal-shales ; how much of it still remains disseminated
through the mass ; how recently the streams have succeeded

* Some of the walled sides of the Little South Fork of Eed Kiver are
said to be impracticable for seven miles, where it is walled in, nearly
perpendicularly, to the height of 200 to 300 feet without a break. The
head of the Hotel branch of Graining Block Creek terminates abruptly
against a clilf 250 feet high, the chasm being about the same width.
S. S. Lyon's Keport, K. K. lY, p. 531; 229th mile Base Line Survey.

1865.] 43 [Lesley.

in cuttino; down their canons to the bottom of the sand mass,
so as to aflford an exit for that proportion of the petroleum
which had there collected to begin its escape ; how far the
petroleum, in its downward progress, has passed through the
ore and coal-shales, and has found still lower horizons to stop
it, and is there waiting for the oil-well borers to come and
give it issues to the surface; and to what extent, on the other
hand, the deeper and older petroleums (of which I shall speak
hereafter) have found fissures from below, up which to as-
cend to mingle with this petroleum of No. XII : these are
questions of the greatest practical importance, which no one,
so far as I know, has distinctly stated; and they can only be
fully answered after long practical investigation.

A Conglomerate age or horizon of petroleum exists : this is
the mai'n point to be stated. It must be kept in view apart
from all other ages or horizons of oil, whether later or earlier
in order of geoloo-ical time. I have no doubt that some of
the petroleum flowing or pumped from old salt wells in South-
western Pennsylvania comes from this horizon of No. XII.
The rock itself is full of the remains of plants, from the de-
composition of which the oil seems to have been made. I
noticed in the great rock pavement, at the Lyon's Well, over
which the creek water flows, many sections of tree branches
and stems, mashed flat, each section being, say 6 inches long
by ^ inch wide in the middle ; and when a jack-knife was thrust
down into the slit, so as to clear it of mud, the black tarry
oil would immediately exude and spread itself over the water.
A pointed hammer spalling ofi" flakes of the rock on each side,
shoAved not only that the slit itself was full of thick oil, but
that the whole rock was soaked with it, except along certain
belts (an inch or less wide and very irregular), Avhich, for some
unexplained reason, remained free from the oil.* Similar
specimens of "oil-rock" were obtained in other parts of the
valley, and may be got almost anywhere. Mr. Lyon was so
much impressed with the quantity of petroleum thus held per-
manently by the sandrock itself, apart from the immediate

• * My specimens still show this very remarkable peculiarity, although
I have had them in a dry, warm room for weeks.

Lesley.]

44

[April .

presence of the plants, that he actually erected a powerful
rock-crusher, and sunk a shaft, by blasting 38 feet, intending
to drift in the directions in which he found the saturation to
prevail, and to distil the rock after it had been reduced to
powder. Of course such a project was most unprofitable ;
but it well illustrates the abundance of the petroleum held by
the friable sandrock. Some of the great blocks of rock
which have fallen from the cliifs too recently to be as yet de-
composed, are literally full of the marks of the broken mace-
rated driftwood of that period. For hundreds of square
miles this vast stratum of ancient sea-sand is a thick packed
herbarium of coal-measure plants. My brother, in his report
of the counties further west, writes :* " Thin streaks of coal
are jammed in between the layers of the base of the Con-
glomerate, and even inlaid in the heart of the solid rock, all
along the line." But if the loose sands of the banks of Paint
Creek, derived, as they are, from this sandrock, can at the
present day receive and retain vast quantities of petroleum,
in spite of the perpetual washings to which they are subjected,
we can easily conceive of the wide, flat sandy shores of the
coal islands of the ancient Archipelago of the coal era be-
coming completely charged with the decomposed and decom-
posable reliquise of both the plants of the land and the
animals of the sea.

The Conglomerate is very irregular in its internal com-
position, or "false-bedded," even to angles of 15°, or
more. Instances are given below, taken from near Davis's
House. Under the rock in Fig. 7 Davis's principal oil

Fig. 7.

* K. K., Vol. IV, 1858, p. 454.

1865.]

45

[Lesley.

spring issues, as shown in Fig. 9 ; it formerly oozed from x.
The whole lower, shadowed, or overhung portion of the rock,
in Fig. 8, exudes oil from its false-bedding joints, as if these
surfaces had received and preserved an extra quantity of the
organic matter.

The Conglomerate is, however, still more irregular in the
thickness of the whole mass, as was demonstrated on a large
scale in 1857 and '8, by Joseph Lesley's survey of the west
edge of the coal area, from the Ohio River to the Tennessee
State line. He carefully measured the thickness of the sand-
rock No. XII, and the shales below it. No, XI, in every
county through wdiich the survey passed. On the Ohio River,
XII is 90 feet thick, over a few shales, with a thin coal-bed.
On the North Fork of Licking, XII is 150 feet thick, over
only 8 feet of shales, " with a well-defined bed of iron ore
and a foot of coal." On Miner's Fork, 148 feet of XII lies
directly on the limestone. In Estill County, XII is 196
feet, over 50 feet of XI shales, with a workable ore-bed and
27 inches of coal. At Standing Rock, XII is 210 feet, over

Fiir. 8.

li' Piv'iat Vn:k K.Ky ''tr^:^

50 feet of XL From this on, southAvards, XII is never over
80 feet thick, while the XI shales increase to 225 feet, with
two workable and three thin coal-beds, with three distinct ore

Lesley.]

46

[April.

shales.* At Proctor, XII is only 60 feet, while the XI
shale mass is even 296 feet thick. f

Fisr. 9.

Now I measured the cliffs on Paint Creek in many places,
and fomid the most striking variations. At Davis's, XII
is 230 feet thick, the whole of it visible, in a wall composed
of two members. Sometimes an upper unbroken wall, of 50
or 60 feet, is retired a little behind the lower and still more
massive wall, which rises directly from the bed of the stream.
I shall allude to this division afterwards. But the bottom
plate is distinctly seen at the water, and the top plate forms
perfectly level overhanging eaves to the gorge, on both sides.
Only four or five miles above Davis's, at Wash. Webb's ford-
ing, the top plate of XII is only 85 feet above the water,
and an oil spring issues 10 feet above the water, from under
what seems to be the lowest member of XII, 30 feet thick ;
for at James Williams's, opposite, shales and oil appear. See
Fig. 10. At Lyon's place, at the mouth of Open Fork, two
or three miles above Webb's, the top plate of XII is 140 feet
above the creek ; and although the water runs over sandrock,
yet shale is struck a few feet down in the well, and the sub-
carboniferous limestone at a lower depth ; while the rocks
are normally horizontal up stream, and the ore and coal shales
of XI are visible half a mile distant in that direction. I
have not the least doubt of the rapid variability of No.

* Kentucky Keport, Vol. IV, p. 454.

f Idem, p. 478.

1865.

47

[Lesley.

XIL And this accounts for the great variations in the
aspect of the valley at different places, the appearance and
disappearance of cliffs, the commencement and termination of

Fiir. 10.

oa'sPRiNC ATW.VJEBBS

canons, and the alternate ascent and descent of the margin
of arable land upon the hillsides above.

Oil wells, then, if bored in the Paintsville country, or in
the upper parts of the valleys of the Paint Creek waters, on
the Lewis Survey, cannot calculate on any fixed thickness
of No. XII to go through. They may find this mass of sand-
rock 50 feet thick, or 250 feet thick ; and the difference
must materially affect their production of oil, supposing the
oil to reside in this sandrock, or to be collected at its base.

The division of No. XII into two numbers is also im-
portant, because this ought to give two horizons of petroleum
instead of one. It is remarkable, that all through Pennsyl-
vania the Conglomerate (No. XII) shows a tendency to sub-
division into two or more massive sandrock members, sepa-
rated by somewhat softer or even soft shaly formations. It
is evidently a general feature of its character, produced by
some universally acting, still undiscovered cause. But one
of its effects is to establish a second line of oil springs at a
much hig-her elevation in the cliffs than the one I have been
describing. At Davis's, where the upper member of XII is
retired a hundred yards or so, at the top of an intermediate
slope, the oil is said to exude at all times as abundantly from

Lesley.] ^Q [April.

the base of this upper member as it does from the base of the
lower member. This is at an elevation of at least 150 feet
above the creek.

So, also, under the numerous cascades which the top plate
of the upper member of XII makes, for miles up the vallej,
there are similar exudations, as if the top member was charged,
like the bottom member, with petroleum.

Lower Horizons of Petroleum. — Under the country of
Paint Creek and the Licking waters lie the rocks of the
Devonian System, the upper part of which is the well-estab-
lished horizon of the IsT. W. Pennsylvania oil, and the lower
part of which is the equally well-known horizon of the Canada
and Michigan State oil. If we can get, therefore, the thick-
ness of measures between the bottom of the Conglomerate,
No. XII, and the top of the Devonian Formation, and also
the thickness of the Devonian Formation itself, we can ap-
proximate to the calculations of the normal depth of oil wells,
if bored to reach, first, the Pennsylvania oil, and secondly,
the oil of Canada.

This, then, is the first question : — How deep should the
Lyon Well, or the Hinckley Well, or the Spradley Well, or
any other well starting from the bottom of the Conglome-
rate, descend, to strike the upper face of the Devonian Sand-
stone ; and how much deeper must it continue to go to reach
the Blue Limestone on which the Devonian System rests ?
When this first question is answered, it does not follow that
the oil will be struck at precisely those places in the Devo-
nian System at Avhich it is struck in Pennsylvania, Virginia,
or Canada ; for that Avould depend on the continuance, over
immense distances, of certain individual oil-bearing rock
members of that system. Thirdly, The quantity of oil at
any such level will be a local peculiarity, dependent origi-
nally on the local abundance of organic matter, both ani-
mal and vegetable ; and, secondarily, on the local thickness,
coarseness, and general fractured condition of the oil-bearing
rock.

To answer this question, it is necessary to state the order
of the formations, as follows, descending: —

1865.] 49 [Lesley.

XII. Conglomerate Sandrock.
XI. Sub-conglomerate, or Lowest Coal Measures.
XI. Sub-carboniferous Limestone.
X. Upper Devonian (Catskill) White Sandstone.
IX. Upper Devonian Red Sandstone and Shales.
VIII. Middle Devonian (Chemung) Clay Sandstones.
VIII. Lower Devonian (Portage, Hamilton, and Upper
Helderberg) Olive Shales and Black Slates, viz.:
Genesee Slate;
Tully Limestone;
Hamilton Slate;
Marcellus Shale;

Corniferous and Onondaga Limestone;
Scoharie Grit;
Cauda-galli Grit.
VII. Oriskany Sandstone.

VI. Upper Silurian (Lower Helderberg) Limestones:
Onondaga Salt Group ;
Gait Group;
Niagara Group.
V, IV, III, II, I, it is not needful here to specify.
Enough has been said, perhaps, respecting the Conglom-
erate ; and respecting the No. XI Ore and coal-shale system
under it.

No. XI Limestone is the next Important formation to con-
sider. Just the reverse of No. XII, and the other sandstone
formations, which have their greatest thickness along the At-
lantic seaboard, this "Sub-carboniferous Limestone" of the
Great West tlmis away easUvard (or northeastward) almost
to nothing ; is scarcely 10 feet thick where it enters Mary-
land, and not 2 feet thick in Eastern Pennsylvania. But in
Southern Virginia it is quite large ; and in Middle Kentucky
it is twice as thick as No. XII, but, like it, subject to great
variations. Only 70 feet thick on Tygert's Creek in Greenup
County on the Ohio River, it increases to 400 feet in Clin-
ton County on the Tennessee State line. It is composed of
alternating white, gray, and buff-colored layers of rock, vary-
ing in quality from the most argillaceous claystone to the

VOL. X. — G

Lesley.] 50 [April.

purest limestone. Its lowest strata contain, in many places,
large dark green flint pebbles, which seem to have been ex-
tensively quarried by the aborigines. Traces of lead are
found through its centre beds. The drainage through it is pe-
culiar. The valleys excavated in it are dish-formed, broad,
and shallow, and rarely have streams flowing through them ;
for the waters of the springs above are carried down through
sinkholes and cracks in the cavernous limestone, and often
reappear only to plunge again and again, before they finally
gush out in copious, clear, and never-failing springs, along
the junction of its base with the next underlying Knobstone
formation, near the mouths of the valleys, as they open to-
wards the Blue Grass country. We have thus valleys which
are technically dry, the bottom being a mere series of dry,
crater-shaped holes, where cattle graze.* In Bath County
(70 miles west-northwest of Paintsville), the valleys are ter-
raced with two lines of springs, an upper line of warm soft
water coming from the coal shales under XII (85 feet thick),
and a lower line of cold hard Avater, issuing from the base of the
XI limestone,t 140 feet thick. In Powell County (60 miles
west of Paintsville), the limestone is thick and cavernous;
sinks and caves are seen on every hand ; the cavern roofs fall
in and let down the upper ore and coal measures, so as often
to baulk the miners of their bed, over large areas. | On Rock
Lick and War Fork, in the north corner of Jackson County
(about 45 miles W. S. W. of Paintsville), the great thickness

* Copied in substance from J. Lesley, Ken. Eep., IV, 452.

f Idem, p. 466, 467. See, also, the description under the head of
Kockcastle County, page 482.

J Ken. Rep., IV, p. 472. Between Roundstone Creek and Kentucky
Eiver Valleys, in Rockcastle County, where the Conglomerate XII is
very thin, and only in fragments on the upland, a remarkable number
of holes occur in it, only to be accounted for by reference to the caver-
nous nature of the underlying limestone, on which it almost immedi-
ately rests, the shales of XI having run down from 240 to 40 feet. The
No. XI limestone measuring variously 115, 145, 182, 220, and 240 feet,
the last in the southeast corner of the county. The " cavernous" mem-
ber of XI is described as being about 100 feet down from the top of the
limestone. I think it possible that the downthrow (of XII) of 150 feet
at Davis's Fording may be due to the same cause.

1865.J

51

[Lesley.

of both the XI Shales and the XI Limestone will be apparent
from the followino; section :*

Fig. 11.

Coal Measures,

It might be argued that this limestone formation is not itself
much, if any, concerned in the question of oil, from the fact
that the formation is absent in the oil districts of the Ohio
River on the Pennsylvania State line; as well as from the
fact of its clayey and cavernous constitution, no oil horizon
being as yet known in common clay rocks, nor any positive
proof having been yet afforded of its collection in caverns so
extensive and communicative, and so well drained as those
which characterize this formation. But on the other hand,
it may be urged : 1, that we do not know to what extent the
formation of caverns in it may be confined to the belt of
country in which its outcrops permit the cavern-producing
waters to escape with their dissolved material ; 2, that the
Rathbone Well, in Virginia, 700 feet deep, and the Lyon
Well, now to be described, both penetrate the limestone, and
find in it flows of oil ; and its crevices may, therefore, in some
regions, play the part of the crevices in the sandrocks which
yield petroleum ; and 3, that it is croAvded with animal or-
ganic forms, as can be seen from the following section copied
from Mr. Lyon's Report, K. R., Vol. IV, p. 528.

Section obtained on the 218^7^ mile of S. S. Lyons Base Line.

Feet.
XII. Thick, remarkably false-bedded, fine sharp grit-rock, . 10
" Thin-bedded, sharp grit-rock, . . . . . 11

^' "Whitish sandy shales, ....... 22

XI. Ore beds ; and gray shales, ...... 2

" Thin-bedded, buft' limestone, mf/i.s7iwc!^/ossi?.s rare, . 8

* J. Lesley, K. R., IV, p. 481.

Lesley.] 52 LApril.

Feet.
XI. Thin-bedded earthy limestone, Retepora, Archimedes, Pen-

tremites, ......... 2

" Thick-bedded drab limestone, 13

'' ? Aluminous and calcareous shales, .... 10

" Flaggy, whitish oolite limestone; large Pentremites pyri-

forniis, ......... 10

" Soft earthy buff limestone ; irregular angular fracture, 11

" Semi-oolitic crystalline limestone, producing red soil, . 22

" Kough concretionary blue-gray limestone, ... 10

" Gray limestone with buflf-colored segregations, . . 2

'* Bright buff earthy limestone ; no fossils, ... 4
" Irregular thin green-gray ; no fossils ; few chert beds at

the top, 24

" Thick-bedded semi-oolitic limestone; top, no fossils, segre-
gations and beds of green flint ; lower part, Penti'einites,

Crinoidea, Bellerophon, Fish, ..... 22
" Blue earthy limestone and shales, containing Corals, S2nri-

fera, Terebratula, Retejiyora, Crinoidea, ... 38

" Soft yellow earthy limestone, 56

X. Soft greenish silicious shale (Knobstone), ... 32

" Hard greenish silicious shale, ..... 16

" Hard fine-grained sandstone, ...... 16

" To the bed of Cow Creek, in all, 291

The Lyon Well was bored at the point of Paint Creek,
where its South, or Little (Oil) Fork, and its North, or Open
Fork, unite. The well-house stands on a plate of rock a few
feet above the water-bed. A well was blasted through 20
feet of massive sandrock, under which the auger went down
through 2 feet of shale, followed (at intervals not now remem-
bered by Mr. Lyon, whose record of the well is lost) by
micaceous sandstone, 33 feet of shale, blue sandstone, Avhite
marble, and blue limestone, to a depth of 213 feet.* Shows

* The men on the ground told me that 30 feet of blue slate rock was
the first bored through, beginning, say, 10 feet beneath the bed of the
creek ; then a thin but very hard rock. They said that this Belt of slate
was struck in the three wells on the creek above and below the Lyon
"Well, viz., the Donnell Well, bored 200 yards below the Lyon well,
and 200 feet deep, the second Lyon Well, and the Warner Well, both
near together, about half a mile up the Oil Fork, and 100 to 140 feet
deep, quitting in hard rock. In the Lyon Well, they thought they
struck a very hard thin rock about 140 feet down, and another 260 feet
down, whereupon the auger fell 4 inches, and the gas blew the oil to the
surface, and it began to flow. Such details from memory are worth
little.

1865.] 53 [Lesley.

of oil were obtained at 124 feet, 160 feet, 193 feet, and 213
feet. The pump rods came up covered with oil as thick as
softsoap, so that a pint of it could be scraped off at a time.*
The oil obtained at 124 feet was of a specific gravity of 15°,
while that obtained at 213 feet had a gravity of 30°. f The
limestone and "marble" were tested with acids, and undoubt-
edly mark the place of the upper layers of the Sub-carbonife-
rous Limestone of XI, Avhich nowhere crops out to the surface
in all this sandy country. |

The depth of the S. C. Limestone below the Conglome-
rate may be stated, therefore, from the imperfect record of
this well, to be 150 feet ; which suits the recorded thickness
of the Shales of XI, measured further to the westward. The
thickness of the Limestone of XI may be reckoned at about
the same ; so that the Lyon Well would have struck the top
of the Devonian Knobstone Formation, if it had been con-
tinued to a depth of from 300 to 350 feet.

It is as yet beyond our ability to distinguish the several
original sources of the petroleum obtained at different depths
from any one well. The specific gravities of the oil decreas-
ing with the increase of depth, is a fact which shows conclu-
sively that a chronic evaporation or distillation of the whole
mass of oil in the crust of the earth (within reasonable reach
of the surface) has always been and is still going on,§ con-
verting the animal and plant remains into light oils, the light
oils into heavy oils, the heavy oils into asphalt or albertite ;

* I saw several barrels of oil in the well itself resting on the surface
of the water. There are from 60 to 100 feet of pipe jammed in the hole,
as it was dropped by accident when the well was abandoned on account
of the unsettled state of the country.

f Mr. Lyon has been a distiller of coal oil, and had a distilling appa-
ratus in his well-house, so that his testimony is entirely intelligent.

X It is, no doubt, the "Marble Limestone" of the main street of
Mount Vernon, in Kockcastle County, a fine-grained white limestone,
much esteemed by limeburners there, lying 40 to 50 feet below the top
of the formation, and giving origin to a distinct horizon of springs. K.
K , IV, p. 482.

§ See my paper on the Petroleum Vein of Northwestern Virginia,
published in the Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society,
Philadelphia, May, 1863, Vol. IX, p. 185.

Lesley.] ^A [April.

the process being accompanied at every stage with the gene-
ration of gas. Therefore, the quantities of lubricating oil
coming out from the Conglomerate, along the valleys of
Paint Creek, prove the existence of immense quantities back
from the cliffs in the rock itself, under all the highlands.
And for the same reason, the heavy oils obtained first from
Lyon's and Donnell's and Warner's wells, followed by lighter
oils from a greater depth, prove the existence of yet uncal-
culated quantities of still lighter oils, at still greater depths ;
and of a world of gas-pressure which ought to make its pre-
sence known wherever there have been rents in the crusts,
downthrows, fallings-in, or serious slopings of the stratifica-
tion ; in a word, any sort of natural vent.

Burning springs are instances of this very thing. One on
Licking River, 4 miles above Salyersville, the court town of
Magoffin County, and only about 12 miles in an air line
southwest from the Lyon Well, has been celebrated since the
settlement of Kentucky.*

Another still stronger burning spring exists at a distance of
35 miles in the opposite direction, one mile above Warfield, in
the bed of the Tug Fork of Sandy, on the Virginia State line.f

* This Spring was described to me by Mr. Patrick, whose house (16|-
miles from Paintsville by road) stands half a mile higher up the valley.
It stands about 15 feet above water-level, in a dry place, the ground
being burnt around it. The gas roared continually, and, when fired,
would blaze 40 feet high. No oil was known there until a well was
bored, from which the principal part of the gas now blows oft", roaring
and fluttering in it, so as to be audible for one or two hundred yards,
scaring timid horses, before the well is within the rider's sight, and dis-
tinguishable by the smell for a quarter of a mile to leeward. The rock
was found to be fissured in all directions to a depth of 3 or 4 feet, so that
a knife could be thrust into the cracks. The auger went through about
150 feet of sandstone, &c., and is said to have got oil at every change
of rock, and to have dropped IJ inches at the end, where oil and water
rushed up, so that from 500* to 1000 barrels were estimated to have run
ofl" per year. The rebellion put an end to operations. A second well
was put down 100 yards distant down the stream, 130 feet deep, more or
less, which got oil; and a third well at Patrick's house, 160 to 170 feet
deep, which only got a small show of oil with some gas. These are the
only wells in the county, except a fourth at the extreme west end of it.

I This Burning Spring is in 15 foot water, the whole of which is kept

1865.] 55 [Lesley.

These facts alone would suffice to prove the ground under
the Paint Creek country charged with gas. But we have
nearer evidence.

The Spradling Well, 4 miles up the creek from Paintsville,
and 9 miles down the creek from Lyon's Well, on the Mud
Fork of Paint, | of a mile above its mouth, blows gas contin-
ually, which burns when lit.*

The whole of this section of Eastern Kentucky is, in fact,
an underground oil region. Judge Harris's well, opposite
Prestonburg, in Floyd County, 12 miles up Sandy River,
above Paintsville, was bored about 600 feet deep for salt,
and abandoned on account of the great flow of oil in 1845.
The only record preserved was the fact of going through

in a state of ebullition by the gas, which, when fired, will blaze up as
high a.s a man. When the stream is frozen over, holes are broken in
the ice to fire the gas. Two wells have been bored in "Warfield, 20 rods
apart, in one of which the auger dropped 14 inches, at about 300 feet,
six years ago, and the poles were greased with the ascending oil. The
other well flows oil into the stream. Each gets salt water at about 800
feet. There seems to be a fault across the Fork, which throws the big
coal-bed under for nearly 4 miles.

* D. T>. Owen thus describes a burning spring in Clay County, in his
Kent. Kep., Vol. I, p. 217, as "a constant stream of gas escaping in
copious volumes through a pool of water, in a narrow bottom. A lighted
match suffices to set the gas on fire, which flashes instantaneously into
numerous jets across the pool, continuing to burn until the gas or a gust
of wind blows it out. Judging from the color of the flames and the
odor of the gas, it seems to be a mixture of heavy and light carburetted
hydrogen with some free or uncombined hydrogen. The commotion in
the water rendered it too turbid, without filtration, to test it satisfactorily
for its saline constituents. Bicarbonate of iron seems to be its principal
constituent. The gases must here reach the surface from some deep-
seated source, through an extensive fis.sure of the rocks concealed by the
debris from the hills, — perhaps from some bed of coal or iron ore ex-
posed to surheated steam, or other heat. . . . The elements must be con-
tained in the interior of the earth on a vast scale, since the Burning
Spring has continued to evolve these gases with unremitting energy
ever since the country was known to the first settlers." Through sand
and shales of the coal measures, seven salt wells, yielding 130,000 bashels
of salt per annum, penetrate to a depth of 1000 feet, getting brine at 121,
240, 293, and 552 feet ; at which last depth the strongest is obtained, the
auger dropping into cavities from which the brine, black with a car-
bonaceous sediment, gushes out, and afterwards grows clear.

Lesley.] gg - [April

black slate. Oil issued also from the Mayo Well, bored about
100 yards distant. These are the only wells in all that
valley. On Shelby Fork, of Sandy, in Pike County, oil
flowed from a salt well.

It is still doubtful whether the Knobstone formation which
immediately underlies the Limestone, is the receptacle of this
wide-spread petroleum, or whether we must seek the true
horizon in the Black slate formation which underlies the
Knobstone in its turn.

No. X Knobstone formation (consisting of two parts, an
upper Sandstone division, and a lower shale division) outcrops
in a belt overlooking the Blue Grass country, and measures
from 350 to 550 feet in thickness. The upper portion is a
thin-bedded, olive-colored, generally fine-grained Sandstone,
furnishing good grindstones sometimes, and always building-
stone. The lower and larger portion is an olive-colored mud-
rock, with pretty generally disseminated nodules of earthy
iron ore, from which come most of the Chalybeate Springs
of Eastern Kentucky. The upper member seems to corres-
pond to No. X, and the upper half of No. VIII, in which lie
the three oil sandrocks of Venango County, Pennsylvania
(No. IX being entirely unrecognizable). But the difference
of thickness throws us out of all our calculations ; for these
350 to 550 feet in Kentucky stand as the representatives
for at least 2000 feet in Northwest Pennsylvania, and for
12,000 feet in the Anthracite coal country. The Venango
County First, Second, and Third Sandrocks, which have be-
come so celebrated, occupy three horizons in the upper, or as
perhaps we should rather call it, the middle part of VIII,
lying at maximum depths of 200, 400, and 600 feet respec-
tively beneath Oil Creek Valley bed, but 700, 900, and 1100
beneath the'bottom of the Conglomerate, which there caps the
hilltops on each side of the Valley. The section represented
in Plate II will show this relationship of distances farther
down the Alleghany River, at Brady's Bend, where the Con-
glomerate has reached the level of the Valley bed, and is,
therefore, in the same relative position as on our Paint Creek
waters. But if, as is pretty certain to be the fact, the Shales

1865.] 57 [Lesley.

of XI and the Limestone of XI, taken together, are only
300 or 400 feet thick, and the Knobstone is 350 to 550 feet
thick, then the top of the black slates under the sandstone
might be struck at the depth of the Fint Venango Sandrock
(700 feet), and certainly would be at the depth of the Third
(1100 feet), or even of the Second (900 feet).

It is evident, therefore, that all reference to the " Three
Sandrocks" of the Oil Creek country is useless for countries
to the southwest of it, and will be made only by those who
are ignorant of the general bearings of the subject.

We can only say, that part of the 350 to 550 feet of Knob-
stone Form., X and VIII, represents the Oil Creek Forma-
tion, and, perhaps, contains one or more like horizons of oil ;
but whether in one, two, three, or what number of oil-bearing
• sandrocks, separated by oil-preserving shales, nothing but
actual experiment can determine.

It is probable that the wells which penetrate the Lime-
stone XI get their petroleum partly from the Conglomerate
above, descending with the drainage waters. But it is still
more likely that they get their principal amount of petroleum
from the Knobstone Formation below, by a system of fissures
similar to that of the Venango Oil region. In any case they
are bound to prove productive; and I have not the least
doubt that wells, sunk 600 to 800 feet along the Paint Creek
Valley, will produce reasonably profitable amounts of Upper
Devonian Petroleum, steadily, for an indefinite number of
years ; and this petroleum will be, of course, light oil, and
not the heavy oil of the Paint Creek Valley surface.

The amount of petroleum capable of being held by rocks
themselves is far greater than people imagine. They hold it
in three ways : 1. By being more or less gravelly and porous
throughout ; 2. By being cracked in systems of cleavage
planes throughout ; 3. By being traversed by large fissures,
which are, probably, all of them merely enlargements of
cracks along the cleavage-planes.

Every foot of gravel-rock may be considered to consist of
three-fourths quartz, &c., and one-fourth cavity, cleaned out
by long percolation, and now occupied by water and oil.

VOL. X. — H

Lesley.] 5g [April.

The proportion which the oil bears to the water in the gravel
is unknown, but must be far greater than in the 30 feet of
sandrock (taking one of the Venango oil rocks as a base
of calculation) at the top of which the gravel lies ; for the
oil will settle in these top layers of gravel, while the water
remains in the body and lower layers of the sandrock. If
the proportion in all bel to 100 (for the sake of the calcu-
lation), the proportion in the gravel may be 1 to 10, and in
the few inches at the extreme top, even 10 to 1. If we should
suppose only the uppermost four inches of the whole forma-
tion charged with pure oil, that would give an absolute layer
of oil one inch thick underspreading the whole cou^ntry as far
as the sandrock extends, or about 4000 millions of square
inches under every square mile, or, in other words, 17^ mil-
lions of gallons = 551,706 barrels. Each smtdrock should
be able to supply from each square mile of its area, the whole
present oil produce of the United States for ninety days be-
fore it is exhausted, and that without any reference to the
accumulation of petroleum in fissures.

Let us carry the calculation a little fiMrther, by taking now
the fissures into consideration.

The Paint Creek country is one of the most undisturbed
on earth. But the drying and hardening to which they are
subjected through geological ages crack all rocks ; and neces-
sarily in three directions. Two of these directions are always
and necessarily nearly vertical, one of them again, being the
direction of the primary or master system, going down
straighter and deeper, and giving origin oftener to large
fissures and downthrows.*

* The downthrow at Davis's, the petroleum vein on Hughes' Kiver,
and othci- faults and fissures of magnitude in this part of the Bituminous
Coal area, all belong to the same almost east and west system of cleav-
age-planes observable in the Alleghany River country.

In one great fissure (4 feet wide) of this east and west system on
Hughes' Eiver, the Devonian petroleum which underlies the Kanawha
country (precisely as it undei'lies the Paint Creek country) has collected
itself and hardened into asphalt, before the Kanawha valleys were
scoured out. There stands this vertical, east and west running vein of
solid petroleum, an evidence both of the abundance and of the antiquity

I865.J 59 [Lesley.

All clefts in sandrocks must, as a general thing, remain
more or less open ; and they are the great channels of rapid
underground drainage. Fissures in shaly mudrocks are closed
as fast as made by the plasticity of the mass, and by the
perpetual percolation of fine clay into them. Those which
penetrate coal-beds, for instance, are almost all filled up with
clay from the overlying shales ; while many of the fissures in
the coarser sandrocks are only choked with loose sand or
small water-worn pebbles. All these are permanent reser-
voirs of salt water and oil.

The law governing the number of these cleavage-planes is
a simple one ; the distance of the clefts from one another is,
in the main, proportionate to the massiveness of the strata
which they divide ; that is, the cleavage-planes of the great
beds of massive sandrocks lie much further asunder than those
of the thin-bedded sandstones ; while those subdividing beds
of shale are still closer to each other and more numerous.

The law governing the size or width, and also the length
and depth of the fissures, is an analogous one : the great
sandrocks exhibit clefts sometimes many inches in width,
and running many yards or hundreds of feet continuously.
The pressure of these rocks sometimes carries their cracks
down (or up) through the softer and thinner beds, and the
strain of the dip will even cause these cracks to descend
many fathoms below where they originated.

Some of the main fissures are known to be four inches
wide. Suppose them to be of all sizes, from four inches to a
quarter of an inch in width, and at various distance asunder,
from 5 to 50 feet, and to be limited to the sandrock itself,
say 30 feet in height; suppose we take the contents of the
fissures equal to s^o^h mass of the rock. Now, supposing
the oil to occupy but y'gth of the space in each fissure, the
rest being occupied by water and gas, we have a yield of oil

of the Devonian Petroleum. It contains at least 200,000 tons of asphalt
(allowing it to go only 600 feet deep beneath the valley which it crosses) ;
able to yield by distillation 178 gallons of refined oil to the ton of 2400
lbs., and therefore over eleven millions of barrels of refined oil ; a quantity
which would allow a Noble and Delamater Well to spout 6000 barrels
per day for five years.

Lesley.] QQ [April.

from each square mile of eacli sandrock, in addition to that
above, amomiting to nearly 50,000 barrels of oil. This is
at the lowest calculation. In the case of a well yielding
one or more thousand barrels of oil per day, for a year or
years, we have only to imagine a single four- or five-inch fis-
sure crossing the upper and lower rocks to a height or depth
of one or two hundred feet, and extending a mile or two in
length, the oil contents of which will amount to millions of
barrels, apart from all side supplies. Along the line of one
such fissure, it is easy to see that a dozen first-class flowing
wells might last for several years. By ordinary wells it
would be practically inexhaustible.

It is not upon these exceptional fissures that the future
* trade will rely ; but upon the myriads of cleavage-planes and
cross-cracks which break up the whole crust into cubes, so
far as it consists of sandrocks. The number of grand open
fissures must be very small ; the number of first-class flowing
wells is as yet extremely small, — one or two dozen out of five
or ten thousand wells in the Oil Creek region. I judge that
not more than one well in ten or twelve yields more than one
barrel of oil per day. The large majority of the wells must
necessarily depend for their supplies upon the slow circula-
tion of the mingled fluids, salt water and oil, forever going on,
exhausting and refreshing itself in the porous and cracked
body of the sandstone formations. But in this very fact we
have a guarantee for the genuineness of the area under dis-
cussion as an oil region, the certainty of obtaining petroleum
by boring, and the protracted continuance of the supply for
many years. All sand and gravel beds are mere sponges,
perpetually saturated with oil and water, the mingled fluid
being slowly driven towards every available outlet by the gas
which is generated with and from the oil. Such spongy rocks
must be enormous reservoirs of petroleum, which it is in fact
almost impossible for man to exhaust, as I have shown above.
The Canadian petroleum occupies a still lower horizon than
the Venango County petroleum, the distance between them in
New York and Pennsylvania being variously estimated at
from 2000 to 3000 feet. Its general relationship to the

1865.]

61

[Lesley.

higher horizons is shown in Fig. 12. The
Venango oil rocks run up nearly a thousand
feet over the level of Lake Erie ; the black
slates and corniferous limestone of the Canada
oil come up from below the bottom of the lake
to the north. Wells at Erie strike the oil at
900 feet.

But in Kentucky the black slates of the
Canadian oil region underlie the Knobstone
formation, and are, therefore, as I have shown,
only from 650 to 950 feet beneath the Con-
glomerate in the bed of Paint Creek.

How far this black slate formation has sup-
plied the Knobstone above it with petroleum,
is a question that our science is not at present
qualified to answer. But that it is a dis-
tinct horizon of oil every one grants. It has
yielded copiously in Canada. Several wells,
in Middle Kentucky, sunk in it, have yielded
a constant flow.* It is in fact a great deposit
of mud, charged with carbon to such extent
that many of its layers will burn like coal,
and even thin beds of true coal exist in it
here and there. These are of course the re-
mains of vegetation. But that they have fur-
nished all the 5, 10, or 15 per cent, of carbon
which we find in the formation, is doubtful, in
view of the early age in which it was depo-
sited, the abundance of animal life in the
limestones under it and in some of its own
layers, and the peculiar quality of the Canada
oil which proceeds from it or from the lime-
stone under it.

Fis. 12.

* 111 Estill County, one well was ruined by the force
of ga.s. Another, bored by S. T. Vaughn, 405 feet,
went through soil 15 feet, black slate 100, light clay
limestone 100, gray limestone 190 feet, when the auger
dropped, salt water gushed out, and soon gave place to
the present constant stream of oil. K. E., iv, p. 472.

Lesley.] g2 [April,

The total concealment of the Devonian system beneath the Great
Bituminous Coal Area, renders it impossible to speculate with confi-
dence upon the details of those changes in its constitution, which
we know occur, in passing from its eastern outcrop (along the Alle-
ghany Mountain) to its western outcrop in Ohio and Kentucky.
With the exception of the two antielinals of Chestnut Ridge and
Laurel Hill, which, in their passage from Pennsylvania into Vir-
ginia, lift above water-level a few hundred feet of the top measures,
in the Gaps of Two Lick, Yellow Creek, Black Lick, the Cone-
maugh, the Loyalhanna, and the Youghioghany, we are entirely de-
pendent upon oil and salt well boring records for any knowledge of
the condition of things in the Devonian underground j how far its
salt water and oil-bearing sandrocks extend, each one for itself; the
rate at which the intervals diminish in a west-southwest direction ;
and in what parts of the formation the greatest diminution of thick-
ness takes place.

But, unfortunately, almost all the old records of salt borings are
lost; and very few new wells have been sunk by men who knew the
importance of keeping any other than a contract account for number
of feet sunk. It is impossible to estimate the loss which geology
has suffered during the last six years from this reckless ignorance.
The inaccessible Devonian strata have been probed by between ten
and twenty thousand augers, to depths varying from a hundred to a
thousand feet, and no record kept of all that priceless information.
It was allowed to flow off into the ocean of forgetful n ess, as the oil
itself was allowed at first to flow by thousands of barrelsful per day
into the Gulf of Mexico, And even now, that men of intelligence
have waked to the importance of the fact, most wells are still sunk
by contract, without any provision for compelling a careful record of
the strata. Nor is there any bureau in the State, any society, or any
individual, publicly known to charge themselves with putting to
common use, or even with accepting for preservation, what few re-
cords are made and kept.

It is with peculiar satisfaction, therefore, that I can publish in the
Proceedings of this Society, an authentic record of the deepest recent
well in Clarion County, Pennsylvania, and, in fact, the deepest that
I know of in the country lying south of Oil Creek Valley. We owe
it to the enlightened forethought of one of the master minds of

CD O

Western Pennsylvania, Mr. Wm. M. Lyon, joint owner with Shorb
& Co., of the large Rolling Mill on the south bank of the Monon-
gahela River, and of numerous furnaces and forges in the middle

1865.1

63

[Lesley,

and western counties of the State. At one of tkese, Sliga Furnace-,
on Licking Creek, Piney Township, 10 miles S. S. W. of the county
seat of Clarion, and 23 miles in a straight line S. &. E. of Oil City,
a well was sunk for oil, which has reached the depth of aboiit one
thousand feet, passing through the following rocks :.

Salt Well, Sligo Furnace.

Froni surface to rock, . . . ^

I4„07

Soft light-colored slate,

22,, 05

37„00

Black slate, ......

4„07

41,,0T

Hard sand rock,. .. .. . . ►

7„05

49„00

Soft black slate, , . .. . .

6,, 00

55„00

Hard sand rock, , . . , .

6„0O

61„09

Sand rock and slate, ....

.

3,^03

65„0O'

Coal, •

1,,09

66„09

Coarse sand roek, . ..... -j

f

2,, 00

68,, 09

Fine hard "" - . . .1

XII J

21„05

90, ,02

Coarse soft " " and water at 128 feet, ]

1

93„02-

183; ,04

Hard slate, ......

10-,, 00

198„0(>

Soft " ..... ^ ^ .

74„08.

268„00

Soft red slate,

.

2„00

270„00

Soft sand rock, ......

10, ,00

280„00

Slate,

90, ,00

370,,00

Close-grained blue sand rock, salt 38 per cent.,

20„00

390, ,00

Slate, .......

49, ,00

439„0a

Hard blue sand rock and salt, .

27„00

466„00

Soft slate, sooty substances, with smell of o

il, . .

84,, 00

750„00'

Soft red slate,

5„00

755,, 00

Hard sand rock [first Venango rock ?]

io„oa

765„00

Blue slate,.

21„00

786,, 00

Bed " 1

f

29„00

815„.00

Blue " . .... . I

IX? J

77,, 00

892„00'

Bed " ).

1

2„06

894„06

Brown " .

.

30„06

925„00

Alternately hard and soft slate, oil^

45„00

970,, 00

Slate, ........

.-

22,, 06

992„06

Last boring done not measured. The hole is less than 1000 feet.

N. B. The mouth of the well is 175 feet below the Buhrstone
Ore-bed level (all the rocks being nearly horizontal); below the ore,
30 to 40 feet, lies the Clarion coal; above the ore, 25 feet, the Kit-
tanning coal ; above this again, 50 feet, the general surface of the
country.

Now it is evident that the mass of sandrock from 68.09 to 183.04,
represents No. XII, the Millstone Grit, or Great Conglomerate, 116'

Lesley.]

64

[April.

feet thick, from the midst of which (128 — 68 = 60 feet below its
top layer) there was a flow of salt water. The 74 feet of soft slate
under it, and then 2 feet of red slate, seem to represent No. XI.
There is no sign of the Sub-carboniferous (XI) Limestone of the West
here ; although no test for lime seems to have been thought of. and,
therefore, the close-grained blue sandrock, 20 feet, may be calca-
reous. The " red slates," at 750 — 755, 786 — 815, and 892 — 894,
look like representatives of Formation IX. The '* hard sandrock,"
10 feet, at 755 — 765, is the only one in the section which can be
considered as occupying a position analogous to that held by the first
sandrock of Oil Creek. It lies (755 — 183 = ) 572 feet below the
base of the Conglomerate (taken as above at 183), which is more
than 100 feet less than its observed distance beneath the Conglome-
rate on Oil Creek ; but the discrepancy may be accounted for -partly
by the extra thickness here of the Conglomerate. Neglecting the
" sooty substance, with smell of oil" at 750, the first show of oil is
at 970 feet, or (970 — 183 = ) 787 feet below the ba.se of the Con-
glomerate, corresponding to the Second Oil Eock of Oil Creek,
which is about 900 feet beneath the Conglomerate. The place of
the Third Oil Rock, and principal horizon of oil on Oil Creek, will,
therefore, be at least 150 feet beneath the extreme depth to which
this well has been sunk.

Mr. Lyon has furnished, also, a complete record of another im-
portant well, 891 feet deep, sunk into the extreme upper part of the
Devonian Measures, on the Alleghany River, at Freeport, 25 miles
above Pittsburg, and, therefore, 50 miles due south of Oil City.

Strata bored through in Salt Well, on Alleghany River, 25 milea
above Pittsburg. Working coal stratum 3'6" thick in the hill,
Zb feet above surface at the well.

Well, through loam and sand,

Rock, blue and hard,

Blue sand rock, with 8 to 10" iron ore,

Gray sand rock, softer,

Blue slate rock,

Blue sand "

Coal,

Fire clay, .

White slate,

Limestone,

White slate rock.

White sand rock,

Blue slate "

^COAL,

Ft. In.

81„00

0,,10

31, ,10

16„10

48„ 8

20, ,06

69„ 2

18„ 8

87„10

14„10

102,, 8

„10

103,, 6

6„ 8

110,, 2

9,, 6

119,, 8

4„ 0

123,, 8

3„ 0

126,, 8

16„ 0

142,, 8

3„ 6

146,, 2

.

0„ 6

146,, 8

1865.]

65

[Lesley.

Fire clay, or white slate rock, .

21,, 0

167,, 8

Blue sand rock, very hard and fine, .

12,, 6

180,, 2

Blue slate " with balls of iron ore, .

10,, 0

190,, 2

Black slate,

24,, 0

214,, 2

Blue slate harder,

5,, 0

219,, 2

Coal,

4„ 4

223,, 6

Fire clay, .

6,, 8

230,, 2

Blue slate,

12„ 6

242,, 8

Limestone,

. F. L. 1

10„ 6

263,, 2

Fire clay, .

7„ 0

2G0„ 2

Coal,

3„ 4

263,, 6

Fire clay, .

2„ 0

26.5,, 6

Limestone,

5,, 0

270,, 6

Fire clay, .

1„ G

272,, 0

Hard blue sand rock, fine grain,

9,, 6

281,, 6

White sand rock, T. S. '

37„ 0

318,, 6

Corrected measurement, for stretching and shrinki]

igof

the rope, to be added,

1G„ 0

334,, 6

Blue sandrock, with nodules of iron ore, XII '

89,, 10

424,, 4

Black slate rock,

10,, 2

434,, 6

Blue slate "

6„ 0

440,, G

"White sand,

. : : : h'"l

18„ 0

458,, 6

Blue slate rock.

29,, 0

487,, G

White sand.

7,, 8

494,, 6

Blue slate, soft, .

3„ 0

497,, G

Gray sand rock,

4„ 0

501,, 6

Blue slate " .

6„ 0

507,, 6

Hard gray slate rock,

19„ 0

526,, 6

Blue rock, 34'00"— very hard, 41'9",

75,, 9

602,, 3

Gray rock, .....

89„11

G42,, 2

Black slate and coal.

3,, 3

645,, 5

Gray sandrock, ....

3,, 9

649,, 2

Blue sand and white, very sharp.

8„ 9

657,,11

Gray sandrock,

9„ 0

666, ,11

Blue sandrock,

3„ 0

669,, 11

Limestone,

s

. c.

? 3„ 0

672„11

Slate, and nodules of iron ore, .

28,, 8

701,, 7

Blue sandrock,

21„11

723,, 6

White slate,

10,, 10

734,, 4

Blue sandrock,

79, ,09

814,, 1

Limestone (supposed), .

7„08

821,, 9

Blue sandrock, hard.

. 23„10

845,, 7

White sandrock coarse, .

4„02

849,, 9

Blue slate,

4„10

854,, 0

Blue sand, '

10„02

864,, 9

White slate, Avith iron ore.

11„08

876,, o

Light blue sand

ston

3, . . .

. 14„08

891,, 1

VOL. X. — I

Lesley.] gg [April.

In the above section, begun in the Freeport Series, it seems neces-
sary to take the 10'6" limestone at 242' — 253' as the Ferriferous
Limestone of the Clarion Series, and the 37' white sandrock at
281' — 318' as the Tionista sandstone. The Conglomerate, No. XII,
will then be represented by the 89' of ''blue sandrock with nodules
of iron ore," or the two " white sands" further down, or by both,
in which last case, we have a total thickness of XII (494 — 334 = ),
160 feet. From this to the bottom of the well is (891 — 494= ) 400
feet ; not enough by 200 or 300 feet to reach even the first of the
Venango County oil sandrocks. But in these 400 feet we see black
slate and coal (at 645), and limestone (at 672), apparently repre-
senting the sub-conglomerate coal shales and sub-carboniferous lime-
stone of Kentucky, No. XL Thick strata of so called "blue" sand-
rock, seem to take here the place of No. X ; and the bottom of the
well may, perhaps, with propriety be said to stop in the upper layers
of VIII. Everything depends upon the rapidity with which the
Devonian and Sub-carboniferous formations are thinning in their
course, southwestward, from Northern Pennsylvania towards Ken-
tucky. The coarse white sandrock at 845 — 849 must be observed.

It is at Tarentum, near this section, and on nearly the same level
with it, that the old salt-wells were so much tormented with oil, that
their proprietors contracted for its constant removal with Mr. Samuel
M. Vier, of Pittsburg, seven years before Dwight struck oil at
Titusville. From his skimming of these wells, Mr. Vier made what
he called " carbon oil," which he refined by a process of his own,
and sold quietly with the camphenes and burning fluids of the East,
until it won the market. At first his oil was sold in twenty-five cent
bottles as a medicine ; and then as an oil for lamps. To Mr. Vier,
who had made a large fortune, and retired from the field at its be-
ginning, the oil-well excitement was, of course, a matter of great
amusement. But the history of his process is the best illustration
we could have of the permanent supply to be expected from those
Alleghany River wells which penetrate deeply enough the Devonian
measures.

Mr. Lyon furnishes the record of one more well still further south,
and only 354 feet deep, and entirely in the Coal Measures, which,
however, ought to be preserved, continuing, as it does, upward to
the water-level at Pittsburg, our knowledge of the minutise of the
Palaeozoic column, from otherwise inaccessible depths, to where it can
be studied in the open air. The absence from this section of any

1865.]

67

[Lesley.

thick coal-bed, corresponding to the large coal-beds of the Freeport
series, is very remarkable.

Record of Boring at Superior Iron-worlcs at Manchester, adjoining
Alleghany City, opposite Pittsburg, McClure Township, Alle-
ghany County, Pennsylvania.

Material.

Ft.

In. Ft.

Tn.

Material.

Ft.

In.

Ft.

In.

Surface,

14

14

fli^ie clay.

13

~2

187

6

White hard slate, .

10

6 24

6

Dark slate and fire clay.

9

l(i

197

4

Hard free stone, .

3

6

28

Dark slate, .

2

199

4

Soft black slate or shale,

8

36

Slate and fire clay.

8

6

207

10

" with streaks sulphur,

14

8 50

3

Quartz,

1

207

11

Soft dark sandstone.

1

51

3

Slate with hard ribs,

8

215

11

Hard "

1

2 52

5

Hard white cry'd slate.

17

232

11

Dark slate, .

9

1 61

6

Coal, .

10

233

9

Dark tire clay.

9 62

3

Fire clay.

4

3

238

Light slate, .

3

2 65

5

Hard crystallized slate.

2

240

Fire clay,

71 66

Soft fire clay,

4

244

Dark slate,

1

6] 67

6

Soapstone,

5

6

249

6

Slate with hard rib,

9

76( 6

Fire clay.

4

6

2.54

Fire clay,

5

4| 81:10

Hard clay rock.

11

265

Sandstone,

1

2 83|

Dark slate, .

9

274

Fire clay,

7

1 90:

Hard light slate, .

1

6

275

6

Blue slate,

2

10! 92:10

Dark slate.

2

6

278

Free stone, .

2

2 951

Dark sandrock,

3

6

281

6

Light blue slate, .

17

6

112 6|

" hard and soft ribs,

4

285

6

Dark clay,

5

3

117

9

White sandrock, .

1

6

287

Coal, .

1

9

119

6

Hard

2

289

Blue clay or slate.

8

6

128

Dark "

25

314

Fire clay,

18

146

Wild coal,

4

314

4

Sandstone,

8

4

154

4

Black shale, .

3

317

4

Fire clay.

2

156

4

Fire clay.

9

326

4

Hard sandstone, .

2

158

4

Slate, .

4

330

4

Poor iron ore,

6

158

10

Dark clay rock,

10

340

4

Dark slate.

3

6

162

4

Hard dark sandrock.

2

8

343

Dark sandstone, .

10

172

4

Dark slate, .

11

2

354

2

Very hard"

2

174

4

Mr. Chase has obtained the following record of a Salt Well bored
in 1840-1, at Latrobe, in Westmoreland County, on the Pennsyl-
vania Kailroad, 30 miles east of Pittsburg. It is called Saxman's
Salt Well, and has been long abandoned. The Pittsburg Coal-bed,
8 feet thick, lies 10 feet above the level of the mouth of the well :
Soil, &c., .......

Slate rock, blue, soft,

Sandrock, blue, close, 3 ; somewhat softer, 8,
Slate rock, sandy, blue 2 ; slate, blue, 5, .
Sand rock, blue, 7 (white flint 2 inches), .
Black, slate-like coal, 1"10,
Limestone, with some ore and mud veins.
Slate and sandrock, mostly blue, some almost black, silvery sand
came up, gas rein struck at 85,, 10, which boiled for ttoo hours
and then stopped, ........

15

feet.

1

6

7

7

2

= 88

19

69 =

= 126

Lesley.] gg [April.

Coal, "8; black slate, "20 ; black limestone, "20 ; black slate,
3 ; dark limestone, 1 ;...... . 8

Slate, blue, 5"8 ; limestone, 1; 7

Sandrock, hard, 5"4, 5 z= 146

Sand slate, blue, 40 ; sandrock, blue, soft, 8 ; hard, 12 ; hard and
black, 13 ; dark blue, 10 {gas vein struck at 229"2, strong) ;
coarse-grained, blue, soft, 1; blue and shaly, some black

specks, 29, 113 = 259

Slate, hard, blue, rocky, 9; soft,J^lue (some black), 26, . 35 = 294

Sandrock, dark blue, hard, 4

Slates, blue, brownish, and black, some like hard coal, . 28

Slate, blue mixed with limestone, ..... 2

Limestone, hard, free, with some sand, .... 5 ^ 333

Slate, blue, 4 ; red^ like kiel,li^; soft blue (soapstone), 5 ; dark,

some sandy, 11 ; . . . . . . . . 34 = 367

Limestone, black, mixed with ore, ..... 1

Slate, dark blue, sandy, 2

Coal, "16, 1

Slates, blue, some sandy, 37"8; blue and red, 2; red kiel, soft,
15; blue, becoming sandy downwards, with some hard
layers, 11 ; and some salt water at 430 (at 428 hard shells, re-
sembling white flint), ....... 66 = 437

Slate, sandy, hard, blue, 16

Sandrock, soft, almost black, 8 ; close-grained, hard, blue and

black, 23 ; very hard, blue (the hardest yet struck in the

well), 4; salt water increasing gradually from 465 to Alb feet, 35 = 488

Slates, blue and black, with two thin layers of hard sand, 12;

alternations of slates and sandrocks, 15 ; sandrock, blue, with

hard shells, 6 ; 33 = 521

This should bring us nearly to the Freeport Series, or top of the
Lower Coal Measures. The hard " shells," or crusts of white flint,
found at different depths in this, and many other wells, and broken
by the auger-bits only with extreme difficulty, are deserving of par-
ticular investigation. They seem to form impervious sheets of pre-
cipitated silica, effectual barriers against any general movement, up-
wards or downwards, of the underground drainage. The red clays
(kiel) at 347 and 417, are the two " Red Bands of the Barren Mea-
sures." The coal at 370 lies between them ; and its place is in the
hillside at Pittsburg, not far above the mouth of the Manchester
Well, last given.

By a combination of these four records, therefore, we have a com-
plete section of strata extending from the Great Pittsburg Coal-bed
down through the Barren Measures, Lower Coal Measures, Great
Conglomerate, No. XI or Lowest Coal Measures, Sub-carboniferous
Limestone, No. X sandstone, No. IX red shale, and the Devonian
shales and soft oil-bearing sandstones of No. VIII.

1865.1

69

[Chase.

A letter announcing the death of Prof. C. C. Rafn, at Co-
penhagen, October 20, 1864, was received from Mde. Rafn,
dated November 30, 1864.

Donations for the Library were received from the Impe-
rial Academy and Geological Institute, at Vienna ; the
Horticultural Society, at Berlin ; the Royal Academy, and
Royal Observatory, at Bruxelles; the London Geological
and British Meteorological Society, Triibner & Co., Massa-
chusetts Historical Society, Harvard College, Dartmouth Col-
lege, New Bedford Public Library, New Jersey Historical
Society, Historical Society of Pennsylvania, Franklin In-
stitute, C. H. Hart, Pennsylvania State Library, at Harris-
burg; Girard College, Eastern Penitentiary, Blanchard &
Lea, Dr. Wood, and Mr. Lapham of Milwaukie.

A copy of Transactions, Vol. XIII, part 1, was laid on
the table.

The death of several members, never reported to the So-
ciety, was communicated in a letter to the Librarian from Dr^
Asa Gray, of Cambridge, viz.,

Edwin James, of Albany, died about 1863,

John Davis, of Boston.

Dr. D. F. Esohricht, of Copenhagen, in 1863, or 1864.

Mr. Chase communicated a short vocabulary of well-es-
tablished Copto-Egyptian words, to be used conveniently by
scholars. This Vocabulary is compiled almost exclusively
from Bunsen's "Egypt's Place in Universal History."

Abode, aa; aft; ha.
Abominable, bt; btn-nu; btf.
Above, hr; hri; /aa.
Abydos. Abut.
Abyss of waters, un nu.
Accompany, bs; stku ?
Acquaint, r/; ban; hno.
Acre, ar.
Addle, St.
Address, n. as.
Adhere, tka.
Adherer, the, taki.
Adjust, hp; XX-

VOL. X. — K

Adore, b/; han ; hk-nu; sb ; sns.

Adorn, Cakr ? an.

Afflict, /m.

Agree, maht.

Air, nif.

Alauda Calandra, bhu.

Alive, an/; ane/.

All, nb.

Also, au ; ha ; ki.

Altar, /a ; /aui ; /au ; /aiu.

Always, nbh.

Amber? s-/bt; /sbt.

Ammon. Amn.

Chase. J

70

[April.

Anas leucocephala, bs-bs.

Anath. Anaitis. Anta.

Anchor, to. /sf.

And, V. Also.

Anger, kant.

Angle, kan.

Anklets, ar; mn-nfr.

Annihilate, a-^m ; ;fm.

Anointed, hrhu.

Another, ki.

Answer, ufb. [/s; ;^tran.

Antelope, ar; al; mat-ht; nuhu-

Ape, aani ; ani ; kaf.

Appear, bar; hn ; hr; ptr; 'un.

Appearance, an ; an-nu.

Applaud, hs.

Appoint, ty.

Approach, amn ; ar; as; shr; u;

Approved, stp. l/J^^'

Apron, basu; fnti.

Archer, uia;^; m/a.

Ardea Nycticorax, ru;j/au.

Arm, 71. aa.

Arm, fore, mn; mnnin.

Arrange, Cm.

Arrive, mna.

Arrow, sr, st.

Arrows, bundle of, ;>;rC.

Arura, v. Acre.

As, m.

Asp, mhn.

Ass, iu ; naa ; st.

Assemble, s-sah.

Assembly, saah.

Assistant priestess, ah-i.

At, x^-
Attack, rutn.
Authority, snb.
Avenge, nt.
Avoid, tm.
Axe, akah.

Back, n. pst.

Back, to look, annu.

Bad, bt.

Bag, arf; mru.

Balance, n. ma;fa; v. yy.

Balsam 1 baka.

Barge of Socharis, hni. See Boat.

Barley, bt; nap; napr; su ; yw.

Base, V. Bad. Abominable.

Basilisk, ara ; hara.

Bat, st-a/mu; takai.

Battle-axe, aka; /tn-i.

Be, ar; au ; pu; r; tr; un.

Bean, auru.

Bear, atp ; fa ; kr ; pa-pa ; ta ; tarn ;

Bear off, s-/p. [/n ; nun.

Beard, mrs.

Beast, bs.

Beast of chase, ba-su.

Beat (strike), y\-y\'

Beauty, an ; an-nu.

Bee, ht.

Beg, ks.

Beget, ms..

Begin, -ning, ha.

Behind, ns; nsu ; sba.

Being, un. See Be.

Below, kar.

Bend, kan; kna; sna.

Beneath. See Below.

Beseech, rtb; ks.

Besides, haru.

Between, uta.

Bier, aa.

Bier, to deposit on, s-tr.

Bind, arf ; hak ; hmsa ; mr; sak;

Bird, hp. [s-ka ; snh; sn-n ; ark.

Bitumen, sf-t.

Black, kam ; nhsi.

Bless, ania;/.

Blood, snf.

1865.]

71

[Chase.

Blow, to, nif.

Blue, /sbt.

Boar, j^aau ; Cau ; rru.

Boat, tpt J ua ; ba ; ta ; mna.

Boats of burden, us/.

Boat, to go by, ta.

Boat, to tow, luna.

Body, a. /a.

Boiling, ubt.

Bolt, to, s-/ ; fra ; kar.

Bombicillo, suru.

Book, fa.

Born of, af; au ; ms; /aa. Prof.
Lesley has noted the .Japanese
analogues, rausuko, son, mus-
may, daughter. Cfr. Y. ako,
male.

Born of, to be, aa.

Bow, V. bka; rs.

Bow the forehead, thni.

Bow, 71. pt.

Bow-legged, tn-rat.

Bow-case, kr/.

Box, ?i. ban; tb; /n-nu.

Boy, aat.

Bracelet, mn-nfr; ar-t.

Brass, /nm.

Brazier, rkh.

Bread, Ca; ak ; at; hpt.

Break, skar; tnru.

Breast, kan ; /n ; s-/m.

Breast, female, mnt.

Breast-plate, utau.

Breath, fn-ti; nif. See Blow.

Breath, to give, sns ; srk ; slk.

Breathe, srk; ssm ; s-sr; ss.

Brick, tb.

Brilliancy, ui (D.wi).

Brilliant, to be, nn.

Bring, bs; nun.

Bring forth. See Produce.

Bristle (of eyebrow), an.

Broad, us/.

Brother, sna.

Bruise, tr; /m.

Buckle, mht.

Build, at ; atn ; kat ; se-men/.

Bull, ka; tpak ?

Bulwark, n/m.

Bundle of arrows, /rf.

Burn, rkh ; tau.

Bushel, fa.

Butt, to, ab.

By, am ; an ; m ; r.

Cabin, maat ; sk ; sbkt ; iti.

Cackle, kaka ; nkaka.

Cake, snt ; tp ; tpt ; /a.

Calasiris, kra/r.

Calf, ab ; hu ; mas.

Call by name, rnnu.

Camel, kamr.

Camelopard, sr.

Cap,/nr.

Cap, to, bn-bn.

Capsize, s-/t.

Capture, kf; kfa; pnka ; sf/.

Carpenter, to work as, akk ; kk.

Carry, fa ; ta ; tarn.

Carve, bak.

Case, /r.

Casque, /nr.

Cat, /ai ; /au ; tsm ?

Cattle, mn mn.

Cave, cavern, hu, tph.

Ceiling, hai.

Cell, r.

Centipede, rrk.

Ceremony, b/; u/.

Chair, hrs ; kani.

Chamber, as.

Chaplet. See Crown.

Chapter, r.

Chase.

72

[April.

Charadrius armatus, tut.

Chariot, luarkabuta; 'urri; hrri.

Chase. See Capture; Beast.

Chastise, af; ufa.

Cheat, n. ;^ab.

Cheese ? sr.

Chest, tba ; tn-nu ; -/m ; kara.

Chew, kaka; snm.

Chief, asi; ata-i; ha; sr; ti; ;k;aa.

Child, rr; x^xt; xn; )a; frau.

Chimsera, ba; sak.

Chisel, to, bak; rk; srta.

Circuit, mr.

Clasp ? an-ka.

Claw, aka.

Clay, ha.

Clear, ;^:sr.

Clip, tha.

Clod, a-t.

Clothe, hbs ; )()ob.

Club. See Mace.

Coffin, kara ; karas.

Coitus, sta.

Colchicuin, mnh.

Collar, habnir; mna; mx^] "s;^;

Collect, u ; s-ka; sha. [;Kbu.

Come, ai ; a; i; i-u ; maau; mai;

ma-u ; mna; sua; u.
Command, ban ; han-han; han-nu ;
Conceal, amn; hap, [tu.

Conceived, aai.
Conclusion, ark.
Condemned, nsai.

Conduct, to, tn ; tn-nu; mas; ms;
Confine, fta. [sta; stkn; ;en-nu_
Conquer, nrau ; ne;(;t; n^t.
Consecrate, x^V'
Consecration, utn.
Consent, ;^itr.
Constellation, sah.
Construct, kat.

Contend, kar; kl.

Cook, ps.

Copper, mafk; mfka.

Coracias Grraculus, an-heb ; kannu.

Cords, nuh. See Collar.

Corn, bt; bt-i; npa; npra; su.

Corn, ear of, ;k™s.

Corn, to stack, usb.

Cornelian, an-m-hat ('' stone of

Cornice ? ap-i. [heart").

Couch. See Seat.

Counsellor, sab.

Counterpoise of a collar, mvinx-

Cousin, xx-

Cow, ah; aua; ha; ka; kau.

Crafty, sab.

Crane, au; ta; utau. See Heron.

Create, atn; hm; kam; sapi.

Crime? x^^-

Crocodile, msuh; sbk.

Crook, n. au.

Crowd, s-ka; sha.

Crown, 'urr; 'ur; atf.

Crown of flowers, mah ; mh.

Crown, game of, mhu.

Cry out, ?LX-

Cubit, mah.

Curl, sn-nu.

Curse, ns.

Cursorius Isabellinus, sth.

Cut, bhn; hska; ki; sf-t; skar; ^x'y

Cut the throat, sf. [tsnu; fat.

Cynocephalus. See Ape.

Dagger, ba-su; bs-u; ;t;na.

Dance, aba ; ks-ks ; mk ; trf ;

Dandle, rnn; rr. [j^^X) X^-

Darkness, axx) ^^k; kk; u;iiau;

Dates, bs; bun; nbs. [krh.

Date palm, baka ; bs; nbs; bnr.

Dawn; Day, ha; har; ra; rhu;

Dead body, ;t;at. [at; ht.

1865.]

73

[Chase.

Deceit, x^.
Deceive, kar.
Deck, T\xm.
Declare, T)c-
Decorate, bak.
Deer, hann ; kau.
Defending, usr.
Deflect, kna.
Delight, kara; rf.
Deliver, ;^np.
Demon, good, hu-t.
Denuded, b;%;ta.
Deplore, nhp.
Deposite on bier, s-tr.
Deprecate, snsn.
Desolate, to, x^^-
Despatch, aspu.
Detain, pnti ; snti.
Devastate, sfx-
Devil, x^t.
Devote, ama;^.
Devour, snra.
Devourer, am-t.
Diadem, x^-
Die, mu ; mau.
Direct, nm ; x^-
Disc of sun, a-tn.
Disperse, ;t;;anru ; ;^sr.
Dispose, sr.
Distance, ua.
Distinguish, tma; ts.
Distribute, sr.
Disturb, tx-
Divide, uta; a-ka.
Divine head-dress, atf.
Division, -px^-
Do, iri.
Dog, uhar.
Door, ra ; ru ; sb.
Doorpeg, apt.
Drag, sa.

VOL. X. L

Dragon, app.

Draw water ? nihi.

Dream ? rx-

Drink, bah ; hka ; sa ; sau ; sr ;

Drip, tf-tf. [shr.

Drunk, tha.

Duck, apt; bs-bs ; ha; hp;

kambt; r; s; sr; st; trp; ;^pt.
Duckling, hn-nu ; un.
Duration, ha.
Durite stone, ran.
Eagle, a;(ira.
Ear, rastr ; at.
Ear of grain, n;(jm ? x^^-
Earth, ta; tar.
East, abt; ibt.
Easy, to render, matn.
Eat, am ; kaka; ust ; u;^a.
Ebony, habn ; hbn.
Egg, suh.

Egypt; "Labyrinth-land," mr;
Egypt, Lower, hb. [mr-tar.

Eight, ss; fmen.
Elbow, sna ; kanaa.
Elder, 'ur.

Electrum ? s-;^^bt ;Ksbt.
Elephant? abu.
Elevate, tn-nu.
Embalm, kr; tr.
Embalmment, karas ; kas.
Emerald ? ssm.
Enamel. See Electrum.
Encase, s'ha.
Enclose, snnu.
End, ark; asf; iuspu.
Enemy, x^^-
Engrave, rut.
Enter, bs.

Entrails, kans; kns.
Entrarfce, -xpt-
Entreat, ks ; nini.

Chase. I

74

[April.

Envelope, namn.

Erect, nhas.

Escape, tm.

Escort, ms j t.

Establish, tt; s-mn.

Eternal, tta.

Evening, rhi.

Evil, ban; hu; x^^-

Exalted, its.

Examine, uts.

Excite, nhas.

Exist, ;^^aa; xV^\

Extend, p;et; y>x; pt; st; snt-nt.

Extinguish, a^n^.

Extremities, ba-ba, ab-ab.

Eye, iri.

Eye of sun, symbolical, utau.

Eyebrow, an-hu.

Eyebrow, bristle of, an.

Fabricate, ntr. See Make.

Face, hri.

Facilitate, matn.

Fall, ;t;atb ; x^\

Fan, ;^jaibt.

Fashion. See Shape.

Father, atf; fat; tf

Fault, asf.

Fear, hati ; hrs.

Feed, uah.

Feldspar, green, n;^m.

Festival, hb; x^.

Field, ah ; ah-a ; ha.

Fight, kar.

Fill, mah ; mh.

Fillet, hk.

Filthy, hu; hs.

Finch, an-nbu ; sabu ; s^:^.

Finger, tb.

Fire, sr.

First, ;crp; fa; api. '

Fish, to, ham ; hm; sn-nu.

Fist, kp; ;tfa; xV-

Five, tu.

Flabellum, sr.

Flame, bs; nsr; ss-i ; st; x^-

Flax, hma; ma; snti ; ;(inti; x^^-

Flesh, ab; af.

Flogged, to be, ama.

Floor, kaa.

Flour, tka.

Flow, baba; hbb.

Flower, hrr; rnpa. See Crown.

Flute, mm ; sab ; sb ; sba.

Flute player, sba.

Fly, a, af.

Fly-flap, smi ; sr.

Fly, to, ap; a;!im ; fai ; pa; pai.

Foam, hbt.

Fodder, sm ; x^^-

Fold, kab.

Food, hrr; at; hpt; x^-

Foot, pti; pts; rt.

Foi", an ; n ; r.

Force, nm ; uxt-

Fore-^rra, mn.

Forehead, thni.

Foreigner, mu.

Foreseeing, phti.

Form, to, atn ; mn;^;; sapi.

Fornicate, nk.

Fort, hxn ; t;i^a ; x^™-

Fortnight, tna.

Found, to, snt.

Fountain, hnbi.

Four, aft; ftu.

Fowls, apt.

Fraction, r.

Fragrance, tf.

Frighten, s-hr.

Frog, hk.

From, am ; an.

Frontier, mr; ta;*^.

1865.]

75

[Chase.

Full, to, rx-

Fuller, rx-

Funeral chest, kara.

Furnace, karr; kll.

Future (particle of), au.

Game of the crown, mhu.

Gap, Tpx^.

Garden, rhi.

Garland, mah.

Gate, sb J sb;k;-t.

Gather, sui.

Gazelle, aa ; ar ; htu ; kahs ; sta.

Geese, apt.

Gem, am.

Germinate, rut.

Giant, ap-p.

Gild, nbi.

Giraffe, srr.

Girdle, 'ux\x', hn;^^.

Give, ta.

G-ive breath to, sns; sns-hu.

Glass, Cbn.

Gleam, mau; pst.

Glorify, aui; sua;^;; sbaau.

Glory, aaiu; aau.

Glow, haha ; *ut.

Go, aka; hr; ta.

Goat, ba.

Go back, x^^-

Go before, ha.

Go by boat, ta.

Go down, pna.

Go out ; bar ; hm ; uta ; uts.

Goading, s-x^-

Goat, abu; ba; ka; htu.

God, hakhak.

God, goddess, ntr.

Gold, nb; nm.

Good, nfr.

Good demon, hu-t.

Goose, smn J sr; apt.

Gore, txr.

Govern, hm.

Grain, npa; npra ; u;^m.

Granary, sn-ut.

Granite, mat-ht.

Grapes, arr.

Grasshopper, hm.

Grease (leather), to, ths.

Great, naa.

Green basalt, hx^.

Green feldspar, n%m.

Green color ? tuaut ; ut.

Grind, tr; nt; nk.

Groan, akb.

Grow, tar.

Gryphon, syx; sfr.

Guard, ari.

Guard cattle, maan.

Guess, tp.

Gullet, /bb; //; bb.

Gum wood, kam.

Hades, amn-t.

Hail! ha.

Hair, sn J tam-ua. Lock of hair, n;j^t.

Half, tna; m; meti.

Hall, arr; nu; us;^.

Hallow, ama;^.

Halyards, nfri.

Hammon. See Ammon.

Hand, tt. See Fist.

Hang, rs.

Hare, a;^a-trj s-;j^at.

Harp, bn.

Harrow, hr.

Hatches of a boat, maat.

Hatchet, akah.

Hate, mas; mst.

Have, kr.

Hawk, a;fm.

He, f; su.

He-goat, ka.

Chase.]

76

[April.

Head, ap; ap-i; ha.

Head-dress, divine, atf.

Head-rest. See Pillow.

Hear, stm; sat.

Heart, har; ha-t; ht.

Heart-stone. See Cornelian,

Heat, rkh.

Heaven, pe.

Helmet, /prf.

Hemp. See Flax.

Her, s.

Heron, hnt; kapu; ru/an ; snsn.

Hide, a, an-m. [See Crane.

Hide, to, hap.

High, fa.

Hill, hu; tu.

Hippopotamus, apt; tb-t.

Hoe, tf.

Hog, rra.

Hold of a vessel, apt; us/.

Honey-comb, kabi.

Horizon, p;/r; pkar.

Horn, ab; ba.

Horse, htr; htra.

Hour, 'un; 'un-nu; kp; fp; tp.

House, a, baita.

Hull of boat, tpt.

Hunger, hkar.

Hunt, kf; kfa; /ns.

Hurl, sab/.

Husband, ha; ka.

Hyena, bhui.

Hypocrisy, /au.

Hypocrite, /ab.

I, a; u; nuk.

Ibis, hab; hb.

Idle, knau; s-sat; ba; sbaat; sk.

Idleness, asf.

Illuminate, ubn.

Illumined, u/; b/.

Image, /rp.

Imagine, /mhu.

Impious? asb; sba.

Impudent, rka.

Impure garments, sf/.

In, am; m; r.

Incense, sntr.

Incline, bhn; bka; rk.

Increase, tr.

Ingot, utn.

Iniquity, /bt.

Insect, rfrf

Intellect, mau.

Inundate? bah.

Invert, a/; pna; s/-t.

Invoke, ufa.

Iron ? ba.

Is, ar; r.

Island, mr.

It, s; su.

Ivory, ab.

Jackal, sab; absi.

Jasper, kam; ks; kspu.

Jet of flame, bs.

Join, hpt. To join cords, tka-r.

Joy, ha.

Judge, to, hp; stm; stp.

King, sun-t; sutn.

King, sanctity of, hntr.

Kiss, mr.

Knead, nk; nt.

Knee, kan-rat; sna. See Bend.

Knit, aa.

Kukufa sceptre, tam.

Kuphi, tf.

Labyrinth, mr.

Lady, hm ; hma.

Lament, aakb; akb.

Land, st.

Large, us/.

Lark, ama; bhu,

Latchet of sandal, th.

1865.J

77

[Chase.

Lay out, siun ; sbak.

Lead, n. th th; thti.

Lead along, ts.

Leaf, ^T.

Leap, sp.

Length, ua; ;/au.

Libation, htb; kabh; utn-nu.

Lie in (with child), papa.

Life, an/.

Light, bka; b/j hai; hi; ht; mau ;

nu-nu; pf; ubn; ui; un; 'ut.
Light, to give, s-ht.
Lighten, pf; snk.
Like, /a.
Likewise, ki.
Limb, ha.
Linen. See Flax.
Lintel, ati.

Lion, maau; maui; rabu; labu.
Lioness, p/a.
Lips, spt.
Liquids, hka.
Listen, at.
Little ? nts.

Live, Living, an/; ane/.
Lo! as.
Load, atp.
Loaf, snnu.
Lock of hair, n/t.
Locust, hm.
Loins, at.

Long, ua; /u. See When.
Look back, annu.
Lord, nb; tts.
Lotus, sfin.
Love, mr.

Lower Egypt, hb; /b.
Lynx, maft. t.
Mace, ht ; s/u.
Magus, sab.
Make, iri ; kaut ; kam ; kat ; nm/ ;

ntr; s/a; s-/ar; tr; /a; (nhp,

to maJce as a potter).
Male, ka.
Man, ruma.
Manifest, har.
Manifold, meh.
Mankind, pa; rt.
Mansion, ra.
Many, hh ; /a; hka.
Mare, ssm.
Marsh, ah.
3Iay, ma.
Me, a; u; nuk.

Measure, a, han ; hpt ; mn ; tb-h.
Measure, to, /a.
Meek, 'urt.
Men, rt.

Metal armlet, mska.
Milk, art.

Mill (to beat), nt; /i-/i.
Minister, a, sm-s; sm-sm.
Mirror, ma-u; ma-hr; hu-hr.
Moisten, harp.
Molest, sk.
Monkey. See Ape.
Monoceros, rama/.
Monument, mn.
Moon, aah.
Mother, mu.
Mould, to, sapi; nhp.
Mount, ap; ap-a; ap-p.
Mourner, hb.
Mouth, r; ru.
Move, kaa; ak; tnnu.
Mow, as/; us/; /abu.
Mullet, bari.
Mummy, karas.
Nails, suh.
Naked, to be, haa.
Name, rn.
Namely, ks.

Chase.]

78

[April.

Nation, hs-mn.

Navigate, yi.

Neck, nhb. See Nuque.

Negro, nhsi.

Nest, s-f.

Net, s-/t ; yi ; fna.

Night, afru; kar-hu; uCa; fr.

Nine, psit.

No, am ; un ; tm ; ym ; en ; nen.

Noble, aa ; as ; atai ; sr. [ne.

Noose, s-f/.

North, Northwind, mah.

Nose, fnt.

Nosegay ? ab ; ih.

Nostril, Cra.

Not. See No.

Nourish, snkaus; sn;fn.

Numerous. See Many.

Numidian goat, abu.

Nuque of neck, mati.

Nurse, mna ; sun/ ; /nni.

Nurse's collar, mna.

Nursling, rru.

Nycticorax, bn ; ru/au.

Oar, usr.

Oarblade, hpi ; hpt.

Oarlock, bas-t.

Obelisk, t/n.

Oblique flute, mm.

Obscurity, kk. See Darkness.

Ocean, iuma; ht-hr.

Odor, st.

Of, an ; m ; n ; r.

Offer, hpt; ka; /rp; ta.

Oh ! a ; ha.

Oil, tat ; tt.

Olive. See Oil.

Omit, sbaat.

One, ua; uot. In Coptic, un, to

One of a class, rpa. [6e, is used:

Open, 'un; s;ii; hn; sn.

Oppress, ht.

Optative particle, ma; mai.

Orbit, kar; sn-n. See Bind.

Order, to, sr ; t/-t/.

Order, in, rta.

Orichalcum, ka/a.

Other, yi.

Other things, a/t.

Overtake, sf/.

Overthrow, sf/ ; s-/r ; s-/t.

Ox, kau ; sab.

Packet. See Bag.

Paddle blade, /rp.

Paint, s/a.

Palanquin, uts.

Palm, date, baka; bnr; bs; nbs.

Palm-wine, baka.

Palm of hand, kp. See Fist.

Panegyry, hakr; hb.

Papyrus, tt.

Part, r.

Pass, sn.

Path, hr; matn nu; tr?

Peaceful, to be, har ; hrt.

Pearl, am ; an-m.

Pectoral plate, utau.

Peg of a door, apt.

Pendant, utau.

Perfume, tf.

Peritius, prtis.

Persea, the, aft.

Person, a, s ; pai.

Picture, yr.

Pigmy, nmm.

Pile (a game), ar.

Pillow, 'urs; huls.

Pint, hpt.

Pitch, sf-t.

Placable, 'urt. [/n.

Place, to, ama ; mn ; rta ; sr ; turn ;

Place, a, aa ; hm ; ma ; nu ; Cta.

1865.]

79

[Chase.

Plank, p;fa.

Plantation, rhi.

Play the harp, s-ka.

Play at latrunculi, aasb.

Please, ran.

Pleasure, rf.

Plough, hab ; hb ; s-ka ; -/h j /ba.

Pluck corn, h[u].

Polish, snaa.

Pollute, tu; tu-tu.

Pool," barkabuta ; ht; htb; f.

Porcelain, fbt.

Porphyrio hyacinthinus, shh.

Potter's stand, nhp.

Pottery, ;i^atab; man/ ?

Pouch, arf.

Pound grain, s-hm.

Pour out, htb ; 'utb ; uah.

Power, tarn; jfa; fin.

Powerful, to be, n/t.

Proeformant of future, au.

Praeformant of optative, ma; mai.

Praetorium, tb.

Praise, sbaau.

Pray to, heu.

Prayer, as ; tb-h ; tb-ti.

Precede, ha.

Precinct, an.

Preference, Preferred, sm-s.

Prepare, smn.

Prepuce, karnata.

Present, ht.

Pride, tu-tu.

Priest, hnt; stm ; uab ; ab.

Priestess, sua. Assistant priestess.

Principal, as; /rp. [ali-i.

Prison, ra; fta.

Prisoner, tnhu.

Prisoner, to take, kf ; kfa.

Privilege, kar; kl.

Proclaim, ka; af.

Prostrate, bka-bka ; tb-tb.

Pudendum, baah; karnata; ms.

Pure, Purify, ab ; r/ ; uab ; u/.

Purse, arf.

Put to flight, pt-pt.

Pyramid, br-br.

Quiet, to be. See Prostrate.

Quit, hm.

Race, human, rt.

Rage, kant.

Raise up, af; nhas.

Ram, ff; fft.

Rat, pn ; pn-nu.

Ravish, nm.

Ray, St.

Ray fish, rm.

Reap, as/.

Receive, ka ; ra ; tp.

Reconnoitre, hat-hat.

Recurvirostra Avocetta, tm.

Red, Red crown, tfr.

Red jasper, /nm.

Redoubled, kabi.

Reeds, aak.

Reel, tha.

Refresh, kab.

Refreshments, hka.

Reign, /u.

Rejoice, ahaha; ha; ka; s//m.

Relative, a, r/ ; kan.

Renew, rnpa; rut.

Reprobate, /ft.

Reptile, ttfi.

Resemble, /a.

Reservoir, f.

Resplendent, to be, bn-bn.

Resting-place, as.

Restrict, /nark.

Revolt, tn-tn.

Revolter, nhsi.

Rhinoceros, ab.

Chase.]

80

[April.

Produce. See Beget.

Prop, sba.

Ribs, apt; sph.

Rigging, a-tu-kar.

Rise up, ap ; ap-a ; ap-p ; ar ; a;>'m ;

River, aru. [thun ; tn-uu.

Road, hr; luatn-nu.

Roar, ham-ham.

Roast, haha.

Rob, kar.

Rock, St.

Roll, a, s-/a.

Rope, as; mn-nu; nub.

Rub, tr.

Rudder, hm ; hua; hms.

Ruin, sf/.

Rule, hka; mak; /n.

Ruler, hk ; hka.

Run through, fas.

Sacred cakes, sn-nu.

Sacrifice, ta.

Sail, tpak ; tkai.

Sail to, ta.

Saloon, us;^.

Salt? mrh.

Sanctify, hnt; hntr.

Sandals, tb-ti.

Sandstone, rt; rut.

Sarcophagus, kara; tba.

Saturn, sb.

Save, nhm.

Saw, to, us.

Scale' (balance), ma;fa.

Searabeus, /pr.

Scarify, tma.

Scent, sna ; srk ; ssm.

Sceptre, kind of? ksm. See Ku-

Scimetar, '/Tp/. [kufa.

Scolopax, bnka.

Scorpion, srk; slk.

Scrape, s-ka.

Scribe, s/ai.

Sculpture, rt ; s-rka.

Sea, ht ; iuma.

Seat, kat; hs.

Secret, kr.

Section, s-/r ; /r.

See, ma-u ; maa.

Seed, ka; rt.

Seek? /nm.

Select, stp.

Self, ha; ts.

Send, tn-nu ; /n-nu.

Separate, tma.

Sepulchre, bu.

Serve ? ais.

Sesamum ? ssm.

Set over, rpa.

Set up, ha; ka; smn.

Seth, St.

Seven, sf/.

Sew, sta ; sat.

Shades, a//.

Shaft of column, pt.

Shape, sapi ; /pr ; fft.

Shave, _;ifak.

She, s.

Sheep, sr. See Ram.

Shepherd, mna; Casu.

Shield, akam.

Shin, mn.

Shine, nn; pst; 'un ; ubn.

Shirt, snti.

Shoe-latchet, ths.

Shoot, tr; pt ; -px^-

Shoulder, kahu.

Show, ptr.

Shrine, s-fm ; kara.

Shut, s-;fm; s-f; /t; /tm ; ft.

Shuttle, nt.

Side, bat; sa; spir.

Signet, tb-h; mna-t.

1865.]

81

[Chase.

Silver, ht.

Sin, ban ; hu ; fta ?

Sindon, snti.

Sing, hs.

Sister, sna.

Sistrum, s/x-

Sit down, bka-bka; hms.

Six, sou.

Skein, sta.

Skin, an-m ; bs.

Slain, the, htb.

Slaughter, tuaua.

Sleep, /nm.

Slice, afr ; tsnu; Cba.

Sling, ts.

Smash. See Break.

Smell, ynm ; sti.

Smite, sma ; /y>/ ; ;jfr ; fr.

Smith, kara.

Snake, hf; rra; ru.

Soar. See Rise up.

Sofa. See Throne.

Soldier, kraCr; mata; mnf; mni.

Son, iri ; s ; sba.

Soothe, skar.

Soul, ba.

South, sua; sur.

Sow. See Seed, Boar,

Spark, tka.

Sparrow Hawk, bak.

Speak, r/ ; tt ; tu.

Sphinx, akr.

Spike, sr.

Spin, sta.

Spirit, pure, r/.

Splendor, auu; mau; hx', ^Z-

Sport, abu.

Spotted, ab.

Sprinkle, pnka.

Spy, hap.

Stable, ah-a.

Stack corn, usb.

Stagger, tha.

Staircase, arr.

Stalk (of corn )? mfa.

Stalk along, aka.

Stand erect, aha.

Stand for vases, s-haa.

Star, sb ; /ab.

Starve, hkar; /bni.

Statue, tut.

Stay, hm.

Stead, hbt; snti.

Stench, sti.

Step, ar.

Stern of vessel, hptu ; utu.

Stibium, smt.

Stick, a, s/n.

Stockade, b/n.

Stone, an ; bn-nu ? st.

Stop, fsf; fn-ti.

Storehouse, ra.

Strangle, hmsa; s-hm.

Strap, mssj'un;^.

Straw, tha.

Stream, ba-ba; hbb.

Strengthen, ama/.

Stretch, uha; ps.

Strike, h[u] ; hu.

Strong, n/t; seneba.

Struck, fr.

Stupefy, traat.

Subdue, sbk; sma; tma; tb; /tb.

Substance, ha ? maaij au.

Suckle, rr.

Sue, snsn.

Suffocate, akt.

Sun, ra.

Sun, disk of, a-tn.

Sun, symbolical eye of, utau.

Sunbeams, ama ? st.

Sunset, kar.

VOL. X. — M

Chase.]

82

[April.

Sun's orbit, snnu.

Supplicate, han-nu.

Supply, srk ; slk.

Support, nt; nk.

Suspend, a/ ; rs ; ts.

Sustain, uts.

Swallow, a, mn.

Swan, apt.

Swill, bah.

Swim, nb.

Sword, sf.

Sycamore, nh; nbai.

Table, tbu.

Tablet, ht.

Take, nm; Lp.

Take prisoner, kf ; kfa.

Tamarisk, asr.

Tame. See Subdue.

Tank, f.

Taste, tp; tpp.

Ten, met; ment ; mnt.

Terrify, hat; hr.

Testes, karu.

That is to say, ks.

The, nai; p; pa; pu; pui ; ta.

Thebes, apt; ta-ap.

Then, as.

They, sn.

Thigh, /pt; xVX-

Thing, bu.

Thirst, ab; abu.

This, pa.

Thou, k; nk; t.

Thread, ball of, sta.

Three, famet; fament; fomt.

Throat, part of, kaf.

Throne, kat; hs.

Through, am; m.

Time, tar; tr; sp; sb.

Time, some period of, ast.

Time (as once, twice), /p.

Tin? s-/bt; jsbt.

Tips, ba-ba; ab-ab.

Tip, to, bn-bn.

To, ar; n; r; ^r.

Together with, hna; hr.

Tomb, Cta,

Tooth, abh.

Tortoise, ap;;^.

Touch, kah.

Tow, to, mna; sta.

Towline, ha-ti.

Towards, an; ar; r; fr.

Tower, mak; makataru.

Trample, pt-pt.

Transfix, tr.

Transform? fb-Cb.

Transport, to, tm ; ts.

Transport (vessel), hua.

Traverse, sm ; sn ; fas.

Tread on, /nt.

Treat with, maht.

Tremble, stut.

Tried (select), stp.

True, Truth, ma.

Truss of hay, /rf.

Try, uts.

Tumble, /bt; /tb.

Tunic, s;fnt ; fiiti. See Shirt.

Turn away, sna.

Turn back, fsf; hm.

Turtle dove, mn.

Tutor, ;fmns.

Twine, to, mna.

Twist, tka-r.

Two, snau.

Type, ar; ka: /pr.

Typhon, st.

Under, ka; kar ; /r.

Undertaker, hb.

Unicorn, rama/.

Unite, hpt.

1865.]

83

[Chase.

Up, to rise, ap; ar.

Upon, hr; api.

Urseus, ara; hara.

Ursa Major, /p/.

Utensils, men;^.

Valley, an.

Vanquish, nrau.

Vase, ban ; mn ; tb.

Vessel's bold, apt.

Vestibule, /n.

Vex, bs.

Viand, ab.

Victorious, akar.

Victory, kan; kan-nu; nsr; ssr.

Vigilant, ph-ti.

Vine, arp; arr.

Violate, ;^b.

Violence, to use, nm.

Vulture, nrau.

Walk, I'm.

Wall, mry sb.

War chariot, *urri.

Warlike, akar.

Warp a boat, mna.

Wash, aa; \'/\ iua.

Wash gold, nkbt.

Wasp, /b.

Waste, to lay. See Devastate.

Watch-tower, mak; makataru.

Watchful, ph-ti.

Water, mah; muau; nm.

Water for washing, aa. Abyss of

Wax, mrh. [waters, mnnu.

Weep, Weeping, nhp; rm.

Weight, tb-hj iy.

Wells, utbu.

Wet-nurse, mna.

Wheat. See Corn.

When, rtaj Cin.

Whetstone, an.

Whilst, m[n]/-t; tr.

Whip, XX-

White, abf; ht.

Wicked, b/ta? nfni ? sb; sba.

Wife, hm; hma.

Wind, nif.

Windpipe, ah-i.

Wine, arp.

Wing, mah; tub.

Winged disk, ;fpi.

With, am; hna; hr; kar; m; n; /r.

Witness, ma-t-ra.

Wolf, hunCa.

Wood, ba; fa.

Wood, a kind of, apt.

Wool, an-m.

Work, bak; tr.

Work as a carpenter, kk; akk.

World, ta.

Worm, fnt; rf-rf.

Worship, tua; hati.

Woven things, s;fta.

Wrapper, tba.

Wretched.

Write, s/ai.

Yellow; Yellow jasper, ant; auti.

Yellow paint, pst.

Yesterday, sf.

Young, hn-nu; rupa; 'un-uu.

Youth, rnpa; rpa.

Youthful, yx.

a, I; me; a house; oh !

aa, to knit; to wring out; to be born

of; to wash; water for washing;

an arm; a gazelle; a noble;

place; abode; noble; bier,
aah, moon,
aai, conceived,
aaiu, glory,
aak, reeds.

Chase.]

84

[April.

aakb, to lament.

aani, ape.

aasb, play at latrunculi.

aat, a boy.

aau, glory.

ab, flesh; viand; thirst; a nosegay;
to butt; a horn; ivory; rhinoce-
ros; calf; pure; to purify; spot-
aba, to dance. [ted.

ab-ab, to butt; horns; extremities.

abh, a tooth.

absi, jackal.

abt, the East; a month.

abu, a Numidian goat; an elephant;

abut, Abydos. [thirst; to sport.

ab/, to dance.

abf, white.

af, flesh ; born of; a fly ; to chas-

aft, an abode; four. [tise.

ah, a cow ; field; marsh.

aha, to stand erect; field; a stable.

ahaha, to rejoice.

ah-i, assistant priestess; windpipe.

ai, to come.

ais? to serve.

ak, bread; to move, go.

aka, a claw; to go, stalk along; to

akah, a hatchet, [divide ; battle-axe.

akam, a shield.

akar, warlike; victorious.

akb, to groan ; lament.

akr, sphinx.

akt, to sufibcate.

al, antelope.

am, in, with, by, through, from;
no, not; to eat; gem, pearl; a
beam. [place; to be flogged.

ama, a lark; sunbeams; to eat; to

ama/, to devote, strengthen, bless?
hallow. [raon; to envelope.

amn, to conceal; to approach; Am-

am-naa, some mineral ?

amn-t, Hades.

am-t, devourer.

an, stone; whetstone; bristle (of

eyebrow); beauty; appearance;

of, from, by, for, towards; to

adorn; valley; precinct.
ane/. See an/,
anheb, like an ibis; the Coracias

Graculus.
an-hu, eyebrow,
ani, ape; cynocephalus.
an-ka, to clasp ?
an-m, a pearl; a hide; wool,
an-m-hat, "stone of heart;" corne-
an-nbu, a kind of finch. [Han.

an-nu, beauty; appearance; to look
ant, yellow; yellow jasper, [back,
anta, Anath; Anaitis.
an-ti, yellow jasper,
an/, life, alive ; to live,
ap, the head; to rise up, fly on high,
ap-a, to rise up.

ape, api, head; cornice? first; upon,
ap-p, to mount on high; giant;

dragon,
apt, duck; hold of vessel; peg of

door; a kind of wood; Thebes;

swan; rib; hippopotamus; geese;
ap/, tortoise. [fowls.

ar, to be, there is; to, towards, to

approach ; to rise up ; gazelle ;

arura, acre; anklets; a step or

pile (game) ; type ; antelope,
ara, basilisk, uraeus. [purse,

arf, to bind; bag, packet, pouch,
ark, conclusion, end ; a binding,
ari, to guard,
arp, vine; wine.

arr, grapes; vine; staircase; a hall,
art, milk; bracelet, anklet.

1865. J

85

[Chase.

aru, river.

as, to approach; address; prayer;
noble, principal; rope; chamber,
resting-place; then; lo !

asb, impious?

asf, idleness; fault; end.

asi, chief, noble.

aspu, to despatch.

asr, a tamarisk.

ast, some period of time.

as/, to mow, reap.

at, a clod; loins; to build; to lis-
ten; bread; ear; a day.

at-ai, chief; noble.

atf, father; divine head-dress;

ati, lintel. [crown.

a-tn, to build, create; the sun's

atp, to bear, or load. [disc.

a-tu-kar, rigging.

au, and, also; born of; to be; a
crook ; a kind of crane ; praefor-
mant of future tense; substance.

aua, cow.

aui, to glorify.

auru, a bean.

auu, splendor.

a/, to suspend, invert ; to cry out.

a;^a-tr, hare. [hilate, extinguish.

a;fm, eagle, hawk, to soar; to anni-

a;/'t, other [things].

a//, darkness ; a gryphon; shades.

af, to proclaim ; to raise up.

afr, slice.

afru, night.

aft, the Persea.

ba, wood ; iron ? soul ; goat ; kind
of chimaera ; to be idle ; boat,

baah, pudendum. [barge.

ba-ba, to flow, stream; horns; ex-
tremities,

bah, to inundate ; swill, drink.

baita, a house. ^

bak, a sparrow-hawk ; to chisel,

work, carve, decorate,
baka, date palm ; palm wine ; bal-
ban, evil; sin. [sam?

bari, a mullet,
barkabuta, a pool,
bas-t, oarlock.

basu, dagger; beast of chase; apron,
bat, side,
bb, gullet,
bhn, to cut, incline,
bhu, lark, Alauda Calandra.
bhui, hyena.

bka, light ; to incline, bow. [trate.
bka-bka, to sit down, be quiet, pros-
bn, phoenix, nycticorax ; harp,
bn-bn, to be resplendent; to cap,
bnka, a scolopax, bird. [tip.

bn-nu, a kind of stone,
bnr, palm-tree,
br-br, pyramid.
bs, beast ; hide or skin ; date, palm ;

jet of flame; to accompany, bring;

to enter,
bs-bs, duck. Anas leucocephala.
bs-u, dagger.

bt, corn; bad, base, abominable;
bt-i corn. [barley,

btn-nu, abominable,
btf, abominable,
bu, sepulchre ; a thing,
bun, dates. [splendor; ceremony,
b;^, light ; to adore ; illuminated,
b/n, fort, stockade ; green basalt,
b/ta, wicked ? denuded,
en, not.
f, he, him.
fa, to bear or carry,
fai, to fly.
fat, father.

Chase. 1

86

[April.

fnt, worm ; nose.

fn-ti, breath ; to stop.

ftu, four.

h [u], to strike.

ha, cow ; duck ; husband ; head ;
beginning, chief; to begin, go
before; a day, duration; joy, to
rejoice; a limb, self ; also; field,
clay ; oh ! hail ! a substance ; an
elegant kind of boat? to set up;

haa, to be naked. [abode.

hab, ibis; to plough.

habn, ebony.

habnir? kind of collar.

haha, to roast, glow.

hai, light; a ceiling.

hak, to bind.

hakhak, name of God.

hakr, kind of panegyry.

ham, to fish.

ham-ham, to roar.

han, to adore; to command; box,
vase, measure ; to acquaint.

hanhan, command.

hann, deer.

han-nu, to command ; to supplicate.

hap, to conceal, spy.

har, to manifest, appear, go out ; a
day ; heart ; peaceful.

hara, uraeus.

harp, to moisten.

haru, besides.

hat, to terrify.

hat-hat, to reconnoitre.

hati, heart ; to fear ; to worship ;

hat-t, some material. [tow-line.

hau, husband; day.

hb, panegyry, festival; mourner,
undertaker; to plough; ibis;

hbb, to flow, stream. [Lower Egypt.

hbn, ebony.

hbs, to clothe.

hbt, to steal; to foam.

hen, to pray to.

hf, a snake.

hh, numerous.

hi, light.

hita, a substance.

hk, frog; fillet.

hka, to rule, ruler; drink, liquids;
frog; numerous; refreshments.

hkar, hunger; to starve.

hk-nu, to adore; some material.

hm, a place; lady, wife; to fish;
grasshopper; to govern; rudder;
to go out, quit; to stay; to cre-
ate; to turn back; locust.

hma, linen, flax; lady, wife.

hmka, a dark stone or material.

hms, to sit ; rudder.

hmsa, to strangle; bind.

hn, to be, appear; to open.

hna, together with.

hnbi, a fountain.

hnhr, mirror.

hni, barge of Socharis.

hnnu, a duckling; young; an hour.

hno, to acquaint.

hnt, priest; sanctity; heron.

hntr, sanctity of a king.

hn;;;', strap, girdle.

hp, bird, duck; to judge, adjust.

hpi, oar-blade.

hpt, to join, unite; a measure; to
offer; a pint; solid food; oar-

hptu, poop. [blade; bread.

hr, together with; upon, above;
path, to go; to terrify; to appear;

hrhu, anointed. [to harrow; day.

hri, face; above; to fear.

hrr, flower; food.

hrri, quadriga.

1865.]

87

[Chase.

hrs, a chair.

lirt, to be peaceful.

hs, to sing, applaud; vex; filthy;
throne; sofa; couch.

hska, to cut in pieces.

hs-mn, natron.

ht, heart ; a mace ; to oppress ;
white, light, silver ; a pool ; the
sea ; a tablet ; present ; daylight ;

htar, horse. [bee.

htb, libation ; to pour out ; pool ;

ht-hr, ocean. [the slain.

htr, htra, a horse.

htu, gazelle; goat. [calf; filthy.

hu, to strike ; evil ; sin ; cave ; hill ;

hua, a rudder, transport.

huls, hurs, pillow; head-rest.

hunfa, wolf.

hu-t, good demon.

i, to come.

ib, the East.

ibt, east.

ih, some plant; nosegay.

iri, eye ; son ; to do, to make.

iti, a cabin.

i-u, ass; to come.

iua, to wash.

iuma, the sea, ocean.

iuspu, end.

k, thou, thee.

ka, to offer, receive, set up, proclaim,
rejoice ; a bull, husband, male,
he-goat; seed; under; type.

kaa, floor; to move.

kab, to fold ; refresh.

kabh, a libation; refreshments.

kabi, a honeycomb ; a fold ; re-

kabsak, some substance, [doubled.

kaf, monkey, ape ; a part of throat.

kah, to touch.

kahu, shoulder.

kahs, a kind of gazelle,
kaka, to cackle ; to eat, chew,
kam, to delight, create ; black ;

black-haired; jasper; gum wood,
kambt, ka-em-net, a duck,
kamr, camel.

kan, a breast ; angle ; victory ; to
kan-aa, elbow. [bend ; relations,
kani, chair.

kan-nu, victory; Coracias Graculus.
kan-rat, knee,
kans, entrails,
kant, anger,
kapu, a kind of heron,
kar, below, beneath, with ; to fight ;

to deceive; an orbit; to rob;

privily ; a bolt ; sunset.
kara, sarcophagus, funeral chest ; a

smith ; shrine,
karas, mummy; coffin; embalm-
karhu, night. [ment.

karnata, pudendum ; foreskin,
karr, an orbit; a furnace,
karu, testes.

kas, an embalmment, [seat; couch,
kat, to build, construct ; throne ;
kau, animal of the ox or deer kind,
kaut, to make.
ka/;fa, orichalcura.

kf, kfa, to hunt, chase, take prison-
ki, another; likewise; to cut. [er.
kk, akk, to work as a carpenter;
kl. See kar. [darkness,

kll, furnace,
kna, to bend, deflect,
knau, to be idle,
kns. See kans.

kp, fist; palm of the hand; hour,
kr, to bear; have. See kar.
krafr, soldier, calasiris.
krf, a bowcase.

Chase. J

88

[April.

ks, that is to say ; to entreat, beg ;

ks-ks, a dance. [jasper.

ksm ? a kind of sceptre.

kspu, jasper.

labu, lion. [medium.

m, with, through, by, of, in, as; half;

ma, true, truth; flax; place; may,

praeformant of optative; mother,
maai, substance,
maat, cabin,
maau, lion ; to come,
maf k, copper ; copper ore.
maft-t, lynx,
niah, cubit; wing; crown of flowers;

to fill; water; north; north wind,
mahr, mirror,
maht, to agree, treat with ; some

liquid in a jar streaming like
mahu, chaplet; crown. [milk,

mai, substance ; come ; may ; prae-

formant of optative,
mak, to rule ; a watch tower.
makataru, a tower.
man/, counterpoise of a collar,
markabuta, a chariot,
mas, a calf; to conduct along; to
mat, granite. [hate,

ma-ta, a soldier.

mat-ht, granite; a kind of antelope,
mati, the nuque of the neck,
matn, to facilitate.
matn-nu, road, path,
ma-t-ra, a witness, [tellect ; to die.
mau, to gleam, light, splendor; in-
ma-u, a mirror; to see; to come;

prjeformant of optative.
maui. See maau.
vaa^. See mfa.
maj^a, scale, balance,
maf, archer,
meh, manifold.

men/, utensils.

meti, half; medium.

rafka, copper.

mh, to fill ; chaplet, crown.

mhi, to draw water?

mhn, asp.

mht, a buckle.

nihu, game of the crown.

mk, to dance.

mm, the oblique flute.

mn, to place; a monument; a vase;
liquid measure; a black durite
stone ; a swallow ; turtle dove ;
fore-arm ; shin.

mna, a nurse, wet nurse, to nurse ;
nurse's collar; shepherd; to twine
rope ; to tow a boat ; arrive ;

mna-t, signet. [barge.

mnf, mni, a soldier.

mnh, species of colchicum ; a mine-

mn-mn, cattle. [ral substance.

nin-nfr, bracelet, anklet.

mn-nu, rope.

mnt, a female breast.

mn/, to form, make, things made.

m[n]/-t, whilst, [frontier; circuit.

mr, to love, kiss; bind; island;

rara, Egypt. See mr-tar.

mrh, wax, salt ?

mrs, a beard.

mr-tar, Egypt; labyrinth-land.

niru, packet.

mruri, kind of bird.

ms, to produce; born; pudendum
feminas ; to conduct, escort.

mska, a solid bracelet.

mss, a strap.

mst, to hate.

mstr, ear.

msuh, crocodile.

mu, mother; foreigner; to die.

1865.]

89

[Chase.

muau, water.

ni;i^t, a kind of collar.

mCa, an archer; stalk of corn ?

n, of, to, for, with.

na, nai, the (plur. deraonst. pro-

naa, great ; ass. [noun).

nap, napr, barlej.

nb, loi'd ; all ; gold ; to swim.

nbi, to gild.

nbs, dates; date palm.

ne, nen, not.

nfr, good.

nfri, halyards.

nh, nhai, sycamore.

nhas, to erect; raise up; to excite.

nhb, neck.

nhh, forever.

nhm, to save.

nhp, to weep, deplore ; to make or

mould (as a potter) ; potter's
nhsi, negro; revolter. [stand,

nif, breath, to blow; air, winds,
nini, to entreat,
nk, thou, thee ; to fornicate ; to

grind, knead, support,
nkaka, to cackle,
nkbt, to wash gold.
nm, to ravish ; force ; to take, di-
nmm, pigmy. [rect; water; gold.
nn, no, not; to be brilliant,
nn-nu, abyss of waters,
npa, npra, corn, grain,
nrau, vulture ; to vanquish,
ns, behind ; to curse,
nsa, behind,
nsai, the condemned,
nsr, victory,
nsu, behind,
nt, to avenge, support; to mill; a

shuttle ; name of a tree. See nk.
ntr, a god, goddess ; to make.

VOL. X. — N

nts, little ?

nu, hall, place (n, of; u, sign of

null, rope, cord. [plural).

nuhu, kind of antelope.

nuk, I, me.

nun, to bear, bring.

nu-nu, light.

n;i^m, green feldspar; deck of a boat.

n;ft, lock of hair; force, strong; to

nCm, bulwark, deck. [conquer.

nfni, wicked ?

p, pa, the, this (masculine article).

p[e], heaven.

pa, mankind ; to fly.

pai, to fly; person.

pa-pa, to give birth to ; to bear.

phti, vigilant, foreseeing.

pkar, horizon.

pn, a rat.

pna, to invert, go down.

pnk, to sprinkle; to capture.

pn-nu, a rat.

pnti, to detain.

prtis, Peritius (a Macedonian

ps, to cook ; to stretch. [month).

pst, the back, spine; to shine ; yel-
low paint.

pt, a bow ; shaft of a column ; to

pti, a foot ; a bow. [shoot, extend.

pt-pt, to trample ; put to flight.

ptr, to appear ? to shoot.

pts, foot.

pn, to be; the.

pui, the.

p;fa, lioness; gap; plank.

p/r, division ; horizon.

p;ft, to extend ; to shoot.

pf, to extend ; light, to lighten.

r, fraction ; chapter; mouth; kind
of duck ; to be, there is, it is ; to,
towards, for, by, in, of.

Chase.]

90

[April.

ra, sun; day; door; cell, mansion,
prison ; to receive ; storehouse.

rabu, lion.

rama/, a monoceros.

ran, to please.

rf-rf, insect; worm.

rhi, garden, plantation.

rhn, dawn.

rk, to incline ; chisel.

rka, impudent.

rkh, to burn; heat; a brazier.

rm, to weep, weeping; ray (fish).

rn, name.

rnn, to dandle.

rnnu, youth, young, to renew; flow-

rp, name of an animal. [er.

rpa, one of a class; set over; a
youth .

rr, child ; to suckle ; dandle.

rra, hog ; a kind of snake.

rrk, kind of insect, centipede.

rru, nursling ; boar.

rs, to suspend, hang, bow.

rt, race, men, mankind; foot; seed,
to sow ; sandstone ; sculpture.

rta, to place, in order, when.

rtb, to beseech.

ru, door ; mouth ; snake.

ruma, man.

rut, to renew ; sandstone ; to ger-
minate; to engrave; posterity;

rutn, to attack. [race.

ru;i;au, heron, Ardea Nycticorax.

r;^, to speak, declare, acquaint;
pure ; pure spirit ; to full, a ful-
ler ; to wash ; a dream ? cousin,

r/, pleasure ; to delight, [relative.

s, she, her, it ; a kind of duck ; a
person ; a son.

sa, to drag ; side ; to drink.

saah, assembly.

sab, a jackal; a magus, counsellor;

sabu, a finch. [flute; ox; crafty.

sab/, to hurl.

sah, constellation.

sak, mystic animal, chimaera ; to

sapi, to form, mould, create, [bind.

sat, to sew ; to hear.

satm, to hear.

sau, to drink.

sb, wall; star; flute; door; propy-
lon; gate; the wicked; to adore;
Saturn.

sba, flute; flute-player; wicked;
prop; impious; son; behind.

sbaat, to be idle; to omit.

sbaau, to glorify; to praise.

sbak, to lay out.

sbhu, kind of bird.

sbk, crocodile; to subdue.

sbkt, cabin.

sb/-t, gate.

se-men;^, to build.

seneba, to be strong.

setem, to hear. [throat.

sf, yesterday; sword; to cut the

sfr, mystic animal, gryphon. [ter.

sf-t, pitch, bitumen; to cut, slaugh-

sfjf, seven; to overthrow, ruin, cap-
ture; impure garments? to noose;
to overtake.

sha, to collect; a crowd; to encase.

s-haa, a stand for vases.

shh, bird, Porphyrio hyacinthus.

s-hm, to pound grain; to strangle.

s-hr, to frighten; terrify; to ap-
proach; to drink.

s-ht, to give light to.

sk, cabin; to molest; to be idle.

s-ka, to plough, scrape, play the
harp, bind; to collect; a crowd.

skar, to cut, soothe, break in pieces.

1865.

91

[Chase.

sm, an instrument; to gather; fod-
der; to traverse.
sma, to tame, subdue ; to rule, com-
mand; to smite.
smi, a fly flap,
smn, to set up; to prepare, lay out;

goose; to establish.
sm-s, preferred, preference, minis-
sm-sm, minister. [ter.

smt, stibium,
sn, they, their; the hair; curl; to

pass, traverse; to open,
sna, to bend, turn away; elbovsr;
knee; brother, sister; to breathe,
snaa, to polish. [scent,

snb, authority,
snf, blood,
snh, to bind,
snk, to lighten,
snkaus, to nourish,
snm, to chew, devour,
sn-n, to bind; orbit,
sn-nu, sacred cakes; loaf; to search,
fish; to enclose; curl; sun's or-
bit, [adore,
sns, sns-hu, to give breath to; to
snsn, to sue, deprecate; a kind of
snt, cake; to found. [heron,
snti, sindon, flax; a shenti, shirt for

the loins; to detain; to steal,
sntr, incense,
sn-ut, granary.
sn;j;'n, to nourish,
sp, a time ; to leap,
sph, ribs.

spir, the side; to come to the side
spr, side. [of.

spt, hips.

sr, camelopard; sheep; kind of
goose or duck; spike; arrow;
fire; flabellum ; to distribute; a

chief, noble; to drink; cheese;
to order, dispose, place [supply,
srk, scorpion ; to breathe, scent,
s-rka, srta, to chisel, sculpture.

gs, a kind of wood ; eight ; to

s-sah, to assemble. [breathe.

s-sat, to be idle.

ss-i, flame.

ssm, a mare; a wood, sesamum; to
scent, breathe ; emerald.

ssn, to breathe.

ss-pu, jasper.

ssr, victory ; to breathe.

ssr-t, to breathe.

st, odor ; addlfe ; rock ; land ; to
extend ; arrow ; flame ; ray, sun-
beam; Seth, Typhon, ass; kind
of duck.

sta, skein of thread ; to sew ; to tow
a boat ; coitus ; gazelle ; a mystic
animal; to conduct; to spin.

st-a/mu, a bat.

sth, Cursorius Isabellinus.

sti, smell, stench; arrow; sunbeam.

stkn, to conduct, accompany '{

stm, stibium ; grand priest ; to j udge.

stp, approved, tried, select; to

s-tr, to deposit on a bier. [judge.

stut, to tremble.

st/a, woven things. [ley.

su, he, him, it; corn; wheat; bar-

sua, the south ; priestess ; come

sua/, to glorify. [along.

suh, an egg; nails.

sun-t, a king.

sun;^, to nurse.

sur, south.

suru, a bombicillo.

sutn, a king.

sut-ut, to extend.

s/, to cut; to open.

Chase.]

92

[April.

sy2t., to write ; paint ; to make j a

s;^ai, a scribe. [finch ; a roll.

s-/ar, to make.

s-/at, a hare.

s-;^b, goading.

s-;^bt, enamel, electrum ; tin?

s/in, a lotua.

s-/m, to shut; the breast.

Sj^nt, a tunic.

S-/P, to bear off.

s-/r, to overthrow ; a section.

s-/t, net; capsize, invert.

s/u, stick, kind of mace.

s//, sistrum ; to play the sistrum.

s/;/m, to rejoice. •

s-f, to shut, bolt; a nest.

s-fm, shrine. [escort.

t, thou, thee ; feminine article ; to

ta, the (fern, demonst. pronoun) ;
to give ; kind of crane ; to go by
boat ; to carry ; to offer ; to sac-
rifice ; the world ; boat, barge.

taf, father.

takai, the adherer, a bat.

tarn, kukufa sceptre ; power ; to

tam-ua, hair. [bear, carry.

tar, to grow ; time.

tat, olive ; oil.

tau, to burn.

tuy, the frontier.

tb, brick; finger; prsetorium ; kind
of vase ; box ; to subdue.

tba, chest; sarcophagus; a wrap.

tb-h, a measure, weight, signet; a

tb-t, hippopotamus, [prayer.

tb-tb, to prostrate.

tb-ti, sandals ; a prayer.

tf, father; to hoe; kuphi, perfume.

tf-tf, to drip.

th, latchet of a sandal.

tha, straw; to reel, be drunk, clip.

thni, forehead ; to bow the forehead.

ths, to grease (leather); shoe-latchet.

th th, thti, lead.

thu, table.

thun, to rise up.

ti, a chief.

tka, flour; a spark ; to adhere.

tkai, kind of bird ; sale.

tka-r, to join or twist cords.

tm, no, not ; the Recurvirostra Avo-

cetta ; to transport ; to escape,

avoid,
traa, to separate ; distinguish ; sca-
tmat, to stupefy. [rify ; subdue,

tms, a kind of bird,
tn, bent; conduct,
tna, half; a fortnight,
tnh, wing,
tnhu, prisoner,
tn-nu, to elevate, rise up ; to send ;

to conduct; a chest; to move,
tnru, to break, smash,
tnt, Charadrius armatus.
tn-tn, to revolt; pride,
tp, to taste ; cakes ; to guess ; to

receive; hour,
tpak, a sail ; kind of bull ?
tph, cavern,
tpp, to taste,
tpt, boat; hull; cake,
tr, to transfix, bruise, rub ; time ;

path ? increase ; to work, make,

fabricate ; shoot ; whilst ; to be ;
trf, to dance. [to embalm,

trp, a wild duck.
ts, to distinguish; to suspend, sling,

lead along; self; to transport,
tsm, a male cat ?
tsnu, slice, cut.

tt, oil; hand; papyrus; to speak;
tta, eternal. [to establish.

1865.J

93

[Chase,

ttfi, a reptile.

tts, lord; exalted.

tu, to pollute; a command; name

of a region; a hill; to speak.
tua, to worship,
tuaua, to slaughter.

tuaut, green color?

turn, to place.

tut, a statue ; some part of body.

tu-tu, pollute.

t-(, a weight; to disturb; appoint.

t/a, a fort.

t/n, an obelisk.

tjr, gore.

tX'^Xi ^^ order.

tfr, red; red crown. [I, me.

Uj to come, approach, unite, collect;

ua, long, length, distance; a sacred

uaa, boat, barge. [boat.

uab, pure; priest.

uah, to pour out; feed.

ubn, light, to illuminate ; brilliancy;
to shine; a kind of game.

ubt, boiling.

ufa, to chastise.

uha, to stretch.

uhar, a dog.

ui, light, brilliancy.

ukar, a part of time.

'un, to shine, appear, light; to open;
an hour; to be, being; a duck-
ling. (Coptic, one.)

'un-nu, an hour ; young.

'unun, name of a bird.

*un/, a strap, girdle.

'unf, wolf.

*ur, elder; crown.

'urr, crown.

'urri, war-chariot.

*urs, pillow.

'urt, placable, meek.

us, to saw.

usb, to stack corn.

usr, oar; defending.

ust, to eat ?

us/, large, broad ; a saloon ; boats
of burden ; holds ; collar ; to

'ut, to glow, light ; green, [mow.

uta, to go out; to divide; between.

utau, a pectoral plate; kind of crane;
the symbolical eye of the sun ; a

'utb, to pour out. [pendant.

utbu, wells.

utn, consecration ; ingot.

utn-nu, libation.

uts, to sustain, try, examine ; to
carry; to go out; palanquin.

utu, stern of boat.

uy, pure, illumined; splendor; cere-

ufa, to eat. [mony.

ufau, darkness.

uCb, to answer.

ufm, ear of grain ?
Xa., altar; to resemble; a body; to
measure ; a thousand, many ; to
make; food. [chief, above,

/aa, born, to exist; dagger; first,
'/ah, hypocrite, cheat ; a star,
/absm, name of a spotted dog.
/abu, to mow.
yai, a cat.
/aibt, fan.
yain, altar,
/ak, to shave,
/anru, to disperse,
/art, child, offspring,
/as, evil ; wretched,
/ast, some part of body,
/at, dead body.
/atab, pottery,
/atb, to fall.

Chase. J

94

[April.

;i^au, a cat ; hypocrisy ; length ; al-
j^aui, a sow ; altar. [tar.

)(h, to plough ; wasp ; Lower Egypt;
papyrus ; hypocrisy ; deceit ; to
/ba, to plough, [violate ; to dance,
/bb, the gullet,
/bni, to starve.
;fbs, to clothe.

/bt, to dance, to tumble ; iniquity,
/fa, fist, power.

/ft, enemy, devil ; when ; a repro-
/i-/i, to mill, beat. [bate,

jm, no, not; to afflict; to bruise;

annihilate; chest; hemp,
/mhu, tp imagine,
/mi, enemy,
/ms, flax ; ear of corn.
/n, a breast ; to bear ? a child ; to

conduct; vestibule; likeness; to
/nark, to restrict. [place,

/nf, a kind of cake,
/nm, to seek ? to smell ? to sleep ?

a kind of nurse ; brass ; red jas-
/nms, a tutor. [P^r.

/n-nu, to conduct, send ; a box.
/np, to deliver; join?
/nr, cap, casque. ,

/ns, to hunt.

/nt, to approach, tread on ; entrance,
/p, a fist; a turn, as " once, twice."
/pf, part of a boat,
/pi, the winged urseated disk,
/pr, scarabseus; to exist; shape,
/prf, helmet. [tjpe-

/pt, thigh ; neophron duck,
/p/, thigh; ursa major; scimitar;

to smite with the scimitar.
/r, to, at, with, under; section;

picture ; to fall ; to smite ; child,

ofispring, youthful; leaf.
/rp, first, principal ; to consecrate,

offer as first fruits; paddle-blade;
image. [or fodder.

/rf, bundle of arrows; truss of hay

/sbt, enamel, eleetrum ? tin ? blue.

/sf, to anchor a boat ; go back ; stop.

/sr, to disperse, clear.

/t, to navigate ; shut ; net ; flame ;

/tb, to tumble ; to subdue, [other.

/tm, to shut; a fort.

/tmi, war-axe.

/tr, to consent. ^

/u, to rule, reign, direct; long.

//, gullet; to balance; to adjust;

f, pool, reservoir, tank. [to whip.

fa, a cake, bread ; first ; high ; fes-
tival ; diadem ; a bushel ; book ;

faau, boar. [wood.

fakr, to adorn ?

[as, to run through, traverse.

fasu, a shepherd.

fat, to cut.

fau, boar.

fba, a slice.

fbn, glass.

fbt, porcelain.

fbu, cords; kind of collar.

f b-f b, to transform ?

ff, a ram; to desolate.

fft, to desolate ; to fashion ; a ram.

fiu, long, when; power.

fm, to arrange; to walk; bolt.

fna, a net.

fnti, tunic ; apron ; flax.

fp, to take ; an hour.

fpn, a kind of bread or grain.

fr, to smite ; struck ; a case ; to-

fra, a nostril. [wards; night.

frau, a child.

fs, a kind of antelope.

fsf, to turn back, stop.

fta, shut, place ; tomb ; prison ;

ftrau, kind of antelope. [confine.

1865.] 95 I'B.ale.

Stated Meeting, AjJril 21, 1865.

Present eleven members.

Dr. Wood, President, in the chair.

Photographs of Rear Admiral Davis, Rear Admiral Dii-
pont, Colonel S. H. Long, Captain T. J. Lee, Mr. Edward
Everett, Dr. Franklin Bache, Major-General Humphreys,
Brigadier-General Abbott, Brevet Major-General Totten,
and Dr. Franklin (copied from the portrait in the Society's
rooms), were presented by Colonel Hartman Bache. A pho-
tograph of Dr. Dohrn was received from Stettin, and one of
Dr. Coates was presented by himself.

A letter was received from Mr. Charles Hale, Consul-
General of the United States, in Egypt, dated Alexandria,
November 1, 1864, enclosing a circular letter of M. Miani,
dated Alexandria, 26th September, in reference to his pro-
posed expedition into the interior of Africa, in the summer
of the present year.

3I0NSIEUR LE Consul G^n^ral:

Les voyages du soussigne dans I'Afrique centrale, pour la decou-
verte des origines du Nil, sont dejji connus.

Apr^s la publication de son paralalia geographique centre Speke
et Grant, tous les savants, qui ont mis en doute la decouverte des
Anglais, sont trfes favorables au soussigne, et par cette circonstance
il cberche d'organiser une nouvelle expedition par souscriptions.

Venise, malgre reduite dans un ctat deplorable, malheureuse mais
toujour genereuse, a lui fait cadeau des verroteries, armes et muni-
tions.

Des rivalites a lui fait refuser I'appui du gouvernment Egyptian,
par consequence, si Monsieur le Consul-Gen eral aura la bont^ d'en-
voyer aux societes savantes de sa grande nation, les cartes ci-jointes,
peut-etre qu 'on daignera agrandir ses moyens, et on devrait meme
lui donner un homme de quelque specialite scientifique qui I'accom-
pagne.

Hale.] 9g [April.

Monsieur le Consul-General, implore la protection de votre patrie
un homme qui est ne Republicain, qui s'est battu h Venise pour la
Republique, et quinze annees se sont deja ecoulees qu'il est proteg^
par votre noble nation.

Le soussigne sait qu'en Amerique la science n'a pas de patrie, et
en attendant I'honneur qu'il demande, agreez, Monsieur le Consul-
General, les sentiments distingues de gratitude de votre

Tres humble et tres devoue serviteur, Miani.

Alexandrie, 26 Septembre, 1864.

P. S. L'expedition aura lieu I'ete de I'annee procbaine.

Letters of invoice were received from the Natural History
Society at Riga, September 13, the Royal Prussian Acade-
my, November 11, and M. Des Moulins, dated Bordeaux,
January 29, 1865.

Donations for the Library were received from the Prussian
Academy and Horticultural Society at Berlin, the Natural
Historical Society of Holland, the French Congress of
Science, and M. Des Moulins of Bordeaux.

Pending nominations, Nos. 534 to 539, were read, spoken
to, and balloted for.

Dr. Coates addressed the Society, inquiring what were the
most appropriate means of showing its sympathy with the
nation in its grief at the wicked assassination of the Presi-
dent of the United States, on the evening of Friday, 14th
instant.

The President remarked that the mourning drapery which
covered the chair of Dr. Franklin, used by the presiding offi-
cer at the meetings of the Society, had been ordered by
the Society to be made for it at the time of President Jeffer-
son's death, as he had recently observed in searching the old
minutes.

Mr. Fraley moved that a committee of three be appointed
to draw up suitable resolutions to express the sorrow of the
Society.

The committee were appointed as follows: Mr. Fraley,
Dr. Coates, and Mr. Price, who drafted the following pream-
ble and resolutions, which were adopted:

1865.] 97

The American Philosophical Society, uniting with the whole of
the loyal people of the Union, deplore the sudden and violent death
of Abraham Lincoln, the President of the United States, and deem
it proper to perpetuate on their records their sorrow for this great
national bereavement, and their estimation of the worth and virtues
of the departed Magistrate and Man ; therefore.

Resolved, That it is with unfeigned mourning we receive the dis-
pensation of Providence, that has so suddenly and mysteriously per-
mitted the removal of the Head of the Nation at a moment when he
had apparently united all hearts in reliance upon his ability, wisdom,
and mercy, and when all lovers of their country were rejoicing in the
certainty of an honorable peace, and the restoration of the bonds of
union and fraternal concord by his instrumentality.

Resolved, That the rebellion, which has caused the sacrifice of so
many valuable lives and of so much property, and which has engen-
dered so much sectional bitterness, crowned at last in its iniquity by
the murder of the President, had its origin in a political and social
system alien to the true principles of our National Government, sub-
versive of human rights and human freedom ; and its success would
have been a great calamity, not only to the United States, but to the
world.

Resolved, That bowing in humble submission to the dispensation
that has not permitted Abraham Lincoln to close the war on the
basis of mercy, charity, and amnesty, that he had publicly announced
should be his guides to national peace and union, we trust that in the
hands to which God has now committed the powers of the Govern-
ment, justice shall be made potent to avenge the wrongs of the na-
tion, and to give to mercy its appropriate power and place.

Resolved, That this Society will, by all its influence and power,
support the Government in bringing the rebellion to an end, and in
re-establishing the rule of the Constitution and the laws.

Resolved, That as a testimony of respect for the memory of the
deceased Chief Magistrate of the Republic, the chair of the presid-
ing officer of the Society be draped with mourning for six months.

Mr. Chase made a communication on the relation of mag-
netism and the magnetic declination to gravity.

In my first communication on the diurnal variation of the barome-
ter [Proceedings A. P. S., IX, 284], I expressed the belief that a
careful investigation would " show a mutual connection through
which all the secondary [disturbing] causes may be referred to a

VOL. X. — o

Chase.] gg [April.

single force." In my various subsequent papers, and especially in
the one to which the Magellanic Premium was awarded, [Op. citat,
and Trans. A. P. S., Vol. XIII, N. S. Art. VI,] I pointed out va-
rious reasons for supposing that the primal unitary force is the same
that controls the motions of the several stellar systems, — in other
words, the force of gravitation, — or perhaps of simple undulation, —
which is manifested as heat in one of its subordinate forms, and as
attraction in another. The numerical relations which I demon-
strated between the disturbances of weight and of total magnetic
force, were certainly noteworthy, and to my own mind, extremely
satisfactory; and as further investigations have afforded additional
confirmation of my views, I desire to put upon record a brief notice
of the general harmony which mutually characterizes the gravitation
currents and the variations of magnetic declination.

Preliminary investigations showed, as might have been reasonably
anticipated, that the best quantitative results can be obtained from
the observations at stations near the equator, and I therefore based
my reasoning, in great measure, upon the St Helena records, and
Maj. Gen. Sabine's discussions, confirming it by such incidental re-
ferences to other observations, as seemed available for the purpose.
At the same time allusion was made [Trans. A. P. S., loc. citat.,
p. 132], to researches now in progress, which may probably enable
us to discover numerical relations, that will be equally satisfactory,
from an examination of the observations in higher latitudes. While
patiently and confidently awaiting the completion of those researches,
it may be well to present some considerations which will serve both
as a corroboration of my own views, and as a guide to the investiga-
tions of others.

The discussions of the magnetic and meteorological observations
at Girard College [Coast Survey Reports, and Smithsonian Contribu-
tions], should be specially interesting to all Americans, and they are
also among the most recent and valuable publications on terrestrial
physics. From them I quote the following references to the most
important and best established normal disturbances of declination.

I. " The annual variation depends on the earth's position in its
orbit; the diurnal variation being subject to an inequality depending
on the sun's declination. The diurnal range is greater when the
sun has north declination, and smaller when south declination; the
phenomenon passing from one state to the other about the time of
the equinoxes." [Part II, p. 10. See, also, Toronto Obs. 2, xvii,
St. Helena Obs., 2, cxviii.]

1865.] 99 [Chase.

II. "At the hour of 6 or 7, in the morning, the annual variation
is a maximum, disappearing at a quarter before 10 A. M., and reach-
ing a second (secondary) maximum value at 1 P. M. It almost dis-
appears soon after 5 p. M., and a third still smaller maximum is reached
after 9 P. 31. Half an hour before midnight, the annual variation
again disappears. At (and before and after) the principal maximum,
between 6 and 7 in the morning, the annual variation causes the
north end of the magnet to be deflected to the east in summer, and
to the west in winter; at 1 P. M., the deflections are to the west in
summer, and to the east in winter. The range of the diurnal mo-
tion is thus increased in summer, and diminished in winter; the
magnet being deflected in suuimer more to the east in the morning
hours, and more to the west in the afternoon hours, or having greater
elongations than it would have if the sun mov^ed in the equator. In
winter, the converse is the case." [Ibid. p. 12. Compare St. Hel.
Obs., 2, cxviii; Toronto Obs. 1, xiv, and 2, xvi.]

III. "According to the same authority" [Gen. Sabine], "the an-
nual variation is the same in both hemispheres, the north end of the
magnet being deflected to the east in the forenoon, the sun having
north declination; when in the (^tM)'ftaZ variation, the north end of
the magnet at that time of the day is deflected to the east in the
northern hemisphere, and to the west in the southern hemisphere.
In other words, in regard to direction, the law of the annual varia-
tion is the same, and that of the diurnal variation the opposite, in
passing from the northern to the southern magnetic hemisphere."
[Ibid. p. 13. Comp. St. Hel. Obs., 2, Ixxx, cxviii.]

IV. " The regular progression of the monthly values is a feature
of the annual variation deserving particular notice. There is no
sudden transition from the positive to the negative side, or vice versa,
at or near the time of the equinoxes (certainly not at the vernal
equinox); on the contrary, the annual variation seems to be regular
in its progressive changes. The method here pursued is entirely
diS'erent from that employed by Gen. Sabine for the same end, but
the results are, nevertheless, in close accordance." It has been
found that the tran.sition takes place "ten days after either equinox,
and also that the turning-points occur ten days after the solstices."
[Ibid. p. 14. Comp. St. Hel. Obs., 2, cxx.]

V. " The general character of the diurnal motion ... is
nearly the same throughout the year; the most eastern deflection is
reached a quarter before 8 o'clock in the morning (about a quarter
of an hour earlier in summer, and half an hour later in winter);

Chase.] -^^QQ [April.

. . . the north end of the magnet then begins to move westward,
and reaches its western elongation about a quarter after 1 o'clock in
the afternoon (a few minutes earlier in summer). . . . The
diurnal curve presents but a single wave, slightly interrupted by a
deviation occurring during the hours near midnight (from about 10
p. M. to 1 A. M.), when the magnet has a direct or westerly motion;
shortly after 1 A. M., the magnet again assumes a retrograde motion,
and completes the cycle by arriving at its eastern elongation shortly
before 8 o'clock in the morning. This nocturnal deflection is well-
marked in winter, vanishes in the summer months, and is hardly
perceptible in the annual curve. According to the investigations of
Gen. Sabine, it is probable that, if we had the means of entirely
obliterating the effect of disturbances, this small oscillation would
almost disappear. In summer, when it has no existence, the magnet
remains nearly stationary between the hours of 8 P. M. and 3 A. M.,
a feature which is also shown by the annual type-curve." [Ibid. p.
20. Comp. Hobarton Obs., 2, vi; St. Hel. Obs., 2, cxi, cxix, cxx;
Toronto Obs., 1, xiv, 2, xvi.]

VI. " The critical hours which vary least during the year, are
those of the western elongation, and those of the morning mean de-
clination. The extreme diflference between the value for any month
and the mean annual value, is 31 minutes in the former, and 28
minutes in the latter." [Ibid. p. 21.]

VII. The curves of lunar-diurnal variation "show two east and
two west deflections in a lunar day," the westerly maxima " occur-
ring about the upper and lower culminations," and the easterly
maxima "at the intermediate six hours. The total range hardly
reaches 0'.5. These results agree generally with those obtained for
Toronto and Prague." [Part III, p. 8. Comp. St Hel. Obs., 2,
xxiii, Ixxxii, cxliv; Toronto Obs., 3, Ixxxv.]

VIII. In comparing the easterly and westerly curves, "the con-
stant in Bessel's formula comes out zero, and hence it is inferred
that the moon has no specific action in deflecting the magnet by a
constant quantity." [Ibid. p. 10.]

IX. " If we take the four phases into account, the lunar action
seems to be retarded ten minutes, which quantity may be termed the
lunar-magnetic interval for the Philadelphia station. At Toronto,
the intervals are not so regular." [Ibid. p. 11.]

X. " The characteristic feature of the annual inequality in the
lunar-diurnal variation, is a much smaller amplitude in winter than
in summer. Kreil, indeed, inferred from the ten-year series of the

1865.] 10]^ [Chase.

Prague observations, that in winter the luuar-diurnal variation either
disappears, or is entirely concealed by irregular fluctuations, requir-
ing a long series for their diminution. The method of reduction
which he employed was, however, less perfect than that now used.
The second characteristic of the inequality consists in the earlier oc-
currence of the maxima and minima in winter than in summer.
The winter curve precedes the summer curve by about one and three
quarter hours." [Ibid. p. 12 — 13.]

XI. The curves of semi-annual variation, at all points where con-
tinuous observations have been made, present a striking similarity,
the amount of deflection being nearly equal in all parts of the globe.
[See diagram, Pt. II, p. 12. Comp. St. Helena Obs., 2, cxix; To-
ronto Obs. 2, xvi, xvii.]

Now it is evident that the mechanically-polarizing currents (Proc.
A. P. S., IX, 367 sqq), must be variously deflected at diff"erent pe-
riods of the day, in consequence of the gravitation disturbances
arising both from the varying distance of the sun, and from solar
heat. Although it may sometimes be desirable to consider the so-
called thermal currents apart from those which would be produced
independently of any change of temperature, such a distinction is
unnecessary in a preliminary qualitative investigation like the present,
because the periods both of maxima and of minima are precisely co-
incident in the two currents (except as they may be slightly modified
by the earth's radiant heat), and because even the thermal currents
are occasioned simply and solely hy the varying gravitation of fluids
of varying density.

Regarding, therefore, the air and sether over any given magnetic
meridian, during the day hours the intertropical, and during the
night the extra-tropical, portions will be most drawn towards the
sun, and the following deflections will be thus produced in the por-
tions nearest the equator :

6 to 12 A. M. 12 to 6 p. M. G to 12 p. m. 12 to 6 a. m.
Northern zones, . S. E. S. W. S. E. S. W.

Southern " . N. E. N. W. N. E. N. W.

The night disturbances, whether from variations of temperature,
or from simple fall towards the sun (the distance fallen varying as
the square of the time from midnight), will be very slight. The
earth's rotation, centrifugal force, and atmospheric inertia, tend to
throw each of the phases forward, and to increase the magnitude of
the westerly, while they diminish the easterly deflections. If these

Chase.] 102 f^P"''

modifications were sufficient to override the slight easterly tendency
at 6 to 12 p. M., and to advance the phases one hour, the disturb-
ances would assume the following forms, the change between 7 P. M.
and 1am. being scarcely, if at all, perceptible :

7 A. M. to 1 p. M. 1 p. M. to 7 A. M.

Northern zones, . . S. E. S. W.

Southern " . . N. E. N. W.

At the equinoxes, the amounts of deflection in the northern and
southern magnetic hemispheres should be equal; at other seasons,
the shortest lines would suffer the greatest displacement, the deflec-
tions being greatest in the northern zones from April to September,
when the sun is in the northern signs, and in the southern zones
from October to March, when the sun is in the southern signs. My
experiments have shown that the compass-needle sympathizes with,
and is, to some extent, controlled by purely mechanical vibrations;
and if, in obedience to such control, it should tend to parallelism
with the aethereal currents, a westerly disturbance of declination (the
declination being always conventionally referred to the north pole of
the needle), would correspond either to an equatorial southeasterly
deflection of the southern, or a northwesterly deflection of the north-
ern extremity of a half-meridian; and an easterly disturbance to a
southwesterly deflection of the southern, or a northeasterly deflection
of the northern extremity.

Substituting these declination values for the current deviations to
which they correspond, the Silmost precise accordance of theory and
observation in the prominent features of the normal variations of de-
clination may be seen by a reference to the following table :

Daily maximum.* . . ) Easterly.

Half yearly " Apl. to Sept.f > Easterly.

" " Oct. to Mar.t ) Westerly.

Westerly.
Westerly.
Easterly.

Morning
Mean.

Evening
Mean.

Stationary.

Theoretical, . . . . 1 7 A. M.
Observed [I to V],t . . 1 6-8 A. M.

1 P.M.

1 P. M.

10 A. M.
9J A. M.

4 P. M.

5 p. M.

7 P. M. to 1 A. M.

8 P. M. to 3 A. M.

Gen. Sabine, in speaking of the opposition of the annual and
semi-annual curves (St. Hel. Obs., 2, cxix), says "these remarkable
systematic dissimilarities, may be regarded as sufficient indications of
a difference in the mode of operation of the solar influence in the
two cases." I am not aware that any attempt has hitherto been
made to explain this apparent difference, or to show that it is only

* In the northern zones. f Over the whole earth.

X The bracketed references are to the numbered quotations from the
Girard Collesre discussions.

1865.] 2Q3 [Chaee.

apparent, and may result from the action of a uniform law. I be-
lieve that I have now given the needed explanation, and since I
have shown experimentally that the phenomena are such as should
be produced by gravitation, it is reasonable to assume that they
probably are so produced. The probability is increased by the dis-
appearance of the night oscillation in summer (V), the probability
that when it is observed, it results from thermal disturbances, and
the greater stability of those critical hours which are nearest to the
hours of maximum sunward gravitation (VI).

The precise coincidence, both in time and direction, of the lunar-
diurnal declination and tidal curves (VII), the unavoidable inference
that the moon has no constant or specific magnetic action (VIII),
the "establishment" of ten minutes at the Philadelphia station (IX),
the correspondence of the lunar and solar curves in the diminished
winter amplitude (X), and the uniformity at all stations of the semi-
annual variation curves (XI), are all necessary corollaries of my
hypotheses.

The demonstration of a connection between the daily and annual
variations of magnetism and gravitation would be incomplete, if our
theory could not be so extended as to explain the decennial and secular
changes. For such an extension we are compelled to wait until fur-
ther study and observation have more precisely defined the character
and value of those changes, and suggested all the important gravita-
tion disturbances of long period to which they may be plausibly re-
ferred. We may find, however, in the attraction of Jupiter, one of
the possible causes of the 10-11 year period, while nutation, pre-
cession,* geological upheaval and depression, change of seasons, accu-
mulation or diminution of polar ice, and the shifting position of the
centre of gravity of our planetary system, must all necessarily con-
tribute to the production of gradual changes in the terrestrial gravita-
tion currents. The belief does not, therefore, seem unreasonable,
that the feeble vibrations of the tremulous needle may not only fur-
nish us with a delicate scale for weighing (as we have already ap-
proximately done), the huge mass of the sun, but they may also aid
us in the discovery and verification of other important cosmical phe-
nomena, and the assignment of their appropriate laws.

Although it is probable that terrestrial magnetism is mainly owing
to currents circulating above the surface, it is well known that there

* Hansteen supposed that the motion of the magnetic poles was con-
nected with the precession of the equinoxes.

Chase. J 104: [April.

are also earth-currents, which exert an appreciable raodifying influ-
ence. I am confident that they will be found equally obedient to
the laws of gravitation, which affect every particle of the earth's
body, modifying the crystalline polarity and cohesion of solids as well
as the flow of liquids, and producing internal tides, which may con-
tribute largely to that metamorphism of stratified rocks which has
been referred by geologists to the agency of heated fluids and vapors.
(See Rogers, Pa. Report, 2,700 ; Lyell, Amer. Jour, of Science, [2],
39,22.)

The inclination presents some anomalies that are difficult to ex-
plain, and whether we compare the solar-diurnal or the annual curves
at the principal northern and southern stations, the " indications of
a difference in the morfc of operntion of the solar influence in the
two cases" seem as striking and perplexing, as they did to Hudson
and Herschel in their examination of the influence of heat on the
barometer (Proc. A. P. S. IX, 283), and to Sabine, in his discus-
sion of the semi-annual declination curves (St. Hel. Obs., 2, cxix).
But the disappearance, in the progress of our investigations, of these
once seemingly insurmountable difficulties, — the wonderful coinci-
dence in the general features of the gravitation and magnetic cur-
rents,— and the a priori probability that all disturbed forces, of
whatever character or variety, will tend constantly to a mutual
equilibrium, — encourage the belief that this apparent paradox may
be likewise susceptible of a simple interpretation which will drive it
from its latest lurking-place.

I can think, at this moment, of no more probable causes of the
want of symmetry here spoken of, than the different distribution of
land and water in the two hemispheres, and the influence of power-
ful alternating land and sea breezes.* A long series of connected
observations at a number of new stations may, perhaps, be required,
before it can be satisfactorily ascertained whether the disturbances
thus occasioned are sufficient to account for all the phenomena, but
meanwhile it is interesting to observe the degree of accordance that
exists at northern inland stations, like Philadelphia and Toronto,
between the curves of vertical force and force of wind on the one
hand, and those of horizontal force and barometric pressure on the
other, as well as the agreement that has been pointed out by Dr.
Lloyd and Mr. Homer, between the annual curves of declination and
of temperature.

* The dependence of declination upon land lines and ocean currents,
is shown by isogonic charts.

1865.] 105

The ballot-boxes were then examined by the presiding offi-
cer, and the following gentlemen were declared duly elected
members of the Society, viz. :

Mr. S. Austin Allibone, of Philadelphia.

Mr. Samuel F. Haven, of Worcester, Massachusetts.

Mr. Charles D. Cleveland, of Philadelphia.

Mr. James B. Francis, of Lowell, Massachusetts.

Mr. George C. Shafer, of Washington, J). C.

Mr. Timothy B. Conrad, of Philadelphia.

And the Society was then adjourned.

Stated dieeting, 3Iay 5, 1865.

Present ten members.

President, Dr. Wood, in the chair.

Letters accepting membership were received from S. Austin
Allibone, dated 1816 Spruce Street, April 25 ; from Charles
D. Cleveland, dated 248 South Eighth Street, April 26 ; from
J. B. Francis, dated Lowell, May 1, and from S. F. Haven,
dated Worcester, Mass., May 2, 1865.

Letters of invoice were received from the Society at Got-
tingen, February 13, and the Minister of the Interior at La
Haye, March 13, 1865.

Donations for the Library were received from M. Miani,
the Royal Society at Gottingen, the Geological Institute at
Vienna, the King and the Natural History Society of Hol-
land, the London Astronomical, Meteorological, Geographi-
cal and Chemical Societies, the Leeds Geological and Philo-
sophical Societies, the Royal Societies at Edinburgh and
Dublin, the Dublin Geological Society, and Quarterly Jour-
nal of Science ; the Canada Survey, the Essex Institute,
Rhode Island Society, Young Men's Association at Buffalo,
Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences, Blanchard &
Lea, Sherman & Co., Pliny E. Chase, and the National Aca-
demy of Sciences at Washington.
yoL. X. — p

106 [May 5.

A photograph of Prince Maximilian, of Wied, was pre-
sented by Mr. Isaac Lea, for the Album.

The Library Committee made the following report through
it chairman. Dr. Bell :

"At a special meeting of the Committee, May 5, 1865, the Li-
brarian reported the second part of the Catalogue ready to go into
the printer's hands, and made a statement of moneys already ex-
pended, and gave an estimate of the probable cost, at say $2.00 per
page, for one hundred and fifty pages, more or less. On motion of
Mr. Price, the Committee recommended to the favorable consideration
of the Society the printing of Part II, consisting of Class V, that
of the Historical Sciences. On motion of Dr. Coates, Pawson &
Nicholson's bill, April 20, 1865, for binding, §27, 20, was approved.
The Librarian having presented a file of the Tribune, dating from
the beginning of the Rebellion, as a donation to the Library, he was
authorized to have it bound."

On motion of Dr. Hays, seconded by Mr. Lea, the ques-
tion of postponing the printing of this second part of the
Catalogue, in view of the probable reduction of prices, was
referred to the Library Committee, with power to take order
on the subject of their report.

Mr. Trego exhibited a copy of a very small tract, entitled
"John Gordon's Mathematical Traverse Table, &c. Printed
in the year 1758, and sold by Mr. Dunlap, in Philadelphia ;
Mr. G. Noel, in New York ; Mr. B. Mecom, in Boston, and
by the author," and said that it was probably the first edition
of Gordon's method of land surveying, and of traverse tables,
&c., after the invention of what is known in all the books as
" the Pennsylvania method" of calculating areas by differ-
ences of latitude and departure.

Pending nomination No. 540 was read.

And the Society was adjourned.

1865.J 107

Stated Meeting, May 19, 1865.

Present seventeen members.

President, Dr. Wood, in the chair.

Letters of envoi were received from Herr Von Limburg,
Consul of the Netherlands, dated New York, March 5, and
from the Secretary of the San Fernando Academy, dated
Madrid, Dec. 28, 1864.

Letters of acknowledgment for the receipt of copies of the
Transactions and Proceedings, were received from the follow-
ing, Academies, Societies and Public Offices : —
Vol. IX, i, ii, XII, i, from the Central Physical Observatory of Rus-
sia, Dec. 2, 1863.
Vol. XII, i
Vol. XII, ii
Vol. XIII,
Vol. XIII,
Vol. XIII,
Vol. XIII,
Vol. XIII,
Vol. XIII,
Vol. XIII,
Vol. XIII,
Vol. XIII,

, from the Dublin Geological Society, April, 16, 1864.

, from the R. Society, Edinburgh, Jan. 4, 1865.

, from Prof Loomis, of Yale College, May 4, 1865.

, from Harvard College, April 15, 1865.

, from Boston Academy of Science, April 14, 1865,

, from Lyceum N. H., New York, May 15, 1865.

, from Dr. D. H. Storer, of Boston, April 13, 1865.

, from the Astor Library, New York, April 18, 1865.

, from Penn. Hist. Society, May 11, 1865.

, from Library of Congress, May 3, 1865.

, from Dr. C. M. Wetherill, April 18, 1865.
Catalogue, Part 1, from the Belgian Academy, Sept. 5, 1863.
Nos. 28 to 31-34, from Central Obs., Russia, Dec. 1863.
Nos. 61 to 66, from Central Obs., Russia, Dec. 1862.
No. 62 and title to VIII, from Prussian Academy, Nov. 30, 1864.
Nos. 68, 69, 70, from the Geological Society, Dublin, April, 1864.
Nos. 69, 70, from the Royal Society, Edinburgh, January, 1864.
No. 69, from the Royal Asiatic Society, Dec. 7, 1863.
No. 69, from the Royal Society at Gottingen, 1863.
No. 70, from the Geographical Society, Paris, Sept. 1, 1864.
No. 70, K. K. Geological Institute, Vienna, Sept. 26, 1864.
No. 70, Wm. Haidinger, of Vienna, Sept. 26, 1864.
No. 70, from Lyceum N. H., New York, March 27, 1865.
No. 70, from Zoological Society, Frankfort, A. M., Dec. 20, 1864.
No. 70, from Royal Academy at Bruxelles, Dec. 18, 1864.

108 [May 19

No. 71, from Smithsonian Institution, Oct. 22, 1864.

No. 72 and List, from University of Toronto, March 23, 1865.

No. 72 and List, from Amherst College, March 21, 1865.

No. 72 and List, from Harvard College, March 20, 1865.

No. 72 and List, from Massachusetts Hist. Society, March 23, 1865.

No. 72 and List, from Boston Library, March 21, 1865.

No. 72 and List, from Lyceum N. H., New York, March 20, 1865.

No. 72 and List, from George Bancroft, April 13, 1865.

No. 72 and List, from Yale College, April 12, 1865.

No. 72 and List, from Boston Academy, April 14, 1865.

No. 72 and List, from Astor Library, April 18, 1865.

No. 72 and List, from Maryland Historical Society, April 5, 1865.

No. 72 and List, from Chicago Historical Society, March 30, 1865.

No. 72 and List, from Dr. C. M. Wetherill, April 18, 1865.

A photograph of Dr. Augustus A. Gould was presented
as a donation for the Album.

Donations for the Library were received from the Obser-
vatory at Cadiz, the Academy San Fernando at Madrid, the
Geological Survey of Holland, the Museum at Cambridge,
the Franklin Institute, the Historical Society at Philadel-
phia, and the Mercantile Library Association at San Fran-
cisco.

Prof. Cresson communicated his observations of the effects
of the late destructive tornado, or series of tornadoes, which
swept with such velocity and violence across Eastern Penn-
sylvania and New Jersey, in the afternoon of Thursday, the
11th instant, Avhere he saw them along the line of railroad
between HackettstOAvn and Hoboken.

All the trees seem to have been overthrown in a direction con-
trary to the course of the storm-wind, viz., with their heads towards
the west. Mr. Trego described the storm as he knew of it in Penn-
sylvania, north of Philadelphia, and as far as New Hope, on the
Delaware. Mr. Price described its ravages further west, accom-
panied as it was with much hail. Mr. Haldeman described it on
the Susquehanna River, where it was also a hail-storm, and gave
evidence to show that it originated on this side of the Alleghany
Mountains. It seems to have traversed the whole space from Lan-

1865.] 109 [Briggs.

caster County to the neighborhood of the Hudson and the Atlantic
shore in an hour or so.

Mr. Briggs gave a description of his recent visit to the
Venango County Oil Region.

He described the discomforts of travelling to it, the crowds which
filled it, the muddiness and general disorder which characterizes it,
the reckless waste of money, time, and energy, manifest throughout
it; the smallness of the average production of oil for the outlay,
and, in his opinion, the entire absence of all reliable geological
indicia for determining a good place for boring. He described
minutely the method of constructing the derricks and boring ma-
chinery, and of using the tools in the process of boring, each of
which he named, described, and exhibited in drawings, expressing
his admiration of the practical tact which had been developed, the
perfect adaptation of simple means to the desired end, and the
rapidity and precision with which wells are sunk every day, which a
few years ago would have been considered triumphs of the best
engineering ability in Europe. The history, progress, and detailed
method of each single Artesian well were, but a few years ago,
considered worthy of elaborate illustrated publication. Now, in his
opinion, at least two hundred such wells are being sunk all the time,
with a simplicity of apparatus, and a speed and certainty of pro-
gress, which, although unrecorded, throws all former exhibitions of
skill into the shade.

The daily present amount of petroleum reaching the depot of Oil
City is about four thousand barrels, while not less than three thou-
sand wells are in various stages of action in that part of the Oil
Creek Valley, and those of its branches which lie within easy reach
of Oil City. Of this amount, three thousand barrels are the pro-
duction of a few large wells, leaving an average of say one-third or
one-fourth of a barrel per day to the remainder; of this last number,
he thinks not more than one well in twenty produces anything at all.

Mr. Briggs described, in addition to his former remarks, his visit
to the Parkersburg region in Virginia, and the single instance which
fell under his observation of a truly economical application of power
by a company established twelve or fourteen years ago, whose nume-
rous wells were all sunk and pumped by one engine, by means of
horizontal rods led off from it in different directions between pairs
of fence posts, from the caps of which swinging arms were hung,

Briggs.l IIQ [May 19

the whole arrangement being used also for farming purposes, to serve
as common field fences.

Mr. Lesley agreed with Mr. Briggs as to the total absence of all
practical surface indications of a strictly local kind, available in even
the slightest degree for[^determining the position of any well ; and
also in the opinion which Mr. Briggs expressed that the upland is as
good oil-boring territory as the valley bottoms, the necessary addition
to the depth of the well being of no practical importance.

He described and objected to such sections of the valley as that
recently published in the Oil Region Atlas, and to the whole theory
of valley-bed subsidence, faulty structure of the foot of the valley-
walls, disturbed condition of oil regions, and other popular notions
of surface disorder, considered as indications of the goodness of
boring localities. He referred to the privately expressed opinion of
a distinguished geologist, that the petroleum was pressed towards the
valleys by the weight of the upland on each side, where the action
had cracked the valley bed in the style of a floor-creep in a coal
drift, and showed that it was improbable on the mechanical theory
of the reversed arch.

He described the three great conditions for oil; first, an abundance
of organic remains; secondly, a permeable and yet compact sandy or
gravelly horizontal oil reservoir; and thirdly, a system of vertical oil
reservoirs or open cleavage-planes, in polar directions, but confined
to single formations, and having nothing whatever in common with
the great faults which penetrate the earth crust in disturbed districts.
He concluded that the general geological characteristics of an oil re-
gion were as fixed and reliable as the local surface indications were
the contrary. He took the liberty of describing the yet little under-
stood theory of M. Lesquereux (who had been prevented by circum-
stances from sending a memoir on the subject, to be read at this
meeting), consisting essentially in the distinction between the genesis
of coal from woody fibre, and the genesis of petroleum from non-
fibrous vegetation, or marine fucus ; and said that the Society might
hope soon to have the explanation of this generalization in all its
bearings from the eminent botanist who has done so much for the
elucidation of the geology of the coal measures.

Mr. Chase described his lute visit to some wells in Southern Penn-
sylvania, and showed how ignorantly the popular notion of three
sandrocks was carried from the Venango to other and distant regions,
and applied absurdly to a difi"erent geological condition of things.

1865.] \\l [Chase.

Mr. Chase made a communication on the correhition of
gravity with the vertical deflection of the needle.

A somewhat critical survey of the anomalies presented by the
magnetic inclination, to which I referred in a former article (Proc.
Am. Phil. Soc, April 21, 1865), has given me renewed reasons for
regretting the want of a complete record of the investigations on
■which Prof. Secchi based his conclusion, that all "the phenomena
hitherto known of the diurnal magnetic variations may be explained
by supposing that the sun acts upon the earth as a very powerful
magnet at a great distance."* As I know of no magnetic law which
will account for those anomalies, I propose briefly to describe them,
and to point out some relations between the gravitation currents and
the dip of the needle, as a sequel to my papers on the influence of
gravity upon the total magnetic force and the magnetic declination.

Gen. Sabine's discussions have shown some important points of
difference between the magnetic disturbances at inter-tropical and
extra-tropical stations, the Cape of Good Hope being magnetically,
though not geographically, inter-tropical. In the third volume of the
Toronto Observations, and in Prof Bache's discussions of the ob-
servations at Girard College, projections of the daily and semi-an-
nual inclination-curves are given jf and Plate V, of the second volume
of the Hobarton Observations, contains a graphical representation of

* Phil. Mag. [4] IX, 452. Faraday (Exp. Res. Ill, 493) states "that
the celebrated Prof. Gazzaniga, starting from his numerous experiments,
which demonstrate the influence of magnetism upon the same aerial
fluids, in a manner, therefore, difl'erent from that of Bancalari, was in-
duced to consider the sun, and all the other celestial bodies, as so many
enormous magnets, by which he established that attraction is merely one
effect of the magnetism of the great celestial masses placed at an enor-
mous distance, — an idea which reappeared in 1846 in Prussia, and in
1847 in France."

While admitting the intimate relationship of magnetism and gravity,
I must dissent from the learned Professor's inference. For the evidence
appears irresistible, that the earth's magnetism is directly dependent on
the terrestrial gravitation of the thermally disturbed aerial currents, and
that it is only slightly affected by the perturbations of solar and lunar
gravitation, so that if we regard the relationship as a causal one, mag-
netism, rather than attraction, should be considered as the eflect. (See
Gauss' "General Theory of Terrestrial Magnetism," | 39, 40; Taylor's
Scientific Memoirs, II, 232.)

f By the kindness of Prof. Henry, I have been permitted to refer to
the proof-sheets of the Fourth Section of Prof. Bache's Discussions.

Chase.] J]^2 [May 19.

the diurnal variations of the inclination at the different observation
hours in the four seasons. If we also project, from Gen. Sabine's
tables of the mean results, the daily and semi-annual curves at St.
Helena and Cape Colony, and compare the curves at the five sta-
tions, it will be found that,

1. The greatest daily disturbance of inclination occurs about noon.

2. At (magnetically) inter-tropical stations, the dip is diminished,
but at extra-tropical stations it is increased in the middle of the day.

3. Increasing temperature and increasing solar altitude augment
the inclination disturbance. This is shown both by the diurnal and
the semi-annual curves.

4. As a corollary of propositions 2 and 3, at St. Helena and Cape
of Good Hope, the inclination-disturbance is opposed to, and sub-
tracted from the normal dip; but at Philadelphia, Toronto, and Ho-
barton the disturbance is added to the dip. Thus the inclination is
a MINIMUM at St. Helena, at 22 — 23 h.

" " " Cape of Good Hope, " 0— 1 h.
''MAXIMUM" Philadelphia, " 22— Oh.

" " " Toronto, " 22—23 h.

" " " Hobarton, " 23— 1 h.

Reasoning either a priori, or from Secchi's postulates, we might
naturally infer that the ellipticity of the atmosphere would be in-
creased by the direct action of the sun, and that, consequently, from
the tendency of magnetic parallelism to the gravitation currents, the
dip would be augmented at noon in all places between the magnetic
equator and the magnetic poles.

Mr. William Ferrel, in his paper* which furnished the first satis-
factory explanation of the barometric depression at the equator and
at the poles, shows that in consequence of the earth's motion fluids
tend to assume a form similar to his Fig. 1 (Math. Monthly, I, 215),
" the surface of the /laid being sliyhtly depressed at the equator,
having its maximum height about the parallel of 35°, and meeting
the sur/are of the earth towards the poles." The direct action of
the sun, in increasing the equatorial ellipticity of the air, may also
increase the tendency to equatorial and polar depression, and the
magnetic parallelism may, therefore, be manifested in the solar-diur-
nal inclination-disturbance p/Tc;'.sf7y as it is manifested at St. Helena

* "The motions of fluids and solids relative to the earth's surface."
See Nashville Journal of Medicine and Surgery for 1856, and Mathe-
matical Monthly for 1859, I, 140, sqq.

1865.] 113 [Chase.

and Cape of Good Hope, by a diminution of dip between the paral-
lels of 35°, and an increase in higher latitudes.

These coincidences may well suggest the need of more extensive
observations in dlflFerent parts of South America, Northern Africa,
Southern Asia, the Pacific Ocean, and the Frigid Zones, to furnish
the data for determining to what extent mountain ranges, coast lines,
land and water radiation, winds, and ocean currents modify the theo-
retical phenomena of dip and declination.

By projecting on isoclinal and isogonic charts* the magnetic cur-
rents as indicated by the position of the needle in different portions
of the globe, I have obtained the following results, which serve to
show the character of some of these modifications:

I. Declination.

1. The currents manifest a tendency to follow the lines of most
direct ocean communication between the warmest and the coldest
portions of the globe, the general declination being westerly in the
Atlantic, and easterly in the Pacific Ocean,

2. The lines of no variation are apparently determined in part by
the land contoursf that divide the waters of the globe into two great
bodies.

3. The currents are deflected by the southern pointed extremities
of the several continents, towards the east on the eastern shores, and
towards the west on the western shores of New Holland, Africa, and
South America.

4. The magnetic currents, in the three respects above enumerated,
exhibit a lyrecise paraUellsm to the ocean tidal floio.

5. In the comparatively narrow belt of the Atlantic Ocean, the
declination between the parallels of 35° reaches 30°; in the broad
expanse of the Pacific, the maximum within the same limits of lati-
tude is 15°.

6. Between the parallels of 70° and 80° the declination becomes

* The charts that I used, were the polyconic projection of the "Lines
of equal magnetic variation for the year 1858," which was constructed
from Evans's English Admiralty Chart, for the United States Coast
Survey Keport of 1859, and No. 1 and 2 of the "Admiralty Manual for
ascertaining and applying the deviations of the compass caused by the
iron in a ship." 2d edition, 1863.

f The influence of coast lines in producing a tendency to equality of
declination, is beautifully shown in the United States Coast Survey Chart
of "Lines of equal magnetic declination on the Gulf of Mexico for the
epoch 1860.0."

VOL. X. — Q

Chase.] JJ^ [May 19.

very great, and the currents tend to a gyratory or cyclonic motion,
•which appears to be modified by glaciers or local poles of great cold.
7. The cyclonic tendency is most marked in the southern hemi-
sphere, where the ocean waters experience the least interruption to
their normal motions. Mr. Ferrel's computation gives "28° 30' for
the polar distance of the parallel where the surface of the fluid, or
the stratum of equal pressure, meets the surface of the earth."* It
will be readily seen that at that distance the south pole is entirely
surrounded by water, and it seems, therefore, highly probable, that
if there were no land in the frigid zones, there would be no definite
magnetic poles, but a simple polar belt towards which the magnetic
currents would flow in parallel spirals, f except when deflected by
land radiation, or tidal or other gravitation currents.

II. Dip.

8. The lines of equal dip are arranged in approximate parallels,
around the two (principal) magnetic poles.

9. In consequence of this parallelism, they are convex towards
the north in the Pacific Ocean, and towards the south in the Atlan-
tic Ocean.

10. The magnetic parallels also approximate to the isothermal
parallels, both in direction and in position, but with some important
departures.

11. In South America, the magnetic equator is depressed nearly
30° south of the isothermal equator; it is, however, nearly equi-
distant from the (principal) north and south magnetic poles.

1'2. The magnetic parallels near the magnetic poles, are more con-
vex than the isothermal lines, but they present some interesting in-
stances of parallelism to the ocean currents, which are indisputably
gravitation currents.

13. This parallelism is specially observable in the regions of the
equatorial currents, the Gulf Stream, and the North Pacific and
Japan currents.

14. If a series of waves were propagated through the air, from
the magnetic poles to the equator, with slight deflections by the con-
tinental contours and ocean currents, they could be represented with
great accuracy by the magnetic parallels.

All of the foregoing njodifications, as well as the theoretical phe-
nomena previously referred to, have their exact counterparts in the

* Loc. citat.

f This inference accords with Barlow's conclusion that every place has
its particular polarizing axis.

1865. J 1X5 [Chase.

currents which tend to restore the gravitation equilibrium of the air
and water. It may be unwise, ignorant as we are of the true nature
of causal efSciency, to assert that one form of force is produced by
another, but it is one of the most important duties of true philoso-
phy, to observe sequences and correlations. It has long been known
that magnetic action may be so directed as either to assist or coun-
teract the attractions of cohesion, chemical affinity, and gravitation;
it has also been known that, under certain circumstances, disturb-
ances of chemical or of cohesive attraction are accompanied by mag-
netical disturbances,* but I have now shown for the first time, by
independent examinations of the total force, declination, and dip,
that disturbances of gravitation are similarly attended.

It would certainly be very satisfactory, if it were possible, to have
some means of exhibiting, by simple laboratory experiments, the
direct and mutual convertibility of gravitation and magnetism, but I
fear the attempt to reproduce, in any appreciable mechanical form,
the magnificent and daily repeated operations in the laboratory of
nature which I have feebly endeavored to interpret, must always be
futile. In order to obtain even the small amount of disturbance
(.00134) which I have noted in the half-daily variation of atmos-
pheric weight (Trans. A. P. S., XIII, 121), it would be necessary
to take observations at two stations, one of which should be 2.655f

* "A few years ago magnetism was to us an occult power, affecting
only a few bodies; now it is found to influence all bodies, and to possess
the most intimate relations with electi-icity, heat, chemical action, light,
crystallization, and, through it, with the forces concerned in cohesion;
and we may, in the present state of things, well feel urged to continue
our labors, encouraged by the hope of bringing it into a bond of union
with gravity itself." Faraday : Exp. Res. 2614.

t Pv X ( \/D' — -v/D) = 3963 X (v/1. 00134 —1) = 2.655. At Singa-
pore the daily disturbance of total force is only |^ as great as it should
be theoretically. I suspect that the discrepancy is owing mainly to the
monsoons and other great temperature disturbances of the station, which
shift the lines of force by a kind of conduction polarity. (Faraday, Exp.
Res. 3279.) In other important respects there is a satisfactory corres-
pondence between Singapore and St Helena. E. g.

Mean
Fall.

Mean Tide. (Theoretical X |^).

Oh. 6h.

12 h.

Theoretical, .
Observed,

8h. 29'
8h. 23'

—.00031 —.000173
—.00031 —.000180

+ .00064
+ .00064

(See "Numerical Relations of Gravity and Magnetism," Sections V,
IX, and Faraday's Experimental Researches, III, 321 — 2.)

Chase.] ^-^Q [May 19.

miles more distant from the earth's centre than the other. If the
differences of vapor, temperature, barometric pressure, force and di-
rection of wind, atmospheric electricity, &c., did not so complicate
the problem as to discourage even the most sanguine experimenter
from any attempt at solution, any result that could be obtained under
such circumstances would give little general satisfaction.

It is possible, however, that the end, which we should vainly
strive to reach directly, may be indirectly attained. Indeed, the
various stages of an indirect road have long been known, but we
have not been able to compare them by any common measure. The
motion of gravity, by percussion or the obstruction of simple fall, has
been repeatedly converted into the motion of heat; and the motion
of heat, by the thermo-electric pile, has been converted into the mo-
tion of magnetism. The experiments of Barlow, Coulomb, Kupffer,
and Christie,* on the influence of heat upon the magnet, furnish
data that may lend some aid to any investigator who seeks to ascer-
tain the precise value and modification of each force, in these succes-
sive conversions.

But I look most hopefully to researches that are based upon dif-
ferences of specific gravity. Even the experiments of Barlow and
others, to which I have just referred, as well as the electro-magnetic
currents which are generated by chemical solution, involve such dif-
ferences; the thermal aerial currents which harmonize with and in-
crease the effects of simple gravitation towards the sun, are caused
solely by the greater centripetal tendency of the cold, dense air
which has the greatest specific gravity; and the recent investigations
in thermo-dynamics, together with the experiments of Fusinieri and
Peltier,"!" confirm the natural conviction that the imponderable agents
can only be manifested through their influence on ponderable mat-
ter, and, therefore, under tendencies to equilibrium with the force of
gravitation. I already find a curious approximate coincidence, to
which I attach little importance so long as it is unsupported by cor-
roborative evidence, but I refer to it as an indication of the very
character that we might reasonably expect, and one that may possi-
bly become valuable in the course of future research. The last
edition of the Encyclopaedia Britannica, Article "Heat," gives for
the expansion and consequent diminution of specific gravity between
32° and 212° Fahr., of

Iron, g|^

Air, g

* See Enc. Britan., 8th ed., XIV, 35—39.
f Taylor's Scientific Memoirs, III, 394.

1865.] J]^7 [Chase.

If we suppose their specific magnetisms to be inversely propor-
tioned to the disturbance of their specific gravities, we have, assum-
ing the specific magnetism of iron as the unit,

8 ■ 81^ •• ^ • 3 61

a value which is intermediate between those given by MM. Becque-
rel (ggo) and Pllicker (^g^)-* This result would be somewhat modi-
fied by an accurate determination of the ratios of the linear to the
cubic expansions of iron in its several forms.

Faraday disclaims the assumption of any other than a conduction
polarity of oxygen (2933, 2934), but that polarity is conveyed in
lines strikingly analogous to the thermal gravitation currents (see
Exp. Res., '2787, and III, PI. TV, Fig. 6), which, in their turn, ac-
curately represent the hypothetical indirect action of the sun on the
needle, through the atmospheric affection of the lines of force (2936).

I know of no physicist who has given so lucid a theoretical expla-
nation of the various magnetic perturbations, as the illustrious Ful-
lerian Professor, and as his hypotheses appear to me still more satis-
factory when viewed in connection with the gravitation disturbances,
I will briefly refer to some of the more important points that have
helped to confirm me in the various views that I have hitherto ad-
vanced. Such are, e. </., the evidences of the identity of helices and
magnets (2239); the existence of magnetic repulsion without pola-
rity (2274); the relative magnetic position of gases and vapors
(2416); the relations of the magnecrystallic, cohesive, and magnetic
forces (2479, 2562, 2578); the probable dependence of the magnetic
motions of fluids upon their mass and density (2768, 2769, 2781,
2863); the magnetic influence of winds and varying atmospheric
pressure (2952, 2954) -j-f the supposed velocity of magnetic trans-
mission in space or asther (2958); the daily bi-polar minima of cold
(3006); the closed circuits and prominent characteristics of the
magnetic lines of force (3117, 3278, 3279, 3284); the tendency of
all bodies to evolve electric currents, when moving in a magnetic
field (3337); the relative diamagnetic and magnetic effects of heat

* Prof. Frazer has kindly referred me to the coefficients of dilatation
for iron, in the "Artisan," of Dec. 1, 1860, and to the experiments of
Eegnault on the dilatation of air (See Jour, of F. Inst. [3], XV, 281).
According to these data, the theoretical specific magnetism of oxygen
would be between ^^^ and ^j^.

f Humboldt speaks of the accumulation of electricity in the lower
equinoctial regions, " at the maximum of heat, and when the barometric
tides are near their minimum." Taylor's Scieni. Mem., Ill, 398.

Chase.] j^Jg [May 19,

and cold upon air and the diamagnetic gases, as well as upon iron,
nickel, and cobalt (2861, and III, pp. 446, 460, 464, 472, 473, 489,
490).

It should not be forgotten that there is no such thing within the
compass of our observation, as " potential" gravity, no instance of
matter in absolute rest, and just beginning or tending to move under
a gravitating pull. Every particle of the earth, independently of the
action of heat, chemical affinity, and cohesion, is at every instant
subjected to four principal and important impulses, two towards the
centres of the sun and earth respectively, and two tangential to the
earth's orbit, and to its circumference. Of the several motions, the
orbital one is by far the most important. Next in point of velocity
is the one tangential to the circumference, — in point of intensity,
the one towards the centre of the sun. Since the solar central and
tangential motions are in equilibrio, it seems eminently proper that
the others should be considered as disturbances, which tend, as I
have elsewhere shown, to give a daily ellipticity to each section of
air parallel to the equator. Not only are the barometric daily tides
a necessary consequence of such ellipticity; owing to the difference
of specific gravity, the cold air, in addition to the proper motion of
convection, is alternately drawn towards and repelled from the earth's
surface; and I am inclined to believe that many of the phenomena
of the deposition of dew and the magnetic perturbations, which can-
not be explained by other more important gravitation currents, may
be thus accounted for.

Mr. Chase offered for publication in the Proceedings a re-
vised list of trade tokens, numbering over two thousand,
which, at his request, was referred to a committee of three,
con.sisting of Mr. Peale, Mr. Price, and Mr. Lesley.

The minutes of the Board of Officers and Members in
Council at their last stated meeting were read, and on motion
of Mr. Peale, the Committee on the Hall was authorized to
provide a fire-proof for preserving the most important papers
belonging to the Society, at a cost not exceeding three hun-
dred dollars.

Pending nomination No. 540 was read.

And the Society was adjourned.

1865. T 219 [Kensington Lodge.

Stated Meeting, June 16, 1865.

Present twenty members.

President, Dr. Wood, in the chair.

A letter was received from a committee of the Kensington
Lodge, No. 11, I. 0. of 0. F., dated April 19, 1865, em-
bracing the following preamble and resolutions:

Whereas, Our land and nation has been horrified by the cool and
deliberate murder of Abraham Lincoln, President of the United
States, at the hands of a desperate and bloody assassin, for no other
cause than his unceasing efibrts to re-establish the authority of the
nation over the whole length and breadth of our wide domain, at a
time when every patriot heart was filled with joy at the near prospect
of peace, through the valor of our sons and our brothers upon the
battle-field, while armed treason was bowing its head to the power of
the nation, and trailing its hated flag in the dust; and

Whereas, As a part of that free people who placed in his hands
the power with which he was intrusted for the good of the whole,
we claim the right of expressing our grief at this national calamity,
in the loss to the nation of a good kind heart, whose every beat was
filled with love to his native land, and whose charity was wide
enough to enfold every repentant sinner against the integrity of the
government within its embrace; and of expressing our condolence
with the family of our late Chief Magistrate, in the loss of the hus-
band and father, endeared to them by his many sterling qualities of
mind and heart; therefore be it

Resohed, That we deplore the sad event which has in a moment
removed from us as a nation our head, beloved as he was by all for his
sterling honesty and uprightness of character, and exhibiting as he
did in his own person the true genius of American institutions, that
no place is too high for the poorest of our people, if they are but true
to themselves, and nurture and cultivate the generous impulses of
heart and mind given by the Great Father of us all.

. Resolved, That we extend our sympathy to the family of our de-
ceased President, with the heartfelt prayer that He who tempers the
wind to the shorn lamb may so temper this painful dispensation to

Kensington Lodge.] 120 [June.

them, as ''to work out for them a far more and exceeding weight of
glory," and that our God will be "husband to the widow, and a
father to the fatherless."

Resolved, That while we submit to this dispensation, we appeal to
Him "who doeth all things well," that He would inspire the hearts
of those who are in authority with that wisdom and grace that shall
enable them to fulfil the duties that rest upon them in such a man-
ner as will redound to the interest of our people, and assist in the
work of establishing righteousness in the earth.

ResoJverl, That the regalia and emblems of the Lodge be clothed
in the habiliments of mourning for the space of six months.

Rpi^dved, That this preamble and resolutions be published in the
Public Ledger.

Resfdved^ That a copy of the above preamble and resolutions be
furnished the Philosophical Society of Philadelphia, signed by the
proper officers of the Lodge, and attested with its seal.

(Signed) William Irvin, N. G.

John T. Brown, Secretary.

Letters of envoi were received from the Austrian Academy,
February 1, the Prussian Academy, February 28, and the
Society of Physics at Geneva, February 1, 1865.

A letter requesting information serviceable in cataloguing
the Mercantile Library of New York City, was received,
dated June 13, 1865, and the Librarian instructed to furnish
the same.

Photographs of Dr. C. M. Wetherill, and Dr. Alexander
Wilcocks, were presented for the Album.

Donations for the Library were received from the Acade-
mies at Berlin, Vienna, Dijon, Lille, and Boston; the Natu-
ral History Societies at Batavia, Geneva, Lausanne, and
Boston ; the German Geological Society, the London Astro-
nomical Society, the Bureau des Mines, Franklin Institute,
and Friends' Freedmen Association; MM. Elia Lombardini,
A. Gaudin, and E. Durand, Dr. James Y. Simpson, Dr. Ed.
Jarvis, Gen. H. L. Abbott, Rev. Albert Barnes, and Blanch-
ard & Lea, of Philadelphia.

1865.] .121 [Wood.

Dr. Geo. B, Wood read the following Obituary Notice
of Dr. Franklin Bache.

When appointed by the American Philosophical Society to pre-
pare a biographical memoir of its former President, Dr. Franklin
Bache, I had already accepted a similar appointment from the Col-
lege of Physicians of Philadelphia, of which he was Vice-President
at the time of his decease. Believing the latter engagement to
have the first claim upon me, I have already written and presented
to the College a somewhat elaborate account of the life and charac-
ter of our departed friend; and feel myself at a loss how best to
prepare another, which shall have the merit at the same time of in-
terest and of novelty. Indeed, I am not quite confident that I did
right, when invited by the Society to undertake the duty, in not al-
lowing it to pass into other and better hands; but I was influenced,
in accepting the charge, by a well-founded conviction that Dr. Bache
himself would have preferred that it should devolve upon me; and,
moreover, by the consideration that, as there were two phases in his
life, the scientific, namely, and the professional, so was there oflPered
to his biographer the opportunity of presenting him to the future in
two different aspects, one as he might be regarded from the stand-
point of his connection with this Society, the other from that of his
fellowship in the College of Physicians. It is in this spirit that the
memoir referred to as having been already prepared was written ;
giving a general account of his life, but dwelling at greatest extent
and with most emphasis on those incidents which were connected
with his profession, and might be supposed to have a peculiar inte-
rest for the persons to whom it was addressed. On the present oc-
casion, my wish is, in like manner, while giving a brief narrative of
the events of his life, to dwell more particularly on such as have
sprung from his connection with this Society, and will be likely more
especially to interest its members.

The members of the American Philosophical Society need not to
be informed that Dr. Bache was the great-grandson of its founder
and first President, Dr. Benjamin Franklin. Sarah, Dr. Franklin's
only daughter, was married to Richard Bache, an English gentleman,
who emigrated, when a young man, to this country, from near Pres-
ton, in Lancashire, and became a citizen of Pennsylvania. The
eldest child of this marriage, Benjamin Franklin Bache, was the
father of our deceased fellow-member, who was born in Philadelphia

VOL. X. — R

Wood. J 222 [June.

on the 25th of October, 1792, and, in consequence of the early death
of his father, was, with several younger brothers, left to the care of
their mother, aided, for a considerable portion of their minority, by
her second husband, William Duane.

The early education of Dr. Bache was similar to that of most other
youths destined for a liberal profession. He graduated in the de-
partment of arts of the Univer-sity of Pennsylvania in 1810, and en-
tering immediately on the study of medicine, went through a regular
course of instruction, and received the degree of doctor of medicine
in the medical department of the same school in 1814. In the pre-
ceding year, he had been appointed surgeon's mate in the army, and
in the course of service, after his graduation, became surgeon; a po-
sition which he continued to hold until the then existing war with
Great Britain closed, and for a short time subsequently. In 1816,
however, he resigned, in order to engage in the practice of his pro-
fession in Philadelphia.

Dr. Bache exhibited a very early predilection for chemistry. Soon
after commencing his medical studies, in the year 1811, he published,
in the Aurora newspaper, an essay on the probable composition of
muriatic acid, a question which long agitated the scientific world,
and which, even after the discovery of chlorine, remained for many
years unsettled. Dr. Bache seems to have been an early convert
from the old hypothesis, which regarded chlorine as a compound of
muriatic acid and oxygen, and the acid as yet undecomposed, to the
new doctrine of Sir Humphry Davy, which taught that chlorine
was simple, and muriatic acid a compound of it and hydrogen.
Until the discovery of iodine and bromine, the close analogy of
which with chlorine rendered infinitely probable a similar analogy in
their relations with other bodies, no experimentum crucis had been
made sufficient to satisfy all minds of the truth of the elementary
doctrine; and it is a singular fact, that, in the almost countless rami-
fications into which the inquiry was pushed, explanation was in every
instance possible as well upon the one as upon the other of these so
different and even contradictory hypotheses. There are very few
coincidences so remarkable in the whole history of the science.

In 1813, before his graduation in medicine, Dr. Bache published
three chemical papers in the " Memoirs of the Columbian Chemical
Society;" but of their special subjects I can say nothing, as I owe my
knowledge of the fact solely to the private memoranda left behind by
him, having never seen the book referred to. He appears to have

1865.] X23 [Wood.

suspended his chemical studies upon entering the army, and not to
have resumed them until after his return to Philadelphia, in 1816.
But he must then have recommenced them with great ardor; for
near the close of 1819, appeared his "System of Chemistry for the
Use of Students of Medicine," an elementary treatise in one octavo
volume of somewhat more than six hundred pages. This work was
based upon Dr. Thon)pson's treatise, but contains much material in-
dustriously gathered from other sources, and, in its arrangement and
execution, evinces so many of the characteristic traits of the author
as fully to justify its claims to originality. Method, precision, accu-
racy, and simplicity, are its prominent features; and though, with
the very great modification and vast expansion which chemistry has
undergone since it made its appearance, the book, without very ma-
terial changes, would not meet the present wants of the student, it
was, nevertheless, when published, a good epitome of the science;
and had it been favored by the influence of a great name, or high
official position, might have been extensively used, and run through
numerous editions. As it was, the sale of the book was not such as
to make a reprint expedient; and at a later period of life, when the
reputation won by Dr. Bache would have insured success, he could
never be induced to put forth either a new work on chemistry, or
the old one in a modified form.

His pen, however, was not idle. In 1821, in conjunction with
Dr. Hare, he edited the first American edition of lire's Dictionary of
Chemistry; in 1823, prepared a supplementary volume to Henry's
Chemistry, republished by Robert Desilver; in 1825, edited anony-
mously "A System of Pyrotechny," written by Dr. James Cutbush,
of the United States Army, who died just as he had completed the
manuscript; and in 18o0, contributed to the "Philadelphia Journal
of Health" an article on purifying and disinfecting agents, and
edited the third edition of Turner's Chemistry. The last-mentioned
work was an excellent elementary treatise, and exceedingly popular
in the United States as long as the author lived. Dr. Bache edited
four successive American editions; and there can be no doubt that
he contributed much to its general acceptance in this country, by his
most careful and conscientious revisions. It is not improbable that
his esteem for Dr. Turnei-'s work united with the repressive influence
upon American authorship of the want of an international copyright
law, to deter him from a renewed attempt to supply the public wants
with a text-book of his own.

Wood.] 124: [June.

Tn consequence of the existing relations in reference to copyright
between the United States and Great Britain, by which the English
author is deprived of all protection here, and the American in Eng-
land, great injustice is done to the writers of both countries. An
English work is reprinted with us at the discretion of the American
publisher, without payment to the author; and the cost is thus so
much lessened, that the native author can compete with the foreign
only by foregoing all compensation for his labor, or by producing a
book much more acceptable to the public. The fault of this condi-
tion of things is exclusively our own ; as the English government has
shown itself not only willing but desirous of establishing the due rela-
tions by means of an equable international copyright law. But hitherto
the supposed interests of the publishers, who can print without re-
compense to the author, and of the public, who are thus supplied
with cheaper books, have outweighed with our legislators the claims
of justice; and the consequence has been, as in the end it always
will be, that the wrong has produced its legitimate fruit of evil; on
the one hand overwhelming us with a cheap and pernicious litera-
ture, which is sapping the morals and vitiating the taste of the young,
and on the other discountenancing domestic productions of a higher
moral tone, and better adapted to our wants. Strange that the legis-
lators, who can see clearly the propriety of protection to the manu-
facture of cloth, iron, and paper, are blind to the at least equal pro-
priety of protecting against foreign interference the most important
of all manufactures, that of sustenance and ornament for the mind !

From chemical authorship the attention of Dr. Bache was natu-
rally turned to chemical teaching, and he began to lecture on the
subject so early as 1821. Probably, in order to test his capacity
before entering on a larger field, he made his first attempt in the
presence of a class consisting exclusively of his brothers, sisters, and
other near relatives; but soon afterwards he lectured to the private
medical students of his friend. Dr. Thomas T. Hewson, and still
later to a much larger class, composed of the joint pupils of two pri-
vate summer medical schools, at that time established in Philadel-
phia. While thus teaching medical classes in the summer, he de-
livered, also, courses in the winter, first to the pupils of the Franklin
Institute, in which he became Professor of Chemistry in 1826, and
afterwards to classes of pharmaceutical students in the Philadelphia
College of Pharmacy, by which he was appointed to the same pro-
fessorship in the year 1831.

1865.] 225 [Wood,

While thus engaged in teaching chemistry, both as a writer and
lecturer, he did not neglect his professional business. To his private
practice, which came very slowly, and never in a degree equivalent
to his merits, were added, for several years, the oiEcial duties of in-
specting recruits for the United States army, and of attending mili-
tary officers who might happen to require medical aid when stationed
in Philadelphia. He was, moreover, for a considerable time, physi-
cian both to the old Walnut Street Prison and to the new Peniten-
tiary at Cherry Hill, to the former of which he was appointed in
1824, and to the latter in 1829.

Besides these avocations, which yielded him more or less income,
he was for a period of six years, from 1826 to 1832, engaged, with
several others, in gratuitously conducting the North American Medi-
cal and Surgical Journal, one of the best medical periodicals then
existing, which occupied much of his time and thoughts; and in the
year 1829, he entered upon another course of unpaid labor, on the
part of the College of Physicians of this city, in revising the United
States Pharmacopoeia, which was repeated every ten years as long as
he lived.

Nor did he confine himself, at this period of his history, exclu-
sively to chemical and professional labors. His situation, already
referred to, of physician to the two State Prisons, the Walnut Street
Prison, conducted on the old collective principle, and that at Cherry
Hill, on the new Pennsylvania system of solitary confinement, not
only suggested inquiry into the general subject of penitentiary disci-
pline, but gave him excellent opportunities of comparing the two
systems, and of determining their relative value. With one of his
thoughtful turn of mind, such inquiries almost necessarily matured
into decided opinions, which deserve great weight, in consequence
not only of his opportunities, but also of his excellent judgment.
His views on the subject were given in two letters to Roberts Vaux,
well known as a zealous advocate of the modern plan, which were
published in the third and sixth volumes of Hazard's Register, and
also separately in a pamphlet form.

Of these two letters, the first presented the evils of the collective
or gregarious system, as he had observed it in operation in the old
prison, and those of the solitary system, as alleged by its opponents,
with comments of his own, which lead necessarily to the conclusion
that the latter is far preferable to the former in most points, and
scarcely inferior in a single one. The second letter gives the results

Wood.] |[26 IJune.

of one year's personal observation of the working of the new plan
in the Cherry Hill Penitentiary, which abundantly confirmed the pre-
vious conclusions of his judgment. It must be understood, however,
that he distinguishes very decidedly between the plan of entire se-
clusion, without occupation for mind or body, and that in operation
at the new prison, which, while most carefully debarring the convicts
from all intercourse among one another, whether by night or day,
permits a cautiously regulated intercourse with others, and gives
every facility for needful exercise, useful labor, and profitable read-
ing. It is the latter system only that he commends, abandoning the
former, apparently without reserve, to the very serious charges, made
by the enemies of solitary confinement, of inflicting tortures of mind
conducive to insanity, and most deleteriously influencing the physical
health, by the deprivation of fresh air and exercise, and all mental
recreation.

In the year 1818, soon after having established himself as a prac-
titioner of medicine in Philadelphia, Dr. Bache married Aglae, the
daughter of Jean Dabadie, a French gentleman then resident in this
city. Perhaps by the merely worldly-wise this may have been re-
garded as an imprudent step, as their united incomes were insuflS-
cient for the support of a family; and for many years, with all that
he could add to that income by his best exertions, the young couple
labored under many difiiculties from deficient means, which were, of
course, aggravated by the constantly increasing family that was
growing up around them. Nevertheless, I have no doubt that he
acted most wisely; for the match was one of aff"ection; the lady was
intelligent, amiable, and in every way worthy of him; and it is im-
possible to overvalue the influence of mutual love in estimating the
sources of happiness in this world. What, if borne singly, might
be regarded as trouble or misfortune, when shared with an aff"ection-
ate partner often scarcely deserves the name, and sometimes may
be even looked on as a blessing, as it calls qualities into exercise
which might otherwise have remained dormant, and which, when
developed, are alike a cause of happiness to their possessors and their
objects, and an honor to our nature. Unhappily, Mrs. Bache, after
bearing with her husband the difiiculties of his earlier career, was
called away from him just as his pecuniary aff'airs were beginning to
be no longer a source of anxiety. She died of consumption in May,
1835, leaving him, as her best legacy, a young family of sons and
daughters to give exercise to his aff'ections, and comfort to his de-
clining years.

1865.] 127 [Wood.

The period in Dr. Bache's history which we have now reached,
may be considered as a resting-point, from which he may have looked
back with a feeling of satisfaction for time well spent and work well
done, but as yet with little consciousness of having filled a large
space in the public eye, or having done much that was obvious for
the general good. Hitherto he had been serving an apprenticeship
to the great business of life, and preparing himself for the works
which were to entitle him to rank among public benefactors, and to
earn for him a lasting name. The most important of these labors
were mainly professional, and have been fully considered in the me-
moir to which I have already once or oftener alluded. I shall speak
of them here, as a general rule, only so far as may be necessary to
keep the thread of the narrative unbroken ; dilating, however, upon
those points which especially connect him with this Society. I do
not mean to intimate that there was any sharp or precise line between
his earlier and later career; so far from this, I am even unable to fix
upon the year when the one may be said to have ended and the other
begun. But we may date the commencement of the second era from
the time when he had fully engaged in the work of revising the
United States Pharmacopoeia, had been made Professor of Chemistry
in the Philadelphia College of Pharmacy, and was about to begin
the work of preparing the United States Dispensatory; between the
close of the year 1829 and the beginning of 1832, when he was
approaching his fortieth year, and had fairly entered into middle life.

I shall treat first of his relations with this Society, with which he
was so long and so intimately associated. He was elected a member
on theStt of April, 18'2f3 For several years there is little evidence,
in the minutes of the Society, that he participated actively in its
proceedings otherwise than by attendance at its meetings; the only
office filled by him previously to the year 1825 being that of judge
of the annual election in January, 1822. He was too modest to
draw attention to himself by any premature display; so that, in
looking over the records, I have noticed only a single instance, dur-
ing the first five years of his membership, in which he appears to
have departed from his rule of silence; and, in this instance, it was
nothing of his own that he offered, but a paper by Mr. Henry Sei-
bert, containing the results of an analysis of a specimen of fluosilicate
of magnesia from New Jersey. In the regularity of his attendance
he was very remarkable, from the date of his election to that of his
decease; and certainly, during this long period, there was no other
member of the Society who was present at nearly so many meetings

Wood.] j^28 ' [June.

as he. A record of attendance has been kept by the Treasurer since
the beginning of 1850; and from that year, inclusive, to 18()4, which
was the last of Dr. Baehe's life, his average yearly attendance, not-
withstanding an absence from the country on one occasion of five or
six months, was fifteen meetings, the whole annual number being
twenty. The only other member who, during this period, exhibited
so fair a record, or even an approach to it, was our worthy Treasurer
himself, whose favorable line of marks for most of the time was
almost without a flaw.

In January, 1826, Dr. Bache was elected one of the Secretaries,
and he continued to serve the Society faithfully in this capacity until
January, 1843, having been the senior Secretary for eleven years.
For a considerable portion of the same time he was one of the Stand-
ing Committee of Publication, having been appointed a member of
the Committee in 1826, and its chairman in 1829; and he continued
to act in the latter capacity until January, 1835, when he declined a
reappointment. They who knew Dr. Bache do not require to be
informed how sedulously he fulfilled the duties of this laborious
Committee, not only taking care that everything should be done in
its proper time and place, but also that it should be correctly done;
and I do not venture much in saying that, through the long series
of our Transactions, none will be found more free from errors of the
press, or any other errors which fall within the scope of the Com-
mittee's oversight, than the volumes published under his superinten-
dence.

At the election of January, 1843, he was chosen one of the Vice-
Presidents of the Society, and, being re-elected annually, became senior
Vice-President in 1849. This relative position he continued to hold
until January, 1853, when. Dr. R. M. Patterson having on account of
his failing health declined a re-election, he was chosen President; thus
having risen regularly through the successive grades of office to the
highest, as if the Society, in its relations with him, had participated in
that spirit of order by which he was himself so strongly characterized.
During the first year of his presidency, he paid, with myself, a visit of
five or six months to Europe. On this occasion the Society furnished
him with a circular to its correspondents abroad, which facilitated
his intercourse with scientific men, and would have been still more
useful, had not the necessary rapidity of our movements very much
curtailed his opportunities for such intercourse. But throughout
the journey he kept the good of the Society in view, searching for
information about its foreign members, endeavoring to awaken an in-

1865.] ]^29 [Wood.

terest in its affairs among those he was happy enough to meet, and
seeking to extend its relations, both with individuals and associations,
whenever apparently desirable. After his return, he gave, December
16th, 1853, an address to the Society in relation to its affairs, an ab-
stract of which is contained in the published Proceedings of that
year. In consequence of a by-law then existing, "that no person
should be eligible as President at more than two out of three succes-
sive elections," he ceased to hold the office after January, 1855.
Believing that this rule did not work beneficially for the Society, he
introduced a resolution, November 5th, 1858, after the decease of the
late President, Judge Kane, for the repeal of the by-law, which at
the subsequent meeting was carried by a majority of 28 to 2. Be-
fore initiating this measure, he had firmly resolved not again to
accept the responsibilities of the position; and, though the general
feeling of the members was, I believe, in favor of his re-election,
and he was strongly urged to permit himself to be considered as a
candidate at the approaching election in January, 1859, he adhered
to his resolution, and continued a private member during the residue
of his life. His interest, however, in the Society, in no degree
abated; and he continued to be as assiduous as ever in his attend-
ance at the meetings, and as actively participant in the proceedings.
How much the Society was present in his thoughts, may be inferred
from the fact, that, on his death-bed, just before bis intellect was
swallowed up in stupor, he spoke to lue of a measure then under the
consideration of the Society, which he feared, if adopted, might
prove injurious to its interests; and these were among the last intel-
ligent words that he uttered.

In the course of his membership, Dr. Bache rendered several im-
portant services to the Society, which are worthy of being recalled.
The first that I shall notice concerned the catalogue of members.
Soon after he was first chosen one of the Secretaries, it was resolved,
at his suggestion, that such a catalogue should be prepared by these
officers; and ever afterwards he appeared to take it under his special
guardianship, being always solicitous that it should be at once com-
plete and correct, with every name properly entered, and every date,
whether of the election, resignation, or decease of a member, accu-
rately stated. On the last point he often took great pains in making
inquiries, especially as to the foreign members; and in regard to the
subject generally, there was no one, I presume, who nearly equalled
him in a careful watchfulness over the necrology of the Society, the

VOL. X, — s

Wood.] 23Q [June.

whole number of deaths, reported by him as they became known,
scarcely falling short of one hundred.

Another service had reference to the proceedings of the Society.
Except as regarded the papers published in the Transactions, these
proceedings were formerly almost barren of useful results outside
of the comparatively small number of attending members who par-
ticipated in them. At the meeting of May 18th, 1838, a committee
was appointed upon the motion of Dr. Bache, of which he was chair-
man, to consider the propriety of publishing an abstract of the pro-
ceedings; and at the next meeting, upon the favorable report of the
committee, the proposed measure was adopted, and the Secretaries
were instructed to appoint one of their number as Reporter. Dr.
Bache was accordingly appointed to this office, and at the meeting in
August following, the first two numbers of the printed Proceedings
were laid on the table. Having completed the Report for the year
1838, he resigned the post in favor of one of the other Secretaries,
but in 1842 was again appointed, and served for another year.

The arrangement of the Franklin papers is another result which
may be fairly ascribed to him. As they came into the possession of
the Society, these papers were in a chaotic state, which rendered them
almost useless for reference. In November, 1849, Dr. Bache intro-
duced the subject to the notice of the Society; and at the following
meeting in December, was made chairman of a committee, with in-
structions to have the papers arranged in chronological order, and
divided into volumes of a convenient size for binding. A little ex-
amination sufficed to convince the committee of the almost Hercu-
lean character of the task confided to them; and, on their recommen-
dation, it was determined that the labor should be intrusted to some
competent person, to be duly compensated. It was estimated that
the papers would form at least sixty respectable folio volumes; and
as ten dollars per volume was deemed but a moderate recompense for
the requisite labor, the sum of six hundred dollars wqs appropriated
to defray the cost. The task was undertaken by our Treasurer, Mr.
Trego; but so complicated and tedious did it prove, that, though he
devoted to it most of the time he could spare from other avocations,
it was completed only a short time before the decease of Dr. Bache.
I have been told that one of the last acts of our departed friend was
to appoint a meeting, with a qualified person, in order to make ar-
rangements for the binding of these volumes; but he was prevented
by his illness from fulfilling the appointment, and the work still re-
mains to be done.

1865.] ]^31 nVood.

Yet another service meriting special notice was his participation
in the business of newly arranging the library of the Society, and
preparing a catalogue; a duty which fell to the lot of our present
Librarian, and has been so well performed by him. Towards these
purposes, Dr. Bache made the liberal contribution of five hundred
dollars on two successive occasions, in the years 1853 and 1854,
which is to be valued the more, as it proceeded not from superfluity
of means, but from an income which, though considerable at the
time, was all needed, in order to make prudent provision for the
future of his family.

I might extend these remarks concerning the relations of Dr.
Bache with this Society much further, but all the more prominent
facts, so far as they have come to my knowledge, have been detailed;
and I am warned by the time already .consumed that I must hasten
on, if this address is to be completed within the customary limits.

It has been already stated that, in the year 1829, Dr. Bache be-
came engaged, with others, in the laborious duty of revising the
Pharmacopoeia of the United States. He entered upon that duty as
one of a committee of the College of Physicians of Philadelphia;
and afterwards served on another committee appointed by the Medi-
cal Convention which met at Washington in 1830, whose duty it was
to further revise and ultimately publish that important work. At
three decennial periods subsequently, 1840, 1850, and 1860, he was
engaged in the same manner, in the same work, and on the last of
these occasions, acted as chairman of the Committee of Revision
and Publication, and consequently had the chief laboring oar. Ex-
cept by the medical gentlemen present, the work here referred to
can scarcely be appreciated in regard either to its importance, or the
amount of labor involved; but some idea may be formed on both
these points, when it is understood that the Pharmacopoeia is a na-
tional code, essential to the maintenance throughout the country of a
certain uniformity in the nomenclature and preparation of medicines,
without which every member of the community would be liable ta
serious accidents to his health and life; and that in each revision .of
it, many months, and sometimes even years, are occupied with more
or less work every day, to fit it for the purposes it has to fulfil. In
Europe this duty is generally performed under legal sanction, and by
compensated labor. With us the Pharmacopoeia rests entirely upon
opinion, and all the labor bestowed and time consumed are wholly
gratuitous.

Immediately after the publication of the first revised edition of the

Wood.] 1^2 [June.

Pharmacopoeia, in 1831, Dr. Bache, jointly with myself, undertook
the preparation of the Dispensatory of the United States, which was
completed and published in 1833. I am precluded, by my share in
the authorship of that work, from treating either of its merits or de-
merits. This much, however, I may be permitted to say, that it
purports to represent the existing state of Materia Medica and Pharm-
acy, has been accepted in this capacity to a great extent throughout
the United States, and has been used as a guide in relation to these
branches of medicine by a large proportion of the physicians and
apothecaries of our country. The extensive use of the book rendered
frequent editions necessary, and thus gave opportunity for revisions
at short intervals, by wKich its character as a representative of the
knowledge of the times has been maintained. Indeed, before the
decease of Dr. Bache, so many changes had been made, and so much
novel matter introduced, that it had become almost a new work, pos-
sessing little more than the general features of the original. Between
the years 1883, when it was first published, and 1864, when Dr.
Bache died, it went through eleven editions, at average intervals of
three years; having, during this time, swollen from somewhat more
than a thousand to nearly sixteen hundred pages, and containing,
from its greater compactness, almost twice as much matter as in the
beginning. From this statement it will be understood how great an
amount of labor must have been bestowed on it from first to last by
Dr. Bache, and how constant a source of occupation it must have
been to him during this long period of more than thirty years.
Happily the pecuniary results were such as to make his income, much
restricted anteriorly to its publication, comparatively easy from that
time onward, and quite adequate to his wants. The work was, more-
over, a stepping-stone to his appointment to the chemical professor-
ship in the Jefferson Medical College, which he received in 1841,
and continued to hold as long as he lived.

The vicissitudes of his life seem to have ceased with this appoint-
ment. Made by it not only comfortable but even affluent in his cir-
cumstances, he was no longer compelled to search for new and better
position; and as his time and powers were sufficiently occupied in
the performance of his regular duties, — the care, namely, of his prac-
tice, the fulfilment of his professorial functions, and the constantly
recurring labor of revising either the Pharmacopoeia or the Dispen-
satory,— he had no inducement to new attempts at authorship, or in
any other direction to seek for new fields of industry. As a member
of the Wistar Party, and the Senior Medical Club, he performed

1865.] ~ 133

(Wood.

duly his function whether of host or of guest; participated in our
anniversary Philosophical Dinners, then more fashionable than now;
in all respects acted duly the part becoming his social position; and
gave to the various associations and institutions, benevolent, scien-
tific, or professional, with which he was connected, the proper share
of time and attention. Thus fully occupied, without being over-
worked, with no serious drawback to his comfort, he was, perhaps, as
happy as is consistent with this uncertain state; and the current of
his life, though somewhat agitated in its earlier course, now flowed
onward copiously, richly, and smoothly to its end.

Having sufficiently detailed the incidents of his career, it only re-
mains that I should endeavor to portray his qualities as a man. Of
his personal appearance nothing need be said, as there is no one here,
I presume, not perfectly familiar with it. His mental qualities,
though not peculiar in their nature, were in some respects strikingly
so in degree, so as on the whole to constitute an extraordinary charac-
ter. With little of the imaginative or inventive faculty, he had an
excellent reason and judgment, and at least an average power of ob-
servation. He therefore seldom sought or made discoveries, never
formed theories, except as convenient categories for facts, and gene-
rally eschewed figures of speech and flights of fancy, whether in
speaking or writing; but he was almost always clear in thought and
correct in conclusion, remarkably sound in his opinions, and seldom
wrong in his judgments either as to the character and probable ac-
tions of men, or as to what was expedient under any given circum-
stances. In mental action, as in his bodily movements, he was re-
markably slow and deliberate, but was, therefore, all the less liable
to error; and when his conclusions were once attained, he was even
more slow to change than he had been to form them.

Though generally serious in thought and manner, he was possessed,
in no slight degree, both of the sense and faculty of humor, which
often rendered him a delightful companion; but his pleasantries
partook of the quietness of his general deportment, were never bois-
terous or offensive, and rarely, if ever, out of place. There was a
singularly marked line of division between his serious and lighter
veins; and, unlike many wits who never hold back a ludicrous
thought, however grave the occasion, he almost never mixed the two
together. I have not known an individual who better illustrated the
adage, sujjientis est desipere in loco; who better knew, or, perhaps, I
should rather say, more accurately felt when it was proper to be
sober, and when to be gay and playful.

Wood.] J 34 [June.

But it was more in his moral than in his intellectual character that
his peculiarities lay. Dr. Bache was apparently, rather by nature
than by education, eminently conscientious. To believe that any-
thing was right was, with him, as a matter of course, to act accord-
ingly. The idea of doing what he believed to be wrong would seem
not to have occurred to him ; and the attractive appeared to lose its
character when dissociated from the right, and to be no longer even
tempting.

He had, moreover, a natural love of truth, justice, and method,
perhaps essentially the same mental quality, differing only in appli-
cation, as all are resolvable into the simple love of order; truth being
the due relation of things in regard to fact, justice in regard to
compensation or reward, and method in regard to position; so that
one who by nature is very fond of order, will be apt to be true and
just as well as methodical, unless perverted by accidental counter-
influence. At all events, our deceased friend had all these qualities
in an eminent degree. I never knew him to tell or even hint an
untruth, to do an unjust act, or knowingly cherish an unjust thought;
and every one acquainted with him, ever so slightly, must have been
struck with the remarkable method and precision which pervaded all
that he said or did.

A natural consequence of his truthfulness was a remarkable de-
gree of candor, which, though perhaps not obvious to strangers, be-
cause both his good sense and a becoming modesty withheld him from
intruding his personal concerns upon those of whose interest in him-
self he was not confident, and with whom, therefore, he may have
sometimes had the reputation of reserve, yet to his friends was well
known, and was among the most attaching features of his character.
In relation, however, to the concerns of others, he was as reticent as
he was open in reference to his own ; and I do not believe that
he ever violated, even accidentally or carelessly, any confidence re-
posed in him.

Another conspicuous moral trait was a placidity of temper that
was proof against almost any provocation; not that he did not feel
an injury or injustice done, whether to himself or others, and ex-
press himself accordingly; but the feeling provoked was rather
that of regret than of anger, and the offence was readily forgiven
when not attended with some moral obliquity.

Taking him altogether, I never knew a man with a better balanced
mind, or one who more nearly approached to my notions of perfec-
tion in all that concerns the moral character. As a consequence of

1865.] 135 [Wood.

his various excellences, and certainly without any purposed action of
his own, for with all his amiable qualities he was remarkably inde-
pendent, he conciliated almost universal good-will; and few men have
been more generally esteemed, and, where well known, better be-
loved than he.

Dr. Bache's writings and public teaching were marked by his cha-
racteristic intellectual traits. Simplicity, clearness, truthfulness, ac-
curacy and method were their chief qualities, in regard both to ma-
terial and arrangement. Correct reasoning and sound judgment
were also evinced whenever there was occasion for their exercise.
His style was easy and remarkably correct, even to the punctua-
tion, and his language pure, idiomatic English. His publii^hed
writings are entirely exempt from any appearance of effort or at-
tempt at display. The purely ornamental is eschewed entirely.
Figures of speech, flights of fancy, and flowers of rhetoric, are un-
known to them.

It may seem strange that one so addicted to science, and especially
to chemistry, as he, should not only not have made any remarkable
discovery, but should not even have exerted himself in the line of
experimental research; but to the discoverer, except in the fields of
pure natural history, where observation is the great requisite, a cer-
tain amount of the imaginative faculty, and of the disposition to its
exercise, which is apt to attend its possession, is, I believe, an essen-
tial requisite; and of this, as before mentioned, Dr. Bache had very
little. To find out the new, one must be able to penetrate some-
what into the unknown. The discoverer must have an imagination
that shall carry him beyond the present, and suggest new ideas and
new trains of thought; and, though these are not discoveries, yet
they become so when, having been submitted to the test of experi-
ment under the guidance of reason and judgment, they may either
be found to be themselves truths, or paths which lead to truth. A
combination of these powers, the imagination, reason, and judgment,
is essential to make a great discoverer or inventor; and of the three,
a certain degree of the first is indispensable, outside of the field of
pure observation, unless as the result of mere blind accident.

From 1841 to the time of his decease, Dr. Bache's course of life
was, so far as I know, distinguished by no prominent incident beyond
those connected with his regular engagements, except a journey in
Europe, made with myself in the spring and summer of 1858. It
was my original intention, in preparing this memoir, to incorporate
with it a brief abstract of that journey, which was certainly con-

AVood.J ]^3Q [June.

sidered by Dr. Bache as representing one of the most interesting
eras of his life ; but the length to which this address has been
already protracted, and a glance at my notes of the journey showing
me that it would be impossible to compress what I should have to
say within very narrow limits, have warned me that I must forego
the execution of this intention.

In the spring of 1864, just as he was about to enter upon the task
of preparing a new edition of the United States Dispensatory, which
he expected to be peculiarly laborious, he was seized with an illne?s
that proved to be his last. After considerable suffering for two or
three days, his pains left him almost entirely, and in a few days more
he sank into a state of prostration and stupor, which terminated in
a perfectly easy death, on the 19th of March, somewhat more than a
week from the commencement of the disease. He was in his seventy-
second year when he died.

A memoir was presented for publication in the Transac-
tions, by the Secretary, from Dr. Leidy, entitled "The
Myriapoda of the United States, by Dr. H. C. Wood, Jr."
The Secretary stated that the original MS. had been burnt
in the late conflagration of the Smithsonian Buildings, at
Washington, and that the present had been newly prepared
from his original notes by the author, and was now oflfered,
with the consent of the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institu-
tion, for publication by this Society, with the use of a num-
ber of wood-cuts already executed, and others drawn but not
ready for use. On motion, the paper was referred to Dr.
Leidy, Dr. Le Conte, and Dr. Bridges.

A memoir was presented for publication in the Transac-
tions, by the Secretary, entitled " On the Formation of the
Island of Sombrero, by Alexis A. Julien," and referred to a
committee, consisting of Dr. Genth, Prof. Booth, and Mr.
Lesley.

Mr. Briggs made a verbal communication of his views re-
specting the nature of the force by which petroleum is
brought to the surface, regarding it as an intimate mechani-
cal mixture of the gases, into which the petroleum sponta-
neously decomposes, with the petroleum fluid, like that which
exists between the carbonic acid and the water in a soda
fountain.

1865.] 137 ILesley.

Mr. Lesley read a communication "On the Mythical Com-
pounds of BAR," stating in substance the conclusions to
which a study of the subject for nearly twenty years had led
him, in the form pf theses, which he did not purpose now to
discuss at any length.

1. That the word bar (with its isomorph bal), and its mythical
simple compounds b-bar, t-bar, k-bar (with their isomorphs), and
BAR-B, BAR-T, BAR-K (with their isomorphs), and other more com-
plex compounds, partly mythical and partly vulgar, constitute the
staple of that part of all language which was produced by and de-
voted to the use of the primfEval (and mediaeval) religionism of the
human race.

2. That the word BAR was constructed and used to signify the
trinity; not the personal triune deity of Athanasian Christianity, but
the aboriginal and universal, druidic or arkite trinity, composed of
three material objects, the ship, the mouvtain, and the water.

3. That the analogies which are observed by comparative philolo-
gists to exist between diiferent languages, so far as concerns their
vocabularies — analogies, considered by one class as organic, and,
therefore, not necessarily congeneric, by a second class as accidental,
and by a third class as proofs positive of a common origin — are in
fact, and in the main, ercleai.astu-al; and constitute a distinct depart-
ment of comparative philology, viz., the mythical, initiative, mystic,
druidic, or arkite; purely invented, and propagated by a priestcraft,
which penetrated, in course of ages, all nations.

4. That the organico-onomatopoeic portion of language is suscepti-
ble of analysis and explanation on a few simple principles, involving,
however, a reference to mysterious instincts. While the grammatico-
organic portion is much more obscure as to its origin, although also
subject to scientific classification.

5. That both the arkite or cabalistic portion of language, and the
organic or spontaneous portion, are to be kept carefully separated, in
comparative philology, from a third portion and the largest of all,
consisting of the debris of the other two; being at once sedimen-
tary, metamorphic, and pseudomorphic.

6. That it is by no means certain that the so-called monosyllabic
languages have not reached that condition by a process of contrac-
tion, obviously going on in languages now spoken, like the French.

7. That a comparison of the most widely variant types of lan-

VOL. X. T

Lesley.] 133 [June.

guages, e. x. the Chinese and the Latin, if made not directly, but
by the intermediation of languages charged with the arkite or eccle-
siastical element, e. x. the Australo-Polynesian group, will result
in establishing a genuine and close alliance, the recognition of which
has become a sine qua noti to the further progress of Comparative
Philology.

8. That the explanation of the Alphabet will turn out to be not
purely organic, nor merely hieroglyphic, but in part both; and under
the domination, not of an unshackled, uninstructed, and irrepressi-
ble imagination, as most of the alphabet theories seem to postulate,
but of an imagination highly cultivated, well-regulated, and subjected
to a fixed mytho-philosophy, taught by initiation, and developed
under cover of religious mystery.

9. That when the true alphabetic key is found, it can be ap-
plied to the discovery of the meaning of the whole architectural,
geographical, zoological, botano-medical, heraldic, and genealogical
nomenclatures; of all those portions of the languages of the me-
chanic arts, and marine life, which do not date lower than the six-
teenth or seventeenth centuries; of the essentially formal terms
used by the legal profession, and of the whole language of saga, folks-
lore, fairy-tale, and nursery-rhyme literature. In a word, this Cabala,
first exhibited in the alphabets of antiquity, penetrates all modern
languages to such an extent, that the failures of comparative philolo-
gists to determine satisfactorily the most diflScult questions of the
science are due to their ignorance or contempt of it.

10. That a large proportion, if not the most of all diphthongs, are
contractions, produced by dropping the middle consonant of a tri-
radical dissyllable; such as caer from cahar, taur from tabor; and
that the medial thus suppressed has been commonly, but not always,
a. labial.

11. That in perhaps a majority of cases, the long or double
voyals rj, «, 0, U, are contractions of the same diphthongal nature;
while in other cases they represent the suppression of p, k, r, 1, final.

12. That the case- and gender-terminations S and M may be ex-
plained by the active and passive, or subjective and objective ideas
attached to the two forms of the water-symbol. The Hebrew plural
termination is explicable in the same way. And, in fiict, that a cer-
tain portion of the doubtfully explained affixes and suffixes encoun-
tered by grammatical investigators are hierophantic or cabalistically
alphabetic.

13. That the ship-symbol U, V, with its variants, the mountain-

1865.] 139 « [Lesley.

symbol A, A, with its variants, and the water-symbol M, -, in its two
postures, the horizontal and the vertical, constituted the original nu-
cleus of the alphabet; to which were added subsequently compound
symbols, such as X, Y, 0, K, Q, the intense or explicit water-symbol
S, and the organic letters <p, ^i 4'-

14. That the ship- and mountain-symbols were variously modified,
and, for a curious but perfectly explainable reason, compounded, in-
terfused, confused, and interchanged ; whereas the water-symbol, for
an equally plain reason, was kept simple and separate from the other
two, and stands out clearly as the key element in all the compound
symbols, whether literal or architectural.

15. That the unpronounceable AUM of the Brahmins is the moun-
tain-ship-water symbol, pure and simple.

16. That the 9 of the Egyptian hieroglyphics, the sign of life, or
of divinity, or rather of regeneration to immortality, is the same ship-
water-mountain symbol.

17. That the Egyptian box-capital and lotus-leaved-base column,
was the architectural analogue of the same symbol; because classical
and beautiful in the Taboric, Tauric, or Doric style of Greece; and
exists still in the Norman column, with its box-capital surrounded
by water-demons, and in all parts and details of the Gothic cathedral
building, the whole of which is a nave or ship.

18. That the tonsure of initiation, the papal tiara, the ducal
crown, the university cap, and many of the more curious female
head-dresses practised by barbarous tribes, represent the same triple
symbol.

19. That circumcism is not to be explained except as a practical
way of rendering the arkite symbol permanent in that part of the
human body adopted as primal by the phallic mythology; which, fol-
lowing arkism, accepted its phraseology, and applied its symbolik to
a more philosophical train of ideas suggested by tne generative powers
of nature and the mysteries of child-birth.

20. That the serpent-worship mythology must be regarded as a
one-sided arkism, due to an exaggerated reverence for the water
powers, better represented by the serpent than by any other object of
living nature. The serpent- and egg-symbol, especially in its form
of the serpent, column and egg, or serpent, altar and bread, is per-
fectly arkite.

21. That the Yezidee, or devil-worship, was but a modification of
ophism, and was represented in arkism by the worship of the croco-
dile, and other amphibious or marine monsters, by the legends of

Lesley.] 14:0 [June.

Tannira, and the Typhon, and by the whole ceremonial of Sivaism,
and was perpetuated in the bat-winged devil of Etruria, Japan, and
the modern Miltonian orthodoxy. The half philosophical discussion
of the evils flesh is heir to has produced Ahrimanism, Manachteism,
and Dualism in general, in all ages; but the special symbolik of
daemon-worship or diabolism has, nevertheless, always been essen-
tially and plainly arkite; as may be seen in the tales of the Genii,
the Talmud, the Apocalypse of St. John, the formulte of the necro-
mancers, &c.

22. That many of the names given to the deity, and his attributes,
to man and his qualities, to the insignia and the apparatus of church
and state, are simple arkisms, and therefore common to many lan-
guages and different races of mankind.

23. That the religious controversies which arose with the gradual
development of the religious phantasy, resulting in bloody wars and
hereditary feuds, produced a confusion between the titles given to
God and the devil, and between good and bad qualities, blessing and
cursing, &c. So that the name of God for one tribe became that of
a demon to another; and the whole sacred phraseology of one age
became a senseless, obscene, diabolical jargon to the age which
followed it. Yet the essential and original cabalism of the terms
used in their double, opposite, or polar meanings, remained the same.
The Hebrew ^in, for example, stood related to the bar as closely
after it had come to mean "curse," as when it meant "bless."
Sacer was as much s-k-bar in one of its meanings as in the other.
The Tabu system of Polynesia is the double result of the same oppo-
site relationships still maintained with the original riDH, from which
we get Tub, Dove, David, the sacred Thebes, and a hundred other
arkisms in every language of the earth.

24. That there are also certain words in all languages with oppo-
site or polar meanings in a strictly j)h^sical sense, deducible, how-
ever, directly from the arkite symbolism of antiquity, as exhibited to
former eyes; such as, in English alone, Barrow and Burrow, Top
and Tub, Pile and Pail, Hill and Hole, Cap and Cup; the difference
being marked by the artful use of vowels, according to a general law,
which some have supposed organic or psychological, but which can
be shown to be, in many instances at least, arkite.

25. That the first age of this arkite symbolism must be considered
more remote than any history, because it preceded the invention of
any kind of alphabet, and because its spirit presided over the erec-
tion of its earliest monuments. What was the precise nature of the

1865.] 141 [Lesley.

cataclysm from the remembrance of which its legendary ideas were
fabricated, cannot now be discovered; but the supposition that some
actual physical event called forth these ideas seems rendered neces-
sary by what we know of the original rude nature and the unphilo-
sophical mind of the race in its earlier stages of existence. It seems
indeed just possible that the whole system took its rise in Egypt, and
out of the annual phenomenon of the inundation of the Nile. At
all events, this was the grandest natural commemoration of a deluge,
and of a regeneration of life and hope for mankind; and here, in
Egypt, took place the most complete and imposing development of
the arkite symbolism — in the pyramids; in the propylaea with moun-
tain sides, ark-like cornices above, and waving sands around their
base; in sphinxes; Osiris-arks; death and resurrection ceremonials;
and a thousand characteristic details equally significant.

26. That traces of arkism can be found abundantly throughout
Africa, and in so pure a form, as to suggest to the geological anti-
quary the possible connection of its origin with the emergence of the
Sahara.

27. That the bull-sphinxes and other monuments of Mesopotamia,
the carpet and ring of the Flying Mithras of Persia, the lions attack-
ing the bull, the arrowhead lying on the altar, &c., show arkism at
home in that region of Asia.

28. That it pervaded India is equally evident from the details of
the Flindoo mythology; from the Topes (nnn) and Pagodas with
their uppermost story bulging into the form of a ship; from the
Buddhistic history and the worship of Gaudama's foot; from a thou-
sand local legends; the worship of the humpbacked cow; the Jain
rites; ancestral worship and Ganges worship ; from the dress and
manners of the Rajpoots; the mysteries of Juggernaut; the sup-
posed magical powers of barbers ; and the whole life of the pariah
races of the Peninsula.

29. That the present home of arkism is Thibet, where the system
is in full life, complete in all parts, and developed to its highest
pitch ; that from this, as a living centre, it has radiated its ceremo-
nial and its traditions to the farthest limits of the East; and that
they can be studied in farther India, China, and Japan, Corea and
Mongolia, the Polynesian Islands, California, Mexico, and Peru ; ex-
plaining the Pagoda and its dragon, the Marai and its tabu, the
shamanism of the hyperborean races, and the teocalli system of the
new world.

30. That the Druidism of Europe is the western representative of

Lesley.] 142 [June.

the lamaisin of the East, continuing to exist an-d develop its infi-
nitely prolific germs of variation and transmutation in the Greek and
Roman Catholic churches, and in some of their Protestant offshoots.
That the communion cup upon the altar, the pallium on th« shoul-
ders of the Clxrdinal, the Elizabethan collar around the neck of the
Domprediger at Berne, the baptism of the bell, the swinging of the
censer, the name of the pulpit, and its normal box-form, mounted on
a pillar and surrounded by quaint sculpture, are but instances of
remaining arkism.

31. That the Legends af the Saints are to be rescued from con-
tempt, and explained, only by reference to the spirit of arkism,
which has thoroughly and energetically inspired the Church of
Christ; inventing perpetually new dresses for the old symbols, and
recommending them thereby to new classes of society, or to new
sections of the heathen world. A perfect harmony can thus be es-
tablished between the stories of the cloister and the sagas and folks-
lore of the hearth ; between the mythical St. Christopher and the
equally mythical William Tell.

32. That Free-Masonry probably offers to its initiated another
field for investigating living arkism. Its gavel and trowel are sacred
symbols of the mountain; and its other insignia, the square and the
compasses, are equally easy to read in the light of architectural mys-
ticism. Its primagval grand-master, Solomon, the Man of the Cell,
called himself the QELT (nSnp) or Cabalist.* Many branches of
Free-Masonry have been produced in the course of ages, known by
different names, and various in spirit, language, and rites, according
to the*temper of the times, the blood of the members, and the pro-
gress of ideas. But so far as their interior history has ever been re-
vealed, the revelation has exposed the elements of arkism as the stuff
of which originally their essence was composed. No pbenomenoa
connected with the existence of man has excited more curiosity and
speculation than the universal spread of not only the spirit, but the
language of Free-Masonry around the world. It can only be ex-
plained by reference to the simplicity of its formularies, and their
preservation from the remotest antiquity, as modern representatives
of primaeval arkism.

* QEL, "^np, uuiKna-ia., kirlc, church, as well as the verbs which cor-
respond to them and from which they are commonly supposed to be
derived, viz., ^np, jtaxsa, select, collect, &c., find their explanation ia
the Arkite Cahala.

1865.] 143 [Lesley.

S3. So wide a generalization of facts from all departments of his-
tory in the past, and human life in the present, centred at so small a
group as that which has been described above, under the name of
the arkite symbol of the mountain, ship, and water, will necessarily
incur the charge of one-sidedness. The theory will be said to attempt
too much, to run itself into the ground, to break down with its own
weight. It will find arrayed against itself other theories of primaeval
history, laboriously invented by the best thinkers of the last hundred
years, each claiming to explain the rise and development of human
thought and culture, as well as most of the anomalous and eccentric,
fantastic and absurd, misapplications of men's views of the super-
natural, and of nature. Of no part of science is it a truer saying
than of this, that no theory can be true that does not accept, ally,
and illustrate, all that is true in all other theories^ embodyingv,^heir
generalizations within its own, and diifering from them only in the
superior expansiveness (rf its field of vision. Modern geology is
neither Huttonism nor Wernerism, but an eclectic combination of
both. Sociology, as now best taught, recognizes the justness of every
form of government in its natural place. The science of physics is
a compound precipitate from the rel-ation of the most prosy parts of
materialistic natural-history, and the finest transcendental or meta-
physical notions respecting essence, and the mysterious forces of the
entire universe. Even theology is being stimulated from its sleep of
ages by stimulants administered by unbelieving savans. Isolation is
no longer possible for the investigator; and his theories must be in
good society, or be tabooed.

34. Archasology has been based exclusively on Astrology by some
of its best writers. Undoubtedly there is a department of astronomi-
cal archaeology; and the genius and learning displayed in such a
master-piece as Dupuis' great work were far from being thrown away.
On the contrary, it is as much a cabinet of new-discovered facts and
truths, as Boucher des Perthes' Celtic Remains, or Tyndall's Lectures
on Heat. But it does not follow from all the wonderful coincidences
between mythologies and the phenomena of the sky, that the abori-
ginal mythology was astronomical. Man's eyes were early dazzled
by the light of the sun, and his heart melted by the beauty of the
moon; but an earlier worship may have existed for his soul, and cen-
turies of intellectual development may have been needed before the
order of the stars could take so strong a hold upon his imagination,
as to subjugate his reverence, and systematize his hopes and fears
into the Mithraic and Sab^ean forms. Some wider synthesis must in-

Lesley.] 144 [June.

elude Dupuis'. The very nomenclature of sun- and planet-worship,
requires an older worship fur its explanation ; so does its architec-
ture; so does its syu)bolism. The ring, the bird's tail, the carpet of
Mithras, find no account of themselves in astronomy. Fire-worship
was evidently adopted and carried like a child by an older mountain-
worship. If the central triliths of Stonehenge have their tops cut
down to the plane of the ecliptic, the central sacrificial stone, sloped
for the draining off of human blood, is a structure suggestive of
quite a different system, — that of the arkite loggan and ambrose stones
of the whole druid world. Supposing Turner's views respecting the
great pyramid to have been made mathematically certain by the late
paper of the Astronomer Royal of Scotland, Turner himself insists
that the great pyramid differs from all other pyramids, in Egypt and
elsewhere, in this very fact, that it alone is astronomical ; the rest
must give some other account of themselves. Arkism embraces
and explains astronomical archaeology, but the latter cannot explain
the former.

35. Then there is the Phallic system of Kanne, and all the learned
writers of that school. A theory of antiquity not to be despised —
a grand summary of indubitable facts — it has a philosophical basis
to stand upon. It has immense resources in philology. It is
written with the freest and coarsest hand on the monuments of east
and west. It explains, and is explained by, the experiences of mo-
nastic life. It appeals for justification, in fact, to the strongest of
all the energies of nature, both physical and spiritual, when it
affirms that the first astonishment man felt was at himself when he
began to cohabit with woman; and the second, at the birth of his
first child ; that thus all worship sprang from love, and all its sym-
bols from the organs of reproduction; replaced afterwards by such
objects of nature as mountains, caverns, and seas, for grandeur's sake.
If, however, the nomenclature, the architecture, and the ritual of
Phallism can be shown to have had an anterior existence, unmodified
by the gi'oss sentiments of animal love, and to be explainable on a
hypothesis, not personal to the individual man, but common to man-
kind, then the Phallic theory, like the astronomical, must take a
secondary rank, and be accepted only for what it is worth within its
just limits; while its formal origin and outer development will be
referable to that older and more general arkism, whose language it
had adopted, whose symbols it had modified, whose truths it had de-
graded, whose pure and simple worship it had debased and defiled,
but still continued to illustrate.

1865.] 14:5 [Lesley.

36. The Ophite theory is considered, by the authors of such books
as the "Serpent Symbol," all sufficient to account for the prehistoric
religious history of man. This seems to be a most presumptuous sup-
position. The theory has to do with no grand event in history,
which might be supposed to have made an indelible impression upon
the life of mankind; nor with any general idea of the sublime or
terrible, germain to worship; nor to any master sentiment of the
human heart, — for fear is not so strong as love, nor so instructive as
curiosity, nor so inventive as taste. The theory involves a mere
classification of one kind of archseologieal facts, requiring the simplest
treatment, and barren of all results but one, namely, a certain ad-
dition to the mass of evidence, otherwise collected, that some myste-
rious arkite intercourse has existence between all the known races of
the world. Beyond this, Ophism has no story to tell; and instead of
elucidating antiquity, adds to its confused obscurity. But Ophism is
one of the great facts of history, notwithstanding; and enters not
only largely but naturally into the composition of the arkite theory,
which fully unfolds it, suggesting for its existence a new and satis-
factory cause, and explaining all its forms and variations perfectly.

37. Then there is the great archaeological problem of Devil-wor-
ship, for so many portions of mankind, the terrors of shamanism,
the darker or fearful side of fctischism, all so nearly allied to ser-
pent-worship, and all so nearly explainable by reference merely to
the limitations of human will and human happiness, but none of
them quite so. What shall be done with the unexplained residuum?
Archaeology claims it; but which archaeological theory shall take
charge of it? Certainly none of these theories of departments, de-
partmental theories, — we need the new name, — already alluded to.
No. To learn the language of Fear-worship, we must go back to
the very beginning ; to some age of weakness, calamity, and fright ;
to some irruption of wild beasts, or conflagration, or deluge ; to
some event so overwhelming that it could impress no less than
all mankind, for a time no less than all the ages, the memory
of which would be a simple figure of destruction and salvation
combined, the symbol of which would be the intertwined names
of God and the Devil. In the mountain and the ship, which
rescued mankind from destruction in that event, we have the
explanation of the origin of all Phallism and Egg-worship. In
the waters which came so near destroying him, we have the expla-
nation of the origin of all Ophism and Devil-worship. Both were
made ornate in the tasteful idolatry of Greece, scientific on the clear-

VOL. X. — u

Lesley.] ^^g [June.

eyed mountain-land of Persia, and spiritual among the justice-loving
seers of Palestine. Before arkism, of course, was universal fetisch-
ism, like a great chaos, without law, or any method of self-expres-
sion; and after arkism, came all forms of thought and feeling pos-
sible for man to invent, but all budding from this Yggdrasil, and
bearing flowers and fruit after the pattern of its undying life.

38. It is not, therefore, in violation of the great canon of modern
science, but in obedience to it, that the arkite theory sets up its
claims to universality.

39. What the great event was which so impressed the worshipful
mind of the human race, or whether the chronic relationships of
mankind in the earlier stages of their existence to mountains, or firm
land in general, to boats, rafts, or stationary cra"nnoges, and to all
waters in general, may not compensate for the doubt which physical
science cannot help throwing over the story of a Noachian deluge, —
it will be hard to demonstrate. Geological investigation has as yet
discovered no traces of a real event, such as is described in Mosaic
and other records of the barbarous ages of the world. That science,
however, has long taught the alternate submergence and eraergence-
of dry land ; and all its latest teachings are of the extreme antiquity
of human life upon the earth, and of man's contemporaneous existence
with other now extinct animals, during a glacial epoch, involving
probably great floods, and opening into the comparatively modern
age at the beginning of which men lived upon the waters, instead of
on the land. The Arkite theory has nothing to say on these matters.
It starts from a given point, the already established worship of the
mountain, ship, and flood, without explaining how this worship was
begotten ; only denying that it was developed intellectually out of
Fetischism, Ophism, Mithraism, Phallisra, or any other known myth-
ology ; and afiirming on the contrary, that it explains and embraces
them.

Pending nominations, Nos. 534 to 539, and new nomina-
tion 540, were read.

And the Society was adjourned.

T C Porter

Proc APS Vol! PM

J. p. legley

Pro A P. SVolX Plate 2

J. p. L.

Proc APS Vol X-

PROCEEDINGS

AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY.

Vol. X. JULY, 1865. No. 74.

Stated Meeting, July 21, 1865.

Present, five members.
Dr. B. H. COATES in the Chair.

Donations for the library were received from the Essex
Institute, American Antiquarian Society, Messrs. Natali and
Bond, Mr. Samuel "Wilkinson, Dr. "William Elder, the Mer-
cantile Library Association at Cincinnati, the London Geo-
logical Society, the Franklin Institute, the Holland Academy
of Sciences, Prof. Thomas Chase, and the Union League of
Philadelphia.

The death of Mr. William Parker Foulke, at 1827 Pine
Street, Philadelphia, aged 50, on the 19th ult., was an-
nounced by Dr. Ruschenberger, and Mr. A. H. Smith ap-
pointed to prepare an obituary notice of the deceased.

The death of Admiral Dupont, at the La Pierre House,
Philadelphia, on the 23d ult., aged 63, was announced by
Prof. Trego.

The death of Dr. Christicn Jlirgensen Thomsen, Director
of the Musde des Antiquit^s Nationals, &c., at Copenhagen,
May 21st, at the age of 76, was announced by letter.

The death of Mr. James Dundas, at Philadelphia, on the
4th inst., aged 80, was announced by Prof. Trego.

VOL. X. — V

148 [August,

The death of the Rt. Rev. Bishop Alonzo Potter, of Penn-
sylvania, who died at San Francisco on the 4th inst., aged
65, was announced by Mr. Chase ; and the Rt. Rev. Bishop
Stevens was appointed to prepare an obituary notice of the
deceased.

Prof. Cresson made a communication on four simultaneous
rainbows which he observed at Atlantic City on the 7th inst.

Mr. Chase announced that he had made certain experi-
ments on aerial currents as producing magnetical polarity.

The election for members was postponed.
Kew nomination No. 541 was read.
And the Society was adjourned.

Stated Meeting, August 18, 1865.

Present, four members.

Prof. Cresson, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Letters acknowledging the receipt of Proceedings No. 73
were received from the Essex Institute, the New Hampshire
Historical Society, the Northern Academy at Hanover,
N. H., and the U. S. Coast Survey.

Letters announcing donations for the library were received
from the Central Statistical Commission, Bruxelles, July 7th,
and Dr. Peters, of Altoona.

Donations for the library were received from the British
Meteorological and Liverpool Philosophical Societies ; Har-
vard College ; Mr. Hough, of Albany ; Hon. W. H. Brown,
of Chicago ; the Nat. Hist. Lyceum and Rensselaer Poly-
technic Institute of New York; the Entomological Society,
Franklin Institute, Academy of Natural Sciences, and Dr.
Leidy, of Philadelphia ; and the Santa Clara College, Saa
Francisco.

Dr. Ruschenberger announced the death of a member, Mr.

1865.J 149

Charles J. Wister, at Germantown, July 23d, in the 84th
year of his age.

Prof. Cresson made a further communication in relation to
the rainbow phenomenon described at the last meeting.

And the Society was adjourned.

Stated Meeting, September 15, 1865.

Present, eight members.

Dr. CoATES in the Chair.

A letter was received from the Linnean Society of Lan-
caster City and County, J. R. Sypher, Corresponding Secre-
tary, dated August 7th, forwarding the following resolution
of that Society :

Resolved, That the Linnean Society of Lancaster City and County
furnish the American Philosophical Society with a complete set of
plaster casts of the figures on the Indian Rocks in the Susquehanna,
as far as they can be obtained.

On motion of Dr. Le Conte, the Society was placed on the
list of correspondents, to receive the Proceedings from the
present time.

Letters announcing donations for the library were received
from Dr. Otto Roehrig, dated New York, Sept. 6, 1865, and
from Mr. H. Burmeister, Curator of the Public Museum at
Buenos Ayres, dated May 24, 1865, requesting exchange of
publications.

On motion of Dr. Le Conte, it was ordered that the Mu'
seum be placed upon the list of corresponding members to
receive the Transactions and Proceedings.

Donations for the library were received from M. Barrande,
of Prague ; Prof. Zantedeschi, of Padua ; the Nat. Hist. So-
ciety of Bonn; the Madrid Observatory; the Bureau of Mines

]^50 [October.

at Paris ; the Astronomical, Geographical, and Zoological So-
cieties at London ; the Essex and Franklin Institutes ; Mr.
S. F. Haven; Dr. Roehrig; Prof. J. D. Whitney; the New
York Lyceum ; the Librarian of Congress ; and the Public
Museum at Buenos Ayres.

The death of Sir William J. Hooker, at Kew Gardens,
England, on the 12th of August, aged 80, was announced
by the Secretary.

A communication entitled "The Nebular Theory," by
Prof. Ennis, of Philadelphia, was read by the Secretary.

Pending nominations 540, 541, were read.

And the Society was adjourned.

Stated 3Ieeting, October 6, 1865.

Present, nine members.

Prof. Cresson, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Letters with photographs were received from Sir Henry
Holland, London, Sept. 6th, and Prof. E. N. Horsford,
Cambridge, Mass., June 24th. The photograph of Mr.
William P. Foulke was added to the album.

Mr. A. H. Smith accepted the appointment to prepare an
obituary notice of Mr. Foulke.

Donations for the library were reported from Prof. Zante-
deschi, of Padua; Dr. Schinz, of Strasbourg; the Bureau
des Mines ; the Essex and Franklin Institutes ; Harvard
Observatory; the American Journal of Science; Prof. Silli-
man ; Dr. G. B. Wood ; Mr. Lamborn ; the Ressel Com-
mittee, and various booksellers.

The death of Dr.. Wayland, President of Brown Univer-
sity, at Providence, R. L, September 30th, aged 69, was an-
nounced by Mr. Trego.

The committee on M. Julien's paper reported progress.

1865.] 151 [Chase.

Mr. Lesley described some relics lately exhumed from In-
dian ffraves near Wilkesbarre. Dr. Coates referred to the
wearing away, without decay, of the teeth in skulls found in
tumuli and graves on the West Branch Susquehanna and
elsewhere.

Mr. Chase presented a detailed account of his experiments
upon the Mechanical Polarization of Magnetic Needles under
the influence of Fluid Currents, or Faraday's " Lines of
Force."

I have already published three simple experiments in mechanical
polarization (Proc. Amer. Philos. See., ix, 359), and I have endea-
vored, in various ways, to show that terrestrial magnetism is probably
owing to an analogous polarization of aerial and sethereal currents.
Finding that my hypothesis was sustained by some remarkable nu-
merical coincidences, as well as by various points of correspondence
between the assumed influence of gravitation-currents and the ob-
served daily variations of declination and inclination, I sought for
some practical demonstration of the truth of my inferences. I there-
fore endeavored to imitate the movements of the atmosphere by me-
chanical contrivances, and the results, which are in most respects
such as I anticipated, and which are all susceptible of an easy expla-
nation, are embodied in the following additional experiments.

4. By the use of fans, bellows, and blowers of various kinds,
either alone or in conjunction with directing discs, currents may be
produced that will deflect the needle in any desired direction, in ac-
cordance with simple and evident mechanical laws.

5. I have tried iron, copper, wood, zinc, and pasteboard, and find,
as I anticipated, that the material employed for producing or direct-
ing the artificial currents has no eff'ect upon their mere mechanical
action ; but I have found the results most satisfactory when, in order
to avoid the complication of induced magnetism or electricity, I em-
ployed non-conductors, such as wood and pasteboard. Upon subse-
quently repeating the experiments with diff"erent metals, the efiiects
of the induced currents have been plainly shown.

6. Increasing the number of directing discs (provided they are
all parallel) often modifies the intensity of current-influence, but does
not appear otherwise to affect the result.

The most striking developments that I have yet hit upon were ob-

VOL. X. — w

Chase. 1

152

[October.

tained bj the aid of a Gaussian modification of Faraday's apparatus
for showing the electric currents developed in moving metallic bodies
by terrestrial magnetism. It consists of a heavy copper ring (a),
fixed to horizontal supports (b) (c), on which it can be rapidly rotated
by a wheel (c/) and pinion (e), the supports being relieved by fric-
tion-wheels (/). The outer diameter of the ring is 6 inches at each

edge, and Qj\ inches in the middle ; the inner diameter, 5 inches ;
the thickness, 1 J inches. The axle opposite to the gearing (g) is
hollow, to allow the insertion of a brass rod (Ji), which supports a
compass (0 horizontally in the interior of the ring. The compass is
not shielded by a glass, and it is therefore easily affected by aerial
currents. If the ring is made to revolve around the compass needle,
the N. pole of the needle is deflected in a direction opposite to the
motion of the top of the ring.*

For my special purpose, I replaced this copper ring by a wooden
one of the same dimensions, and prepared a number of discs {k) (I),
in the form of semicircles and circular segments, fitted so that they
could be fixed, in different vertical positions, in the compass box,
above the needle. Causing the wheel to rotate, with the axis vari-
ously placed, I tried the following experiments :

* For the use of the apparatus, I am indebted to the kindness of President
Richard S. Smith, of Girard College.

1865.] ;]^53 IChase.

A. Single disc, or multiple and parallel discs.
a. Axis in magnetic meridian.

7. When the disc was in the meridian, the currents produced a
slight tendency in the needle* to move in the same direction as the
upper part of the ring.

8. When the disc was in the equator, the slight tendency was op-
posite to that in Exp. 7, and the same as if it had been produced by
induced electricity in the ring.

9. When the disc was inclined to the meridian, there was a marked
polarity, perpendicular to the disc.

b. Axis in magnetic equator.

10. The disc being placed in the meridian, there was no disturbing
current.

11. Placing the disc equatorially, the needle was still undisturbed.

12. But when the disc was inclined to the meridian, the current-
polarity was parallel to the disc.

c. Axis ^b° from magnetic meridian.

13. In nearly all positions of the disc there appears to be a dispo-
sition in the needle to move from the axis of the ring. But when
the disc is in or very near the meridian, there is a slight tendency
towards the axis.

In order to imitate more closely the earth's principal thermal radia-
tion-planes, which are all theoretically parallel with the thermal me-
ridians and meet at the thermal pole, I constructed a compound disc
(/) of two circular segments, inclined to each other at an angle of
about 30°, with which I tried the following experiments :

B. Spherical-angular disc.
a. Axis in magnetic m.eridian.

14. If the disc is so placed, with its opening towards the south,
that its angle is bisected by the meridian, the current-polarity carries
the needle in the same direction as the motion of the top of the ring.

15. If the opening of the disc is turned to the north, the appara-
tus remaining in other respects as in the last experiment, the current-
polarity is reversed (as in Exp. 8).

16. Placing the disc equatorially, I am unable to discover any
current-polarity.

* In speaking of the needle's tendency, I always refer to the motion of the N.
pole.

Chase.] 154 [October.

17. Inclining the disc towards N. W. and S. E., the needle nioves
towards the east, whether the opening of the disc is towards the
noi'th or towards the south.

18. If the inclination is towards N. E. and S. W., the motion of
the needle is westerly.

Experiments 14 to 18 are perhaps the most interesting and im-
portant of the entire series. Exp. 14 represents the direction of the
gravitation-currents that tend to restore the equilibrium which is con-
tinually disturbed by the thermal radiation of the northern hemi-
sphere; while Exp. 15 represents the like direction in the southern
hemisphere, and all the ex.periments demonstrate that in the. daily
ina(jnetlc fluctuations, the, motion of that end of the needle which is
nearest to the equator should follow, •precisely as observation shows
that it does follow, the direction of the sun's meridional influence.

b. Axis in magnetic equator.

19. When the disc is in the meridian, the current-polarity and the
magnetic polarity coincide.

20. If the disc is in the equator, with the opening to the east,
when the top of the ring moves towards the north the needle declines
to the east.

21. But when the motion of the ring is towards the south, the
current-polarity is reversed, and the needle declines to the west.

22. The reversal of the disc, placing the opening to the west, like-
wise reverses the polarity, the declination being east when the ring
moves south, and west when the ring moves north.

23. The disc being inclined to N. W. and S. E., the needle de-
clines towards the west (the action in Exp. 17 being reversed).

24. Changing the inclination of the disc to N. E. and S. W., the
declination changes to east (reverse of Exp. 18).

From Exp. 19 to 24 we may infer that, in consequence of the
action of the trade-winds, combined with the greater radiation of the
northern hemisphere, there should be a constant eastivard tendency of
the magnetic declination, such as is indicated by the secular variation
of the needle.

c. Axis ^h° from, magnetic meridian.

25. When the disc is in or near the meridian, there is a slight
tendency, in the extremity of the needle which is under the opening
of the disc, to follow the direction of the top of the ring. In all
other positions, the needle declines from the axis.

1865.] 155 [Chase.

d. Axis variou!^!// inclined.

26. If the inclination of the axis to the meridian is less, or jrreater,
than 45°, the results approximate respectively to those obtained when
the axis is in the meridian, and when it is in the equator.

C. Apparatus- Polarity.
Friction and the jarrin^r of the apparatu.s, modified by the degree
of velocity imparted to the ring, produce a polarity of their own
which should be carefully estimated, and due allowance made for its
influence in all delicate and doubtful experiments. In order to deter-
mine the directivity of the normal vibrations, independent of any
mere current influence, the needle was shielded by a glass, as in the
ordinary surveyor's or mariner's compass.

27. When the axis is in the meridian, the polarity appears to be
meridional.

28. With the axis in the equator, the polarity is also meridional.

29. If the northern extremity of the axis is inclined to the west,
the needle declines to the east.

30. Giving the axis an easterly inclination, the needle declines to
the west. The declination is, therefore, from the axis in all cases,
and we may infer that the earth's rotation exerts a constant tendency
to increase the normal declination of the needle.

31. In all positions of the axis there appears to be a slight dispo-
sition in the needle to decline to the east, independent of the motion
produced by the mere vibration of the apparatus. If this disposi-
tion is owing to terrestrial currents, it is probable that the declina-
tion would be westward in the southern hemisphere, in accordance
with Ferrel's law, that, " in ichatever direction a hody moves on the
surface of the earth, there is a force cjrisincj from the eartli's rota-
tion which defects it to the right in the northern hemisphere, but to
the left in the southern." (Math. Monthly, i, 307.)

32. If a candle-flame, or the smoke of an extinguished taper, be
brought near to the revolving ring, it will be repelled from the equa-
tor, attracted to the poles, and neither attracted nor repelled at a dis-
tance of about 30° from the equator.

33. If a magnetic needle is substituted for the taper, it tends to
parallelism with the axis at the equator, and dips towards the centre
as it approaches the poles, in accordance with its general disposition
to range itself in the line of strongest vibration. (Exp. 3, Proc.
A. P. S., ix, 359.)

Chase.] J^gg [October.

D. Revolving Discs attached to the Ring.
a. Discs Axial.

34. Whatever may be the position of the axis, there is a very
slight axial polarity.

b. Discs Perpendicular to Axis.

35. There is no current-polarity.

c. Discs with 45° East Declination.

36. If the axis is in the meridian, the needle declines to the east.

37. If the axis is in the equator, when the top of the ring moves
south the needle declines to the east, but when the ring moves north
the declination is westerly.

38. If the axis is inclined to the meridian, and the disc passes
over the needle in the magnetic equator, the declination is easterly ;
but if the disc is meridional, I am unable to discover any decided
current-polarity.

d. Discs with 45° West Declination.

39. Placing the axis in the meridian, the needle declines to the
west.

40. When the axis is equatorial, the declination is westerly.

41. When the axis is inclined to the meridian, and the disc is
equatorial, the needle declines to the west; but if the disc is me-
ridional, it produces no marked polarity.

42. All of the experiments with revolving discs, as well as many
of those with fixed discs, appear to be affected by changes in the
earth-currents, especially when the motion of the ring is northerly.

The foregoing results are in precise accordance with the theoretical
deductions contained in my papers on the "Numerical Relations of
Gravity and Magnetism," on the " Influence of Gravity on Mag-
netic Declination," and on " Gravity and Magnetic Inclination "
(Amer. Phil. Soc, Dec. 16, 1864, April 21 and May 19, 1865, and
Amer. Jour, of Science [2], xxxix, 312 ; xl, 83, 166), as well as
with Dove's discovery that analogous atmospheric states are more
frequently found under the same meridian than under the same
parallel, and with Ferrel's demonstrations of the tendency in fluids
gyrating normally to move towards the pole, the parabolic route of
cyclones, the lateral pressure of moving bodies, and the disposition

1865.] 257 [Cha?e.

of the axis of rotating bodies to parallelism with the earth's axis.*
(Math. Monthly, i, 307 ; ii, 95, 380, 882.) The rationale is gene-
rally so obvious that the necessity of the experiments may reasonably
enough be doubted by some, while others may question the validity
of any inferences as to magnetic motions that are drawn from the
eflfect of impulses which arc confessedly purely mechanical.

Such doubts may perhaps be removed by considering, 1st, the well-
known danger of being led astray by the simplest undetected fallacy
in d priori reasoning, which renders it desirable to obtain experi-
mental verifications of every philosophical inference ; 2d, that if all
forms of force are, as is so generally supposed, mutually convertible,
the convertibility can only be discovered through their mechanical
momentum ; and 3d, that all the experiments illustrate the maynetic
mjluence of a fluid controlled hy the reaction of distvrhed (jravita-
tion. I have shown that forces proceeding in lines corresponding to
those which represent solar and planetaryf influence, produce mag-
netic deflections equivalent to the observed solar-diurnal, annual, de-
cennial, and secular variations; and if it can be also shown that
gravitation is an adequate force, we need seek no farther for a vera
causa, or for conclusive evidence of the correlation of all the great
cosmical forces.

Whatever theory we may favor respecting the nature of force, and
the manner or medium of its transmission, — whether we consider
with Fresnel and Grove, that the luminiferous and kinetic aether is
material and ponderable ; with Mossotti and Faraday, that it is im-
ponderable ; or with Dana, that the hypothesis of any medium is en-
tirely supererogatory if (Amer. Jour, of Science [2], iv, 379, 382),
it will be generally admitted that the quantity of motion is the
proper measure of force. In an ordinary tempest, every flash of
lightning is followed by a thunder-clap, which is occasioned by the

* Mr. Ferrel refers, for a beautiful illustration of some of his propositions, to
Foucault's experiments with the gyroscope. (Amer. Jour, of Science [2], xv, 263 ;
xix, 141.)

f The connection which has been pointed out by Sabine between Schwabe's
theoretic course of the solar-spot phenomenon and the magnetic 10-11-year pe-
riod (Phil. Trans., 1852, Art. VIII), acquires a new interest from Prof. Wolfs
continued investigations into the influence of the several planets upon the sun-
spot curve. (See Monthly Notices of the Royal Ast. Soc, May 12, 1865.)

J Is the " pulsating 7>iolecular force''' of Prof. Dana's hypothesis material or
immaterial? If the latter, is it intelligent or unintelligent? IIow can momen-
tum be imparted by velocity without material mass, unless it be by the direct
and voluntary act of a competent intelligence '

Chase. 1 258 [October.

reacting gravitation of the air in the restoration of disturbed equi-
librium ; and, on the other hand, in water-spouts and tornadoes, the
flashes seem to follow, instead of preceding, the equalizing action of
aerial gravitation. We have never yet been able to measure the
electrical and gravitating momenta in such instances of violent com-
motioii ; but we can hardly doubt their exact equivalence, in view of
the well-established law, that " action and reaction are always equal
and in opposite directions." And in consideiation of such probable
equivalence, it does not seem unreasonable to quote them as standing
evidences of that long-desiderated link in the chain of kinetic unity,
lor the recognition of which the way has been partially prepared by
Henry's discovery of the tendency to equality of electric momenta,
and the correlation of intensity- and quantity-currents (Amer. Jour,
of Science [1], xxxviii, 218), Challis's hydrodynamic researches
(Phil. Mag., vol. i, sqq.), especially in their application to the expla-
nation of gravity as a necessary resultant of universal sethereal vibra-
tions (ibid. [4], xviii, 321, 443), Helmholtz's paper, "in which he
has pointed out that the lines of fluid motion are arranged according
to the same laws as the lines of magnetic force, the path of an elec-
tric current corresponding to a line of axes of those particles of the
fluid which are in a state of rotation" (Crelle's Journal for 1859,
referred to by Prof. Maxwell in Phil. Mag. [4], xxi, 348), Rankine's
" Summary of the Properties of Certain Stream Lines" (Phil. Mag.,
Oct. 18G4, pp. 282-8), Norton's recent articles on " Molecular Phy-
sics" (Amer. Jour, of Science [2], vol. 38, sqq), and a variety of
other physical discussions, some of which I have already cited.

The analogies which were pointed out by Gen. Sabine between
the thermal and magnetic curves (Hobarton Obs., I, xli; Toronto
Obs., I, xxxviii; St. Helena Obs., I, 38, &c. &c.), have been very
fully, and, generally speaking, satisfactorily discussed by Profs.
Norton (Amer. Jour, of Science [2], vols. 4, 8, 10, 19, 20) and
Secchi (Phil. Mag. [4], vols. 8, 9), the former directing his atten-
tion exclusively to the correspondence between the magnetic and
thermal variations, the latter to a hypothetical specific magnetism
resident in the sun. All of the reasoning of both these distinijuished
physicists can he applied, even more convincimjly, in siipport of the
hypothesis that simple (/ravitat ion-disturbances correspond to those
of magnetism, and many of the dijjiculties in the way of other theo-
ries disappear before such an application.

Having established the coincidence and equivalence (with oppo-
site signs) of the magnetic and gravitating lines of force (Trans.

1865.] 159 [Chase.

A. P. S., vol. xiii, Art. VI), the modifying magnetic influence of
rotation (ibid., pp. 120, 129), barometric tides (ibid., pp. 128-7),
winds (ibid., p. 121, and Proc. A. P. S., x, 104), thermal changes
(Gen. Sabine, loc. cit.), and lunar attraction (Proc. A. P. S., ix,
434-8; Trans. A. P. S., xiii, 129; and Gen. Sabine's Diagrams,
Toronto Obs., vol. iii, plate 2), and the probable, if not certain, de-
pendence of the variations of long period upon trade-winds (supra,
Exp., 19-24) and planetary positions (Sabine and Wolf, loc. cit.),
the hypothesis of any peculiar magnetic aether, electric currents, or
specific solar and lunar magnetism, to explain the normal perturba-
tions of the needle, appears to be entirely superfluous and unphilo-
sophical. Every particle of the earth's atmosphere is continually
receiving and imparting the heat which is radiated from the earth
and sun, its specific gravity constantly changing in such manner as
to produce incessant rapid and short oscillations, both in the planes
of the earth's thermal meridians* and in the great circles which
pass through the centres of the earth and sun. The consequent dis-
turbance of equilibrium, which is still farther increased by the con-
densation of vapor, the sun's direct attraction, and the earth's rota-
tion, is counterbalanced by terrestrial attraction, acting most forcibly
where the sun is in the horizon, and with the least relative eflfieiency
when the sun is in the zenith (or at noon in the summer solstice,
provided the station is extra-tropical).

The pressure thus exerted varies from 0 lb. to 151b. per square inch.
Taking the mean (7jlb. per square inch or 10801b. per square foot)
as the average equilibrating tendency, we have a force nearly fifteen
times as great as that which produces, and more than twenty-eight
times as great as that which is produced by, a violent hurricane.
(Enc. Britan., 8th edit., xiv, 647.) Only an insignificant portion of
this mighty energy is exerted in the production of the various at-
mospheric currents, the remainder being quietly transmitted from
molecule to molecule, and manifesting itself in barometric, f magnetic,
and other meteorological perturbations. The adequacy of our sup-
posed cause will therefore hardly be doubted ; and, since its pene-
trating, pervading influence can be impeded by no material shield or
screen, the demonstration of a correlation of heat and magnetism

* The earth's most powerful radiation is vertical, or in radial lines; next in
intensity is the radiation towards the thermal pole.s, or along the thermal meri-
dians; on the isothermal parallels, the radiation is comparatively insignificant.

•j- The morning and evening maxima and the noon minimum of eifective
pressure, combined with rotation, are the principal causes of the daily barometric
tides.

Chase.]

160

[October.

with the force which keeps the planets in their orbits appears to be
complete and conclusive.

It is possible that a careful study of the relation of the winds to
the various magnetic variations would bring to light other evidences
of parallelism as striking as the one I have already pointed out
(Proc. A. P. S., X, 104) between the curves of vertical magnetic
force and force of wind. Such a study might require special atten-
tion to the pressure and velocity of the wind, the times of maxima
and minima, and other particulars, the need of which would be sug-
gested by experience.

Whatever cause affects at the same instant the magnetic and aerial
currents should first manifest itself through its influence upon the
needle, on account of the amount of inertia in the air. Upon ex-
amining the second volume of the St. Helena Observations, which
contains a record of the direction of the wind at intervals of sis
hours, so arranged as to facilitate a comparison with the magnetic
declination, I find in each year, from 1844 to 1847 inclusive, that at
one hour before the observation of the wind (and in each year except
1846, at the hour of observation) there was a greater average westerly
declination when the wind was nearly east than when it was nearly
S. by E. This is shown by the following table, which embraces all
the tabulated instances when the wind was E. by N., E., E. by S.,
or S. S. E., S. by E., or S.

The variation of declination is ascertained, 1st, by subtracting
from the observed declination the monthly mean at the same hour;
2d, subtracting the monthly average of the daily means from the
mean variation of the day; and 3d, subtracting the latter result
from the former. One scale division of the declinometer =:z O'.Tll-
Increasing numbers denote decreasing westerly declination.

Year.

E. byN

.,E., OR

E. BY S.

S. S.

E., S.byE

.,orS.

o a
o

=4-. •-
°|

6 ^

Var. of decl'n.
1 h. before obs.
Scale divisions

6

®

<

Var. of decl'n.

ath.of obs.
Scale divisions

U

M m

o a
o
«« • r3
<=■§
. I>
o

Var. of decl'n.
1 h. before obs.
Scale divisions

1
Average.

1844

11

— 5.11

— .46

— 10.66

— .97

81

+ 4.77

+ .06

1845

10

— 3.09

— .31

— .52

— .05

283

— 18.28

— .06

1846

20

— 1.16

— .06

+ 4.37

+ .22

191

+ 6.78

+ .03

1847*

85

— 4.96

— .06

— 12.95

— .15

12

+ 1.52

+ .12

Total

126

— 14.32

— .11

— 19.76

— .16

567

— 5.21

— .01

* January to July inclusive.

1865.1 IQI [Chase.

The recent experiments of Marcus, showina: the direct conversion
of heat into electricity (see London Cheraical News, No. 286; Jour-
nal of the Franklin Institute, No. 478), the well-known atmospheric
daily cycles, with two maxima and two minima of electrical inten-
sity,* and the tendency of the disturbance-variations of declination,
inclination, and total force, to fluctuations which follow the solar-tidal
and barometric-tidal hours,f are all noteworthy in this connection.

In the regions of variable winds, it can hardly be supposed that
the correspondence between changes of wind and of declination
should be so marked as in the torrid zone. I find, however, upon
tabulating about two thousand of the Toronto Observations, that
there are some indications of a similar character to those in the St.
Helena Table ; but they are, comparatively, so slight, that another
form of comparison has given results which are more satisfactory to
my own mind. J

According to my several hypotheses, the magnetic impulses are
transmitted with a velocity analogous to that of light, and the posi-
tion of the needle at any moment is dependent upon the combined
action of local and cosmical forces, the former producing continual
agitations of short period, and the latter largely preponderating in
the daily means. On the other hand, the barometric and other
atmospheric changes, in consequence of greater inertia, are more
obedient to cumulative influences that have a limited local origin,
and less affected by sudden violent disturbances. It seems reason-
able, therefore, to suppose that the oscillations about the mean mag-
netic values should differ, in duration and in other respects, from
those about the thermal and barometric means. If their mutual
relations are much obscured in consequence of this difference, any
lingering evidences of inter-dependence that we may find may be
entitled to great weight.

* For some recent interesting observations upon atmospheric electricity, see
communications of Dr. A. Wislizenus in the Transactions of the Academy of Sci-
ences, St. Louis.

t The long series of observations at Toronto show this correspondence in a
very striking manner. See Gen. Sabine's Report, vol. iii, p. 63, table Ivi.

I M. Kaemtz (Meteorology, Walker's translation, p. 451) states that "the dip
depends, like the height of the barometer, on the direction of the wind and on
temperature." This is the earliest intimation I have yet discovered, which can
be possibly construed as either implying or tending to demonstrate a direct cor-
relation between weight and magnetism. The resemblance between the curves
of wind-force and magnetic vertical force, would naturally lead one to look to the
dip rather than to the declination, for the most striking evidence of the magnetic
effects of direction of the wind.

Chase.]

162

[October.

Taking Toronto as a typical station of average, and St. Helena as
one of minimum accidental magnetic disturbance, 1 first deduced
from three years' observations at each place (1843, '4, '5 at Toronto;
1843, '5, '6 at St. Helena; the observations of 1844 being com-
paratively incomplete), the average duration of the fluctuations of
each element. I found the following mean lengths of an oscillation,
measuring from the maximum of one wave to the maximum of the
succeeding wave (B representing the barometer; T, thermometer ;
H, horizontal force ; V, vertical force ; T>, declination).

B.

T.

H.

V.

D.

Toronto, . .
St. Helena,

3.98 days.
4.38 "

3.93 days.
3.67 "

4.54 days.
3.82 "

4.31 days.
4.46 "

3.10 days.
3.35 "

The mean wave-periods, taking the duration of the alternate varia-
tions above and below the monthly means, were as follows :

B.

T.

H.

V. D.

Toronto, . .
St. Helena,

2.91 days.
3.76 "

3.70 days.
3.86 "

4.55 days.

4.34 "

4.78 days. 2.32 days.
5.51 " 3.27 "

By marking with the signs -f and — the excess or deficiency of
each daily mean, the monthly mean being assumed as the standard
of comparison, I obtained the data for Tables I and II. The columns
headed C contain the number of observations that present a corre-
spondence (excess in one element accompanying excess in the other,
and vice versa), and those headed 0 give the number of instances in
which there was an opposition of signs between the daily means in-
dicated by the heading of each double column.

1865.]

1G3

[Chase.

TABLE I.

Correlations of Temperature, Gravity, and Magnetism, in the Daily
Means at Toroyito.

B. &T.

C. 0.

H. &V.

C. 0.

B. &H.

C. 0.

T. & H.

C. 0.

B. &V.
C. 0.

T. &V.
C. 0.

B. &D.

C. 0.

T. &D.

C. 0.

Jan.

9

6

11

11

9

6

10

12

16

17
22
16
"T3
16
18

^1
14
10

20
18

1
9

16 8
i8 9
15 12

2

6
8

22
21
19

14
14

8

2

1 8

20
19

9
14

9
14
16
15

15
18

18

10

9

8

11 13

10 17
15 12

11 13
14 11

4 19

9 16

10- 16

12 12

Feb.

8
16
20

13
2
4

11 11
20 5
16 8

13

10

6

8
15
18

14
15
18

10
3
6

2

6

2

22
12
22

March.

13

18
20

14

8
5

6. 21

10 16

9 16

17

10

6

10

16
19

16
12
8
18
13
12
18
16
18
13
16
16

11
14
17
~"6
12
14

~9

11

9

"13

9

8

9
4
5

18
22
20

13
16
13

19
14
14

12
10
11
5
11
12

April.

9

8

14

8
7
7
11
8
6

15
17
12

"19
20
20

"l5
17
19

4
16
26

5
19
23

20

9

0

"22

7
4

10 14
13 12
12 14

18

12

2

15

6

7

6
13
24
12
20
20

4

5
2

20
20
24

11 13

11 14

6 20

12 15
9 18

14 13
18 13

15 10
14 11

May.

10 17
16 10
15 12

5
6
6
2
1
9
6
10
5

22
21
21

11

17
13

16
10
14

June.

4
17

14

8
14
22

22

8

10

~18

13

5

13 13
20 5
20 5

20

7
5

6
18
20

24
24
15

12
14
11

14
11
14

July.

8

9

10

19
18
17

10 17
17 10

13 14

17 JO

14 13

18 8
13 13
17 8
16 10

15 9
13 14
20 7

15
5

6
11
8
6
4
3
6

12

22
21
"l6
19
20
22
22
20

21
10
14
"20"
10
8

13

7

17

18

21
17

22

13
19
19

14

8
8

12 15

11 16

12 15

August.

11
15

8

16
12

18

14
21

8

13
6

18

8
4

6
10
22

21

17

4

16
10
16

11
17
10

8 19
10 17
12 14

Sept.

9
9
8

17
16
18

22
22

15
18
18

11

7
8

2
2
4

24
23

22

16
12
12

10
18
14

11 15

12 18
12 14

Oct.

8
7
4

18
20
23

7
18
23

4
9
4

3

9

7

21

18
20

6
18
18

6
9
9

3
4
5

9
23
22

13
15

17

13
12
10

12 14
11 16

10 17

11 15

8 18

9 16
10 15

7 18

8 18
131 176
128 184
128 181

Nov.

7

13

6

19
13
19

18
22

3

15 11

18 8

19 6

8
7
2

18
19
23

15
18

11

7

6
3

20
22

16
15
12

10
11
13

Dec.

12

10

9

113

112

105

13
15
17

20
22

5

4

131

78
70

18 7
14 11
16 10

9
3
5

16
22
21

ii

16

14
10

4
1

21

25

201

220

238

15
13
13

167
175
164

10
11
13

lio

136
145

1843.
1844.
1845.

198 105
200^199
207 240

154 151
190 121
189 122

135
86
66

169
225
245

155
154

178

87
124
132

41
58
72

Total,

330 605 544 279

533 394

287

639

487

343171

659

506 421

887 541

Chase.

164

[October.

TABLE II.

Correlations of Temperature, Gravity, and Magnetism, in the Daily
Means at St. Helena.

B. &T.

H. &V.

B. &H.

T. &H. B.&V.

T. & V.

B. &D.

T. &D.

C.

0.

c.

0.

C.

0.

C.

0. C.

0.

C.

0.

C.

0.

C. 0.

11

15

14

8

14

12

7

19 15

7

6

16

12

13

14 11

Jan.

17

10

14

12

11

16

10

17

13

44

11

16

13

14

11 16

7

19

8

It

23

4

5

21

9

8

18
15

15

11

17

10

12 14

13

11

15

8

12

12

9

15

5

18

12

12

13 11

Feb.

16

8

11

11

16

8

15

9

13

9

13

9

16

8

16 8

10

14

12

12

12

12

4

20

8
9

16

18

8

16

9

15

11 13
14 13

12

15

10

17

15

12

7

20

18

9

15

12

March.

11

14

15

10

8

17

16

9

14

11

16

9

13

12

15 10

12

14

17
4

9
20

10
10

16
15

6

20

11

15

15
19

11

5

13
13

13
12

13 13

21

10

15

19

5

15 10

April.

16

10

18

7

14

11

17

8

13

13

17

9

15

11

13 13

9

16

3

16

12

13

12

13

8

11

15
19

4

7

10

15

8

10 15
12 15

10

17

5

21

15

12i 8

19

7

19

May.

10

17

6

20

20

7

5

22

7

19

19

7

12

15

17 10

10

16

6

18

14

11

6

19

7
10

18
15

22
19^

3
~^6

13
15

13
11

9 17

10

16

5

20

21

5

11

15

15 11

June.

14

11

4

21

13

12

4

21

12

13

19

6

11

14

8 17

12

14

8

15

18

8

8

18

10

13

10

13

15

11

19 7

9

17

5

19

16

9

9

16

7

18

16

9

13

13

14 12

July.

12

15

14

13

14

13

9

18' 13

14

18

9

14

13

17 10

10

17

T

20

19

8

6
6

21

13

14

22
20

5
6

14

13

11 16

5

22

3

28

20

7

21

7

19

16

11

10 17

August.

18

8

13

13

11

15

7

19

12

14

18

8

16

10

12 14

8

18

14

11

17

9

11

15

7

18

17

8

12

13

15 10

12

14

10

14

10

16

6

20

14

10

16

8

20

6

16 10

Sept.

15

11

11

15

9

17

8

18

14

12

19

7

12

14

7 19

14

12

11

15

6

20

13

13

6

20

16

10

10

15

14 11

16

10

18

6

10

16

6

20

11

13

4

20

18

8

14 12

Oct.

12

15

9

17

18

9

9

18

11

15

16

10

12

15

15 12

11

16

9

18

16

11

12

15

16

11

20

1

16

10

12 14
11 15

10

16

10

12

16

10

4

22

7

15

13

9

13

13

Nov.

12

13

7

18

14

11

9

16

10

15

15

10

15

10

12 13

14

11

11

15

15

10

12

13

13

12

14

11

13

16

12

16 10

9

16

17

8

18

7

8

17

12

13

8

17

11 13

Dec.

18

8

12

14

13

13

13

13

15

11

13

13

14

12

12 14

14

11

15

10

7

18

6

19

7

18

12

13

7

17

8 16

1843.

138

173

116

176

177

133

91

219

126

167

163

130

182

127 159 150

184.5.

171

140

134

171

161

149

122

188

147

160

194

113

163

148 155 156

1846.

131

178

121

178

169

140

101

207

115

184

186

112

149

157 150 156

Total,

440 491

371

525

507

422

314

614

388

511

543 355

494

432 464 462

1865.1

165

[Chase.

Tabulating similarly the magnetic observations for one or two
days prior and subsetiuent to the several thermonietric and barome-
tric fluctuations, I find indications of a continued action, which i.s
paralleled by the ocean swell that remains after the subsidence of the
winds by which the waves were originally excited.

In order to ascertain whether the correspondence, which is thus
shown to exist between the daily tneans of the different elements,
can also be traced in the hourly means, I noted the character of the
undulations for several entire weeks, selecting observations at differ-
ent seasons, in such a manner as I thought would give a pretty
correct approximation to the average of each of three years. Con-
sidering the increasing waves as positive and the decreasing as nega-
tive, I obtained the data which are summarily detailed in Table III.

TABLE III.

Correlations of Temperature, Gravity, and Magnetism, in the Hourly
Means at Toronto and St. Helena.

B. &T.

H. &V.

B.&H.

T.&H.

B. &V.

T. &V.

B.&D.

T. &D.

C.

0.

C.

0.

C.

0.

C.

0.

C.

0.

C.

0.

C. 0.

C.

0.

Toronto.

1st year.

197

242

208

188

212

232

227

232

201

176

162

229

225 211

195

260

2d ''

202

234

170 202

246

217

197

234

188

173

165

192

225 217

189

238

3d "

191

232

171

128

218

211

192

259

155

125

120

172

230 202

2(10

248

Total,

590

708

549

518

676

660

616

725

544 474

447

593

680 630

584

746

St. Helena.

1st year.

198

227

125

179

231

200217

187 129

183

172

131

225 205 198

204

2d "

199

2.S2

121

203

247

1891250

104 138

196

173

145

248 174 189

211

3d "

190 203

143

182

244

194

249

159

142

194

187

126

220 199

181

210

Total,

587

662

389

564

722

583

716

510

409

573

532

402

693 578

568

625

This triple comparison exhibits, in a very conclusive and satisfac-
tory manner, a connection between temperature, gravity, and mag-
netic force, which, taken in conjunction with my previously adduced
evidences of rotation-tides, appears sufficient to adequately explain
all of the well-established normal meteorological fluctuations, and to
give a clearer insight into the true meaning and value of the various
partial relations which have been previously ascertained or surmised.

Chase.] ^66 [October.

It is interesting, especially if we incline to adopt the common
hypothesis that the barometric fluctuations are all owing, mainly, if
not exclusively, to thermal disturbances, to observe that the mag-
netic force is more directly and powerfully aff"ected by variations of
temperature than the barometric pressure; and that at St. Helena
the relation of the barometric to the thermometric movements is less
marked than those of either the horizontal or vertical force to the
fluctuations of gravity and of temperature. The relative preponde-
rance of the rotation tide over the temperature tide at St. Helena
(as shown by the barometer), is an additional evidence of the eligi-
bility of that station for observing the correspondence between the
fluctuations of magnetic force and the disturbances of gravitation.

In comparing the St. Helena and Toronto totals, five of the
columns exhibit an opposition of relations, such as might have been
anticipated, because the laws of equilibrium require that a disturbed
" line of force" in one portion of the globe should be counterbalanced
by an opposite line in another portion.

The analogies that have been pointed out by Sir David Brewster
and Sir John Herschel, between the curves of terrestrial magnetism
and those of the polarization of skylight, are a natural consequence of
the mechanical laws which we have been considering. The special
maximum which Herschel finds is so diflScult to account for (Meteor-
ology, p. 2o0), may be explained by the centripetal reaction against
the centrifugal thermal and other solar disturbances, which is a
maximum at 90° from the sun.

Pending nominations 540, 541, were read.
And the Society was adjourned.

1865.] 167

Stated Meeting, October 20, 1865.

Present, twelve members.

Professor Cresson, A^ice-President, in the Chair.

Photographs of William D. Whitney and J. D. Whitney,
members, were received.

Donations for the Library were received from the London
Geographical and Geological Societies, Essex Institute,
Philadelphia Academy of N. S., Henry C. Lea, the War
Department at Washington, Messrs. Meek and Hayden, Rev.
Albert Barnes, and C. M. Ellis, Esq.

The death of J. F. Encke, a member of the Society, at
Spandau, Aug. 25th, 1865, aged 74, was announced by the
Senior Secretary.

1\\ consequence of the absence of all the members signing
recommendations to membership, the election of members was
postponed.

New nomination No. 542 was read.

On motion of Mr. Fraley the Secretaries and the Publica-
tion Committee were requested to report to the Finance
Committee their liabilities for printing the Proceedings and
Transactions, in order that appropriations may be made for
paying the same.

And the Society was adjourned.

Stated Meeting, November 3, 1865.

Present, twelve members.

Dr. Wood, President, in the Chair.

Letters of envoi were received from the R. A. at Madrid,
dated April 20th, and 28th, the R. Geog. S. London, July,

VOL. S. — X

]^gg [November.

and the New Hampshire Historical Society, Concord, Oct.
27th, 1865.

Letters of acknowledgment were received from the N. H.
S., Emden, August 1st, and the R. Asiatic S. London, June
22d, 1865.

Letters acknowledging the receipts of their Certificates
of membership were received from Geo. J. Brush, New
Haven, October 4th, Thos. C. Porter, Lancaster, October
19th, and R. L Ingersoll, October 28th, 1865.

Donations for the Library were reported from the R. A.
at Lisbon, the Geographical, Antiquarian, Asiatic, Chemical,
and Early English Text Societies at London, the Dublin
Quarterly Journal of Science, Astronomer Royal Airy, New
Hampshire State Agricultural Society, New Hampshire His-
torical Society, Franklin Institute, Captain W. F. Goodwin,
and the Superintendent of the Girard Estate, Mr. C. S.
Smith.

Dr. Gross, pursuant to appointment, presented an obituary
notice of the late member, Charles "VV. Short, the reading of
which was postponed to the following meeting.

Mr. Chase communicated certain observations on the mag-
netic observations at Toronto and St. Helena.

Prof. Cresson called attention to an article in the New
Hampshire Agricultural Reports, stating that boiling water,
applied to growing onions, will arrest the ravages of a maggot
which attacks that bulb, without injury to the bulb from the
hot water.

Prof. Cresson described also the discovery of fish in the
water of a coal mine, which had no communication Avith any
running stream upon the surface, except by percolation
through a great thickness of rocks.

Dr. Wood mentioned the discovery of a number of Indian
implements upon Cohansey Creek in New Jersey, among
which was a spindle-shaped stone, probably the roller or
pestle of a quern, for grinding food. Prof. Trego described
a similar pestle of greenstone trap from Bucks County. Mr.
Briggs described the use of such rollers by the Pueblo Indians
now.

1865.] 169

Mr. Briggs described, during a conversational discussion
of ^yaters impregnated ■\vith carbonate of lime, a recent patent
for preventing incrustations upon steam boilers.

The subject of solidifying coal dust for fuel was then dis-
cussed by a number of the members present.

Pending nominations 540, 541, 542 were read.

On motion it was ordered that the Proceedings and the
Transactions from the commencement of vol. xiii be sent to
the New Hampshire Historical Society.

And the Society was adjourned.

Stated Bleeting, November 17, 1865.

Present, fifteen members.
Dr. Wood, President, in the Chair.

Prof. Porter was introduced to the presiding oflBcer and
took his seat.

A letter from Mr. Robert Patterson to the Librarian, re-
specting a donation of books from his father's library, was
read.

Donations for the Library were received from the Russian
Academy, and Observatory, the Austrian Geographical So-
ciety, and Geological Institute, the Berlin Geological and
Botanical Societies, the Emden Natural Historical Society,
the Frankfort Zoological Society, the Royal Academy at
Madrid, the London Astronomical and Antiquarian Societies,
the Montreal Natural Historical Society, Mr. Walling, of
New York, the Franklin Institute, and the Board of Trade
of Chicago.

Dr. Gross read an obituary notice of the late Dr. Short, of
Louisville, Kentucky.

The death of Judge Wm. L. Storrs, of Connecticut, was

^70 [November-

made known to the Society, by a letter from Prof. Whitney,
of New Haven.

Mr. Lesley communicated certain facts concerning the tra-
ditional smelting of lead by the aborigines.

Prof. Trego doubted the ability of the Indians to reduce
galena, and their use or knowledge of lead, until the coming
of the Avhites among them.

Prof. Porter described a remarkable locality within the
city limits, on a reclaimed portion of the bank of the Dela-
ware, below the Navy Yard, where, during the last two years,
at least ninety species of perhaps seventy genera of plants
have been discovered, belonging to the flora of the Carolinas,
Florida, and other Gulf States, as far Avest as New Mexico,
and some of them Western plants. They are divided into two
groups, growing on the two banks of a narrow lagoon, one
bank consisting of refuse heaps from the city, and the other
bank formed by ballast heaps thrown from vessels trading
coastwise with this port. Some of these botanical waifs have
been discovered also growing on similar accumulations thrown
upon the opposite or New Jersey shore.

Prof. Porter remarked that the native flora of this part
of the United States was rapidly yielding to the inroads of a
foreign flora, railroads appearing to be one of the most active
agents of naturalization. Plants described by Dr. Gray as
rare, have already taken complete possession of the valley of
the Susquehanna, and the time may soon come when a large
part of our flora will have a foreign character.

Prof. Trego described the sudden apparition of numerous
plants, not indigenous to this locality, in the yard of the
Moyamensing Prison, introduced, as was supposed, in the
wool which the convicts used for manufacturing purposes.
Other members testified to the rapidity with which the na-
turalization of plants is going on.

The minutes of the last meeting of the Board of OflScers
and members in council, were then read.

Pending nominations 541, 542, and new nominations 543,
544 were read.

Mr. Geo. Christian Schaefier, lately elected a member, and

1865.] 271 [Gross.

whose father, the Rev. C. Schaeffer, was a member of this
Society, requested through Mr. Briggs that the proper cor-
rection should be made in the published spelling of his family
name.

On motion of Dr. Le Conto, the bill of Bowen & Co., for
three lithographic plates of Myriapoda, in the sum of three
hundred and eighty-two dollars and seventy-two cents, was
ordered to be paid by the Treasurer.

And the Society was adjourned.

OBITUARY NOTICE OF CHARLES WILKINS
SHORT, M.D.

Dr. Short was born at Greenville, Woodford County, Kentucky,
on the 6th of October, 1794. His father was Peyton Short, of Surry
County, Virginia, whose mother, Elizabeth Skipwith, was the daughter
of Sir William Skipwith, Baronet. His own mother was Mary
Symmes, daughter of John Cleves Symmes, who removed from Long
Island to Cincinnati, where, after having occupied various offices of
trust and honor, he died in 1814. Dr. Short had, beside a brother
and sister who both died in infancy, one brother, the late Judge John
Cleves Short, and one sister, the wife of Dr. Benjamin Winslow
Dudley, the eminent Kentucky surgeon. He had also several half
brothers and sisters, his father having married a second time.

The early part of Dr. Short's life was marked by no event of par-
ticular importance. It was noted chiefly for his exemplary conduct
and love of Nature, to the development of which the wild scenery of
his native village was eminently conducive. With the pleasant memo-
ries of this much-loved home of his childhood his heart was filled to
his dying day. It furnished the theme for youthful poems and the
picture for his boyish pencil. Greenfield was for many years the coun-
try residence of his father, being a farm of several thousand acres, in
one of the most beautiful and romantic regions of Kentucky, so dis-
tinguished for the variety and grandeur of its scenery. It was here,
no doubt, that he first imbibed his love for the particular science
which he afterwards cultivated with so much ardor and success, and
which contributed so greatly not only to his happiness but his
reputation.

His primary education was obtained at the school of Mr. Joshua
Fry, a celebrated teacher, under whose training were reared some of

VOL. X. — Y

Gross.] 172 [November.

the most distinguished divines, physicians, lawyers, and statesmen of
Kentucky. It was, in fact, for a long time the only male seminary
of any importance in that State. What proficiency young Short
made in his studies under the instruction of this gentleman, my in-
formation does not enable me to state ; that it was highly respectable
may be inferred, not only from the character of his mind and his
habits of industry, but from the fact that, immediately after quitting
him, he was admitted into Transylvania University at Lexington,
where he was graduated, with considerable honor, in 1810. He was
one of the speakers on commencement day, and his address on the
occasion was very warmly applauded both by the faculty and the
public.

Soon after the event just referred to, young Short began the study
of medicine under his uncle, Dr. Frederick Ridgely, a gentleman
of considerable scientific attainment, and for many years one of the
leading practitioners of Kentucky. In 1813 he repaired to Phila-
delphia, where he became a private pupil of Dr. Caspar Wistar, Pro-
fessor of Anatomy in the University of Pennsylvania. He remained
in the office of this distinguished teacher until he was graduated in
the Medical Department of this institution in the spring of 1815.
The thesis which he presented on the occasion was on the medicinal
vivtnes oi Juniper us Sab ina, aud was treated with marked ability.
During his residence in Philadelphia he was a diligent and zealous
pupil, and devoted much attention to the study of botany, a branch
of science in which he was destined to become so conspicuous. A
warm attachment sprung up during this period between the professor
and the pupil, which continued until the former died in 1818, uni-
versally beloved and honored, with a reputation coextensive with our
continent. That such should have been the case is not surprising
v^hen we consider the character of the two men. Wistar was an
eminently amiable man, of the most engaging manners and of re-
markable conversational powers ; he was the idol of his classes, and
probably the most popular teacher of his day in this country. His
social position was of the highest order, and he was the founder of
the parties which have since borne his name, and which have con-
tributed so much to the elevation of the social character of Philadel-
phia. His fondness for young men was proverbial ; he encouraged
them in their studies and aided them with his counsel and even with
his purse. The letters which young Short brought with him from
eminent citizens of the West secured him at once the entree to his
house ; they saw each other constantly, and when the young back-
woodsman at length left Philadelphia, his greatest regret was at

1865.J 173 [Gross.

parting with his beloved preceptor and friend. As a proof of this
attachment, I may mention that Dr. Wistar presented to his pupil a
cherished case of eye instruments, the trusty companions of a lon|^
lifetime, which now, that his own eye was becoming dimmed with
age, he hoped would be of service in restoring the sight of the blind
in the hands of his promising young friend after his return to the
wilds of Kentucky.

In November, 1815, Dr. Short was united in matrimony to Mary
Henry Churchill, only child of Armistead and Jane Henry Churchill,
the latter of whom, after the death of her husband, became the second
wife of Mr. Peyton Short. This circumstance occurred while Charles
W. Short, the subject of this sketch, and Mary H. Churchill were
children, who were thus brought into the same family circle. Of this
alliance, in every respect one of supreme happiness, six children sur-
vive, one son and five daughters, all of whom, excepting the youngest,
are married, and in a prosperous condition.

Soon after his marriage he returned with his wife to Kentucky,
travelling the entire distance in a spring wagon. The journey, al-
though tedious and fatiguing, was replete with interest, on account
of the beauty of the scenery along the route, and often formed the
topic of pleasant reminiscences in after years. He now settled at
Lexington, in his native State, but, not succeeding to his wishes, he
shortly after removed to Hopkinsville, where he entered into partner-
ship with Dr. Webber, and very soon obtained a large practice. It
was while living here, in a wild, hilly, and romantic region of coun-
try, now highly cultivated and densely populated, that he devoted
himself, with all the ardor of an enthusiast, to those botanical re-
searches which formed the basis of his future reputation and the
great source of his future happiness. No plant, or shrub, or tree
escaped his notice. His daily rides through the country, rendered
necessary by his practice, were invariably productive of some botanical
trophies, which, carefully dried and preserved, thus assisted in laying
the foundation of one of the richest and most valuable private her-
bariums ever collected in this or any other country. The researches
in which he was thus so assiduously engaged soon brought him into
favorable notice with scientific men, and served to establish for him
a certain degree of reputation, apart from that of the mere practice
of his profession, for which he seems never to have had any particu-
lar fondness.

In 1825 he was called to the chair of Materia Medica and Medical
Botany in Transylvania University at Lexington, his former home.
This school, then recently organized, was rapidly rising into distinc-

Gross.) 174 [November

tion, and was destined eventually, though only for a short period, to
occupy a very prominent position in the public eye. A wide field
of glory and usefulness now lay before him, and he was not slow in
availing himself of its advantages. Most of his associates in the
school were men of mark and merit. Dr. Benjamin W. Dudley, his
brother-in-law, the incumbent of the surgical chair, had already
achieved a high reputation as a teacher and an operator ; patients
flocked to him from all parts of the Mississippi Valley, and in a short
time he became the great lithotomist of America. His only rivals
were Physick and Mott ; but, owing to the great distance which sepa-
rated him from them, they were so only in name. He was literally,
for a number of years, " monarch of all he surveyed."

Dr. Charles Caldwell graced the chair of the Institutes of Medi.
cine. A resident of Philadelphia, a man of great and varied talents,
well read in and out of his profession, his fame had preceded him
to Lexington ; and it is but justice to say that he contributed most
largely, by his writings and teachings, to build up and give temporary
edat to its medical school. His tongue and pen were never idle.
A more majestic figure on the rostrum could hardly be imagined.
Tall and erect in person, with a noble head and a piercing black eye,
he was the beau ideal of an elegant, entertaining, and accomplished
lecturer. He was eloquent, but too artificial, for he had cultivated
elocution too much before the mirror.

Dr. Daniel Drake, afterwards so distinguished as a teacher and a
writer, had only a few years before made his debut in public. Em-
phatically a self-made man. he possessed genius of a superior order,
and successfully coped with his colleagues for the highest place in the
school. Of all the medical teachers I have ever known he was, all
things considered, one of the most able, captivating, and impressive.
There was an earnestness, a fiery zeal about him in the lecture-room,
which encircled his person, as it were, with a halo of glory. The
great work which he has left behind him on the " Diseases of the
Mississippi Valley," attests his industry and talents, and forms a
monument to his memory as enduring as the vast region of country
whose maladies he has so glowingly and faithfully portrayed.

Dr. Holley, a man of brilliant talents, elegant accomplishments, and
superior literary attainments, was President of the University ; and,
although not immediately connected with the medical department,
nevertheless exerted considerable influence on its destiny. Lexing-
ton, emphatically the garden spot of Kentucky, was at that time
justly regarded as the "Athens of the West;" its University had
high pretensions ; it was the home of Henry Clay ; its bar was famous

1865.] 175 [Gros!.

throughout the hind ; and its women were noted for their personal
charms and great acconiplishinents.

With j^uch men as his compeers, Dr. Short had every inducement
for exertion; and there is reason to believe that, quiet and unosten-.
tatious as he was, he exercised no ordinary influence in sustaining
the reputation of the University. His heart and soul were thoroughly
in the work. The school soon rose to an unprecedented degree of
prosperity, which it steadily maintained until the dissolution of its
great Faculty in 1837.

In 1828 he founded, along with his colleague. Dr. John Esten
Cooke, the "Transylvania Journal of IMedicine and the Associate
Sciences." With this publication, which for a long time wielded an
important influence in moulding the opinions and practice of the
groat body of physicians of the Southwest, he continued his connec-
tion until the close of the fourth volume, zealously laboring for its
interests and those of Transylvania University, whose prosperity it
was more particularly designed to promote. In this periodical is to
be found nearly everything that Dr. Short ever contributed to the
public press.

In 1837, the Medical Department of Transylvania University, after
a period of eighteen years of extended usefulness and remarkable
fame, experienced a violent convulsion, which shook it to its very
centre. Dissatisfaction of a serious character had existed for several
years among some of the Faculty in regard to the manner of con-
ducting its afi"airs. The school had grown too large for the place where
it was located ; there was a great dearth of anatomical material, and
clinical instruction was, in great measure, neglected on account of the
absence of hospital facilities. Owing to these circumstances a part
of the Faculty withdrew, and accepted chairs in the medical school
at Louisville, whither Dr. Short soon followed, although the Trustees
of the University, upon reorganizing the Faculty, had reappointed
him to his former situation.

In the University of Louisville, then a young but destined soon to
be a gigantic institution. Short had the same chair as the one he had
just vacated at Lexington. Here he quietly and unostentatiously
pursued " the even tenor of his way," devoting himself to botanical
researches and literary studies, and zealously co-operating with his
distinguished colleagues, of whom the great Drake was again one, in
promoting the interests and prosperity of the school, which soon rose
to an extraordinary height, students flocking to it from all sections of
the Mississippi Valley, until its spacious halls were completely crowd-
ed. The number of its pupils in 1847 was upwards of 400. Such

Gross.] 176 [November.

rapid success had never before been witnessed in any medical uni-
versity on this continent.

Becoming tired of medical teaching, Dr. Short dissolved his con-
nection with the Louisville school in 1849, and retired to Hayfield, a
beautiful and charming residence five miles from the city. A more
lovely spot than this could hardly be imagined. The dwelling, the
former abode of a gentleman of taste and refinement, was an elegant
mansion, with all the conveniencies of a city house. It was furnished
in the best Kentucky style, and overlooked a rich lawn of almost per-
petual verdure, such as might have charmed Calypso and her nymphs.
It was surrounded by stately elm trees; close by was an immense
spring of the coldest and most limpid water ; the rear was skirted by
a beautiful piece of woodland ; and at one side was an ample garden,
set out in shrubbery and plants, native and exotic, many of them
set out by Dr. Short's own hands. The farm, comprising several
hundred acres, was highly cultivated, and stocked with Southdown
sheep and choice cattle. It was here, in the bosom of his family,
that he spent the evening of his life, in the enjoyment of an elegant
leisure, diversified by literary and scientific pursuits.

The country for miles around Hayfield is bewitchingly beautiful ;
it is thickly settled, and in a very high state of cultivation. The
traveller, as he slowly winds his way along its public roads, is instinc-
tively attracted by the magnificence of the landscape. The wildness
of the natural scenery has given way to ample fields, intersected by
elegant fences, and dotted with groves and dwellings, buried in shrub-
bery, or reposing under the foliage of widespread elms, oaks, and
beeches. Here and there is a large mansion, or the neat New Eng-
land cottage, the abode of wealth and elegant refinement; the whole
forming a grand tableau, well calculated to warm the imagination and
inspire the soul of a pastoral poet.

It had always been one of the cherished objects of his life to have
a house in the country, such were his love of nature and his distaste
of city excitement. Even during his I'esidence at Louisville, where
his winters were occupied with his college duties, his summers were
devoted to the improvement of a pretty little place on the Ohio River,
near North Bend, which he called " Fern Bank," from the fact that
it abounded in plants of that name. Here with his family around
him, in the neighborhood of the residence of a much-loved and only
brother, his time was spent much more in accordance with his tastes
than in the noise and bustle of the city.

His only patrimony, in early life, was a good name ; but by untir-
ing industry and economy he eventually accumulated a moderate but

1865.] 177 [Gross.

independent fortune, which was considerably augmented, in 1849, by
the death of his uncle, William Short, Esq., of Philadelphia, of
whose estate he was one of the principal heirs. To this uncle Dr.
Short was greatly attached ; he made him not only frequent visits but
maintained a constant correspondence with him, his letters, down to
the time of his death, numbering upwards of five hundred. From a me-
morandum now before me it seems that he was a native of Virginia,
having been born in Surry County in that State in 1759. " His life,
public and private," records the tombstone erected to his memory at
Laurel Hill Cemetery, "was distinguished by ability, probity and in-
dustry never questioned. He received from President Washington,
with the unanimous approval of the Senate, the first appointment to
public ofiice conferred under the Constitution of the United States;
and from President Jefferson, whose affectionate friendship he always
largely possessed, proofs of similar confidence." Mr. Short lived for
a considerable time in France, first as secretary to Mr. Jefferson, and
afterwards as a private citizen. He was at Paris during the most
eventful period in the history of France, and, indeed, of all Europe.
As a citizen of Philadelphia, he occupied a prominent position, and
enjoyed the confidence and esteem of a large circle of acquaintances
and admiring friends.

His botanical researches brought Dr. Short in relation with many
of the most distinguished scientific men of P]urope and America.
Prominent, among the former, were Sir William Hooker, director of
the Royal Gardens at Kew, near London ; De Candolle, of France ;
Joachim Steets, of Hamburg; Professor C. F. Meisner, of Switzer-
land ; Uzrelli, of Italy ; Thomas Nuttall and Mr. Wilson, of Eng-
land. With Sir William Hooker, whose death at the age of eighty
was only recently recorded, he was in constant communication for up-
wards of twenty years, and a large volume of his letters is now in the
possession of the family. This correspondence, begun as a purely
professional one, soon ripened into the most intimate intercourse,
which manifested itself in various acts of kindness and the inter-
change of little mementoes, always gratifying to scientific men.

His American correspondents were too numerous to be mentioned.
Among the most valued and distinguished were Asa G-ray, Torrey,
Darlington, Bachman, Agassiz, Engelmann, Audubon, Meade, Carey,
Curtis, Lapham, and Durand. Dr. Gray was a warm friend of Dr.
Short, and soon after his death he published in Silliman's Journal, a
beautiful and appropriate tribute to his memory.

He was a member of various scientific societies, both foreign and
domestic. After his death, a number of diplomas were found among

Gross.] 178 ' [November.

his papers, but so retiring was he in his disposition and habits, and so
modest in his intercourse with the world, that no little difficulty was
experienced in hunting up these honors, for which he seems to have
cared very little.

"As a lecturer," says one who intimately knew him as a friend and
colleague — Professor Henry Miller, of Louisville, — " his style was
chaste, concise, and classical, and his manner always grave and digni-
fied. His lectures were always carefully written, and read with a good
voice and correct emphasis. He never made the least attempt at dis-
play, nor set a clap trap in all his life." His courteous deportment
made him a favorite alike with his pupils and his colleagues, the latter
of whom he served for a number of years, both at Lexington and
Louisville, as Dean, an office of no little importance in a medical
school. He hated controversy, and never engaged in any of the
medical quarrels at one time so rife at these two places.

In stature Dr. Short was of medium height, well proportioned, with
light hair and complexion, blue eyes, and an ample forehead. His
features, when lighted up by a smile, were radiant with goodness and
beneficence. In his manner he was graceful, calm, and dignified ;
so much so that one coming into his presence for the first time, might
have supposed him to be haughty and ascetic ; such, however, was
not the case. A kinder heart never vibrated in a human breast.
Naturally mild and amiable, he had all of a woman's gentleness, with
a mind of inflexible firmness upon all questions of duty. Of a sen-
sitive, diffident disposition, he rather shunned than courted society,
and never appeared to greater advantage than in the bosom of his own
family, or in the midst of a few select friends. As he advanced in
life, he grew more serious, but never was morose or even cynical.
The sanctity of his heart was never invaded by such a feeling. He
had studied God and man too closely ; had enjoyed too great a degree
of happiness and prosperity to cherish such a sentiment, or to exhibit
such a trait in his intercourse with the world. I have the testimony
of one who knew him well and intimately that he never saw any per-
son who enjoyed more heartily an agreeable anecdote, or an innocent
and amusing story. All his impulses, in fact, were of the noblest and
most generous nature. The poor never knocked at the door of his heart
without a prompt response. His moral character was untarnished.
No one ever dared to impugn his motives, or to call in question the
purity of his acts. As has been well observed by one of his scientific
friends, he had an uncompromising sense of justice, and a keen hatred
of everything mean and unworthy. He was a model man ; a model
philosopher; a model Christian. As a husband and father, his

]S65.] 279 [Gross.

character reached perfection as nearly as is, perhaps, possible. His
family not only loved, but revered hina. His children often accom-
panied him in his botanical excursions, and assisted hiui in drying
and arranging his specimens. One of his daughters, in referring to
these labors, assures me that many of the happiest recollections of her
childhood are connected with these excursions. "To those," she
continues, "who met my father as colleagues, or as mere acquain-
tances, but little was known of his character in domestic life; only
those who were the recipients of his deep affection, as wife and chil-
dren, can form even a faint idea of his goodness. His home was
truly his heaven on earth."

In his relation to those who were placed by Providence under his
charge as servants, he was truly " the friend in need ;" he treated
them with real parental kindness, and spared no pains to improve
their moral and religious character. Soon after he moved to Hay-
field, three old negroes, once the property of his father, sought his
care and protection, in order that they might die under his hospitable
roof. Two of them had been free for thirty years.

In regard to his religious views, Dr. Short connected himself early
in life with the Presbyterian Church, of which he remained a faithful
and consistent member up to the time of his death. He made no
ostentatious parade of his piety. The same retiring disposition, the
same modesty and gentle demeanor that characterized his outer-life,
attended him here. Without entering into details, it may be stated
that there is every reason to believe that he rendered to his God a
good account of the talents committed to his keeping. His very pro-
fession, as a practical botanist, brought him in daily communion with
the Creator. A naturalist can neither be a skeptic nor a bad man.
He finds a sermon in every plant, in every stone, in every living
thing. The direct tendency of the study of the sciences, of botany
in particular, is to refine and humanize our tastes, and to inspire us
with love and reverence for the Deity. " Consider the lilies of the
field how they grow; they toil not, neither do they spin; and yet
I say unto you that Solomon in all his glory was not arrayed like one
of these." Botany is emphatically the poetry of the sciences, or, as
has been beautifully remarked by one of its most able and successful
cultivators, "the amiable science."

When Dr. Short left the University of Louisville, the Board of
Trustees, at once, as a just tribute to his long and faithful services,
elected him Emeritus Professor of Materia Medica and Medical
Botany; while his colleagues united in a complimentary letter, ex-
pressive of their warm personal regard, and of their hope that he

Gross.] 180 [November.

might find in his retirement the ease and comfort for which he had
so long sighed.

He was now in the fifty-fifth year of his age, with all his faculties,
mental and corporeal, in full vigor. It was believed that one of the
objects he had in view in quitting the school was to write a work on
the botany of the Southwestern States, for which he had long been
engaged in collecting material. His herbarium was one of the most
extensive and complete in the country, and few, if any, were so
thoroughly and intimately acquainted with its flora. With descrip-
tive powers of a high order, with leisure at once elegant and refined,
with a scholarly mind and independent wealth, he was capable of
producing a work of the most profound interest and value, replete in
originality and calculated to reflect vast credit, not only upon him-
self as an able and finished botanist, but upon the scientific character
of the nation. He might, in a word, have eff'ected for his favorite
science what Wilson and Audubon so happily effected for ornithology.
But, strange to say, he never accomplished his purpose. He seemed
to be afraid to enter upon the task. Writing was distasteful to him,
and his days and nights passed without yielding any scientific fruits.
His vast collection of dried specimens, one of the richest of the kind
in the world, is now in the possession of the Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia; and other hands than his will, doubtless,
ultimately delineate and describe it. It was originally bequeathed
to the Smithsonian Institution at Washington, but as there was no
suitable apartment for its preservation, it was fortunately sent to this
city, whose scientific men cannot fail to appreciate its value and im-
portance, and to render it ultimately available to the permanent fame
of its author.

Most of Dr. Short's time during his residence at Hayfield, was
spent in his herbarium, a model of elegance and neatness. It was,
in fact, his daily study, absorbing nearly all his attention, especially
in the winter. Here, year after year, he prepared, arranged and
labelled his specimens, receiving and sending collections to all parts
of the civilized globe, mainly through the hands of European botan-
ists, and they through their colonies in more remote regions. In
this labor, one of love and almost of necessity to him, he was often
assisted by his daughters, many of whose happiest moments were
thus spent in his presence, under circumstances of the most gratify-
ing and delightful nature. The labels used upon his specimens
were generally printed by their own hands by means of a small home-
made press.

In summer his garden afforded him great delight in the planting

1865.] l^l [Gro89.

and propagation of various plants and trees, which he often watched
with the most tender care and the greatest interest. Neither Wil-
son nor Audubon ever watched a bird with more solicitude than he
his flowers. His garden was spread over several acres, and few per-
sons visited Hajfield without an introduction to it. For the more
commonplace routine of his farm he had little or no taste, although
it was one of the most magnificent in Kentucky. A general super-
intendence was all the attention he bestowed upon it.

Thus were his latter days passed — in the garden in summer, in the
herbarium in winter — until about two years before his death, when
he was seized with great debility and ennui, and seemed to have
lost, in a great degree, his interest in things around him. His last
illness was pneumonia, which soon assumed a typhoid form, and
terminated his valuable life on the 7th of March, 1863, in the sixty-
ninth year of his age. He sank away so quietly and calmly that the
friends who watched him scarcely knew when the spirit fled. His
remains repose in Cave Hill Cemetery, near Louisville.

The name of Dr. Short is commemorated by a number of plants, a
list of which has been kindly furnished me by Mr. Durand, of this
city, himself an able and accomplished botanist.

1st. Genus Sliortia, founded by Professor Asa Gray, on a plant of
the Pyrola family, discovered by Michaux on the mountains of
North Carolina.

2d. A cruciferous plant, Vesicaria Shortt'i, described by Professor
Torrey, and discovered by Dr. Short on the banks of Elkhorn Creek,
Lexington, Kentucky.

3d. A leguminous plant, Phaca Shortiana of Nuttall, found in
Missouri.

4th. Aster Shorfi'i, so named by Boott, growing in Ohio, Wis-
consin, and other regions.

5th. SolulxKjo Shortii, of Torrey and Gray, discovered at the Falls
of the Ohio.

6th. Carex Shortiana of Dewey, extending from Southern Penn-
sylvania beyond Illinois.

It will thus be seen that five eminent botanists have paid a just
tribute to one whom they honored as an able and indefatigable laborer
in the same field of science which they themselves have so earnestly
and successfully cultivated. A stronger proof than this of the high
appreciation and affectionate regard in which Dr. Short was held by
them, could not be afforded. They seemed to have vied with each
other to gratify him during his lifetime, and to perpetuate his name

Gross.] 182 [November.

and fame after his death. Such acts are a beautiful reflection of the
purity and unselfishness of the soul of science.

His love for his favorite science was so great, his desire for a diifu-
sion of its knowledge so ardent, that he gave away not only all that
he could spare from his own magnificent herbarium, but was a con-
stant subscriber to all the North American collections within his
reach. He planned and effectually aided several distant and diffi-
cult botanical explorations; and he purchased, at a liberal price, the
rich herbarium of Berlandier, the fruit of extensive researches in
Texas and Mexico.

He had a large and select library, containing about 3000 volumes,
one-fourth of which were rare and costly botanical works, of which
he was very fond. He possessed a fine literary taste, and always
perused the choicest books. He had, however, a higher opinion of
the authors of the past than those of the present generation, esteem-
ing Fielding and Sir Walter Scott as far superior to the moderns.
The latter was his great favorite ; he had the best editions of his
works, and a volume of them was always to be found upon his table.
Several magnificent engravings of Sir Walter hung about the house,
and he was very familiar with his life and character as drawn by
Lockhart. Notwithstanding his love of classical and scientific knowl-
edge, he was very fond of mechanical pursuits, and often amused
himself in binding his loose papers into volumes, constructing the
wooden cases for his plants, and making various little alterations and
repairs about the place.

The writings of Dr. Short are extremely limited. If collected in
book-form they would hardly fill a duodecimo volume of three hun-
dred pages. They relate, for the most part, to botanical topics, and
consist principally of articles contributed to the " Transylvania Jour-
nal of Medicine," of which, as already stated, he was for some time
an editor. They all evince the accuracy and good taste which he
carried into everything he attempted. In 1826, soon after his ap-
pointment to the chair of Materia Medica in Transylvania University,
he commenced, in that journal, the publication of a series of papers
designed to illustrate the nature of the vegetable productions of the
neighborhood of Lexington and the circumjacent parts of Kentucky.
He became particularly impressed with the want of such a guide
while engaged, during the previous summer, in delivering, to a small
class of students, a course of lectures on botany. His object was to
furnish a complete local flora, similar in principle to that of Dr. Dar-
lington, of the plants of West Chester, Pennsylvania. The only
two systematic treatises on American botany then extant were those

1865. J lg3 [Gross.

of the elder Michau.x and of Pursh, the former published at Paris in
1803, the latter at London in 1814. The works of Bigelow, Barton,
and Darlington, issued at a later period, were of a purely local cha-
racter, and could therefore be of no special service to Western pupils.
The papers thus commenced were continued until 1845.

The next article from his pen was one on the " Cultivation of cer-
tain Medicinal Plants," in which he drew the attention of the pro-
fession to the importance of cultivating various substances of the
materia mcdica, such, for example, as digitalis, senna, poppy, and
castor oil, with a view of securing a more reliable supply of drugs.
The subject had engaged much of his reflection, and he expressed
great confidence in our ability to furnish these and other articles of
superior quality.

" Notices of Western Botany and Conchology," — a paper jointly
published by himself and Mr. H. Halbert Eaton — appeared in 1830,
in the fourth volume of the Transylvania Journal. They comprise a
brief account of the plants found between Lexington and the Ohio
River, a distance of about eighty miles, traversed by the explorers
for the most part on foot. As the season was unusually dry, an ex-
cellent opportunity was aflforded them of examining the shells of this
celebrated stream, and also of the contiguous portions of the Great
Miami River. Hardly two years had elapsed from the time of this
agreeable and instructive ramble when Dr. Short was called upon to
mourn the death of his associate, a man of extraordinary promise as
a naturalist, and universally beloved and esteemed for his amiable
and social qualities. In an address, delivered at the opening of the
session of the Transylvania University in 1832, Dr. Short pro-
nounced a feeling and eloquent eulogy upon his life and character.
Mr. Eaton was quite young at the time of his death. His zeal in
the pursuit of science had early lighted the fire which consumed
him. *' Science' self destroyed her favorite son."

Soon after this he published an elaborate paper, entitled "Instruc-
tions for the Gathering and Preservation of Plants in Herbaria," in
which he depicts, in glowing terms and at full length, the manual
labor of a botanist in forming his collection, and in arranging and
labelling his specimens. Appearing, as it did, at a period when
very little was known upon those subjects in this country, it must
have been of great service to the young men engaged in this pur-
suit, so delightful and invigorating alike to mind and body. What
student of Nature is there that cannot appreciate the feeling so elo-
quently expressed by the great and good f]lliott, one who himself so
often worshipped at her shrine, in the following sentence: "The

Gross.] 184 [November.

study of natural history," says he, " has been for many years the
occupation of my leisure moments ; it is a merited tribute to say that
it has lightened for me many a heavy and smoothed many a rugged
hour; that, beguiled by its charms, 1 have found no road solitary,
rough or difficult, no journey tedious, no country desolate or barren.
In solitude never solitary, in a desert never without employment, I
have found it a relief from the languor of idleness, the pressure of
business, and the unavoidable calamities of life."

In 1836 he cootributed an article on Botanical Bibliography, com-
prising a notice of some of the more recent treatises on American
botany. When this paper was published upwards of twenty years
had elapsed since he had entered upon his favorite study with hardly
any works to guide him. Now he was able to refer the young votary
to the admirable productions of Torrey, Drummond, Hooker, Beck,
Gray, and others; men who, like himself, have accomplished so much
in diffusing a taste for the cultivation of this " amiable science," and
whose names will be forever honorably associated with the progress
of natural history in the United States.

The Bibliographia Botanica was speedily followed by " A Second
Supplementary Catalogue of the Plants of Kentucky," a paper based
upon his botanical explorations of that State in 1835, and embracing
an account of nearly two hundred species added to the number pre-
viously described by him. A considerable number of these plants
had either been unknown or had never been introduced into any of
the systematic treatises on American botany.

Then followed a " Sketch of the Progress of Botany in Western
America," a short but most instructive article, affording a full ac-
count of the improvements in our botanical knowledge since the com-
mencement of the present century. The interest of the article is
greatly enhanced by the fact that it is interspersed with brief sketches
of the lives and services of our most distinguished botanists. Soon
after this appeared his '' Third Supplementary Catalogue of the
Plants of Kentucky," comprising a brief description of the plants
observed by him since the publication of his former contributions to
the subject.

In 1845 he wrote a paper, entitled "Observations on the Botany
of Illinois." It was addressed, in the form of a letter, to one of his
colleagues, Dr. Drake, and was published in the " Western Journal
of Medicine and Surgery," edited by that distinguished teacher and
philosopher. It was, if I do not err, his last contribution to a medi-
cal periodical, — probably the last he ever composed. It was written
with special reference to the autumnal flora of the prairies. In the

1865.] 285 [Gross.

journey which he undertook for tlie purpose, and which was per-
formed in the latter part of summer, Dr. Short was accompanied by
his brother and several intimate friends, on account of the interest
they took in the objects of the tour. He travelled in a light covered
wagon, purposely constructed for the accommodation of an extensive
collection, and he was constantly on the lookout for everything of
interest. He passed over a distance of nearly four hundred miles,
including the best portion of the State of Illinois, and returned, late
in the season, laden with botanical treasures. The emotions he ex-
perienced on beholding, for the first time, a large prairie, is thus
graphically described : "On reaching the centre of one of these im-
mense natural meadows, the view presented to the eye of a novice in
such scenery is one of the most pleasing sort. But beautiful, im-
posing, and grand as is this spectacle, I must own that, in a botanical
point of view, I was disappointed ! The flora of the prairies — the
theme of so much admiration to those who view them with an ordi-
nary eye — dpes not, when closely examined by the botanist, present
that deep interest and attraction which he has been led to expect.
The leading feature is rather the unbounded profusion with which a
few species occur in certain localities than the mixed variety of many
different species occurring everywhere." Certain plants seemed to
monopolize, if such an expression be allowable, certain districts, ex-
tending, perhaps, over thousands of acres, and exhibiting the appear-
ance of a vast flowering garden, of almost every shade of color, from
the purest white to the deepest yellow, red, or purple. What parti-
cularly struck him was the remarkable absence of ferns, and the as-
tonishing paucity of mosses, in these prairies. Of the former he did
not meet with a single specimen of any species of the extensive tribe
in the more open meadows, — a circumstance evidently due, as he
supposed, to the want of shade and moisture in which most of these
plants so much delight.

The above catalogue comprises, so far as I know, all, or nearly all,
that Dr. Short ever wrote upon botany. His other writings consisted
mainly, if not wholly, of medical cases and college addresses.

In 1830, he communicated to the Transylvania Journal of Medicine
the particulars of a case, then considered as very curious, of spontaneous
combustion of the human body. The subject was a female, of intem-
perate habits, upwards of sixty-five years of age. Without fully in-
dorsing the idea of the possibility of such an occurrence, he expressed
the opinion that it was an example of a more general destruction of
the human body by caloric than could easily be explained upon ordi-
nary principles, or the amount of combustible material present on the

Gross.] 186 [November.

occasion. The whole question relative to this subject is still an open
one.

A case of paralysis of the kidneys occurs in the third volume of the
Journal. At the time this case was published only a few examples
of this singular disease, described by Dr. John Mason Good, the cele-
brated author of the " Book of Nature," and of an erudite treatise on
Medicine, under the name of parvria inops, had been recorded. The
late Dr. George Hay ward, of Boston, was the first to call attention to
it in this country. An instance of it had previously been published
by Sir Henry Halford, physician to George IV.

Another case of disease, deserving of brief mention, was one of
polyp of the face, successfully treated by tartar emetic. The cure
seems to have been perfect; for the woman, when last seen, three
years afterwards, was entirely well. The tumor, apparently seated in
the antrum, involved the upper jaw, and had assumed quite a threaten-
ing aspect when the patient was put under treatment, consisting of
the internal use of a weak solution of tartrate of antimony and potassa,
steadily persisted in for six months.

In 1824, Dr. Short had the misfortune to lose his venerated pre-
ceptor and early friend. Dr. Frederick Ridgely, of Lexington, Ken-
tucky, and soon after this event he published a beautiful and well-
merited eulogy upon his life and character. A native of Maryland,
from which he had early emigrated to the West, Ridgely had been
a surgeon in the Continental army, and for more than thirty years an
eminent practitioner at Lexington. He was present at a number of
the battles of the Revolution, possessed uncommon professional skill,
had a well-cultivated mind and the most agreeable manners, and was
especially noted for his charitableness to the needy and his unrequited
services to the poor. Many of the most distinguished physicians of
Kentucky, in his day,' were his private pupils. Dr. Short was not
only warmly attached to him, but loved him with filial affection.

In 1835, he published "A Brief Historical Sketch of the Origin
and Progress of Cholera Asphyxia," based upon information mainly
derived, as he himself states, from accounts of this disease in professed
treatises and the reports of physicians and boards of health in various
parts of the world. He traces the march of this frightful distemper
from its first appearance in the Delta of the Ganges in 1817, to its
irruption in June, 1833, at Lexington, whose population it completely
decimated, carrying off more than six hundred persons in the space
of a few weeks, in a city, which, up to that time, was regarded as so
salubrious as to induce the belief in the minds of its most enlightened
physicians that an outbreak of the epidemic would be a matter of
impossibility.

1865.] ]^g7 [Lesley.

Stated Meeting, December 1, 1865.

Present, fifteen members.

Prof. Cresson, Vice-President, in the Chair.

A letter with photograph was received from Mr. R. W.
Fox, near Falmouth, England, dated 7th month 11th, 1865.

A letter requesting the return of manuscripts was received
from Mr. Julien, dated New York, Nov. 28th, 1865.

A letter concerning the Zeisberger manuscripts was re-
ceived from Mr. D. W. Fiske, dated Syracuse, Nov. 13th, 1865.
On motion, it was referred to the Library Committee.

A letter of envoi was received from Mr. I. A. Sheppard,
dated Boston, Nov. 29th, 1865.

Donations for the Library were received from the London
Meteorological Society, Boston N. H. S., Silliman's Journal,
Mr. Sheppard, Dr. Hammond, Mr. Patterson, and the Cali-
fornia N. H. Society.

The death of Dr. Wm. M. Euler,^a member of the Society,
at Philadelphia, on the 27th ult., aged 45, was announced by
the Secretary.

An application for the Magellanic premium was read and
referred to the Board of Ofl&cers.

Mr. Lesley communicated certain extracts from letters
concerning the development of the East Kentucky oil region,
with records of some of the recent borings.

1. A letter from Mr. Hatailton Lyon, dated Paintville, Ky., Oct.
30th, 1865, "Dear Sir: In accordance with my promise last spring
inclosed you will please find the records of the boring of several wells
in this vicinity, made up by the proprietors and superintendents with
much care ; and in the main, I think they are pretty reliable. Dix-
on's Oil turned out a mere seep, which a few hours' pumping ex-
hausted. Of the 'Spradhn Well,' on 'Little Mud Lick,' the
property of the 'Cliff Spring Co.,' which I am superintending, I am
unable to give you anything like a definite record. The first 300
feet were bored before the war, and all records lost. I doubt very

VOL. X. — z

Lesley.]

188

[December

much if one could have been got, from the fact that the gas has
always carried the borings off. At 330, however, I am satisfied I
struck the first Limestone ; and at 341 a stratum of Shale, similar to
that struck by Brown at 346. This was succeeded by Limestone,
which has continued to where I am at present, 410. Brown's well
and mine are on the same line of strike, one mile apart."

Low's Well, belonging to the

Big Paint Creek Oil Co., and
located in Preston's Plat, at the
mouth of Paint Creek.

Conductor 69J ft.

White Sandrock 4 73

Black Slate 9 82

Dark Sandrock 8 90

White " 6 96

Dark Slate 59 155

Sandrock 9 164

Black Slate 56 220

Sandrock 180 400

Slate 6 406

Sandrock 84 490

Black Sandrock 20 510

Black Slate 10 520

Limestone ] 20 540

Dark Sandrock f xi 25 565

Limestone J 47 612

Salt Water, at from 375 to 400

Steven's Well, on Wallace

Euel's Place, on Paint Creek,
one mile from Paintville.

Conductor 40 ft.

Slate and Soapstone 9 49

Coal 2 51

Gray Sandrock 880 431

Blue " 2 433

Dark " 22 455

Soapstone 14 469

Limestone or fine sand 7 476

Light-colored Slate 3 479

Dark Sand 14 493

Limestone xi 115 608

Olive Shale 57 665

Light-colored Slate 15 680

Madison Petroleum Co.'s Well,
opposite Stafford's Mill, four miles
from Paintville and on the same
side of the Creek. Brown, Supt.
Conductor 49 ft.

Gray Sandrock 10 59

White " (hard) 1 60

Soapstone and Clay 1 61

Gray Sandrock 281 342

Black Calcareous Sand 4 346

" Slate 8 354

" Calcareous Sand 16 370
Limestone (hard) xi 77 447
Olive Shale 94 541

Slate 85 626

Strong Salt Water at 290 ft.

Dixon's Well on Paint Creek,
and three hundred yards from Old
Hinkley Well, nine miles above
Paintville.

Conglomerate Sandrock "] 15 ft.
White " ! 19 34

Laminated " 1*17 51

Gray " J 36 87

Soapstone 67 154

Hard White Sandrock 36 190
Blue " 5 195

Soapstone 18 213

Slate 6 219

Coarse White Sandrock 1 31250
Flinty Kock j 7 257

" Sandrock y 15 272

Brown " and Chalk I 8 280
White Sandrock J *42 322

* All Conglomerate
** Limestone
Struck vein of oil at 298 ft.

1865.] ]^S9 [Lesley,

2. A letter from Mr. U. C. Burnap, Brooklyn, Nov. 27th, 1865 :
"About a dozen wells are in progress on Paint Creek, some of them
down 900 feet; but as yet no oil has been struck, except small veins
near the surface. Operations are still going on, and at least two of
the wells will be put down to 1500 feet. New wells are being com-
menced near the Oil Springs, though the opinion seems to be gain-
ing ground that the deposits of oil are ahove the water-level and that
no oil will be found except the heavy oil which leaks through the XII
series. All the Sandy Valley has been very thoroughly prospected
from a point seven miles below Louisa to Paintville. Not less than
30 wells are now going down, many of which are below GOO feet.

It is said that the operations in Cumberland County have been
successful, and that several large wells have been struck ; but the
stories are rather apocryphal.

My last trip extended up 130 miles above Paintville to the Ten-
nessee line. All through the Valley the same exhibitions of surface
oil are found, but no wells are going down above the mouth of Paint.

Every well down 500 feet is producing salt water in abundance."

Mr. Lesley remarked upon the contents of these letters that they
went to confirm his published views of the source of the surface oil
deposits of the Valleys of the Sandy in Eastern Kentucky. There
is an actual horizon of oil at the base of the coal measures. The
plants of the great conglomerate (XII) have been converted into thick
oil, and reach the surface by a horizontal drainage above water-level,
over the water-bearing shales of the False or Lower Coal Measures.
The next horizon of oil is undoubtedly far down in the Devonian,
near or even below the base of the Knobstone Formation of Kentucky.

Dr. Newberry read a paper at the meeting of the National Acade-
my, held in August last at Northampton, Mass., in which he asserted
that the great flows of oil which took place, years ago, in Southern
Middle Kentucky, came from the Loioer Silurian Limestones. The
same horizon has yielded oil in limited quantities back of Chicago in
Illinois. Mr. Lesley learned, during a recent visit to Montreal, that
the Canadian Geological Survey had found the Lower Silurian Lime-
stones of the Manatoulin Islands in Lake Huron, oil bearing. Mr.
Lesley lately saw, himself, small quantities of petroleum trickling
from Upper Silurian Limestones at Cape Gaspe, the easternmost
point of Canada East, the surfaces of the limestone bed being almost
covered with the vestiges of cocktail fucoids, coralloids, bivalves, and
trilobites.

Lesley.] 190 [December.

Stress has been laid by some geologists of note upon a supposed
genetic connection between the accumulation of Petroleum and
anticlinal axes. But there are no anticlinal axes in the Pennsylvania
oil region of the French and Oil Creek wells, nor in the Pennsylvania
and Ohio Oil region of the Beaver River, nor in the E. Kentucky
oil region of the Sandy and Licking waters. The only well-defined
anticlinal among oil wells is a mere upsqueeze crossing the Ohio
River near Marietta, bringing the oil rocks near enough the surface
to be tapped, and thus only effecting the finding of oil. There is no
apparent connection between the petroleum of the Alleghany River
salt wells above Pittsburg, and any of the anticlinals which separate
the great coal area into basins, to the east of them. The asserted
east and west anticlinals of the Enniskillen oil region in Canada
West, are very problematical, their places being covered by a peculiar
mud drift of local character; and their existence has been rendered
still more doubtful by the recent discovery by Prof. James Hall, of
Genesee Slates on Lake Huron, and at points between it and Lake
Erie. This goes to show a north and south synclinal just across the
supposed lines of east and west anticlinal. The true relationship of
petroleum with surface springs seems to be one of simple hydrostatics.
Every natural oil-spring is an artesian spring, without regard to the
existence of anticlinals or profound earth-crust faults.

Dr. Wirtz has recently published a remarkable and important re-
port upon the West Virginia petroleum vein, and its mineral matter,
which, he says, is not Alhertite, but a new compound, which he calls
Grahamite. He has admirably well discussed the selvage structure
of the vein. But the geological evidences of the generation of this
mineral from the petroleum, which is obtained by the borings of that
region, must outweigh any mere chemical reasoning on the composi-
tion of the mineral itself; especially when we recollect how infinitely
varied are the characters of the products of different oil wells. Dr.
Wirtz is wrong in ascribing to Mr. Lesley any idea of connecting the
asphaltum of this vein with the Marietta anticlinal or any other.
The vein crosses the Marietta upthrust (it is no anticlinal in the
ordinary sense) nearly at right angles.

The following is a record of about 950 feet of the Babcock and
Adams well, now going down, on the property of the Clarion Coal &
Oil Co., three or four miles north of Buena Vista, in McKean County,
Pa., given by Mr. 0. N. Adams, of Chicago.

1865.

191

[Lesley.

Judge Wilcox's old mansion, about 425 feet above the Valley.
Lowest coal-bed, about 300 feet above the Well in the Vallc)^

Mouth of well.

ft.

Pipe conductor .

. 41

Slate rock .

. 30

Red rocks .

137^

Sandstone .

. 8

Slate .

. 26

—

These red rocks represent '

Eed rocks .

64

the red shale formation.

Blue sand rock .

. 21

-

No. XI, under the conglome-

. 344

Sand rock .

. 5

—

rate ; the red sand formation

Red rocks .

31

No. IX; and the "red band"

Slate rock .

. 13

—

in No. VIII.

Sand rock .

• 8

—

Red rocks .

31 J

14

First sand rock made up of quartz crystals

Slate rocks and thin sands . . . 85 ^

Sand rocks and some slates . . • '^^ f Chemung ?

Slate rocks and thin sands . . . 77 ^

Second sand rock made up of quartz crystals . . . . .20

Slate rocks, &c 43"

Sand rocks, &c 48

" Soapstone" (compact clays) . . 65

Dark sandy rocks, about . . .40

" Soapstone" (clay beds) about . . 60

Total, present sinking, Dec. 1, 1865, 914

Or, below the coal, about ........ 1200

Portage ?

209

256

Mr. Chase referred to the lately published hydrogen sul-
phur tests of Mr. Barrett in England, and thought they afford
a plausible explanation of the production of the peculiar odor
so often noticed in connection with the striking of objects by
lightning.

Mr. Marsh described his observations on the nights of the
12th and 13th of November from his window in Germantown,
looking towards the radiant point in the northeast. Even
under these unfavorable circumstances he was able to observe
66 meteors in 96 minutes. The hourly average has therefore
been steadily on the increase for the last four years, giving a
good reason for expecting the grand maximum next year.

Dr. Wilcox described the phenomenon as he saw it in
the country from 11 P. M. to 5 J A. M. About midnight two
meteors rose from the horizon and vanished upwards ; many

1Q9 [December.

Others skirting the horizon. The radiant point was well de-
fined and fixed.

The Treasurer presented his annual report, which was re-
ferred in due course to the Finance Committee.

The Publication Committee presented its annual report.

Pending nominations 540-544, and ncAV nomination 545
was read.

On motion of the Librarian, the.Montreal Natural History
Society was ordered to be placed on the list of Correspond-
ing Societies to receive both Proceedings and Transactions.

And the Society was adjourned.

Stated Meeting, Decemher 15, 1865.

Present, thirteen members.
Dr. Wood, President, in the Chair.

Letters, acknowledging the receipt of Transactions and
Proceedings, were received from the following corresponding
societies :

New York Historical Society, May 31, 1865, Nos. 12, 13,
14, XIII, i.

Rheinland Nat. Hist. Union, March 3, 1865,

German Geological Society, Nov. 6, 1864,

Royal Academy, Lisbon, March 22, 1865,

Imp. Soc. Naturalists, Moscow, Feb. 26, 1865,

American Oriental Society, May 26, 1865,
Lists XIII, i.

" 67,

69

" 69,

70

" 69,

70

" ^%

70

" 70,

71

1865.] 193

Royal Bot. Gardens, London, Aug. 15, 1865, Nos. 71, 72.
Lists and XIII, i.

Society of Antiquaries, London, Nov. 17, '65, " 71, 72.
Lists and XIII, i.

Smithsonian Institution, March 20, 1865, No. 72. Cata-
logue and Lists.

New Hamp. Hist. Society, Aug. 11, 1865, No. 73.

Northern Academy Arts and Sciences, Aug. 10, 1865,
No. 73.

Essex Institute, Salem, Aug. 12, 1865, No. 73.

Massachusetts Histor. Society, Nov. 1, 1865, No. 73, and
XIII, i.

Boston Athenaeum, Aug. 19, 1865, No. 73.

Albany Institute, Aug. 28, 1865, No. 73.

New York Lyceum N. H., Sept. 11, 1865, No. 73.

New York Hist. Society, Sept. 1, 1865, No. 73.

Buffalo Soc. Nat. Sciences, Sept. 24, 1865, No. 73.

U. S. Coast Survey Off., Aug. 8, 1865, No. 73, and XIII, i.

St. Louis Academy Sciences, Aug. 11, 1865, No. 73.

Harvard College, Cambridge, June 1, 1865, XIII, i.

New Jersey Hist. Society, June 20, 1865, XIII, i.

Nat. Hist. Soc. Northumberland, &c., Aug. 9, XIII, Ca-
talogue.

Letters, respecting the Zeisberger Onondaga MSS. in the
Library of the Society, were read from the Rev. Dr. E. A.
Dalrymple, of the Maryland University, 32 Mulberry Street,
Baltimore, December 7 ; and from Mr. H. A. Brickenstein,
Secretary of the Society of the United Brethren, &c., Beth-
lehem, December 13, 1865.

Donations for the Library were received from the United
States Mint, and Prof. Winehell, of Michigan.

Copies of the second part of Vol. XIII of the Transactions,
just published and ready for distribution, were laid upon the
table.

The report of the Finance Committee was read, and the
following appropriations for the expenses of the Society for

194

[December.

the ensuing year, recommended by the Committee, were, on
motion of Mr. Fraley, made :

Salary of Librarian,

$700 00

Salary of Assistant to Librarian, .

360 00

Petty expenses of Librarian,

50 00

Salary of Janitor,

100 00

Binding, .....

150 00

Journals, .....

50 00

Hall account, ....

200 00

Insurance, .....

. 200 00

Publications, in addition to the intei

'est 0

f

the publication fund,

1,500 00

General expenses, of all kinds other thai

1

the above, and including the commis

sions of the Treasurer,

. 590 00

J,900 00

Pending nominations 540 to 545, and new nomination
546, were read.

The recommendation of the Library Committee respecting
the Zeisberger MSS. being read, on motion of Mr. Fraley
the question was referred to the secretaries to report.

On motion. Society adjourned.

PROCEEDINGS

AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY.

Vol. X. JANUARY, 18G6. No. 75.

Stated Meeting, January 5, 1866.

Present, twelve members.

Vice-President Cresson, in the Chair.

Letters acknowledging the receipt of publications were re-
ceived from the Imperial Institute of France, Paris, Novem-
ber 6th, 1865 ; Royal Society, London, October 12th, 1865 ;
Geological Society of London, November 8th, 1865; Rad-
cliff Observatory, Oxford, September 1st; Natural H. S.,
Newcastle on T., September 21st, 1865; Dr. John W. Daw-
son, Montreal, December 14th, 1865; American Antiquarian
Society, December 22d, 1865; Corporation of Harvard Col-
lege, December 29th, 1865 ; New York Historical Society,
December 28th, 1865 ; New Jersey Historical Society, New-
ark, December 21st, 1865 ; Pennsylvania Historical Society,
December 28th, 1865 ; Library of Congress, Washington,
December 29th, 1865.

Donations for the Library were received from the Royal,
Royal Astronomical, Royal Geographical, and Geological
Societies in London ; the Dublin Quarterly Journal of Sci-
ence ; the New Hampshire Adjutant-General and Quarter-
master-General ; James B. Francis, of New York ; the
Franklin Institute, Academy of Natural Sciences, and Penn-
sylvania Historical Society, of Philadelphia ; and the United
States Naval Observatory and Congressional Library.

Mr. Fraley announced the death of Col. C. D. Graham,
U. S. A., at Boston.

VOL. X. — 2a

Chase.] 196 [January.

Mr. Chase, after explaining the mechanical laws which
appear to produce the differences between the European mag-
netic curves and the daily barometric curves delineated in
Leverrier's "Bulletin International," presented a statement
of his observations on skylight polarization at Philadelphia.

Recent observations with a Savart polariscope having led me to
resuks which, while generally confirmatory, difi'er, in a few particulars,
from those published by Sir David Brewster (Philosophical Mag. [4]
30, 118 and 166 Sqq.), I place some of them on record to facilitate
a comparison with similar observations at other places.

1. In all the great circles which pass through the sun, the polari-
zation of a clear sky is positive, except in the neighborhood of the
solar and anti-solar points. If the polariscope is rotated from the posi-
tive maximum, the bands gradually diminish in brilliancy, vanishing
at about 45°, and attaining a negative maximum at about 90°.

2. Within the primary lemniscates, of which the solar and anti-
solar points are the respective centres, and the neutral points (actual
or theoretical*) are the limits, the polarization of a clear sky is nega-
tive when the bands pass towards the sun's centre, vanishing when
the bands are inclined 45° to the solar radii, and attaining a positive
maximum when the inclination reaches 90°.

3. Arago's and Babinet's neutral points can be seen as well before
sunrise as after sunset provided the atmospheric conditions are the
same. Brewster gives the preference to the evening observation, but
apparently for no other reason than that the sky is then generally clearer
than in the morning. (Vol. cit. p. 118.)

4. I have repeatedly, and with little comparative difficulty, observed
Brewster's neutral point. In the majority of cases, when the sun's
altitude has been sufficient, I have been able to fix its position with
nearly as much facility as that of Babinet's. (For the difiiculties of
Brewster and Babinet, see loc. cit. pp. 119, 166, 181.)

5. Within the solar primary lemniscate, it is frequently difficult
to make any ordinary observation of the polarized bands, on account
of the dazzling intensity of the light. But when the direct rays of
the sun have been shut off by a thin disk (placed with its edge to-
wards the eye, so that the polarization will not be affected by reflec-
tion from the surface of the disk), I have often been able to mark the

* There is one theoretiral nentriil point below the anti-solar point. It is prob-
ably never above the horizon when there is light enougli to determine its position.

18fi6.] 197 [Chase.

opposite polarizations and the position of the neutral points with per-
fect ease, even at midday.

6. In our climate it is by no means unusual to have days on which
all the three neutral points can be observed, and their places deter-
mined. During the whole period of Brewster's observations at St.
Andrew's he found but two such days, April 5th and 8th, 1842
(loc. cit. pp. 124, 163).

7. Quasi neutral lines, dividing bands of opposite polarization, can
be found in nearly all parts of the sky by rotating the polariscope
45° from the line of maximum positive or negative polarization.
But a slight additional rotation will show that the neutralization is
only apparent.

8. The position of a true neutral point can be determined by
sweeping its neighborhood alternately with the vertical and with the
horizontal bands and marking the intersection of the lines of vanish-
ing polarization.

9. In consequence of the arrangement of the lines of equal polari-
zation, when the sky is swept with a polariscope for a few degrees on
each side of a neutral point, the line which separates the oppositely
polarized bands forms curves with a convexity determined by the
position of the sun or the anti-solar point.*

10. Some of my observations have indicated an apparent correla-
tion between these curves and the magnetic dip and terrestrial lati-
tude. I have not been able to satisfy myself whether this correspon-
dence was merely accidental, or whether it indicated another point
of analogy between the laws of light and magnetism.

11. The varying effects of haze or cloud, appear, on the whole,
to confirm Brewster's theory that the neutral point is produced " by
the opposite action of light polarized by reflection and refraction."
(See pp. 123, 169, 176, 178, 180.)

12. In one instance, soon after sunset, the reflection from scattered
clouds in the neighborhood of the anti-solar point was such as to
totally eclipse Arago's neutral point, the polarization being positive
over the entire arch, from Babinet's neutral point to the eastern
horizon.

The report of the Judges of the annual election held this
day was read, and the following named officers were declared

* I am not sure whether this is the "singular effect" thus described by
Brewster (loc. cit. p. 124). "In conveying the bands vertically round, the
neutral line, in place of crossing them at a right angle, was the arc of a circle,
to which one of the bands was a tangent." (See also pp. 121, 167.)

198 [January.

duly elected according to the laws, ordinances, and regula-
tions of the Society for the ensuing year :

President.
George B. Wood.

Vice-Presidents.
John C. Cresson,
Isaac Lea,
George Sharswood.

Secretaries.
Charles B. Trego,
E. Otis Kendall,
John L. Le Conte,
J. Peter Lesley.

Members of the Council for Three Years.
Frederick Fraley,
Robert Patterson,
Daniel R. Goodwin,
Eli K. Price.

Curators.
Franklin Peale,
Elias Durand,
Joseph Carson.

Treasurer.
Charles B. Trego.

Prof. Lesley was nominated for Librarian.
Pending nominations Nos. 540 to 546 were read.
And the Society was adjourned.

Stated Meeting., January 19, 1866.

Present, fifteen members.

Dr. Wood, President, in the Chair.

Letters acknowledging the receipt of publications were
received from the following Societies :

1866.1 299 [Cresson.

Royal Society at Upsal, October 1st, 1865 ; K. K. Geogr.
Reichs., Wcin, September 22d, 1865; K. K. Geo!. Gesell.
Wein, October 10th, 1865; Royal Lombardy Institute,
Milan, December 1st, 1862, August 27th, 1863; Linnean
Society, London, July 26th, 1865 ; Society of Antiquaries,
London, December 22d, 1865; American Antiquarian So-
ciety, Boston, January 11th, 1866 ; Corp. Yale College, New
Haven, January 13th, 1866; Lyceum Natural History, New
Jersey, January 10th, 1866 ; New Jersey Historical Society,
Newark, January 5th, 1866; Academy of Sciences, St. Louis,
December 23d, 1865.

Donations for the Library were announced from the Lon-
don Linnean Society ; the Trinity College Observatory,
Dublin ; Dr. Lloyd ; the Boston Public Library ; Silliman's
Journal ; Blanchard & Lea ; the Franklin Institute ; and Mr.
Matthew Ryan, of Washington.

Mr. Cresson gave an account of a recent useful application
of the principle of dia-magnetism first noticed by Faraday in
1845 at the close of his extended series of Experimental Re-
searches in Electricity, but remaining unapplied and almost
unnoticed for nearly twenty years.

According to Faraday's report to the Royal Society the force
termed dia-magnetic gives rise to a repellant action between a mag-
net and various bodies previously supposed destitute of magnetic
relations. This property was found in vegetable, animal, and earthy
substances.

One of the phenomena exhibited in his experiments on these
bodies is a discrimination in the attraction or repulsion exerted by a
magnet, between substances placed near it in liquid suspension so as
to be capable of free motion. The discriminating action is governed
by the relative degree of repellant or attractive power belonging to
the different bodies.

A result of this discrimination is to cause the particles most feebly
repelled or most strongly attracted to come between the magnet and
such other particles as are more strongly repelled or more feebly
attracted ; thus making the particles most feebly aflPected either by
attraction or repulsion behave as if they belonged to the opposite
magnetic class.

The practical use now made of this principle consists in imparting

200 [January.

inductive magnetism to the iron shell of a steam boiler by suspending
within it a number of hardened steel permanent magnets. This has
been found to effect the removal of sedimentary scale formed from
the earthy salts held by the water, and to prevent the farther deposit
of crystalline scale, .so that boilers using water highly charged with
calcareous matters are cleansed from adhering scale in a few weeks
and kept clean.

Attention was called to the extraordinary High state of the
barometer during the intensely cold weather of the 7th and
8th insts,, viz., 31J to SIJ inches.

Prof. Lesley was elected Librarian for the ensuing year.

The Standing Committees were then appointed as follows :

Finance. — Mr. Fraley, Mr. J. F. James, Mr. Marsh.

Publication. — T. P. James, Mr. Trego, Mr. Carson, Mr.
Price, Mr. Fraley.

Hall—Uv. Peale, Mr. P. E. Chase, Mr. S. W. Roberts.

Library. — Dr. Bell, Dr. Coates, Mr. Price, Mr. Barnes,
Mr. Briggs.

The list of surviving members was read. The number of
members on the 1st January was 408, of whom 259 were
resident in the United States, and 149 in foreign countries.

The Society proceeded to ballot for candidates for mem-
bership. Nomination No. 541 was postponed on account of
the absence of members signing the recommendation. Pend-
ing nomination No. 547 and new nomination No. 548 were
read.

Mr. Fraley offered the follow^ing resolution: That the
Treasurer be and he is hereby authorized to have five hundred
copies of the Laws of the Society printed in pamphlet form
for the use of the members, and that on the election of any
person as a resident member of the Society, a copy of the
laws shall be sent to him with the notice of his election.

The ballot-boxes were opened and the following named
gentlemen declared to be duly elected members :
Mr. Thomas S. Blair, of Pittsburg, Pa.
Prof. E. D. Cope, of Haverford College, Pa.
Prof. Horatio C. Wood, University of Penna.
Mr. George Davidson, of the U. S. Coast Survey.

1866.] 201 [Dubois.

Hon. Charles Hale, U. S. Consul at Alexandria.

Hon. Williiim Strong, Supreme Court of Penna.
And the Society was adjourned.

Stated Meeting, February 2, 1866.

Present, fifteen members.
Dr. Wood, President, in the Chair.

Letters accepting membership were received from Mr.
George Davidson, dated Germantown, January 25th ; from
the Hon. William Strong, dated Philadelphia, January 31st ;
and from Prof. Edward D. Cope, dated Haverford College,
January 31st, 1866.

Letters acknowledging publications were received from the
Boston Society of Natural History, January 24th and May
1st, 1864; Boston Public Library, January 4th and January
22d, 1866.

Donations were received for the Library from the Royal
Astronomical, and British Meteorological Societies, Triibner
& Co., and Stevens & Bros., booksellers, London ; Prof.
Zantedeschi, of Padua ; and the Boston S. N. History.

Dr. Coates announced the death of a member, Mr. George
Ord, at his residence in Philadelphia, on the 24th inst., aged
85. Mr. Isaac Lea was appointed to prepare an obituary
notice of the deceased.

Mr. Fraley announced the death of a member, Judge
Oswald Thompson, at Germantown, on the 22d inst., aged
57. Mr. E. K. Price was appointed to prepare an obituary
notice of the deceased.

Mr. Dubois exhibited to the Society some specimens of
photography, which are chiefly remarkable as being the work
of a Siamese artist, Pra Wisut Yotamad, a nobleman of high
rank, and master of the Royal Mint at Bangkok. He under-
stands no language but that of Siam, and learned the art at
home. He has, however, an unusual aptitude for the higher
class of mechanical arts, and for experiments in natural
philosophy. »

Dubois.] 202 [February.

The Queen of England having sent a present to the King of Siam,
of a photographic apparatus, it was confided to this minister of State,
and by the help of a Prussian artist who was on his way to Japan,
and also of an English treatise which was read to him by an Ameri-
can missionary, he became acquainted with the principles and prac-
tice, and taught them to his son. These pictures are some of his
productions. One of them is a portrait of himself, in a costume fitted
to a warm climate. They were brought as a present from him, to
several of the officers of the United States Mint, in care of Dr. House,
returning to this country on a visit.

It is most interesting to observe the march of this admirable art,
not waiting for the previous civilization which might seem requisite
to give a taste for it, or at least a capacity for using it. But a little
reflection will show that its products are exactly fitted to wake up the
torpid mind, and to convince even the barbarian, of the intrinsic
value of the arts and sciences, and of the social status which produces
them.

Mr. P. E. Chase communicated an account of a gas explo-
sion at Haverford College. Prof. Cresson made some remarks
to elucidate the explosions which take place from defective
gas pipes.

Pending nominations Nos. 541, 547 and 548, were read.

And the Society was adjourned.

Stated Meeting, February 16, 1866.

Present, thirteen members.
Dr. Wood, President, in the Chair.

A letter of acceptance was read from Dr. H. C. Wood,
dated Philadelphia, February 5th, 1866.

A letter was read announcing the decease of a member,
E. J. Bring, of Lund, dated Stockholm, 27th 11th month,
1865.

A letter desiring exchanges was received from C. H. Hart,
Corresponding Secretary of the Numismatic and Antiquarian
Society of Philadelphia, which Society was, on motion,

1866.] 203 [Bclcouit.

ordered to be put upon the list of correspondents to receive
the Proceedinp;s.

A letter from Dr. Leidy was read respecting Captain
Stellwagen's donation of the fragment of an ancient cover of
a sarcophagus found at Carthage.

Letters of envoi were received from J. D. Whitney, Chief
Geologist of California; the Cent. Obs., St. Petersburg,
August 28th, 1865 ; the Vienna Academy, September 23d,
and the Stockholm Academy, November 17th.

Letters of acknowledgment were received from the Con.
Obs., St. Petersburg, September 1st, and the Amsterdam
Academy, October 18th, 1865.

Donations for the Library were announced from the Acade-
mies at St. Petersburg, Stockholm, Vienna, Munich, and
Brussels; the Societies at Moscow, Giessen, Manheim,
Upsal, and Trondheim ; the Observatories at St. Petersburg
and Brussels ; the Geological Societies at Berlin and
Vienna ; The Geographical Society at Paris, and the Astro-
nomical Society at London ; the British Association ; M.
Quetelet, Dr. Jacob Bigelow, Rev. Mr. Barnes, and Prof.
Joseph D. Whitney.

A donation for the Cabinet was presented in the name of
Captain Stellwagen, of the U. S. Navy. A description of the
curious figures on this stone, and the history of its dis-
covery, were promised by the donor.

Mr. Robert P. King, of Philadelphia, presented, through
Prof. Trego, an Indian Pestle, found in White Deer Creek,
Union County, Pa., on which Mr. Peale made some pertinent
remarks.

Mr. Lesley read a letter from George A. Belcourt, Pretre,
dated Rustico, Prince Edward Island, January 1st, 1866, and
another from Prof. EdAvard Ballard, dated Brunswick, Maine,
respecting a Fran^ois-Odjibowe dictionary.

Father Belcourt explains that he had not constructed a correspond-
ing Odjibowe-Franyois dictionary on account of the cost of printing,
thinking that the Fr.-Odj. form would suffice for a time. " In con-

TOL. X. — 2b

Belcoiirt.] 204 [Februnry.

sequence," he adds, "I have designed the etymology French and
Indian in this volume, which should have been, according to order,
in their respective volumes. Should this make a difficulty, I could
undertake the volume Odjibowe-Fran§ois, but it would take some
time, and some expenses more for the printing, though I agree that
it is desirable.

" I wish to know how many copies could be given to me, and if it
would be allowed to take as an indemnity for my time and labor any
help that might be offered to me for the end of encouraging the
publication of this work ?

" I am ready at any time to send you some specimens of the work,
and I am ready to answer any questions on the matter "

On motion of Mr. Barnes, the Secretary was instructed to
correspond further with Father Belcourt and with Prof.
Henry, Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, on the sub-
ject, as it was understood that Father Belcourt had already
corresponded with the Institution for the purpose of publish-
ing the dictionary.

A communication on the nature of terrestrial magnetism
was read, signed William P. Jones, 456 Franklin Street,
Philadelphia, in which the author promised to lay his reasons
before the Society in another communication.

A tertiary shark's tooth was presented by Mr. Fraley, with
a note dated Schuylkill Haven, August, 1865, signed T. C.
Juliet, stating that the tooth had been found in a piece of coal
at that place by a boat captain. Dr. H. C. Wood expressed
his conviction that it came from the tertiaries of New Jersey.

On motion of the Secretary it Avas ordered that the Maine
Historical Society, at Brunswick, and the Portland Natural
History Society, be placed on the list for the Proceedings.

Pending nominations Nos. 541, 547, 548 were read.

Mr. Peale reported that the Magellanic medal Avas read}^ to
be bestowed.

The Secretaries reported that they found the Zeisberger
MSS. Volumes catalogued in the Trans. Hist, and Lit. Com-
mittee of the A. P. S., p. xlvii, xlviii, and marked as de-
posited by the Society United Brethren at Bethlehem.

On motion of Dr. Coates, the Librarian was instructed to

Jfi«fi-i 205

ascertain the views of the S. U. B., as to permitting the pub-
lication of the MSS. by the A. P. S.
After which the Society was adjourned.

Stated Meeting, March 2, 1866.

Present, twenty-three members.

Dr. Wood, President, in the Chair.

A letter accepting membership was received from Mr. T.
S. Blair, of Pittsburg, dated February 21st, 1866.

A letter of envoi was received from the Royal Academy,
dated Amsterdam, June 26th, 1865.

A letter was received from the Secretary of the Pennsyl-
vania Historical Society, December 28th, 1865, requesting
duplicates to supply deficiencies in the list of publications of
the American Philosophical Society in the Library of the
Pennsylvania Historical Society. On motion of Professor
Cresson, the Secretaries were instructed to correspond for
further information.

A letter was received from Dr. Le Conte, chairman of a
"Committee of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia, appointed to confer with committees that may be ap-
pointed by other learned societies in Philadelphia, who may
desire to co-operate in the erection of a building to receive the
libraries and collections of the participating societies," dated
March 1st, 1865.

Donations for the Library were reported from the Royal
Academy at Amsterdam ; the Geographical Societies at St.
Petersburg and Paris ; the Bureau of Mines ; Dr. Von
Martins ; Prof. W. R. Ware, of Boston ; the Harvard
Alumni ; the Boston Natural History Society ; the Ncav
York Lyceum of Natural History ; the Franklin Institute,
Academy of Natural Sciences, Mercantile Library, and In-
stitution for the Blind, at Philadelphia ; and the University
of Michigan.

Two communications on Terrestrial Physics were read.

Cresson.] 206 [March.

signed W. P. Jones, dated Philadelphia, 2d month 22d, and
3d month 2d, 1866.

Mr. Cresson described an Auroral display observed by him
when at Pottsville, Schuylkill County, on the night of Feb-
ruary 20th-21st, between the hours of two and three a. m.

The eastern half only was visible from his point of observation.

The arch was well defined and nearly stationary along its lower
margin or intrados.

The eastern extremity rested on the horizon at the point where
Altair was then rising, and the crown was in Cassiopeia at about 10°
of meridional elevation. The width of the permanent arched band
was nearly 15°.

There were but few streamers projected at rare intervals from the
arch, but copious billows of white light rolled from its upper margin
toward the zenith, some of them continuing visible after separating
from the arch and rolling to an elevation of 70° or 75°, involving the
whole of Ursa Minor then at its highest culmination, and Lyra and
Corona Borealis. Sometimes the billows of light seemed to originate
at these lines of extreme altitude and rolled down toward the arch,
meeting the billows travelling upward. The degree of illumination
measured by shadow within my apartment was about equal to that
cast by the moon at half full.

Mr. Chase drew the attention of the members present to
the paper of Mr. Glaisher, of London, upon magnetism, and
the debates which it gave rise to, reclaiming for himself
priority in the publication of similar views.*

Pending nominations Nos. 541, 547, 548 were read.

The President then presented the Magellanic medal to Mr.
P. E. Chase, to whom it had been awarded.

Dr. Bell, the Chairman of the Library Committee, reported
that at a meeting of the Library Committee, held March 2d,
1866, it was on motion resolved, —

That it be the duty of the Chairman to recommend to the
Society at its next meeting, to proceed with the printing of
the Catalogue of the Library, Part II, consisting of 189
manuscript pages.

Which report, on motion of Mr. Price, was accepted, and
the recommendation adopted.

* See inile, vol. i.x, pp. .346-8.

1866.J 207

On motion of tlie Vice-President that the letter of Dr.
Le Conte be referred to a special committee to consist of the
members of the standing committees on Finance and on the
Hall, Dr. Le Conte was called upon for a history of the
formation of the Committee of the Academy of which he was
chairman, and the subject was thereupon discussed by Mr.
Barnes, Mr. Price, Mr. Fraley, Dr. Bell, and Mr. Peale.
Mr. Fraley's amendment that the presiding ofificer appoint
a special committee of seven, was accepted by Mr. Cresson,
and adopted. The President then appointed the following
members: Mr. Fraley, Mr. Cresson, Mr. Price, Mr. J. F.
James, Mr. Marsh, Mr. Peale, and Mr. Chase.

Mr. Fraley made a statement respecting the correspondence
of the Society with the Society of United Brethren, stating
that the latter desired to regain possession of the Zeisberger
MSS. in order to publish them under their own auspices.

And the Society was adjourned.

Stated Meeting, March 16, 1866.

Present, fourteen members.

Dr. Wood, President, in the Chair.

Letters of envoi were received from the Royal Academy at
Lisbon, dated November 26th, and the Haarlem Society,
January 30th ; the latter requesting to have certain deficien-
cies in their set of A. P. S. Trans, and Proc. supplied; which,
on motion of Mr. Fraley, was so ordered.

A letter respecting the Zeisberger MSS. was received from
H. A. Brickenstein, dated Bethlehem, March 7th, 1866.

A letter respecting the Odjibowe-Frangois Vocabulary of
Father Belcourt, and other matters, Avas received from Joseph
Henry, dated Smithsonian Institution, Washington, March
8th, 1866.

Donations for the Library were received from the Royal
Academy at Lisbon ; the Society at Lille ; the Royal Astro-
nomical, Meteorological, and Statistical Societies of London;
the Essex Institute and Harvard College ; Professors Zante-

208 tAp"i-

deschi of Padua, Brush and Johnson of Yale, and Winchell
of Ann Arbor; Messrs. Alex. Agassiz, and Shaler of Cam-
bridge ; Dr. C. M. Wetherill ; Dr. Kirkbride, Mr. Barnes,
Mr. Lea ; Dr. Mackall, of Washington, and Mr. Blair, of
Pittsburg ; and the Chicago Academy of Sciences.

The death of G. Forchhammer, of Copenhagen, in Decem-
ber last, was announced by the Secretary.

The death of Dr. Jared Sparks, of Boston, on the 14th
inst., aged 76, was announced by Mr. Fraley.

A paper was presented for publication in the Transactions
entitled the Hydrology of the St. Lawrence, by Thomas E.
Blackwell, Esq., and referred to a committee consisting of
Mr. Trautwine, Mr. Lesley, and Mr. Cresson.

Mr. Levi W. Groff, of Bareville, Lancaster County, Pa.
(present by invitation), exhibited a watch, on the back of
which was engraven, Ben. Franklin, 1776.

Dr. Wilcocks spoke of the present appearance of the
zodiacal light.

Pending nominations, Nos. 541, 547, 548, and new nomi-
nation, No. 547, were read.

And the Society was then adjourned.

Stated Meeting, April 6, 1866.

Present, nineteen members.

Mr. Peale in the Chair.

A letter accepting membership was received from Dr.
Ferdinand Keller, dated Zurich, February 19,. 1866.

A photograph of C. D. Arfwedson was received from Dr.
Wood.

Letters of invoice were received from the Royal Society of
Victoria, dated Melbourne, June 12th, 1865; the Physical
Society, Berlin, December 4th ; the Royal Saxon Society,
Leipsic, September 2d and 30th ; the Vaudois Society, Lau-
sanne, September 1st ; the Zoological Society, Frankfurt am
Main, January 1st, 1866 ; the American Oriental Society,

1866.] 209 [Blackwell.

New Haven, April 2d, 1866, and the American Pharmaceuti-
cal Association, Philadelphia, March 1st, 1866.

A letter requesting the supply of deficiencies was received
from the Royal Society of Edinburgh, November 1st, 1865.

A letter establishing correspondence was received from the
Maine Historical Society, March 20th, 1866.

A letter requesting exchanges was received from the Mu-
seum of Comparative Zoology at Cambridge, March 27th,
1866. On motion, the request was referred to the Publica-
tion Committee, with power to take order.

Donations for the Library were received from the Economi-
cal Society, Konigsberg ; Physical and Geological Societies,
Berlin; Royal Saxon Society ; Geological Institute, Vienna ;
Societies at Gottingen, Wiesbaden, Frankfurt, St. Gallen,
and Lausanne ; Frederick Muller, at Amsterdam; the Impe-
rial Observatory at Paris; the Royal Institution of Great
Britain and Ireland ; the Geographical, Chemical, and Zool-
ogical Societies, and Society of Arts, at London ; the Royal
Observatory, Greenwich ; Royal Society, Edinburgh ; Royal
Irish Academy; Quarterly Journal of Science, Dublin;
Royal Society of Victoria, at Melbourne ; the Essex Insti-
tute and Boston Society, New Hampshire ; Public Library
at New Bedford ; American Oriental Society, Bureau of
Mines, New York ; Franklin Institute, Mercantile Library
Company, and American Pharmaceutical Society, at Phila-
delphia ; Library Associations at Cincinnati and San Fran-
cisco, and the Coast Survey Office at Washington.

The Committee on Mr, Blackwell's memoir, entitled " The
Hydrology of the St. Lawrence," made their report, which
was adopted, and the memoir ordered to be printed in the
Transactions.

A paper was offered for publication in the Proceedings,
entitled "Sophocles," by Ch. W. Zaremba, M.D., St. Joseph,
Michigan, which, on motion, was referred to the Secretaries
with power to act.

A map Avas offered for publication in the Transactions, en-
titled " A map to illustrate five topographical types of earth-
surface between Cincinnati and the sea," by J. P. Lesley,

James.] 210 [April.

which, on motion, was referred to a committee consisting of
Professor Kendall, Dr. Ruschenberger, and Dr. Hayden.

Mr. T. P. James called the attention of the Society to the
second edition of the " Musei Boreali-Americani sive speci-
mina exsiceata muscorum in Americae Rebuspublicis Foede-
ratis detectorum, conjunctis studiis W. S. SuUivant et S. Les-
quereux," which he took pleasure in exhibiting as the labor
of fellow members, remarking that the set comprised 536
species and varieties, together with 123 duplicate packets,
displaying a rare collection of the Bryological flora of North
America, including of course the California mosses described
by Mr. Lesquereux, and published in the thirteenth volume
of the Transactions of the Society, exquisitely put up ; the
merit of which, he said, did not consist solely in the beauty of
the specimens, but in the accuracy of the nomenclature, ema-
nating as they do, from a source that is authority on this
subject.

The time consumed in collecting and preparing so many
plants, all carefully, critically, and microscopically investi-
gated, is illy requited by the price fixed for disposal, viz.,
thirty-five dollars in gold.

Mr. James embraced the opportunity to show two impor-
tant works on the same subject recently published by Mr.
Sullivant, — one in elephant folio, accurately describing the
Musci of the Wilkes' U. S. Exploring Expedition, and elabo-
rately depicting fifty-six new species on twenty-six plates,
each highly magnified, and with complete analysis. The
other, the " Icones muscorum," in royal octavo, describing
and figuring mosses peculiar to North America, not heretofore
figured, embraced on 129 copper-plate engravings, in like
manner produced in the highest state of the art of engraving.

Mr. James thought it a fitting occasion thus to present and
allude to the rapid strides that science was making in this
direction, owing almost solely to the energy of those two
gentlemen, who have devoted so much valuable time, skill,
and means to its advancement.

Mr. Peale exhibited permanent soap-bubbles, made from
oleate of soda and glycerine.

1866.] 211 [Price.

Mr. Eli K. Price read the following obituary notice:

Oswald Thompson was born in Philadelphia, on the 17th day of
December, 1809. His parents were highly respectable. His father,
John Wallace Thompson, came here early in life from the north of
Ireland, and pursued a mercantile business successfully in the south-
ern part of the city. He took an active interest in public affairs,
was a member of city councils, conservative in his political opinions,
and enjoyed through life a reputation for probity. To his son he
afforded good opportunities of education ; sent him to Willy and
Ingell's school, and, at the age of fourteen years, to Princeton College.
The son profited well by these advantages, and graduated in 1828,
with the first honor.

Oswald Thompson entered the office of the Hon. Joseph R. Inger-
soll, on the '26th day of March, 1829, who was then engaged in a
large practice, having then, as before and since, numerous students,
who have become distinguished at the bar and on the bench. Here
young Thompson formed valuable friendships which he never lost.
He was admitted to the Philadelphia bar on the 27th of March, 1832.
His success in practice was early, respectable, and remunerative.
His clear judgment, ample learning, and reliable integrity, secured
him fast friends and clients; some of them of wealth and influence,
who were wise enough to appoint him executor of their wills. It
cannot be doubted, had he remained at the bar, that he would have
been the recipient of professional business and trusts sufficient fully
to occupy his time, and to secure for him independence and wealth.

But Mr. Thompson was not a stranger to the impulses of an honor-
able ambition, and the desire to be usefully distinguished. He listened
to the solicitation of friends to permit bis name to be offered to the
public as a candidate for President Judge of the Court of Common
Pleas of the County of Philadelphia; was nominated and elected to
that office ; and with his legal friends, William D. Kelley and Joseph
Allison, as his associates, took his seat in that Court on the 1st day
of December, 1851. It was an office of high importance and respon-
sibility, demanding for the fulfilment of its duties not only great and
diversified professional learning, but a fearless independence and
courage. The arbiter between human life and death must be a firm
man, and should be eminently good; for he must decide upon that
life with the fearful responsibility that he shall never sacrifice the
innocent, nor suffer the guilty to escape to I'epeat his murders; and
must judge as he knows he must be adjudged before a higher tribunal.
VOL. X. — 2c

Price.] 212 tAP"l-

Judge Thompson possessed the requisite personal qualities demanded
by his high position, and these never failed him until his health and
body sank beneath the weight of his burdens.

He took his seat subject to the disadvantage of following a prede-
cessor of eminent ability, groat learning, and laborious study, whose
decisions fill several volumes belonging to the profession, and are
characterized by great research and power. Judge Thompson was
subject to the further disadvantage of having to transact an increased
amount of judicial business, a very large proportion of which neces-
sarily consumed much time without requiring the application of much
learning, and, therefore, affording little opportunity to exhibit, or
incentive to extend, legal research and learning; while the time for
elaborating opinions in important cases was curtailed by its consump-
tion in the despatch of the inferior business of the Quarter Sessions
and Common Pleas.

The jurisdictions administered by the Judges elected to the Com-
mon Pleas of the County of Philadelphia are of the most varied
character, and in the aggregate surpass in their diversity and also in
their minuteness and magnitude, those of any other court in our State,
and probably those of any in the United States. Those Judges try and
decide every variety of civil causes, and every grade of criminal offences.
They hear the appeals from the Magistrates, involving sums from
a few dollars up to a hundred, and have an original jurisdiction
up to five hundred dollars. They decide landlord and tenant cases
of all amounts; they decide upon all cases of insolvency and assign-
ments, honest or fraudulent, of the poorest insolvent, and the largest
corporation of millions of capital as well; and upon the forfeiture of
bank charters, and upon the validity of other charters and corporate
proceedings. They decide upon the estates of all decedents and
minors, real and personal, from the smallest to the largest counted
by millions, upon the validity of wills, and their interpretation ;
decide when and what estates shall be sold for the payment of debts,
or to meet the wants of families; hold all executors, administrators,
guardians and trustees to account, and upon all differences between
them and those interested, and who are entitled by will or statute, as
legatees, devisees, distributees and heirs. They are to judge when
estates fettered by settlements and trusts, or belonging to persons
under disability, may be sold and converted into money, or may be
improved for the advantage of those interested and their greater .pro-
ductiveness. By the writ of haheas corpus they relieve those unlaw-
fully restrained of their liberty; they protect infants, and decide

1866.] 213 [Price.

which of estranged parents shall have their custody, as the best wel-
fare of the child may require. They decide upon the validity of
marriages, and for cause dissolve the bonds of matrimony. They
must decide upon the validity of the local elections; review the
ballot-boxes, declare which candidate is entitled to the office; and in
the midst of high political excitement must forget that they know any
preference of party, and decide fearless of threats and impervious to
flattery. They must decide upon all plans presented by the Survey
department of the City for the extension of the City plan ; and upon
the opening, narrowing, or vacating all streets, and the assessment of
all damages for all property taken by the law of eminent domain for
streets, railroads, and parks, that justice shall be done between the
owners and the public. They appoint the revisors of the taxes, and
must hear appeals as to the liability of property to taxation, and the
proper valuation thereof. They participate in the appointment of
the Prison Inspectors and Guardians of the Poor and Board of Health ;
and have a supervisory visitatorial power over the Prisons, Almshou.se,
and Houses of Refuge. As a Court of Quarter Sessions the same
judges try all the lower grades of crime, and commit children to the
Houses of Refuge, and, as a high Court of Oyer and Terminer, they
try all felonies and capital cases. Here then is the great central
tribunal where all interests and the peace and security of this com-
munity are protected and maintained; whose conservative power all,
at all times, feel, though many may never enter a court; but there
many times through life their personal interests may be deeply in-
volved, and there, as certainly as death, shall come their estates for
legal transmission and adjudication. This summary enumeration of
subjects of adjudication is now and here made, because the public
should understand what is done for them by the Courts, and be-
cause it is a survey necessary to complete the great lesson of justice
to be taught us all by the judicial life and the premature death of
Judge Thompson.

It is not here that we should enter upon a criticism of the many
judicial decisions made by Judge Thompson. The members of the
legal profession will find these, so far as written and published, in the
several volumes of the " Philadelphia Reports," for the past fourteen
years. It will suffice here to state the characteristics of those opin-
ions. They pai'take of the character of their author. He who was
ever calm, self-possessed, patient, seeming to sit the impassive im-
personation of justice ; he who was conscientiously faithful, truthful,
laborious and learned; he who loved justice, hated iniquity, yet had

Price.] 214 [April.

a heart tempered by mercy, necessarily made his investigations care-
fully, stated his facts truthfully and clearly, and formed his judgment
cautiously; applied sound legal principles pertinently, and drew his
conclusions accurately and with a convincing logic. Beyond these
requisites, imposed upon himself as indispensable, he seldom elabo-
rated ; for the exigencies of the public business which ever pressed
upon him did not permit long legal disquisitions. These sensible
and clear opinions will long and often be cited by counsel and judges,
and hold the memory of Judge Thompson in respect and honor.

Judge Thompson made not his elevated position available to other
distinctions. He modestly toiled on in the performance of his
judicial duties, and found these more than adequate to task ordinary
human endurance. Yet was he not insensible to social enjoyments,
and freely mingled with his fellow citizens on social occasions ; and
was not abstinent from social worship, nor negligent of the claims of
his church. He was elected a member of the Historical Society;
made a Trustee of the General Assembly of the Presbyterian Church ;
a Trustee of the University of Pennsylvania ; was chosen a member
of The American Philosophical Society; and received the degree of
Doctor of Laws from the Jefferson College.

In bestowing the patronage of his court Judge Thompson was
liberally judicious. His appointments of Masters, Auditors, and
Examiners were not confined to a few favorites, but extended gen-
erally among the competent junior members of the bar, and to those
advanced in the profession when the occasion demanded mature ex-
perience and judgment. He was willing to listen to the suggestion
of counsel, and often invited it, as to the nature of the questions to
arise, and the qualifications needed in the appointee ; and probably
never declined a nomination mutually agreed upon by the opposing
counsel. It was bis pleasure to encourage modest merit, to assist
those who needed assistance, and many young men owe to his kind-
ness a debt of gratitude. But whosoever the appointee no feeling of
favoritism could give his report the slightest immunity against a fair
exception and reversal.

Judge Thompson's junior brethren on the bench have borne for
his character a warm and affectionate tribute of regard ; and they
testify to traits of character perceptible to the bar, but more fully
manifested to those who were in constant association and consultation
with him. One generous characteristic obvious to us all was, that
he sought not to arrogate to himself the important business of the
Court in a manner to overshadow his brethren; but in free and full

J8(56.] 215 [Price.

interchange of opinion imparted to them all that he knew, essential
to a just and enlightened decision, caring more for the faithful
administration of justice and the credit of the Court, thau for any
personal distinction ; and then assigned to them their full share of
the cases requiring legal research and written opinion. He was
ample in learning, penetrating, and full of resource in grappling with
difficult cases, but very cautious, fearing to err; carefully examined
the facts and authorities, and with accurate precision considered and
applied the proper ruling principles. If sustained by the Supreme
Court he was happy for this proof that he had committed no error;
if reversed, yet was he happy that no one had suffered by his mistake.
His love of justice surpassed his pride of opinion ; he was most prompt
to correct himself; and upon discovery that the innocent had suffered
by false evidence, he was instant to repair the wrong. So careful
and cautious was he, that he was well justified in a very firm reliance
upon a deliberately formed opinion; and with that confidence fear of
consequences vanished; yet so conscientious was he that he was still
open to conviction from the sensitive apprehension of doing wrong;
and reinvestigation on the suggestion of his colleagues, was sometimes
followed by a reversal of himself before his first impressions, and
even his formed opinions, had passed into irrevocable judgment.

His brethren and friends also testify to other qualities of the mind
and heart, not so obvious to the public, but which serve to complete
the character of the man, without impairing the character of the
judge. Beneath that calm judicial serenity we beheld, there flowed
a current of feeling, which, though it rippled not the surface, was
strong in sympathy or indignation, which was sometimes outspoken,
as honesty and duty required, in approval or censure. As a com-
panion he was social and genial; as a friend warmly attached and
hospitable ; with his judicial brethren, sometimes relieving the
seriousness of weighty consultation with fitting anecdotes, racy
humor, or pungent wit. He had a cultured mind, preserved his
classic attainments; added French and Spanish to his Latin and
Greek, and kept up with the literature of the times as far as he could
without neglecting any public duty. It was among his regrets that
he had so much td sacrifice his literary enjoyments. Whatever
might be the differences of opinion between himself and friends,
these disturbed not their happy intercourse. He was gentle and
kind to rich and poor, and wonderfully patient to hear the palliating
circumstances narrated by the interceding friends of those whom
be was to sentence, or had sentenced, to penal endurance. What

Price.] 216 f^P"'-

Oswald Thompson was as husband and father I will not dare to de-
lineate, nor venture to intrude upon the hallowed scene of his home,
where the wounds yet freshly bleed; but will leave you to form your
own high ideal of all that the kind, affectionate, and good husband
and father should be, and to assure you, from all I have learned, that
that ideal will not surpass the real, of him whom we now most
sincerely mourn and honor.

A slight circumstance will indicate the religious and reverential
bent and habit of Oswald Thompson's mind. Within the past year,
while convalescent, and sojourning at a kind friend's country place,
when on Sunday morning some reviews were offered for his amuse-
ment, he quietly replied, "T would like something better to-day;"
and accepted and read Dr. Barnes' Notes on Isaiah.

But duty compels me here to change the tenor of JTiy remarks,
and to ask you and the public to contemplate with me a melancholy
phase of the latter years of this eminent and good public servant ;
that the wrong done to him, to a large extent for want of thought
and consideration, may not be repeated and perpetuated upon his
judicial contemporaries and successors. By the united testimony of
many judges and lawyers, and other witnesses, Judge Thompson has
fallen an early victim to overwork, too close confinement in a bad
atmosphere, and that with a compensation wholly inadequate; if any
could compensate so severe a sacrifice as that of health, happiness, and
life itself. Yet although from the bitter tears of sorrow shed upon
his untimely grave there now grow bitter plants, let us endeavor
to make them medicinal for cure to save health and life in others.
So a kind Providence intends; from evil he ever educes good; and
commissions the bitter to heal and restore.

At the expiration of the term of ten years, for which Judge
Thompson was elected, he was again nominated and elected to the
same office. It had then been perceived that his constitution had
become impaired by excess of labor, by long confinement in the
courts, and by breathing the tainted air of the illy-ventilated Quarter
Sessions Court-room. He was warned, by solicitous friends, of the
peril he was about to incur by a re-election, as no doubt he had been
keenly self-warned by his sufferings. But he had no choice, and
then declared his purpose to continue to work on while life should
last. He had left his practice, and his clients had become satisfied
with other counsel ; and no one's lost business would return at his
bidding, and if that were possible, could not be sustained with im-
paired health and strength. His salary, consumed in maintaining

1856.] 217 [Price.

and educating his family, had added nothing to his little capital. It
was therefore of necessity that he must continue to perforin his ju-
dicial functions, though well knowing that they would soon terminate
his life. Such is the exigency experienced by all Judges who have
not secured their independence before taking office. It is a humilia-
ting concession to make, but it is demanded by truth. We must
bear the reproach until we apply the remedy. Judge Thompson is
but a more signal example of a pervading injustice. Many Judges
there are in our State, eminent for learning and ability, of perfect
integrity, on whom we must all depend for the protection of all that
we have inherited or shall earn, and for all rights we hold most pre-
cious, to whom we render no adequate justice, and who have to suf-
fer repentance and fake to themselves bitter reproaches, because they
have committed the error of having trusted themselves and their
families to the justice of their country. That is a sad reproach, in-
deed, to all who compose the public of the Commonwealth of Penn-
sylvania.

Let us try a statistical statement between the period of Judge
Thompson's judicial life and previous periods, and thence judge
whether we have not been greatly unmindful of our duty, by not
keeping more consciously awake to the growth of our community and
its more than commensurate increase of business for the Courts. Let
us do this in reference to our local State Courts, leaving out of view
the Supreme Court, which has existed through all those periods, be-
sides formerly, in each year, holding the Court of Oyer and Terminer
here, which they have not done in this county for many years, by
reason of the increased amount of business devolved upon those
Judges.

In 1790, the population of Philadelphia County was 54,391; in
1800, was 81,009; in 1810, was 111,210; and at those periods, our
local courts were two, the Common Pleas, with three Judges, one of
them learned in the law, and the Mayor's Court, with a Recorder,
learned in the law, assisted by the Ma3-or and Aldermen. The Dis-
trict Court was created in 1811, with three Judges, one of them
learned in the law; and since 1821, all of them have been learned
in the law. In 1820, our county had population, 137,097; in 1830,
had 188,789 ; in 1840, had 258,037. Our local courts stood without
change until 1840, except that in 1834, a second Law Judge was ap-
pointed in the Common Pleas, and in 1836, a third Judge, learned
in the law, was appointed for that court; and except also that, in
1838, another court, called the Criminal Court of Sessions, was es-

Price.] 218 [April.

tablished, with three judges, learned in the law. The court last
named was, in 1840, superseded by the Court of General Sessions,
composed of three Judges, learned in the lawj and in 1843 that
court was, in turn, abolished, and its jurisdiction restored to the
Court of Oyer and Terminer and Quarter Sessions, with the addition
of a fourth Judge, learned in the law, for those criminal courts and
the Common Pleas; which number was reduced to three in 1851, and
so has since remained, during all the judicial life of Judge Thomp-
son. The jurisdiction and powers of the Mayor's Court had been
absorbed by the criminal courts established in 1838 and 1843, and
were conferred upon the Court of Quarter Sessions in 1843. We have
had, since 1851, but the same number of courts that we had in 1811,
and in that time have had but six Local Judges, learned in the law.
In 1850, the population of our county had risen to 408,762, and in
I860, to 565,529. Counting but the Law Judges of former times as
eflFective for the despatch of business, the two for the average of the
populations of 1790, 1800, and 1810, would give, in proportion to
population in 1860, fourteen Judges, instead of the six we have.
The three Law Judges, from 1811 to 1821, would give, by the same
rule, in 1860, thirteen Judges; the five, in lS30, would, in 1860,
give fifteen ; and there being, in 1840, nine Law Judges for a popu-
lation of 258,037, these, by the same proportion, would give, in
1860, twenty Local Judges, instead of the six we have. If, then,
former numbers had any just relation to the business to be transacted,
we have been grievously unjust and oppressive in the amount of the
labor we have heaped upon the Judges of the Court of Common
Pleas and District Court of the County of Philadelphia. We have
alike been unjust to ourselves; for when the Judges are compelled to
do more than they have time to do, business cannot be so well done;
justice to some extent is sacrificed; and rather than wait the delays
necessarily incident to the choked channels of justice, people submit
to unjust compromises; they abate their just rights, rather than en-
dure the law's delay.

Can any one imagine a position more painful to a cultivated and
sensitive mind than that of Judge Thompson, during the latter years
of his life? He had no adequate resources for his family, while his
salary was consumed by the necessary current expenses. He labored
on with a keen sense of his duties to the public ; felt the keener as
failing health increased his nervous sensibilities; and determined that
none of his labors should fall upon his overtaxed brethren ; yet per-
ceiving, from day to day, that bis bodily constitution was fast failing

1866.1 219 [Price.

him, and the more rapidly as the mental labor and anxiety were ac-
celerating the work of destruction. As the body yielded to the pres-
sure, the resolved mind, by a more than natural energy, essayed to
supply the loss of physical strength. The edges of the diamond
were but the faster cutting away its inferior setting. He fell pros-
trate in insensibility, and the consecjuent constrained rest, in the
course of months, wrought partial recovery. At the commencement
of the last autumn's business he resumed his judicial functions, with
his wonted clearness of mind and ceaseless industry. The energetic
mind seemed then unconscious how much it was transcending the
sustaining capacity of the impaired body. Again he fell, but now
to rise no more. On his way towards his judicial seat, though medi-
cally advised, and by one of his family affectionately entreated, to
remain at home, he was again stricken, carried home, and within a
few days expired. The frailer body utterly succumbed to the indom-
itable will. He died January 28d, A. D. 1866. This may now be
added to the many proofs of the mind's predominating power over
the body; to the evidence that one is immortal, the other mortal, as
they part in death. We may add too his to the countless cases of
deaths hastened by excess of labor, or trouble, or sorrow. All-con-
quering labor at last conquers the laborer, and "by sorrow of the
heart the spirit is broken."

The writer asks to be pardoned for thus dwelling upon the sad
surroundings of the last years of the life of our fellow-member and
friend ; sad from two causes only, in which the account and accoun-
tability are solely between him, as a public servant sacrificed, and
that public of which we all are part; for in all else, except more am-
ple fortune, he possessed all that could make a good man happy: for
he was happy in the respect and regard of all who knew him; happy
in his own good character and conscious rectitude ; happy in the love
of friends, family and home; happy in the enjoyment of his religious
faith and worship, in the love of his God and trust in his Saviour's
power atid will to save. He was only not happy in that he was op-
pressed by inordinate public burdens; that he was inadequately com-
pensated, and foresaw how soon he must be separated from those he
most loved, leaving them to mourn his loss, without provision made
for their accustomed comforts and enjoyments. Saddest thought is
this that can rend the loving parental bosom, when looking narrowly
upon the final separation. How little did the public know, as they
looked upon the pale, but calm, self-possessed Judge, as he sat daily
before them, on the judicial seat, what sorrow, what grief, what
VOL. X. — 2d

Price. 220 f^P"^-

agony, were racking his bosom. He was silent; he spoke no word
of complaint, though others sometimes did, for him and his breth-
ren. But now the public know all ; and though the victim be be-
yond their reach now to console and do justice to him, let that public
make the amend to his judicial survivors. That would have been
the greatest wish and consolation to him, next to his own family's
comfort, could he have foreseen the fruits of his own death, which
we have seen fulfilled ; though what has yet been done inadequately
fulfils the demands of justice.

The Judges of all our Courts, and the members of the bar and the
public, were moved with an unwonted sympathy when they convened
to pay the usual tribute of respect to their departed brother and
friend. Without previous concert, they had perceived and with one
accord spoke of the cause of the calamity they met to deplore, as well
as to honor the memory of the dead. The Bar held subsequent meet-
ings, and sent a deputation to the Legislature, to ask that the great
wrong should not be longer continued. The Executive, and Attor-
ney-General, and Committees of the Legislature, made friendly re-
sponses. Laws have been enacted to add another Judge to the Court
of Common Pleas ; additions have been made to the salaries of all
the legal Judges of the Commonwealth, and the City Councils are
building a better Courthouse. So far, all thus done has been well
done ; but the wrong has not been fully redressed ; the measure
of justice has not been reached ; and in the name of the honored
victim, and in the name of the justice and honor of the Common-
wealth, more is demanded; yet another Judge; yet fuller recom-
pense. The occasion has directed our attention to the Judges of the
Common Pleas especially; but the same justice is due to those in our
District Court and Supreme Court, and others, whose labors have
been greatly increased by the increase of population and business in
our City and State. The observant eye may see other impaired con-
stitutions sitting on judicial seats; impaired in different degrees from
excess of labor and confinement; and we wait but the certain consum-
mation of a slower process, to mourn other judicial victims fallen.

It is not that I would make the judicial ofiice one to be sought for
profit, that I am earnest. Those who would seek it from such motive
would be unfit for it. The fitly-qualified must have higher and bet-
ter motives, compared with which the desire of wealth, and wealth
itself, are ignoble. Neither would I expect to compensate integrity,
learning, and great ability, in the measure of their deserving. The
deserts of those on the bench always overflow the limit of the fixed

1866. J 221 [Price.

salary. It is only Judges who are never compensated for high qual-
ities, generous labors, and exalted teachings; while nieuibers of the
bar, and all others who exert high intellectual and moral qualities, in
every calling of life, receive the measure of reward as it flows in gen-
erous and ever swelling streams. Let the Legislature, if they please,
fix the Judge's salary at but the just equivalent of the mere business
requirements of duty, which performed, may do little to advance the
science of the law or to elevate the tone of public morality ; yet will
they do better than they have ever done. Do that by but the rule
that squares with the justice measured to other labor and service, ac-
cording to skill and the cost of educational preparation, and that jus-
tice must support the Judge and his family reputably while he lives,
and leave something to support that family when the Judge is dead.
That measure of justice has not been reached ; and it is no excuse to
us, the public, that the Judges have been generously willing to take
office and meet the sacrifice. Though they have even done so by the
promptings of an ambition for distinction, it is not our right to take
advantage of the generous or even ambitious aspiration. V^e are yet
wrong-doers and oppressors; and we shall never escape this just im-
peachment, until we make the salaries cover all the proper expenses
of the Judge's reputable living, for each year, and add so much
thereto as will, at the end of the judicial life, secure a capital, whose
interest will meet the moderate wants of the family, when by death
bereft of their head and support, they are left pensionless in the world.
The judicial office should not be so poorly paid that the rich only can
prudently accept it.

It has been the proverb of ages that Republics are ungrateful. It
has been the glory of our nation in this most eventful time, to wipe out
that reproach, by an exhibition of sacrifices and philanthropy, such
as the world had never known, and could not have imagined. All
classes of persons, if we had classes, became fused into a universal
brotherhood and sisterhood of charity, for the relief and comfort of
the defenders of our Government. From men, women and children
money flowed as water from numberless rills of mountains and hills,
and the swelling streams dispensed countless beneficences. If we
had an aristocracy it was melted down by a common sympathy and
patriotism; exclusiveness forgot its cold reserve; selfishness ceased to
be saving; and wealth and personal service became a common offer-
ing to our beloved country in peril. Yet are we in one thing still
ungrateful ; and worse, for we are unjust. We have public servants
set aside to a special service, whom we exclude from all other oppor-

Price.] 222 [April.

tunity of business and profit; prepared for that service by long labor
and expensive education ; Judges, intelligent, learned, faithful,
patriotic, who serve us alike during all the years of war and peace,
precisely in that direction wherein our rights, liberties, and Govern-
ment are most surely to be protected and maintained. These public
servants, in all British and American history, have been the cham-
pions of true liberty ; of that liberty which consists in the security
of all rights ; have been statesmen, whose legal policy, wisdom and
firmness made them staunchest opponents to that aristocracy which
would build up family power, at the expense of the welfare of the body
of the people, by fettering estates in perpetuity. In this country of
constitutions their powers transcend those of all other judges ; for they
are the ultimate protectors of the liberties and property of the people
against all legislative, executive, and military usurpations. We have
Judges of our Courts, who may, perhaps, have listened imprudently
to ambitious suggestions of distinction, and thought of the dignity of
elevated position, and yet have brought to the discharge of their
high and most responsible duties, irreproachable character, ample
learning, and exalted talents, who only were unwise in committing
themselves and families to the justice of the Commonwealth. Impute
this to them as folly, if we will, yet such imputations made by others
cannot equal their own often-felt, bitter, self-reproaches; but self-
reproaches felt for no wrong of theirs, but only because they had
trusted to the public justice, and found it to fail. How tenfold more
severe then should be the self-reproaches of that public ! The judges
in their younger life may have felt the impulses of an honorable am-
bition ; the aspiration to make their lives usefully distinguished.
Yet are these the impulses of generous and exalted minds. With-
out them human nature would be shorn of its chief glory. They
may have expected to make sacrifices, and would bravely bear the
penalty of their aspirations, receiving little of our sympathy, had
they no family to look upon in sympathy for their welfare; and could
they cease to think of what shall become of that family, when by
the family's greatest calamity, the present inadequate salary must
wholly cease, with no fortune provided for them. Whatever the mo-
tive or aspiration of the Judge, we, the public, receive full, laborious,
generous service, and not justly to requite that service is a wrong,
the responsibility of which we cannot shift from ourselves. We let
it fall too lightly upon each of us, as it disperses itself upon the rail-
lions of our population ; but we should make it concentrate again
upon our representatives in the legislature, until they shall do the

1866.] 223

IChase.

judiciary justice, and do us, the people, justice; we, who, as well as
they, bear the odium of the just impeachment of public ingratitude
and injustice.

Could we now and forever redeem our Commonwealth from this
impeachment, the too early death of Oswald Thompson, so hard for
him, so cruel to his family and friends, will not have been in vain.
His life was spent in administering justice ; it was sacrificed by his
devotion to the duty of pronouncing and executing justice ; and it is
most fitting, since the great sacrifice has been endured, that his death
should achieve a yet further great and enduring justice.

Oswald Thompson lived and died in the Christian faith, worship-
ping in the Presbyterian Church. He believed in his own immortal
being, and all who loved him, alike happy in their faith, have the
consolation of a confident assurance of reunion with him in a happier
existence. His was that highest philo.sophy, whose beneficent fruits
prove it both good and truthful ; whose faith has power to disarm
death of terror, and make it a triumphant entrance into endless hap-
piness ; the philosophy given to the world by Him who " brought life
and immortality to light through the Gospel."

Mr. Chase referred to some interesting views upon subjects
involving the relations of cosmical and molecular forces, in
Mr. Ferrell's paper, " On an Annual Variation in the Daily
Mean Level of the Ocean, and its Cause" (Proc. Amer.
Acad. A. & S. vol. vii, pp. 31-36), and in Prof. F. Guthrie's
" Speculation concerning the Relation between the Axial
Rotation of the Earth, and the Resistance, Elasticity, and
Weight of Solar ^ther" (Phil. Mag. [4] 31, 210-213).

Mr. Chase also presented a summary of his observations
on the comparative visibility of Arago's, Babinet's, and
Brewster's neutral points.

In my communication of January 5th, I stated that when Brewster's
neutral point is- above the horizon, I had frequently determined its
position with great ease. My experience was so diflPerent from those
of Brewster and Babinet, that I commenced on the 6th of March
a series of comparative observations upon the three neutral points.
The month which has just ended appears to warrant the following
conclusions for stations in Philadelphia and its vicinity. The 1st,
2d, and 6th seem to be confirmed by observations elsewhere, while

Chase.] 224 f^P"'-

the 3d, 4th, and 5th, which are, perhaps, dependent partly upon
local atmospheric peculiarities, have never, so far as I am aware,
hitherto been noticed.

1. Arago's neutral point often assumes a distinctness which is
never exhibited by either of the others, merely because the polarized
bands in the vicinity of the sun are obscured by the dazzling bril-
liancy of its rays.

2. For the same reason, Babinet's neutral point is often better
defined, in the morning and evening, than Brewster's during the
middle of the day.

3. But when Brewster's and Babinet's neutral points are both
above the horizon, if the sky is clear, the former is generally more
easily posited than the latter. This is especially the case at mid-
day.

4. On every clear day, and on a large portion of the days which
are partially obscured by clouds, the position of each of the neutral
points can be determined. Brewster records but two days during five
years' observations (Phil. Mag. [4] 30, 124), upon which he saw
all the points.

5. Arago's neutral point often rises before Brewster's sets. Under
favorable atmospheric conditions the three points are, therefore, some-
times simultaneously visible.

6. Halos and clouds are frequently discernible through the polari-
scope, which are invisible to the naked eye.

The following abstract embodies some of the results of the month's

observations :

Satisfactory observations were made on

All the neutral points were seen on

There were no satisfactory observations on

" '■'■ 39 observations of Arago's neutral point on
" « 93 " '' Babinet's " " "

" '< 59 " '' Brewster's " " ''

Arago's neutral point was remai'kably distinct on

Babinet's " " '< " " "

Brewster's " " " " " "

Arago's was the only one observed on

Babinet's '' '' " " "

Babinet's and Brewster's the only ones seen on

Arago's and Babinet's " "■ " "

The three points were simultaneously visible on April 5th, from

4" 32' to 4'' 42' p. M.

25

days,

17

6

23

22

20

4

10

11

2

1

i

2

186fi.] 225 [Chase.

Brewster's neutral point was perceptibly more distinct than Babi-
net's at fifteen observations, and less distinct at two observations.

I subjoin a few of my notes, which refer to points of special
interest: March 8th, S*" 45', P. M. Near the proper position for
Arago's neutral point, the positive and negative polarities coalesce
upon clouds, with no intervening space or neutral line.

March 9th, G** 25', A. M. Hazy and polarization fluctuating.
lO*" 40', A. M. The polariscope showed a brilliant halo around the
sun, which I had not before noticed, but which was afterwards barely
visible to the naked eye. 12'' 10', P. M. Haze continues. Nega-
tive polarity remarkably distinct over the face of the sun, and for
several degrees north and south.

March 11th, S*" 50', P. M. Sky covered with thin clouds. A
neutral point in the east, 42° above the horizon, and more than 70°
from the anti-solar point, with reversed polarization, or positive below,
and negative above. 5'' 25'. A similar point still observable, but
about 5° nearer the horizon.

March 12th, & 30', A. M. Cloudy. Polarization positive from
east and west horizon, nearly to zenith. A similar observation was
made March 21st, at G*" p. M.

March 17th, 9'' 15' and 10" 40' A. M.,* and March 18th, 10"
30', A. M.f Very clear. Sun so bright that I was unable to detect
the negative polarity between Babinet's neutral point and Brewster's,
even by screening the eye from the direct light of the sun.

March 19th, 11" 5', A. M.| Halo, visible only through the
polariscope. 1" P. M. Snowing.

March 20th, 5" 25', P. M. Cloudy. Polarization in horizon
everywhere positive.

March 24th to 28th, inclusive. On each of these five successive
days Brewster's neutral point was remarkably distinct and beautiful.

April 3d, 5" 40', p. M. Cloudy in west, and polarization positive
from zenith to horizon.

Strong reflection sometimes changes the character of a compara-
tively weak polarization, from positive to negative, or vice versa. A
fainter reflection, by showing whether the bands are interrupted or
continuous, often aids in determining the character of the polariza-
tion.

The increased refraction of a piece of glass, interposed between

* On steamboat in Raritan Bay. f At Eagleswood, near Perth Amboy.

j: In New York.

226 f^p"'-

the polariscope and the sky, will frequently show a neutral point
which is otherwise invisible.

The normal polarity is often reversed by a stratum of clouds of
uniform thickness, especially within the solar primary lemniscate.

Pending nominations 541, 547, 548, 549, were read.

On motion of Mr. Fralej, the subject of Dr. Genth's con-
ditional donation of ten volumes of Leonhard & Bronn's
Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie 1840-1851, was referred to the
Library Committee with power to act.

On motion of the Librarian it was resolved that the Secre-
taries be authorized to subscribe for the Bulletin Interna-
tional de rObservatoire Imperial de Paris.

And the Society was adjourned.

Stated Meeting, April 20, 1866.

Present, twenty-three members.

Dr. Wood, President, in the Chair.

A letter of envoi was received from the Geological Bureau
of Sweden, dated Stockholm, November 6th, 1865.

Donations for the Library were received from the Geo-
logical Survey of Sweden, the Geographical Societies of
^France, the Royal Astronomical and Meteorological So-
cieties of London, the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic
Society, the Boston Natural History Society, the Rhode
Island and New Jersey Historical Societies, the Franklin
Institute, and the Publishers of the Medical News, Phila-
delphia.

The Committee to which was referred "a Map represent-
ing five types of topography," reported in favor of its pub-
lication in the Transactions, which, on motion, was so ordered.

Dr. Le Conte exhibited a piece of lithographic stone found
in Northern Alabama, similar to the hardest or blue variety
of German stope, from a quarry used by the Rebel Govern-
ment for printing its treasury notes, specimens of which
accompanied the stone.

1866.] 227 [Lesley.

Mr. Lesley read extracts from letters respecting the dis-
covery of oil on the Alleghany River at Brady's Bend, seventy
miles above Pittsburg, and twenty miles below Franklin in
Venango County, and exliibited a suite of specimens of the
strata bored through, and the oil obtained.

The place of the Brady's Bend boring is shown in Plate 2 of this
Volume of the Proceedings, and its relations to the Venango County
Oil Sand Rocks described on pages 56, 57 above. A careful calcu-
lation, based upon observations at the locality in the spring of 1865,
when the well was commenced, gave 700, 900 and 1100 feet for the
respective depths of the three Venango County Oil Sand Rocks (if
they extended so far as Brady's Bend) beneath the level of the river.

The depth of 700 feet was, however, reached and passed with no
show of oil. The first sand rock therefore seemed to be absent be-
neath the Brady's Bend locality, or to be destitute of petroleum.

But at 940 feet oil was struck, and with a strong pressure of gas,
January 3d, 1866. The bottles show that, from 908 to 1015, all the
borings came up stained more or less with oil.

At a depth of 1015 feet the borings became clear again, and the
well was stopped at 1089 feet. Seed bags at 381"6 and 425.

Pumping was resorted to and the well produced 25 barrels in 12
hours. It is now reported yielding regularly 12 barrels per day.
''The crude oil will burn in a lamp as beautifully as refined oil does,
and will continue to do so until the entire contents of the lamp is
exhausted." (May 4th, reports 6 barrels per day.)

Whether this oil comes from the second or from the third horizon
I do not know ; but I suppose the latter. I judge that the oil-shows
from 908 to 1015 came from the second horizon at say 900 feet, and
that the present depth of 1089 feet marks with surprising accuracy
the 1100 foot horizon of the Third or Great Venango Oil Bearing
Sand Rock.

Having impressed upon the owners the utility of accurate records
of the boring of this pioneer well, I have had the happiness to receive
61 bottles of borings, giving the appearance and condition of the
strata from a depth of 142 feet (above which no record was kept) to
the bottom of the well. From these bottles the following section has
been prepared :

1. Sandstone ; not very coarse ; rising in pieces; yellowish ; at 142 feet.

2. '• " finer, orange, 22 to 164

3. " " finer, reddish orange, 4 to 168
VOL. X. — 2e

Lesley.]

228

[April.

4. Sandy shale ; in powder and pieces ;

5. Sand stone ; very fine ;

6. Sand stone ; muddy ; in pieces ;

7. Sand stone ; muddy ; in powder :

8. Shale ; very fine ;

9. Shale; very fine and powdery ;

10. Shale (like 4 above) fine, powdery ;

11. Shale;

1 2. Shale ; fine and powdery ;

13. Shale ; pretty fine :

14. Shale ; fine and powdery ;

15. Shale; pieces and powder ;

16. Shale ; all powder ;

17. Shale ; fine sandy (like 4) and large pieces,

some powder ;

18. Shale ; (like 13) but finer ; no pieces ;

19. Shale; (exactly like 17) but all in large pieces ,

20. Shale ; (same as last) finer and a good deal

of powder ;

21. Shale ; (like 18) very fine ;

22. Shale ; (like 17) smaller pieces and some

powder ;

23. Shale ; (like 17) larger pieces than 22 ;

24. Shale ; (like 10) but a little coarser and

warmer ;

25. Shale ; a little warmer than last and very

gray,

12 to

180

yellowish,

19 to

199

yellowish.

2 to

201

orange,

1 to

202

bluish gray.

15 to

217

greenish gray.

9 to

226

light bluish gray.

24 to

250

darker gray.

40 to

290

more greenish than 9, 6 to

296

yellowish greenish,

12 to

308

bluish greenish,

11 to

319

olive.

8 to

327

dove color,

41 to

368

gray,

3 to

371

yellow greenish,

19 to

390

gray,

15 to

405

gray,

120 to

525

yellow greenish,

25 to

550

gray.

5 to

555

gray,

10 to

565

blue gray.

25 to 590

powdery ;

8 to

608

26.

Shale

(like 20 exactly) trifle finer ;

cold gray,

1 to

609

27.

Shale

; silicious ; (like last) all

in pretty

large pieces ;

cold gray,

21 to

630

28.

Shale

; muddy; (like last) a littl

e warmer ;

pretty large pieces ;

cold gray,

10 to

640

29.

Shale

(like last) but fine ;

cold gray,

30 to

670

30.

Shale

(like 18) coarse ;

warm gray,

30 to

700

31.

Shale

; (like last) finer, powdery

warmer gray.

5 to

705

32.

Shale

(not so fine as 3 1, nor so warm as 30) ;

10 to

715

33.

Shale

(like 25) fine ;

cool gray.

5 to

720

34.

Shale

(like 26) fine pieces ;

cold gray,

20 to

740

35.

Shale

very fine ; much powder ;

somewhat brickdu
color.

?t

5 to

745

36.

Shale

(almost like 3);

orange.

6 to

750

37.

Shale

(like 34) fine pieces ;

cold gray,

2 to

752

38.

Shale

(like 36) powdery fine ;

orange.

3 to

755

39.

Shale

(like 19) pieces ;

cold gray,

12 to

767

40.

Shale ,

very fine ;

greenish gray,

8 to

775

41.

Shale

very fine ;

warmer gray.

22 to

797

42.

Shale

fine and powdery ;

not quite orange,

3 to

800

43.

Shale

(like 40);

greenish gray.

20 to

820

44.

Shale

powder (containing large g

•ay pieces);

orange.

3 to

823

45.

Shale

fine ;

gray.

27 to

850

46.

Shale

all in large pieces ;

blue gray,

12 to

862

47.

Shale

fine;

greenish gray,

23 to

885

1866.1 229 [Lesley.

48.

Shale ; powder holding pieces ;

towards orange,

4 to 889

49.

Shale ; fine pieces ;

greenish gray.

1 to 890

50.

Shale ; powder ;

dark orange,

18 to 908

51.

Shale ; di.=guised with oil ;

dark purple,

10 to 918

52.

Shale ; fine ; disguised with oil ;

purpli.sh gray.

19 to 937

63.

Shale; fine ; " " "

dark green gray,

8 to 945

54.

Shale ; fine ; " " "

purplish gray,

10 to 955

65.

Shale; sandy; " " "

brownish green,

,39 to 994

56.

Shale ; sandy; " " "

brownish green,

10 to 1C04

67.

Shale; sandy; " " '•

brownish green.

9 to 101.3

68.

Shale ; sandy ; " "

Spanish brown,

2 to 1015

59.

Sandy shale ; " " "

very dark green gray

, 9 to 1024

60.

Sand stone ; soft, whitish, making

a yellow

sand.

41 to 1065

61.

Sand stone ; hard, white, making ;

a gray powder,

24 to 1089

It will be seen by comparing the above section with that of the
Sligo Salt Well, furnished by Mr. W. W. Lyon (April 7th, 1865,
page 63 above), that the opinion I expressed then was correct, viz. :
that the reason of the non-productiveness of the Sligo Well, and of
the Clarion River region generally, was merely due to the fact that
the Sligo Well, although 992 feet deep, really has penetrated the
Brady's Bend strata only 800 feet, and therefore has stopped short
of the third and chief oil horizon of Venango County by nearly 300
feet. I believe that, were the Sligo Well to go down this additional
distance, it would yield the same petroleum and in the same quanti-
ties that the Brady's Bend Well is said to yield.

I cannot say that any accurate identification of corresponding strata
in the two wells has been made out. The record of the Sligo Well
is from the report of the well master, who describes the look of his
borings as they are brought up in the sand pump. The record of the
Brady's Bend Well is from the dried sands and powder and fragments
of borings preserved in bottles. To obtain a fair comparison and
identification, there is but one way, viz.: to bray the borings in a
mortar and ram them into a glass tube ; giving to each kind of bor-
ings as many tenths of inches of glass tube as the borer found feet of
the rock ; and wiping out the tube after every fresh charge, so as to
keep the inner surface transparent. If this be done carefully, and
the charges are well rammed down to the exact depth (marked by an
ink line on a longitudinal strip of paper pasted on the outside of the
tube), two tubes can be laid side by side, and any real identifiability be
instantly detected. There is no reason why every well-house should
not keep one or more such permanent records of its well. Some of
the tubes might be half-inch, for dried and powdered borings, to show
the color, and others inch tubes, for the fresh wet borings, to show the

Lesley.] 230 l^'^P"''

grain and fracture. As all the rocks of the Devonian system under
the western coal measures are very argillaceous, it is not well to re-
duce to powder the borings which come from the more sandy layers,
because then the prime distinction between sandstones and shales
vanishes. And yet it is well to keep one record tube of powdered
rocks, because the colored bands come out more plainly thus.

To make a glass-tube record perfectly useful for the study of strata,
it is needful to cleanse such boi'ings as come up disguised in color and
consistency by oil. After oil is struck (however slight may be its
show) all the borings from further down, for many feet and even
fathoms, are stained and clotted with the oil, and should be cleansed
before being charged into the tube.

Returning to the Brady's Bend Well, the glass-tube record shows
belts of orange from 142 to 202 ; from 371 to 390 ; from 525 to 550 ;
from 740 to 755; at 797; and from 890 to 908; all the intervals
being filled with olive and gray shales :

Supposing the conglomerate at the river bank to be not over 50
feet thick, then the following are the probable identifications of these
orano-e bands :

From 142 to 202 = 60 feet of red rock representing Formation XI.

From 371 to 390 = 19 <' " " ^ . ^ .

^ ^^r- rrr. ^r , ,, represcnting l^ormation

From 525 to 550 = 25 '' " " I „i i . t, i -o j

From 740 to 755 = 15 " '' " \ ^\', '""t ')' ^'^ fl^^

From 797 to 800 = 3 '' " " '' Mansfield ore, of lor-

_, „„„ „„„ -.o . . ., mation Vill.

From 890 to 908 = 18 " " " J

It is impossible to identify these bands more carefully, because we
cannot be sure that they represent what are called red shale strata.
They may represent comparatively high-colored rocks charged with
nodular iron ore, and giving flows of iron rust water. This much is
certain; there is no resemblance whatever between this scheme of
orange bands in the B. B. Well, and the so-called red rocks in the
Sligo Well section,

Plate IV will show the distance and direction from one another
of these two wells, and their geographical relations to the Oil Creek
region and to Pittsburg.

At the bottom of the map close to the Pennsylvania and Virginia
State line will be seen the wells of Dunkard's Creek, sunk through
the lower part of the Upper Coal Measures, into the upper strata of
the Middle or Barren Measures, below the Pittsburg Coal ; as the
following record, by Mr. Robert Collyer,* of the Amber Oil Com-
pany's (now Amber Gold Mining Company) " Kener Well," on Deer

1866.]

231

[Lesley.

Bun, a branch of Dunkard's Creek, four miles from Greensborough,
county town of Greene County, will show :

" Soapstone," [meaning fire clay shale].

Sandstone, .

Coal Ued, .

Soapstone, [fire clay, or under clay]

Sandstone,

Soapstone, 16; — and again, 19 =

Sandstone, .

Soapstone and sandstone,

Sandstone, ,

Soapstone, .

Sandstone, 8 ; — and again, 33 =

Soapstone, .

Limestone,

Soapstone and sandstone, 12 + IT

Sandstone, .

Soapstone, .

Sandstone and soapstone,

Coal Bed,

Sandstone, 34 ; — and again, 14 =

Limestone,

Sandstone, .

Black clay,

Soapstone, .

Limestone,

Soapstone and sandstone,

Soapstone, 6; — and again, 8

Limestone and soapstone,

Soapstone, .

Sandstone, .

Limestone and soapstone,

Soapstone and sandstone,

Sandstone, .

" Leather-clay," .

Soapstone and leather-clay,

Soapstone and leather-clay,

Sandstone containing gold,

Soapstone, .

Sandstone and soapstone,
the present depth of the well, April, 1866, p

25 feet.
10 to 35

7 to 42
23 to 65

6 to . 71
35 to 106

3 to 109

8 to 117

4 to 121
10 to 131
41 to 172

9 to 181

5 to 186
29 to 215
19 to 234
18 to 252

9 to 261

13 to 274
48 to 322

39 to 361
31 to 392

14 to 406

6 to 412

26 to 438
5 to 443

14 to 457
28 to 485
13 to 498
4 to 502
10 to 512
18 to 530
99 to 629
23 to 652
23 to 675

27 to 702
33 to 735
23 to 758

40 to 798
oducing no petroleum.

* Mr. Ben. Long, resident superintendent, lives near the well.

Lesley.] 232 f^P"'-

Supposing the 13 foot coal bed at 261-264 to be genuine (and not
a false reading of some small seams of black slate), it can only repre-
sent the Pittsburg bed, with a thickness exceeding even its fine pro-
portions at Connellsville. The limestone (322-361) will be then in
its nominal place at the top of the Barren Measures ; and the bottom
of the well will have descended (798-274 =) 524 feet beneath the
Pittsburg bed without striking either the Elk Lick or the Upper
Freeport Coalbeds ; showing the Barren Measures more than 500
feet thick.

The "sandstone containing gold" (702 to 735) 38 feet thick may
then be the upper member of the Mahoning Sandstone; and the sand-
stone and soapstone (758-798) 40 feet thick may be its lower mem-
ber. Perhaps a few yards further the borer would have struck the
Upper Freeport Coalbed. I have seen two small fragments of gold
ore, about the size of a pea and hazelnut respectively, with a button
of gold, and a certified assay of similar fragments at the U. S. Mint,
giving in one case over S80.00 to the j^ound of ore. These frag-
ments were said to have come, with many others, out of this well
at the depth indicated. They consisted of cubical crystals of iron
pyrites sunk in translucent quartz, over which was spread irregular
plates of native gold, and in the interstices of the quartz appeared
galena, not in any well-formed crystal that I could find. The ore,
from whatever region it came, was evidently of extraordinary rich-
ness. The well-master reports that he went through three feet of
such rock, but did not recognize its value (!) and threw the frag-
ments, with a few exceptions, into the tip heap. Two of the owners*
tell me that they collected a barrel-full of this tip-stuiF and had it
analyzed at the U. S. Mint for gold, and it yielded $3.00 to the ton.
They say moreover that the "Cowell Well" on Meadow Run (which
lies between Whitely and Dunbar Creeks), say three miles to the N.
or N. W. of the Kener Well, passed through the same gold-bearing
sandstone at the depth of only 550 feet. Very uncertain accounts
of similar strata are reported from one or two other wells in the
same district.

The ease with which an infinite variety of deceptions have been
played upon well-owners, company managers, and landholders, both
by wandering sharpers and respectable speculators, is of itself suffi-
cient to condemn this whole story of the discovery of gold ore in an

* Mr. Groves and Mr. S. W. Corinth, 350 N. 2d St., Philadelphia.

1866.] 233 [Lesley.

oil well. Geologically speaking, it is, of course, an impossibility;
certainly an incredibility. The outcrops of the Mahoning Sandstone
along the Laurel Hill, Chestnut Ridge and Alleghany, Savage, Wills,
Broad Top and other mountains, extend in the aggregate to thousands
of miles ; and the common constitution of the rock is so well known
that none but an insane person would now look for a gold quartz pebble
in it anywhere, even a hundred miles nearer to the gold-bearing bolt
of the Atlantic seaboard, much less here in the heart of the bitumi-
nous coal area. Nothing but an iceberg from the gold region of
Eastern Canada could have deposited a collection of nuggets in
Greene County, Penna. But we know the Mahoning sandstone was
a shore deposit, filling in the bed of an exceedingly shallow and even-
bottomed sea like Lake Erie, but many times larger, which had just
before been created by the slow settling of the whole coal area a
few yards underwater-level ; as is shown by the immense extent and
regularity of the Upper Freeport Coalbed. In fact I think we must
rather regard this water area as a marshy rolling prairie country sub-
merged enough to receive about a hundred feet of sand and pebbles
mixed with mud, irregularly but universally dropped into it, by the
erosion of the tops of its own low hills or ridges, still standing out of
water; in fact an immense archipelago of very soft rocks through
which currents carried also material brought from afar. It even
looks as if the parallel anticlinal mountains of Westmoreland and
Fayette and Somerset Counties to the eastward were already raised
and suifering erosion ; and such was Dr. R. M. S. Jackson's opinion
when he studied this part of the State under the direction of Prof.
H. D. Rogers, chief of the State survey, in 1839.

It is inconceivable therefore how pieces of gold-bearing quartz, iron
pyrites and galena, should find a resting-place among these submerged
hummocks of coal measures; much less be deposited in a stratum
three feet thick. Nor can we suppose a gold-bearing vein ascending
from the floor of Lower Silurian to withiu five hundred feet of the
surface of the top of the Middle or Barren Coal Measures; for such
a phenomenon is unheard of; and if such were by any chance to be
struck in one well, there would be thousands of millions to one against
the repetition of the accident within a radius of three miles.

When we recall therefore the discovery of a quarter keg of ten
penny nails at the depth of six hundred feet in one of the wells on
Two Mile Run, Venango County, and the discovery of butter of
antimony in a well in Western Virginia, we may quietly wait until

Lesley.]

234

[April.

the Amber Gold Company sink their proposed shaft and report their
first dividend from what they find.

To show the difi"erence between the rough statement of so many
yards of " soapstone," sandstone, limestone, " leather clay," and
coal, made by common well-masters, or even between the record made
out by careful treatment of bottled borings by an expert geologist,
and the complete and accurately minute section which a well-trained
civil engineer or mining superintendent has a chance to make during
the sinking of a shaft, I will add an unpublished and important sec-
tion of the air shaft of the Pennsylvania Railroad tunnel through the
summit of the Alleghany Mountain, copied from Dr. Jackson's MS.
notes of February 18th, 1858,

Clay, yellow, a little stony.

. 6.3

feet.

Slate, soft brown, ....

. 9.7 to

16.0

Sandstone, hard, ....

.4 to

16.4

Slate, bluish, .....

3.0 to

19.4

Sandstone, soft shelly,

. 11.4 to

30.8

Slate, black, .....

16.5 to

47.3

Sandstone, coarse, much sulphur in first inch

, 1.7 to

49.0

Slate, black, with frequent S.S. strata,

20.8 to

69.8

Sandstone, .....

. 2.0 to

71.8

Slate, black,

.5 to

72.3

Coal,

.5 to

72.8

Fireclay, hard at top, soft at bottom, .

11.5 to

84.3

Slate, hard, blackish,

. 5.0 to

89.3

Sandstone, ...

2.0 to

91.3

Fireclay, .....

9.7 to 101,0

Slate, hard, . . ...

11.8 to

112.8

Sandstone, hard, ....

4.0 to

116.8

Slate, black, hard, ....

16.4 to 133.2

Sandstone, solid, ....

. 1.0 to 134.2

Slate, black, rocky, . . . . .

4.0 to 138.2

Fireclay, .....

7.6 to 145.8

Slate, bluish, hard, ....

19.4 to 165.2

Sandstone, hard, ....

2.0 to 167.2

Slate, black, hard, micaceous, .

7.6 to 174.8

Slate, blue,

1.0 to 175.8

Slate, black, one inch at bottom soft.

5.7 to 181.5

Coal, bituminous,

5.0 to 186.5

Fireclay,

.5 to 187.0

1866.J

235

[Lesley.

Sandstone, brown, hard, with sulphur

Slate, shelly, .

Limestone, rotten.

Sandstone,

Slate, shelly, ,

Coal,

Fireclay, hard,

Fireclay, calcareous,

Limestone rock,

Fireclay, hard,

Limestone, .

Fireclay,

Limestone and small seams of F. C

Slate, decomposing in air

Limestone, .

Fireclay,

Limestone, .

Slate and fireclay,
which cannot be many feet abov
its upward grade of 1° westwa

3.0 to 190.0
1.0 to 191.0
1.5 to 192.5
1.0 to 193.5
6.0 to 199.5
1.0 to 200.5
1.0 to 201.5
1.5 to 203.0
2.0 to 205.0
2.0 to 207.0
1.0 to 208.0
1.0 to 209.0
3.5 to 212.5
2.0 to 214.5
1.0 to 215.5
2.5 to 218.0
.5 to 218.5

. 11.0 to 229.5
.^e the Great Bed cut by the tunnel in
rd, the bed itself descending with a
dip of 1° westward. The above 229.5 therefore represents the mid-
dle portion of the Lower Coal Measures. The entire absence of
workable coal beds above the tunnel bed is due to the fact, that the
top of the section is not high enough to take in the Freeport Series,
which underlie the Mahoning Sandstone.

Pleasant Unity is a village nine miles south-southwest from Latrobe,
on Sewickley Creek. West-northwest of this village two and a half
miles is Pauf Graff's oil well, begun October, 1864, which commences
50 feet beneath the Pittsburg Coal-bed, and reached a depth of 550
feet in May, 1865, in a mass of sandrock. It reported "shows of oil
at 450, 510, and 550; and pumped at each, getting several gallons."

Three hundred yards due north of this well, is the Old Oneida
Salt Well, bored in 1840, 800 feet deep, a tradition being in existence
that it flowed a hundred barrels of oil per day. On the strength of
this tradition it was reamed out in 1858, with no result beyond pass-
ing a show of oil at 538 feet, and after that coming (at a depth not
stated) to a coal-bed from 12 to 14 feet thick; which, if npt fabu-
lous, must be an exaggerated estimate of the Upper Freeport Coal-
bed, the outcrop of which is not three miles away, at the foot of the
Chestnut Ridge. It is probably the 7 feet coal-bed of the following
section, and a good illustration of the unreliability of the thickness
VOL. X. — 2f

Lesley.]

236

[April.

of coal-beds in oil well records. The interesting point of this section
is the limitation of the Barren Measures to about 50 + 538 + ? = say
600 feet.

The following is a record of 844 feet of St. Mary's Well, on Se-
wickley Creek, about a mile from Chestnut Ridge, in Mt. Pleasant
Township, Westmoreland County, Pennsylvania, furnished by Mr.
S. S. Jack, of Pleasant Unity.

Mouth of well, geologically, about 50 feet below Pittsburg Coal-
bed; and a quarter mile east of its outcrop.

Slate rock, 40 feet.

Eeddish rock, 12 to 52

Soapstone, 10 to 62

Hard rock, 12 to 74

Soft rock (water crevice at 86 feet), . . 12 to 86

Reddish rock, 14 to 100

Hard blue rock, 70 to 170

Block slate or shale; (1st oil-show at 184), . 14 to 184
First sand rock, hard, white, . . . 96 to 280

(Very large water vein at 280.)
Gray rock (2d oil show and gas at 427),
Black rock,
lAmestone,

Second sand rock,

Horseback,

Coal-hed [Elk Lick coal ?],

Third sand rock, white,

Hard gray rock [Mahoning S. S. ?],

Coal-hed [Upper Freeport?],

Fourth sand rock, white,

Dark rock,

Soapstone,

Fifth sand rock, white,

Limestone [Freeport],

(Salt water crevice at 778, gas very strong.)

Sand rock, very hard, . . . . 66 to 844

The rest of the record of this well is not at present obtainable.
Mr. Jack was good enough to forward 14 samples of both rock and
coal; adding : <' We expected to find a small bed of coal within the
first hundred feet ; but it was not noticed ; although found in a well
bored a short distance, say 70 rods, southwest ; and also in gigging

147 to 427
46 to 473
70 to 543

15 to 558
7 to 565
7 to 572

30 to 602

65 to 667

2 to 669

30 to 699

16 to 715
16 to 731
24 to 755
23 to 778

1866.

237

[Lesley.

for water 14 feet under the surface, at a point a quarter of a mile to
the south."

There is always at least one small bed of coal near the top of the
Barren Measures, under the Pittsburg bed.

" There is a great flow of water and gas from the well, the gas
acting periodically with force sufficient to eject the water from the
mouth of the tubing (laid horizontally 0 feet from the ground) to a
distance of 50 feet." The strong dip from the anticlinal of the
Chestnut Ridge makes all the wells along its western foot artesian.
''This well has never been properly tested for salt or oil, because the
fresh water has never been exhausted."

The following is the record of Governor Johnson's oil well, bored
in the centre of the gorge of the Loyalhanna River through Chestnut
Ridge, about six miles east of Latrobe. The mountain rises 800 or
900 feet above the bed of the river, and is capped with the bottom
coal measures. The well commences at a point about thirty rods up
stream from where the axis of the great anticlinal of the Ridge crosses
the river. It is therefore nearly on the crown of the arch. White
and red sandrocks belonging to the Upper Devonian system (IX and
X) form crags overhanging the river banks.

''Soil," . .

Slate, blue, to a vein of fresh water,
"Bluestone," ....
Soapstone, ....

Bluestone,
Sandstone,

14 feet.
25 to 39
25 to 64
4 to 68
10 to 78
24 to 102
22 to 124
30 to 154

white to salt water vein,

gray to where " tools dropped, ten inches,"

("black,"

small show of gas, borings of black slate, perhaps coal ;
water-vein white as milk.

Black slate, pretty soft, 60 to 214

" Bastard blue stone," 26 to 240

C white to a grand spring of fresh sulphur water, 74 to 314
j pebble rock, . . . . . . 2 to 316

' j quartz rock, . . . . . . 45 to 361

i_ white, 43 to 404

Black slate, *18 to 422

Sandstone; to a vein of gas, ..... 10 to 432

* Omitted, and perhaps justly, in S. M. Wickersham's letter, No. 124 First St.,
Pittsburg, June 14tli, 1865.

Lesley.]

238

[April.

Soapstone, 75 to 507

151ue slate, 35 to 542

Blue stone, . . . . . . . . 15 to 557

Gray stone, . . . . . . . . 35 to 592

Brown, very hard, red in centre, the rest blue, . . 43 to 635

f red ; -with blue stone ; salty, . . . *68 to 703

o J i I S^^Jj 10 to 713

Sandstone,^ / ., ,, ^^ »^^

I red ; with blue stone, . . . . 20 to 733

[ blue ; salty, 22 to 755

the depth of the well July 20th, 1865, when the manager wrote,

"We have lots of gas and soot, and the rock is very oily and salty."

Record of Borings on the Clarion Coal and Oil Company's tract,
Wilcox, Elk County, Pa., sunk by Adams & Babcock, communicated
by Mr. 0. N. Adams. The well is situated on West Branch of
Clarion (West Toby), on Warrant No. 2676, near and inside of the
south line of McKean County, Pennsylvania.

" Coal crops out about 370 feet above well mouth, in the surround-
ing hills."

Conducting pipe through gravel.
Slate ; (at 60 feet from surface heavy water-course,)
Shale ; red, .......

Sandstone; blue, ......

Slate; ( "These red shales are hard and

Shale; red, \ compact like sandstone."

Sandstone ; micaceous.

Sandstone ; blue,

Shale ; red, ....

Slate,

Sand ; blue, ....
Shales ; red (salt water), .
Sandstone; blue,
Slate, .....

o J i. • ( (" mica and iron pyrites

bandstone ; micaceous, < ^ ^•'

(. abundant,")
Slate, ("often called black sand,") ....
Sandstone ; blue, .......

Slate,

f (gasandblack soot abundant )
( for 100 feet downward,) j

1

41

feet.

30 to

71

137 to

208

8 to

216

26 to

242

64 to

306

21 to

327

5 to

332

31 to

363

13 to

376

8 to

384

31 to

415

14 to

429

85 to

514

47 to

561

77 to

638

20 to

658

43 to

701

Sandstone ; micaceous,

48 to 749

* 100 feet in S. "W. Wickersham's letter of July 22d, 1865.

1866.

239

[Lesley.

Shales; olive, ......

Sandstone ; micaceous, ....

Shales; olive; very soft; " putty rock,"
Sandstone; micaceous, ....

Shales; olive, ......

Sandstone ; micaceous, ....

Shales; olive, ......

Sandstone; micaceous; chocolate hue.
Shales; olive; black gas from here dovrnward.
Sandstone ; micaceous, ....

Shales; olive, ( six inches of sandrock inter- )

Shales ; red, \ posed between 6 and 6, j
Sandstone ; micaceous ; very hard ; olive, .
Shales; olive, ......

Sandstone; micaceous; silicious; hard; compact.
Shales; olive, ......

Shales ; red and olive, ....

Shales; olive, ......

Sandstone; gray; light; very hard ; iron pyrites.
Shales ; very soft, J a few inches of hard sand rock 1
Clay ; blue, \ interposed between these. j

Shale; olive; more compact; 3 divides,

f (strong smell in

Sandstones; micaceous; dark soft,

derrick lifting
tools,)

Soapstone or mud vein, .....

Sandstone ; gray ; very hard, ....

Sandstone; light gray; very hard,

Sandrock ; bottom very hard and very fine.

Slate rock ; very hard with quartz intermixed,

Sandstone; very hard; fine; soft in streaks; at 1172

feet occurs mud and soft spot 4 inches ; here a gas

vein spouted five times twenty feet high ; and again,

but not so strong, at 1202 feet, March 27th, .

Sandstone ; very hard ; fine ; soft in streaks,

Slate rock with scales of hard sand, ....

Slate rock; gas in sand-pump, . . . . .

Sandstone hard, and slate soft ; black soot and smell on
tools, April Gth, .......

Slate with sand; red and white; very small pebbles,

April 13th,

Slates with sand, .......

65 to
21 to
11 to
18 to
7 to
5 to

5 to
9 to

23 to

6 to
6 to
6 to

5 to
2 to

10 to

6 to

2 to
38 to

3 to
6 to
6 to

65 to

814
835
846
864
871
876
881
890
913
919
925
931
936
938
948
954
956
994
997
1003
1009
1074

36 to 1110

2 to 1112

1114

1116

28 to 1140

25 to 1165

36 to 1201
26 to 1227

10 to 1237

11 to 1248

21 to 1269

25 to 1294
8 to 1302

Lesley.]

240

[April.

Record of No. 2 well on Hjner Run, half a mile above its junction
with Pithole Creek, Venango County, Pa., furnished through the
kindness of General Tyndall, of Philadelphia.
Length of conductor to solid rock, .... 9 feet.

Soapstone, . ........

Sandrock, hard white; layers of gray; large water-course, 71 to 80

Slate, . . . 48 to 128

Sandrock ("2d"), about 4 to 132

Slate, 68 to 200

Sandrock ; about . . . , . . . 5 to 205

Soft slate, 4 to 209

Sandrock; hard and then with 6 to 215

Hard and soft streaks, . . . . . . 24 to 239

Slate, . . 220 to 459

White sandrock, , 31 to 490

Slate, 50 to 540

Sandrock ("4th"), 16 to 556

Crevice, "with a very good show of oil and gas," . . 2 to 558

Sandrock, 3 to 561

Slate, 39 to 600

Reddish slate in thin layers and hard sand rock gradually

becoming soft with a fine show of oil and some gas, . 12 to 612
Slate ; hard to the bottom, 22 to 634

The well at this depth pumped 50 to 75 barrels of oil per day for
some months.

Record of the Old United States AVell (Frazier Well) on Pithole,
Venango County, Pa.

Slates; variegated, . . . • . . .95 feet.
1st Sandrock, .

Slates ; variegated,
2d Sandrock, .
Slates; variegated,
3d Sandrock, .
Slates ; variegated,
4th Sandrock ; to hot

om,

This well is said to have yielded originally 800

40 to 135

215 to 350

30 to 380

85 to 465

20 to 485

110 to 595

12 to 607

barrels, and now to

yield from 20 to 100 barrels per day, according to different authorities.

The record of No. 47, or Burchell Well, which is said to flow 150
to 200 barrels per day, does not vary over two or three feet in the

1866.]

241

[Lesley.

tops and bottoms of its sandrocks, from the record of the Frazier
Well, given above.

Kecord of Glade Well, or Well No. 7, Sugar Camp branch of

Stewart's Run (half mile up the branch), two miles from Alleghany
River, and about the same distance east of Pithole. Stewart's Run
is in the next valley cast of Pithole, descending southward to the
River, Venango County, Pa.

Slate and crevice of water, ...... 50 feet.

Slate (common), 20 to 70

Sandstone ; hard, and gas, . . . . . . 5 to 75

Slate, 20 to 95

Sandstone and gas, . . . . . . . 2 to 97

Soapstone, . . . . . . . . 21 to 118

Soft clay slate, 78 to 196

Red slate, 50 to 246

Soapstone slate, . . . . . . . 20 to 266

Red slate and water crevice, . . . . . 21 to 287

Red slate, 31 to 318

Sandstone; white, and gas, . . . . . 37 to 355

Slate, 40 to 395

Sandstone and slate, . . . . . . . 12 to 407

Sandstone ; hard, and gas, . . , . . . 25 to 432

Slate; mud vein, ....... 20 to 452

Slate and sandstone, . . . . . . . 15 to 467

Sandstone ; hard ; white, ...... 10 to 477

Sandstone; gray, and gas, . . . . . . 10 to 487

Slate (common), . . . . . . . 53 to 540

Sandrock ; coarse, . . . . . . . 4 to 544

Soapstone and water crevice, . . . . . 20 to 564

Sandstone; gray, . . . . . . . 8 to 572

Slate, 10 to 582

Flintrock, 2 to 584

Sandstone with crevices, . . . . . . 4 to 588

Slate, 10 to 598

Sandstone, 2 to 600

Slate, 12 to 612

Sandstone and red slate, . . . . . . 4 to 616

Slate; to bottom, . . . . . . . 15 to 631

Actual depth of well when abandoned 610 feet, the discrepancy
being left unexplained.

242 IMay.

Mr. Lea exhibited specimens of Eozoon Canadense, received
from Mr. Billings, of Montreal, in rough, polished and dis-
sected states. A discussion ensued, in which Prof. Hayden,
Dr. Le Conte, Mr. Barnes, Judge Hare, and Mr. Lesley took
part.

Pending nominations Nos. 541, 547, 548, 549, were read
aiid balloted for, and there being no further business, the
presiding officer announced the following persons duly elected
members of the Society.

Dr. Pliny Earle, of Northampton, Massachusetts.

Dr. Owen Jones Wister, of Germantown, Pennsylvania.

Mr. Thomas Davidson, of Brighton, England.

Dr. Fridolin Sandberger, of Wurtzburg, Bavaria.
And the Society was adjourned.

Stated Meeting, May 4, 1866.

Present, sixteen members.

Vice-President Prof. Cresson, in the Chair.

A letter accepting membership was received from Dr. 0.
J. Wister, dated Germantown, April 25th.

A letter from Mr. J. E.. Snowden, Secretary of the Histo-
rical Society of Pennsylvania, requesting facilities for Mr.
Edw. Armstrong to examine sources of information on the
subject of the life of the late Mr. Duponceau, was read, and
on motion of Dr. Wood the request was granted.

A letter respecting the publication of a treatise upon the
laws of the French Language was received from Prof. E.
Taliaferro, dated College of W^illiam and Mary, Williams-
burg, Va., April 25th.

A photograph of Prof. S. S. Haldeman was presented by
Dr. Le Conte, for the Album.

Donations for the Library were received from Sig. Lombar-
dini. Dr. Schinz, the Bureau of Mines, the Royal Astronomi-
cal Society, the Rhode Island Society for the Encouragement
of Domestic Industry, Dr. B. A. Gould, Prof. W. A. Norton,

1866.] 243 [Peale.

Dr. Wirtz, of New York, Hon. W. D. Kelley, the Medical
News, and the Young Men's Association of Buftalo.

Mr. Peale exhibited specimens of Indian pottery of the
stone age, recently obtained near the Little Falls of the
Potomac, and presented a photographic picture of them
grouped.

The use of steatite or soapstone, chnochlore, a variety of serpentine,
and of magnesian rocks, among the aborigines, during the stone age
in this country, is demonstrated by the numerous fragments of vases,
pots or mortars, found in many places frequented by them, but it is
rare that perfect or unbroken vessels of this kind are left to us, as
evidence of the status in civilization of these primitive people. The
reason of this rarity may be found in the fragile character of the
mineral, and their entire abandonment the moment an iron or brass
vessel comes into possession. It is therefore with great satisfaction
that I submit to the inspection of the members the examples before
you.

The smallest of the two is analogous in material to the soapstone of
the old quarry on the Schuylkill near Manayunk, but its origin is
unknown to me, further than that it was contributed to the Great
Central Fair, from whose sales it came into my possession by purchase.

The large vessel, made of a kind of greenstone trap as it appears,
is of the usual oval form, thirteen and a half inches long, nine wide,
and four and a half deep inside, and is capable of containing a half
gallon of liquid, with sufficient margin left for ebullition. Other
specimens which have been saved to us in imperfect condition are
generally of the same form, and make it evident that the specimens
before the Society, conform to and constitute the type of these ves-
sels generally.

The steatite of which many vessels were made was doubtless
selected principally on account of the ease with which it could be
worked, by the use of flakes of jasper or hornstone, and retain marks
of the employment of such materials both in the interior and on the
exterior of their surfaces ; it is true, that it is a poor conductor of
heat, but it is equally so, that after being heated it would retain an
elevated temperature a long time.

The projections at the ends were undoubtedly made for convenience

in handling, and it may be to support the vase when placed on blocks

or stones over a fire, for which purpose also, holes were sometimes

perforated near the edge or rim, through which holes strips of skin,

VOL. X. — 2g

Peale.] 244 t^^^-

or filaments of other materials, were passed in order to suspend the
vessels. Several fragments in my collection are thus perforated.

In the more carefully worked articles, these projections are neatly
and symmetrically formed, as shown by the smaller fragment, which is
one of these projections. It appears to be evident that generally
these vessels were left rough from the stone tools with which they
were made, but in some instances they were smoothed to an extent
nearly meriting the term polished, of which the fragment under con-
sideration is an example.

The larger fragment also exhibits the above noticed projection, and
the curved, oval form, alluded to in a preceding part of this com-
munication, and was made of a magnesian rock, somewhat resembling
steatite; through it is disseminated a considerable amount of sul-
phuret of iron.

It is probable that the large vase was used not alone as a cooking
vessel, but served a double purpose by the aid of a pestle, for crush-
ing or pulverizing food, a conclusion justified by the smooth or worn
appearance of the bottom of the cavity, and still further by the tra-
dition, that the pestle herewith exhibited was found within the vase.

This vessel was found on the farm of Mr. Robert H. Donaldson,
near the Little Falls of the Potomac in Virginia, in whose possession
it has remained for many years, serving the purpose of a receptacle
for the food of his poultry, not in this instance to be considered a
degradation, as it has saved it from destruction, the usual fiite of such
articles when not protected by the intelligence or better feeling of
those in whose hands they remain after the Race which made them
has departed. For this specimen we are indebted to the laudable
good sense of the above-named gentleman.

A discussion of the subject ensued in which Dr. Le Conte
expressed his opinion that the mere presence of metal was
non-essential where the metal was used as a natural product
precisely as stone had been used, and without any metallurgi-
cal skill ; as in the case of the iron arrow heads now used,
indiscriminately with obsidian arrow^ heads by the savages of
California, the iron being merely fragments of tire iron found
abandoned by the emigrants upon the plains ; or as in the
ease of the meteoric iron used by the Esquimaux.

The Committee of Finance reported that the claim of the
Society for certain coal lands in Northumberland County has
been compromised and settled. One thousand dollars (less

186C.] 245

fees) has been paid into the treasury, and the remaining three
thousand dollars has been properly secured.

The Committee of Conference appointed to confer with a
committee of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadel-
phia, was on motion discharged from further consideration of
the subject, inasmuch as the committee of the Academy had
been previously discharged.

On motion of Dr. Le Conte the Secretaries were authorized
to procure a suitable album for preserving the photographs
of the members.

And the Society was adjourned.

Stated Meeting, May 18, 1866.

Present, sixteen members.

Prof. Cresson, Vice-President, in the Chair.

A letter accepting membership was received from Dr.
Pliny Earle, dated Northampton, May 5th, 1866.

Letters of invoice were received from the Holland Society
at Haarlem, and Prof. J. D. Whitney, San Francisco, April
16th, 1866.

Photographs of Thomas U. Walter, Dr. John Morgan, and
Mr. Robert Briggs, were presented for insertion in the Album.
The photograph of Dr. Morgan was from J. R. Lambden's
copy of a portrait by Angelica Kauffmann.

Donations for the Library were received from the Geo.
graphical Societies at St. Petersburg and Paris, the Academy
at Berlin, Prof. Zantedeschi, the Observatory of San Fer-
nando, the Society of Sciences at Haarlem, the Boston
Natural History Society, the Editors of the American
Journal of Science, the Franklin Institute, Smithsonian
Institution, Prof. J. C. Cresson, Prof. J. D. Whitney, and
various booksellers.

A communication was offered for publication in the Trans-
actions, entitled "On Fucoids in the Coal," by Leo Lesque-

Hall.] 24G TMay.

reux, "whicli was referred to a committee consisting of Mr. Lea,
Mr. T. P. James, and Mr. Lesley,

A communication was offered for publication in the Trans-
actions, entitled " The Law in the Forms of Continents and
Oceans," by 0. Reichenbach, which on motion was referred
to a committee consisting of Prof. Cresson, Prof. Kendall,
and Prof. Hayden.

The Secretary then read a communication entitled : " Ob-
servations upon some species of jSpirifera, being 'the con-
cluding remarks of the chapter on the descriptions of species
of that genus from the upper Helderberg, Hamilton and
Chemung groups." (From the Palaeontology of New York,
vol. iv, pp. 252-257 ; unpublished.) By James Hall.

Some important considerations are suggested by the study of
Spirifera prmmatu?'a, Spirifera alta, and their associates.

The species which I have here designated as Spirifera prcematura
presents no external markings which enable one to say that it is dis-
tinct from S. hirtus of the sandstones at Burlington, Iowa; nor does
it present diflferences from S. pseudoli)ieata which may not be recon-
ciled with geographical influences, and with a habitat nearer to the
shore line and the essential absence of calcareous matter in the sedi-
ments deposited. Its associates, however, are of diiferent species
from those in the western locality ; but still among the more con-
spicuous of these is Spirifera alta, Productus lachrymosa var., and
Chonetes muricaia, which have a carboniferous aspect ; and were it
not for the presence of Spirifera disjuncta and one or two others,
the general aspect of the fauna might be termed carboniferous.

If again we look at the characters of Spirifera alta, an analogue
or representative of Spirifera cuspidata, we have many points of
similarity with one or more species in the rocks of the "West and
Southwest which are usually referred to a higher position. The high
area and the transverse concave septum, which is not a true pseudo-
deltidium, allies it with Spirifera textus, in which we find similar
features. In the S. alta there has probably been an external convex
pseudo-deltidium, and between this and the septum closing the fissure
there has been a narrow space. This septum, which is an extension
of the dental lamellae, has been thickened or expanded on the inner
side, as shown by the casts of the ventral valve; and in several speci.
mens there is a narrow semi-cylindrical depression extending nearly
to the beak of the valve. .

J

1866.1 247 fii*^"-

In comparing this species with Sj)irifera tcxtus, we find similar
conditions, or more properly an extension or amplification of the same
features. In that species there is a convex arching pseudo-deltidiuni,
though rarely preserved in the specimens. Beneath this there is a
concave septum, and upon the inner face of this there is a tubular
callosity; or, in other words, the inner laminae of the septum become
fistulous, and inclose a cylindrical or subcylindrical space, which ex-
tends from the base of the septum to near the apex of the valve.*
But more usually the laminae appear to be separated, and extending
inwards are recurved, their edges sometimes joining to form a tube,
but more frequently perhaps the margin of each one is recurved upon
itself, leaving the tube with a slit along the lower side. In some
instances, however, these extensions from the inner face of the septum
continue to the bottom of the cavity, and joining the external shell
leave a quadrangular tube instead of a cylindrical one.

It is evident from what has been said, as well as from the illustra-
tions given, that there is a near approach to this character of S.
textus, or an incipient step towards it, in Spirifera alta ; but the
type has not become fully developed. We have the concave septum
with a semicylindrical callosity on its inner face, but this ridge has
apparently remained solid. The concave septum, however, must not
be confounded with the pseudo-deltidium : the latter is apparently an
independent growth of shelly (or sometimes perhaps scarcely solid
shell) matter, forming an exterior plate from the apex of the fissure,
covering to a greater or less extent the opening; but apparently not
connected with, nor a part of the dental lamellfB or substance of the
area, while the septum is an outgrowth or lateral extension of the
dental plates.

In the case of Sipirifera alta, the extension of the septum is so
great, that when connected with the general form of the shell, its
nearest analogue appears to be Spirifcra textus ; which, so far as I
can now determine, is identical with the one described as S. subcus-
pidatus in the Geological Report of Iowa. The latter is a carbon-
iferous species from the Keokuk limestone, and closely allied to the
Spirifera cuspidatus of Europe ; and the Chemung species thus re-
minds us of the Carboniferous one, or has a carboniferous aspect.

If, in its full development, the presence of a septum and internal
tube be regarded as of generic value, then we have in Spirifera alta

* It is upon this feature, or one of similar character, in its full development,
that I understand Prof. Winchell proposes to found the Qenus Syringothyris.

Hall.] 248 [May.

the same appendages in part, or in a partially developed condition ; the
distinct tube only being wanting. But had we the means of examin-
ing the internal characters of the ventral valves of all the species of
Spirifers, we should probably find graduations from the solid filling
of the rostral cavity, with a greater or less extension of shelly matter
in the form of a septum in the fissure occupying a narrow space in
its apex, till we reach the development observed in S. alta and S.
textus.

To a considerable extent, we are able to prove this supposition.
In the separated valves of Spin/era radiata of the Clinton and
Niagara groups, there is a filling of the rostral cavity, and a thicken-
ing of the dental lamellae which are extended for half the length of
the valve. The narrow median crest of the muscular impression is
expanded and thickened towards the apex of the valve, but there is
no evidence of a septum. In Spirifera niagarensis there is a filling
of the rostral cavity and a thickening of the dental lamellae, which
are distinctly separate ; but no appearance of a septum : there is a
low median crest in the muscular impression.

In the Lower Helderberg group, the Spirifera macropleura has
the rostral cavity filled to a greater or less extent, and the dental
plates extremely thickened at their bases ; while there is an obscure
low median crest in the muscular impression, which sometimes be-
comes thickened and expanded above; and occasionally there is a
little filling of the upper part of the fissure, resembling the incipient
stages of growth of the septum. In Spirifera cycloptera the rostral
cavity is more or less filled and solid, with diverging dental lamellae;
while the crest dividing the muscular impression is very unequally
developed, and there is no appearance of a septum. In Spirifera
perlamellosa the rostral cavity is filled to a greater or less degree, the
dental lamellae are short and strong, and there is a sharp elevated
median crest or septum in the muscular impression ; but there is no
indication of the transverse septum. In Spirifera octocostata the
dental lamellse are thickened, and there is a vertical septum reaching
from the apex of the rostral cavity to the base of the muscular im-
pression. In Spirifera marylandica of the Oriskany sandstone,
there is sometimes a partial filling of the rostral cavity, with a reversed
conical crest in the upper part of the muscular area. Spirifera
arenosa has strong dental lamellae ; a filling of the rostral cavity in
old shells ; a low crest, dividing the muscular impression, which be-
comes thickened in its upper part ; a distinct pseudo-deltidial cover-
ing of the fissure, but no transverse septum.

1866.J 249 I"*"-

Among the Spirifers of the Upper Keldcrberg group, Spirifera
acuminata has usually only a moderate thickening of the rostral por-
tions, divergent lauielh^ of moderate strength, and no transverse septum.
In Spirifera oweni the rostral cavity is partially filled; the dental
lamella) are thickened ; there is a reversed conical callosity at the
apex of the cavity, the attenuated continuation of wbich divides the
muscular area : the fissure is closed by a thickened plate or septum
for one-half its length from the apex. In Spirifera raricosta the
rostral cavity is filled; the dental lamellae are short and thick; the
fissure is closed by a solid filling for a part of its length, while from
the bottom of the cavity there rises a thin vertical septum which ex-
tends to within one-third the length of the front of the valve. In
Spirifera gregaria the rostral cavity is more or less filled with thick-
ened dental lamelliB, and sometimes the incipient growth of a trans-
verse septum is perceptible.

In several of the Spirifers of the Hamilton group the septum is
well marked, while in others there is an incipient development of the
same character. In Spirifera granulifera the upper part of the
rostral cavity is filled with shelly matter, and this apparently en-
croaches upon the space below with the advancing age of the shell.
The fissure becomes partially filled, and a thickened plate projects a
little in advance of the solid filling of the beak, leaving behind it, or
on the inner side, a conical cavity directed towards the apex of the
shell. The muscular area is divided by a low longitudinal crest,
which, in its extension towards the beak, becomes wider, and is often
much thickened towards its junction with the solid shelly matter
filling the rostral cavity. Looking at this feature from the apex of
the shell, it presents a subconical form, and is more or less abruptly
attenuated towards the centre of the muscular impression. This
callosity sometimes becomes so prominent as to produce an emargi-
nation or indentation in the apex of the cast, and a similar feature is
often obs^ved in the casts of other species of Spirifera.

Regarding the S. granulifera alone, there is little to attract
especial notice, beyond the general fact of a partial filling of the
rostral cavity with the exterior portion prolonged between the dental
lamellas, but so much thickened as scarcely to merit the term septum.
In Spirifera marcyi this development of shelly matter has the char-
acter of a true septum, closing one-third or more of the length of the
fissure from above, and leaving an open rostral cavity behind it. In
Spirifera medialis and S. macronotus there is a thickened transverse

Hall.] 250 i^'^y-

septum extending from one-third to one-half the length of the fissure
from the apex, and this feature is quite independent of the pseudo-
deltidium. The rostral cavity lies behind this septum, and may be
open or free from the accumulation of shelly matter to a greater or
less extent; but it is not uncommon to find nothing more than a
thickening of the base of the dental plates and a partial filling of the
rostral cavity. This condition changes to a greater or less extent
during the growth of the shell ; but a partial filling of the fissure at
its apex is probably more common than otherwise, particularly in
full-grown individuals.

In the Spirifers of the Carboniferous rocks which I have been able
to examine, this feature is variably developed. In S. plena of the
Burlington limestone, the septum extends for more than half the
length of the fissure; while it is less developed in S. grimesi, and
scarcely at all in S. increhescens and S. opima.

The shell texture of Spirifera is usually regarded as fibrous, and
this is true of all those I have examined, though in some of the
species of the higher formations I have observed characters which,
with imperfect means of investigation, seem to be irregularly dis-
tributed ducts penetrating the shell. I have not been able to examine
the shell of Spirifera alta, to learn whether any changes have taken
place in its texture, not observed in other species of Spirifera ; but
in S. textus,* where the septum and tube are developed, the shell is
penetrated by numerous pores or ducts which are somewhat coarser
than the ordinary punctate structure of some other Brachiopoda;
and though not in actual contact, are often arranged in regular order
and frequently in close proximity to each other, not essentially difl'er-
ing from that of Spiriferina as given by Dr. Carpenter. The
intermediate spaces have a distinctly and beautifully fibrous or pris-
matic structure, differing in no respect from ordinary Spirifers or
Athyris.

It should be observed, in this connection, that the dental plates,
both in Spirifera alta and S. textus, reach to the bottom of the
cavity, and partially surround the muscular impression, which is pre-
cisely like that of ordinary Spirifers.

* In this species and in Spiriferhui spiiiosa of Norwood & Pratten, the pores
or ducts are unequally distributed; being, in some parts of the shell, closely
crowded, while in others they are more distant and often following the line of
growth, though frequently irregularly disposed.

Prof. Winchell remarks, of the proposed Genus Syringothyris, that " the shell
is impunctate in all conditions and under high powers."'

c

u

o

a

o

u

i

I— I

H

O
Q

p— I
o

o

o

o

J

1866.] 251 [2^"-

In these remarks, 1 have not intended to express an opinion of the
generic value of certain characters, but merely to show, as it appears
to me, a gradual or successive development in certain parts, which
finally becomes so wide a departure from the characters of typical
forms of Spirifera, that it deserves especial attention. Nor can we
deny that this progressive development of the septum and its modifi-
cations keeps pace and corresponds with the geological succession ;
reaching its extreme state, so far as now known, in the Carboniferous
period.

In our investigations of the Chemung group in its more easterly
extension in the State of New York, it has proved, throughout the
greater part of its thickness, to be comparatively barren of animal
organisms, though often containing an abundance of the remains of
land vegetation. As we progress westerly, the coarser sediments have
given place to finer materials, or are more or less intercalated with
shales or shaly and calcareous beds, while the coarser beds exhibit
less resemblance to shore deposits, and we find an increasing number
of animal remains both of the Brachiopoda and Lamellibranchiata,
though there are usually few of any other class. But these are not
equally distributed, either vertically or horizontally.

There is one fact, however, which can scarcely fail to impress the
collector of fossils in this group of strata, which is, that in going
westward, certain forms which are abundant in some localities be-
come rare or disappear altogether, so that sometimes localities not
very far removed from each other give almost entirely a different set
of species. Certain species which are common in Schoharie, Broome,
Tioga and Chemung Counties, I have not seen in Cattaraugus and
Chautauque Counties ; while many species which are common in the
western counties are quite rare or unknown to me in Tioga, Tompkins,
and the counties east of these. Although we may attribute this view
in some part to our imperfect collections, it is nevertheless in a great
degree true.

Reasoning upon the nature and origin of the sediments as well as
upon these observed conditions, we might expect to find a changing
fau 'a as we recede from the ancient coast line furnishing these
matt rials, and which were then swept into the wide ocean to the
westward. While in some of the more eastern localities we find
specie") of the Hamilton group apparently mingling with those of the
Chemung group, the higher beds of Cattaraugus and Chautauque
Counties give us an association of fossils having a more carboniferous
VOL. X. — 2h

Hall.] 252 ^^^y-

aspect than those of the higher beds in the eastern counties of the
State.

Besides the contemporaneity of the sedimentary formations holding
dissimilar species in distant localities, we have to regard the gradual
lithological changes affecting the character of the fauna in the same
continuous deposition. There can be no longer any question that the
higher arenaceous and argillaceous formations of New York and the
adjacent portions of Pennsylvania, when traced in a southwesterly
direction, become intercalated with calcareous bands, gradually giving
out and becoming replaced in a great degree by calcareous or argillo-
calcareous deposits in which some of the same species of fossils con-
tinue, while there is an accession of other forms adapted to the
changed conditions of life.* In the extreme southwestern extension
of the Palaeozoic series the interval between the Upper Helderberg
group and the coal measures, which in the north is occupied by the
Hamilton, Portage, Chemung, and Catskill formations, which consti-
tute so marked a feature in New York, Pennsylvania, and Ohio, is
there filled almost exclusively by calcareous accumulations, but we
can scarcely suppose that the lapse of time required for the deposition
of the northern sedimentary formations remained unrecorded by a
fauna of some kind while the interval is filled by an accumulation of
a thousand or more feet of calcareous formation.

It here becomes a matter of great interest to decide what shall
constitute the fauna Devonian, and what may be regarded as the
fauna Carboniferous. Looking at the great number of Productus
(for although I have used the term Productella as indicating certain
distinctions, the fossils are in all essential respects Productus) in the
central and western portions of the State, they alone would give a
Carboniferous aspect to the fauna. But when we find Spirifera
disjuncta, and other fossils of acknowledged Devonian age, we
instinctively allow less than the due importance to the Carboniferous
evidence. Nevertheless we are forced to admit, even within the
State of New York, a gradual diminution of the Devonian types, and
an augmentation of the Carboniferous types, in the same beds as we go
westward. And finally, we have every reason to believe that in those

* I have already shown a similar condition existing at the period of the coal
measures, where some calcareous bands of a few feet in thickness in Ohio, Penn-
sylvania, and Virginia, become expanded, so that together with the associated
calcareous shales they embrace almost the entire formation towards the Rocky
Mountains and Mexico in the far western and southwestern regions of the United
States.

1866.] 253 ^^^"■

sedimentary formations, between the Hamilton group and the Coal
measures in the east, and between the same group and the Burlington
(Carboniferous) limestone in the west, the Devonian aspect of the
fauna on the one hand, and its Carboniferous aspect on the other, are
due in a great degree .to geographical and physical conditions, and
not to difference in age or chronological sequence of the beds contain-
ing the fossils.

This view of the case, which is consonant with the facts observed,
will account for the coming in of forms which we term Carboniferous,
as we pursue our investigations to the westward.

The same opinions seem gradually to be obtaining ground in Great
Britain, but the idea is not new with me. It is now about fifteen
years since I expressed similar opinions in a review and comparison
of the Palaeozoic groups and systems of Europe and America.*

In some of the concluding paragraphs of this chapter, after having
made a comparison of the species cited as common to the Silurian
and Devonian and to the latter and the Carboniferous system, I have
said :

" The arenaceous and argillaceous deposits, which we trace uninter-
ruptedly over so wide an area, and which present to us such gradual
and almost imperceptible changes in the fauna when studied con-
tinuously, would, if broken up and isolated so that they could not be
traced consecutively, present the same phases which are exhibited by
the systems in Europe to which they are related. From all these
facts there seems to be but one conclusion, and that is, in the British
Islands particularly, either there are remarkable exceptions to the
general law in the continuation of species from one to another, or that
there is no foundation for a distinction between the Devonian and
Carboniferous systems."

Note. — The Spirifera aUa referred to in the preceding pages is
an analogue of the European carboniferous Spirifera cuspidata,
having a similar elevated area which is usually " slightly inclining
forward or nearly rectangular to the general plane of the dorsal valve.
The fissure is high and narrow, and is closed for two-thirds of its
length from the apex by a concave septum which is entirely indepen-
dent of the pseudo-deltidium." On page 249 of vol. iv, Pal. N. Y.,
I have made the following remarks under the description of the
species :

* In Foster and AVhitney's Report, chap, sxiii, pp. 285-318.

Hall.l

254 ^^^^•

" This species is known to me only in the condition of casts of the
interior, and its usual appearance is illustrated in the figures on Plate
xliii. Its general aspect is much like that of the European Spi-
rifera cuspidata, Martin j but there are important differences by
which it may be distinguished : these are, the plications on the
mesial fold, the larger area of the dorsal valve, and the shorter
extension and greater divergence of the dental lamellae by the sides
of the muscular impression. Some of these characters, I conceive,
are not likely to change to those shown by S. cuspidata. In the
concave septum closing two-thirds of the fissure from above, it re-
sembles that species as described by Prof. McCoy, who mentions the
presence of a ' deep-seated pseudo-deltidium.'* In one of the figures
given by Mr. Davidson and referred with doubt to this species,t the
cast shows a tubular perforation in the filling of the fissure; and a
gutta percha impression from the same shows the mark of a foramen,
but there is no positive evidence of a septum, which is so conspicuous
in our specimens, and which I suppose to be the feature characterized
by Prof. McCoy as a deep-seated pseudo-deltidium. In our species
I have not been able to discover any corresponding perforation ; the
only indication of this being the semi-cylindrical impression along the
centre of the fissure (in the cast), showing a callosity of the septum
behind the exterior wall.

"In form and proportions, this species bears a very close resemblance
to one in the Waverly sandstone of Ohio, and also to one in the fine-
grained sandstone of Burlington, Iowa; but of neither of these have
I the necessary material for satisfactory comparison. It differs from
the S. suhcuspidataX of Schnur in the plications of the mesial fold
and sinus, and the wider area of the dorsal valve; and also in the
same characters it differs from the *S'. iextus of the sandstone and
argillaceous limestone near New Albany, Indiana."!

* ; triangular opening very large, often displaying the internal

deep-seated pseudo-deltidium (without perforation, leaving the only opening to
the shell at its base) ; . • • McCoy, British Palaeozoic Fossils, p 426.

t Monograph of British Carboniferous Brachiopoda, Plate ix, f. 1 & 1 a.

X Spirifer subciispidatus, Hall, Geological Report of Iowa, p. 646, pi. xx, f. 6,
is a distinct species, and apparently identical with S. textus. Hall, Tenth Report
on the State Cabinet, p. 160 : 1857. See Nineteenth Report on the State Cabinet,
for remarks on this species.

§ The latter species before alluded to as a punctate shell has the fissure partially
closed by a septum, and this is perforated near its apex by a circular foramen,
which is continued in a longitudinal tube behind the septum and opens into the
cavity of the shell below. The margins of the fissure are grooved for the recep-
tion of a pseudo-deltidium as in ordinary spirifers, and this appendage is partially
preserved in some of my specimens.

Lesley

Proc fiP SVolX. PI. IV

I

I

I

rROCEEDIXGS

AMEPJCAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY.

YoL. X. JUNE, 186G. No. 76.

Stated 3Ieeting, June 15, 18G6.

Present, thirteen members.

Vice-President Prof. Cresson in the Chair.

Letters of envoi were received from the Prussian Academy,
dated Berlin, November 24th, 1865, and the Holland Society
of Sciences at Harlem.

Letters accepting membership were received from Dr. D.
F. Sandberger, dated Wurzburg, May 13th, and Mr. T.
Davidson, dated Park Crescent, Brighton, England, May
9th, 1866.

Photographs of Mr. Joseph Harrison, and Prof. E. 0.
Kendall, were received for insertion in the Album.

A letter was received from Prof. T. C. Porter, President
Linnaean Society, Lancaster, Pennsylvania, announcing the
transmission of boxes containing, plaster casts of the Indian
sculptures on an island in the Susquehanna. The Secretary
announced the receipt of the boxes, and the casts were dis-
tributed around the Hall of the Society. Prof. Porter being
present, gave a short history of the discovery of these inter-
esting remains, and the diflBculties to be overcome in obtain-
ing casts of them. On motion the Secretaries were instruct-
ed to tender the thanks of the Society to the Linnsean Society
at Lancaster, for this very fine donation to its cabinet ; and
on motion of Mr. Fraley, the collection of casts was referred
for examination to a Special Committee and instructed to re-
port, consisting of Mr. Peale, Dr. Emerson, and Prof. Por-
ter.

VOL. X. — 2 I

256 , [J"°«-

A letter to the President, from Rev. Thomas D. Allen,
was read, dated N. Cevney Rectory, Cirencester, England,
May 12th, requesting information respecting certain human
fossil bones reported to be in the cabinet of the Society.

A circular letter was read announcing the partial destruc-
tion of the Library, Museum, &c., of the new Chicago Acad-
emy of Sciences, on the 6tli inst.

A letter was read addressed to Prof. Joseph Henry of the
Smithsonian Institution, from Col. James Greer, dated Day-
ton, Ohio, May 8th, 1866, respecting his discovery of three
fossil fish, which he states he detected embodied in compact
sand in a narrow deep cut of the Sand " Bluffs " or Loess of
the Mississippi near Vicksburg, on the 19th March, 1866,
which he has preserved. He believes it to be the first dis-
covery of fossil fish in the Loess of the Mississippi.

A letter was received from the Rev. George Belcourt, dated
Rustico, Prince Edward Island, May 10th, explaining and
giving specimen MS. pages of his Odjibowe-Francois vocabu-
lary, which, on motion, was referred to a special committee
consisting of Dr. Hayden, Mr. Lesley, and Mr. P. E. Chase.

Donations for the Library were received from Dr. Roehrig,
the Prussian Academy, Upper Lausatian Society, German
Union of Physicians and Naturalists, Prince of Wied, London
Astronomical, Meteorological, and Chemical Societies, Dub-
lin Geological Society and Journal of Science, Essex Insti-
tute, Boston Society of Natural History, and American Anti-
quarian Society, Franklin Institute, Medical News and Acad-
emy of Natural Sciences at Philadelphia, Chicago Academy
of Sciences, Mr. Isaac Lea, and Mr. Paynter, of Media,
Pennsylvania.

Copies of the Proceedings No. 75, were distributed to the
members present.

A copy of the " Poissons Fossiles" published at Neuchatel,
1833 and 1843, was laid upon the table, received from Alex.
Agassiz, in exchange for xiii vols, of the Transactions of the
Society, forwarded to the Museum of Comparative Zoology,
Cambridge, Massachusetts.

1866.] 257

The death of Dr. John Lindley, November 1st, 1865, aged
66, was announced by the Secretary.

The death of Prof. H. D. Rogers, at Glasgow, May 29th,
aged 50, was announced by Mr. Fraley, on whose motion.
Dr. R. E. Rogers was appointed to prepare an obituary notice
of the deceased.

A paper was presented for publication in the Transactions,
entitled Notes upon the Geology of some portions of Minne-
sota, from St. Paul to the western part of the State, by James
Hall (with diagrams), which, on motion, was referred to a
committee consisting of Prof. Trego, Dr. Hayden, and Mr.
Lesley.

Prof. Cresson described two remarkable cases of lightning-
stroke which occurred during a recent storm.

The Secretaries reported that they had procured an Album,
pursuant to orders, and exhibited the same with the Photo-
graphs of members arranged in it, so far as they have been
received.

New nominations Nos. 550, 551, 552, 553 and 554, were
read.

And the Society was adjourned.

Stated Meeting, July 20, 1866.

Present, five members.

Dr. Carson in the Chair.

Photographs of Dr. Torrey, Dr. Dewey, and Dr. ShurtleiF,
were presented for insertion in the Album.

A letter Avas received from the American Antiquarian
Society, dated Worcester, Massachusetts, July 5th, 1866, re-
porting deficiencies in its series of publications of the So-
ciety.

A letter was read from Dr. Schinz, dated Strasbourg, 15th
June, 1866, acknowledging the receipt of diploma and publi-
cations of the Society ; and communicating certain results of

Horsford.] 258 fJ^'^-

physical experiments with his improved pyrometer, and re-
searches into the proportion of draft to the surfaces of fuel.

A letter was read from Professor E. N. Horsford, dated
Cambridge, July 10th, 1866, giving an account of a remark-
able rainbow as follows :

On Sunday the 8th instant, we witnessed here a rainbow of rare
brilliancy and multiplication. It was at the close of a severe thun-
dergust, accompanied by a violent shower just before sunset. The
arch was maintained throughout, but in some parts less brilliant than
in others. The part extending some forty degrees on either side of
the summit, rested on a luminous, fleecy cloud as a background, con-
trasting singularly with the darker clouds below. Over all this por-
tion it was easy to distinguish the primary and secondary bows. In
short sections there was a duplicate secondary bow, or at least the
red division. This was novel to me. But within the primary bow,
in which all the colors were wonderfully brilliant, there were in some
short sections no less than five repetitions of the red division of the
spectrum. Each succeeding one was fainter from without inward,
and less remote from its nearest outer companion. The whole width
of the five red divisions was scarcely twice the width of the primary
bow. Pouillet speaks of a third and fourth bow, but here were no
less than eight.

Donations for the Library were announced from the Geo-
graphical Societies of St. Petersburg and Paris ; the Bureau
des Mines ; the Astronomical Society of London ; the Bos-
ton Natural History Society, and the American Academy;
the Massachusetts and New Hampshire Historical Societies ;
Harvard College ; Professor Horsford ; the New York Ly-
ceum ; the Polytechnic College at Philadelphia ; Medical
News ; Friends' Freedmen Relief Association ; the Union
League ; Ohio Mechanics Institute ; St. Louis Academy of
Sciences ; and the Superintendent of Public Instruction in
California.

A copy of the Catalogue of the books of the Society, part
II, just published, was laid upon the table for examination by
the members.

The decease of a member, Dr. Paul Beck Goddard, July
oth, aged 57, was announced by Professor Kendall.

1866.] 259

Tl)c Committee to ■which was referred the paper of Prof.
James Hall on the Geology of part of Minnesota reported in
favor of its publication in the Transactions, and the subject
was referred to the Committee of Publication with authority
to diminish the number of engraved diagrams if they think
proper.

The Committee to which was referred the communication
of Mr. Bclcourt, respecting an Odjibowc vocabulary, reported
in f^ivor of publication, which was so ordered.

Specimens of titaniferous iron ore from Cumberland, R. I.,
were laid on the table by Mr. Chase.

Pending nominations Nos. 550, 551, 552, 553 and 554,
were read.

And the Society was adjourned.

Stated Meeting, August 17, 1866.

Present, three members.

Professor Trego in the Chair.

Letters acknowledging the receipt of publications were re-
ceived from the Royal Saxon Society, September 30th, 1865 ;
the Batavian Society of Experimental Philosophy, October
21st; the Geological Society at Berlin, November 4th; the
Natural History Union of the Duchy of Nassau, October 10th ;
the Zoological and Botanical Society at Vienna, January,
18G6 ; the Asiatic Society at London, March 26th ; the
Linnsean Society at Bordeaux, June 8th ; Yale College, July
24th; New York Historical Society, July 31st; American
Antiquarian Society, August 1st; Harvard College, August
1st ; State Historical Society of Wisconsin, August 2d ; New
York Lyceum, August 7th ; and New Jersey Historical So-
ciety, August 12th, 1866.

Donations for the Library were announced from the Berlin
Academy ; the Royal Italian Commission to the Dublin Ex-
position of 1865 ; the Paris and London Geographical So-

2g0 [September.

cieties ; the London Astronomical, Meteorological, and Geo-
logical Societies ; the Essex Institute ; Hartford Asylum ;
American Journal of Arts and Sciences ; Rensselaer Poly-
technic Institute; Prof. Winchell ; Franklin Institute; and
Medical News of Philadelphia.

The Proceedings of the Board and Council were read.

Pending nominations Nos. 550, 551, 552, 553 and 554,
were read.

And the Society was adjourned.

Stated 3Ieeting, September 21, 1866.

Present, ten members.

Vice-President Prof. Cresson in the Chair.

The printed circular of the Officers and Committee of the
Portland Natural History Society, appealing for aid, was
read.

A letter was received from Mr. Wm. Duane, 514 Walnut
Street, September 20th, presenting to the Library of the
Society, four MS. volumes of a Journal kept by the late
Mr. Peter Legaux, superintendent of the Vineyard at Spring
Mill, Montgomery County, Pennsylvania, between the years
1803 and 1827. The gift was made under the belief that the
meteorological records contained therein are of value.

Letters of envoi were received from the Geographical So-
ciety of St. Petersburg, July 25th ; the University at Lund,
November, 1865 ; the Verein fur Erdkunde zu Dresden, May
16th ; the Provincial Secretary of Canada at Ottawa, August
31st ; and the Boston Society of Natural History, September
17th, 1866.

On motion ordered that the Verein fur Erdkunde zu Dres-
den, be added to the list of corresponding Societies to receive
the Proceedings.

Donations for the Library were received from various sources
as follows : the Royal, Danish, Russian, Austrian, Turin,

1860.] 2G1 [Chase,

and Dublin Societies ; the University of Lund ; the Observa-
tory at Turin ; the Geographical Societies at St. Petersburg,
Dresden, Paris, and London ; the Geological Societies at
Vienna, Berlin, and Leeds ; the Zoologico-Botanical Societies
at Vienna, Berlin, and Frankfort-am-Maine ; the Natural
History Societies at Bremen, Bonn, and Boston; the Acad-
emy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia ; the Geological Sur-
vey of Canada ; American Journal of Sciences ; Cooper
Union ; Historical Magazine at Morrisiana ; the Medical
News ; J. A. Meigs, M. Carey Lea, and Wm. Duane, of
Philadelphia; Dr. Steiner, of Baltimore; Prof. Dana, of
New Haven; Dr. Schinz, of Strasbourg; M. des Moulines,
and M. Trimoulet, of Bordeaux ; Mr. Alex. Winchell, of Ann
Arbor ; and the California Academy.

The decease of a member, Mr. Matthias W. Baldwin, in
Philadelphia, on the 7th inst., was announced by Mr. Fraley.
On motion, Mr. Franklin Peale was appointed to prepare an
obituary notice of the deceased.

The decease of another member. Dr. A. A. Gould, at Bos-
ton, Massachusetts, on the 17th inst., aged 57, was announced
by Mr. T. P. James.

Prof. H. C. Wood offered for publication in the Transac-
tions, a paper entitled " A Contribution to the Knowledge of
the Flora of the Coal Period of the United States," which, on
motion, was referred to a committee consisting of Mr. Les-
quereux, Mr. T. P. James, and Mr. Lesley.

Mr. P. E. Chase read a communication "On the Relations
of Temperature to Gravity and Density :"

It has long been known that the temperature of the air is, to some
extent, dependent upon its gravity and density. Among the promi-
nent indications of this dependence are :

1. The diminution of temperature upon mountains and in balloon
ascents.

2. The equation of oscillation (y = y/'2 yli), which applies to all
undulations, whether of heat, light, electricity, or material bodies.

Chase.] 262 [September.

3. The inverse relations of specific gravity and atmospheric dens-
ity to temperature, and the direct relation of density to pressure.

4. The observed proportionality of the heat generated by collision,
to the square of the obstructed velocity, in falling bodies as well as
in projectiles.

5. The relations which have been pointed out between magnetism
and heat, — between magnetism and the solar spots, — between the
sun-spots and gravity,* — and between magnetism and gravity.

6. The general theoretical proportionality of radiative to absorp-
tive power, and the practical confirmation of theory by Tyndall's
recent experiments.

7. The variation of heat, gravity, and other central forces, in the
inverse ratio of the square of the distance, and the reasonable pre-
sumption of an identity of mechanical laws from the identity of the
"lines of force" in centripetal and centrifugal radiation.

The average daily extremes of temperature, from the absorption
of solar heat and the cooling by nocturnal radiation, occur at about
S*" A.M. and 2'' p.m. The atmospheric gravity, in consequence of
the combined attraction of the sun and earth, is greatest at midnight
and least at noon. The temperature- and weight-disturbances do
not, therefore, correspond in their daily march, but by averaging on
eaoh side of the turning-points (so as to eliminate, as far as practica-
ble, the overlying perturbations of the heat which is alternately
stored and restored), we may discover some indications of a constant
ratio between the radiating and attractive energies of the sun. If
such a ratio really exists, and yet cannot be exactly determined, the
nearest attainable approximation to its value will be an interesting,
and, perhaps, a useful addition to our knowledge of molecular
physics.

The " interior work" or latent heat that balances the condensation
of gravity, is greatest at midnight, when the solar attraction is added
to the terrestrial, and least at noon, -when the weight of the air is
represented by the difference of the two attractions. It seems prob-
able, therefore, inasmuch as the gravitation of a particle towards the
sun is .00067 as great as that towards the earth's centre, and as a
variation of 180° F. in temperature is accompanied by a variation of
.367 in volume, that there' should be, from this cause alone, an in-

* Wo]fF's sun-spot formula is based on the masses, distances, and annual mo-
tions of Jupiter, Saturn, the Earth, and Venus.

18C6] 263 t*^^-'''®-

crease in temperature, under a vertical sun at noon, of 180° X .00067
-r.367r=0°.82S6, and a like decrease at midnight. This amount
of disturbance is entirely independent of the heat-waves which are
radiated from the sun, and it would, therefore, remain unchanged,
even if the sun were darkened or an adiathermanous screen were
interposed.

If the hypothesis of a constant ratio between the solar attraction
and the solar radiation is correct, the average temperature at dif-
ferent hours of the day, like the weight-disturbance, should vary
nearly as the co.sine of the hour-angle. In Table I, the stations are
arranged, in each quarter of the globe, in the order of latitude, and
one hour is allowed for the lagging which is due to atmospheric
inertia,* the differences being taken between l** and 13'', 2'" and 12'',
&c., instead of between 0'' and 12'', l** and ll*", &c. The striking
theoretical correspondence in the average of the joint observations
at Gottingen and Halle, is specially interesting on account of the
position of the two stations, south of the Hartz jMountains, and near
the opposite extremities of the range. The New Haven ratios,
which are deduced from the discussion, by Profs. Loomis and New-
ton, of 8G years' observations, approximate more nearly to the cosine
ratios than those which are based on a shorter series of observations
at most other American stations. The Amherst ratios, however,
representing a single year's observations under the direction of Prof.
Snell, are very noticeable for their close coincidence with theory.
At nearly all the stations the abnormal differences are greatest when
the sun is near the horizon, which may be partly owing to the
greater extent of air traversed by the solar rays.

The force of gravity at the poles is P — (§gg)^= y|^ greater than
at the equator. The amount of heat required to expand air j|„ of
its volume is 180° X ^ i^ -~ .367 = 3°.27. According to Johnston's
Phy.'^ical Atlas, the mean minimum temperature of the globe is
1°.75, the maximum 85°. 3, which indicates an average difference
of 83". 55 between the polar and equatorial temperatures. Daguin
(Traits de Physique, v. 2, p. 115) fixes the range at 46°. 2 C., or
83°.16 F.

Table II exhibits the average daily range, at all the stations of
hourly observation which are embraced in the third edition of
Guyot's Tables.

* The approximate average lagging, as shown by a great variety of barometric
observations, is about 60 minutes.

VOL. X. — 2K

Chase.

264

[September.

Tables III and IV are constructed from Prof. Coffin's reductions
of the extensive meteorological observations made under the direc-
tion of the United States Patent Office and the Smithsonian In-
stitution.

Table V presents various comparisons between the thermal dis-

Table I. — Ratios of Average Daily Fluctuations of
Temperature.

Hours of Observation, . . |

1
13

0—14
2—12

23—15
3—11

22-16

4-10

21—17
5— 9

20—18
6— 8

Hour Angle.

0°

16°

30°

46°

eo°

75°

Cosine of Hour Angle, . . .

1.

.966

.866

.707

.600

.259

' Philadelphia.f 2 . . .

.984

.912

.795

.612

.347

Do.f3

.980

.912

.796

.610

.349

Do.d

.969

.920

.808

.615

.338

Frankiord,*''*-^

.983

.933

.824

.631

.338

New Haven,"

.978

.905

.775

.567

.302

Amherst,'' ^' .

.904

.859

.703

.504

.257

Toronto,' . .

.978

.927

.823

.655

.363

Do. f 6-7 ,

.989

.950

.842

.64i

.351

Do.fs . .

.987

.920

.819

.653

.365

Sitka, fn . .

.979

.879

.719

.5.54

.288

Boothia Felix, f 12

.956

.840

.668

.461

.234

o

Kio Janeiro, f i^-"

.976

.917

.786

.586

.314

Trevandram,f i^-^^

.973

.896

.755

.551

.293

«

Madras, f 30_24 _

.981

.883

.744

.547

.315

Bombay,f 22_23

.980

.919

.774

.575

.307

Do.f 25 . .

.989

.915

.789

.594

.345

w -

Calcutta, f 26 .

.981

.883

.717

.536

.272

Pekino;,f28 ,

.975

.877

.752

.551

.289

F4

H

Tiflis,f-'7 . .

.965

.882

.739

.537

.279

Nertchinsk,f 29

.971

.886

.748

.549

.286

■<

Do.f 30 .

.984

.906

.764

.567

.299

Barnaul, f 31-32

.971

.887

.743

.537

.299

Do.f*3. .

.974

.889

.740

.532

.271

Komejfs^ . .

.988

.935

.816

.614

.334

Padua,'" 35. .

.987

.916

.784

.595

.293

Do.= . .

.987

.909

.784

.594

.294

St. Bernard,f 38

.968

.867

.706

.501

.259

Geneva,' 36 .

.970

.880

.731

.527

.275

Salzburg,'' ''^ .

.977

.888

.746

.543

.292

Kremsmiinster,'

40

.965

.868

.745

,503

.262

Munich,' « .

.972

.894

.761

.562

.311

Prague,' *3 .

.970

.895

.751

.553

.317

Do.f 44 . .

.963

.867

.706

.469

.243

* Sabine.
*> Blodgett.

^ Kaemtz.

* Biiche, 1842-4.

• Loomis
f Guyot.

1866.]

265

[Chase.

turbances which are set forth in the previous tables, and contempo-
raneous disturbances of gravity or density. It exhibits a satisfac-
tory de<;ree of uniformity in the variously derived results, consider-
ing the limited extent of the observations, the usual crudity of first
approximations in science, and the amount of disturbance that must
necessarily arise from atmospheric currents. The ratios, vyhether

Table I. — Continued.

Hours of Observation, . . -J

1
13

0-14
2—12

23—15
3—11

22—16
4—10

21—17
5— 9

20—18
6— 8

Hour Angle,

0°

15°

30°

45°

60°

75°

Cosine of Hour Angle, . . .

1.

.966

.866

.707

.500

.259

' Plymouth,' «_46. , .

.973

.891

.744

.542

.281

Brussels,' '•^ . . . .

.972

.896

.759

.554

.294

jMiihlhausen.f 50 _ _ .

.984

.889

.730

.523

.276

Greenwich,' 5* .

.964

.863

.705

.496

.257

D().f&^ . . . .

.979

.874

.721

.521

.279

Do.b . . . .

.974

.879

.726

.521

.268

Halle,' 55

.959

.849

.679

.470

.205

Do.':

.964

.856

.689

.475

.238

Gottin2;en,'56 . . .

.974

.887

.732

.529

.270

Do.^^

.976

.888

.732

.530

.278

Halle and Gottingon,'

.966

.869

.716

.500

.240

o

Do.-: . . . .

.971

.873

.712

.504

.259

H

<

Utrecht,' 51 . . . .

.966

.879

.749

.557

.290

K

Salzuflen,'58 . . . .

.991

.910

.786

.580

.310

«

Berlin, '57

.964

.889

.743

.540

.280

E-

Stettin,' 59 . . . .

.968

.918

.756

.535

.290

Apenrade,'^

.961

.866

.727

.525

.274

S

Makerstoun,'®^ .

.965

.879

.727

.515

.262

H

Leith,f«-62, <= . . .

.988

.901

.756

.572

.316

o

Catharinenbure;,' 85 ^

.974

.893

.751

.544

.318

e£

Do.' 66 . ". . .

.977

.898

.752

.543

.282

>

Christiania,' ^i . . .

.972

.886

.748

.521

.274

St. Petersburs;,' 67 . .

.954

.884

.762

.562

.285

Do.' 69 : . . .

.969

.935

.816

.626

.336

Helsingfors,'68 . .

.968

.872

.718

.514

.262

Do."" . . . .

.980

.891

.750

.546

.289

Drontheim,'72 . . .

.942

.815

.651

.439

.222

Striiit of Kara,f73 , .

.969

.871

.707

.502

.261

Novaia Zemlia,'^* .

.958

.835

.655

.442

.226

^t. Helena,'™ . . .

.952

.852

.693

.465

.229

Do.-^ . . . .

.967

.852

.678

.460

.207

C. of Good Hope,' 77 .

.948

.870

.732

.527

.264

Hobarton,f7M . . .

.965

.870

.724

.520

.267

Sabine.
Blodgett.

« Kaemtz.

d Bache, 1842-4.

e Looinis.
f Guyot.

Chase.]

266

[September.

determined (1) by the gravitation disturbance, from the mean of the
therniometric extreme daily ranges (28 925), from the mean of the
observed ranges on land and at sea (25.015), from the differences
between the polar and equatorial mean temperatures according to
Johnston (25.55), or Daguin (25.431), or from the annual range
(31.04), — or (2) by the barometric disturbance, from the inter-
solstitial range (33.823), indicate an action on the atmosphere by
the sun's radiating energy, which is more than twenty-five times as
great as that which is due to simple solar attraction. The annual
and intersolstitial ranges involve periods of such length that the
differences of temperature may, perhaps, be more influenced by the
earth's centrifugal force than by the mere difference of gravity. If
the centrifugal force (794) is substituted for the difference of gravity

Table II. — Average Daily Eange of the Thermometer.

"i

II

Station.

Lat.

Range.

1^

Station.

Lat.

Range.

1

Washington,

0

38

54

0
13.68

48

Prague, . . .

0
50

/
5

0
9.. 52

3

Philadelphia, .

39

58

12.. 34

44

"

11

u

8.62

5

Frankford, . .

39

57

14.29

45

Plymouth, . .

50

22

8.62

6

Toronto, . . .

43

40

11.53

47

Brussels, . . .

50

51

9.67

8

u

11

a

11.25

50

Muhlhausen,

51

13

10.78

9

11

11

1 i

11.41

51

Utrecht, . . .

52

5

8.66

10

Montreal, . .

45

30

11.07

53

Greenwich, . .

51

29

10.19

11

Sitka, ....

57

8

7.31

54

u

u

a

10.60

12

Boothia Felix, .

69

59

.5.90

55

Halle, ..'.'.

51

80

11.20

16

Rio Janeiro,. .

22

54

5.85

56

Gottingen, . .

51

82

12.53

5'

Amherst, . . .

42

22

14.61

57

Berlin, . . .

52

30

10.24

18

Trevandrum, .

8

31

11.97

58

Salzuflen, . .

52

5

9.07

20

Madras, . . ,

13

4

9.54

59

Stettin, . . .

58

25

9.61

22

Bombay, . . .

18

56

5.49

60

Apenrade,

55

3

8.73

2.5

u

a

u

9.70

61

Leith

55

59

6.13

26

Calcutta, . . .

22

83

11.47

68

Makerstoun,

55

36

9.31

27

Tiflis, ....

41

41

12.98

65

Catharinenburg,

56

50

11.34

28

Peking, . . .

39

54

14.98

66

11

u

u

11.56

29

Nertchinsk, .

61

18

1.5.41

67

St. Petersburg, .

59

56

7.29

31

Barnaul, . . .

58

20

14.13

68

Helsingfors, . .

60

10

7.29

38

11

u

u

15.46

69

St. Petersburg, .

59

56

7.96

34

Rome, ....

41

54

14.15

70

Helsingfors, . .

60

10^

9.34

3.5

Padua, . . .

45

24

10.26

71

Christiania, . .

59

55

8.41

36

Geneva, . . .

46

12

11.72

72

Drontheim, . .

68

26

7.99

38

St. Bernard, .

45

52

8.41

78

St. of Kara, . .

70 87

4.79

40

Kremsniunster, .

48

3

8 73

74

Nov. Zemlia, .

73

3.55

41

Salzburg, . . .

47

48

9.83

76

St. Helena, . .

15

55 5.56

42

Munich, . . .

48

9

12.53

77
78

C. of Good Hope,
Hobarton,

33
42

56 9.61
53 12.35

1866.]

267

[ChnFe.

(riij) i" calculating the last two of the above ratios, they approxi-
mate more nearly to the other four (31.04 X jij 4- lio = 24 ;
33.8-23 Xrk-^ Tiff = 26.17).

The final ratios of the table show that the thermomctric intersolsti-
tial range bears nearly the same proportion to the daily land range, as
the annual range of temperature bears to the temperature-variation
which corresponds to the annual barometric range.

The observations at St. Bernard show a remarkable tabular corres-
pondence, both in the parallelism between the daily temperature-
variations and the cosines of the hour-angles (Table I), and in the
approximation of the daily thermometrie range (Table II) to the
mean of the land and maritime ranges (Table V). The general
average of Table I, viz. :

0° 15° 30° 45° 60° 75°

1. .972 .888 .745 .548 .286

exhibits the greatest difference from the cosine ratios at the hour-
angle of 75°, when the observed excess is rf^^ or 10.4 per cent.
The greatest local difference (^-^|^^ := 40.92 per cent.) is shown
at Toronto, at the same hour-angle.

Many physicists have supposed that heat and attraction are but
opposite phases of a single force, and the hydrodynamic researches

Table III. — Average North American Annual Eange.

Year.

Barometer.

Thermometer.

No. of
Obs.

Aggregate of
Means.

Aggregate No. of
Range. Obs.

Aggregate
Range

1854
1855
1856
1857
18.58
1859

53
65
71
89
103
113

1568.20
1923. .50
2097.91
2632.32
3038.43
3319.29

81.42
105.71
104.02
146.92
141.45
170.11

92
101
124
153
180
190

o

9159.0
10179.0
13136.1
16296.5
17193.5
1926.5.4

Total, . .

494

14579.65

749.63

840

8.5229.5

Average,

. 29.51

. 1..52

. 101.5

Av. Bar. Range 180°

Av. Bar. Height ^ .367

101°.5.^25°.217

= 25°.217
4.024

Chase.]

268

[September.

of Challis, Rankine, and Helmholtz may be so interpreted as to cor-
roborate such a hypothesis. I am not aware, however, that any one
has hitherto attempted to verify the theory by observation, or to
point out any path by which cosmical tests may be attainable.

I do not feel that the tests which 1 have here submitted are well-
defined enough to warrant any present attempt at a complete me-
chanical interpretation of the ratios to which they lead. But in any
future mathematical or empirical investigations on the subject, it may
be well to keep in view the following propositions :

1. The motions of every particle of the earth's atmosphere are
controlled, mainly, by the tendency to equilibrium between the solar
and terrestrial attractions.

2. The undulations (of light, heat, etc.) which radiate from the
surface of the solar photosphere, originate at a point where the sun's
attractive energy is [354936 -f- (44|o a o)3^] 28.56 times as great
as the earth's superficial attraction.

3. If two equal material particles are kept asunder by an inter-

Table IV. — Average North American Intersolstitial

Range.

Year.

Barometer.

Thermometer.

January.

July.

January.

July.

No. of
Obs.

Aggregate
of Means.

No. of
Obs.

Aggregate
of Means.

No. of
Obs.

167
163

204
263
299
281

Aggregate
of Means.

No. of
Obs.

Aggregate
of Means.

1854
1855
1856

1857
1858
1859

96
94
110
138
156
162

2839.64
2781.54
3252.21
4090.17
4605.17
4767.27

90
84
115
132
151
149

2659.62
2482.51
8391.54
3891.22
4444.47
4372.35

4792°. 13
5274 .50
4148 .06
5292 .25
10932 .11
8830 .58

165
148
214
248
264
268

12763°.68
11058 .97
16167 .26
18159 .83
19744 .50
20957 .50

Total,

756

22336.00

721

21241.71

1377

39269°.63

1307

98851°. 74

Av. h

eights, . 29.54

29.46

28.52 75.63

Av. Bar. Kange

180°

1°.398

Av. Bar. Height .867

(Av. Ther. Range) 47°.li5 ^ 1°.898 =83.823

1866.]

269

IChase.

posed elastic medium, the attractive force of each particle, at the
centre of elasticity, is four times as great as the mutual attraction of
the particles for each other.

4. The velocity of light is nearly the same as the velocity which
would be acquired in one year by a fallinp: body, under the influence
of an accelerating force equivalent to the firce of gravitation at the
earth's surface (32^ X 8G400 X 3G51 ^ 5280 = 192254 miles per
second). This is perhaps merely a curious accidental coincidence.

5. There is probably a daily flow of the expanded air, at noon,
over the cooler and denser air, eastwardly and westwardly. Some
physicists have thought that this overflow is sufficient to account for
the daily barometric tides.

6. The I momentum ) ^^ ^j^^ atmosphere, in the direction

[ moment or inertia j ^

of its orbital motion, is about I fi9Q000000 I ^^
which is due to the earth's daily rotation.

mes as great as that

Table V. — Eatios of Temperature- Variations to Varia-
tions IN Gravity or Specific Gravity.

Observed ATerages.

Divisor.

Ratio.

Lowest Daily Kange, T. II, ....

3°.. 55

0°.3286='

10.803

Highest " " "

15 .46

0 .3286

47.048

Mean, "

9 ..50

0 .3286

28.925

Dailv Land Eansje, "

10 .86

0 .3286

33.049

" Maritime Kange, "

5 .58

0 .3286

16.981

Mean, "

8 .22

0 .3286

2.5.015

Polar-Equatorial Diff. J., .

83 .55

3 .27"

25.-55

'' " " D., .

83 .16

3 .27

2.5.431

Annual Eanfice, T. Ill, . .

101 .5

3 .27

31.04

Intersolstitial Kange, T. lY,

47 .115

1 .393c

33.823

11 a u i(

47 .115

10 .86d

4.338

Annual Kange, T. Ill, . .

101 .5

25 .217«

4.025

a Variation of temperature eorresponding to the variation of atmospheric
volume which is due to solar attraction.

b Temperature-variation corresponding to the difference between the polar and
equatorial attractions

c Temperature-variation corresponding to the barometric intersolstitial vari-
ation.

d Average daily land range of temperature.

* Temperature-variation corresponding to barometric annual range.

270 [September.

Prof. Cresson communicated a note upon a copper coin in
the possession of Mr. M. Moore, of Trenton Falls, dated July
24th, 1866, viz. :

There came into my hands last week, a small copper coin of the
weight of forty-two grains, in fine condition, very much like in ap-
pearance to the quarter-eagle of 1798, figured in Dickeson's Manual.
Around the head of Liberty, is twelve stars, on the right of the date
1803, is in very minute letters the word KETTLE, two stars being
displaced for its insertion ; the word Liberty is not directly over the
head, but on the right. I think it a trial piece of the quarter eagle
of 1803.

Mr. Jacob R. Telfair, of the city of New York gave it to me ; his
little son had found it in his father's garden at Washington Heights
near New York.

Mr, Lesley communicated extracts from a letter to him
from Mr. William Kohler, dated Austinville, Wythe County,
Va., June 12th, 1866, as follows :

Some years ago in your report of the Lead Ores at this mine, you
wrote that they are found in an anticlinal formation, which, however,
was not easy to make out. This we have verified in the last few
years, by driving a new tunnel from the northeastern end of the hill
(from the flat on the river) southwestward, striking the ore and
going through it. We then had a rock pitching towards us and a
lead of ore on each side. That on the left dipping southeast, and
that on the right northwest. We first drove on the lead dipping
southeast; we left the ore standing over us. Then also the lead dip-
ping northwest. Both continue after driving for several hundred feet
on them. Taking out the mass of ore over these drifts we found that
they connected above. We left open a gangway over the antlcUnal
a.ris from the southeast dipping lead to the northwest. I thought it
would be gratifying to you, to know this, as your views were quite
the contrary of the Professors Rogers, who thought we had regular

veins (thrown up from below) there. I am, etc.,

Wm. Kohler.

Prof. Cresson described the appearance of curious lunar
rings observed by him at Potts ville and other places on the
27th July, 1866.

Pending nominations Nos. 550 to 555, and new nomination
556, were read.

And the Society was adjourned.

1866.] 271

Stated Meeting^ October 5, 1866.

Present, thirteen members.

Dr. Wood, President, in the Chair.

Letters acknowledging the receipt of the publications from
the Linnoean Society and the Geological Society, of London,
"were read.

Donations for the Library were received from the follow-
ing societies and authors : The Dutch Geological of Berlin,
Royal Geographical of Paris, Linnjean of London, Zoological
of London, Bath and West of England, and Boston Natural
History Societies ; also of the Academies, the Royal Prussian
of Berlin, the Royal Mining of Loeben and Schemnitz, and
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia; the Dublin Quarterly Jour-
nal, from Prof. Suringer, Richard Owen, and three circulars
relating to the Paris Exposition.

The Committee to whom was referred Prof. H. C. Wood's
article entitled "A Contribution to the Knowledge'of the Flora
of the Coal Period in the United States," reported in favor
of its publication in the Transactions, which was ordered ac-
cordingly.

Pending nominations Nos. 550 to 556 inclusive were read.

Mr. Eli K. Price, on the part of the Board, Officers, and
Council of the Society, made a report, embracing a preamble
and resolutions, which were adopted, in substance as follows :

Whereas it is expedient, for the security of the books and
property of this Society, that there should be erected a fire-
proof building ; and whereas it is probable, if the purpose of
erecting such a building were resolved upon, that donations
and bequests would be made, and a fund created which, by
accumulation, would be adequate to the desired object.

The resolutions provide for the appointment of five Trus-
tees to receive the donations and bequests, and make invest-
ments, and in case such occur in real estate, stocks or loans,
they shall hold the same under the direction of the donors, or

VOL. X. — 2l

072 [October

if not instructed, at their discretion, for the benefit of the
trust fund.

That the Trustees shall elect from their number a Chair-
man and a Treasurer, and shall meet upon the call of the
Chairman, and a majority of the Avhole shall be competent to
act; and minutes shall be kept, subject to the inspection of
the President or Board of Officers of the Society. They shall
render an account of the condition of the trust whenever re-
quired by the Society, and submit a statement at the first
meeting in December of each year.

That the investments shall be made in the name of all the
Trustees in trust for the building fund of the Society. And
that no one of the Trustees shall ever use any part of the
trust fund in his own account. That the Trustees shall not
be required to give security or be liable for loss, except by
malfeasance ; nor be allowed compensation for services.

They also provide that whenever vacancies occur and the
number be reduced to two, the Society shall, at its first stated
meeting in January, appoint Trustees to fill the vacancies and
restore the original number ; and in case of inability of any
Trustee to perform his duties or a disagreement among them,
the Society shall decide between them, and may accept resig-
nations and appoint others in their places.

And that all moneys received for the construction of a fire-
proof building shall be paid over to the Treasurer.

And that the Trustees shall be Dr. George B. Wood, Eli
K. Price, Frederick Fraley, Dr. Isaac Hays, and Benjamin
V. Marsh.

The declaration and covenant of Trustees was submitted
and adopted.

On motion, it was ordered that the moneys received for the
mortgage held by the Society on coal lands in Northumber-
land County be appropriated to the fund for the erection of a
fireproof building for the Society.

And the Society was adjourned.

1866. J 273

Stated Meeting, October 19, 1866.

Present, eleven members.

Vice-President Judge Sharswood in the Chair.

A letter was read from the Bureau of Statistics, Washing-
ton, asking information with regard to the number and char-
acter of the volumes in the Society's Library. Also an ac-
ceptance from Mr. Peale of the appointment to prepare an
obituary notice of the late M. W. Baldwin.

Donations for the Library were received as follows : From
the Royal Prussian Academy of Sciences, Paris Geograph-
ical Society, the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadel-
phia, the American Institute of the City of New York, the
Journal of Medical Sciences, an Address by Prof. Horsford,
the Medical News and Library, Dr. Coates A sketch of efforts
to civilize the Indians by the Society of Friends, and from
Triibner & Co. Dr. Metterrutzner's treatise on the Dinka lan-
guage, Julg's Kalmlikische Marchen, Dr. Ginsburg's Kabba-
lah, and Tourner's account of the tooth relic of Ceylon.

A paper, entitled "A Synopsis of the Cyprinidas of Penn-
sylvania," by Prof. E. D. Cope, offered for publication in the
Transactions, was referred to a Committee, consisting of Drs.
Bridges, Ruschenberger, and Leidy.

Pending nominations Nos. 550 to 556 inclusive, and new
nomination No. 557, were read, and nominations Nos. 552,
553, and 554, were postponed for a future ballot.

The Society then proceeded to ballot for candidates for
membership.

The ballot-boxes were opened and the following named
gentlemen were declared duly elected members of the So-
ciety :

Dr. William P. Schimper, Strasbourg, France.

Dr. Robert J. Breckenridge, Danville, Kentucky.

Dr. Jeffries Wyman, Cambridge, Mass.

Dr. Jacob M. Da Costa, Philadelphia.
And the Society was adjourned.

Hay den.] 274 [November.

Stated Meeting, November 2, 1866.

Present, eleven members.

Vice-President Prof. Cresson in the Chair.

Letters were read from Jeffries Wyman, dated Cambridge,
Mass., October 25; from J. M. Da Costa, dated Phihidelphia,
October 26, and from R, J. Breckenridge, dated Danville,
Kj., October 27, severally acknowledging the receipt of the
notice of their election as members. Also from J. C. Adams,
Cambridge Observatory, England, inclosing his photographic
likeness, and requesting to be supplied with missing numbers
of the Society's Proceedings ; and from J. E. Hilgard,
dated Washington, D. C, October, 1866, announcing the
transmission of the first volume of the Memoirs of the Na-
tional Academy of Sciences.

Donations for the Library were announced as received from
various sources, as follows: Treatise entitled "La Sarcine de
I'Estomac," by Prof. Suringar ; Transactions of the Zoolog-
ical Society of London ; The Philosophical Magazine and
Journal, London ; Transactions of the Connecticut Academy
of Arts and Sciences ; Memoir of T. E. Blackwell ; Memoirs
of the National Academy of Sciences ; Journal of the Frank-
lin Institute, and Medical News and Library.

Judge Sharswood was excused from preparing an obituary
notice of the late Judge Taney.

Dr. Hayden made some remarks on a short visit to the
celebrated Pipestone Quarry, and exhibited some specimens
of the rock, as well as some pipes and other ornaments that
had been made from the rock with a turning lathe. The
Northwest Fur Company have manufactured nearly two
thousand pipes within the past two years, and traded them
to the Indians on the Upper Missouri. This fact will
throw a suspicion on the genuineness of Indian pipes in
the future.

Dr. H. stated that the locality where the pipestone is found is sit-
uated at the head of Pipestone Creek, a small tributary of the Big

1866. J 275 [Hayden.

Sioux River. It is about 130 miles north of Sioux City. The place
would hardly be noticed by any one who was not acquainted with the
celebrity of the Pipestone. It is located in a small ravine, with not
a tree or scarcely a bush to greet the eye. The Pipestone layer rests
upon a bed of gray quartzite, and is overlaid by about five feet of the
same rock. The Pipestone bed is about eleven inches in thickness,
but only about two and a quarter inches in thickness are wrought
into pipes. The remainder is too brittle or impure for use. Above
the gray quartzite is a vertical wall, about thirty feet, of variegated
quartzites, over which flows Pipestone Creek, a stream of pure, clear
water, forming a beautiful cascade.

Dr. H. remarked that he did not think this locality had been
known to the Indians for a long period in the past. He had exam-
ined with considerable care the books treating of the ancient mounds
of the Mississippi Valley, and he could find no trace of this rock
among all the implements and ornaments that had been found there.
Not a stone implement has ever been found in the vicinity of the
quarry ; and he infers from this fact that it could not have been
known during the stone age.

At Sioux Falls, on the Big Sioux River, there is a fine exhibition
of the variegated quartzites. There is a series of falls, six in num-
ber, with an aggregate descent of one hundred and ten feet, forming
the finest water-power yet observed in the West.

The rocks at Sioux Falls and Pipestone Quarry are evidently of
the same age, geologically, and by their apparently metamorphic
character, lead the mind to the Azoic series. It is the opinion of
Prof. Hall, who made an extensive exploration in this region, that
they are of Huronian age. Some obscure casts of what appear to be
bivalve shells, at Sioux Falls, direct the attention to the newer fossil-
iferous rocks, Triassic possibly.

Mr. Peale exhibited specimens of " Nidularia fascicularis,"
a fungus found near the DehaAvare Water Gap, growing upon
the branches of decaying wood.

Pending nominations Nos. 552, 553, 554, and 557 were
read.

The Committee to Avhich was referred a paper, by Prof.
Cope, entitled "Synopsis of the Cyprinidoe of Pennsylvania,"
reported in favor of its publication in the Transactions, which
was ordered accordingly.

276 fNovember.

The Committee of Finance offered a resolution, Avhicli was
adopted, providing for the payment of a bill for the expenses
of printing, etc., of two hundred and fifty copies of the sec-
ond part of the Catalogue of the Library.

On motion of Mr. Fraley, the presiding officer was empow-
ered to appoint, ad interim^ a Committee of seven members
to aid the Trustees of the building fund for the erection of a
fire-proof building, in obtaining subscriptions thereto.

And the Society was adjourned.

Stated Meeting, Novetnber 16, 1866.

Present, twenty-five members.

Judge Sharswood, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Dr. Jacob M. Da Costa, a recently elected member, was
introduced and took his seat.

Letters were read from the Royal Society of London,
dated August 27, 1866 ; from the Secretary of the Smithso-
nian Institute, dated July 19, December 28, 1865, and Janu-
ary 27, 1866, severally acknowledging the receipt of publi-
cations of the Society. Also from the Librarian of the His-
torical Society of Pennsylvania, asking permission for that
Society to copy and publish the manuscript "Logan Papers,"
now in possession of the Society.

A letter from William B. Reed, dated November, 1866,
was read, resigning his membership in the Society ; which
resignation was accepted.

A photograph likeness of Dr. Hugh L. Hodge was pre-
sented for the Album.

Donations for the Library were announced as follows :
From the Imperial Academy of Sciences, St. Petersburg ;
from the Royal Astronomical and the Royal Societies of
London ; from the Stonyhurst College Observatory ; from the
Kew Observatory ; from M. Sartorius, his notice of Studer's

1866.] 277 [Ilayden.

Epochs, and from John Biddle, a volume of almanacs pub-
lished in Philadelphia, by Jacob Taylor, embracing fifteen of
the years from 1705 to 1744.

Dr. Ilayden made some remarks in regard to an extensive
chalk deposit on the Missouri River.

It commences about one hundred miles above Omaha City, and
extends to the Great Bend of the Missouri, covering an area of four
hundred miles in length and about two hundred iti breadth, with an
aggregate thickness of one thousand feet or more. The lower part
is a somewhat compact gray limestone, and is used by the settlers for
building purposes and for burning into lime. The upper portion is
a soft, rust-yellow chalk, which, though more impure, very much re-
sembles our chalk of commerce, and could be used for similar eco-
nomical purposes. It is composed of magnesia, alumina, and a large
proportion of carbonate of lime. The coloring matter is the sesqui-
oxide of iron. It is believed that when these beds are more carefully
studied, they will be found to be the American representatives of the
true chalk-beds of Europe. Hitherto it has not been admitted by
geologists that any true chalk deposits existed in America, and all
of our chalk of commerce comes from Europe. It is believed that
in case of any rupture of our peaceful relations with the Old World,
these chalk deposits will become of great economical value. They
would also become useful, if needed, as a fertilizer.

Dr. H. also exhibited a number of fossils from this formation,
found near Yankton, the capital of Dakota Territoiy. There were
specimens of oysters, very small (Ostrea congesta, Conrad), which are
crowded together in vast quantities in many localities. There were
also several species of Inoceramus. But the most remarkable or-
ganic remains were those of fishes, which are all undescribed as yet.
One species is closely allied to our mackerel, and all of these seem
to be very similar to those now found in our salt waters. In the
lower gray chalk were some impressions which appear to be those of
sea-weeds.

These remarks are made merely to call the attention of scientific
men to these wonderful chalk deposits in the Far West.

The minutes of the Board of Officers and Council, at their
last meeting, were read.

Pending nominations Nos. 552, 553, 554, and 557, and new
nominations, Nos. 558 and 559, were read.

2 70 [December.

The Committee to aid in obtaining subscriptions to the So-
ciety's building fund were announced to be S. V. Merrick,
Joseph Harrison, William Sellers, Franklin Peale, Henry
Winsor, S. W. Roberts, and Robert Cornelius.

On motion of Mr. Fraley, permission was granted to the
Historical Society of Pennsylvania to copy and publish the
Logan manuscripts, in the possession of this Society, pro-
vided the copying be done in the Hall, under the supervision
of the Secretaries of the Society.

The proposition of the Board of Officers and Council to
offer a premium "for the best invention for utilizing Anthra-
cite coal dust," was considered, and the following resolution
was offered by Mr. Fraley, and adopted :

^^ Mesolved, That the Board of Officers and Council be au-
thorized to offer a premium of Five Hundred Dollars for any
successful process by which the Anthracite coal-dust may be
economically utilized. Such premium to be competed for and
awarded in such manner as the Board of Officers and Council
may designate ; and the premium, if awarded, to be paid out
of the accumulated income of the Magellanic Premium Fund."

Mr. Marsh called the attention of the Society to some dis-
.play of meteors on the night of the 13th inst., that had been
seen at New Haven, and asked whether they had been ob-
served by any one in this city. He described the path and
appearance of the meteors.

And the Society was adjourned.

I

Stated dieeting, December 7, 1866.

Present, twenty-three members.

Dr. Wood, President, in the Chair.

Letters were read from the Society of Antiquaries of Lon-
don, November 16; from Harvard College, December 3; from
the New York Historical Society, December 3, and the Vau-
dois Society of Katural Sciences, February 27, 1866, ac-

1866.] 279 [Peale.

knowledging the receipt of the publications of the Society,
and from the Vaudois Society, stating deficiencies of the Pro-
ceedings. Also a communication from the Imperial Geologi-
cal Society of St. Petersburg, October 26, 18C6, inviting
scientific gentlemen and friends to the celebration of their
fiftieth anniversary on the 7th January next.

Donations for the Library were announced from the Royal
Prussian Academy of Science ; from the Societies of Natural
Sciences of Vaudois, of the Geographical of Paris, of the Royal
Astronomical of London, and of the New Hampshire His-
torical ; from the British Association for the Advancement of
Science ; from the Public Library of Boston, the American
Journal of Sciences ; from the Franklin Institute ; from Carl
Schinz, of Strasbourg ; from Dr. George B. Wood, of Phila-
delphia, and the Director of the United States Mint.

Pursuant to appointment, Mr. Peale read an obituary notice
of the late Matthias W. Baldwin, a deceased member of the
Society, viz. :

The life of a man like that of the subject of this notice, furnishes
a vast amount of matter, and exemplifies the results of character,
habits, and principles that are most useful, in their influences, on all
classes of society, and in all the relations of life; but the usages of
this Society do not authorize details, however desirable upon other
accounts, or however interesting to the immediate relatives of the
departed. A just record of the life and character of the deceased
is all that is aimed at in this Memorial.

On the tenth day of December, 1795, in Elizabethtown, New .Jersey,
Matthias William Baldwin was born. Much the largest proportion
of his life was passed in the City of Philadelphia, in the vicinity of
which, at his country seat, Wissinoming, he died, on the evening of
October 7th, 1866, in the seventy -first year of his age.

He was the son of William Baldwin, and an exemplary mother,
whose influence on his future life was all that could be desired, in
moral and religious example and precept.

He had the misfortune to lose the first, in early childhood, but the
judicous training and industrious energy of the last, so far supplied
the loss, that no serious privation followed in the rearing of a family
of five children, two of whom survive at this time.
VOL. X. — 2m

Peale.] 280 [December.

His father was in life successful in a mechanical profession, and
realized property, which was subsequently lost, thus calling forth the
energy of his mother, as previously noticed ; it is, therefore obvious,
how the mechanical tendencies of the subject of this notice, had
their origin ; and accordingly, the occupations and amusements of
the boyhood of Matthias, were mechanical, in which he indulged, as
far as time and limited means permitted.

His education, under such circumstances, was necessarily confined
to the ordinary acquirements of elementary instruction, which after-
studies, and associations, much improved and enlarged.

The profession chosen for him, to which he was apprenticed, was
that of jeweller, in the obligations of which, he was faithfully occu-
pied during the five years of his minority, in Frankford, Pennsylvania.

After this he was employed in the establishment of Fletcher &
Gardener, in this city, extensive manufacturers and dealers in jewelry
and plate. The first named being subsequently one of the officers
of the Franklin Institute, in which Institution Mr. Baldwin exercised
an active and influential part, as will be noticed hereafter.

Mr. Baldwin commenced business on his own account in 1819,
probably in partnership with Mr. Colton, in the manufacture of
jewelry, and appears to have been successful for a limited time only,
as he subse<:|uently changed his business to the manufacture of book-
binders' tools, calico-printers rolls, &c., in which he became associated
with Mr. David Mason. In this business the enlarged views of Mr.
Baldwin and his careful manipulation, were eminently important,
and the results such, as usually accompany skilled, practical ability.
Thus associated a manufactory was established, beginning in the year
1825, that rendered the country independent of foreign supply. It
was situated in a small street, running north from Walnut Street,
above Fourth Street, in this city. It was in this place that the author
of this memoir made the acquaintance of Mr. Baldwin, which after-
wards ripened into an intimacy, that continued in uninterrupted
harmony to the end of his life.

The success of the firm in the departments just noticed, and the
increase of business arising from it, induced a change of locality to
a larger space, and increased power j it was effected by removal to
Minor Street near Sixth, in the latter part of 1827 or beginning of
1828, and it was here that the dawn of his prosperity had its rise, to
shine tbrth a bright and glorious noon, of utility and success.

It was in this workshop that Mr. Baldwin made the designs for,
and built his first steam engine, intended to supply the motive power

1866.] 281 IPeale.

demanded by his en]arp;ed business. It was of novel construction, in
several respects, and was flnished to an extent entirely unexampled
in that day. Its vertical cylinder, so placed for economy of space ;
its forked cross-head, and pitman, guides at the sides of the cylinder,
were novelties, in the disposition, and form of parts, and its bevel
wheels, which gave motion to the governor, were without teeth, doing
their duty by friction alone, being noiseless, like the beautiful engine
whose motion that governor controlled.

This little engine of five horse power was the object of much
attention among machinists, and excited general admiration by its
quiet, though efBcient motion, and the fine finish of all its parts.
It is at this hour an efficient motive power in the great establishment
of M. W. Baldwin & Co., with very slight changes in its parts, a
durable evidence of the sound mechanical judgment of him, who
designed and executed it.

It was about this time that the attention of the world was con-
centrated on the importance of railroads, for transportation, and the
means of moving upon them. The history of the Locomotive is well
known, and need not be recapitulated, but the experience in this coun-
try was very limited, although the public mind and curiosity were
ardently drawn towards all that had been done, or was doing in re-
lation thereto. It was in consequence of the feeling on this impor-
tant matter that Mr. Baldwin was requested by the author of this
memoir to make for the Philadelphia Museum, of which he was
manager, a model locomotive. After the examination of all the re-
sources then available in description, and sketches of the engines,
which had competed for the premium on the Liverpool and Manches-
ter Railroad, a plan was adopted, and the model engine commenced
in 1830, and after a few experiments and modifications, finished in
1831. And on the 25th of April of that year was put in operation
on a track laid in the rooms of the Museum, in the Arcade, making
the circuit of the whole suite, and drawing two miniature cars, con-
taining seats for four passengers (which were sometimes loaded
double), in a manner highly gratifying to the public, who attended
in crowds to witness, for the first time in this city and state, the
effect of steam in railroad transportation.

It may be proper to observe, that the efficiency of this miniature
engine, and its satisfactory performance, were mainly due to the dis-
charge of the exhaust, or waste steam, into the stack, or chimney;
a principle of vital importance in all engines, rendering a blowing
apparatus unnecessary, and supplying the fuel with air requisite for

Peale.] 282 [December.

combustion, without the sacrifice of power for that object ; a prin-
ciple then new, or little known in this connection. To whom the
invention (if it can be so called) is due, who at this time can tell ?
The fuel used in the small fire-space of the boiler of this model was
pine-knot coal, although anthracite was partially successful in its
application, the difficulty in the use of any fuel, being the diminutive
space above alluded to.

It may be permitted also, in this connection, to observe that the
first published observations upon the foaming of water in boilers,
were made in the use of this model. They may be found in one of
the newspapers of the day.

The attention of machinists was drawn to the subject of locomotion
with considerable energy about this time. It was one of the great
movements of the epoch ; it demanded and received the attention the
necessities of commerce and general intercourse required. Mr. Bald-
win, as it may be naturally inferred, shared in the general excite-
ment, and was therefore prepared to undertake the task, when an
order came in 1832 from the Philadelphia and Germantown Rail-
road Company for the construction of a locomotive for that Com-
pany's road.

The only examples, or information, previous to this time of the
construction of the now perfected locomotive engine, were the crude
efforts of the previous years, and the various published and imperfect
accounts and illustrations in the journals of the day.

Mr. Baldwin and the writer inspected the detached parts of a
locomotive imported by the Camden and Amboy Railroad Company,
in a shed on their road near Bordentown (at least such is the recollec-
tion of the place), and under some difficulty succeeded in making
such observations and a few measurements, as were thought would
be of service. It was with these slender means of observation, and
the limited experience of the preceding model, that the task was
undertaken, and the execution of the order commenced. It is but
justice to add, that it was accompanied by restrictions as to weight,
that are now at variance with all the principles that are desired, in
fact govern, the use of motive power on railroads.

The building of this engine was carried on under the difficulties
of few and insufficient tools and space, and completed in about six
months. Begun in Minor Street, it was finished, in 1882, in the new
and larger space in Lodge Alley, to which the shop had been removed,
and was placed upon the road on the 23d of November in that year.

The experiments which were immediately made with the " Iron-

1866.] 283 t^**^^^-

sides," as this engine was called, in speed and management were
eminently successful. The writer and other friends, scientific and
mechanic, made short excursions on the road, realizing the sensations
that only occur once in a generation, under the novel circumstances
afforded by, as in this case, the flight through the air at the rate of
fifty or sixty miles an hour.

Difficulties arose in the settlement of his account with the officers
of the Company, who appear to have expected that this engine would
do what their own restrictions had rendered impossible, and there
were other difficulties that had their origin in the grading and con-
struction of the road itself.

These facts are amusingly illustrated by one of the advertisements
of the Company, which was in the following words :

" Notice. — The engine (built by Mr. Baldwin) with a train of
cars, will run daily (commencing this day) when the weather is fair,
as follows," etc. ..." WJien the weather is not fair, the horses
will draw the cars the four trips."

No one need be told now that when the rails are wet there is less
adhesion than at other times, and as the grades were steep, it is not
surprising that one of the lightest engines ever built, was unable to
draw all the cars, and all the crowd that panted for a trip by steam.
The parties who indulged such unreasonable desires, could not have
exercised common reason in expecting from the motive power more
than was witnessed by the writer, the slipping of the wheels under
a full head of steam.

The sand-box, now an indispensable adjunct of every locomotive,
was then unknown; had it been, it would most likely have supplied
the means of adhesion, something better than the horses' feet, adver-
tised to guarantee the trip.

This little engine was an undoubted success, and subsequently,
when fairly and skilfully run on the road properly adjusted and
secured, gave entire satisfaction to the public, and all parties con-
cerned.

The removal to enlarged premises in Lodge Alley, gave facilities
that soon told upon his reputation, and augmented his business; in
this place his second engine was made, and successive numbers un-
dertaken. Further increase of business rendered another removal
necessary ; in 1835, the property at the corner of Broad and Hamilton
Streets was purchased, and here the regular manufacture of Locomo-
tives, on an enlarged scale, was established, and became the principal
occupation, although it did not exclude other business, as evidenced

Peale.] 284 [December.

by the construction of the engine for the City Ice Boat, whose effi-
cient services in clearing the channel of the Delaware, as well as her
employment by Government during the late rebellion, are well known
to the whole community.

It is not necessary to enumerate the various improvements made
by Mr. Baldwin, in the parts, construction, and manufacture of Lo-
comotives ; it would be a lengthy enumeration. It is sufficient to
say, that the results are seen on all the railroads of the country, in
the presence of engines adapted to all the purposes of draught and
speed. But a passing remark, reverting to past history, upon the
ftict of ascending the inclined plane at Belmont, and manoeuvring
upon it, was one of the feats of that early date, exciting surprise in
the minds of all, whether natural philosopher, mechanician, or ordi-
nary observer. Since that day, the mountain heights of our coal
fields, even the Alleghany ridge itself, seem to ofi'er scarcely any im-
pediment, either to the ponderous engine, or its cumbrous train of
freight. Much of this success in transportation is due to the form
and adaptation of the best freight engines, which have had their
origin in the magnificent establishment of M. W. Baldwin & Co.,
in this city.

It must not be supposed that the career thus imperfectly sketched,
was an uninterrupted course of prosperity ; on the contrary, it was
attended by financial, and other embarassments, that at times, were
nearly fatal in their efi'ects; but it is equally true that Mr. Baldwin's
confidence in his own ability, and the line that he was pursuing,
never failed, and it is well known that his integrity, appreciated and
regarded as it was, kept and sustained him through all the convul-
sions of those days, and ultimately crowned his success with the halo
of honor, under which he met and extinguished every debt, both
principal and interest.

Terras of partnership were agreed upon, between Mr. Baldwin
and Mr. Matthew Baird, on the 26th of March, 1853, which went
into operation on the 1st of January, 1854, since which time the
establishment has been developed, and extended on a scale that may
justly be termed magnificent.

It might reasonably be supposed, that with such a weight of re-
sponsibilities, Mr. Baldwin was fully occupied with the conduct of
his Factory ; he found time nevertheless, to take a full share of the
duties of a member and officer of the Franklin Institute of this State.
He was one of the original members, participating in the proceedings
of March the 20th, 1824 ; was placed on the Committee of Science

1866.] 285 l^*"^^-

and Arts in 1834; elected Vice-President in 1855, and so remaining
until 1863.

In the examination of machines and inventions presented to the
judgment of the Institute, he was always distinguished for the sound
views he took of principles, and keen insight of the merit of the arti-
cle presented, and candid and independent in his opinions and state-
ments in relation thereto.

He had the honor of election to the American Philosophical So-
ciety, on the 18th of January, 1833, and was often present at its
meetings, though rarely taking an active part in its proceedings.

The Horticultural Society of this city, was a favorite Institution ;
he contributed largely to the attractivencvss of the Meetings, by a
liberal display of the beauties of his conservatory, and presided over
its aflairs for a number of years. He was elected a member, March
18th, 1851, and was elevated to the Presidency, January iOth, 1858,
in which ofEce he continued until 1803.

The resolutions which were adopted by the members, on the an-
nouncement of his decease, were of the most grateful, appreciative,
and regretful character.

A peculiar fondness for foliage in color and form, was one of his
characteristic traits, at least such a deduction may justly be drawn,
from the number and variety of the strange though beautiful leaves
of plants, which his conservatories contained.

Mr. Baldwin was also a member of the Board of Directors of the
Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Arts. Elected to that body in
the year 1852. The appreciation of his associates in the Direction
of that Institution, is demonstrated by the resolutions adopted by
them on the announcement of his separation from their Association.

Mr. Baldwin became a member of the Musical Fund Society,
founded for the support of decayed Musicians and the promotion of
the art, although the increase of population, and the consequent re-
sources of the musical portion of the community have long since ren-
dered the second object of the Corporation (in which it had been
eminently successful), no longer a necessity ; yet Mr. Baldwin,
while health permitted, never failed to give his presence and coun-
tenance to the duties of the first object, and the obligations of the
committees on which he was placed. He became an amateur mem-
ber, April 27th, 1847, and a life member, October 6th, 1852, after
being elected one of the Managers of the Fund, at its annual meet-
ing, May 4th, 1852.

His services in this charity, may be summed up thus : on the

Peale.] 286 IDecember.

Committee of the Fund, one year ; on the Committee of Relief, four
years ; on the Committee of Admission, ten years, or to the end of
his days.

The share which Mr. Baldwin exercised in the political movements
of the day, though limited in extent, were of much importance ; he
fulfilled the duties which they imposed upon him with his usual
zeal and independence. As a member of the Convention to amend
the Constitution of the State of Pennsylvania in 1837, he took, in
that body, a decided stand, on points that have become vital princi-
ples in the general progress or advance of the human race, and al-
ways on the side of liberality and justice.

Elected a member of the State Legislature, in 1853, he was dis-
tinguished, amid the mazes of diplomacy, during his term of service
in the winter of 1854, for his straightforward and consistent course
in that line of conscientiousness which had marked his life.

As an Inspector of the County Prison, Mr. Baldwin may be cited
as an example of persevering benevolence in an ungrateful task,
marked by all the disagreeable and revolting feelings which accom-
pany contact with the vile, the miserable, and the degraded. In
this office his sense of justice, and hatred of intemperance and vice
in all its motley garb, must have been sorely tried, but mercy and
benevolence seem to have been the prevailing sentiments which
governed him in the treatment of the unfortunate and vicious, with
whom he came in contact in his inspection tours of duty.

It will be observed in the record of his career, as thus traced, that
Mr. Baldwin was remarkable for the number and variety of the oc-
cupations and pursuits to which he devoted his working and his lei-
sure hours; to do full justice to his character would require much
more extended remarks (pleasant labor it is true), but not required
by the objects of this notice.

His principal characteristic was the fervent religious bias of his
mind ; from early life it appears to have impressed him with its vital
importance, and to have influenced him, more or less, in all the trans-
actions of his career : it developed itself most forcibly, in the aid
which he gave to the formation of religious associations, and the
building and support of churches, for that particular denomination
to which he was attached ; becoming more marked as he advanced
in age, and as his means accumulated ; so that his own revenue, great
as it had become within the last few years of his business career, ap-
pears to have been almost absorbed in this direction.

That he was fond of everything beautiful in nature, is demonstra-

i

1866,] 287 iPeale.

ted by the flowers, the trees, and plants of his favorite residence at
Wissinoming, which he had embellished to the utmost, in the
fruits of the tropics, the vines and esculents of the most liberal
horticulture, and all that constitute the surroundings of a refined life
in the country. But his fondness was not confined to the vegetable
kingdom alone ; it led to the collection and guardianship of a variety
of animals. The deer and other ruminants had their comfortable
parks. The smaller animals their appropriate shelter, and every
variety of bird, its home and sustenance ; and some too, were the pets
of his lap, and seemed both the amusement and indulgence of a ca-
ressing habit of life.

His fondness for the fine arts, was one of his characteristics ; his
houses and rooms were filled to their utmost capacity with the pic-
tures which he paid for liberally and justly, but none of that extrava-
gant ostentation in purchase prices, which has been the wonder of
latter days, had any footing in his well-selected collection. In this
respect at least, his discrimination cannot be impeached.

The memorial of a man like this, might well be a eulogy, but it
may be also treated by a friend, impartially, and in full justice with-
out that extravagant praise which is so usual on such occasions. He
was eminently social in his feelings and habits, at the same time, his
principal characteristic was self-reliance ; his own views, habits, and
impulses, were those that he followed. That his views on temper-
ance were philanthropic, no one can doubt, but like all others holding
ultra opinions, he found by experience that the laws of matter (by
the ordination of Providence for its own wise purposes), cannot be
resisted, and that fermentation and its products were intended by
the Supreme Ruler, not for the abuse, but for the good of man.

His earnest endeavors to resist the fermentation of his abundant
crop of grapes were of no avail, and the value of the products in
medicine, suited to his own case, was ultimately recognized and
admitted.

He was not a sportsman in any sense of the word, but it is equally
true that he never appeared better pleased, than when mounted on a
fast horse, and sometimes an observant friend might see if he looked
sharply, that to let any ambitious roadster pass him, was not usual, if
possible. Neither can it be said that he was a gymnast, yet he
habitually exercised his muscular system (recognizing its importance
in hygiene) and contended with no little fervor for successful honors
in that line; this was well known to his associates in the practice of
archery.

VOL. X. — 2n

Peale.] 288 [December.

His constitution was not robust ; he suffered much from ill health
at various periods of his life, the last years of which, were years of
suffering, more or less, but it never changed his kindly feelings to-
wards his friends, family, or the dumb pets of his household, espe-
cially did it never relax his energy in the great and complex business
of his firm, or the more important charities of his heart and purse.

Too much praise cannot be bestowed on the final disposition of his
worldly affairs ; he did all that he intended to do in charity and be-
nevolence during life, and left to his heirs a bright example for
their guidance. In this respect so different from the ostentatious
wording of those testamentary dispositions, that are now wasting their
ample provisions in political jugglery, or turned aside by mismanage-
ment to some other object, perhaps more objectionable.

His large property has been bequeathed, after provision for two
surviving sisters, to and among his widow, two daughters, and an
adopted daughter, in the latter, exemplifying that sentiment of jus-
tice and affection, that was so characteristic of him all through life.

Prof. Kendall read the following communication from Mr.
George Davidson, of the United States Coast Survey, viz. :

A New Level for the Measureinent of the Inclination of the Transit
Axis of Portahle Transit Instruments, for all Altitudes beyond
the Reach of the Ordinary Striding Level.

The anomalous condition has heretofore existed that all stars best
situated for obtaining time from meridian observations (except in
extreme high latitudes) were really observed upon with hesitancy
and doubt, because the striding level could not measure the inclina-
tion of the transit axis, and the inequalities and irregularities of the
pivots, when the telescope pointed to a greater altitude than 55°.
Between this altitude and the zenith all errors of inclination were
necessarily assumed the same.

In combining zenith stars with quick-moving stars, the errors of
level enter largely in giving erroneous values of azimuth and collim-
ation : no reliance can be placed upon the value of the coUimation
error derived from reversals between sets of zenith stars observed to
avoid unknown azimuthal errors; and the irregularity of the value
of the collimation error derived from reversals upon different circum-
polar stars, beyond the reach of the level, must frequently be attrib-

1866.] 289 [Davidson.

uted to undetermined errors of inclination arising from unknown
inequalities and irregularities of the pivots.

In 1859, at the Coast Survey Station '• Sulphur Peak," California
(3471 feet above the ocean), the transit telescope exhibited such con-
stant irregularity of clock errors with certain stars beyond the use of
the level, that no confidence could be placed in the results, and I then
devised this level for overcoming the difficulty.

The general idea of the frame of this level is that of three sides
of a rectangle, lying in a horizontal plane, having the two shorter
.sides resting at right angles upon the transit axis pivots, with the
long side carrying the level-tube parallel to the transit axis, and far
enough in front of the telescope not to be touched by the transit
axis. This, of course, presupposes the parts of the shorter sides or
arms beyond the pivots to be heavy enough to counterpoise the parts
in front. Upon the long side or cylinder in front the level-tube is
secured with all the usual means of adjustment in the strider.

This level will be heavier than the ordinary level, which weighs
eight pounds in the forty-two inch portable transits of the Coast Sur-
vey. Composed of the same material, it is estimated to weigh about
fifteen pounds, but if made of aluminum-bronze, the weight will be
slightly reduced with the parts of the same proportions. On account
of the superior qualities of the bronze, the parts may be made
lighter.

To reduce the chances of injury to the pivots by this level, as well
as by the strider, I use a long, thin, flat spring, secured to the outer
or inner side of each short arm, in a horizontal plane with the top of
the pivot when in po.sition, with one end secured and the other con-
trolled by a set screw. When the level is placed on the pivots, the
middle of the length of each spring rests upon the outer or inner part
of its respective pivot, not bearing upon the supporting Y's ; relieves
the wearing parts of the pivots from the full weight of the level Y's,
and protects them, in a measure, from the full force of all sharp
blows. If the level were allowed to remain in position upon the
pivots whilst the telescope was revolved for different altitudes, the
increased weight would wear the pivots seriously in the supporting
Y's, as the portable transits have no counterpoises. To obviate this,
and also the ordinary wear of the pivots, a similar application of the
spring could be introduced below the pivots, to relieve their pressure
from the supporting Y's. This I proposed to the Superintendent of
the Coast Survey, about ten years ago. With the twenty-five pounds
weight of the present transit telescopes, the pivots rapidly and badly

Davidson.] 290 [December.

wear, on account of the erroneous construction of the Y's and the
tangential contact of the pivots with them.

To prevent torsion between the shorter arms and the level cylinder,
triangular stay-pieces are introduced at each right angle of the join-
ing ; and for increased security, they may be introduced upon the
upper or under sides.

This level, with the level-tube and supporting cylinder, and adjust-
ments of the same size as the present striding level", permits measure-
ments for the determination of the inclination of the transit axis, and
for the inequalities and irregularities of the pivots, through a range
of 45° on each side of the zenith. Of this arc, 70° have not here-
tofore been reached for these corrections, except in part by reflection
observations, which are, however, practically excluded from use with
the portable instruments and in the temporary observatories of the
Coast Survey ; and especially on trips for difference of longitude by
chronometers, when the instruments are frequently set up hurriedly
for a few hours only at each station.

George Davidson.

The attention of the Society being directed to the subject
of the expected meteoric display on the 13th or 14th ultimo,
several members spoke on the subject, and generally expressed
the opinion that the earth was at the time not in a position to
render the meteors visible in this longitude to any great ex-
tent.

Mr. Briggs referred to the agglomeration of small coal as
a manufacture in successful operation in Belgium, as an in-
stance of the feasibility- of agglomerating the fine coal of
Pennsylvania.

Pending nominations Nos. 552, 553, 554, and 557, and new
nominations Nos. 558 to 567, were read.

On motion of Mr. Fraley, the President was empowered
to fill any vacancy that might occur in the Committee to aid
the Trustees of the Building Fund.

And the Society was adjourned.

I

1866.] 291

Stated Meeting, December 21, 1866.

Present, seventeen members.
Dr. Wood, President, in the Chair.

Mr. R. P. Uhler, a member of corresponding Society, was
introduced.

Letters were read from the Holhmd Society of Sciences,
at Harlem ; from the Literary and Philosophical Society of
Manchester, April 14; from the Society of Natural Sciences
at Marburg, September 28, 1866, announcing the transmis-
sion of donations, and from the Imperial Geographical So-
ciety of St. Petersburg, July 25 and August 6, 1866 ; from
the Imperial Geological Institute at Vienna, April 26, 1866 ;
from the Royal Academy at Brussels, Nov. 20, 1865 ; from
the Royal Academy at Amsterdam, Nov. 23, 1865 ; from the
Physical Society at Berlin ; from the Royal Society at Got-
tingen, March 22, 1866 ; from the Royal Belgian Academy,
November, 1865, and February 14, 1866 ; from the Royal
Geological Society of Ireland, November 29, 1865 ; from the
Museum of the Antiquaries of Scotland, January and Feb-
ruary, 1866 ; from the Society of Antiquaries of London, Feb-
ruary 2, 1865, and August 4, 1866 ; from the Essex Institute
of Salem, Mass., July 5, 1866 ; from the Massachusetts His-
torical Society, April 2 and August 29, 1866 ; from the Pub-
lic Library at Boston, September 12, 1866; from the Ameri-
can Antiquarian Society at Worcester, Mass., July 5 and
July 11, 1866 ; from the University of Toronto, March 19,
1866 ; from the Buffalo Natural History Society, November
22, 1866; from the Historical Society of Chicago, March 20,
1866 ; from the American Oriental Society of New Haven,
March, 1866 ; from the New York Historical Society, July
5 and July 11, 1866; from the New Jersey Historical So-
ciety, July 5, 1866, and from the Historical Society of Penn-
sylvania, June 25 and July 18, 1866, severally acknowledging
the receipt of publications of this Society.

Donations for the Library were announced as follows :
From the Imperial Society of Naturalists of Moscow ; the

Hayden.] 292 [December.

German Geological Society of Berlin ; A memoir of the An-
niversary of the Stoltzen System of Stenography; the Im-
perial Royal Geological and the Imperial Royal Geographi-
cal Societies at Vienna ; the Society of Naturalists of Mar-
hurg ; the Royal Observatory of Brussels; the Holland So-
ciety of Sciences at Harlem ; the Royal Academy of Science
of Belgium; Pamphlets on various subjects from A. Quetelet
and the Belgian Academy; from the Batavian Society of Ex-
perimental Philosophy ; the Netherland Legation ; the Royal
Irish Academy; the Royal Geological Society of Ireland;
the Literary and Philosophical Society of Manchester ; the
Royal Society of London, and the Chemical Society of Lon-
don; the Dublin Quarterly Journal, and the Medical News
and Library of Philadelphia.

Judge Sharswood announced the death of Prof. Vethake,
a member of the Society, which occurred on the 16th inst.,
in the 76th year of his age.

Dr. Hayden made some remarks iu regard to the geology of the
Missouri Valley, and exhibited a section of the Missouri River from
the mouth of the Platte River to Fort Benton, and several geological
maps of that region.

He called the attention of the Society to the simplicity of the
structure of all this Prairie Country. The rocks of the different
great periods seemed to lie in basins, as is shown by the colored sec-
tion. By referring to the map, it will be seen that the coal-bearing
rocks are largely developed along the Missouri River, from a point
below the mouth of the Kansas River, at Leavenworth City, Nebraska
City, and other places ; but that by a slight dip towards the north-
west, they pass beneath the water-level of the river about 30 miles
above Council Bluffs. These rocks do not appear again in their west-
ward extension, until they are revealed by the upheaval of the Rocky
Mountains and their outliers, the Black Hills, &c. They are here ex-
posed, by upheaval, with a comparatively diminished thickness, vary-
ing from 200 to 1500 feet, forming a narrow belt or zone around the
granitic nucleus. Overlying the Carboniferous rocks along the 3Iis-
souri are a series of formations of Cretaceous age, which have been
separated into five divisions, Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5. Beds of inter-
mediate age are wanting. These formations have also received

1866.] 293 fHayden.

special geographical names,* indicating points where each division is
shown in its largest development. No. 1 is called the Dakota group,
because it was first described along the Missouri River, near Dakota
Territory, and there exhibits its typical characters. No. 2, or Fort
Benton group, has a thickness of 800 to 1000 feet near Fort Ben-
ton, while along the Missouri River, near the mouth of the Vermil-
ion, where it was first discovered, it never attains a thickness of more
than 80 or 90 feet. No. 3 is called the Niobrara group, as it presents
its typical characters and is most finely shown along the Missouri,
near the entrance of the Niobrara River. No. 4 is named the Fort
Pierre groii^, from the fact that this point is located near the centre
of its greatest thickness. No. 5 is denominated the Fox Hills group,
from an elevated ridge between Moreau and Grand Rivers, where it
contains a great abundance of its characteristic organic remains.
This ridge continues a little east of north, crossing the Missouri
River near the mouth of Cannon-ball River. All these divisions
reappear along the slope of the mountains, showing quite clearly that
they dip beneath the Tertiary beds in the basin-like form before de-
scribed.

Then come the great Tertiary basins, which may be given in the
order of their supposed age, commencing with the oldest : 1st. The
Judith River Basin occupies an area of about 40 miles in length from
east to west, and 15 to 20 from north to south. 2d. The Great Lig-
nite Basin occupies all the country from Heart River to the Mussel-
shell, most of the Valley of the Yellowstone, extends for an un-
known distance northward, into the British Possessions, and south-
ward at least to the North Platte, and it is supposed that the Lignite
beds near Pike's Peak and Raton Pass, in New Mexico, are of the
same age. The limits of this great basin have not yet been strictly
defined. 3d. The Wind River deposits occupy an area of about 100
miles in length and 40 to 50 in breadth. 4th. The Basin of the
" Mauvaises Torres," or Bad Lands, of White River, cover a vast
region, at least 100,000 square miles, and from the scattered hills
on both sides of the Missouri River, this great fresh- water lake must
have spread over 150,000 square miles. It is supposed, from the
evidence already secured, that these lakes were not contemporaneous,
but succeeded each other in the order enumerated.

Dr. H. remarked, in regard to the probable existence of Coal in
the Coal measure rocks from Leavenworth City to Omaha, he be-

* Meek and Hayden, Proceedings Academy Nat. Sciences, 1861.

Hayden.) 294 [December

lieved that this portion of the country formed the western rim of the
great coal basin, and that the coal beds had so thinned out in their
western extension, that no seams will be found thick enough to pay
the cost of opening. At Omaha City the Pacific Railroad Company
are sinking an Artesian "Well several hundred feet, with the hope of
passing through a bed of coal, but it is hardly probable that they
will succeed.

The Permian rocks of Kansas are also quite instructive. Their
organic remains show clearly that these beds are only a prolongation
of the Carboniferous period, and as such they are classified in Dana's
Manual of Geology. There is no physical break between the well-
known Carboniferous beds and those of the Permian ; and the well-
known Coal measure fossils gradually fade out, and the well-marked
Permian forms increase, as you pass upward, until only about 200
feet of rocks contain exclusively Permian forms. This is an impor-
tant lesson in geology, inasmuch as there seems to be a bridging over
of one of the chasms or breaks in the great divisions of the geologi-
cal scale.

The Dakota group also presents an instructive lesson in the angio-
sperm dicotyledonous plants, which have been preserved in its strata.
It is well known to geologists that up to the present time no well-
marked dicotyledonous plants have been found in rocks older than
the Cretaceous. The sandstones of this group at Tekama, Blackbird
Hill, Sioux City, have yielded a large number of species. Here
leaves were first detected by Dr. H. in 1857. at Blackbird Hill. Not
long after this time Mr. Meek forwarded some tracings of these leaves
to Prof. 0. Heer, of the University of Zurich, Switzerland, one of
the most eminent authorities in fossil botany in Europe. He at once
pronounced them of Tertiary age, and on the strength of that opinion
Mr. Marcou published a small memoir, in which he affirmed that
Mr. Meek and Dr. H. had confounded strata of different ages, and
that the plants must have come from Tertiary rocks.

In 1863, Mr. Marcou. accompanied by an eminent Italian geolo-
gist, Prof. Capellini, of the University of Bologna, made a tour to
the West, ascending the Missouri River as far as the mouth of the
Big Sioux River; and on their return to Europe, published the re-
sults of their observations in two small memoirs, in which they both
freely acknowledged the correctness of the previous labors of Mr.
Meek and Dr. H. Prof. C. made a fine collection of plants from the
Dakota group, which he placed in the hands of Prof. Heer, for ex-

18ft6.] 295 [Ilayden.

amination, who, after u careful study of them, aflBrmed that these
rocks are Cretaceous. Thus a long-disputed point has been set at
rest.

The vegetable remains of this formation are peculiarly interesting
to the geologist, from the fact that among them are forms so closely
resembling the leaves of the fruit and forest trees of the present
time, — a very marked and important advance in the progress of the
vegetation of the ancient world. So far as can be seen from the
collections already made, they do not seem to exhibit as high a type
of organization as those of the same class of the present day. There
seem to be no serrations on the edges of the leaves or other attempts
at ornamentation, which are so finely shown in those of our living
forest trees. The inference is, therefore, that this flora illustrates the
great law of progress : commencing with great simplicity of form,
and advancing, step by step, to greater complexity and beauty.

Dr. H. also spoke of the interesting fossils he had collected during
the past season from the Fort Pierre group, at Sage Crock and other
localities in that vicinity. . These fossils are so abundant at certain
localities, extending in continuous lines or belts for long distances
across the country, and so well preserved, that one might regard
these shell zones as the shores of the great Cretaceous sea.

Dr. H. also exhibited some thin slabs of fine-grained ferruginous
sandstone, from the head-waters of the Teton River, eastern side of
the Bad Lands. They belong to the upper part of the Fox Hills
group, near the close of the Cretaceous period of .the Upper Mis-
souri. They were covered with very distinct trails of gasteropoda
and marine worms. These specimens seem to indicate a shore-line,
from which there was an ebb and flow of the tide, and as the waters
receded these little animals left behind, would struggle over the soft
sand toward the water, leaving their peculiar trails, which would be
filled up with sediment by the returning tide.

The fact of the existence of four and perhaps five great fresh-water
lakes in the Upper Missouri country during the Tertiary period, is a
matter of the highest interest, and it is our privilege to collect all
the evidence possible, and thus restore to our minds the ancient
physical geography of this region. We cannot doubt that during all
the difl'erent geological epochs there were lakes, rivers, seas, and
oceans, islands, continents, and mountains, and that it is the most
important mission of the geologist to restore the physical geography
of these difl^erent epochs to the eye of science.

YOh. X. — 2o

Ciresson.) 296 [December.

Prof. Cresson made some remarks upon the great fall of temper-
ature that occurred the day previous to the meeting, accompanied by
a sudden rise of the barometer, similar to that observed on the 7th
and 8th of January of this year, when these phenomena were ex-
hibited over a large extent of territory, embracing all the Northern
and Middle States of the Union.

He also described a curious effect of the extreme cold, observed
by him this morning in Schuylkill County, where the thermometer
stood at 15° below zero of Fahr. Just after daybreak he saw the
steam thrown off by the large engines of a colliery rising in a verti-
cal column of dense cloud some 300 feet or more in height, and then
float off horizontally from the top of the column in a stratum some
two or three miles long, where it rested, without much change of
level, for a long time.

The phenomenon being, in his opinion, the result of the sudden
freezing of the vesicular mass and the entanglement in it of a quan-
tity of air, of which the temperature was so much higher than that
of the surrounding atmosphere, to keep the whole afloat, as he sup-
posed to be the case in most of the lofty mackerel clouds.

The Committee of Finance made tlieir report, and recom-
mended the usual appropriations for the expenses of the So-
ciety during the ensuing year, which were adopted.

Pending nominations Nos. 552 to 567 were read.
And the Society was adjourned.

PROCEEDINGS

AMERICAN rillLOSOnilCAL SOCIETY.

Vol. X. JANUARY, 1867. No. 77.

Stated Meeting, January 4, 1867.

Present, sixteen members.
Dr. Wood, President, in the Chair.

A letter was read from J. P. Lesley, dated Paris, France,
December 10, 1866, tendering his resignation as Secretary
and Librarian of the Society.

The photograph likeness of Rev. William Jenks was re-
ceived for insertion in the Album.

Donations for the Library were announced from the fol-
lowing sources : From the Royal Prussian Academy at Ber-
lin ; from the Geographical Society at Paris ; the Annals of
Mines at Paris ; from the Geological and the Royal Astro-
nomical Societies of London; from the American Antiquarian
Society at Worcester, Mass. ; from the United States Sani-
tary Commission, and from Mr. Isaac Lea, of Philadelphia.

The decease of a member, Rev. William Jenks, was an-
nounced, as occurring 13th of November, 1866, in the 88th

year of J^^age.

P^^TGeorge Allen was appointed to prepare an obituary
notice of the late Prof. Vethake.

The report of the Judges who conducted the election held
this day was read, and the following named officers were de-
clared duly elected according to the laws, ordinances, and
regulations of the Society for the ensuing year;

VOL. X. — 2p

298 [January.

President.
George B. Wood.

Vice-Presidents.
John C. Cresson,
Isaac Lea,
George Sharswood.

Secretaries.
Charles B. Trego,
E. Otis Kendall,
John L. Le Conte,
J. Peter Lesley.

Members of the Council for Three Years.
Alfred L. Elwyn,
John Bell,
Benjamin H. Coates,
Benjamin V. Marsh.

Curators.
Franklin Peale,
Ellas Durand,
Joseph Carson.

Treasurer.
Charles B. Trego.

J. P. Lesley, Thomas P. James, and Charles B. Trego
were placed on nomination for the office of Librarian. m

Pending nominations, Nos. 552 to 554, and 557 to 567, 1
were read.

Prof. J. C. Cresson was appointed to fill a vacancy on the
committee to collect funds for a fire-proof building.

And the Society was adjourned.

1867.] 299

Stated Meeting, January 18, 1867.

Present, twenty-four members.
Dr. Wood, President, in the Chair.

Letters were read from the Royal Society of Sciences at
Gottingen, October 13 ; from the Society of Natural Sci-
ences at Altenburg, October 8 ; from the Society of N^itural
Sciences at Riga, 9th and 31st May, announcing donations.
Also, from the Royal Society at Gottingen, October 10;
from the Society of Natural Sciences at Emden, October 1 ;
from the Society of Natural Sciences at Riga, May 31 ; from
the Smithsonian Institution, Washington, August 2d, ac-
knowledging receipt of publications.

Donations for the Library were announced : from the L^ni-
versity of Kharkof, Russia (five treatises in the Russian lan-
guage) ; from the Society of Natural Sciences at Riga ; from
the Royal Society of Science at Gottingen ; from the Royal
Society of Science at Leipsig ; from the Royal Prussian
Academy of Science at Berlin ; from the Society of Nat-
ural Science at Emden ; from the Royal Library at Munich ;
from the Imperial and Royal Geological Society at Vienna ;
from the Royal Academy of Sciences at Belgium ; from the
Society of Naturalists at Manheim ; from the Society of Nat-
ural Sciences at Bremen ; from the Society of Natural Sci-
ence at Altenburg ; from F. Zantedeschi ; the Annals of
Mines ; from the Royal Geographical Society of London ;
from the Essex Institute, Salem, Mass, ; from the American
Pharmaceutical Association ; from the publishers of the
American Journal of Medical Sciences, and the Medical
News and Library, Philadelphia.

The death of Gen. Lewis Cass, a member, was announced
by Prof. Trego, as having occurred June 17, 1866, aged 82
years.

The ■ death of "William Norris, a member, was announced
by Mr. Fraley as having occurred.

Hayden.] 300 [January.

Dr. Hayden made some remarks and observations in re-
gard to the lignite beds of the country on the upper tribu-
taries of the Missouri.

He stated that he had recently received a number of interest-
ing letters from various parts of the far West, communicating im-
portant geological discoveries which he was anxious to have re-
corded in a scientific journal as soon as possible, that the attention
of other explorers might be directed to them. Although the great
Valley of the Missouri and its tributaries has already yielded so many
important facts to geological science, it does not seem even yet to
have given up half its wealth.

1. Dr. Curry, an intelligent surgeon, now of Baltimore, Mary-
land, formerly of the United States Army, and stationed at Fort
Sully, on the Missouri River, writes as follows: "I received a letter
a few days ago from Fort Rice (Captain Irvine), who says, 'While in
charge of the herd a short time since, I discovered the bones of
some huge extinct Behemoth. The dimensions of the largest is as
follows: from head of femur to inner condyle, forty-two inches;
from head of femur to trochanter major, twenty inches; long axis
of femur, thirty-nine inches; short axis of femur, eight inches; from
condyle to condyle, fifteen inches. Other bones in vast quantities
were found, but were so crumbled by exposure to the elements, that
it was difficult to arrive at any correct conclusions in reference to
them; enough, however, is known, that this region once abounded
in tropical plants and animals, and the remains thereof will yet af-
ford vast treasures of geological interest to the student both of Eu-
rope and this country, and the day will come when the spectacled
antiquarian will make annual pilgrimages to the Bad Lands of Da-
cota.'"

Fort Rice is located at the mouth of Cannon-ball River, a tribu-
tary of the Missouri, which rises in the prairie near the eastern
base of the Black Hills. The bones referred to were found on the
southern rim of the Great Lignite Basin, a district of the highest
interest. These bones are distributed in greater or less abundance
south and southwestward, even to the east base of the Black Hills.
In Dr. Hayden's explorations in former years, he discovered the
remains of several extinct animals along this southern rim of the
Lignite Basin, which have been described by Dr. Leidy in the Trans-
actions of the American Philosophical Society, 1859. The'first one
described. Dr. Leidy called Ischyrotheriimi antiquum, and says, "We

1867.] 301 [Hayden.

cannot positively dotorniine the affinities of the animal represented
by these bones, but from their solidify of structure, and the cylin-
droid form of the ribs, we suspect Jsrh//)-ot/ii'n'um to be more nearly
allied to the Manatee than to any other known animal."

"Though I have supposed the remains above described to indicate
the former existence of a mammal allied to the Manatee, they yet
appear to me of such singular character, that I have suspected they
may have belonged to an aquatic reptile, unlike any known, and per-
haps foreshadowing in its constitution the sea-cows, just as Iguano-
don appears to have foreshadowed the herbivorous pachyderms of
the Eocene tertiary period " A huge saurian has been indicated by
Dr. Leidy by remains found in this region, to which he has given the
name of Thespesius occidentalis. " Several vertebral, together with a
first phalangeal bone, from Nebraska, appear to indicate a deino-
sauri:in as colossal as the Ii/iKniodon of England, or the ILvh-ot^aurus
of New Jersey. Two of the specimens are exceedingly like mam-
malian lumbar vertebrEe, especially those of the elephant or masto-
don, and might readily be taken for such, were it not that they pos-
sess well-mai'ked processes for the articulation of chevron bones."

The remains of two species of turtles were discovered not far from
Fort Rice, (Jumpsemya vicfus and Emi/a obscurus. Dr. Leidy also de-
scribes some very interesting fish remains from this portion of the Lig-
nite Basin, under the name of Mijloynathm priscus. "The very sin-
gular-looking fish, Chimcera, of the European seas, was represented
during the Miocene period in Nebraska, by a genus for which the
above name has been proposed. Its former existence is indicated by
specimens of dental plates, like those of Chimara, adapted to the
cru.-5hing of mollusca and Crustacea used as food. The specimens,
consisting of an upper maxillary and a premaxillary plate, were ob-
tained by Dr. Hayden from the Great Lignite Basin, near Long
Lake, Nebraska (now Dacota)." Dr. Hayden remarked that he re-
ferred to the fossils mentioned above, in order that the attention of
travellers might be directed to them, and that more abundant and
better specimens could be secured, that all doubtful points in regard
to their affinities might be cleared up.

2. Dr. Curry describes what he calls a " Moss Rock." " This rock
can be found at a place known as Spring Lake, situated about ten
miles south of New Fort Sully, near the road leading from thence to
the old fort, and about three-fourths of a mile from and in sight of
the river (Missouri). It is about twenty feet high, and stands out

Hayden.] 302 [January.

rather prominently from the side of the hill looking toward the
south. A number of large springs have their origin in the l.ill
above it, and their streams uniting, fall over the summit of the rock,
forming a very beautiful little ca.scade, and at its base Spring Lake,
the best drinking-water and the coldest I found in Dakota.

"The rock appeared to me the result of successive growths of moss,
each petrifying in its turn, and forming a base for the next growth,
as with my knife, the only instrument I had with me at the time, I
raised several layers of different thicknesses, each one showing well-
defined tendrils of moss, reaching through the whole substance.
The upper layer shows very beautifully the moss in different stages
of petrifaction, the process seemingly complete at its base or one side
as you may please to term it, while the same moss is green and grow-
ing upon the other. How much of this rock is thus constituted I
cannot say, but I think the probabilities quite strong that a large
portion of it is petrified."

3. "The rock upon which are found the foot-prints is about ten
miles east of New Fort Sully near the right bank of a creek called
there the Wa-ka-bd-zhu, lying upon the side of the hill. Some six
or eight feet square of the rock is exposed upon which the foot-
prints, six in tmmber, are seen. From their size, I presume they
were made by a child five or six years of age, and with a well-formed
foot. The prints are perfect and distinct, and if natural, must of
course have been made while the rock was yet in a plastic state."

Dr. Hayden remarked that the spring referred to above was of in-
terest to him, from the fact that he did not know of one of a sim-
ilar character in the Valley of the Missouri. The tracks were first
seen by General Harney in 1826, when as a lieutenant he ascended
the Missouri under General Leavenworth. Dr. Hayden had spent
much time in endeavoring to find the locality in former years, but
had failed. The causes of these phenomena are plain, and will be
apparent to all scientific men.

4. Dr. Hayden also said that he had received a number of inter-
esting communications in regard to the geology and natural history
of Colorado Territory from Mr. E. L. Berthoud, a civil engineer,
residing at Golden City, now Speaker of the Colorado Territorial
Legislature. Mr. Berthoud is a good botanist and mineralogist,
and in his statements he placed great confidence. In a recent letter,
bearing date of December 18th, 186(5, he had communicated to him
some very interesting facts in regard to the lignite beds near Den-

.1867.J 303 [Ilayden.

ver City. When we reflect that these Western plains are almost des-
titute of forest trees, and that the <jreat Pacific Railway is soon to
pass near this region, or perhaps throngh the basin itself, the value
of these lignite beds cannot be too highly estimated. Accompanying
the letter was an interesting geological section showing the connec-
tion and inclination of the lignite beds with reference to the moun-
tain rar)ges. It is frequently referred to in Mr. Berthoud's letter,
but cannot be reproduced in this notice. "Our coal seams extend,
to my knowledge, sixty miles due east from Pike's Peak in one di-
rection, south to Raton Mountains and the Raton Pass, and north-
ward to near Denver, on Cherry Creek, and on the west side of the
South Platte as far north as near the Cache la Poudre, and to the
foot of the main mountain range. Here in Golden City we have a
large outcrop of coal, which has been opened successfully, and which
inclines toward the mountain next the town. The following sketch.
No. 1, will give you an idea of the relative superposition, and the
curious succession of the modern deposits in regard to the erupted
feldspathic, granitic, talcose, and hornblende rocks of the main moun-
tain range. In one of the newly opened mines on the same outcrop
of the Golden City vein, which lies north on Coal Creek about nine
miles from Golden City, I saw in 18G1 the trunk of a tree taken out
of the eleven foot vein, there opened and mined, which trunk,
though turned into coal of a good quality, exhibited carbonized
bark, knots, and woody fibre, with concentric rings of growth, such
as our present dicotyledonous trees plainly show; indeed, one of the
miners remarked that from the bark, and the grain or fibre of the
coal, it was very much like bitter cottonwood {Fojmliis antjukifa),
examples of which grow close to the mine. In 186"2, while on a scout
east of Pike's Peak sixty-five miles, I found a bed of coal almost
identical with the Golden City bed, nine feet thick, lying almost
horizontal, with bluffs one and a half miles north, containing fine
specimens of belemnites. Again, in November, 1866, I went north-
east of Golden City to see the coal beds on Rock Creek, sixteen to
nineteen miles distant. I found beds of coal fourteen to eighteen feet
in thickness, almost horizontal, or dipping eastwardly at a small
angle; above them ferruginous sandstone, and vast beds of bog-iron
ore and clay-iron stone in nodules, with numberless fragments of
bones. In the sandstone I have obtained fossils like Hippurites.
But in none of the beds so far have I foutid a single marine or fresh-
water shell, with the exceptions I have before mentioned. Every-

Hayden.] gQ^ [January.

thing that I have so far seen points out that the coal is either creta-
ceous or tertiary, but I believe it to be tertiary, or of the same age as
the coal near Cologne, on the Rhine; but I am perplexed at the in-
version of the dip of the coal, sandstone, and the iron ore which
here incline toward the mountain instead of away from it, and
nothing else that I have observed can compare with these tilted up
beds. I have not time now to follow up this subject, nor to give you
all the data that I have gathered so far; I shall report to you in full
in regard to the points you mention, but will give you as soon as
time permits a full report, with elevations, profiles, &c.; also, some
specimens to prove the relative age of the strata shown in my
sketch."

Mr. Berthoud has forwarded several newspapers published in
Colorado Territory, with advertisements of coal for sale at so much
per ton at the mines, or so much delivered. It is somewhat strange
that since so many practical geologists have travelled over this coun-
try for the purpose of examining mines, no definite statement, sub-
stantiated by the proper proofs, has ever been placed on record with
regard to the age of these coal beds. It only shows that while a man
may be a good mineralogist and theoretical geologist, he fails in at-
tempting to work out the structure of a country over large ai-eas.

By permission of the Commissioner of the United States Land
Office, at Washington, Dr. Hayden had an opportunity, a few days
since, of examining five or six specimens of the brown coal from
the Denver Basin, and they have precisely the appearance of the lig-
nite on the Yellowstone and Missouri Hivers, which has long since
been shown to be of tertiary age. During the autumn and winter of
1859-60, while connected with the expedition to the head-waters of
the Missouri and Yellowstone, under the command of Colonel Wil-
liam F. Raynolds, United States Engineers, Dr. Hayden traced the
lignite tertiary formations of the Missouri River to a point near the
base of the Laramie Mountains, about eighty miles northwest of
Fort Laramie. Here the lignite beds are overlapped and hidden
from view by the white marls and clays of the White River Tertiary
basin. During the winter Dr. Hayden traced these White River
beds along the foot of the mountains southward a short distance be-
yond Cache la Poudre Creek, but did not observe that the lignite
beds reappeared. At Platte Bridge, on the north fork of Platte
River, about one hundred and twenty miles northwest of Fort Laramie,
a bed of quite pure lignite, four feet thick, is revealed by the river.

1867.]

305 [Hayden.

During the winter of 1857-58, a conipany of United States soldiers
were stationed at this point, and as wood was very scarce and difficult
of access in this region, the soldiers erected temporary grates, and
used this lignite for fuel all winter with success.

The following notes in regard to the lignites in this locality,
are taken from my journal, recorded on the spot in the winter of
1859-60:

"December 10th, 1859.-Left the bed of the little stream that
empties into the Platte River about three or four miles below the
Platte Bridge. All of the right side of the Platte River to the foot
of the niountains, about eight uiiie.s, is covered with cretaceous forma-
tion No. 5. Tiie river then makes a bend up towards Richard's
Trading Post and Red Ruttes. At the Platte Bridge, on the left
side of the Platte, the river cuts the bank, giving a vertical section,
showing the lignite. The following section is expcsed by the river
from the water's edge up. The strata have evidently been disturbed,
and the cut shows a dip down the Platte eastward of about 5°.

1st. Steel-gray sands, portions quite ferruginous. About eight
feet exposed above water at the upper end of the bluffs.

2d. A thin layer of indurated carbonaceous sand, six inches;
pas.sing up into an indurated carbonaceous clay, eight inches; pass-
ing up into a bluish ash-colored clay, ferruginous, but with compara-
tively little vegetable matter, twelve inches.

3d. Thirty feet alternate beds of lignite, clays, and marls, the lio-.
nite beds varying from two to four feet in thickness, mostly impure
but containing seams four to six inches thick of quite pure li-^nite'
with a shining jet fracture; then above dull yellowish, rust-colored
concretions, full of fragments of vegetable matter, as portions of
leaves, stems, wood, &c. The clays and marls vary much in color
from a dark brown to a light yellow. At the summit of the cut'
near the upper end of the bluff, is a layer of yellow marl, which a
few yards down is changed into a yellow laminated calcareous rock
apparently deposited in disturbed waters. Still above are layers of
impure lignite and ash-colored clays and marls.

The above gives a pretty good idea of these bluffs as revealed by
the river; but in many places near the Platte Biid-e the soldiers
made excavations and were unsuccessful in their .search, findin-only
an impure material, but in one excavation they found a layer tbout
twelve inches thick, which they appear to have used as fuel success-
tally. At the most favorable locality I took the measurement with

VOL. X. — 2q

Hayden.] S06 [January.

a tape-line, fourteen inches of lignite, best quality, four and a half
feet of indurated carbonaceous clay with numerous irregular local
seams of pure coal, like cannel coal. These small seams vary from
two inches to two feet in length, and from one-eighth to two inches
in thickness. This carbonaceous clay gradually passes up into a
light ash-colored indurated clay with some calcareous matter, with
oxide of iron, which colors the seams of the fractures on exposure.
Thickness, five and a half feet. The layer of pure lignite is under-
laid by impure, but I could not tell to what extent, though its char-
acter is like that which lies above the pure bed. This pure bed of
lignite is underneath the yellow bed before mentioned, and the yel-
low bed when indurated into compact rock contains impressions of the
leaves of a species of Populus identical with one so abundant on
Tongue River in the lignite clay. There are also a few Unios in a
friable condition. The lignite burns with a quiet, steady, red flame,
gives out a good degree of heat, leaves comparatively little ash,
ignites very readily with no breaking in pieces, no snapping, no bitu-
men. Fragments of turtle shells, and small pieces of a gum-like resin,
like the common resin of commerce, were found at this locality. The
whole bluff is thirty-five feet high, but taken with the dip of the
beds there are probably forty or fifty feet of strata exposed, and only
one seam of lignite which is pure enough for fuel."

The lignite of the cretaceous beds, so far as Dr. Hayden has ob-
served it, is entirely worthless for economical purposes. It may be
more pure where it is not exposed to the atmosphere. It was first
noticed along the Missouri River, near the Omaha Indian reservation,
in the sandstones of the Dakota group. It extends about forty miles
up the Big Sioux River, never attains a thickness of more than two
feet, and is very impure. It is barely possible that by sinking a shaft,
that portion which is concealed from the atmosphere may be of some
value for fuel. Near Smoky Hill, along the line of the Union Pacific
Railroad, the Dakota sandstones again reveal a thin lignite bed.
This, too, is very impure, and gives no promise of being useful as fuel.
The lignite beds at Raton Mountains are regarded as a continuation
southward of those at Denver and vicinity. Prof J. W. Bailey, as
far back as 1848, expressed the opinion that this Raton coal was
probably of the age of the " Brora " coal. Since, therefore, we find
no well-marked pure beds of lignites in the cretaceous rocks of the
West, and throughout the Lignite Tertiary Basin of the Upper Mis-
souri, extending southward nearly to Fort Laramie, and since we

1807.] 307 [Ilayden.

find a large number of bed.s, some of wliich are quite pure, and
may be u.sed as fuel, it seems very probable that the coal of Denver
and vicinity is of tertiary age, and that the formation is a continua-
tion southward of the lignite tertiary beds of the Upper Missouri.

Dr. Le Conte spoke with regard to the lignite of the same
region.

Prof. J. P. Lesley was elected Librarian for the ensuing
year, and Thomas P. James Avas requested to continue his
administration of the duties of Librarian until the determina-
tion of Mr. Lesley with regard to accepting the office be
communicated.

The Standing Committees were then appointed as follows :

Finance. — Mr. Fraley, Mr. John F. James, and Mr. Marsh.

Publication. — Mr. T. P. James, Dr. Carson, Prof. Trego,
Mr. Price, and Mr. Tilghman.

EaU.—hlx. Peale, Mr. P. E. Chase, and Mr. S. W. Roberts.

Library. — Dr. Bell, Dr. Coates, Mr. Price, Mr. Barnes, and
Mr. Brigo-s.

Co

On motion, the reading of the list of surviving members
was postponed until the next meeting.

Pending nominations, Nos. 552 to 554 and 557 to 567, were
read, and after discussion the Society proceeded to ballot for
the candidates for membership.

All other business having been completed, the ballot boxes
were opened, and the following named persons were declared
elected :

Ralph Waldo Emerson, Concord, Mass.

Charles Sumner, United States Senator from Mass.

Hon. John Cadwalader, Philadelphia.

Dr. Harrison Allen, Philadelphia.

Andrew Mason, New York.

George F. Dunning, New York.

Dr. B. F. Shumard, St. Louis, Mo.

Dr. J. S. Newberry, Columbia College, New Y'ork.

Rev. M. B. Anderson, Rochester, New Y'^ork.

Prof. Henry Morton, Philadelphia.

Prof. Charles J. Stille, Philadelphia.

508 [February.

Dr. J. IT. Packard, Philadelphia.
Prof. John F. Frazer, Philadelphia.
Rev. Henry S. Osborn, Easton, Penna.
And the Society was adjourned.

. Stated Meeting, February 1st, 1867.
Present, seventeen members.
Dr. Wood, President, in the Chair.

Judge Cadwalader, a recently elected member, was pre-
sented and took his seat.

Letters were read from Hon. Charles Sumner, dated Jan-
uary 26, 1867, and from Dr. Harrison Allen, January 31,
1867, acknowledging the receipt of notice of their election,
and acceptance of membership. Also, from William Proc-
ter, Jr., Corresponding Secretary of the Philadelphia Col-
lege of Pharmacy, dated January 31, announcing the trans-
mission of thirty-seven volumes of the American Journal of
Pharmacy ; and from the Historical Society of Philadelphia,
acknowledging receipt of publications.

On motion of Judge Sharswood, the thanks of the Society
was tendered to the College of Pharmacy for so valuable a
contribution to the Library ; also ordered, that the College
of Pharmacy be placed on the list of Corresponding Societies.

Donations to the Library were announced as follows : From
the Royal Norwegian University at Christiania ; from the Lit-
erary and Historical Society of Quebec; from the Public Li-
brary of Boston ; from the Editors American Journal of
Sciences and Arts, and the Franklin Institute ; from the
New Jersey Historical Society ; from the Wisconsin Histori-
cal Society, and the College of Pharmacy of Philadelphia.

The death of G. W. Featherstonhaugh, a member, was an-
nounced by Thomas P. James, as having occurred September
28, 1866, in his 80th year.

1867.] 309 [Chase.

Mr. P. E. Chase made an oral communication on the laws
which regulate the transmission and distribution of solar heat.

Prof. Dove, in the discussions by which he demonstrated the ex-
istence of consistent and clearly-marked annual barometric tides,
has well set forth the importance of broad meteorological generaliza-
tions. It is, evidently, only by a comparison of observations made
in all quarters of the globe, that we can hope to find the funda-
mental laws which regulate periodical changes in the atmosphere,
and thus become properly qualified for the study of local and ex-
ceptional disturbances.

It seems somewhat remarkable, that, in a science so eminently
statistical as meteorology, the formidable mass of already accumu-
lated observations has been followed by such raeagreness of practical
results. Humboldt and Dove have admirably developed the system of
isothermal lines, the latter having widely tracked it through its theral,
chimenal, monthly, and annual ramifications; but these lines are so
largely controlled by ocean currents, mountain ridges, and other
local disturbances, that they give us little help towards ascertaining
the laws which regulate the distribution of heat over the earth's sur-
face. Mayer believed that the normal mean temperature varies as
the square of the cosine of latitude. The error of his formula was
soon demonstrated, and I am not aware that any one has proposed a
substitute. The active members of the various meteorological so-
cieties are industriously engaged in the solution of numerous special
problems, and the indefatigable host of observers are evermore add-
ing to the stores of material, but the laborers are too few for the
harvest. We are still entirely ignorant of the degrees of influence
exerted by the various well-known climatic causes in determining
the mean temperature of the several seasons and of the entire year.

The principal elements of general thermometric variation are: 1,
the heat imparted by the sun ; 2, terrestrial absorption and radiation;
3, atmospheric currents. Of these three agencies, the first is, in
one sense at least, the chief, since it is the one on which the others
depend; the second is mainly instrumental in modifying the other
two, and especially' in retarding the daily and yearly changes ; the
third is a subject of hourly experience, and its meteorological im-
portance is now generally recognized.

The amount of heat which is received directly from the sun, evi-
dently varies as the cosine of the zenith distance, or the sine of the

Chase.] g^O [February.

sun's altitude. In the daily distribution of temperature, this is the
most important element, as is evident from the tabular comparisons
in my communication of September 21, 1866.* Absorption and
radiation proceed at nearly uniform rates, therefore it may be as-
sumed that their effects are approximately proportioned to the time
during which they operate. The average general variation which is
due to the influence of the winds is a difficult point to determine,
but the present investigation has led me to believe that it niay
be properly measured by the difference of arc (instead of the
sine difference), of the sun's meridian altitude. My reasons for
this inference are the following: 1, the general average tempera-
ture of the year often appears to vary very nearly as the arc in
question, and it seems unreasonable to suppose that a variation of
this character can be attributable either to the heat communi-
cated by the sun, or to terrestrial absorption and radiation ; 2, the
tendency of the air, so f;ir as it is determined by the direct heat of
the sun, is at all times towards that point of the earth's surface at
which the sun is vertical, and we may readily believe that the ther-
mal effect of the current should be proportional to the distance,
measured on a great circle of the earth, through which the air
would be obliged to move in order to reach the sub-solar point.
This distance evidently varies as the arc of the sun's zenith-distance.

We have, then, three natural standards for admeasurement, by
means of which, if we rightly eliminate special and limited pertur-
bations, we may perhaps be able to determine the predominating in-
fluence, in many cases both of local and of general thermal disturb-
ance. Iq order to institute as broad a comparison as possible, I have
adopted a method of elimination which is substantially the same as
the one used in my previous physical investigations, and which may
be illustrated by a single example.

The average monthly temperatures of the United States, as de-
duced from Prof. Cofiin's reductions of the " meteorological observa-
tions, made under the direction of the United States Patent Office
and the Smithsonian Institution, from the year 1854 to 1859 inclu-
sive,"f appear to be as follows :

January, 28.352; February, .30.873; March, 39.049; April,

* Ante, pp. 261-2fi9. See especially the observations at St. Bernard, and the
general average of Table I, p. 267.

t The reductions referred to, embody the results of more than a million ob-
servations, made by nearly a thousand observers, at about eight hundred dif-
ferent stations.

1867.

Ill

I Chase.

49.744; May, G0.902; June, G9.780 ; July, 75.040; Au«:ust,
71.754; September, 65.043; October, 53.922; November, 42.350;
December, 32.132. January and July are the month.s of extreme
temperature, terrestrial absorption and radiation retarding the pe-
riods of maximum heat and cold so that they fall in the months
following the solstices. Averaging the temperatures at equal inter-
vals from January (taking the mean temperature of December and
February, of November and 3Iarch, &c.), we get the following re-
sults :

-Months, fiom Jan , . .

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

Average Temp., .

Monthly Diff., . .

Ratio of do. . .

Ratio of DifTeretice
of Zenith distance,

28.352

31.502

3.150

.067

.069

40.699

12.347

.261

.255

51.833

23.481

.497

.500

63.272

34.920

.738

.745

70.767

42.415

.897

.931

75.640

47.288

1.000

1.000

The second of the above series of ratios (that of the difference in
the arc of the sun's zenith distance), is based upon the following
estimate of the average monthly increase of solar altitude, at all
places in the temperate zones :

^lo., from winter solstice, . . 1 2 3

Increaseof sol. altitude, 3°i W 2S°i
Ratio of increase, . . . .069 .255 .500

4

5

6

.35°

43°1

47°

745

.931

1.000

If we allow about twenty-four days for the cumulative effects of
increasing heat and cold, these ratios become properly comparable
with the monthly ratios of temperature-variation.

The data for the following table, with the exceptions specified in
the foot-notes, were drawn from Herr Dove's sixth paper, ''tJber
die nieht periodischen Ver'anderungen der Temperatur-Vertheilung
auf der Oberflilche der Erde" (Memoirs of the Berlin Academy of
Sciences, for 1858), and from his local corrections for periodic and
non-periodic variations, as inserted by Prof. Guyot, in the V. series of
" Tables, Meteorological and Physical, prepared for the Smithsonian
Institution," third edition. In determining the general ratios, all
observations for incomplete years were discarded, and in some in-
stances, where the stations involved were very numerous, I also

Chase.]

312

[February.

omitted such records as extended over a period less than from three
to five years. The compari-son is confined to the extra-tropical regions,
because the double maxima in the torrid zone would have compli-
cated the results too much for my present purpose. The differences
are counted from January in the Northern, and from July in the
Southern hemisphere. The first series of ratios for the Northern
hemisphere is computed from the monthly averages at 217 stations,
recorded in Dove's V. table, '< Abweichungen, 1845-1855, bezogen
auf Mittel langerer Reihen." At 206 of the stations the observa-
tions covered periods of from ten to seventy-seven years, the general
average period of the entire table being upwards of twenty-two years.
The second series is obtained by combining the more limited ratios
of the several countries, a method which gives undue weight to the
European observations. The third series is based on the respective
European, Asiatic, and North American averages, allowing to each
grand division a weight corresponding to the portion of its area
which is embraced in the temperate zone. The ratios of the South-
ern hemisphere (where the stations are few in number, and confined
to the sea-coast), are calculated by the first method.

General and Local Eatios of Monthly Temperature-
Differences.

Difference of Time, months, . .

1

2

3

4

5 6

Ratios of sines, .

.076

.284

.545

.784

.946 1

" " arcs, .

.069

.255

.500

.745

.931 1

N. Hemisphere, series I, .

.076

.259

.512

.755

.935 1

" 11, .

.064

.225

.499

.729

.935 1

" III, .

.079

.270

.517

.755

.929 1

S. Hetnipphere, .

.077

.281

.538

.763

.938 1

Arctic Regions, .

.071

.231

.479

.733

.9.34 1

Europe,

.069

.2:^9

.501

.738

.938 1

Asia, .

.097

.274

.535

.769

.934 1

N. America,

.056

.279

.494

.741

.917 1

S. America.

.077

.275

.501

.724

.936 1

Africa,

.088

.267

.537

.761

.938 1

Australia, .

.081

..313

.618

.801

.913 1

United States,* .

.054

.256

.500

.743

.904 1

Russian Empire,

.097

.262

.512

.758

.935 1

Siberia,

.099

.265

.543

.763

.938 1

Russia,

.076

.258

.506

.749

.935 1

Scandinavia,

.067

.183

.430

.675

.904 1

» Mean of Dove, Coffin, and Quyot.

1867.] 313

General and Local Eatios, &c. — Continved.

[Chase,

Difference of Time, months, . .

G. Britain and Ireland,

Holland,

France,

Spain and Portugal,

Italy,

Mediterranean Coast,

Austria,

Prussia,

Wurtemhurg,

Germany, .

Switzerland,

N. Africa, .

S. Africa, .

New Zealand, b

Washinfrtoi),

Philadeli)hia,

Toronto,'^ .

New Haven, "^

Albany,' .

Salem, Mass.jf

Godthaab, .

Sitka,

Tiflis,

Pekin,

Nertchinsk,

Barnaul,

Venice,

Palermo,

Milan,

Gibraltar, .

Geneva,

St. Bernard,

Vienna,

Katisbon, .

Stuttgard, .

Carlsruhe, .

Munich,

Berlin,

Prague,

Paris,

Brussels,

Zwanenburg,

London,

Dublin,

Kinfiun's Castle,

Copenhagen,

Tornea,

Cathnrinenburg,

St. Petersburg,

Moscow,

Odessa,

Cairo,

Capetown, .

Melbourne,

Rio Janeiro,

Valparaiso,

. OfiS
.008
.07.3
.042
.041
.079
.OfiB
.096
.025
.088
.071
.095
.082
.026
.063

.on

.085
.069
.057
.077
. 089
.148
.134
.054
.065
.049
.099
.054
.106
.074
.097
.154
.094
.117
.138
.114
.092
.106
.112
.120
.125
.128
.120
.086
.108
.073
.079
.007
.082
.107
.087
.043
.050
.094
.065
.076

.205
.149
.210
.216
.231
.269
.234
.216
.215
.241
.226
.267
.268
.201
.259
.231
.259
.256
.261
.260
.216
.252
.279
.249
.308
.263
.275
.197
.302
.232
.274
.262
.271
.293
.297
.278
.209
.250
.248
.286
.275
.259
.242
.173
.234
.200
.227
.266
.230
.248
.282
.273
.222
.335
. 234
.244

.445
.479
.507
.470
.511
.505
.541
.620
.489
.541
.524
.626
.548
.434
.616
.471
.617
.498
.611
.495
.458
.497
.667
.532
.587
.552
.531
.424
.537
.613
.514
.483
.6.34
.564
.6M6
.631
.511
.508
.6.36
.515
.528
.517
.481
.370
.445
.462
.464
.518
.471
.505
.518
.544
.624
.519
.600
.456

.720

.939

.721

.947

.705

. .936

.682

.928

.691

.919

.735

.952

.762

.951

.753

.965

.750

.935

.777

.982

.727

.951

.726

.888

.797

.988

.829

.895

.751

.925

.7.33

.926

.727

.927

.740

.932

.761

.936

.734

.924

. 732

.934

.729

.953

.761

.928

.778

.927

.808

.942

.753

.940

. 736

•945

.685

.906

.770

.936

.704

.890

.771

.943

.755

.932

.790

.951

.823

.969

.784

.941

.793

.945

.729

.948

.777

.946

.754

.947

.784

.946

.780

.973

.787

.948

.747

,936

.722

.953

.706

.917

742

.944

.690

.908

748

.912

.714

.924

758

.942

735

.925

755

.971

756

.967

774

.9.38

749

.937

716

.940

1

b One ynar'.e observations at Auckland,
d Loomis and Newton, SB years.
' Gujot, 42 years.

VOL. X. — 2r

c Lefroy.

e Guyot, 19 years.

Chase.]

314

[February.

The averages at individual stations often present considerable
variations, even when different decades, or longer periods, are com-
pared. It is, therefore, uncertain to what extent the laws of limited
local change are manifested by this table, but in the extended group-
ings of countries, divisions, continents, and hemispheres, I think the
indications of the ratios can be safely trusted.

By taking the differences from month to month (instead of the
aggregate increase from the winter solstice), we may form some idea
of the change at different periods of the year, in the relative climatic
influence of the sun and the winds. The method of comparisoa
may be readily understood by referring to the following table. The
small figures denote the ratio ( ^ of sines, or ^ of arcs) to which the
increment most nearly approximates. The sums of the monthly
diflPerences give the aggregate ratios of the preceding table. The
first series of means is derived directly from the tabular numbers, by
allowing equal weight to each; the second allows to each ratio a
weight corresponding to the territorial area.

Monthly Eatios of Change in Sine, Arc, and
Temperature.

Months,

1st.

1st to 2d.

2a to 3d.

3d to 4th.

4th to

5fh to

5th

eth.

Sines,* . . . .

76

208

261

239

162

54

Arcs,

69

186

245

245

186

69

f Europe,

692

1702

2621

2371

2002

622

B

Asia,

971

1772

261'

2341

1651

662

N. America,

552

2241

2152

2472

1762

832

S. America,

771

198'

2262

2232

2122

642

Africa,

881

1792

2701

2241

1772

622

g

Australia, .

811

2:^21

3051

1831

1121

872

H

I. Mean, .

781

1972

2561

2251

1752

712

^ II. Mean, .

821

1912

2541

2291

1762

692

These comparisons seem to warrant the following inferences, all of
which are confirmed by a more extended and minute examination, as
well as by other considerations.

1. Taking into view the entire land surface of the globe and the
entire range of the year, the direct heat of the sun, and the induced
aerial currents appear to be about equally instrumental in determin-
ing fluctuations of temperature.

* The sines employed in each table are merely the sines of the excess of me-
ridian altitude above the minimum, and not the increment of the sine of least
meridian altitude. If the hitter had been used the number of ratios approxi-
mating most nearly to the differences of arc would have been much greater.

1867.J 315 [Ilayden.

2. The influence of the winds is most marked in the Ni)rthern
and Western hemispheres; that of solar obliquity in the Southern
and Eastern hemispheres.

3. Where the sun's rays are least intense (as in the l^)lar Kegions),
and whore the winds are most variable, the ratios exhibit the nearest
parallelism to the increments of arc; but where the winds are most
unifurm (in and near the region of monsoons) they correspond more
closely with the sinal increments.

4. The general changes of temperature at midwinter, and at the
equinoctial seasons (when the sun's declination is changing most
rapidly), are most dependent upon the local solar heat; the mid-
summer changes are more subject to the influence of the winds.

5. The greatest conflict of opposing forces occurs during the sun's
passage between the comparatively wind-governed Northern hemis-
phere and the sun-governed Southern hemisphere. The conflict is
manifested in the spring and autumn rains.

6. The closest and most general approximation of ratios is shown
in the monthly temperature-change at midsummer, which (in the II.
mean), corresponds precisely with the change of arc.

Dr. Ilayden spoke of the geographical distribution of
plants, and referred to a number of species which are con-
sidered as exotics in this part of our country, but indigenous
in regions west of the Mississippi.

Dr. Hayden said that the reading of a remarkable volume, recently
published in England, had suggested some remarks in regard to the
geographical distribution of the Flora and Fauna of the country west
of the Mississippi. The book referred to is entitled the " Geographi-
cal Distribution of Mammals," by Andrew Murray. He had noticed
a few plants in the Valley of the Missouri, which are undoubtedly
indigenous there, but they have always been, and are regarded now
as introduced east of the Mississippi.

1. Portulacca ohracea : Nuttall, in his genera of North Ameri-
can plants, says, "Indigenous on the saline and denudated plains of
the Missouri, a plant common to every part of the globe." Gray,
"Common in cultivated and waste grounds, naturalized from Eu-
rope." Dr. Darlington, " Undoubtedly an introduced plant here."
Dr. Gray, in one of his later works, says, it is undoubtedly wild in
Arkansas and Texas. Dr. Torrey says, that in the Atlantic States it

Hayden.] 3]^g [February.

is undoubtedly a naturalized plant. Dr. Hayden has seen it in many
localities in the Upper Missouri, where it could not have been other-
wise than indigenous. It occurs in barren and saline places, in soil
composed mostly of the clays of the Fort Pierre group, No. 4, creta-
ceous. It grows sparingly near the mouth of the Teton River, about
four miles below Fort Pierre, in the Valley of White River, near
the " Mauvaises Terres," in the Valley of the Niobrara River, near
the mouth of Rapid River. It also grows quite abundantly on and
around the rock exposures of the red quartzites of Dakota, in the
Valley of James River, Vermilion, at Sioux Falls, and the Red Pipe-
stone quarry. It does not grow as abundantly or as luxuriantly in
any of these localities, as in our gardens and cultivated grounds,

2. AcliiUea mtUi'folimn, regarded by Dr. Darlington and Ellliott as
naturalized from Europe. Dr. Hooker (Flora Boreali Americana),
says, "Tliis plant is distributed throughout the British possessions,
from Luke Huron to the Arctic Sea, and from the Atlantic to the
Pacific Ocean." In the Northwest it is variable, sometimes with
short woolly leaves, and at other times long lower ones, a foot long
and three inches in diameter. On account of its more woolly char-
acter, it has been called A. lanosum by Nuttall, but Dr. Torrey does
not recognize it as distinct. Beck, in his " Botany of the Northern
States," 1848, says, "It is introduced and extensively naturalized
from Arctic America to Oregon and Mexico." He does not con-
sider it indigenous. It was found by Stansbury in the islands of
Salt Lake. (Report, page o9l.) Dr. Torrey, in " Marcy's Report,"
states that it is found on the upper tributaries of the Red River.
It is the woolly form that occurs almost exclusively west of the Mis-
sissippi. It is found distributed almost universally over the broad
grassy plains of the Upper Missouri. It does not grow in masses
or thick bunches, as about houses and cultivated places east of the
Mississippi, but usually with a single stalk, or at most four or five
from one root. It would seem to be, without doubt, indigenous in
the West.

3. Hamulus lupuhis. — "This plant, though cultivated (/. e., the
pistillate one) in almost every garden, is undoubtedly indigenous
along our streams. The pistillate plant, in cultivation, being usually
remote from the staminate, I think the ovaries are commonly abor-
tive." (Flora Cestrica, page 287.)

Nuttall, in " Memoirs of the Academy of Natural Sciences," 2d
series, page 181, calls it II. Americanus, and says, "I have ven-

1867.] ^I'J . [Uayden

tured, I think, on sufficient grounds to separate the American from
the European species. Found as it is in the uncultivated interior of
the continent, beyond the reach of inhabitants, our plant must neces-
sarily be indigenous. I have compared the present with the foreign
plant with some attention, and can in all cases readily distinguish
them by their foliage. In the American plant, whatever be the other
variations of the leaf, the attenuated points are toothed nearly to the
extremity. In the European, the summit of the leaf is abruptly
toothed. In the mature plant, the male flowers appear to be smaller,
and the scales of the cones are likewise acuminate. In some speci-
mens, as in the European plant, the upper leaves are simply cordate
and entire, but in all cases the denticulations are smaller and more
numerous." Dr. Gambel found the hop in the Rocky Mountains,
on the line of 3Iexico, growing most luxuriantly. From the various
reports of travellers, it seems to be widely distributed throughout the
country west of the Mississippi. In the broad bottoms of the Valley
of the Missouri River, it grows in the greatest luxuriance twining
upon the largest trees, and producing its ament-like fruit in the
greatest quantities. It is found in almost every ravine and valley of
a stream from the foot of the mountains to the Mississippi. A brewer
at the mouth of the Niobrara, Dakota Territory, has attempted to
utilize it with some success.

4. Plantatjo mnjor, is considered in the Flora Cestrica as truly a
foreigner, a naturalized foreigner, remarkable for accompanying civ-
ilized man, growing along his footpaths, and flourishing around his
settlements. Introduced from Europe according to Beck. Dr. Rich-
ardson finds it from Lake Huron to latitude 68°. It has also been
found in Newfoundland and Labrador. De Schweinitz says, there is
no place where it is not introduced. Along the Missouri River,
about the trading-posts, and along some of the principal thorough-
fares of the West, this plant is occasionally seen, but seldom or
never observed in the interior remote from the haunts of men. It
was observed in 1859 on the wooded bottoms of the Missouri River,
between Fort Clark and Fort Pierre, at least two hundred miles from
any human habitation, under circumstances such as to lead one to
suspect that it might be indigenous, but it is hardly probable.

The climate of the Upper Missouri district is somewhat peculiar.
There seems to be what may be called two seasons, a wet and a dry
season. The wet season usually commences about the middle of
March, and continues until the middle of May. During this period
the rains are frequent and severe, sometimes continuing for thirty

Hayden.] 318 [February.

days in saccession. The dry season commences about the middle of
July, and usually continues through the autumn and sometimes a
portion of the winter. Occasionally heavy storms of short duration
occur in September and October, but usually the weather is delight-
ful, the sky being sometimes for weeks with scarcely a cloud. Prob-
ably three-fourths of the plants of the country are in blossom dur-
ing the months of May and June and the first half of July. During
the month of September the ground becomes parched by drought,
and very little vegetation clothes the prairies, and everything pre-
sents the appearance of desolation ; very few flowers are in bloom, ex-
cept now and then a composite plant. The greater portion of the
Upper Missouri flora belongs to the great families of Cruciferoe, Leyu-
minosce, Compositce, Chenopodiacece, and Graminece. The Crypto-
camic plants are rare. Between Council BluSs and the foot of the
Rocky Mountains, there are very few ferns, mosses, lichenes, or fungi,
throughout what is called the prairie region. There are very few trees
to be seen except those which skirt the streams, and these are mostly
a species of cotton wood, Pupulus anjjulata. In the limestone dis-
trict of the State of Missouri, the sugar maple, Acer sacchariniim, oc-
curs in great abundance, and disappears in Kansas. The Acer ruhriim
continues to the mountains more or less rare. On the Vermilion and
Big Sioux Rivers this tree is abundant, and the Indians have made
suf^ar from its sap. Most of the species of oak and the hickory cease
in latitude 42^°. At the mouth of the Big Sioux, Tilia Americana,
Gymnocladus Canadetisis, Ulmus fuloa, Juglans nigra, J. cinerea,
Celtis occidentalis, GledUschia triacanihos, occur in small quantities;
and in ascending the Missouri, these trees begin to disappear, and
entirely cease before reaching the mouth of White River. About
one hundred miles above Council Bluff's, the last sycamore, Platanus
occidentalis, is seen along the Missouri. It has not been observed
west of that point. Negiuido accroides Frnxinus Americana, Quercus
macrocarjKi, two species of Juniperus, and certain under shrubs, as
Xanthoxj/lum Americaniim, Stajjhj/ha trifoliata, Eaoni/mus atro-
purpureus, tSi/mphoricarjyus vu/tjaris, Cornus sericea, 0. stoluni/era,
several species of Vi/is, Ribes, Rhus, Rosa, and Salix, are found more
or less abundant to the foot of the mountains, especially along the
bottoms of the Missouri or Yellowstone. Among the shrubs bearing
palatable fruit, are Shepherd ia aryentea, Amelanchier Canadensis,
and Frunns Virginiana, which are universally distributed, and of
great value to the wandering Indians.

Much might be said in regard to the geographical distribution of

1867.] 319 [Hayden.

the qundrupeds and birds of the Upper Missouri, but a few species
only will be mentioned in this connection. On the prairies of Illi-
nois, Indiana, and Iowa, the prairie hen or ruffed grouse, Cvpidonia
CvpkJo, is very abundant, but in ascending the Missouri River, this
species gradually disappears near the mouth of the Niobrara River,
and is replaced by the sharp-tailed grouse, Pcdiocees jiliasianelhis,
which continues thence to the foot of the mountains. Although the
wild turkey is abundant within tlie limits of the settled portions .lof
the West, it has never been seen above the mouth of White River.
The quail, Ortyx Virf/iniuna, is not known to occur above the mouth
of the Niobrara.

The Western fox-squirrel, Sciiti-Ks Lvdovicianus, is quite abun-
dant about Council Bluffs, but gradually becomes rarer toward the
West, until it ceases to appear near the mouth of the White River, in
latitude 43|° ; longitude 99 J°. The gray and black squirrel, S. Caro-
Imiensis, is common at Leavenworth City, Kansas, has been seen as
far up the Missouri as the mouth of the Platte, but has never been
observed farther westward. The raccoon, Procj/oiilvfor, is qmte abun-
dant as far westward as Big Sioux River, where a considerable trade
is carried on between the whites and Indians in their skins. None
have been observed west of White River. The white-tailed or wood
deer, Cervus leucurus, is very abundant on the wooded bottoms of
the Missouri, from the mouth of the Kansas to the Big Sioux, and
not rare from thence to the mountains, but it is confined to the
wooded valleys of streams. On the other hand, the black-tailed or
mule-deer, C. maa-otis, is rarely seen below Fort Pierre, and its fa-
vorite haunts seem to be among the rugged and interminable ravines
and canons of the streams in the "bad-lands" and along the foot
hills of the mountains. It will be seen at a glance from the few ob-
servations here made, that most animals and plants are restricted by
nature within certain geographical limits. The beautiful species of
rabbit, Lepus Bairdi, n. s., which was collected by Dr. Hayden for
the first time in the spring of 1860, on the summit of Wind River
Mountains, seems peculiarly adapted to dwell in these regions of
perpetual snow. Its long toes, having very flexible joints, and covered
■with long thick hair, enables it to travel with ease over the snow, leav-
ing behind it a track altogether out of proportion in extent, to the size
of the animal. Its geographical limits are not yet well known, but
it would appear to be restricted to the snow-covered summits of the
mountains.

Dr. Hayden stated that he had made these remarks simply to

Hayden.] 320 [February.

show the rich field of study the West opened up in the geographical
distribution of its Fauna and Flora. There are also natural reasons
why certain species of animals and plants are restricted to certain
geographical areas, and it is his purpose to commence the accumula-
tion of materials towards a memoir on the geographical distribution
of the Fauna and Flora west of the Mississippi.

' He also exhibited a photograph of matting from New Ibe-
ria, Louisiana ; this matting was found in the deposits of salt
near that place, which he described.

He then referred to the importance of the lignite beds of
the Upper Missouri, and the value of this article as a fuel
in a region where timber is rarely to be found.

New nomination No. 568 was read.

The list of surviving members was read, comprising the
number, on the 1st January, 1867, of 410, of whom 262 were
in the United States, and 148 in foreign countries.

No. 76 of the Proceedings of the Society was laid on the
table.

And the Society was adjourned.

Stated Meeting, February 15, 1867.

Present, sixteen members.

Prof. Cresson, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Prof. Stille and Dr. Packard, recently elected members,
were introduced and took their seats.

Letters were read from J. S. Newberry, dated February 6,
1867 ; from George P. Dunning, February 8, 1867 ; Andrew
Mason, dated February 8, 1867; and H. S. Osborn, Febru-
ary 12, 1867, severally acknowledging the receipt of the
notice of their election as members and of their acceptance.
And from the Physical and Natural History Society at Ge-
neva, October 15; from the Geological Society of Glasgow,
November 19 ; from the Bavarian Academy of Sciences, De-
cember 1, announcing donations to the Library. Also, from

1867.1 321

the Royal Danish Society of Sciences at Copenhagen, March
31 and September 27 ; from the Royal Society of Edinburgh,
December 4 ; from the Academy of Sciences at Chicago, Feb-
ruary 1st; from the Historical Society of Pennsylvania; from
the Essex Institute, Salem, Februai-y 13 ; from the New York
Historical Society, severally acknowledging the receipt of
publications of the Society.

A letter from T. Morris Perot, President of the Mercantile
Library, was read.

Donations to the Library were announced as follows : From
the Royal Society of Victoria at Melbourne ; from the Royal
Danish Astronomical Society at Copenhagen ; from the Up-
per Lausatian Society of Sciences at Gorlitz ; from the Royal
Prussian Academy at Berlin ; from the Zoological Garden at
Frankfort au Main ; from the Society of Natural History at
Strasburg ; from the Munich Observatory ; from the Royal
Bavarian Academy at Munich ; from the Physical and Nat-
ural History Society at Geneva ; from the Geographical So-
ciety at Paris ; from the Geological Society at Glasgow ; from
the Royal Society of Edinburgh ; from the Leeds Philosophi-
cal and Literary Society ; from Henry Denny ; from the So-
ciety of Arts and of the Institutions in Union at London;
from the Royal Geographical Society of London ; from
Messrs. La Rue, Stewart & Loewy, London ; from A. H.
Worthen of the Geological Survey of Illinois ; from the New
Jersey Historical Society ; from the Water Department of
this city ; from Dr. Hayden ; from the Franklin Institute ;
from the Academy of Natural Sciences of Pliiladelphia; from
the publishers of the Medical News and Library.

Dr. Hayden introduced the subject of photographic repre-
sentations of the Indian aborigines, resident in the regions
west of the Mississippi, and recommended the preservation
of photographs of persons and scenery from that part of the
country in albums of the Society.

The proceedings of the Board of Officers and Council at
their last meeting were read.

The subject of an exchange of publications with the Geo-

VOL. X. — 2 s

Hayden.] 322 [February.

logical Society of Glasgow, was referred to the Secretaries,
and to report.

It was ordered that the Transactions, new series, be pre-
sented to the Library of the College of Pharmacy.

The following resolution, offered by Dr. Hayden, was
adopted :

Resolved, That a committee of three be appointed to procure pho-
tographic portraits of North American Indians for ethnological pur-
poses, and that an appropriation of fifty dollars be now made to carry
the object into effect.

The following named gentlemen were appointed: Dr. Hay-
den, Dr. Wilcocks, and Mr. Peale.

Dr. Hayden spoke of the great scarcity of timber in cer-
tain parts of the country about the upper waters of the Mis-
souri, and suggested the entire practicability of supplying
the country below with timber floated from the Black Hills
down the Sheyenne to the Missouri, and alluded to the re-
sources which Avere destined to exercise a great influence on
the future advancement of that region.

Between the Mississippi and the eastern slope of the Rocky Moun-
tains, the greater part of the land is properly entitled to the ap-
pellation of prairie country. After passing westward of longitude
95°, the timber becomes very scarce, until very little is seen except
that which skirts the strean)S. It is safe to say that not more than
one acre in fifty thousand is occupied by good forest trees, over and
comprising a belt or zone of five hundred miles in width, extending
from latitude 49° to New Mexico. Inasmuch as the geological for-
mations which underlie that region are for the most part of the Me-
zoic and Cenozoic ages, no very valuable beds of coal need be looked
for. It is true that the lignite beds of one of the great tertiary may
supply a considerable amount of fuel, yet that supply will be some-
what uncertain in its character. It becomes therefore a question of
great importance to the Western settlers, who are pushing westward
very rapidly and taking possession of those fertile lands, where they
will get their supply of tin)ber for building and other economical
purposes. The Black Hills, which form a part of Southwestern
Dakota, are at this time attracting a great deal of attention, and

1867. J 323 [Ilayden.

seem to present one of the most important fields of enterprise in the
West.

All of Dakota is most excellent for g;razing and much of it for
agricultural purposes, but its great deficiency is its want of a proper
supply of timber for fuel and for building purposes. It therefore
becomes a question of absorbing interest to the settlers how this de-
fect can be remedied. I will attempt to explain this point as clearly
as possible, and the facts which I present have been obtained by
years of exploration in these Western regions before Dakota was or-
ganized as a territory. If any one will examine my report and sci-
entific papers, published from time to time since 1850, he will find
that 1 have always earnestly advocated the industrial interests of the
great Northwest, though my attention was so absorbed in the grand
scientific results tliat I could never foresee the marvellous progress
which has already been made.

The Black Hills form the most eastern outlier of the main chain
of the Rocky Mountains, and would appear to be an independent
elevation were it not for a low anticlinal which extends across the
plain country southward, connecting them with the Laramie range.
Very little was known of those hills until they were explored in the
summer of 18.57 by a United States Expedition, under the command
of General G. K, Warren, U. S. A., to which expedition I had the
honor of being attached, as geologist and naturalist. A preliminary
report of the results of this exploration was presented to the War
Department by General Warren in 1859, and published by Congress
under the title of "Explorations in Nebraska and Dakota, in the
years 185.5-6 and 7."

The Black Hills lie between the 4.3d and 45th degrees of latitude,
and the 10.3d and 105th meridians of longitude, and occupy an area
about one hundred miles in length, and about sixty in breadth, or
about six thousand square miles. The shape of the mass is ellipti-
cal, and the major axis tends about 20° west of north. The base of
these hills is about two thousand five hundred to three thousand feet,
and the highest peaks six thousand seven hundred feet above the
ocean. The whole range is clasped, as it were, by the north and
south forks of the Big Sheyenne River, the most important stream
in this region. The north branch passes along the north side of the
range, receiving very many of its tributaries, and most of its waters
from it, but takes its rise far to the westward of the range near the
sources of Powder River, in the divide between the waters of the
Yellowstone and those of the Missouri.

Hayden.] 324 [February.

The south fork also rises in the same divide, flowing along the
southern base of this range, and also receives numerous tributaries
which have their sources in it. These two main branches unite about
thirty miles east of the Black Hills, forming the Big Sheyenne, which
empties into the Missouri about sixty miles above Fort Pierre. The
Moreau, Grand, (Jannon-ball, and other rivers, flowing into the Mis-
souri, north of the Sheyenne and south of the Yellowstone, rise in a
high tertiary divide north of the Black Hills, and are for the greater
part of the season quite shallow, and sometimes nearly dry; but the
Little ^Missouri derives a portion of its waters from the Black Hills,
through a number of small branches which flow from the northwest-
ern slope. We thus see that the Black Hills do not give rise to any
important stream, if we except the J^ittle Missouri, a few branches
of which flow from springs near the base of the hills; but supply a
comparatively small quantity of water from that source. The Shey-
enne is fed, the most part, from the numerous small streams which
issue from copious springs in the more elevated portions. It would
seem, therefore, that the Black Hills do not have a marked influence
on the drainage of the West.

As I have before remarked, the Black Hills occupy an area of
about six thousand square miles. I regard it as within bounds to say
that at least one-third of this area is covered with a fine growth of
good pine timber. You can see, therefore, that within the limits of
the Territory of Dakota, you have 1,280,000 acres of as good pine
lumber as can be found in all the Western country. This timber is
of a fine healthy growth, from two to four feet in diameter at the
base, and often ascending eighty feet without a limb.

The question in regard to the quantity of pine timber in the Black
Hills being settled, the next point of importance is to determine upon
a plan to transport it to the settled portions of the Territory. I think
that the future will show that there are no obstacles in that direction
that can resist the will of the Dakotians. Allow me to quote from a
report to General Warren, dated March 15th, 1856, when I used the
following language : "The Black Hills, which appear in the distance,
and derive their name from their dark and gloomy appearance, con-
tain an inexhaustible quantity of the finest timber, mostly pine, which
will doubtless remain undisturbed for many years to come. I will,
however, propose a plan for obtaining this timber, and rendering it
useful to future settlers, though I do it with some hesitation, lest it
may seem visionary. The left fork of the Sheyenne passes through
the northern portion of the Black Hills, and, even there, is a consid-

1867.] 325 [Ilayden.

erable stream, from thirty to fifty yards wide. In the spring the
river is much swollen, and the current exceedingly rapid, and the
timber, if cut and hauled to the banks of the river, might be floated
down into the Missouri with con.'^iderable safety and ease."

When I wrote the above paragraph, I did not foresee that this
Western country would be so soon settled almost within sight of the
Black Hills. When I ascended the Missouri for the first time in
1853, Kansas was a wild Indian Territory and Government agents
driving from it all white men who n)ight be attempting to gain a
foothold there. Now Kansas is a State, Nebraska has just become
one, and Colorado is knocking loudly at the door, and must soon be
admitted. Then will follow in quick succession, Dakota, Montana,
and Idaho. Since 1853, I have explored with more or less minute-
ness, the Territories of Kansas, Nebraska, Dakota, Montana, Idaho,
and Colorado, and I need hardly say that I have watched with the
deepest interest every step in the progress of their advancement.

Some objection njight arise in regard to the climate and the fertil-
ity of the soil in the vicinity of the Black Hills. I would reply that
on the 9th of March, 1855, 1 gathered flowers on the foot-hills of the
mountains, and the green grass was springing up everywhere, and
the antelopes were sunning themselves in flocks upon the hillsides.
Spring had fairly come. For a considerable distance either way from
the mountains, the soil is quite fertile, and would, in my opinion, be
adapted to the cultivation of any of the cereals which are raised in
our Western States.

The next question that arises, pertains to the mineral resources of
the Black Hills. I will not speak of their geological structure in de-
tail at this time, but reserve that for a future period. The gold and
most of the valuable minerals along the eastern slope of the Rocky
Mountains, are found in the metamorphic, or as they are sometimes
called the azoic (destitute of organic life) rocks, that is crystalline,
limestones, slates, quartz beds, &c. These rocks occur around the
Black Hills with a thickness of one thousand to two thousand feet.
To what extent the precious metals will be found in these rocks I
will not attempt to foretell. My facilities for examinination were very-
poor, and only a superficial one could be made; but enough was de-
termined to show that gold and silver occurs in greater or less quan-
tities, and that all the other minerals occur in abundance. Gypsum
is found in beds from ten to fifty feet in thickness — beautiful snowy
gypsum.

The nucleus of the Black Hills is formed by red feldspathic gran-

Hayden.] 326 [February.

ite, surrounded with a belt of metamorphic azoic rocks. Resting
unconformably upon them are a series of sedimentary beds inclining
at various angles from either side of the granitic nucleus. Resting
unconfora;ably upon the azoic beds is the Potsdam sandstone with its
characteristic fossils. This is the only member of the Silurian age
represented in the Rocky Mountains. Next comes the limestones of
the Upper Coal Measures, then the red beds of the Triassic, the
Jurassic marls, cretaceous clays, and beds of both basins of the Ter-
tiary Lignite and White Rivers. The evidence is clear that all these
beds once extended uninterruptedly in a horizontal position over the
area now occupied by the Black Hills.

And the Society was adjourned.

Special Meeting^ February 19, 1867.

Present, twenty members.
Dr. Wood, President, in the Chair.

The President stated that intelligence of the death of Pro-
fessor Alexander Dallas Bache, on the 15th inst., had been
received, and that he had convened this meeting for the pur-
pose of taking such measures as might be deemed proper for
the loss of so distinguished an associate, and to tender the
use of the hall to the committee appointed by a meeting of
the scientific, learned, and other bodies of the city, held at
the Chapel of the University of Pennsylvania this day.

Mr. Fraley then reported to the Society the proceedings of
said meeting, and gave a feeling and appropriate sketch of
the life, character, and services of Prof. Bache, and offered
the following resolutions, which were adopted :

Resolved, That a committee be appointed to prepare appropriate
resolutions, expressive of the regret and sorrow of the Society at the
loss it has sustained by the death of Alexander Dallas Bache.

Resolved, That the hall of the Society be placed at the disposal
of the committee, this day appointed at a meeting held by the mem-

1867.] 327

bers of the Icnrned Societies and other bodies, for the reception
and care of the remains of Prof. Bache, while they remain in this
city.

Resolved, That the chair of the presiding officer, and the hall of
the Society, be draped in mourninjx for the space of six months.

Resolved, That a committee of three be appointed to co-operate
with the committee above named, in arranging fur the reception and
proper care of the body of Prof. Bache while it remains in the hall
of the Society, and for n)aking any arrangements for any funeral
procession, if such should be deemed proper.

The committee appointed under the first resolution con-
sisted of Mr. Fralej, Mr. Fisher, and Mr. Peale.

The committee appointed under the last resolution consisted
of Mr. Cuyler, Mr. Price, and Mr. T. P. James.

And the Society was adjourned.

Stated 3Ieeting, March 1, 1867.

Present, fifteen members.

Judge Sharswood, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Dr. Harrison Allen, a recently elected member, was intro-
duced and took his seat.

Letters were read from Dr. B. F. Shumard, dated St. Louis,
February 20, 1867, acknowledging the receipt of notice of his
election and of his acceptance of membership in the Society ;
also from the Academy of Sciences of Chicago, dated Feb-
ruary 14; and from the Corporation of Yale College, Feb-
ruary 16, each acknowledging the receipt of the Proceedings.

Donations to the Library were announced as follows : From
the Imperial Society of Agriculture, &c., at Lille; from the
Geographical Society at Paris ; from the Royal Astronomical
Society, London ; from Dr. Jacob Bigelow, Boston ; from the
California Academy of Natural Sciences ; from Dr. I. I.
Hayes; from the Franklin Institute; and from P. W. Sheafer.

Mr. Fraley announced the death of Prof. Alexander Dal-

328 [March.

las Bache, which occurred on the 17th of February, 1867, in
the 61st year of his age, and reported, on behalf of the com-
mittee appointed at the special meeting of the 19th ultimo,
the following resolutions, which were adopted :

Resolved^ That by the death of Alexander Dallas Bache, the
American Philosophical Society has lost a member distinguished for
his zeal in, and devotion to, the cause of Science, and for the excel-
lency of his private life and character.

Resolved, That the reputation won by Professor Bache in the
cause of education, and in extending the whole realms of science
and useful knowledge is a source of honorable gratification to his
friends and associates, and is to be most highly prized as a matter of
national pride, and as placing our country, in these respects, on an
equality with any other in the world.

Resolved, That the termination of the life of such a man is deeply
to be mourned, for it narely happens that so much mental strength
and such stores of knowledge are combined with such winning man-
ners, such delicate and profound discrimination in the choice of
men and places, and such great executive ability in accomplishing
results and awarding to every colaborer his full measure of apprecia-
tion and honor.

Resolved, That this Society, connected as it has been with him
from his early manhood until his death, and having had the benefit
of his services and counsel in an eminent degree during nearly the
whole of that period, is especially called upon to deplore his loss,
and to perpetuate on its records the memory of one so wise and
good, and to keep him constantly iu remembrance as an example
worthy of general imitation.

Resolved, That a member be appointed to prepare an obituary
notice of Professor Bache for publication in the Proceedings of the
Society.

Resolved, That the officers of the Society be requested to forward
a copy of these proceedings, and of those of the 19th ultimo, to the
widow of Professor Bache, and to express our cordial sympathy with
her in the great bereavement with which she has been visited.

On motion of Prof. Frazer, Mr. Fraley was appointed to
prepare the obituary notice.

Mr. Marsh read from a letter of Mr. A. S. Herschel, a
very interesting notice of an examination of the spectra of

I

1867.] . 329

meteors, made on the 10th of August, and the 14th of Novem-
ber last.

Mr. Chase made some remarks on the same subject.

Mr. Cresson called the attention of members to the re-
markable rise of the barometer on the 10th and 11th of Feb-
ruary, the highest point reached on the 11th a. m., being
31''20.

He considered this great synclinal wave to be the indica-
tion of the approach of a northeast storm of unusual magni-
tude. Such a storm in fact set in within thirty hours after
the maximum barometer rise, and it has prevailed to the pres-
ent time, say for seventeen days, and does not appear to be
yet ended, as the barometer remains above the mean level
and easterly winds prevail.

The storm is of unusual extent, commencing west of the
Rocky Mountains, and reaching nearly all latitudes in the
United States.

Mr. Cresson stated that according to his observations, cov-
ering more than a quarter of a century, our northern storms
are always preceded by a rise of the barometer and a remark-
ably transparent atmosphere. After the centre of the storm
has passed, the barometer usually falls somewhat suddenly,
the wind veers to west and northwest, with cool and very dry
air.

Every great rise of the barometer is not always the pre-
cursor of a northeast storm. Such a synclinal wave some-
times results from other causes, and is then accompanied by
extreme cold and dryness, such as would result from a down-
flow of air from a very high and cold region. An instance
of this kind occurred on the 7th of January, 1866. Thermom-
eter, 18°. Barometer, 31"10.

Pending nomination Nos. 568, and new nominations Nos.
569 to 572, were read.

On motion of Mr. Fraley, the Secretary was instructed to
furnish the Royal and National Library of the Kingdom of
Bavaria, at Munich, with a copy of the new series of the
Transactions, and the Proceedings.

VOL. X. — 2t

Smith. J 33Q ' [March.

Mr. P. E. Chase was added to the Committee of Indian
Photographs.

And the Society was adjourned.

Stated Meeting, March 15, 1867.

Present, thirteen members.

Dr. Wood, President, in the Chair.

Letters were read from Dr. Joseph Leidy, accompanying a
description and an analysis, by Dr. J. Lawrence Smith, of a
Meteorite, belonging to the American Philosophical Society,
deposited with other minerals in the collection of the Acad-
emy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia; from Dr. B. F.
Shumard, St. Louis, March 4, 1867, inclosing his photo-
graph ; from the Ordnance Department, Southampton, Eng-
land, 18th February, 1867 ; also from the Essex Institute,
Salem, Mass., December 19, 1866, accompanying a pro-
spectus of the American Naturalist, and requesting brief
reports of the proceedings of the Society for publication
therein.

Donations to the Library were announced as follows : From
the Essex Institute ; from the Department of State at Wash-
ington ; from the Managers of the Philadelphia Gas Works ;
from the College of Pharmacy; from Thomas C. Amory,
Boston ; and from the publishers of the Medical News and
Library.

Prof. Cresson announced the death of Prof. John H. Alex-
ander, a member of the Society, at Baltimore, on the 2d inst.

The death of Prince Maximilian Zu Weid, as occurring in
the 85th year of his age, on the 3d of February, was an-
nounced.

The following communication was read from Dr. J. Law-
rence Smith, of Louisville, Kentucky :

A new Meteoric Iron from Mexico.
A fragment of this meteoric mass was placed in my hands by Dr.

I

1867.] 331 [Smith.

Joseph Leidy, of Philadelphia, with the following statement of its
history :

" Some time ago the American Philosophical Society deposited its
natural history collection with the Academy of Natural Sciences. In
the collection of minerals, there was a special lot of Mexican min-
erals presented by Mr. Poinsett, who was at one time United States
iMinister to Mexico. The minerals consisted of rich silver ores, &c.,
and among them, this specimen of meteoric iron, which was labelled
' Native Silver, Mexico.' It appears to be an entire meteorite, ex-
hibiting nowhere a cut or broken surface; one end, however, was
much crushed, as if the specimen had been used for a hammer. The
present weight of the specimen is thirty-six hundred grains ; it is two
inches long, one and a half wide, and one and a half inches high in
the middle, and slopes irregularly towards each end. The face from
which the piece sent was cut is hexagonal, and exhibits a partial
crystalline arrangement, without development by an acid."

Its structure is highly crystalline, and on the cut face of the piece
I have, the laminae of the crystals are over one-sixteenth of an inch
thick, and crossing each other at the usual angle. The Widmann-
statlen figures are very strongly developed by lead.

Its specific gravity is 7.72, and its composition shows the usual
constituents in the following preparations :

Iron, 91.103

Nickel, 7.557

Cobalt, .763

Phosphorus, ....... .020

Sulphur, trace

Copper, trace

Although this specimen is spoken of as being a complete meteor-
ite, it not unfrequently happens that fragments of larger masses of
meteoric iron, of a very highly crystalline structure, and that have
been detached for some time, present the appearance of being com-
plete masses. It is possible that this iron may be a portion of the
large mass recently sent to France, from Mexico, by General Bazaine.

J. Lawrence SiMith,

Louisville, Ky.

•
The following extract from a letter of Dr. I. A. Lapham,

to Mr. P. E. Chase, dated Milwaukee, March 11, 1867, was

read :

" Six years of the observations made here by me, have been re-

332 [April.

duced to uniform temperature (32° Fahr.), and the monthly means
found, by ofl&cers of the Government survey of the lakes, as follows :

J- F. M. A. M. J. J. A. S. 0. N. D. Mean.

29.385 .368 .307 .334 .300 .356 .356 .352 .386 .372 .338 .403 .355.

Projecting a curve with these figures, and drawing a line bisect-
ing the slopes of the several undulations (to represent the earth's
orbit), you will find a tide with four maxima and four minima cor-
responding very nearly with the cardinal points of the ellipse."

ITominations Nos. 568 to 572 were read.
And the Society was adjourned.

Stated Meeting, April 5, 1867.

Present, sixteen members.

Dr. Wood, President, in the Chair.

Letters were read from the Geological Bureau of Sweden,
dated November 1, 1866 ; from the Royal Society of Sci-
ences at Upsal, 1st October, 1866 ; from the Royal Acad-
emy of Naturalists at Vienna, October 30, 1866, severally an-
nouncing donations to the Library ; also from the Nicolai
Observatory at Pulkowa, June 12, 1866 ; from the Royal
Society of Sciences at Upsal, September 15, 1866 ; from
Royal Asiatic Society, London, December 17, 1866 ; from
the Boston Society of Natural History, March 25, 1867 ; and
from the Smithsonian Institution, Washington, February 20,
1867, severally acknowledging the receipt of publications of
this Society.

Donations for the Library were announced, viz. : From the
Imperial Rjissian Geographical Society ; from the Nicolai
Observatory at Pulkowa ; from the Bureau of Geological Re-
search of Sweden; from the Imperial Society of Naturalists
at Moscow ; from the Royal Society of Sciences at Upsal ;
from the Royal Academy of Sciences at Vienna ; from the

1867.1 333 f^o""^-

Royal Academy at Munich ; from the Royal Dublin Society ;
from the London Geological Society; from the London Me-
teorological Society ; from the Royal Asiatic Society, Lon-
don ; from the Royal Institution of Great Britain ; from the
Ordnance Survey Office of England ; and from the Franklin
Institute.

Mr. Fraley announced the death of John Penington, a
member, which occurred on the 18th March, 1867, in the 68th
year of his age.

Mr. P. E. Chase made some remarks upon an apparent
discrepancy between the tidal theories of Delauncy and Airey.

Dr. II. C. Wood, Jr., made the following remarks :

Mr. President: My apology for the following account of some
investigations, which I have recently been engaged in making, must
be the interest they have excited in myself, and the fact, that they
are confirmatory of the life history of the European congeners of the
plant, as worked out by Pringsheim, Henfrey, and others, and that
they are the first observations that I know of on an American form.
The little plant constitutes the filamentous confervoid growth, which
has so annoyed the aquaria cultivators in this city. The specimens
which were studied, grew spontaneously on the Hornwort (Cerato-
pliyllum) in my aquarium. It without doubt belongs to the genus
CEdogonium. The growth of the filament takes place by the forma-
tion of new cells, both amongst the older ones and at the distal free
end. When an old cell is about to undergo division, a small streak-
like fissure appears near its distal end, dividing entirely the outer
cellulose wall. This takes place principally in those cells which are
well filled with a greenish granular protoplasm. The latter now in-
creases in length, becoming at the same time less dense, more trans-
parent, and soon separates the two sundered parts of the old cell-
walls, bearing the upper portion like a little cap on its distal end.
As soon as the fissure is well pronounced, a partition separating the
lower portion of the old cell begins to be apparent, and the new por-
tion is cut oif and commences its existence as an independent cell.
In a very little while a cellulose wall is formed, and the cell having
attained sufficient size, recommences the process which gave it birth.

The distal cells appear to grow by a kind of pullulation, from the
primordial utricle, a portion of the distal end of the terminal cell
elongating into a long cell, whose calibre of course does not equal that

Wood.] 334 [April.

of its parent. This continues to grow in length, without increasing
very greatly in diameter, and, without obtaining any endochrome,
gives origin to a new cell of still less calibre than itself by the same
process of pullulation, which is repeated again and again, until
finally a number of cells are produced, severally of less diameter than
the preceding, none of which contain endochrome. In this way a
filament is formed, which gradually tapers to a long slender point and
is ended by a very narrow cell, apparently consisting simply of a
primordial utricle. Reproduction in this plant takes place both by
zoospores and resting spores. In the formation of the former only a
single cell is concerned. The whole endochrome of such a cell con-
tracts itself into a mass of a more or less globular shape. When the
zoospore is sufl&ciently developed to enter upon its independent ex-
istence, an opening for its exit is obtained at the distal end of its
parent cell by the separation of the two cells, in a sort of hinge-like
manner, they remaining attached at one corner. No ciliary motion
takes place before the exit of the zoospore, but the latter is coated
by a thick gelatinous layer, and the motion during its passage from
the cell is so slow as to be scarcely perceptible. In a little while
this gelatinous coat dissolves off, the zoospore begins to exhibit a
rocking motion, oscillates more rapidly, and finally darts off on its
career.

According to Mr. Henfrey, some of these zoospores develop into
the ordinary filament, whilst others on germinating produce only
male plants; of this I cannot speak, as I have never seen a zoospore
develop. When a resting spore is about to be formed, two cells join
themselves, the proximal cell of the two emptying its endochrome into
the other, through an opening in the wall, which becomes very much
swollen and crowded with the contents of the two, and finally assumes
in our species a somewhat globular form, with its contents gathered
into a dense protoplasmic ball, not filling the case. Whilst this has
been going on in our species, the male filaments appear, generally on
the 'emptied cell; at first this is composed of a single cell, but in a
little while a second distal one is formed, and finally spermatozoids
appear in the latter; never that I have seen more than two being
formed in the species vinder consideration. The spermatozoids differ
from the zoospores, in that they are much smaller and are not colored
green. At this time an opening takes place in our species, in the
proximal portion of the sporangium, through which it is said the
impregnation takes place by the entrance of the spermatozoids. I
have watched the latter swimming around the orifice, but have never

1807.J 335 [w°°<*-

seen them enter. After impregnation I believe the opening closes,
though this point is not absolute, and the spore matures, changing
from its dark green to a dark reddish-brown.

The species whose life history I have studied, is nearly allied to
Q<1. Hothii of Europe, but is I believe distinct and undescribed. I
would offer for it the name (Edogonium Huntii, after Dr. J. G. Hunt,
to whose aid and direction, whatever success may attend any micro-
scopical researches I may make, will be due. I append a technical
description.

(Edogonium Huntii. Gynandrous. Male plant slightly curved,
attached by a small foot, generally, to the cell which has been emptied
in making sporangium, two-celled ; sporangium round, often some-
what hexagonal, slightly expanded in the middle, opening below the
median line. Spore globular, not filling its case, furnished with four
raised ridges, about 5^0*'^ of an inch in diameter.

The color of this plant is a bright yellowish-green, deepening to a
very dark green in cells which are crowded with granular protoplasm.
The size of the filaments varies very much; the largest attain a di-
ameter of g^^ of an inch. All of the zoospores which I have seen
were globular.

Prof. Cresson described a brilliant meteor which he ob-
served at about 7h. 40' this evening.

Nominations Nos. 568 to 572 were read.

The President announced the names of the committee to
aid the trustees of the fire-proof building fund.

And the Society was adjourned.

Stated Meeting, April 19, 1867.

Present, nineteen members.

Prof. Cresson, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Letters were read from Rear Admiral Davis, United States
Navy, dated March 20, 1867, announcing a donation to the
Library ; also from a number of gentlemen of Philadelphia,

336 [^p"i-

dated April 11th, 1867, asking the co-operation of the So-
ciety in the erection of a monument to the memory of Prof.
A. Dallas Bache.

Donations for the Library were announced as follows : From
the Royal Saxon Society of Sciences atLeipsig ; from the Geo-
graphical Society at Paris; from Bailliere's, Paris; from the
Royal Astronomical Society, London ; from J. Y. Simpson,
Edinburgh ; from the Boston Natural History Society ; from
the Trustees of the Free Public Library of New Bedford ;
from the Essex Institute; from the editors of the American
Journal Natural Sciences and Arts ; from the Adjutant- Gen-
eral U. S. A. ; from Rear Admiral Davis, U. S. N. ; from Prof.
A. D. Bache of the Coast Survey; from the Department of
State at Washington; from Dr. T. S. Kirkbride; from the
Mercantile Library, Philadelphia; from the Franklin Insti-
tute ; from the publishers of the News and Library ; from Rev.
Albert Barnes, and from Isaac Lea.

Pending nominations, Nos. 568 to 572 were read, and
the Society proceeded to the balloting for the candidates for
membership.

New nomination No. 573 was read.

The subject embraced in the communication from a number
of citizens, read this evening, was considered, and the follow-
ing resolution was adopted :

Resolved, That a committee be appointed to collect subscriptions
for the erection of a monument to the memory of Prof. Alexander
Dallas Bache.

The committee consists of Prof. Kendall, Mr. Fraley, and
Mr. Thomas P. James.

On motion of Mr. Fraley, it was

Resolved, That a committee be appointed, to meet with similar
committees to be appointed by the literary and scientific societies
of Philadelphia, for the purpose of ascertaining whether portions of
Penn Square can be obtained from the authorities of the city of
Philadelphia, as sites of edifices for the proper accommodation of
such societies.

1867.] 337

The committee consists of Mr. Fraley and Mr. Eli K.
Price.

The ballot-boxes being opened by the presiding officer, the
following persons were declared duly elected members of the
Society :

Prof. Hubert A. NcAvton, Yale College, New Haven, Conn.

Prof. Arnold Guyot, Nassau Hall, Princeton, N. J.

Mr. F. B. Meek, Smithsonian Institution, D. C.

Brevet Brig. Gen. William F. Raynolds, U. S. A., Detroit,
Michigan.

Hon. Morton McMichael, Mayor of the City of Philadel-
phia.

And the Society was adjourned.

Stated Meeting, May 3, 18G7.

Present, nineteen members.

Dr. Wood, President, in the Chair.

Rev. Dr. Osborn and Hon. Morton McMichael, recently
elected members, were presented and took their seats.

Letters were read from H. A. Newton, dated Yale College,
April 29, 1867, F. B. Meek, dated Washington, D. C, April
25, 1867, W. F. Raynolds, dated Detroit, April 26, 1867,
and Morton McMichael, dated Philadelphia, April 23, 1867,
severally acknowledging the receipt of a notice of their elec-
tion and accepting membership in the Society; also, from C.
F. Hagedorn, Consul-General of Bavaria, dated Philadelphia,
March 18, 1867, on behalf of the Royal and National Library
at Munich; from the Royal Society of Sciences at Gottingen;
from the Natural History Society at Nuremberg; and the
Massachusetts Historical Society, acknowledging the receipt
of publications of the Society; and from the Royal Public Li-
brary of St. Petersburg; from the Royal Prussian Academy
at Berlin; from the Royal Society of Science at Gottingen;

VOL. X. — 2u

338 [May.

from the Natural History Society at Nuremberg; from the
Royal Bavarian Academy at Munich, each announcing the
transmission of their publications.

A letter addressed to the President was read, signed J.
Vaughn Merrick, secretary, dated April 29, emanating from
the meeting of the committee of gentlemen held to consider
the subject of erecting various public buildings on Penn
Square.

The death of Dr. George Frederick V. Jager, a member,
was announced as having occurred on September 18, 1866,
aged 80 years. •

Dr. Hayden exhibited a series of photographs of the Da-
kota Indians.

Prof. Cresson made some remarks on the subject of explo-
sions in mines, and described a recent explosion which took
place in a mine of the Salem Coal Company, Schuylkill
County, where the severity of the explosion was much in-
creased by the perfect ventilation of that mine.

Pending nomination No. 578, and new nominations, Nos.
574 to 576 were read.

The subject of the Michaux Legacy was discussed and re-
ferred to a special committee for investigation.

On motion of Mr. Fraley,

Resolved, That the Society approve of the project of appropriating
the Penn Squares as sites fur the buildings of institutions named in
the resolution of the committee presented at this meeting, and that a
committee be appointed to confer with like committees from other
institutions, and to co-operate with them in carrying the proposed
plan into effect.

And Prof. Cresson was added to the committee.
On motion of Prof. Cresson, ordered, that fifty dollars ad-
ditional be appropriated for Indian photographs.
And the Society was adjourned.

1867.1 339

Stated Meeting, May 17, 1867.

Present, seventeen members.

Judge Sharswood, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Letters were read from the Prince Jablonowski Society at
Leipsig, March 1, 1867, accompanying a donation; also, from
the Academy of Sciences at Paris, September 29, 1866, and
from the College of Pharmacy, March 5, 1867, acknowledg-
ing the reception of publications.

Donations for the Library were announced : From the
Prince Jablonowski Society at Leipsig ; from the Upper Lau-
satian Society at Gdrlitz ; from the Royal Zoological and Bo-
tanical Society at Vienna; from the Royal and Imperial
Zoological Society at Vienna; from M. Bailli^re, Paris, the
Annales des Mines; from Martin Lauzer, Paris; from the
Royal Astronomical Society of London ; from Prof. Goeppert,
Paris; from the Public Library, Boston; from John Meredith
Read, Jr., Albany; from Brantz Mayer, Baltimore; from
Rhode Island Society for the Encouragement of Domestic
Industry; from editors of American Journal of Sciences and
Art ; from the Mercantile Library, San Francisco ; from
Henry Phillips, Jr., Philadelphia; from the Academy Nat-
ural Sciences, and the publishers of the Medical News and
Library, Philadelphia.

The decease of Dr. J. T. Goodsir, of Edinburgh, was an-
nounced as occurring March 6, 1867, aged 52. Also, of
Bishop Stephen Elliott, of South Carolina, on the 22d De-
cember, 1866, members of this Society.

The minutes of the Board of Officers and Council, at their
last meeting, were read.

Pending nominations Nos. 573 to 576, and new nomina-
tions Nos. 577 to 579 were read.

Mr. Price, of the committee on the Michaux Legacy, sub-
mitted a report of its condition and a resolution, which was
adopted.

And the Society was adjourned.

340 [June, 1867.

Stated Meeting, June 21, 1867.

Present, five members.
Mr. F. Fraley, in the Chair.

Letters were read from the Physical Society of Berlin,
February 18, 1867, and the Imperial Academy at Vienna,
February 20, 1867, announcing donations to the Library.
Also from the Superintendent of the Geological Survey of
India, and the Physical Society of Berlin, acknowledging
the receipt of publications.

Donations were announced, viz. : From the Royal Prussian
Academy, from the Royal Prussian Union for Gardening and
Plant Culture, and from the Physical Society at Berlin ;
from the Royal Academy of Sciences at Vienna ; from the
Royal Academy at Madrid ; from the Society of Antiqua-
ries, from the Chemical, from the Meteorological, and from
the Royal Astronomical Societies of London ; from M. Bail-
liere and from M. Delesse of Paris ; from the New Hamp-
shire Historical Society ; from the Boston Academy of Arts
and Sciences ; from the Worcester Lunatic Asylum ; from
the Young Men's Association of Buffalo ; from the Albany?
from the Wilmington, and from the Franklin Institutes ; from
the Friends' Association of Philadelphia ; and the Editors of
News and Library.

Pending nominations Nos. 573 to 579" were read.

Mr, Fraley from the Committee on Sites for Edifices on
Penn Squares, reported progress.

And the Society was adjourned.

Stated Meeting, July 19?^, 1867.
Present, seven members.
Dr. RusciiENBERGER, in the Cliair.

A letter was read from Judge Strong, expressing his ^Yill-
ingness to act on the subject of the Michaux legacy.

Donations for the Library were announced: From the
Royal Prussian Academy of Science of Berlin; from W. Rit-
ter von Hardinger, of Vienna; from the Geographical So-
ciety of Paris ; from the London Geological and the London
Meteorological Societies ; from Prof. A. Winchell ; from the
National Academy of Sciences at Washington ; from the Nat-
ural History Societies of T3oston and New York ; from Dr. J.
S. Newberry ; from Prof. J. S. Hillgard ; from the Essex In-
stitute, Salem ; from the Academy of Natural Sciences, the
College of Physicians, and the Franklin Institute, of Philadel-
phia; from the publishers of the Journal of Medical Sciences
and the Medical News of Philadelphia ; from John L. Hayes,
Cambridge, and Dr. Ruschenberger ; also from Captain
William Ilolden twenty-five volumes of OflGcial Documents
relating to the United States Army.

Pending nominations Nos. 573 to 579 were read, and the
Society proceeded to ballot for candidates for membership.

On the opening of the ballot-boxes by the presiding offi-
cer, the following named gentlemen were declared duly
elected members of the Society :

Prof. Theodore N. Gill, of Washington, D. C.

Mr. Nathaniel B. Browne, of Philadelphia.

Mr. John W^elsh, of Philadelphia.

Brevet Major-General G. K. Warren, U. S. Engineers.

General John Meredith Read, of Albany, N. Y.

And the Society was adjourned.
VOL. X. — 2r

342 [August.

Stated Meeting, August 16^7i, 1867.

Present, seven members.

Prof. Cresson, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Letters were read from Prof. T. N. Gill, dated July 24th,
acknowledging the receipt of notice of election, and his ac-
ceptance of membership ; also from the United States Naval
Observatory, Washington, July 11th, transmitting a donation
to the Library ; and from the Natural History Society of
Prussia at Bonn, and from the Royal Danish Society at
Copenhagen, acknowledging the receipt of publications of the
Society, and announcing donations ; also from the Library
of the Royal High School at St. Polten, acknoAvl edging the
receipt of publications of the Society.

Donations to the Library were announced, viz, : From the
Naturalists' Unions at Bremen and at Bonn ; from the Socie-
ties— the Royal Danish at Copenhagen ; the Geological at
Berlin ; the Royal Geographical and Chemical of London ;
and Academies — the Royal at Vienna ; the Royal Prussian
at Berlin ; and from the Royal High School of St. Polten ;
the Royal Lombard Institution, and Dr. H. Von Dechen,
Prof. Baldassare Poli, Francesco Rassi, Elia Lombardini,
and Prof. Amato Amati. Also from the Boston Natural
History and Long Island Historical Societies, and the United
States Observatory at Washington ; the Franklin Institute
at Philadelphia ; and the Editors of the American Journal of
Science and Art ; and the Medical News and Library.

A photograph likeness of Prof. W. A. Norton, for the
Album, was received.

Prof. Cresson called the attention of the Society to the
periodic meteors of August, — stating that he had observed
at Hazleton, on the morning of the 11th inst., about 2 o'clock,
a considerable number of conspicuous meteors east of Cassio-
peia.

Pending nominations Nos. 576 and 579 and new nomina-
tion No. 580 were read.

And the Society was adjourned.

1867.] 343

Stated 3Iecting, September 20, 1867.

Present, seven members.

Prof. Cresson, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Letters were read from General John Meredith Read,
dated Albany, July 30, and from N. B. Browne, dated Phila-
delphia, August 27, 1867, acknowledging the receipt of the
notice of and their acceptance of membership ; from the
Imperial Geographical Society of Russia, the Hungarian
Academy of Science at Pesth, the Public Museum of Buenos
Ayres, the Harvard College Observatory, and Archibald
Campbell, Commissioner of Northwest Boundary Survey, an-
nouncing donations ; and from the Rhode Island, the Mas-
sachusetts, and Pennsylvania Historical Societies, acknowl-
edging the receipt of publications of this Society. Also
from A. Dick & Co., of Paris, in relation to the new metal,
"Indium."

Donations for the Library were announced, viz. : From
the Academies of Sciences — the Imperial at St. Petersburg,
the Hungarian at Pesth, and the Royal at Berlin ; and the
Societies — the Imperial Naturalists' at Moscow, the Royal
Danish Astronomical at Copenhagen, the German Geological
at Berlin, the Imperial Geological at Vienna, the London
Astronomical, the London Meteoroloo;ical, and the Geog-ra-
phical of Paris, Annales des Mines. Also, from Dr. F. C.
Noll, editor of the Zoological Garden, Frankfort-on-the-
Main ; Joachim Barrande, Prague ; Dr. Gustav Waldcmar
Foeke, of Bremen ; Dr. G. Rienold Treviranus, of Bremen ;
the Doctors' Union of Bremen ; Dr. Franz Buchenau, of Bre-
men : Ch. Des Moulins, of Bordeaux ; V. Alexis de Gourgues,
of Bordeaux, and the Public Museum of Buenos Ayres.
From Societies — the Rhode Island Historical, the American
Antiquarian at Boston, the Boston Natural History, the Wis-
consin State Historical, and the American Oriental at Boston ;
the Observatory of Harvard College, the Essex Institute of

344 [September.

Salem, Young Men's Mercantile Library Association at Cin-
cinnati, and the Troy Rensselaer Institute; from Dr. Rusch-
enberger; from Archibald Campbell, of the N. W. Boundary
Survey ; from Hon. Charles Sumner ; from the Editors of the
American Journal of Arts and Sciences ; from the Franklin
Institute ; and from the publishers of the Medical News. A
donation to the cabinet of "Indian Relics," by Dr. Joseph
Leidy.

The death of Sir Michael Faraday, a member of this So-
ciety, was announced as having occurred on the 25th of Au-
gust last, in the seventy-ninth year of his age.

Mr. P. W. Sheafer presented the following communication,
— an account of the effects of lightning in the underground
workings of the Short Mountain Company's coal mines in
Dauphin County, Pennsylvania, by Gilliard Dock.

WicoNisco, Pa., Sept. 5, 1867.
P. W. Sheafer, Esq.

Dear Sir : On the 20th of June last, during a thunderstorm,
the lightning struck the iron rails leading into the water-level drift,
at Short Mountain Colliery, and passed into the mines.

A driver who was coming out with a train of coal-cars, distant
about 450 yards from the mouth of the "drift," saw a flash of light
at a point near him, where the continuity of the rails was broken;
there was also a loud report, described as resembling the noise of a
large shooting-cracker.

At a distance of 900 yards from drift mouth, there is a timber
" chute," leading down to a counter-gangway, 102 yards below water-
level; this "chute" also ventilates the lower part of the mines, and on
that day there was a strong current of air passing down.

There are no iron rails, nor any other metallic bodies in this
''chute."

The next appearance of the electric current was at the foot of this
"chute," where it was seen to strike on the iron rails laid in this
gangway. There was a very distinct flash and report when the light-
ning touched this rail; the noise was so loud as to frighten two
mules standing near by, and they ran away from their driver.

It then followed the rails westward, still travelling in the direction
of the ventilating current.

At a point 250 yards west of the "chute" there is a "turnout,"

1867. J 345 [Chase.

where cars pass; here the rails were not in close contact, and there
was another flash and report.

Some miners sitting near by, with their feet on the track, were
startled by a very perceptible shock, and at the end of the gang-
way, 300 yards further west, the men saw the flash and heard tiie
report, which was again compared to a shooting-cracker. The dis-
tance travelled by the fluid, from where it first struck to where it
was last visible, was about 1550 yards.

On the same day, about 3 P.M., weather very warm and sultry,
and raining very fast, the lightning struck the rails again at the
slope-house, passed along through the building, and then down the
main slope, 212 yards long; the men employed at the foot of the
slope saw what they described as a ball of fire coming down, and
when passing the switches at the foot of the slope, they heard a loud
report, and saw a vivid flash of light.

At 70 yards from foot of slope, the men at the " turnout " saw the
current flashing from one rail to another, with a noise as before de-
scribed.

At 500 yards from foot of slope, at another " turnout," the same
thing occurred; at 900 yards again. At 1000 yards from slope,
two men were sitting on the bumper of a car, with their feet on the
track; they felt the shock distinctly, were very much frightened by
the strange sen.sation. Beyond this point no men were at work, and
it was not traced any fixrther.

Mr. P. E. Chase made the followino; remarks concerninor the
strictures of a writer in the North American Review for July :

A philologist, whose profound and conscientious scholarship has
earned a world-wide and well-deserved reputation, has honored me,
in the July number of the " North American Review," with some
severe strictures upon portions of my articles in the thirteenth vol-
ume of the Transactions of this Society. Criticisms from such a
source, even if mistaken, must at least be honest, and should not be
lightly disregarded.

Says the reviewer : " It is even now possible for a student to take
the vocabulary of an African language, and sit deliberately down to
see what words of the various other languages known to him he can
explain out of it, producing a batch of atrocious identifications,
whereof the following are specimens: ahetele, 'a begging beforehand'
(defined by the comparer himself as composed of a, formative prefix,
be, 'beg,' and tele, 'previously'), and German hetteln, 'beg' (from

Chase.] 346 [September.

the simpler root hit, het, our 'bid'); idaro, ' that which becomes
collected into a mass,' and English dross; hasUe^ 'landlord' (}ja for
o6a, 'master,' si, 'of/ and He, 'land'), and Greek hasileus, 'king!'
And the comparer . . . gravely informs us that the calculated
chances against the merely accidental character of the last coinci-
dence are 'at least a hundred million to one !' More than one un-
sound linguist has misled himself and others by calculating, in the
strictest accordance with mathematical rules, how many thousand or
million chances there are against the same words meaning the same
thing in two different and unconnected languages. The calculation
is futile, and its result a fallacy. The indications of linguistic re-
lationship are not to be reduced to precise mathematical expression."

E pur si muooc! A wide interest has been awakened by a recent
famous will case, in which a disputed signature was referred to
one of the most celebrated mathematicians of our day, for his judg-
ment as to its authenticity. After a careful examination and calcu-
lation of the chances of such a coincidence as is alleged to exist
between the signature in question and one which is admitted to be
genuine, the referee declares that "this phenomenon could occur once
in the number of times expressed by the thirtieth power of five, or,
more exactly, it is once in two thousand six hundred and sixty-six
millions of millions of millions of times. . . So vast an improbability
is practically an impossibility. Such evanescent shadows of prob-
ability cannot belong to actual life. They are unimaginably less than
the least things which the law cares not for." This calculation is
met, not by asserting that " the calculation is futile, and its results
a fallacy," but in the only legitimate way, by attempting to show
that the coincidence is not of the character which was assumed in
the conditions of the calculation. The calculus of probabilities,
whether it be applied to language or to any other subject in which
definite relations are involved, is as infallible as any other branch of
mathematics ; but in all reasoning, the legitimacy of the premises
and the logical accuracy of the successive steps which lead to the
conclusion may be properly called in question.

I yield to no one in admiration of the splendid results which have
followed the study of linguistic relationships under the guidance of
grammatical aifinities.* But, on the other hand, I am unwilling

* Witness the acknowledgment in the criticized article: "Grammatical anal-
ogy, when strongly marked, furnishes nearly demonstrative evidence of a common
lineage, and it should, therefore, be the first object of search in all philological
comparisons." — Trans. A. P. S., xiii, 36.

1867.] 347 [Chase.

either to ignore the labors of early philologists, or to confine the ap-
plication of radical etymology within narrow limits. Independently
of all grammatical and other considerations, if there are satisAictory
evidences that the root ma is used to denote magnitude, ta to denote
tendency, cr to denote curvature, and r to denote radiation, in each
of two compared languages, it can be mathematically demonstrated
that it is unreasonable to attribute these coincidences to mere acci-
dent. Evidence may bo adduced as to their reality, arguments may
be urged as to their probable origin, but if their existence is con-
ceded, we should seek for some definite cause. A single accidental
coincidence may be probable; that there should be more than one is
improbable.

Of the three comparisons which are quoted as samples of '' a batch
of atrocious identifications," one (idaro) is given without any com-
ment, as having no special importance ; one (abetele), by the re-
viewer's own confession, is based on essential roots so nearly identical
in form as be, bet ; and only one (bale, or basile) is considered in any
calculation of chances. Assuming this as a test example, let us see
to what extent the resemblance is traceable, and what probable in-
dications can be found of a common origin.

I. In the first place, there are many evidences of ancient com-
mercial intercourse between the Yorubans and Egyptians, accom-
panied by traditions of settlements on the western coast of Africa by
Egyptian colonies.

II. Such intercourse has been frequent in historical times, through
the wandering Arabs and the slave-traders, who have overrun nearly
all of Africa.

III. There is some grammatical affinity between the Yoruban,
Egyptian, and Coptic languages.

IV. While there are well-understood natural causes for such changes
as are instanced by the reviewer, from cjjislwpos to bisliop and eieque,
and from jilhis to hijo, it is difficult to attribute to any other cause
than a common origin, such analogues as Latin dare, fere, finis,
ibi, circum, curtun, rudimetdu'm, samis, teres, totus, and their Yoru-
ban synonyms da, fere, fing, ibe, kiri, Iciiru, rudi, sang, tere, tofo*
all of which appear to be derived from roots which are still retained
in the latter language.

V. Among the aboriginal dialects of America, the Algonquin and
the Iroquois furnish a remarkable instance of the persistence of gram-

* Loc. cit. pp. 45—6.

Chase.] g^g [September.

niatical forms after nearly all traces of radical resemblance have dis-
appeared. Is it, then, reasonable to suppose, in view of the fact that
all changes are more likely to produce difference than resemblance,
that such coincidences as those above enumerated are merely acci-
dental ?

VI. Max Miiller's classification of languages, as Aryan, Semitic,
and Turanian (the " stream of language rolling on through centu-
ries in these three mighty arms, v^hich, before they disappear from
our sight in the far distance, clearly show a convergence towards one
common source"), questionable as it is, is at least as deserving of
respectful consideration as the theory which assigns to the various
dialects a variety of origin.

VII. The Yoruban root da, to create, and its derivatives da . .tvo,
to consult an oracle, onida, a creator, appear to me to have an affin-
ity, which is not merely accidental, with Algonquin ''Moneda" and
" Manitou," Egyptian " ma ntr," Chinese " niang taou," Latin "mag-
nus deus," Greek '•'■ piya^ Ozoq^'' and Sanscrit " maha deva."

VIII. The association of the idea of power with the sun is so
natural that it would, perhaps, of itself afford no evidence of lin-
guistic unity ; but there is strong evidence of a common origin for
the embodiment of this association in such forms as Yoruba rang, to
shine, orung, sun, heaven j Malay orany, sun, man ; Bugis arung,
king; P^gyptian ra, Phra,* sun, ruler; Burman Phra, lord, Phrahm,
Brahma; Sandwich Island ra, sun; Sanscrit ruvi, sun, radj, to
shine, to rule, Rama, Brahma ; Latin radio, rex ; Greek vbpavdq.

IX. Paternal and regal authority are also so naturally associated
that there is strong presumptive evidence of family identity in the
principal root of Hebrew ahha, father; Chaldean hel, Phenician
haal, Carthaginian hal, Yoruba hale, hasile, Greek [jadiXEix;, lord
or governor; Yoruban haha, father, master, oha, king, father.

X. This presumption is strengthened by the fact that (iaadevz is
an introduced word which has no direct and evident etymological
analogues in Greek, The primitive meaning of the Yoruba hale or
hatiile is, however, unmistakably, " lord of the land." The subor-
dinate roots also have probable Greek analogues in the genitive ?,
the preposition e?, and either in the Xe of dXiuj and Xcac'^uj,-f or the
Xec of Xeu)^.

* Phra=Pi ra, "the sun."

t Compare Latin mohi, levigo ; Yoruba /u, Chinese le, mo-/e, to grind ; Greek
fJ-r'Aij ; English gri)ul, ground.

1867.] 349 [Chase.

While these considerations would perhaps satisfy an unprejudiced
mind that there are still etymological treasures in the mine which
has been worked for so many ages, and that, in the radical compar-
ison of apparently unconnected languages, there may be ample data
for a calculus of probabilities, they may help to remind the most
prudent and profound philologists, that the detection of errors in any
popular method is apt to lead to an undue reaction, and to render
useless, for awhile, an instrument, which, under proper direction,
would prove a most valuable auxiliary. Accidental resemblances
undoubtedly exist, and they are sometimes strangely deceptive, but
they are by no means so numerous as is often supposed. The sooner
this fact is generally admitted, the sooner may we hope for a satis-
factory explanation of the many curious homophones which have out-
lived all traces of similarity in grammatical inflections, and, after such
explanation, even a linguistic solution of the vexed question of human
unity may cease to be regarded as an impossibility.

It is with great diffidence that I have felt compelled thus to dis-
sent from the cautious conclusions of a student whose varied acquire-
ments and diligent research have lent so much honor to American
science. If the issue were merely philological, I should defer, with-
out hesitation, to an authority for which I entertain so great respect ;
but mathematical inferences should be tested only by mathematical
criteria, and, unless it can be shown that I have inadvertently taken
some step which invalidates my conclusions, I must continue to be-
lieve that the comparison of well-established radicals constitutes a
legitimate branch of linguistic science. When writing the previous
articles, I could imagine no better crucial test than that of the Cher-
okee alphabet,* and the result of the test accorded so precisely with
my theory that my views seen)ed, as they still seem to me, conclusive.
While agreeing, therefore, on most points, with the reviewer, I think
that the labors of well qualified lexicographers maybe made auxiliary
to those of well qualified collators, and that ends may thus be attained
by combined scholarship, which would be, confessedly, beyond the
reach of any single individual.

Mr. Thomas P. James laid before the Society a manu-
script journal of a botanical excursion in the northeastern
parts of Pennsylvania, and in the State of New York, in the
year 1807, found among some of the papers of the late Dr.

* Loc. cit., p. 29.
VOL. X. — 2w

350 [October

B. S. Barton in the possession of the Society, which was evi-
dently kept by Frederick Pursh, the eminent botanist, dur-
ino- an excursion at the instance of Dr. Barton. Although his
name does not occur in the journal, it is clearly proven to
be his, by a comparison of observations recorded with re-
marks published by Mr. Pursh upon plants which he discov-
ered.

Pending nominations No. 576, 579, 580, and new nomina-
tion No. 581 were read.

And the Society was adjourned.

Stated Meeting, October 4, 1867.

Present, nine members.

Prof. Cresson, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Letters were read from Major G. K. Warren, dated St.
Paul, Minnesota, September 19, and from John Welsh, dated
Philadelphia, September 20, 1867, acknowledging the receipt
of the notice and acceptance of membership. From the Nat-
ural Plistory Society at Emden; the Academy of Sciences,
Arts, and Belles-lettres of Dijon ; the Royal Society of Lon-
don, severally acknowledging the receipt of publications of
this Society. Also, from the Central Statistical Bureau of
Sweden, Stockholm, June 26, and from the Royal Geogra-
phical Society of London, announcing the transmission of
donations for the Library.

Donations for the Library were announced : From the
Central Bureau of Statistics of Sweden ; from the Naturalists'
Society at Emden ; from the Royal Prussian Academy of
Sciences at Berlin ; from Prof. Dr. Karl Koch, of Berlin ;
from Joachim Barrande, of Prague ; from the Imperial Acad-
emy of Sciences at Dijon ; from M. Delesse, of Paris ; from
the Royal Geographical Society of Paris ; from the Royal
Society of London ; from the Zoological, the Geological, and
Geographical Societies of London; from the Geological and

1867.] 351

Polytechnic, and the Philosophical and Literary Societies of
Leeds; from the Wisconsin Commission for exhibiting the
destruction of Forest Trees ; from Prof. J. Wyman ; and from
the publishers of the Journal of Medical Sciences and Medical
News.

The decease of Prof. A. T. Kupffer, on 4th June, 1865,
aged G5 years, and of James Jackson, M.D., of Boston, in
August, 1867, aged 90 years, both members of this Society,
was announced.

Dr. Emmerson referred to the hailstorm which passed over
this city on Wednesday of last week, and mentioned the pe-
culiarity of its advance from the north, as well as the con-
struction of some of the hailstones which he had examined,
being internally composed of snow, surrounded by an outer
crust of ice. Observations were made on the subject of this
storm by other members.

Pending nominations Nos. 576, 579, 580, and 581, were
read.

And the Society was adjourned.

Stated Meeting^ October 18, 1867.

Present, nine members.

Prof. Cresson, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Letters were read from C. H. Crane, Assistant Surgeon-
General U. S. Army, dated October 3d, and from Gustavus
Henrichs, dated October 8, 1867, accompanying donations
for the Library.

Donations for the Library were announced: From the Geo-
graphical Society at Paris ; from Prof. F. Zantedeschi, Padua;
from Prof. Gustavus Henrichs, Iowa City ; from the Essex
Institute, Salem ; from J. W. Alvord, Superintendent of the
Freedmen's Bureau; from Dr. Charles M. Wetherill ; from
Dr. J. I. Cohen, of Baltimore; from C. H. Crane, Assistant
Surgeon-General U. S. Army, and from the Franklin In-
stitute, Philadelphia.

Hayden.] 3^2 [October

The following communication from Dr. F. V. Hayden, was
read :

JuLESBURG, Col., October 10, 1867.

To THE Secretary of the American Philosophical Society,
Philadelphia, Pa.

Sir: I have made some very interesting observations in regard to
Indian History in the course of my geological survey of this State.
Most of the Indians of the Lower Missouri, as the Pawnees, Otoes,
lowas, Missouris, live in earth-built or stationary villages, and have
done so from time immemorial. The tribes on the Upper Missouri
do the same, — Arickaras, Mandans, and Minitauns.

All along the Missouri, in the valley of the Little Blue, Big Blue,
Platte, Loup Fork Rivers, I have observed the remains of these old dirt
villages, and pieces of pottery are almost invariably found with them.
But on a recent visit to the Pawnee Reservation or Loup Fork, I des-
cried the remains of an old Pawnee village, apparently of greater an-
tiquity than the others, and the only one about which any stone imple-
ments have been found as yet. On and around the site of every cabin
of this village, I found an abundance of broken arrow-heads, chipped
flints, some of which must have been brought from a great distance,
and a variety of small stones, which had been used as hammers, chisels,
&c. I have gathered about half a bushel of the fragments of pottery,
arrow-heads, and chipped flints, some of which I hope to exhibit to
the Society next winter. No Pawnee Indian now living knows of
the time when this village was inhabited. Thirty years ago, an old
chief told a missionary that his tribe dwelt there before his birth,
but he knew nothing of the use of stone arrow-heads, though he said
his people used them before the introduction of iron. This discovery
is interesting, as it is the first tribe that I have ever been able to find
connecting the stone age with the present in the Missouri Valley.

I have asked the most intelligent Indians of more than twenty
tribes in this valley, how far back in the past the Indians used stone
arrow-points, and I have received but one answer. They would point
towards heaven and say, "The Great Spirit only knows, we do not."

At Pine Bluff", on Pole Creek, a branch of the Platte, and on the
line of the Union Pacific Railroad, there are large quantities of
chipped flints and arrow-heads, showing that in former times they
wrought them at this locality. Mr. S. B. Reed, Superintendent of
Construction U. P. R. R , found specimens of pottery abundant, and
chipped flints and arrow-points on the Plains near the Humboldt

1867.] 353 [Hayden.

Mountains, The pottery was made of disintegrated granite, as it
was full of particles of mica. These remains may possibly be modern,
for the Digger Indians who inhabit this region are a low, degraded
people, and even now use flint arrow-points, though they use no pot-
tery. There is now no evidence that the Indians of this region ever
used any pottery like that found, so that it may be po-ssessed of some
antiquity. I have collected considerable material in the languages
of the Omaha, Winnebago, Otoe, and Pawnee tribes of Indians, and
I shall prepare for the Proceedings of the American Philosophical
Society a paper on them during the winter.

I hope to present, in a year or two, the second part of "Ethnogra-
phy and Philology of the Indian Tribes of the Missouri Valley," for
publication in the Transactions.

Very respectfully, your obedient servant,

F. V. Hayden,

U. S. Geologist.

A communication from Mr. P. E. Chase was read, noticing
a meteor which was seen at Haverford College, on the even-
ing of Tuesday, 15th inst. The meteor, which was about
6' in diameter, was about 30° above the eastern horizon,
at 5h. 40m. p.m. It moved northeasterly over an arc of
about 25° in 5 seconds, then exploded and disappeared. I
was crossing the college lawn in a southwesterly direction,
but the light Avas so brilliant that it attracted my attention,
and caused me to turn around. The sun had been set only
twenty minutes, and the twilight was so strong that only a
few stars of the first magnitude were faintly visible.

The Society then proceeded to the stated business, and
balloted for the candidates for membership.

All other business having been concluded, the ballot-boxes
were opened, and the following gentlemen were declared to
be elected members of the Society :

J. Sergeant Price, Philadelphia.
Ario Pardee, Hazleton, Penna.
John Stuart Mill, London.
Henry C. Lea, Philadelphia.

And the Society was adjourned.

Q^^ [November.

Stated Meeting, November 1, 1867.

Present, twelve members.

Prof. Cresson, Vice-President, in the Chair.

J. Sergeant Price, a recently elected member, was intro-
duced, and took his seat. A letter was read from J. Sergeant
Price, acknowledging the receipt of notice of his election to
membership.

Donations for the Library were announced : From M. Dunod,
Editor of Annales des Mines ; from the Royal Academy of
Science at Turin ; from the Observatory at Cadiz ; from the
British Association of Science at Nottingham ; from J. J.
Bigsby, M.D., London; from Yale College; from the Boston
Natural History Society; from the Essex Institute, Salem;
from the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia.

Dr. Coates presented a paper, by Mr. Hector Orr, on the
subject of " Our Monetary System," which was read, and
referred to a committee to advise with the Secretaries with
regard to its publication in the Proceedings of the Society.
Committee consists of Mr. Colwell, Mr. Fraley, and Prof.
Trego.

Prof. Cresson referred to some experiments made by Dr.
C. M. Cresson, on the preservation and destruction of vege-
table matter, and the influence of temperature upon such
material. He finds, in connection with this, that there is a
change or increase of temperature produced by the odor of
flowering plants, which seems a provision of nature for their
preservation from the eff"ects of cold.

Dr. Rogers mentioned the fact of an increase of temper-
ature in the germination of plants, and attributed the changes
to the influence of carbonic acid, and its action at various
stages of the growth of plants. Dr. Coates and other mem-
bers took part in the discussion.

And the Society was adjourned.

1867.] 355

Stated 3Ieeting, November 15, 1867.

Present, fifteen members.

Prof. Cresson, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Letters were read from the Central Physical Observatory
of Russia, St. Petersburg, October 10, 1866, and from the
Society of Physics and Natural History of Geneva, July 15,
1867, accompanying donations for the Library; from the
Imperial Academy of Sciences at Vienna, and from Prof.
Hyrtl, October 28 and 30, and November 15, 1865; and
from M. Rokitansky, dated Vienna, November 2, 1865;
also, from the Linnaean Society of London, June 20, 1867,
severally acknoAvledging the receipt of publications of the
Society.

A letter was read, also, from the Secretary of the Royal
Institution of London, dated September 29, 1867, announcing
the death of Prof. Faraday, on the 25th of August, 1867,
in the 79th year of his age ; and a communication from J. H.
Sharman, dated Montreux Vaud, Switzerland, October 25,
1867, informing the Society of the death of M. A. Morlot,
one of its members.

Donations for the Library were announced: From the
Central Physical Observatory of Russia; from the Nicolai,
chief Observatory of St. Petersburg; from the Royal Ob-
servatory of Hobart Town ; from the Imperial Academy of
Sciences, and the Imperial Geographical Society of St.
Petersburg; from the Royal Society of Tasmania, and the
Royal Society of Victoria; from the Physical and Natural
History Society of Geneva ; from the Geographical Society
of Paris; from the Linnnean, the Chemical, and the Royal
Geographical Societies of London ; from the Royal Geological
Society of Ireland; from Prof. S. Newcomb, of the Observ-
atory at Washington, D. C. ; from Yale College, New Haven ;
from the Literary and Historical Society of Quebec ; from
D. Humphreys Storer, M.D.; from Geo. B. Wood, M.D,,
Philadelphia, and the Historical Society of Pennsylvania.

McCliine.] 356 [November.

The following communication was read from Prof. James
McClime, reporting his observations on the meteors of the
4th inst., made at the High School Observatory in this citv.

Meteors of the \ith of Novemher, 1867.

The meteors were observed by myself and assistants, from one
o'clock until six o'clock, a.m., with the following results:

12 meteors were observed between one and two o'clock.

78 ^' " " between two and three "

864 '' '' '' between three and four "

2110 " " '' between four and five "

480 '* " " between five and six "

Whole number three thousand and forty-four.

Maximum of frequency, 28 to 29 minutes past four o'clock, wheo
seventy-three were counted. Almost all of them appeared to radiate
from a point near to Gamma Leonis, though some were observed in
other constellations.

We succeeded in tracing the course of several of them on a map,
and of noting the period of duration of a few. This in no instance
exceeded ten seconds. In most instances, the most brilliant disap-
peared in less than five seconds.

The greater part of the brightest exhibited an orange tinge just
before disappearing, while a few assumed a greenish hoe.

The line of light which they described in their course disappeared
gradually rather than instantaneously, as is the case with the trace
made by the ordinary -'shooting stars."

A large number took a southeasterly direction; but the greater
portion of the brightest appeared to take a north, or northwesterly
course.

The strong light of the moon prevented many from being seen,
and I have no doubt that we could have counted as many between
three and four o'clock, as we did between five and six, if the point
of radiation had been as far above the horizon, and the moon as far
distant from that point.

The course of a comparatively small number was serpentine, while
three or four described a curve approaching a spiral form.

Does not the appearance of these meteors prove, that they are
bodies revolving around the sun, and appearing in the greatest
number, at least in America, after an interval of thirf t/-f our years f

1867] 357

Mr. P. E. Chase related his observations of the same
meteoric display, made at Haverford College, eight and a
half miles west of Philadelphia, viz. :

Prof. Gummerc organized a corps of students, who com-
menced their watch on the evening of the 13th, at half-past
10 o'clock. When I went upon the field, about 2h. 30m. a.m.,
I found that nearly 150 meteors had been seen during the
previous four h':^urs. They continued to fall at a slowl}'' in-
creasing rate until 3h. 30m., a large proportion being of more
than usual brilliancy, and nearly all radiating from the con-
stellation Leo. The increase then became more rapid; by
4h. more than 700 had been seen, and a few minutes later
the flight was so continuous that the count exceeded 1000,
and all further attempts at registering ceased. The display
reached its maximum about 4h. 25m., when, with Leo in the
centre of my field of vision, I counted 140 in a single minute.
There were then evidently many more in the eastern than in
the western portions of the heavens, and I judged that I
could see at least a third of the whole number that were
visible at the time. At 4h. 30m. a remarkable meteor started
from Regulus, moving southwesterly, and leaving a very per-
sistent train. After some seconds, two or three of the com-
pany took out their watches, and the train remained visible
for more than three minutes, slowly rotating through a full
quarter revolution before disappearing. It gradually curved
while rotating, and just before vanishing it represented an
arc of about 120°, looking like a wisp of fleecy cloud. This
seemed to indicate a complete revolution, in about 15 minutes,
of that portion of the meteoric atmosphere from which the
tail was thrown off".

Mr. Marsh observed the same phenomenon at Germantown,
six miles north of this city, and gave an account of the prom-
inent characteristics as noticed by him.

Prof. Kendall gave an account of the observations made
by himself and a number of his students, at the University
of Pennsylvania, in Philadelphia.

Mr. Fraley called the attention of the Society to a model,
now on exhibition in this city, aiFording a complete represen-

VOL. X. — 2x

Chase. J 358 [November.

tation of the manner of mining coal, showing the various
operations in detail with the late improvements introduced.

Mr. P. E. Chase made a communication on the specific
magnetism of iron.

In my communication on the numerical relations of gravity and
magnetism (Trans. A. P. S., vol. xiii, p. 126), after adducing var-
ious evidences of a correlation that had been long suspected, I en-
deavored to obtain approximate valuations for the constant factor, K,
which was introduced in the comparison of the tidal forces with the
force of equilibrium. These approximations led me to "suggest the
propriety of considering the element of density (or of its correlative,
the square of the time of molecular diffusion), in connection with
both A and M."

In the year after this suggestion was made. Dr. Menzzer announced,
as an experimental result (Poggendorff's Annalen, Nov. 1865; P.
Mag., XXX, 456), that "the magnetizing powers of two coils which
give the maximum of intensity are as the square roots of their
weights." It therefore appears,

1. From Grraham's and other well-known laws:

Elasticity cc specific heat oc (wave-velocity).^
Density oc (time of molecular diffusion).^
Weight oc (time of sonorous vibration).*^

2. From observations on terrestrial magnetism :

Tidal differences oc (magnetic differences).''
Magnetic variation oc (time).''^

3. From Menzzer's experiments:

Weight oc (magnetizing power). ^

This indirect confirmation, of a conjecture which was at first based
on a plausible analogy, encourages me to hope that the following
comparisons between molecular and cosmical kinetic values may help
to explain the specific magnetism of iron.

According to Tredgold, iron may be elongated about y^'fjo without
permanent alteration of structure. Now the ratio, at the earth's sur-
face, of solar to terrestrial attraction, is about jq\q, and four times
the ratio of the specific gravity of air to that of iron varies, approx-
imately, between y^'o^ and yT^gg- Although this range of variation
is somewhat more than ^ of the least value, or about g^gg of the
total force, it is but little greater than Helmholtz found in the vibra-
tion-ratios for the first overtone of a series of tuning-forks (5.8 to 6.6
times the fundamental), while it is much less than the daily flue-

1867.1 359 [Chase.

tuation in the terrestrial inajiiietic force, whieli appears to be inti-
mately connected with the joint action of atmospheric elasticity and
solar differential-tidal attraction.

The coefficient of atmospheric specific gravity, 4, suggests the ratio
of the length of a sonant aerial column to that of an equivalent sonor-
ous wave, as well as tlie time of a complete oscillation of each mag-
netic pulse. During each vibration, from a maximum of condensa-
tion across the position of e((uilibrium to minimum, or oice versa, the
effect produced by any constant force would be four times as great as
during the half oscillation, from either extreme to the point of equi-
librium. The ratios of wave-velocity to elasticity and density, and of
revolution to distance from the centre of motion, point to various
experiments upon the relations of magnetic capacity to tenacity, in
iron, and of magnetizing power to specific gravity or to specific heat,*
in coils of different metals. If such experiments should show any
intimate connection between elasticity and specific magnetism (a
result which it does not seem unreasonable to anticipate), some of
the mystery in which an interesting phy.sical fact is now shrouded
will be happily dispelled.

The minutes of the last meeting of the Board of Officers
and Council were read.

New nominations, Nos. 582, 583, 584, and 585, were read.
And the Society was adjourned.

Stated Meeting, December 6, 1867.

Present, nine members.

Prof. Cresson, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Letters were read from John Stuart Mill, dated Avignon,
November 10, 1867, acknowledging the receipt of notice of
his election as a member of the Society.

From the Holland Society of Sciences at Amsterdam,
January 18, and May 25, 1866; the Rojal Society of Sci-
ences at Amsterdam, April 15, 1866; from the Royal Acad-

* The specific heats of iron, cobalt, and nickel are nearly the same, being each
about 27 times that of hydrogen. Recently discovered cosmical affinities of
hydrogen and iron, and the ratio between solar and terrestrial superficial grav-
itation, may, perhaps, some time lead to the recognition of a significance in
relations which would now be generally regarded as fanciful and accidental.

360 I December, 1867.

emy of Sciences, &c., at Brussels and Ad. Quetelet, dated
September 7, 1867; from Gustavus Henrichs, Iowa City,
November 11, 1867; severally announcing donations for the
Library, Also, from the Royal Academy of Sciences at
Amsterdam, March 6, July 6, and October 11, 1866; and
from the Batavian Society of Experimental Philosophy at
Rotterdam, August 21, 1866, acknowledging the receipt of
publications of this Society.

A photographic likeness of Dr. Henry Hartshorne, was
presented for the Album.

Donations for the Library Avere announced: From the Royal
Academy of Sciences at Amsterdam; from the Holland So-
ciety of Sciences at Harlem ; from the Academy of Sciences,
&c., of Belgium, at Brussels; from Ad. Quetelet, Brussels;
from the Royal Prussian Academy of Sciences at Berlin ;
from the Massachusetts Historical Society ; from the Editors
of the American Journal of Science and Arts; from the As-
sociation of Medical Superintendents at Harrisburg, Pennsyl-
vania ; from the Board of Managers of the House of Refuge,
and the Managers of the Home for Little Wanderers, Phila-
delphia; from Prof. William D. Whitney; from the Franklin
Institute ; and from the Publisher of the Medical News.

The Annual Reports of the Treasurer and the Publication
Committee were i-ead.

The Librarian was authorized, at his discretion, to publish
the manuscript Journal of F, Pursh in some Journal.

Pending nominations, Nos. 582 to 585, were read.

And the Society was adjourned.

Stated Meeting, December 20, 1867.

Present, eight members.
Dr. Wood, President, in the Chair.
Letters were read and the donations to Library were an-
nounced.

The Committee of Finance reported, and the usual appro-
priations were made.

And the Society was adjourned.

PROCEEDINGS

AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY.

Vol. X. JANUAEY, 1868. No.

!&

Stated Meeting, January 3, 1868.

Present, twenty members.

Mr. I. Lea, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Mr. Henry C. Lea, a recently elected member, was intro-
duced and took his seat.

Letters were read from the Imperial Academy of Sciences,
at Vienna, dated April 1, and July 11, 1867 ; from the New
York State Library, Albany, September 1, 1866 ; from the
Natural History Society, at Emden, October 9, 1867 ; sever-
ally acknowledging the receipt of publications of this Society ;
also from Henry Barnard, Commissioner of Education, dated
Washington, D. C, December 17, 1867, requesting to be
favored with a summary of what the Society, by itself or
through its members, has contributed to the progress of
science, to be printed in an account of the institutions of
science ; from J. E. Hillgard, Assistant in charge of Coast
Survey Office, December 13, 1867; from Prof. Zantedeschi,
Padua, November 28, 1867.

Donations for the Library were announced from Societies:
the Royal Physico-Economical, of Konigsburg ; the German
Geological, of Berlin ; the Imperial Geological, at Vienna, and
the London Geological ; from the Imperial Academy of
Sciences at Vienna ; the Editors of the Nautical Almanac,
London ; from the American Pharmaceutical Association ;

VOL. X. — 2y

362 [January.

from the Union League Club, of New York ; from the Frank-
lin Institute ; from Charles H. Hart and Isaac Lea, of Phila-
delphia ; from the Geographical Society of Paris ; from Prof.
Zantedeschi ; from J. E. Hillgard ; from Rev. Mr. Barnes ;
from the Surgeon-General U. S. Army ; and the Commis-
sioner of Education, National Department.

Report of the Judges and Clerks who conducted the annual
election held this day was read, and the following named
officers were declared duly elected, according to the laws, or-
dinances, and regulations of the Society, for the ensuing year :

President.
George B, Wood.

Vice-Presidents.

John C. Cresson,
Isaac Lea,
George Sharswood.

Secretaries.

Charles B. Trego,
E. Otis Kendall,
John L. Le Conte,
J. P. Lesley.

Members of the Council for Three Years.

Isaac Hayes,
Robert E. Rogers,
Henry C. Carey,
Robert Bridges.

Curators.

Franklin Peale,
Elias Durand,
Joseph Carson.

Treasurer.
Charles B. Trego.

1868.]

363

[Mareh.

The death of Chester Dewey, a member, was announced
as occurring December 13, 1867, aged 82 years.

J. P. Lesley was nominated as Librarian.

Mr. Marsh described a remarkable rainbow which he ob-
served at Germantown, 14th August, 1860.

About 6.45 p. M., at Germantown, the northern branch of a
bright rainbow.

At between five and ten degrees from the horizon several
branches shot off from the inner edge of the bow (as in the an-
nexed figure), the longest perhaps four or five degrees in length,
the arrangement of the colors in each the same as in the prin-
cipal bow. There were certainly two or three of the branches,
some say five.

A few degrees above these branches the bow disappeared (or
became very faint), for a space of perhaps three to five degrees,
above which it was verj^ bright and in its regular position.

Obs. — Ma}'' not these branches represent the missing part of
the bow brought down from their normal position by some un-
usual refraction in air between us and the falling rain ?

Prof. Cresson made some remarks upon phenomena of a
similar character observed by him.

Mr. P. E. Chase made some remarks on the recent me-
teoric display, and gave his views with regard to the pecu-
liarities of some of the appearances observed by him. lie
suggested that the cloudy appearance which is often observed
after the train of a bolide ceases to be luminous, may be a
true cloud, or watery vapor, formed by the union of the
meteoric hydrogen with the oxygen of our atmosphere.

Pending nominations Nos. 582, 588, 584 and 585, were
read.

^P\/L [January.

Mr. Marsh, Treasurer of the Society's Building Fund, read
a statement of the present condition of said Fund.

On motion, the Secretaries were authorized to call to their
assistance such members of the Society, not exceeding four
in number, as they shall deem best qualified to aid them in
preparing an account of the labors of the Society in the pro-
motion of science.

The Transactions of the Society from vol. xi. were ordered
to be sent to Yale College ; and the Transactions and Pro-
ceedings, so far as practicable, were ordered to be presented
to the Peabody Institute, at Baltimore.

And the Society was adjourned.

Stated Meeting, January 17, 1868.

Present, fourteen members.

Judge Sharswood, Vice-President, in the Chair.

A letter was read from the Zoological Society of London,
dated November 15, 1867, acknowledging the receipt of No.
76 of the Proceedings of this Society.

Donations for the Library were announced ; from the Ne-
therlands Government ; from the Royal Prussian Academy of
Sciences at Berlin ; from Societies — the London Zoological,
the Royal Dublin, the Geographical, of Paris, the Boston
Natural History and New Jersey Historical ; from the Bos-
ton Public Library ; from the Library of Congress, at Wash-
ington ; from the United States Naval Observatory ; from
Prof. Jeffries Wyman, and from the publishers of the Ameri-
can Journal of Pharmacy, the American Journal of Medical
Sciences, and Lippincott's Magazine.

The decease of the following named members was an-
nounced : Col. Stephen Long ; Rt. Rev. W. H. Delancey,
which event occurred April 3, 1865, aged 68 years ; and
Prof. A. P. Callisen, of Copenhagen.

Mr. J. P. Lesley was elected Librarian for the ensuing
year.

1868.] 365

The Standing Committees were appointed as follows :

Finance. — Mr. Fraley, Mr. John F. James, and Mr.
Marsh.

Publication. — Mr. Thomas P. James, Dr. Carson, Prof.
Trego, Mr. Price, and Mr. Tilghman.

Hall— Mr. Peale, Mr. P. E. Chase, and Mr. S. W.
Roberts.

Library. — Dr. Bell, Dr. Coates, Mr. Price, Mr. Barnes,
and Mr. Briggs.

The list of surviving members was read. The number on
the list 1st January, 1868, was 423, of whom 281 were resi-
dent in the United States, and 142 in foreign countries.

Pending nominations were read, and, after discussion, the
Society proceeded to ballot for candidates for membership.

The ballot boxes having been opened by the presiding
oflScer, the following named gentlemen were declared duly
elected members of the Society :

Samuel J. Gummere, of Haverford College, Pa.
Joseph B. Townsend, of Montgomery County, Pa.
Edward Shippen, of Philadelphia, Pa.
Frederick Graff, of Philadelphia, Pa.

And the Society was adjourned.

Stated Meeti7ig, February 7, 1868.

Present, eleven members.

Dr. Wood, President, in the Chair.

Letters were read from Edward Shippen, dated Philadel-
phia, January 20 ; from Joseph B. Townsend, Philadelphia,
January 30, and from Samuel J. Gummere, Haverford Col-
lege, January 20, 1868, severally acknowledging the receipt
of notice of their election, and accepting membership in the
Society. From the Society of Antiquaries of London, Novem-
ber 25, 1867 ; from the Secretary of the Smithsonian Insti-

366 [February.

tution, Washington, September 24, 1867 ; from the President
and Librarian of Yale College, New Haven, January 25,
1868 ; and from the Peabody Institute, at Baltimore, February
3, 1868, returning thanks for publications of this Society. Also
from John N. Stockwell, Bucksville, Ohio, January 17, and
from the Librarian of Yale College, announcing donations for
the Library.

Donations for the Library were announced, viz. : From the
Geographical Society of Paris; from the School of Mines of
Paris; from Charles Dionisotti, of Turin; from the Royal
Astronomical Society of London ; from J. H. Pollen, Lon-
don ; from Dr. Edward Jarvis, Boston ; from the Essex In-
stitute ; from Prof. Jeffries Wyman ; from John N. Stock-
well, A.M. ; from James Gallatin, New York ; from the
Editors of the American Journal of Science and Art ; from
the Franklin Institute ; from the free Public Library of New
Bedford, and from the publisher of the Medical News.

The death of Charles G. B. Daubeny, M.D., a member,
was announced as having occurred December 13, 1867, aged
72 years. Also of M. Flourens, M.D., of Paris, December,
1867, in the 73d year of his age.

New nomination No. 586 was read.

And the Society was adjourned.

Stated Meeting, February 21, 1867.

Present, fourteen members.
Dr. Wood, President, in the Chair.

Mr. Samuel J. Gummere, a recently elected member, was
introduced.

Letters were read : From the Royal Saxon Society of Sci-
ences, Leipsig, November 2, 1867 ; and from the California
Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, January 13, 1868, an-
nouncing donations for the Library ; also, from the Society
of Natural Sciences at Freiburg, March 1, 1867, accompany-

1868.] 367 fChaae.

ing a donation, and acknowledging the receipt of publica-
tions of this Society ; from the Imperial Society of Sciences,
at Moscow, November 4 and 16, 1867 ; from the Royal So-
ciety of Edinburgh, December 19, 1867 ; and from the Pea-
body Institute of Baltimore, February 12, 1868, returning
acknowledgments for publications of this Society.

Donations for the Library were announced : From the
Academies — the Imperial, of Sciences, at St. Petersburg; the
Royal Prussian, of Sciences, at Berlin ; and the California, of
Sciences. Societies — of Sciences, at Gorlitz; Natural His-
tory, at Freiburg ; the Geological, at Berlin ; the Royal, of
Edinburgh ; the Royal Geographical, of London ; the Chemi-
cal, of London ; and the Boston Natural History. From
Brevet Brigadier General Henry L. Abbott, U.S.A.; from
Dr. Curwen, of Harrisburg ; from Dr. T. S. Kirkbride, and
Rev. J. A. Childs, of the Episcopal Hospital.

Judge Sharswood announced the decease of Joseph R. In-
gersoll, a member, as having occurred February 20, 1868,
aged 82 ; and, in doing so, paid a feeling tribute to his
memory. And Professor Trego, the decease of Tobias Wag-
ner, also a member, which occurred February 19, 1868, aged
75 years.

On motion. Judge Sharswood was appointed to prepare an
obituary notice of Mr. Ingersoll, and Dr. Hayden to prepare
one of the late Professor Dewey.

Mr. P. E. Chase exhibited a specimen of a fragment of a
steel-rail which had passed through a process of rolling. A
broken rail had been placed in the centre of an ingot mould,
and Bessemer steel cast around it. The ingot thus formed,
was rolled into a new rail, and this second rail was subse-
quently re-rolled into a rod of three-quarter inch bolt-iron.
The cross sections of the rod still retained the miniature out-
lines of the original bar, distinctly marked in the centre.

He also called attention to an article in the " Transactions
of the Royal Society of Edinburgh," which furnished a basis
for some interesting general deductions, in reference to the
laws of magnetic declination.

Chase.] 3gg [February.

ON SOME GENERAL CONNOTATIONS OE
MAGNETISM.

BY PLINY EARLE CHASE.

Messrs. Baxendell (Proc. Manchester Lit. and Phil. Soc,
1865-6) and Bloxam (Proc. Meteorolog. Soc, Nos. 28, 32),
have pointed out certain interesting resemblances between the
curves of magnetic declination and those of rainfall, or of the
" changes that occur in the aqueous element — that is to say,
changes from and to the solid, fluid and vaporous states." But
Mr. Glaisher (Proc. Meteorolog. Soc, No. 33, p. 23) infers
from a careful discussion of six years' observations at the Royal
Observatory, Greenwich, that " there does not seem to be any
connection between the diurnal movements of the declination
magnet and the diurnal fall of rain. The curve of diurnal rain-
fall, from all the years, seems in some way connected with the
position of the sun ; the least frequency of rain, and the small-
est falls, take place during the morning hours, whilst the sun
is ascending ; the greatest frequency and most rain take place
in the afternoon hours, whilst the sun is descending."

An examination of the curves or of the tables from which
they are constructed, at Girard College, St. Helena, Cape of
Good Hope, Hobarton, Toronto, Nertschinsk, Pekin, Kew,
Greenwich, Makerstoun, and elsewhere, shows that there is an
intimate relation between the variations of the several meteoro-
logical elements, temperature, elasticity of vapor, gaseous pres-
sure, pressure of the wind, barometric pressure, electricity,
magnetic declination and inclination, vertical and horizontal
force, and that all these phenomena depend either directly or
indirectly upon solar action. Whether that action is simple or
multiform in its origin, whether the consequent changes ma-
terially modify each other by their mutual interaction, and
whether the magnetic forces are specific or derivative, celestial
or terrene, cosmical or local, are questions which are still sub
judice. Major-General Sabine (Phil. Trans., vol. 153, p. 301),
after noticing " the concurrent evidence of the three observa-
tories of Toronto, Hobarton, and Kew, for the existence of . . .
an increase of the dip and of the total force, and a deflection
of the north end of the declination magnet towards the west,
in both hemispheres, in the months from October to March, as
compared with those from April to September," says, " it seems

1868.]

369

[Chase.

difliciilt to assign to such eft'ects any other than a cosmical
cause. The greater proximity of the earth to the sun in the
December compared with the June solstice most naturally pre-
sents itself as a not improbable cause ; but we are as yet too
little acquainted with the mode of the sun's action on the mag-
netism of the earth to enter more deeply into the question at
present."

That the coincidence which is here suggested with th(! com-
mendable caution and modesty of a truly philosophic spirit, is
the indication of a vera causa, seems to me indubitable. In
Mr. Broun's recent!}^ published discussions of the " diurnal
variation of the magnetic declination at Trevandrum, near the
magnetic equator, and in both hemispheres " (Trans. R. S. of
Edinburgh, vol. 24), data are collated for some more than
usuall}' satisfactory general averages of magnetic variations,
which are interesting, both on account of their incidental con-
firmation of Sabine's hypothesis, and on account of the confi-
dence which ma}^ be reasonably attached to all evident deduc-
tions from properly authenticated mean values. Ten stations
are chosen for comparison, five of which are in north, and five
in south (magnetic) latitude, the mean latitude coinciding
nearl}' with the magnetic equator, as is shown by the following
table.

station.

Geographic Latitude.

Longitude.

Magnetic Dip.

o /

0 /

h. m.

h. m.

o / o /

1. Makerstoun,

55 35 N.

0 low.

71 30 N. ...

2. Toronto, . .

43 40 "

5 17 "

75 15 " ...

3. Simla.

31 6 "

5 9E.

41 40 "

4. Bombay, .

18 56 "

4 51 "

18 44 '■

5. Madras, . .

13 4"

5 21 "

7 40 "

6. Trevandrum,

8 31 "

5 8"

2 30 S.

7. Singapore, .

1 19 "

6 56 "

12 40 "

8. St. Helena, .

15 57 S.

b 2.3 "

22 0 "

9. C. of G.Hope,

33 56 "

1 14 "

53 20 "

10. Hobarton,

42 53 '•

9 50 "

70 20 "

Totals, . .

172 ]1N.
92 46

92 46 S.

38 29 E.
5 50

5 50 W.

214 49 N.
160 50

160 50 S.

H-10

79 25

32 39

53 59

o /

1
h. m. '

0 /

Average,

7 54 N.

3 16 E.

5 24 N.

VOL. X. — 2z

Chase.]

370

[February.

According to the second edition of the " Admiralty Manual
for ascertaining and applying the deviations of the compass
caused by the iron in a ship" (1863), the magnetic equator
crosses the meridian of 49° E. (3h. 16m. E.), in (geographical)
latitude 10° N. The above average latitude is therefore nearly
an arithmetical mean between the corresponding magnetic lati-
tude and the magnetic dip.

The " ranges of the mean diurnal variations of the needle
freely suspended in the direction of the magnetic inclination,"
are given in the following table (op. ciL, p. 684).

Month.

p

■i

M

US

2

a

1

1

a

o

u
•a

CS

B

U

B
>

i

o
o.

a

a,
a

W

0.

O

6

O

c
o

•g

/

/

/

/

f

/

/

/

/

January, .

1.85

1.49

1.22

1.73

1.63

2.06

2.64

3.45

3.08

4.05

February,

2.25

1.54

1.16

1.39

0.96

1.48

2.89

4.81

4.56

4.28

March, . .

2.94

2.30

2.69

2.57

2.36

0.79

1.67

4.57

4.35

3.30

April, . . .

3.56

2.48

3.88

4.07

3.71

1.67

1.13

3.06

2.80

2.60

May, . . .

3.48

3.03

4.27

4.72

4.69

2.90

2.24

2.45

2.34

1.56

June, .

3.67

3.08

4.37

4.69

4.77

3.06

1.83

3.00

1.93

1.28

July, . . .

3.35

3.05

3.90

4.39

4.67

3.06

1.94

3.17

1.99

1..36

August, . .

3.42

3.48

4.36

5.42

4.75

3.64

2.60

3.32

2.76

1.87

September, .

3.30

2.51

3 99

5.38

5.28

3.31

2.07

2.22

2.56

2.65

October, . .

3.01

1.74

2.36

2.59

2.37

1.27

2.. 38

4.11

3.65

3.80

November,

2.39

1.58

0.98

0.90

1.50

2.14

2.97

3.75

3.81

4.08

December,

1.91

1.33

0.78

1.16

1.17

2.33

2.90

3.28

3.26
3.08

4.13

Mean, . .

2.93

2.30

2.83

3.25

3.14

2.31

2.35

3.43

2.91

By combining these values in various ways the general means
in the first column of the following table are obtained. Those
of the second column are derived in a similar manner, from
Kaemtz's table of the barometric means at Paris, Strasburg,

Halle, Berlin, and St. Petersburg,
is given in millimetres.

The heioht of the barometer

January,
February,
March, .
April, .
May,
June, . '

Var. of

Barom.

Dec.

mean.

2' 32

757.91

July, .

2^53

757.86

August,

2^75

755.96

September,

2^90

755.02

October,

3M7

755.90

November,

3M7

756.36

December,

Var. of

Barom.

Dec.

mean.

8^08

755.85

3^56

755.98

3^33

756.87

1' 72

756.77

2M1

755.56

2' 22

756.09

1868.

I Chase.

II.

Mean of March and September (equinoctial),

one month from equinoctial months, .

one month from solstitial months,

June and December (solstitial), ....

III.

December and JanuarJ^ (perihelion), . .

November and February,

October and March,

September and April,

August and May,

July and June (aphelion),

IV.

November to February, inclusive (perihelion)
Sept., Oct., Mar., April (equinoctial), . .
May to August, inclusive (aphelion), . .

V.
Mar. and April (1st, or N. vernal equinox),
Jan. to June, inclusive, " "

Sept. and Oct. (2d, or N. autumnal equinox),
July to Dec, inclusive, " "

VI.

Oct. to Mar., inclusive (perihelion), . . .
April to Sept., inclusive (aphelion), , .

VII.

Var. of
Dbc.

2' 93
2^74
2' 70

2' 27
2M7
2' 74
3M1
3' 36
3' 12

Spring,
Summer,
Autumn,
Winter,

2^37
2^92
3^24

2^82
2' 81
3' 02

2^89

2M9
3^20

3' 06
3' 74
2^70
1^88

VIII.

Warm semester,
Cool semester, .
Year, . . . .

3M8
2' 20
2^85

liarom.
mean.

756.41
756.40
756.30

756.22

757.00

756.71

756.37,

755.95

755.94

756.10

756.88
756.16
756.02

755.49
756.. 50
756.82
756.19

756.69
756.00

755.63
756.06
756.40
757.29

756.14
756.55
756.36

The predominance, under some circumstances, of the lunar
over the solar magnetic action, which was pointed out hy Sa-
bine (Silliman's Jour. [2] xix. 424), is confirmed by Broun
(op. cit., p. 618), who also finds (p. 690) that tlie most brilliant
auroras are observed near the moon's opposition, notwithstand-
ing the brightness of the moonlight. The observations at Tre-
vandrum concur wdth those at other stations, in showing that

Chase.] 3^2 [February.

the sun's distni'bing action on the equatorial portions of the
magnetic meridians is greatest during the liottest part, and
least in the coolest part of the day, while the moon's has two
nearl}^ equal maxima, about the times of its upper and lower
culminations, and two minima, near the times of its rising and
setting.

Although the deductions which I have thus brought together
may contain little that is absolute^ new, they have the advan-
tage of a more general basis and a more compact presentation
'than those which are usually given in the discussions of local
observations, and any legitimate inferences to which they may
jointly lead, will, therefore, be entitled to more than ordinary
consideration. To my own view, it seems that a very cursory
examination of their bearings would justify the conclusions to
which I have been hitherto led by more special study (ante, vol.
ix, pp. 856-360, 36t-3tl, 427-440 ; x, 97-104, 151-166); but
for fear of an undue bias from the natural and unconscious
leaning of prejudice towards arguments which favor a precon-
ceived theory, I propose to follow, as impartiall}^ as may be,
Faraday's clue of the "lines of force."

In the first column of the above synopsis of general means
there is a remarkable consistency, except in the mean of June
and July, which corresponds almost precisely with that of April
and September. The anomaly is perhaps owing to the pre-
dominance of the solstitial influence in June and July, of the
combined northern thermal and reactionary influences in Au-
gust, and of the N. autumnal equinoctial influence in September.
In the subsequent four and six months' groupings the aphelion
excess is very clearly shown.

In the groupings wdiich are based on the distance of the
earth from the sun (III, IV, VI), and upon the semi-annual
thermal means (VIII), there is a uniform opposition between
the march of the numbers in the first and that in the second
column, increase of barometric pressure corresponding to de-
crease of declination disturbance, and vice versa. But in the
groups which are specially affected by equinoctial or solstitial
influence (I, II, V, VII), this uniformity is broken, and in one
instance (II) the contrariety is even changed into an agreement.
In each of these discrepant cases it will be seen that the mag-
netic basis is much broader than the barometric, which is
limited by the insular climate of Europe, and that the anomaly

1868.] 373 [Chase.

is barometric and not magnetic, for the ordinary thermal inllu-
ence on the barometer is overridden by the inflnences of atmos-
pheric cnrrents and terrestrial absorption and radiation, of
which I have treated in discussing the laws which regulate the
transmission and distribution of solar heat {ante^ pp. 2(5 1-209,
309-315).

It appears, therefore, that the variations of declination are
greater in summer than in winter, greater by day than at night,
greater at sunrise than at sunset (see infer alia, Hobarton
Mag. and Met. Obs., v. ii, plate 1), greater at aphelion than at
perihelion, greater at the equinoxes than at the solstices,
greater at the N. autumnal than at the N. vernal equinox,
greater in auroras and thunder-storms than in electric calms,
greater at the lunar syzygies than at the quadratures, greater
at low barometer than at high barometer, greater at the theoreti-
cal hours of high tide than at those of low tide (see Sabine's
and other discussions of the lunar-diurnal variations), greater
at full moon than at new moon, in fine, greater in the presence
than in the absence of various violent local agitations.

The existence of magnetic rays in the spectrum, and the self-
registering records which demonstrate the simultaneous occur-
rence of disturbances in the solar photosphere and in the earth's
magnetic atmosphere, seem to indicate an influence which is
transmitted with a velocity at least as great as that of light ;* the
controlling power of thermal changes was early recognized, and
Norton even submitted it to the test of calculation (Silliman's
Jour. [2] vols. 4, 8, &c.) ; the amount of electricity contained
in a single drop of w^ater has been computed by Faraday and
others, who have shown that the electric disturbances during
evaporation, condensation and convection are surprisingly
great ;f the influence of thunder-storms and other electric
meteors might reasonably have been predicted a priori, as soon
as the intimate relations of magnetism and electricity were as-
certained ; Faraday sought in vain for some experimental proof

* The magnetic relations of light suggest a reference to the (perhaps
accidental) relation of light to terrestrial gravitation, which I pointed
out in a former communication [ante, p. 2(59).

f The arguments by which this conclusion has been attacked do not
disprove the disturbances, but they merely show that in many cases the
equilibrium is restored as soon as it is broken.

Chase.] 374 [February.

of a definable connection between gravity and magnetism, a
connection which had long been suspected, which was rendered
increasingly probable by the resemblance of the lunar declina-
tion-curve to the regular tidal-curve, and which was verified b}
my numerical computations (Trans. A. P. S., vol. xiii, pp. 117-
136) ; the increase of lunar force at syzygy and at full moon
may be easily understood if we are satisfied to refer it to tidal-
attraction ; \inder the diminished pressure at low barometer
there is less resistance to any disturbance of fluid motion ;
Arago, Ampere, Barlow, and Christie, showed that the simple
rotation of bodies, constituted of any material whatever, gener-
ates magnetic currents ; the use of percussion and vibration
in magnetizing or demagnetizing iron bars, Leverrier's daily
meteorological reports, Palmieri's observations during the re-
cent eruptions of Vesuvius, and my experiments with merely
mechanical vibrations and currents analogous to those which
are constantlj^ agitating the atmosphere {ante^ v. ix, p. 359 ; x,
151, &c.), furnish abundant evidence of the effects of local agi-
tation.

Much of the later theorizing and investigation has proceeded
on Ampere's assumption, that the earth is an electro-magnet,
magnetized by an electric current which flows from east to
west, the current being excited by the action of the sun's heat
successively in different parts of the earth's surface, as it re-
volves toward the east, but little has been done towards remov-
ing the difficulties which are supposed to surround that h}--
pothesis. There is, perhaps, an increasing tendency' to regard
the sun as a true magnet, exciting the earth solely by its in-
duction. But such a theory serves merely as a cloak for our
ignorance. Even if the sun and earth were each solid masses
of magnetized iron, the solar inductive action on the earth
would be relatively no greater than that of a globular magnet,
one foot in diameter, upon an iron shot, one-ninth of an inch
in diameter, at a distance of one hundred and ten feet.*

Electricity and magnetism are both manifested as forces
which tend to a speedy equilibrium. Whether the equilibrium
is disturbed by friction, by mechanical separation, by chemical

* See Dr. Lloyd's demonstration that " the phenomena of the diurnal
variation are not caused by the direct ^nagnetic action of the sun and
moon." (Phil. Mag. [4] xv, 192-6.)

ISBS.] 375 [Chase.

solution, 1)}^ approach, b}' pressure, by combination, by crystal-
lization, by revolving currents, by either of the various known
methods, there is an immediate effort on the part of all the
forces acting either within or upon the disturbed bodies to
adapt themselves to the new conditions. If the effort is unre-
sisted, the adaptation may be as rapid as the disturbance, and
there may be no evidence of electric excitement. In all cases the
amount of electric manifestation seems to depend on the amount
of precedent resistance.

In ordinary electric and magnetic experiments the equilibrat-
ing or manifesting force appears to be molecular, and for many
l^lausible reasons it has often been supposed to be the same as
is exhibited under different forms as cohesion, crystallogeny,
and chemical affinity. Terrestrial magnetism is a cosmical
manifestation, and as a cosmical equipoising force exists in
gravitation, it is difficult to conceive any cogent reason for vio-
lating the law of parsimony by supposing an additional force
for accomplishing the same ends. We have seen that disturb-
ances which are transmitted with the most various degrees of
rapidity, disturbances of gravitation, of light, of heat, of mo-
tion or position relative to the sun or moon, of atmospheric
moisture, of electric condition, or of simple physical rest, may
be followed by magnetic displays. In the most frequent of these
disturbances the motion is greater than that of undulation, in-
volving an actual progression of aerial particles, but whether
the molion be rapid or sluggish, undulatory or progressive,
gravitation acts with inconceivable rapidity* towards the planes
of equilibrium.

A joint consideration of the gyroscopic, viscous, elastic, cen-
trifugal and centripetal forces which are indicated by the baro-
meter, shows that the contour of the atmosphere is such as Avould
be assumed if the changing motions relatively to the sun acted
as disturbances, and the terrestrial gravity as a restorer of
equilibrium (ante, vol. ix, p. 283, seq.).t

* According to Laplace's estimate the velocity of gravity is at least six
raillion times as great as that of light.

f When I first called attention to this point, I had seen only the second
volume of the St. Helena Observations. I subsequently met with the
first volume, containing (on p. 88) General Sabine's means of five years
observations, whicli show a daily barometric range from + .037 to —

Chase.] ^'JQ [February

In the daily relations of heat to magnetism, there is an
anomaly, analogous to that which I pointed out in the bar-
ometric tides. For if we take the natural division of the daj^,
the variations of declination are greatest when the sun is above
the horizon, or during the warmest half of the twent^^-four hours,
but if we divide bj^ the meridian, they are greatest in the cool-
est half, or the morning hours. So in the j^ear, if we divide at
the equinoxes, they are greatest at aphelion, when the least heat
is received from the sun, but if we divide at the solstices,
they are greatest in summer, when the local heat is greatest.
It may be impossible to explain these discrepancies so simplj'
as the analogous ones in the barometric tides, but the same ex-
planation will doubtless serve, to some extent, in both cases.
The following points of coincidence maj^, perhaps, contribute
towards a proper reference of the several disturbed motions to
the disturbing body.

At syzygy and at high tide, the disturbing attraction is di-
rectly opposed to terrestrial attraction ; at summer and during
the day-hours, there is the same opposition, intensified by the
accompanying heat disturbance ; at the equinoxes the change
of gyroscopic plane is most rapid ; at sunrise, and at the sec-
ond equinox, the motion (of rotation or of revolution, respect-
ively), is added to that which is due to solar heat and attrac-
tion ; in the aphelion semester, the land hemisphere being
most directly exposed to the sun, the dail}^ fluctuations of
temperature are consequently greater, and the relative effect
of those fluctuations is greater, from the fact stated by Sabine
(he. cit.)^ that the earth's total magnetic force is then more fee-
ble ; the expansion of vaporization, and the collapse of conden-
sation are both sources of sudden and violent agitation ; at full
moon the night disturbance is greater than at new moon, and
the average disturbance of the entire twent3^-four hours is
therefore greater.

The following summary gives the principal points of the
generally accepted theory of terrestrial magnetism, together

.030 = . 067 in. ; and an annual range from + .082 to — .053 = .135 in.
These values give the barometrically formulated distance of the sun
(•oM) "^ X 22,738,900 = 92,313,146 miles, a curiously close approximation
to the 92,380,000 miles (with a probable error of ± 136,000 miles) of
Newcomb's recent estimate (App. II, "Washington Ast. Obs. for 1865).

1868.] 377 [Chase.

with such modifications as seem to be warranted by the fore-
going considerations. Ahhoiigli I can hardly imagine the pos-
sibility of essential change in any particnlar, 1 submit it as a
merely provisional statement, subject to such future amend-
ments as may be required by the progress of discovery,

1. The earth is an electro-magnet, magnetized by currents
which are excited by the sun and by the earth's rotation.

2. Terrestrial magnetism is subject to a variety of disturb-
ances, some of which are periodical, others irregidar and oc-
casional.

3. The principal periodical disturbances vary: 1st, with the
solar hour ; 2d, with the season of the year ; 3d, Avith the rela-
tive distance of the earth from the sun ; 4th, with the rapidity
of the earth's orbital motion ; 5th, with the rapidity of change
in solar declination ; Gth, with the absolute hour, in reference
to magnietic meridians in the Pacific and Atlantic oceans ; tth,
with the lunar hour ; 8th, with the lunar declination ; 0th, with
the position of the principal planets (sun-spot period); 10th,
with change of climate (secular variation). All these disturb-
ances (the last, perhaps, excepted), appear to be transmitted
with the speed of gravity, and they may all be grouped under
two heads: 1st, change of relative position; 2d, change of
relative velocit}'', between the disturbing and the disturbed
bod}^

4. The principal occasional, or irregular disturbances, seem
to be dependent upon, 1st, irregular variations in the light or
heat transmitted from the sun ; 2d, similar variations in the
diathermancy or transparency of the earth's atmosphere ; 3d,
local accumulations of heat or cold ; 4th, electric and other lo-
cal meteoric changes ; 5th, atmospheric or terrestrial agitation
(c3'clones, earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, &c.). These dis-
turbances are, of course, transmitted with velocities varying
from that of light or of electricity to that of sound-waves, or
even to that of still more sluggish vibrations.

5. The periodical and the occasional disturbances are all
modified by mutual interaction. The phenomena are thus com-
plicated, and the difficulty of satisfactory investigation is largely
increased.

6. The sources of disturbance are, therefore, multiform ;
some are celestial, and others terrene ; some cosmical, and

VOL. X. — 3a

Chase.] g'^g [February.

others local in their origin. They all, however, have this com-
mon feature : each is capable of occasioning fluid currents.

v. Every disturbance of terrestrial magnetism is accompa-
nied by a disturbance of terrestrial gravitation.

8. The gravitating atmospheric currents, which are origi-
nated simultaneously with the magnetic disturbances, become,
in their turn, the source of secondary disturbances.

9. However the disturbance is produced, be it primary or
secondary, periodical or occasional, there is an immediate
tendency to equilibrium, and that tendency is in the direction
of the terrestrial gravitation of fluids.

10. The regular disturbances by the sun's heat and attrac-
tion, combined with the rotation and attraction of the earth,
produce revolving currents, analogous in form to those which
circulate around ordinary magnets.

11. Similar revolving currents must be excited about the
sun, and about every other rotating celestial body. Such bod-
ies, therefore, may become, like the earth, electro-magnets, or
the seats of a specific magnetism.

12. If the specific magnetism is to be measured by the in-
tensity of the exciting disturbance, the sun may be, relatively,
the weakest magnet in our system ; if it is to be measured by
the intensity of the equilibrating force, it is probably propor-
tioned to the force of gravitation at the surface of the magnet-
ized orb.

13. It seems probable that the specific cosmical magnetism,
like that of a permanent magnet or of an ordinary electro-mag-
net, reacts inductively. But I know of no good reasons for
supposing that such induction is other than a comparatively
unimportant, secondary, and subordinate action.

14. The lunar primary disturbances, so far as has hitherto
been ascertained, appear to belong exclusively to the first class
of periodical disturbances, those which are due to change of
relative position. It seems most likely, however, that there
may also be lunar periodical disturbances of the second class.

15. The resemblance of the lunar diurnal magnetic curves to
the normal tidal curve, indicates a close correspondence be-
tween lunar magnetism and lunar gravitation.

16. Magnetism does not seem to be, strictly speaking, a
simple or independent force, but, like the central force of an
eddy, the resultant of revolving currents, moving with a speed

1868.] 370 IBriggs.

which is, probably, at least as great as that of liglit, at the sur-
face of the magnetized body.

17. Terrestrial and cosmieal magnetism can be satisfactorily
accounted for by the hypothesis that all the magnetic eddies
are produced by the action of gravity in the restoration of dis-
turbed equilibrium. No known force, other than gravity, has
:i known velocity sufficient to enable it to act pronii)tly, as an
equililjrating force, in all the known cases of magnetic disturb-
ance.

Mr, Briggs addressed the Society, and stated that —

He had recently been considering the subject of construction
of domes, having been led to do so b}'' the proposal to inclose
and cover one of the Penn Squares (228 feet square), by some
temporary and light, but si^acious building, for an exhibition of
manufacturing industry by the Franklin Institute. He had
conceived the plan of a structure, the main portion of which
should be a hemispherical dome of 208 feet diameter, and this
dome he had designed to be a framework in carpentry, with-
out tie-rods or internal support, but rel^ang for its strength
and stability upon tie-bauds, which, should be adequate to carry
the horizontal radial components which existed as tension or
compression at the top and bottom ends of the rafters. The
contour of the dome proposed, was rather a funicular polygon
than a semicircle, but the study, when reduced to the general
case, involved all forms of what might be termed a homoge-
neous dome.

The particular instance and application, Mr. Briggs said he
had already endeavored to elucidate in as popular a way as he
could, at a meeting of the Franklin Institute on Wednesday
last, and a report of the remarks would appear in the Journal
of the Institute at an early day, but what he wished to call the
notice of the members of the Philosophical Society to, was that
the general investigation of the equilibrium and strength of a
homogeneous dome of an egg-shell had never been considered.
The dome of equilibrium of our treatises on applied mechanics,
was a transformed catenary where the load on the chain varies
as (p/.^ in place of as a constant. This curve has the same
characteristic constant horizontal component as the ordinary
catenary ; and if a dome be constructed of this form, each part
is in equilibrium, and the entire strain is to be carried by the

Kane.] 380 [February.

abutments, or by a tie-band at the bottom. In the case of an arch
(or of its reverse, a suspension bridge), tliis disposition of the
load is proper, but, in domical structure, even when of stone
or brick, where the only tensional strength of each course as a
band, is that derived from the friction of superimposition, and,
more evidently yet, when of iron, there is no reason why all
the available strength of the materials should not be employed.

In brickwork domes, hoop-iron bands laid in the courses
would give immense strength.

But the great point to which he would call attention, was
the want of mathematical investigation. The subject embraced
not only domes and their varieties of thickness, but included a
flat plate, supported on all sides (or all around), and even of
this general and common case, we had no formula connecting
the strength of materials (either by compression or extension),
with surface and thickness.

No demonstration had shown whether the head of a cylinder
should be concave, or convex, or flat.

Mr. Briggs remarked that it was probable that some student,
following in the steps of M. Lame, would solve these problems ;
but now they stood a reproach to " applied mechanics," that
practical operations were inexplicable.

The minutes of the Board of Officers and Council at their
last meeting, were read.

Pending nomination, No. 586, and new nominations, Nos.
587 and 588, were read.

General T. S. Kane offered the following preamble and
resolution, which were considered and adopted :

Whereas^ There is reason to believe that the Northwestern
Territory, recently ceded to the United States by the Russian
Government, possesses resources, in productions and naval fa-
cilities, of much greater value and importance than has hither-
fore been supposed, the ^arly development of which, by explora-
tions in Geodesy and Natural History, is deemed to be of high
importance to the interests, both of science and of commerce,
therefore —

Besolved, That the officers of this Society be requested to
sign and transmit to Congress a memorial, asking the earliest
possible action for the commencement and execution of proper

1868.] 381

examinations, upon the coast and within the said territory, by
the oflieers of the Coast Survey, and others of competent sci-
entific ability and experience.

And the Society was adjourned.

Stated Meeting, March 6, 1868.

Present, ten members.

Dr. Wood, President, in the Chair.

Mr. John Welsh, a recently elected member, was intro-
duced, and took his seat.

Mr. Batchelder, a member of a corresponding Society,
was introduced.

Letters were read from Henry Barnard, Commissioner of
Education, February, 1868 ; from the University at Lund,
in Sweden, August, 1867, accompanying a donation for the
Library, and soliciting an exchange of publications ; from
the Imperial Academy of Sciences, at Vienna, November
26, 1867, announcing a donation for the Library ; and from
the Hon. Charles O'Neill, House of Representatives, Feb-
ruary 27, 1868, acknowledging the reception of the Socie-
ty's memorial, recommending a scientific examination of the
Territory of Alaska.

Donations for the Library were announced : From the
LTniversities at Christiania, Norway, and at Lund, Sweden ;
from the Imperial Academy at Vienna ; from Dr. F. C.
Noll, Editor of the " Zoological Garden ; " from Prof. Fr.
Zantedeschi, Venice ; from the Royal Astronomical Society
of London ; from the American Antiquarian Society ; from
Professor George W. Cook, Geologist of the State of New
Jersey ; from the Franklin Institute ; the publisher of the
Medical News ; and from Mr. Edward Miller.

On motion, ordered that the University at Lund be placed
on the List of Corresponding Societies, also be furnished with
the Transactions from the present volume.

Miller,] 3g2 [March.

Professor Cresson announced in an eulogium, the decease
of Sir David Brewster, who died February 10, 1868, aged 87.

The decease of Dr. Gibson, a member, was announced as
having occurred at Savannah on the 2d instant, aged 82 years.

Mr. Edward Miller laid on the table a series of photo-
graphic representations of remarkable rocks on the line of
the Eastern Division of the Union Pacific Railway, accompa-
nied by the following explanatory memoir :

The "Mushroom Rock" is an extraordinary freak of nature
in Kansas, in the valley of Alum, or, more probabl}^, Elm
Creek, for, in Western parlance, the latter is pronounced as if it
had two syllables, and it is difficult to distinguish between the
two words. It is near the line of the Union Pacific Railway,
B. D., usually known as the Kansas Pacific Railway. It is T
miles east of Fort Harker, formerly Fort Ellsworth, and is
about 496 miles west of St. Louis.

The railway in question begins at the mouth of the Kansas
River, at the Missouri State line, and it follows the valley of
the Kansas and of its main fork, the Smokj^ Hill, to their ex-
treme headwaters on the confines of Colorado, with the ex-
ception of the particular region in which these views were
taken. The general course of the Kansas and Smoky Hill
valleys is very direct, being nearly east and west ; but, be-
tween Salina and Fort Harker, the stream makes a great de-
tour to the south, and the railway cuts across the bend, saving
a distance of from 16 to 20 miles, and encountering an undu-
lating " cross-country " line, with three subordinate summits,
and as many valleys, of which Alum or Elm Creek is one. All
these flow southward into Smoky Hill.

On this cut-off line there is much bold and beautiful scenery.
The tops of the bluffs are crowned with rocky scarps, which
sometimes resemble long walls of regular masonry, and, at
times, take the forms of ruined buildings. One which I pro-
pose to call Castle Thunder, would, in Europe, be taken by any
casual traveller for an ancient castle, with towers and battle-
ments shattered by time, but still a noble ruin.

The "Mushroom Rock" has a stem about 10 feet high, 6
feet in diameter at the top, and 8 feet at the bottom. The cap
is an oval rock about 10 feet thick at the centre, and from 16

1868.] 383 LMiller.

to 20 feet across. This is a hard, tabulated sand-rock of a
dark color, with a shade of greeu in it, and apparently con-
tains some lime. The stem is a dirty white sand-rock, very
soft and friable. It is easily cnt with a pocket-knife, and can
be crumbled in the hands. There is a hole at the top of the
stem, shown in the picture, through which a child might creep.
The rocks here lie nearly horizontal, and the two strata,
forming the cap and stem, are re(/u!arlt/ in place in the " Mush-
room Rock." The valley in which it stands has been formed
by the rush of water, which has left here and there small islands
of the soft sand-rock, capped by portions of the hard stratum
above it ; and the running water first, and the rain, hail, and
dust storms of the Plains afterwards, have eroded the lower
stratum gradually, until at length the cap projected so far as
to protect the stem like an umbrella.

There is danger that this strange monument of nature's
slow and curious working, and which has so long resisted the
elements, may perish in a most inglorious manner, unless
measures are adopted for its protection. Almost every visitor
is smitten with the American propensity for immortality, which
he indulges by inscribing his name on the yielding stem with
his jack-lviiife. Mea culpa, I confess to have done the same.
It is b}" no means impossible that the "Mushroom Rock" will
be thus whittled away, and the last Vandal may be caught in a
trap when it falls.

A few hundred feet off there is another mushroom rock,
taller than that shown in our picture, but not so striking in
appearance, because the cap is smaller. There have been
several others in the vicinity, I believe. On the left side of
the picture the cap of one of them, which has fallen, may be
seen, and there are others of a like character around.

I have only to add to this, upon the authority of Dr. Le
Conte, that these strata belong to No. 1 Lower Cretaceous
Group, according to the classification of Meek and Hayden.

To the same formation belongs the " Inscription Rock," and
the figures upon it are inscribed on the same soft friable sand-
stone which forms the stem of the " Mushroom Rock." In
the admirable series of five photographs accompanying this
memoir, will be found a general view of this rock, and four
views of ditferent portions on a larger scale, showing the in-
scriptions, I will not call them hieroglyphics. While a very

Marsh.] gg^ [March.

large part of these are evidently Indian, and may have useful
or curious significations, there are others mixed with them
made by white men. Among the latter, I would indicate the
five-pointed star in a rude circle.

This rock is 15 miles southeast of Fort Harker, and 492
miles west of St. Louis. There are many others, covered in
like manner with rude aboriginal devices, in the West. It is
to be hoped that all may be copied as faithfully as this. These
may be, hereafter, very curious and valuable, as relics of a
race which is fast fading away, a race so irreclaimable and so
worthless, that it is difficult for the philanthropist to regret
their departure.

Pending nominations Nos. 586, 587 and 588 were read.
And the Society was adjourned.

Stated Meeting, March 20, 1868.

Present, eight members.

Prof. Cresson, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Donations for the Library were announced : from the
Royal Prussian Academy of Sciences at Berlin ; from the
Geographical Society of Paris; from the Essex Institute at
Salem ; from the Trustees of the Peabody Museum ; from
John Alexander Ferris, A.M., San Francisco ; from the
United States Naval Observatory ; from the Young Men's
Library Association of Cincinnati; from the Editors of the
Journal of Arts and Sciences ; from the Academy of Natural
Sciences at Philadelphia; from the Pennsylvania Institution
for the Instruction of the Blind ; and from P. B. Dyke.

Mr. P. E. Chase called the attention of the Society to an
article in the last number of the American Journal of Arts
and Sciences on the subject of revolving meteoric trains ob-
served at Dartmouth College and Iowa City.

Mr. Marsh, in reference to the shooting stars of November,
1867, stated that he had received a letter from B. R. Lewis,
Deputy U. S. Consul-General at Shanghai, from which he
read tlie following abstracts from the logs of vessels stationed
at that port :

1868.] 385 [Marsh.

U. S. Steamer " Ashuelot," Capt. Febiger :

November 15th, ISST, 4h. to 8h. a.m. Large number of
shooting stars to the N. and E., falling to the N., visible until
broad daylight. Clear and cold ; light N. W. winds.

U. S. Steamer " Monocacy," Capt. Carter :

November 15th, 1867. From midnight to 4h. a.m. At 2h.
5m. observed a number of meteors falling from the westward
towards the eastern portion of the heavens. This shower of
meteors continued till 4h., decreasing in numbers from 3h.,
and seven or eight being the largest number visible at one
time.

The largest one appeared to be travelling in an eastern di-
rection.

The sky was clear except a small bank of cumulus cloud over
the eastern horizon.

The largest meteors were very bright, and little larger than
stars of the first magnitude.

Barometer 30.36. Temperature fair; 38° at 2 o'clock, and
36° at 4 o'clock.

From 4h. to 8h. a.m. Between 4h. and 5h., observed several
meteors falling to the eastward.

The following notice of the same display is from the
Shanghai News Letter of January 16th :

From Mr. 0. B, Bradford of the U. S. Consular Ser\ice, we
obtained the following glowing account of the meteoric shower
of 186T, as witnessed by him not far from the Great Wall of
China. It was on the morning of the 15th November, while on
his way back from the Nankow Pass, and when about 50 miles
N.N.W. of Pekin, that Mr. Bradford observed these grand phe-
nomena of the heavens. The moon was shining brightly, and
occasional clouds were visible in the southwest heavens, while
the wind came in pufts from the mountain ranges to the north-
west, when at about 5.15 a.m., his attention was first attracted
by the wild shouting of his guide, and he was not a little startled
to find himself a witness to the annual meteoric shower in that
quarter of the world. The grand spectacle was displayed in an
arc of not less than 120° in the northeastern portion of the fir-
mament, which at times seemed to be rent in twain from about

VOL. X. — 8b

Marsh.] 33g [April.

25° of the zenith, by solid masses of luminous bodies, of various
magnitudes and surprising brilliancy, which darted in dazzling
confusion across his vision, and again several hundred of these
meteors of different sizes would be observed at the same time,
all emitting the most intense light, and the nebulae of the
largest lasting sometimes three minutes. One of these mon-
sters shone with a distinctive brightness above that of the
moon, as it issued from about 15° of the north star, and passed
vertically below the horizon, giving forth as it fell coruscations
of various bright colors, and when disappearing its nebulse re-
sembled a waterspout in high latitudes. It was not until quite
6.30 A.M. that the approaching dawn began to dim the glory of
this fiery exhibition, and the rising sun soon brought an end to
the exciting display.

These accounts are interesting and valuable as showing
that the relative position of the several branches of the grand
meteoric stream was quite different from that observed when
the earth passed through it the year previous.

The observations of 1866 afforded no ground for expecting
this Asiatic display of 1867.

Nominations Nos. 586, 587 and 588 were read.

On motion it was ordered that the North China branch of
the Royal Asiatic Society be placed on the list of corre-
sponding societies for exchange.

And the Society was adjourned.

Stated Meeting, April 3, 1868.

Present, sixteen members.

Dr. Wood, President, in the Chair.

Letters were read : From the University at Lund, in Sweden,
dated March 9, 1868, inviting attendance at the celebration
of their 200th anniversary, commencing on the 6th of June,
1868. When, on motion, the President was authorized to
appoint one or more members of this Society to attend this
anniversary celebration. From the Secretary of the Smith-
sonian Institution, March 24, 1868, requesting information

18«8-] 387 [James.

of any records in the Society's Library concerning the amount
of rain-fall in the United States; from the Portland Society
of Natural History, March 30, 1868, requesting to be sup-
plied with copies of the Proceedings of this Society ; and
from the Philosophical Society of Glasgow, Sept. 24, 1867,
soliciting an exchange of the publications. Also, from the
Natural History Society at Altenberg, Nov. 15, 1867 ; from
the Philosophical Society of Glasgow, Sept. 24, 1867, and
from the Secretary of State for Canada, March 16, 1868,
announcing donations for the Library ; and the Royal Bava-
rian Academy of Sciences, accompanying a donation for the
Library, and returning thanks for Nos. 75 and 76 of the
Proceedings.

Donations for the Library were announced : From Acade-
mies,— the Eoyal Bavarian, of Sciences, and the American, of
Arts and Sciences at Boston. From Societies, — the German
Union at Altenberg ; of Arts, at London ; the Geological, of
London; the Meteorological, of London; the Philosophical, of
Glasgow; the Geological, of Glasgow; the Cambridge Mass.
Philosophical; the Boston Natural History; and the Chicago
Historical: from the Secretary of State for Canada; from
the Chicago Reform School; the Public Library of Cin-
cinnati; the Franklin Institute, and from Dr. S. W. Beck-
with, of Philadelphia.

Mr. Thomas P. James related some incidents which had
occurred with regard to the Pursh MS. Journal, which he had
recently obtained permission of the Society to publish.
Having that object in view, in a measure, he read interesting
and amusing portions at the supper given in New York by
the Botanical Club in honor of Dr. John Torrey ; whereupon,
Prof. Gray remarked that he had a map which was evidently
one used by Pursh on this route, and which he would take
pleasure in presenting to the Society. The report of the
doings at this supper were published, and being read by Prof.
E. Tuckerman of Amherst, it induced him to communicate to
Mr. James the history of the map and the manner of its re-
turn to this country. Prof. Tuckerman attended the sale
of the Botanical Museum of A. B. Lambert, Esq., the well-

388 . [^P"i-

known patron of Pursh, at London, in June, 1842, and he
bought two of the lots, one "a small collection of good North
American plants, of Nuttall, Baldwin, Frazer, Booth, and
others, including many species from Labrador, about 150
plants, a small cabinet," the other "a bundle of miscellaneous
plants. North America, &c.," and upon examining the con-
tents of the latter, he found this map, which he presented to
Prof. Gray; the plants comprised those of Pursh's collections
that were not mounted (the two packages he gave to the
Academy of Natural Sciences). The Journal and map are
now, after a separation of sixty years, united, and in the
possession of this Society. The map is a copy which he
made of an old damaged one, found at the tavern at Muni-
sink, on the 12th June, 1807.

On motion, ordered that the Philosophical Society of Glas-
gow be placed on the list of corresponding societies.

Pending nominations Nos. 586, 587 and 588 were read.

On motion, it was resolved that the letter of Prof. Henry
be referred to Dr. Coates, with a request that he will com-
municate to Prof. Henry the observations on rain-fall made
at the Pennsylvania Hospital,

Dr. Hayden gave an account of the series of Indian photo-
graphs which he had procured for the Society.

On motion, ordered that the Treasurer be instructed to
pay the bill for the photograph Indian representations.

And the Society was adjourned.

Stated Meeting, April 17, 1868.

Present, fourteen members.

Prof. Cresson, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Letters were read : From the Royal Academy of Sciences
at Amsterdam, Oct. 12, 1867; from the Royal Saxon So-
ciety of Sciences at Leipsig, Nov. 29, 1867; and from the
Holland Society of Sciences at Harlem, Jan. 12, 1868, each
accompanying donations for the Library ; and from the Royal

1868 ] 389 [Hayden.

Society of Sciences at Amsterdam, Oct. 12, 1867, acknowl-
edging the receipt of No. 76 of the Proceedings of this
Society.

Donations for the Library were announced : From the
Royal Academy of Sciences at Amsterdam : Societies — the
Imperial, of Naturalists at Moscow ; the Royal Saxon, of
Sciences at Leipsig; the Holland, of Sciences, at Harlem ; the
Bath and West of England, Agricultural ; the Portland
Natural History, and the Wisconsin State Historical ; from
the Young Men's Association of Buffalo; the Geological Sur-
vey of Iowa; the Mercantile Library Company of Phila-
delphia ; the publishers of the American AtheniTeum, New
York ; and from Mr. Edward Miller.

Dr. F. V. Hayden presented a paper in relation to the
languages of certain tribes of Indians inhabiting the region
of the Upper Missouri.

BRIEF NOTES ON THE PAWNEE, WINNEBAGO,
AND OMAHA LANGUAGES.

BY F. V. HAYDEN, M.D.

In presenting these brief vocabularies for publication at
this time, I beg permission to state here, that they are only
preliminary to an extensive work in preparation, to form a
second part of a memoir entitled " The Ethnography and Phi-
lology of the Indian Tribes of the Missouri Yalle}^," the first
part of which has already been published in the Transactions
of this Society. The materials which compose this paper were
collected by me, during the past season, while conducting the
United States Geological Survey of the State of Nebraska, in
the form of rough notes, and it occurred to me that, inasmuch
as life is uncertain, and but little value could be derived from
these notes by any one but myself in their manuscript form,
it would be advisable, if they were of any value to science,
to preserve them in the Transactions of some learned society-,
in advance of the more elaborate work, which may not be com-
pleted for many }■ ears. No pursuit has ever given me greater
pleasure than the study of the languages and customs of our
native tribes, and it would be my choice to give my undivided
attention to those researches, but all mj' labors in that direction

Hayden.] 390 fApril.

must ever be incidental to other duties. But few seem to be
aware of the rich field that is open to the student in this coun-
try, in the careful examination and collection of materials that
will show the structure of our aboriginal languages. The time
is past when simple vocabularies or lists of words will answer
the demands of science. We must know something also of the
grammatical forms and idiomatic expressions in order that we
may estimate the plane of thought to which each tribe belongs.
It seems to me, therefore, more important to secure as far as
possible the forms of expression peculiar to each language, so
that a more critical comparison of the different stocks and dia-
lects may be made. It is my purpose, at some future time, to
make a careful comparison of all the Indian languages spoken
in the Missouri Valley, and to write a history of each tribe, if
sufficient material can be collected. In this preliminary notice,
therefore, I shall not treat of the past history of the three tribes
referred to in this paper. I would simply state here that my
experience has led me to believe that no confidence can be
placed in the traditional history of any tribe, very few Indians
remembering events, even back to the period of their bo^ hood,
with any degree of accuracy. Nothing therefore of a mere
traditional character can be accepted as materials of history.
The languages of the difi'erent tribes are continually under-
going changes, although these changes seem to be those of
form rather than of structure. I cannot ascertain that any
new grammatical features have ever been introduced within the
memory of man. The sounds of the letters are the same as
those employed in my former memoir, and to it the reader is
referred.

Pawnee Grammatical Forms and Phrases.

I am indebted to the kindness of Mrs, E. S. Piatt, for many
years a teacher among the Pawnees, and now superintendent
of the Government School on the Reservation, for valuable in-
formation. She informs me that nouns expressing relationship
are declined, but none others.

Nom., a-ti'-is, \ a-ti'-ra, \

Poss., as, V- father. us'-sus, V mother.

Obj., i-a'-sti, ) i-sha'-sti, )

1868.]

391

[Iliiyden.

i-da'-di,
u-r'ats,
i-ra't-sti,

>• brother.

i-ta'-hi,

ut'-at,

i-ta'hi,

>- sister.

ti-wa'-ci-riks,

> uncle.

a-ti'-put,

^

i-wa'-ri-iks,
pa-ci-riks,

u'p-ut,
i-po'k-ti,

V- grandfather.

a-t'i-ka,

u'k-a,

i-ka'-di.

>■ grandmother.

ko'-ta-ti,
ko'-ta-si,
ku'-ta,

mine.

3'ours.

his.

tut-pa'-ko, I speak,
tus-pa'-ko, you speak,
i-di-wa'-ko, he speaks.

lat, I or me.
la'-su, you.
ti'-dak, him.
las, you or thou.

tut-ii'ks-pa-ko, I have spoken,
kilsh-ti-wa'-ko, I will speak.

ta-ho'k, I do it.
tus-to'k, 3'ou do it.
ti-r'ok, he does it.

tuts-ta'-iit, I steal,
tus-ta'-ut, you steal,
tit-ta'-ut, he steals.

ka-ka'h-na, I have none,
ka-ka's-ta, you have none,
ka-ki'-da, he has none,
ka-ka'h-na-ka't-su, I have no melons,
to-di'h-la-ku-st'i-u, I have some, I will give j^ou some,
ta'h-la, I have,
ter'-i, (imp.) take it.
we-ta't-tuh, I go now.

ti-wa'-ko, to say or speak,
ki-du'-rat, where have they gone ?
ti-he-tu'-ka-tit, she has gone out.
ish-tu-ku'-shi-a, she will come again.

Hayden.] 302 [April.

tut-di-we'-rit-ciks, I lost my mind, I forgot it.
tus-di-we'-rit-ciks, you forgot it.
kit-a-ke'-rus-hu-r'ei-ko, what do you mean ?
tut-pa'-wa, I eat.
tus-pa'-wa, you eat.
ti-wa'-wa, he eats,
ci-wi-tu'h-a-ka-wa'-cis, I am still eating.

ci-wi-ti'-a-ka-wa-'cis, he is still eating.

kit-a'-ka-wa'-cis, I would like to eat.

tus-a'-ka-wa'-cis, you may eat.

tu-r'op, I trade.

tus-to'p, you trade.

ti-ro'p, he trades.

tu't-pi-du, I whip.

tu's-pi-du, you whip.

ti'-pi-du, he whips.

tuh-re'-wat, I look.

tus-te'-wat, you look.

ti-re'-wat, he looks.

siiks-te'wat, look (imp.)
kesh-te'wat, will you look ?

tut-pu'r-i, I walk,
tus-pu'r-i, you walk.
ti-pu'r-i, he walks,
siiks-pur-i, walk (imp.)
kesh-pu'r-i, will you walk ?

si'k-sa, come here.

sik-sa-hu'-ru, come this way (speaking from a distance)

lu'-du, go away.

tuh-a-rok, I sing,
tu's-ta-rok, you sing.
t'i-da-r5k, he sings,
su'ks-ta-rok, sing (imp.)
ke'sh-ta-rok, will you sing ?

we-ta'-ta-pits, I break anything,
we-ta'-sa-pits, you break,
we-t'i-a-pits, he breaks,
ti'-a-pits, broken.

1868.] 393 IHayden.

ta-tu'-ku-kii, I dance,
ta-su'-ku-kn, you dance,
ti-ku'-ku, he dances, to dance,
suks-su'-ku-ku, (imp.) dance,
kes'h-u-ku-ku, will you dance.

tut-a-pi'-re-liu\ I love.

tus-ta-pi'-re-hu, j'ou love.

ti-ra-pi'-re-hu, he loves.

suks-ta-pi'-re-hu, (imp.) love.

kesh-ta-pi'-re-hu, will you love.

ki't-i-ku-we-ti'-ra-pi'-re-hu, perhaps he will come to love.

ti-rau'-sha, to smoke.

ti-ka-rau-is-ka, I have a mind to smoke.

suks-ta-ka'-wa-di, fill the pipe.

ki-wa'k-skuts, coldest moon, January,
pa-hu-ta'-wi-o, when grass begins to start, March,
pu-hu'-wut-u'-rik, the cold weather is breaking up, April,
kat, last of summer, August.

ki-sa'-to, moon before cold weather commences, September,
nut'k, snake moon, October,
ki-wa'ks'k, December.

i-ka'-dik-i-ku't-ni-ka'-ti-ha, half season. The Pawnees have
tw^o seasons, summer and winter, 6 moons, 6 months.

as-te'-ri, Rickara man.
sas-te'-ri, Rickara woman,
pa-se-k'a-ri, Blacksmith,
spa-se-ka'-ri. Blacksmith's wife,
le'-tsi-kots. Big Knife, American man.
ste'-tei-kots, American woman,
o-ma'-ha, Omaha man.
co-ma'-ha, Omaha woman,
pa'-sa-we'-ri, Oto man.
spa'-sa-we'-ri, Oto woman,
o'k-tuk-a, Winnebago man.
c6'k-tuk-a, Winnebago woman,
ki-di-ku'-riiks. Pawnee Picts man.
ski-di-ku'-ruks. Pawnee Picts woman,
ca'-re-rat, Dakota man.
VOL. X. — 3c

Hayden.] 394. lApril.

ci-ca'-re-rat, Dakota woman,
ku't-a-ka, Ute man.
sku't-a-ka, Ute woman,
la-lap'-a-ho, Arapoho man.
la-lap'-a-ho-ca-pat', Arapoho woman.

a-rik' a-dik, a-rus, a horse.

us-a-ta'-ka, a white horse.

us-a-wa'-ki, a spotted horse.

us-a-ka'-tit, a black horse.

us-a-pa't, a red or sorrel horse.

us'-a-la-ka'-ta, a yellow horse.

us-a-ki'-da, a roan horse.

us-a-wit, a stallion.

pi-ka-ru's, a gelding.

us-a-ki'-sta, a lame horse.

a-ra'-sa-ti-ki-da'-wa, a sick horse.

ca'-hiks-tu'-da-he, a good man.

ka-ko'h-i, "no good."

ca-hiks-tuh-e, a handsome man.

ti-ku'-ki-da'-wa, I am sick.

tus-ki-da'-wa, you are sick.

tik-i-da'wa, he is sick.

ka-la-ki-da-wa, is he sick?

ko'k-so-ku-hu'ru, give me some medicine.

ka'-la, is the sign of a question, and is not used alone.

ka-la-ki'-ra, is there water ?

ka-la-sta-he-kots, are you brave.

ka-la-si'-di-da'-hi-kots, will you be brave.

ka-la-sto'k, will you do it.

ka-la-se-ci'ks-kus, have you sense.

ka-ka'-se-ci'ks-kus, you have no sense.

ka-la-ska'-du-sta, have you a bag or sack.

ka-la-ska'-wa-kit, are you full.

we-tut-ka'-wa-kit, I am full.

ke't-ski, how many ?

ke't-ski-du-da'-ru, what is the number ?

ti-tu'-la-du, that is the number.

kit-a-ke'-rus-hu-re'i-ko, what do you mean.

ti-ke'-uts, long or tall.

1868.1 395 fHayden.

tut-hu-de-ke'-vits, I am tall,
tus-lui-de-ke'-uts, you are tall.
ti-liu-(le-ke'-uts, he is tall,
pa'-li, perhaps,
i'-ri-ti, it is true,
tat-so-hu'ru, rain,
we-ta't-so-hur, it is going to rain,
tat-so-hu'-ru-hu, a great rain,
us'k'a, 1.
pi't-ku, 2.
ta'-wit, 3.
ski'-tiks, 4.
si'-huks, 5.
skiks-sa'-pits, 6.
pi't-ku-si'ks-sa-pits, T.
ta-wi'k-sa-pits, 8.
d-huk-s'i-di-wa, 9.
d'-hu'k-si-di, 10.
usk-o-hu'-kit, 11.
pit-ku-shu'-shi-di, 12.
ta-w'i-di-huk-sh'i-di, 13.
l-ku'-kit, 14.
si-uk's-ta-lu'-kit, 15.
su'-da-wi, 16.
ta-wi't-ka-ki, 17.
pit-kiis-ka-ki, 18.
us-ku-k'a-ki, 19.
pi-ta'-o, 20.
pi-ta'-usk, 21.
pi-ta'-o-pi't-ku, 22.
pi-ta'-o-ta-wit, 23.
pi-ta'-o-ski-tiks, 24.
pi-ta'-o-si-huks, 25.
pi-ta'-o-skiks-sa-pits, 20.
pi-ta'-o-pit-ku-si'ks-sa-pits, 27.
pi-ta'-o-ta-wi'k-sa-pits, 28.
pi-ta'-o-d'hiik-s'i-di-wa, 29.
d-hu'k-si-di-wi-ta'-o, 30.
pi-ta'-o-us-ko-hu'-kit, 31.
pi-ta'-o-pit-ku-shu'-shi-di, 32.
pi-ta'-o-ta-wi'-di-huk-shi'-di, 33.

Hayden.] 39 g [April.

pi-ta'-o-la-ku'-kit, 34.
pi-ta'-o-si-uks-tOrlu'-kit, 35.
pi-ta'-o-su-(ia'-wi, 36.
pi-ta'-o-ta-wit'-ka-ki, 31.
pi-ta'-o-pit-ku'-ska-ki, 38.
pi-ta'-o-us-ku'-ka-ki, 39.
pit-ku'-shu-ra'-ru, 40.
pit-ku'-shu-da'-usk, 41.
pit-ku'-shu-da'-ru-pi't-ku, 42.
pit-kii'-shu-da-ru-ta'-wit, 43.
pit-ku'-shu-da-ru-ske-tiks, 44,
pit-ku'-shu-da-ru-si-huks, 45.
pi't-ku-shu-da'-ru-d'hu'k-si-di, 50.

pi't-kii-shu-da'-ru-u'sk-o-hu'-kit, 51. ,

ta-wi'-da-ru, 3 men, 60.
ski-ti'ks-ta-ru, 4 men, 80.
si-hu'ks-ta-ru, 5 men, 100.
pit-ku'-shi-ra-ru'-ca-hiks ,800.
pit-ku'-shi-ra-ru-d'huk-si-di-ca-hiks, 1000.
skiks-sa'-pits-ta-rvi, 6 men, 120.
pit-ku-sik's-sa-pits-ta-ru, 1 men, 140.
ta-wi't-sa-pits-ta-ru, 8 men, 160.
d'hvik-si-di-wa-ru-ca-hiks, 9 men, 180.
d'huk-si-di'-da-du, 10 men, 200.
si-huk's-ta-ra-kit'-a-wi-da-iTi, 300.
pi-ta'-o-ca'-hiks, 20 men, 400.
pi-ta'-o-si-hu'ks-ca-hiks, 25 men, 500.
d'hu'k-si-di-wi-ta'-o-ca-hiks, 600.
pi-ta'-o-si-hix'ks-ta-ru-kit, 700.
pit-ku'-shi-ra-ru-ca'-hiks, 800.
pit-ku'-slii-ra'-ru-si-huks-ca'-hiks, 900.
pit-ku'-shi-ra-ru-da-ku-da-di-liu, the great 40, 800.

The Lord's Prayer in Pawnee.

a-tis' ti-la-ki'-tnk o-le-sa'-ro ko'-te-si la-kut-ka-uk

(Our) Father sitting above name thy let it be heard

la-wa-ri'-tit tus-ki't-a-mit ca-hi'ks-sta ki't-u ku-shi-hu'-las
always thou rulest men all may they obtain

1868.] 397 [Hayden.

cl'ks-sa ko'-ta-si ka-si-ki't-a-wit ti'-da o-ra'-ru ti'-tuk i'-ri-ko'-to
mind thine be thou ruler this earth here as

tus-kl't-a-wit ti-hi'sk' ko-ko'k-so ti-ti' ti'-a-ka-wa'c

thou art ruler where thou art, give thou us to-day food,

ka-si-a'-wa o-pi'-ru tu-hu'k i-ri-ko'-to tut-i-a'-wa

cast thou away the wrong- I have done as I cast away

o-pi'-ru ca'-hiks ti-ro'k us-ka-lu'-rit tut-pur'-i tus-kit'-a-wit
the wrong- men do with whom I travel, as thou wilt

ka-ki ha'-wa tut-i-da'-it ci-ik'sa o-p'i-ru ka-su-ta-ci'ks-ta
no more will I know mind evil watch thou over me

ka'-ki ta-ho'k o-p'i-ru tus-ki't-a-wit i-ri't tus-k'it-a-wit
not I do evil thou rulest truly thou rulest

la-wa-r'i-tit tu-da-he'

(forever) all the time it is well

a-lu'k-o-wa'-ko

ki't-u

they say

all

ko'-to-tu's-to'k

that thou doest.

A, exclamation of assent ; E in Crow, or hoiv in Dakota.
All, ki't-u, all, the whole.
Alive, ti'-kist.
Alone, a'ts-kut.

ats-ku't-i-wa'-ri, something alone.
Ankle, a-su'-ta-w'i-o.

~^ a'-di-ka'-tus, a male antelope.
' j u's-ka, a female antelope.
Ant, p'i-ta-ru.
Arm, pid.
Arrow, II ks.
Arrow-point, ka-w'i-o.
Autumn, li'ts-koh.
Axe, ka-ta'-ruk.

Back, lits-ta'-ku.

Bad, ka-ku'-hi.

Bag, ka-du's, ca-ka-du's, a woman's satchel or sack.

Bark, lits-ku's.

Hayden.] 398 [April-

t

Beak, cush, beak or nose.

Bear, ko-ro'ks.

Beard, a-ka'-da-rus.

Bean, a-ti't, a-ti't-di-w'i-dn, a round bean or pea.

Bead, ki-di'ks.

Beaver, ki-tu'ks.

ki-tu'k-si-ha'-ri, a j^oung beaver.
Bird, li-ku'ts, all kinds of birds,
li-ta'-kuts, an eagle,
ka'-put, red-headed woodpecker,
ki-ta'-wi-kuts, a kind of hawk.
Boat, la-ko-ho'-a.
Body, ki-sik'-i-it.
Bone, ki'-su.
Bow, ti-ra'-kish.
Boy, pi- riis'-ki.

ti'-ki, a little boy.
pi-diis'-ki-de-put'-ski, a small child,
pi-diis'-ko-ta'-ti, my boy.
Black, ti-ka'ti.
Blackbird, li-ku't-ska-ti.
Bladder, ka-sit'-ki-da.
Blood, pa '-til.
Blue, ki-da'di-iis.
Box, da'-ku.

Book, la-wi-ha'-ka-da'-i-tus.
Bread, i-ce'-ta.
Breech-cloth, ka-di'-o-ka'wi.
Brother, i-da'-di.

i-da'di-ko-ta'-ti, my brother.
Buffalo, ke-wi'-i-ku, a male buffalo,
ta-da'ha, a female buffalo,
a-de-paat, a calf,
ta'-ha-ra-ta'-ka, a domestic cow.
Burn, ti-ta'-ra-ri, to burn.

Call, ti-wa'-ka-da'du, to call.
Cat, pak-sits'-ka-ri-wi, wild cat.
pak-stit'-ko-kits, a panther.
Chicken, u'-ut, prairie chicken.
Chief, li-sha'-i.

1868.1 399 [Hayden.

Coat, la-ka'-si.

Cold, to-pit'-si, toli-pit'-si.

ti-pit'-si-lei-e'-ksi, very cold.

toh-pit'-si-hi'-di-diits, exceedingly cold.
Corn, li-ki'-is, liks, an ear of corn.

li-ki-spa'-kuts, grain of any kind.
Copper, pa-pi-ci-spa.
Crow, ka-'ka.
Cry, ti-ki'-knt, to cry.

wi-to-ki-kut, crying.

Darkness, ti-ka-tits'-tat.

Daughter, co-ra-ki'-ko-ta'-ti, my daughter.

Death, mi'ti-kut. •

Deer, a-di'-ka-da, a male deer.

ta-a, female.

ta'-ka-tit, black-tailed deer.
Dog, a-sa'-ki.
Door, li-ka'wi-u.
Drink, ti-ki-ik', to drink.

wi-ti'-ki-ka, he is drinking.
Duck, ki'-i-nuks, ki'-sat.

Ear, ut-ka-ha'-a.

ka-ha'-ka-ta'-ni-hu, big ears.

ka-ha'-ki-its, long ears.

ka-wa'-kits, a mule.
Eat, ti-wa'-wa, to eat.

its-ti-wa'-wa, eating potatoes.

wi'-ti-wa'wa, he is eating.
Earth, O-ra'-ru, earth, ground, land.
Egg, li-pi'-ku.
Elbow, ta-ruc'-i-is.

Elk, pah, a male elk.

ta-wa'-tush, female elk.

pi-pa'-di, little elk.
Enemy, ca-hi'ks-o-pi'd, an enemy, or a man of different tribe.
Evening, wi-ti'-sa-ku'-ri-sut, when the sun goes down,
co-sput-sa'-wi-o, a silver ear-bob.

Face, ska'-u.

Hayden.] 400 [April.

Far off, kits-ti-kut's.
Fat, a-hit-ki ; ti'-hit, fat meat.
Father, a-ti-sku'-ta-ti, my father,
a-ti-sku'-ta-si, your father,
a-ti-sku'-ta, his father.
Feather, hit'k.

Finger, ske'ts-skuts, large finger,
ske't-spit, little finger,
ske't-si-ka-di'-ka, middle finger.
Finger-nail, iks-pit'.
Fire, lak-tit', lak-ti'it.
Fish, kat-si'-ik.

pak-sa'k-n, cat-fish.

na-do-ni'ts, iiickory shad.

nat-sa-hish, gar fish.

kat-si'-ha-ka'-ka-ta'-ku, shovel fish.

cat-ka-tus, sun-fish.
Flint, ta-hu'-ru, flint for a gun.
Flour, tup'-a.

Flower, ki'-re-ta-ra-ka'-ta, sun-flower.
Fly, spi-da'-rus, horsefly.

sa'-dit, green-fly.

a-se'tz, mosquito.
Food, a-ka-ma'-cis.
Foot, a'-su.
Forever, la-ho'-di.
Forest, a-di'-ha-ta'-du, timber.
Forenoon, ki-ka-ni-ska, forenoon, morning.
Frost, ti-hu'di-dus.

Girl, cu-da-ki'-de-put'-ski, a small girl.
Glass, kot-ski'da, a glass vessel of any kind.
Gold, pa-pi-cis-tah-a-ta.
. Gone, mi-ti'-ut, he is gone.
Good, tu-da'-hi, to'hi.
Goose, ka-to-rut.

ka-to-ni-ta-ka, a white goose.
Grape, ki-suts.
Grass, ka-ta'-ru.

a-rut', dried grass or hay.
ti-hi'-di-hu, tall grass.

1868.1 401 [Hayden.

Great, tid'-i-hii, large or great.
Green, tet-a'-di-us.
Gun, ti-da'-ku.

Hail, kat.
Hair, us.

puk-skats, gra5'^-haired.
Hand, iks.

Handsome, ta-so'-hi, handsome, pretty.
Hawk, pi-a'k-i.
Head, paks.

Hear, ta-tut-ko'k, he hears.
Heart, pi'-tsu.
Heap, ti-ka'di, a heap, much.

ti-k'a-o-pid', a heap of stars.
Heel, a-ska'-ki-dit.
Here, ti'tuk.
Hill, j ti-wa'-ri-ki'its, \ ^ ^ ^ ^^

I pa-o-ti'-di-ho, ) & » i

Hog, ko'h-o.
Horn, a-rik' or a-d'ik.

te-ra-ha'-dik, a horn spoon.
Horse,

Hot, ta-ni-dits'.
House, a-ka-ru.

wi-ti'-kak, ")
wi-ti'-ka, )

in the house.

Ice, na-si-it.

Indian, ^a-hi'ks-i-ca-hi'ks, red man.

Interpreter, pu'k-a-o.

Island, a-wa'-u.

Kettle, kuts'K.

kuts-ta'-ka, a white kettle (tin).

kiits-ta-ka'ta, a yellow kettle (brass).

kuts-ki'-di-buts'k, a small kettle.

kuts-a'-ri-ka, tea kettle, or kettle with a horn.
Kill, wi-tu't-ku-tit.
Knife, ni-cik.

Lame, ti-ki'-sta.

VOL. X. — 3d

Hayden.] 4Q2 fApril.

Laugh, ti-nu'sk.

wi-ti-wu'sk', lie is laughing.
Lead, ti'-ra-ka-wi'-u, lead balls.
Leaf, ski'-ka-dak.
Legging, o-ko'-o-ko.
Leg, kas.

Lightning, ti-wa'-wa-pits.
Liner, ka'-dik.

Lodge, ka-dit-sa'-hiks, a skin lodge.
Long, ti-ki-it's.

ka-ki'-da-ki, not long.
Look, tut-u-ti'-di-ku, he looked on,
Love, ta-ha-pi'-di-hu, I think much of it, I love it.

ta-sta-pi'-di-hu, you love it.

tut-a'-cist, he loves it or thinks much of it.

Make, ti-ro'k, to make.
Man, pit'a.

ca-hi'ks-ta-ka, a white man.
Mean, lu-ta'-si-ka'-wi-tut, you are a mean fellow.
Midday, sa-ku'-ri-ka'-dik.
Midnight, i-du's-i-ka'-dik.
Morning, wi-ta-hls, when day is breaking.
Moon, pah.

Mother, a-ti'-ra-ko'-ta-ti, my mother.
Mouth, a-ka'-u.
Muskrat, ki-tu'k'k.

Navel, ni-wa'ts.
Near, ti-ks-ku-rit.
Neck, pa-hi'ks-kis.
No, ka'-ki.
Nothing, ka-ku'-ut.

Oar, kits-ka-wi'-da-hak.

Oats, j ;^;^^^^-«^';ko-ta, I ^^^^^ f^^^^ f^^ ij^^3g,_

' C li-ki-spa -kuts, ) ■

Old, ku-da'-hush.

cus't, old woman.
On, ti-hu'-ki-ta'-sa, on, on top.
Otter, ki-ta'hut.

1868.] 403 [Hayden.

Outside, kit-ka-hai'-in.
Owl, pa-ho'-du.

Partridge, at-kas.

Patella, pa-kis', knee-cap, knee-pan.
Pepper, kjits-ka'-pit, black pepper.
Perhaps, ki'-di-ku.

ki'-di-ku-i'-rit, may be it is so, perhaps it is so.
Pipe, ut-a-nis'ka-ru.
Potato, Its.
Powder, it-ka'-du.

a-di'-ki, powder-horn.
Pumpkin, pa-ho'ks.

pa-ho'ks-pa-hat, red pumpkin.

pa-ho'k-sa-das, water-melons.

nus'-ki-dis, squash.
Prairie-dog, as-kut'-ski.
Prickly Pear, pi'-da-ha'-tus.

Rabbit, pa-dus', rabbit of any kind,
pa-dus'-skuts. Jack rabbit,
pa-du's-ka-to'-ha, small rabbit.
Rain, tat-so'-a.

we-ta'-tso-a, it rains.

ta-tso-wa'ist, it is going to rain.
Red, pa-ha't.
River, ti-kit'-su,

ti-ki'ts-kit-ta'-wi-o-w^a, a creek.

kits-ta-tus, shallow river, the Platte.

kits-wa-ru'k-sti, medicine river, the Missouri.
Road, ha-to'-du.
Robe, tat-ka-tu'k-iish.
Round, tit-a-hu-dus.

Salt, ka'-it.

Scalp, puk-sit-skus.

Seat, ki-da-ri'k, seat or rump.

See, tu-tu'-di-ku, he sees it.

Silver, pa-pi'-cis-ta'-ka.

Sinew, as-ka't-ski.

Sing, ti'-da-ruh, to sing.

Sister, i-ta'-hi, my sister ; used by the men.

Hayden.] 404 [April.

Sheep, a-ri'k-i-dits, ovis montana.
Ship, la-ko'-wa-ni-ksti, a steamboat, sacred boat.
Shoulder, kit-ska'-his.
Skilful, ti-ri'-us.
Sky, ti-da'-wa.

Slough, ki-wa-ha'-ui, lake, slough.
ki-Tva-ha'kuts, big slough.
Skin, ska-dit'k, uutauued skin.

ca-hok, a buffalo-robe.
Small, ki-di-pu'ts'k.
Smoke, da-wis'h.

Smooth, ta-pa'-rits, slick, smooth.
Snipe, paks-ki'-ra-ruts, bald-headed bird.
Snow, hu-da'-o.

wi-tu'-sa, it is snowing.
Soup, ki'-ra-rit, soup or broth.

ket-ki'-ra-rit-ki'-ka, I am drinking broth.
Speak, ti-wa'-ku, he speaks, he says.

suk-spvi'k-o, speak, (imp.)
Spear, u-ruk-sis.
Spirit, le-ka't-sa-o, ghost, the dead.

ti-da'-wa, the great Spirit.
Spring, ti-kits-ka-wa'-ta-ku, a spring of water.

kits-to'ks, water standing on high laud.
Squirrel, sk'i-pis.
Star, o-pi'd, op'i-rit.

te-ra-tu'p-uts, Venus, evening star.
Stomach, la-ca'-kits.
Still, ci-r'u, at it still, continually.
Stone, ka-ri't'k.

ci-r'u-pa-hi't, stop, be still.

ka-rit-kuts, ) i • i 4.

., , . , ,. , r big rock or stone,
ka-ri't-ki-to'-di-hu, ) *='

Strike, tit-a'-hi, to strike.

Strong, tit-a-ra'h-is.

Summer, I'i-ut.
Sugar, la-ki'ts.
Sun, sha-ko'-ru.
That, ti'-rak.
There, ti-ha'-tuk.

1868.] 405 [Hayden.

This, ti'-ras.

Thigh, ne-da-ho'h-kis.

Thunder, ti-ki'-di-du.

Tie, tuts-ta'-ri-wa-ri'-ku, he ties anything.

Toad, sko-ra'-klks ; ka-wa-tu's-skuts, a frog.

To-morrow, la-h'i-sa.

Tomahawk, ka-ta'-ra-pu'k-ski.

Tooth, a'-du.

Trail, o-to'-ro.

Tree, la-ki's, tree or wood.

la-k'i-di-buts'k, a shrub or small tree.

ti-hu'-ki-ta'-hu, on the tree. ^

Tripe, pa-da-ri't-skus, tripe of a cow.

ski-d'i-ka, the eyes, rough surface of tripe.
Turtle, o-ca's.

Yellow, ti-r'ah-a-ta.

Yes, i'-dit.

Yesterday, ti-r'ak-ca-ka'-dik.

ti-ra'-ku-i-ka't-i-ha'-ru, the present season, this
year.
You, lash.
Young, pi-du's-ki.

Useless, ka-ku'-re-hi, no account, useless.

Walk, ti-w'a-ri, he walks.

Wampum, ki-dik's-ut-ka-hu'-da-wis.

War club, la-ki'-de-wat-sa'-ku.

Warrior, a-ri-pa'kus, a warrior, or brave.

Water, kits'u, ki-da-ri'k-sis, big water, sea.

Weak, ka-ka'ts-ta-ra'h-is.

Weed, i'-du, weed, grass.

What? ka? la-ki'du-ca'-hiks, what person.

Who, ta-k'i-du.

White, tit-a'-ka.

Wife, ca-pat-ku'-ta-ti, a married woman.

Wind, ho-to'-ro, o-to'-du.

Winter, pi'-ci-kut.

Wish, ti-nits'k, he wishes.

Within, ka-ru'-hi-di, inside, within.

Hayden.] ^Qg [April.

Without, o-ki'-ta-ha'-hi-di, outside.
Wood, lu-ta'-ha-ti'-hi, a tree.

la-ta'-his, dry wood.

la-ki-p'a-du, green wood.

la-k'u'd, rotten wood.

la-ta'k, white wood, bark stripped off.
Worm, pi-dus, all kinds of worms.

pi-du's-ki-d'a-da-dut, angle worm.
Write, da-di-hu'-du-ta-hu'k, I write.

Valley, ka-tos, valley, gully, ravine.
Vein, pa'-ta-hu'-du.
Very, a-li'k-sis.
Village, a-kit-a'-ru.

Omaha. Grammatical Forms and Phrases.
wi', I ; thi, you ; E, he ; un-gu', we.
, un-gu'-ta, ours ; the-thi'-ta, yours ; the, this,
she-th'at, she-thu'n-ka, they or them,
e-e', him ; wi-ni-ta, mine,
ti'-u-da, a good house,
mu'r-a-pe'-tun-ga, a large axe.
ma-ra'-u-da, a good country,
u-da'-a-ta, better, more,
u-da-ca'-he, very good,
u-da'-a-ta'h-te, exceedingly good,
e-sna'-u-da, only good,
wa-kan'-da-e-sna'-u-da, God only is good,
ne'-thi-g'tha'-tan, plenty of wisdom,
we'-thi-g'tha, wise, sensible.

nu, a man ; wa'-u, a woman ; shu'n-ga, a horse. ^

shu'n-ga-nu'-ga, a male horse or stallion. ■

shu'n-ga-nin'-ga, a mare,
nu-zin'-ga, a boy ; nu-zin'-ga-ma, boys,
me-'zin-ga, a girl ; me-'ziurga-ma, girls,
ni-n'i-sa, my son ; ni-n'i-sa-ma, my sons.
nu'-ma, men ; wa-u'-ma, women.

(The syllable ma added to most names makes them plural.)
nu-pi'-a-ri, a bad man.
nu-pi'-a-ri-ma, bad men.

1868.] 407 [Hayden.

nu-ii'-da, a good man.
nu-u-da-ma, good men.
shu'n-ga-a-b'thi'-a-ti, I bought a horse,
shii'n-ga-wa-b'thi-a-ti, I bought the horses,
a-hei'-i, to hunt ; a-hei'-i-ta, he will hunt,
a-ni'-ta, to live ; i-a'-ki-ki, to quarrel,
b'ra'-ta, I eat ; an-tha'-tei-i, we eat.
na'-ta, you eat ; na-tei'-i, you eat.
e-tha'-te, he eats ; e-tha-te'i-i, they eat.
wi, 1.

wa'm-ba, 2.
tha'-ba-thi, 3.
du'-ba, 4.
sa'-tan, 5.
sha'-pe, 6.
pe'-nam-ba, 1.
pe-tha'-ba-thi, 8.
sha'n-ka, 9.
g'eth-ha, 10.
a-g'th'-i-wi, 11.
a-g'th'e-nam-ba, 12.
g'th'e-ba-na'm-ba, two tens, 20.
g'the-ha-nam-ba-ki-e-di-wi-ah-ci
tens, two and one only
g'the-ba-tha-ba-thi, 3 tens, 30.
g'the-ha-hin-wi, 100.
hin-wi-tung-a, 1000, big hundred.

Vocabulary.
Arm, a.
Axe, mu'r-a-pe.

Back, min-ka.

Bad, pi'-a-re.

Bathe, hi-tha', to swim or bathe.

Beast, wa-ni-ta.

Bedstead, u-zan, something to sleep on.

Black, sa'be.

Blaze, na'h-re.

Both, a-ki-da, a-ki'-wa, both of them.

Broth, ta-n'i, soup or broth.

Ilayden.J ^Qg [April.

Brother, wi-sa'n-ga, my younger brother.

ka-ge', an older brother calls a younger brother,

ka-ge'.
wi-ta'-han, my brother-in-law.
Bull, te-nu'-ga, buffalo bull,
te-min'g-a, a cow.
te-zin'g-a, a calf.

Cache, t'i-he, a mouse cache.

Cat, in'-ga-thu'n-ga.

Cattle, te'-ska.

Candle, wa-na-ku'n-g'ra.

Chicken, wa-zin'g-a-z'i-da. *

shu, prairie chicken.

u-she-w'a-the, quail.
Child, wi-tu'-spa, my grandchild.
Clan, sha'-ge, finger nail, claw, hoof.
Cold, u'sne.
Corn, wa-ta'-ze.
Come, te-ti-ha, let him come.
Country, ma-za'.
Crooked, ba-sha'n-shan, crooked, always bending.

Daughter, wi-ti'-ni, my daughter-in-law.

Day, am-ba.

Deer, ta'h-ti, white-tailed deer.

ca-cu-ga, antelope.
Dog, shi'-nu-da.
Dust, ma-na'-shu-de.

Ear, ne-ta'.

ne-ta-tu'n-ga, large ears, a mule.
Eat, wa-ra'-ta-na'-hi, he eats.
Elbow, a-tu'.
Elk, u'm-pa, male elk.

u'm-pa-rai'ng-a, a female elk.

u'm-pa-zin'g-a, small elk.
Elm, e'za.
Eye, is'h-ta.

1868.] 4Q9 [Hayden.

Father, iu-da'-de, 1113- father.

wi-ti'-ga, my grandfather.

wi-ti'mi, my aunt, on father's side.
Feast, ne'-ku, to call to a feast.
Female, min'g-a.
Few, du'-ha, some, or few.
Fire, pe'-de.
Fish, hu'-hu.
Flat, bi'-ska.
Fort, si.
Friend, ka'-ge.

Goo4, u'-da.
Gone, a-the'i-i.

u-ha, to go along.
Goose, m'i-ha.
Got, a-h'i, he has got them.

Hail, ma'-si.
Hand, no'm-he.
Hay, ha'-de.
Hat, wa-tha'-ga.

wa-tha'-ga-bi'ska, flat hat, cap.
Heart, na'n-de.
Hill, pa-he'.
Hip, ze-ga'-o-the.
His, e-ta'.
Himself, e-sn'a.
Horse, shn'ng-e.

Ice, nii'-he.

Jaw, the'-ha.

Knee, ma'-hi.
Knife, shi-nn'n-de.

Lean, a-kan, to lean on.
Lift, thi-ha'n, to lift.
Leg, ze'-ga, leg or thigh.

ze-ga-u-b'r'a-ska, inside of thighs.
Light, n'a-ka.

YOL. X. — 3e

Hayden.] /^\Q [April.

Life, e'-ha.

ii'gri, to live in.
a-n'i-ta, to live.

Make, ga-he', to make, or construct.

Mind, ta-d'i.

Mole hill, ma-n'i-ha-t'i.

Moon, ni-a'm-ba.

Mother, we-k'an, my grandmother.

Mouth, i.

Na-vel, the'-ta.
Neck, pa'-hi.
Night, ha'u-da.
None, ne'n-ge.

Nose, pa.

Oak, ta-ska-hi.
One, the'-sna, only one.
the-t'na, only this.

Pea, sk'a-de.
Quarrel, i-a'-ki-ki.
Rabbit, mus-cin'g-a, small rabbit,
mus-ti'-ska. Jack rabbit.
Relation, e'-the.

Scalp, n'a-ski.

Seat, ne'u-de, seat of a person.

See, wa-da'm-he, to see.

Separate, a-ki'-tha-ha.

Short, ce'-ska.

Sister, wi-he', my younger sister.

Sk}^, ma'-he.

Snow, ma'-the.

Son, wi-n'i-sa, m}^ son, said by the father.

wi-zi'ng-a, my son, said by the mother.
Sour, pa.

Spirit, wa-ku'n-ta. Great Spirit.
Spoon, te'-he.
Star, mi-ka'-e.
Still, sk'a-zi.

I

1868.] 411 [Hayden.

Some time, a-tii's-te.
Sun, mi.
Swim, hi-tha'.
Sweet, sk'i-tha.

Time, ga-ta'-de, at such a time.

pa-ha'n-ga-de, long time ago, before.

a-an-pe-ze, at that time.
Tobacco, ni-ni'.
To-day, am-ba'-le.
Tooth, hi.
Turkej^, zi-z'i-ka.

Veiy, ca'-le.
Yeiu, a'-kan.

Walnut, ta-k'a-he, Juglans nigra.
Want, gam-br'a, I want.
Weather, am-ha'-u-da, good weather.
Wood, nia-a, cottonwood.

n'e-the, to go after fire wood.
Warm, wa'sh-te, sultry, warm.
Water, ni, n'i-he, give me some water.
What, da-dan, what is it? a-tu'n, what time ?
When, a-ta'n-di, when was it ?
Whiskers, e'-hen.
Who, e'-be, who is it ?
Wife, wi-ga-ha-dan, my wife.
Win, u'-hi, to win at gambling.
Wing, a'n-he.
Woman, w'a-u.

Winnebago Grammatical Forms and Phrases.

In the Winnebago language, gender is indicated by the use
of different words for male and female ; as :

wank, or wank-i-a, a man.

he'-no'-ki, a woman.

ce-wan'k-nu-nik, a mule.

ce-nuk, a cow.
There seems to be a singular and plural form to the noun,

Hayden.] 4]^ 2 [April.

as : ma-hi'-za, a knife ; ma-hi-iia-ro-lian, more knives than one ;
ho-cin'-cin-i-g'i-a, a boy ; ho-cin'-cin-gi-ra, boys ; lii-nu-ga-nik,
a little girl ; hi-nu'gn-n'i-gi-ra, girls.

Adjectives. — pi, good ; ci-p'i-za, a good lodge ; m'a-si-ra, axe ;
ma-sli'i-shi-g'i-ra, a bad axe ; she'-sliik i-t'a-ce, wise ; i-ta-ceh-ci,
very wise ; he-de'-nu-co'-ni, first one ; hi-d'u-a-gi-ni-lie'-de-nu, last
one.

Adverbs. — i-do-ki'-a-ske, near together ; ha-ke'c-a, afterwards ;
hi-ku'-ho-ship, always, forever ; ka'-ga, never ; hi-do'-nia-he'in-ea,
above (on a stream), hi-ro'-ro-k'we-ca, below (on a stream),
ha-no'-ke-ca, to-morrow ; h'ca-nun-de, yesterday ; ho-ca', j^es ;
huug-ka'-no, h-inu'n, enough.

Pronouns. — ^ne, I ; ne'-ni-n'e-nu, you ; e, he ; ne-wa'nk-e-ri'-nu,
we ; z'e-ku, thy ; n'i-a-n'i-nu, mine ; a-shi-ni-na, yours ; i-a-n'i-de-da,
theirs ; ni-a-n'i-wi-da, ours.

ca-ci-ga, my father,
hi-a'-ci-da'-ka, your father,
hi-a-'ci-da, his father,
na-n'i-ga, my mother,
hi-'u-ni-n'a-ga, your mother,
hi-u-n'i-na, his mother,
hi-u-n'i-hi-da, our mother,
ca-w'i-ha-da, m}^ wife.

wa-h'a-co-no, I eat.
wa-r'a-co-no, you eat.
e-wa-ru-co-no, he eats,
he-wa-ru-cu-wi-nu, we eat.
a-nac-wa-ra-ei-wi-ze, you eat.
a-nac-wa-ra-ci-de, they eat.
wa-he'c-i-n'e-na, I will eat.
wa-re'ic-i-n'e-na, you will eat.
wa-r'u-ci-n'e-na, he will eat, or is going to eat.
wa-ha-cun-a, I have done eating,
wa-ra-cun-a, you have done eating,
wa-ru'c-ki-n'i-na, he has done eating.

18G8.] ^23 fllayden.

ma-nu'-na, I steal,
ma-slm'-nu-na, you steal,
e-ma-n'u-na, he steals,
hi-w'a-ma-nu'-nn, we steal,
wa-ma-sh'u-nu-w'i-nu, you steal,
wa-ma-nu'-in-de'-nu, they steal.

wa-ma'-nu-ke'a-ne-nu, I will steal,
wa-ma'-shu-uu-ke'a-ne-nu, you will steal.
e-wa-m'a-nu-kc'a-ue-uu, he will steal,
hi-wa-m'a-nu-kc'a-ue-nu, we will steal,
wa-m'a-shu-nu-kc'a-ne-nu, you will steal,
a-na'c-wa-m'a-nu-kc'a-ue-nu, they will steal.

wa-ma-u'u-ua-ze-ua-ka-ha-uu, I have done stealing-.
wa-ma-n'u-na-shu-ru- sc'a-nu, you have done stealing.
e-wa-m'a-nu-na-i"u-sc'a-nu, he has done stealing,
wa-m'a-nvi-na-hi-nu-sc'a-we-nu, we have done stealing,
wa-m'a-nu-na-shu-ru-sc'a-we-nu, j^ou have done stealing.
wa-m'a-nu-na-e-ru-sc'an-de-nu, they have done stealing.
a-h'i-wa-ma-nu'n-de, (imp.) steal,
he-sk'e-ca-hei-pi-nu, I am happy,
he-sk'e-ca-dei-p'i-nu, you.
he-sk'e-ca-ki-p'i-nu, he.
he-sk'e-ca-hei-p'i-wi-ka-ca, we.
he-sk'e-ca-dei-p'i-wi-na, you.
he-sk'e-ca-ki-pe'in-de-nu, thej^
n'e-zu, it rains.
wa-h'u-hi-c'e-nu, it snows,
si-ni-hi'-c'e-uu, it is cold,
te-ki-c'e-nu, it is warm,
ta-ka'c-e-nu, it is hot.
he-sk'e-ca-p'e-nu, it is good,
he-sk'e-ca-wa'uk-e-p'i-n'i-nu, it is bad.
he-sk'e-ca-ma-sc'a-nu, it is strong.
ca-ca'p-i-nik, it is soft,
o-cha'-na-z'a-zi, are jon sick ?

Hayden.J ^^^ [April.

to-wi-ke-wi-he-nu, I am hungry.

shonk-ha-ta-ra-hi-zau-ho-ni-konk-ci-ne-na, I will give you a
horse.

ku-re', come here ; ku-n'a-ue, come on.

i-co-w'a-ra-de, go there.

hei-p'i-nu, I love.

hi'ng--ki-p'i-nu, I am loved.

he-sk'e-ca-a-k'i-pi-nu, I love myself.

wank-sh'e-gi-da-n'ei-pi-nu, I love the people.

he-ne'i-pi-ze, he loves me.

a-k'i-ei-pin'k-i, if I love.

ni-g'e-ti-hei-p'i-e-ki, perhaps I will love.

wa-hei-ce-i-a-re-nu, I wish to eat.

wa-ru'c, eat, (imp.)

mau-d'o-ke-ca, in the ground.

ma-i-ha'-ke-ca, on top of the ground.

ci-nu'k-ec-a, at the village.

c'i-e-ca, at the lodge.

ci-ha-ke'-ca, on top of the house.

i-za-k'i-da, 1.

nomp, 2.

tan, 3.

cop, 4.

sac, 5.

a-ke'-we, 6.

sha-g'o-we, 7.

ha-ni'-wunk, 8.

hi-za-ki-can-skun-i, 9.

ke-ra-pu'n-a-ze, 10.

i-za-ki-da-shi-na, 10 + 1, or 1 after 10, 11.

no-pu'sh-i-na, 12.

ta-n'i-ush-i-na, 13. m

co-pu'sh-i-na, 14. "

sa-c'a-shi-na, 15.

a-ke'-a-shi-na, 16.

sha-k'o-a-shi-na, lY.

ha-ru-wun-gush-i-na, 18.

hi-z'a-ki-can-skun-i-shi-na, 1 9.

1868.J 415 [Hayden.

ke-ra-pun-a-nomp, 2 tens, 20.
ke-ra-pun-a-nomp-i-za-ki'-da-slii-na, two tens and one, 21.

Vocabulary.
Above, ki-d'o-ma-lie'in-ca, above, on a stream.
Acorn, hu'-u-ra.
Alwaj's, hi-ku'-ho-ship.
Antelope, eas-k'as-ka-ra.
Ask, i-ka'-re, to ask.
AiTOW, ma'n-da.
Axe, ma-se'ra.

Back, hu-ha'ra.
Bad, sh'i-shik.

ma-sh'i-shik, " Bad Lands."
Beard, i-h'i-na.
Beaver, da'-ba-ra.
Bear, hone, black bear.

ma-c'o, grizzly bear. ,

Bed, wo-mi-zi-da.

Below, bi-r'o-ro-kw'e-ca (on a stream).
Bird, wa-nl-gi-a.
Black, sep.
Blanket, wa-i'-na, wa-i'n-shii-z'i-da, red blanket.

wa-in-sk'a-ra, white blanket.

wa-in-h'o-ci-da, blue blanket.

wa-in-c'o-ra, green blanket.
Blind, i-sca-san.
Blue, co-h'o-ci-da.

Body, ro-he'da.
Bow, mac-ku'-ra.
Bowl, wa-sk'e-sho-dosh.
Brass, ma-z'i-da.
Bridle, i-du-sk'i-ci-ra.
Breath, shi-z'i-re.
Breast, ma'ng-e-ra.
Broom, ci-ki-s'i-ci-ra.
Bull, ce-wa'nk-nu-nik.

Hayden.] 4|g [April.

Bullet, i-zu'-ka-man-da, a ball, bullet.
Buy, wa-sh'u-du-wi'nu, to buy.

Calf, ce-nik-si-uik.

Cap, wo-ku'n-i-ga-ra, hat or cap.

ma'-ni-wo-ku'n-i-ga-ra, a winter cap.
Chin, be-da'ba-ra.
Chief, ho'ng-a-ra.
Cloud, ma-h'i-da.
Cloth, wei-c'o-ra.

wei-sh'u-ci-da, scarlet cloth.
Coarse, su-ha-te.
Coat, wo-nu'z-i-ha'-ta-ra.
Cold, si-n'i-hi.
Cook, tu'-ce, to cook.
Copper, ma-sh'u-ci-ra.
Corn, wi-c'a-wa-ra'-ra.
Cough, ho-he'-wi, to cough, or a cough.
Crazy, ca'-nik-u'-zin-de.
Crooked, she'k-shek.

na'k-sik-she'k-shek, a crooked stick.
Cry, hak-shu'nu, to crj^
Custom, hi-gu-o-ship, custom, habit.

Dance, wa-sh'i-da, to dance.

Day, ha'm-ba-ra.

Deer, c'a-ra.

Die, tek-cu'n-i, to die.

Dry, ta-ka'-si-de.

Ear, na-ca'-ra, an ear of an animal.

na-ca'-wa-ha'-ta-ra, a mule, big ears.

wo-ha'm-pe-ra, an ear of corn.
Earth, ma-na, ma-sh'i-shik, bad earth.
Elk, hu.-wu'n-da.
Enough, hi-nu'n.
Eye, is-ca'-su-da.

Feather, wa'-nik-ma'-shu-na.

Few, wa-ta'-ka-can, a few, not many.

1868.] ^^Y [Ilayden.

Fight, ki-za, to fight.

Fine, su-wu'-uik.

Finger, namp-wei-sa-ra.

Fire, pe'-ca-ra.

Fish, ho'-ra.

Flour, wei-sko-po'-ro-po-ro'ra, wheat flour.

Fly, wa-k'i-cli, all kinds of flies.

wa-k'i-di-hi-pa'-hi-da, sharp teeth, a kind of fly.

wa-k'i-di-dih-a-ta'-ra, commion fly.
Fox, wa-she'-re-ke'-zi-da.
Full, ho-ih-cin'k-a-ca, it is full,
ho-ih-e'i-nu, full,
ho-ih-e'i-i-de, fill it. (imp.)

Gold, zu'-ra-zi'-da.

Grass, ha-wi'-co-ra, gi'een grass.

ha-wi'-she-ga'-ra, dr}' grass.
Gray, ho-ci'-da.
Grease, wa-k'i-ni-na.
Green, co.
Gun, i-zu-gu-ra.

Hair, ua-cu'-da.

Hand, na'-ba-ra.

Head, na-su'-da.

Heap, ro-han, a heap, a good deal.

Heavy, skin'g-e-re.

High, han'k-shi.

Hoe, desh-a'-ga-ra.

Hole, poll.

Horse, shon'k-ha-te'-za.

Ice, nu-hu'-ra.
If, e-k'i. '
Iron, ma-za-ra'.

Knee, hu-po'-ro-ra.

shans-ke'-da, patella, kueepan.
Knife, ma-hi'-za.

VOL. X. — 3f

Hayden.] 4][8 '"^P"'

Lariat, wa-ki-nii'n-da.

Lazy, wa-ru'-sha-ke.

Leaf, na-a'-pa-ra.

Leg, hu'-ra.

Light, ha-ha'-nik, light, not heavy.

Lightning, camp.

Lip, e-hu'-ra.

Little, hu-uu'-nik.

Lodge, c'i-za.

Long, se-ri'c.

Louse, he'-da.

Low, ku-z'i-nik.

Maid, wi-run'k-i-da, a maid, or unmarried woman.
Man, wank-wan'k-i-a.
Meat, wa'-ni.

wa-ni-ce'-gi-ra, fresh meat.

wa-k'i-ha-da, dried meat,
wa-ni-ho'-wi-na, stinking meat.

Medicine, man'k-a-ra.
Middle, ni-ru'-ho-ga-ra.
Mix, i-do-k'i-zu, to mix.

Musquito, n-wu'ng-a-ra. '
Mouth, e'da.
Muskrat, i-ca-w'a-ga-ra.

Neck, ca-she'-da. .

Needle, ni-ru-ho-ga-ra.

Nest, o-ma'-na.

Never, ka'-ga.

New, cek-shu'-na.

Night, ba-hi'-da.

No, hung-ka'.

Nose, pa'-ra.

Nut, huk-si'-gi-da, a hazel-nut.

Oak, ca-sh'i-ku, an oak tree.

Old, sh'ak.

Paper, wa-wa-ka'h-ska-ra, white paper.

wa-wa-ka'h-ta-ki-d'i-ri-da, printed paper.

wa-wa-kah-a-ra, a book, a writing.

1868.] 419 iHayden.

Perhaps, ni-ge'-te.
Pipe, ta-ui'-hu-da.
Plate, wa-ske'-da.
Pla}^, ska'c-i-ra, to pla3%
Powder, uli-in'-i-na.
Prairie, ho-ska'-ra.
Pregnant, wa-uc-kun-uk.
Pumpkin, wi-ca'-\va-ua.

wi-ca'-wa-sa'-ke-ra, melons raw, uncooked.
Quill, ma-sho'-na.

Rain, ni'-zu.
Red, shuc.
Relation, wa-za'-lii.
Rib, ru'-hi.
River, ni-o'h-a-ta'-ra.

ni-shu'n-i-ga'-ra, a creek, a small river.
Robe, ceh-c'i-ha-ra, a buffalo robe.
Run, nan-g'e-ra, to run.
Rusty, oh-se'ik.

SsiY, z'es-ki.

Saddle, wak-e'-na.

Salt, ni-sku'-ra.

Scalp, wa-ga-na'-su-ra.

Seat, wa-min'-a-ge'-ra.

Sharp, pa-bi'.

Shawl, pa'-i-du-hin'g-i-ra, shawl or handkerchief.

Shoe, wa'h-u-ce-ha-ca'-ra.

wa'h-u-wa-ku-ce'-da, moccasins.

wa'h-u, leather.
Short, she-hi'-nik.
Shirt, wo-mu'-zi-na.

wei-pe-ri-wo-nu-zi-na, a calico shirt.

wo-nu'z-i-stu'-ci-ra, woollen shirt.
Sing, na-wan-da, to sing.
Sight, i-sca'-hic, short-sighted.
Sift, ki-to'h, to sift.

Hayc'en] 420 [April.

Silver, zu'-ra-ska'-ra.
Sleep, na, to sleep.
Slow, h'de'-nik.

Skin, ca-ha'-ra, deer-skin.
Skunk, kun'-ske.
Smell, o-ru-pun'-i, to smell,
ho'-wi, a stink,
pun-a-sti'-shik, a bad smell.
Smoke, hi.
Smok}^, lii'-ke.
Snow, wa'-ra.

wa-liu'-i-ei-nu, it snows.
Soap, ui-wi-wa-za-da.
Sore, lio-te'-ga-ra.
Sour, na-shu'n-a.
Soup, ni-pu'n-i-na, soup, broth.
Spirit, na-hi-da-gi-ra, spirit game.

wa-na'-hi-da, a ghost.
Spoon, cu-ki.
Squirrel, ca-sh'in-gi-da, ground squirrel.

zik-zin-gi-da, red squirrel.
Stab, wa-poh-shu-nu, to stab.
Star, wi'-da'-kosh-ke'-da.
Steal, wa-ma'-nu, to steal.
Stick, na'k-sik ; she'k-shek, a crooked stick.
Stone, i-ni'-za.
Straight, ro'-ca.
Sun, wi'-da.

po-he-w'i-da, night sun ; moon.

hamp-w'i-da, day sun.
Swelled, ho-wo'-na.
Sweet, sku.
Sugar, ta-ni-shu'-ra.
Swift, sa'-ge-re.

Tail, sin-zi-da.
Thick, sho'-ka.
Thin, pe-re'-nik.

1868.] 421 [Marsh.

Tobacco, ta-ni'-na.

ta-ui'-o-zn'-da, a tobacco sack.
Tongue, de-si'-de.
Touch, i-ki'o, to touch.
To-morrow, ha-no'-ka-ca.
Thread, wi-ru'-cak.

Throat, to-hi'-da.
Tree, n'ei-za.
Thunder, wa-ku'n-ca-ra.

Vermilion, wa-se'-da.
Village, ci-uu'g-a-ra.

Walk, ma'-ni-ma'-ni, to walk.

War, ki'za.

Warrior, wank-wa'-sho-she, a brave warrior.

Warm, ta-ka'c.

Wash, du-za'.

Water, ni'-na.

Wet, to'-ke.

When, ca-cu'n-de-da.

Where, ha-cei-in-ca.

White, ska.

Wing, wa-ni'k-a-hu'-za.

Wind, ma-ta'-ce-hi'-da.

Wise, i-la'-ce.

AYolf, shonk-cu'ng-a-ra.

Wood, na'n-da.

Yellow, zi.
Ye's, ho-ca'.

Yesterday, h'ca'-nun-de.
You, ue'-ni-ne'-nu.
Young, wa-ce'k.

Mr. Marsh communicated portions of a letter which he had
received from Mr. Hugh D. Vail, dated Naples, March 19th,
1868, describing the appearance of Mount Vesuvius, viz. :

Marsh.] 422 [April.

" We rode about half way, or a little above the observatory,
on horseback, and much of this distance was among huge piles
of old lava, thrown out in 1859. A fine winding road, with
curbstones and stone water-ways, had been made up to the ob-
servatory, and was undoubtedly considered a very permanent
work ; but much of it is now buried hundreds of feet beneath
the lava.

" Leaving our horses at the foot of the great cone, we com-
menced the ascent on foot. It was fearfully steep, steeper than
anything but lava could remain without sliding. The lumps of
lava, which were about the size of a man's head, were as hard
and almost as sharp as broken glass

" As the steam and smoke were coming out of the great crater
at the top, and more or less at the sides, we did not think
it worth while to ascend it, as nothing could be seen by doing
so. But we \'isited a small crater at the base of it, and, on
looking down, could see what seemed a huge puddling furnace
of melted iron, and which roared like a blast furnace. On
sticking the end of my cane into a little hole near this opening
it immediately^ took fire. The surface of the mountain for a
long distance around was quite hot.

" The great crater seemed on the outside like a huge pile of
ashes some four or five hundred feet high ; and the column of
steam and smoke was like that from the pipe of a locomotive
half a mile in diameter.

" From the top we descended on the opposite or south side
some 1.500 feet, to a stream of lava which had broken through
four days before. The descent was through loose tufa quite
recently thrown out, and so steep that we almost slid doAvn
with it, going several yards at every step.

" We found the lava boiling up out of the side of the mountain
like a huge spring of molten iron.

" It ran from this source down the mou.ntain in three or four
streams, each about the size of a good mill-stream.

" One of these was quite sluggish, at least on the top, but the
others were regular torrents of liquid fire. By watching my
opportunity when the wind blew strong, I managed to get near
enough to the issuing lava to thrust my cane into it. Hun-
dreds of tons must have issued per minute.

" Passing thence around the head of the flowing lava, we
crossed on the east side of the mountain an immense surface

I

1868.] 423 [Marsh.

of broken lava, twisted into every conceivable shape, like ice
frozen in a gale, and then broken by the water passing from
under it, and allowing it to settle down on pointed rocks.
Thiti cakes were sometimes turned up edgewise twenty feet in
height. No polar sea of field ice could be more hummocky.
It required great caution in moving amongst it, for it was like
cast iron and glass ; the least touch would cut clothing and
skin. But the footing was sure ; you could no more slip than
on a cross-cut file.

" The extent of this field, which was almost entirely of recent
origin, I could hardly tell ; but it was naany thousand acres.
It extended quite to the base of the mountain on the north side,
where it had pushed and piled itself like ice along shore. This
shore ridge was from ten to twenty or thirty feet high, and on
both sides was very steej), making })erhaps an angle of 50^ with
the horizon. Nothing but lava could have remained so. On
the outside of this ridge was loose earth, and we there found
our horses, which had been sent to meet us ; but as the side of
the mountain was about half as steep as the lava ridge, we de-
clined to mount until we reached a less sliding road.

"Much of the field of black lava or scoria was still warm,
and in some places so hot that we had to hurry over it.

" Vesuvius is not so active now as it was about a week ago.
On the evening of the 14th, when I arrived, it was throwing up
ashes and stones to the height of several hundred feet, and the
flames at the top resembled those from the chimney of a blast
furnace, but were intermittent, with intervals of some ten or
fifteen seconds, as though the earth or the mountain were
breathing. It seemed decidedly feverish."

March 21, 10 p.m.
" I have just been viewing Vesuvius from the toj) of the house
with a glass. It is in quite an agitated condition, breathing
hard. I could see the shower of stones just as plainl}' as I
could see the stars. Sometimes a whole mass of flame would
rise up above the top of the mountain, and then subside again ;
but generally the stones and ashes were thrown up as by an
explosion, and at various angles of elevation. We gauged
the height b}' the aperture of the glass, throwing it upon the
stars in Orion's belt, for comparison ; also timed the falling of
the stones from five to six seconds. I have roughly estimated
that the}' were thrown up from four to six hundred feet."

424 t^^y-

Dr. Wood made some remarks upon the appearance of
that mountain on a visit he made shortly after an eruption.

The Society proceeded to ballot for candidates for mem-
bership.

Dr. Coates reported verbally that he performed the duty
assigned to him, at the last meeting.

All other business having been concluded, the ballot-box
was opened, and the following named gentlemen were declared
to be elected members of this Society :

Dr. Edward Rhoads, of Philadelphia.
Gen. Ulysses S. Grant, U. S. Army.
Prof. John Tyndall, of London, Eng.

And the Society was adjourned.

Stated Meeting, May 1, 1868.

Present, nineteen members.

Dr. Wood, President, in the Chair.

Letters were read: from General U. S. Grant, dated Wash-
ington, April 21st, 1868, and from Dr. Edward Rhoads,
dated Philadelphia, April 21st, 1868, both acknowledging
the receipt of the notice of their election as members of this
Sc-giety.

From S. S. Boyce, New York, April 18th, 1868, on be-
half of the Editors of the " American Athenaeum," request-
ing to be furnished with the names of the scientific and liter-
ary associations of the country, and the names of the corres-
ponding secretaries of such associations. Also from the Royal
Society at Gottingen, January, 1868, announcing a donation,
and returning thanks for Nos. 75 and 76 of the Proceedings.

Donations for the Library were announced as follows ;
From Societies : The Royal, of Sciences, at Gottingen ; from
the Royal Geological, at Vienna ; from the Royal Astro-
nomical, of London ; from the Royal Microscopical, of Lon-
don ; from the Royal Meteorological, of London ; from W. K.

1868.] 425 [Marsh.

Bowling, M.D., of the University of Nashville, Tennessee ;
from the Editors of the American Athen?eum ; from George
W. Hewes, of Philadelphia ; from J. P. Lesley, and the Frank-
lin Institute.

The death of W. C. Rives, of Virginia, a member of the
Society, was announced as having occurred at Charlottesville,
25th April, 1868, aged seventy-five years.

General Kane exhibited a map of the Northern Circum-
polar Regions, and made some remarks upon the unexplored
portions of the same, and their relations to the adjacent
countries in a political and national point of view. In con-
nection with the subject, he showed the importance of Alaska
as a possession of the United States. He advanced the opin-
ion that the most successful explorations northward will
hereafter be made from that quarter, as offering a more
promising field for the acquisition of scientific and practical
knowledge, than the routes heretofore adopted by explorers.

Mr. Marsh read parts of the following letter from Mr.
Vail, dated Rome, April 1st, 1868, received since his com-
munication at the last meeting, describing the progress of
the eruption of Vesuvius :

" In spite of the prophecies in regard to the end of the erup-
tion, Vesuvius has continued more or less active up to tlie
present time.

" Some da^'s it would send up all day nothing but volumes of
steam, and, on other days, dense clouds of smoke would now
and then be belched up during the day, and when night came,
bright flashes of light would be seen ; and with a glass you
could see a vast number of red-hot stones thrown up into the
air,

" At my first ascent, made about two weeks since, I crossed
over the top of the mountain at the foot of the great crater,
which, though steaming like a huge boiler, was verj^ quiet.

" My second ascent was on the 27th ultimo. I went up late
in the day, in order to see the lava stream at night ; reached
the foot of a large one about five o'clock, and therefore had
plenty of time to examine it before dark.

" This stream started near the top of the mountain, and
VOL. X. — 3g

Marsh.] ^26 [^'^y-

ceased to be fluid long before it readied tlie valley between
Vesuvius and Soma, into which it was running. But it did not
therefore stop, but pushed itself along in a most singular way.

" Imagine the side of a pile of coal or coke all on fire, with
a front several hundred feet long, and twelve or fifteen feet
high, moving forward about a hundred feet an hour, and 3'ou
will have a pretty correct idea of its appearance.

" It was generally very much broken up, but sometimes red-
hot masses, several feet in diameter, would roll out and down
the steep front of the advancing pile, as if pushed by some ir-
resistible power behind.

" After dark, the whole stream, more than half a mile in
length, was very brilliant ; and the crater threw up, every few
seconds, a perfect shower of stones hundreds of feet into the
air, looking like so many meteorites or Roman candles.

" The next day, in company with Pemberton Smith, I went
again to the same place. The spot where we had tied our
horses the evening before, was entirely covered with broken
lava, but the stream had ceased to flow. The crater, however,
was still active ; and we could see, by the steam down the
sides of the mountain, that other streams had broken out.

" The climb up the ' Great Cone,' which is very much like
the steep side of a pile of coke and ashes, and which, when
you take a step, often gives way and slides down with you, is
exceedingly laborious.

" The wind, too, blew a gale, bringing with it, as we neared
the top, volumes of smoke from the flowing streams of lava to
our left. We saw snow among the stones, and the wind was
icy cold, so that I wore my overcoat all the time, and the
guide carried a rug for me to wrap up in when I reached the
summit. But I had no use for it there, having come near
enough to the flowing lava to quite change the temperature.

" When some hundred yards from the base of the crater, we
stopped and sat down to watch the way in which the stones
were thrown up into the air,

" It seemed as though the whole mountain was convulsed by
a fit of coughing, half strangled by something in its throat, or,
as we remarked at the time, ' had the heaves.'

" The coughs came sometimes in quick succession, ten or
twenty in a minute. At other times the intervals were from
half a minute to a minute.

1868.] 427 [Marsh.

" At each convulsion the sides of the mountain shook, smoke
and ashes, and fragments of broken lava flew up in all direc-
tions from the mouth of the crater. Some of the stones were
of immense size, and some Avere thrown to a vast height, some-
times disappearing in the air as a hawk does in soaring out of
sight. I timed some of the larger ones, and found they wore
ten seconds in descending. They must have been tlu'own up
at least a thousand feet. As Pemberton Smith had never seen
liquid lava, our guide undertook to show us some.

" Following him through a dense cloud of smoke across a
valley of awful roughness, like cast-iron ploughed by giants
when it was wet, we reached a steep bank eight or ten feet
high, and, by peeping over this when the wind lulled and the
smoke rose, we could see just beyond it a huge stream of liquid
fire running down the mountain in a torrent. But we could
onl}' get a glimpse of it, for, in addition to the smoke, the heat
was terrific. I had no thermometer, but feel sure it could not
have been much less than about 180°.

" In watching the stones thrown up from the crater, we saw
one descend quite near us, and our guide ran and brought it
to us while still hot. We each broke off a small piece and put
in our pockets, and afterwards found that they had burned
holes in the paper in which they were wrapped.

" We descended nearly parallel to the flowing lava in an old
lava channel. It seemed like an inclined aqueduct, was half
round, and verj^ smoothly plastered at bottom, as though done
with mortar.

" The flowing stream had not yet reached more than two-
thirds the distance down the cone, but was so chilled at its
lower end as to resemble tar or molasses in its progress. It
had a long semi-c^'lindrical front, perhaps ten or twelve feet
deep and some two hundred feet wide.

" Seeing an open, sandy place a quarter of a mile below it,
well sheltered by banks of scoriae twelve or fifteen feet high,
we went there and seated ourselves, to rest and to watch the
movement of the lava, and the red-hot stones, which constantly
broke through the fi'ont and rolled down the side of the moun-
tain, occasionally reaching the upper end of the valle}' some
two or three hundred yards from us.

" I alwa3^s did eujoj' the sight of stones rolling down hill, but,
to see them red-hot, and just at dusk, was magnificent. We

428 [^''y-

had been sitting only a few minutes, however, when we saw a
huge boulder six feet in diameter issue from the lava. We all
rushed, as by instinct, up the banks of scoriae to get beyond
its reach, and, turning, saw it come bounding through our
sandy valley, and, just by where we had been setting, it struck
a rock and threw off thousands of red-hot fragments that went
bounding through the air like so manj^ meteors.

" We made a very hasty retreat from our pleasant valley, not
knowing what might be the next move.

" A walk of half a mile brought us where we could have a full
view of four streams of burning lava. Three of these had di-
vided into two each about half way down the cone, and two
had reached the vallej^, and one or two others were nearly
down.

" It was now dark, and the brilliant display of these, combined
with the incessant shower of stones thrown up by the crater,
which fell by thousands on the side of the mountain, and could
be seen chasing each other down the declivit}^, cannot be de-
scribed.

" I took a sketch of the position of the streams, and, on my
return. Professor Phillips, of Oxford, seemed so much inter-
ested in our account, that I gave it to him.

" Our guide said there had been no such flow of lava before
this year. His statement is not of much value, were it not con-
firmed by others."

New nomination 589 was read.
And the Society was adjourned.

Stated Meeting, May 15, 1868.

Present, nine members.

Professor Cresson, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Donations for the Library were announced, viz. : from the
Royal Academy, at Turin ; From Professor 2antedeschi, at
Venice ; from the Geographical Society, at Paris ; from M.
Dunod, Editor of the Annals des Mines, Paris ; from the

I

1868.1

429

Royal Astronomical Society, at London; from the Depart-
ment of State, at Washington; from James B. Francis;
from the Public Library, of Boston ; from the United States
Naval Observatory, at Washington ; from L. Lesquereux ;
from the Editors of the American Journal of Science and
Arts ; the American Athemsum ; the Galaxy ; and the
Medical News.

Mr. Pcale laid on the table a specimen of an alga (conferva),
from a warm spring in Rockbridge County, Virginia. Ob-
servations were made upon this variety of vegetable growth,
by Dr. Le Conte and other members.

The Minutes of the Board of Officers and Council at their
last meeting, were read.

Pending nomination No. 589 and new nomination No.
590 were read.

And the Society was adjourned.

Stated Meeting, June 19, 1868.

Present, nine members.

Dr. Wood, President, in the Chair.

Dr. E. Rhoads, a recently elected member, was introduced
and took his seat.

Letters were read : from the Hungarian Academy of Sci-
ences, at Pesth, dated August 13th, 1865 ; from the Nassau
Society of Natural Philosophy, at Wiesbaden, January 8th,
1868 ; from the Royal Prussian Academy of Science, at
Berlin, December 31st, 1867 ; from the Royal Society of
Northern Antiquaries of Copenhagen, October, 1867; from
the Imperial and Royal Zoologico-Botanical Society at Vi-
enna, February 25th, 1868 ; from the Royal Society of Vic-
toria, at Melbourne ; from the Royal Academy of History
at Madrid, January 21st, 1868 ; from the Chicago Academy of
Sciences, April 5th, 1868 ; from the Superintendent of the
United States Naval Observatory, May 3d, 1868, severally

Peale.] 43Q [June.

announcing donations ; also, from the Prussian Natural
History Society, Bonn, March 1st, 1868 ; from the Royal
Zoologico-Botanical Society at Vienna, January, 1868 ;
from the Nassau Society of Natural Philosophy, at Wiesba-
den, January 8th, 1868; from the Batavian Academy at
Rotterdam, October 23d, 1867 ; from the Royal Library at
the Hague, October 23d, 1867 ; and from the Royal Academy
at Madrid, January 21st, 1868, severally acknowledging the
receipt of publications of this Society.

Donations for the Library were announced, viz., from
Academies: the Hungarian, of Sciences, at Pesth ; the Royal,
of Sciences, at Berlin ; the Chicago, of Sciences ; and from
the Natural, of Sciences, of Philadelphia. From Societies :
the Imperial, of Naturalists, at Moscow ; Royal Danish, of
Sciences, at Copenhagen ; the Royal Northern, of Anti-
quaries, at Copenhagen ; the Royal Danish, at Havnia ; the
Offenbach am Main, of Physics ; the Prussian Natural His-
tory, at Bonn; the Royal Zoologico-Botanical, at Vienna;
the Helvetic, of Natural Sciences, at Rheinfelden ; the
Royal, of Victoria, at Melbourne ; the Geographical, of
Paris ; the Royal, of London ; the Meteorological, of Lon-
don ; the Geological, of London ; the Chemical, of London ;
the Geological and Polytechnic, of Leeds ; the Boston Natu-
ral History ; and the American Pomological. From the
Royal Institution of Great Britain. From Institutes : the
Peabody, of Baltimore ; the Essex, of Salem ; the Wilming-
ton, Delaware ; and the Franklin. From Dr. Arthur Von
Q^ttingen, of Dorpat; from M. Charles des Molines, of Bor-
deaux ; Charles Daubeny, M.D., of Oxford ; Martyn Paine,
M.D., of New York; Charles H. Hart, Philadelphia. From
the Freedmen's Bureau, and the publishers of Daily News.

The death of James Buchanan, a member of this Society,
was announced as occurring in June, aged seventy-five years.

Mr. Peale read the following communication on the manu-
facture and ornamentation of the pottery of the stone age.

The manvifacture and use of pottery during that portion of
the stone age, which has been expressively called by A. Mor-

1868.1 431 f^*"^^-

lot "the first great stage of civilization,"* is one of those curi-
ous facts that elicits surprise, aud rivets the attention of all
who are engaged in archaeological researches.

I take occasion here, most emphatically to disclaim an}- ad-
hesion to, or countenance of what I must designate as the ab-
surd theor}^, of the original growth of our race from a state of
barbarism to one of civilization and refinement. This notion
has its basis in the theory of development, which is as illogical
as it is impious.

The primeval state of man was glorious and beautiful, cre-
ated in the image of his Maker; his decadence has dated
from the time that the race was scattered over all the earth ;
and the further it departed from its original purity, the lower
it descended in the scale, until some portions of it were little
above the beasts that perish, lower it is evident, than that
condition characterized as the stone age. The spark of man's
divine origin has never been entirely extinguished, and whei'-
ever, or whenever that spark has kindled into flame, the condi-
tion has been one of progress. May we not hope that it is now
an upward one, in purity and truth, as it certainly is in knowl-
edge and skill.

Whether the practice of the art under consideration, existed
during that period, when the rudest works of man found in the
drift of Europe were made, is yet to be demonstrated, certain
it is, however, that it accompanies the stone age throughout
nearly all time and in all places. It is characterized by forms,
marks, and other peculiarities, which, although they difler in
some respects, yet, through the whole, there run veins of simi-
larity that are unmistakable and truly wonderful, when we re-
flect that continents are embraced in the geographical limits,
and not only centuries, but decades of centuries in the measure
of time, over which these facts are spread.

It is not my purpose to attempt a full illustration of the sub-
ject, that has been so well done by zealous observers, f and all
the circumstances have been so fully selected aud enumerated,
that there is little left for those who follow, but I desire to con-
firm the facts as far as the specimens in my cabinet are in evi-

* Professor A. Morlot, of Berne, Switzerland.

f Messrs. Squier & Davis, Charles Kau, Catlin, and others.

Peale.l

432

[June.

dence, aud to add my mite of novelty and interest, as it ap-
pears to me, to the subject.

And, first of the forms, which the plainest of these ceramic
efforts assume, whether derived from the contemplation of the
natural objects around, such as gourds, &c., which are always
pleasing to the eye (and which were possibly used as moulds),
or suggested by the forms of flowers, we find them nearly
always graceful, and, in many cases, those lines and curves,
which we call classic, exist in some of the parts, and not un-
frequently in the whole structure.

The simple forms alluded to above, have been figured by
Mr. Charles Ran ; they abound in the places examined and so
carefully described by him. The specimens from the banks of
the Delaware are very similar, but they are also varied to a
considerable extent, and if the expression can be allowed, are

more pretentious, being frequently curved gracefullj- near the
brim or moulded into a band, sometimes also scolloped in a
manner somewhat difficult to describe, and in the absence of
perfect or whole examples, impossible to figure.

The above outlines are fac-similes of some of these forms.

1868.] 433 [Peale.

The style of ornament is shown in Figures No. 1, in Plate IX,
all of which are draw'n full size or \.

From the variety in the ornamentation and contour indi-
cated by the fragments so numerously dispersed in the vicinity
of the Delaware, from its mouth to the sources of that river,
there is abundant evidence of an advanced state of the art;
and that it was not confined to the production of vessels for
the cooking of food, or preservation of stores, &c., is proved
by the existence of pipes of burnt clay, and the imitation of
natural objects in the same material. The wolfs head, in my
collection, the emblem of the Minsi Tribe, the dwellers on
these shores, and the undoubted makers of these relics, is full
of character, and, it is not too much to say, artistic merit.

We cannot, however, claim for this tribe any exclusive pe-
culiarity of form. The vase. Fig. 1, Plate X, was made by
the Maudans ; the original was brought from high up the Mis-
souri by General Sully, to whom it was presented by an old
chief of that tribe, the few remaining members of which are
fast decreasing in numbers, and will soon have passed away:
the hard but inevitable destiny of the Indian, in contact with
the white race. The old chief told the General " that it was
the last article of the ancient pattern in their nation, now
nearly extinct ; how old it was, he could not tell."

This tribe, once celebrated for their skill in the ceramic art,
do not now practise it, and Mr. Catlin's interesting remarks*
are of things and customs that no longer exist.

The form, it will be observed, is good, but the ornamenta-
tion is not profuse, and it has the advantage of loops for suspen-
sion, which construction has not occurred in any of the speci-
mens from the Delaware.

The formation of the ware within basket-work, has been re-
peatedly noticed, f and the number of fragments of vessels of
large size, found in the vicinity of salt springs, are facts well
established, proving the manufacture of salt by people of whom,
in some instances, all record is lost. Fig. 2, -Plate X, is a
drawing of a specimen of this kind from Gallatin Co., Illi-
nois, found in such a locality', accompanied by large quanti-

* "Catlin's North American Indians," vol. 1, p. 116.
f Charles Kau, on " Indian Pottery."
VOL. X. — 3h

Peale.] ^g^ [June.

ties of broken fresh-water shells, evidently intended for use in
the composition of the ware.

From the same place, other specimens have been taken,
which are ornamented with lines and curves cut roughly into
the clay whilst in a plastic state, possibly in imitation of the
more perfect and regular basket-work impressions, but very in-
ferior in symmetry and appearance.

In the ornamentation of the pottery of the Delaware, a very
general preponderance of diagonal lines is observed, of which
Fig. 1, Plate IX, is an illustration.

There is reason to believe that this style was prevalent in
the stone age throughout the world, and that it was employed
in man's first attempts at adornment ; it is much to be re-
gretted, that the examples within our reach are too few to
authorize the positive assertion, but the probabilities are in
favor of the supposition. It appears in many other specimens
in my collection, in the rude pottery of the ancient Irish, and
in the figures of vases or pots from the lacustrine dwellings
of the ancient Swiss.

It has been demonstrated that the manufacture of pottery
accompanies the stone age, but it must also be admitted that
it was alwaj^s in an imperfect state or rude condition, made
without the use of the wheel, more or less imperfectly burned,
and never glazed. Notwithstanding these imperfections, it
was often well, if not beautifully formed.

The art also characterizes most perfectly the highest condi-
tion of civilization and refinement in all ages ; it was, and is
in its elaborate and costly results, the most familiar illustra-
tion of taste in form, and perfection of art in material, decora-
tion, and execution. It is scarcely necessary to refer to the
porcelain of Sevres, in proof of these assertions for our day,
and generation, and for the classic daj^s of antiquity, to the
Etruscan vases and pattella of the tombs of Etruria,* and the
buried dwellings of Pompeii.

I have now to solicit attention to the principal object of this
communication, and approach it with ideas to which it is difli-
cult to give suitable expression.

* A fine specimen found on the estate of Lucien Bonaparte, at Yita-
sonia, and presented to the Society by Count Survilliers. It is orna-
mented with the " Meandre."

1868.] 435 IPeale.

It must be begun f^xr back in antiquity, for it has its begin-
ning at a date whicli approaclies to primeval times.

In the Imperial Museum in Pekin, China, there is deposited
a large number of bronze vases,* some of which, after critical
examination, date in origin as early as the Second Dynasty
("des Chang"), which terminated 1766 j^ears before our era.
These vases have been carefully figured ; they exhibit jjeculiar
and fine forms, and are most elaborately ornamented.f P'ig. 1 ,
Plate XI. An examination of these vases shows there was, at
that early date, an ornamental device much used for works of
art, which is now well known, and in high estimation. It is
called in French " Meandre," Fig. 2, Plate XI, in the language
of architecture the Greek-fret, in consequence of its employ-
ment, by that tasteful people, upon their most perfect specimens
of the ceramic art, and in personal and all other decoration.

We call it Greek and classic, and doubtless have derived it.
from that refined nation, but, as shown, it was used by the
Chinese before the Greeks were a nation, and I have now to
show, that it has its origin in man's organization and endow-
ment, whatever its antiquity may be. Fig. 1, Plate XII, is
drawn from a specimen of ancient Mexican manufacture, in the
Cabinet of the American Philosophical Society, being a frag-
ment of pottery in the collection presented by the late J. R.
Poinsett.

In this specimen the convolutions are complex, and remind
one of the elaborate examples seen in the embellishments and
decorations of our books and dwellings. And finally, and
most unexpectedly, we find an attempt or effort (or by what-
ever term it ma}^ be expressed), to delineate the same orna-
mental device indicated in the pottery of the aborigines of
this country, of which Fig. 2, Plates XII and IX, are drawings,
from specimens in my collection found in the vicinit}' of Lam-
bertsville, Xew Jersey, which were made, there is no doubt,
by the practised hands of the Minsi Tribe heretofore noticed.

These examples tell their own story so plainl}^, that com-
ment upon them is unnecessar}^, but, it may be added, that many
of what we call novelties in modern affairs, are only the forgot-
ten facts of previous ages.

* "Historical Description of China." M. G. Pauthier, Paris, 1839.
f " Generic name Ting Tripod, principally used for sacrifices,"
Pauthier.

Chase.J 436 [June.

Mr. P. E. Chase made some remarks on the fall of rain, as
aifected by the moon.

The discussion of the moon's influence on the weather has
been recently revived by European meteorologists, and an arti-
cle by George Dines, Esq., in the Proceedings of the Meteor-
ological Society, No. 36, contains some valuable tables, which
seem to me worthy of special attention. Mr. Dines was in-
trusted with the journal of Miss Caroline Molesworth, of Cob-
ham Lodge, Surrey, from which he was " enabled to extract
the rain which fell during each day of the moon's age, for a
period extending (with few interruptions) over forty years."
From these extracts he has condensed synopses for five years,
ten years, twenty years, and forty years, arranged according
to the several days of the moon's age, with two subordinate
• tables, one of which contains ''groups of three or four days
preceding and following each change of the moon," the other
gives the proportionate amounts of rain in the successive quar-
ters of the lunar month. There are also statements of the
number of daj^s on which .01 inches or more of rain fell, and of
the number of days on which .25 inches or more fell, during the
entire period. These summaries, as well as the data on which
they are based, lead the author to the " decided opinion that
the fall of rain is in no way influenced by the changes of the
mooni 07' by the m,oon''s age."

The influence of the moon on the ocean tides, on the fluctu-
ations of the barometer and magnetic needle, and on the winds
(see Glaisher's Tables, Proc. Met. Soc, No. 30), is so well
known that the inference of a similar influence on the rainfall
seems almost irresistible. I was therefore naturally startled at
Mr. Diues's conclusion, and as his evident impartiality forbade
any doubts of the accuracy of his results, I was led to examine
into the correctness of his method. The observations cover a
period of a little more than two Metonic cycles, and by the
tabular arrangement the effects of the revolution of the moon's
nodes, as well as those of varying latitude and declination, are
almost entirely eliminated.* The station is in a high northern

* Lubbock found a barometric elevation of nearly .1 inch for 17° in-
crease of declination. PhU. Tra7is., 1841, p. 73, He appears to have

Proc. AP S VoIX,

Plate IX.

DrcciVTZ ty H- T SrnM.'l'i'moci

Bo-we7o<& C? TztJl,.£ coZ.ThOcua.'^

'voc. AP S VoIX.

Plate X

%/,

?Y^.M

**£,

"=-*'- ^^i^-.m^-

! itm bv H. T SttuiIIavooA.

S.y.

Proc. AP S Vol. X.

Plate XI

Fin I.

T' >.'/■■

Dram'n bu H.T SryuiZlw:

Sowen^ C? da?i.d coLPhzZa^?

^

Proc. AP S VoIX.

Plate XE

Ilgl.

""^^-ofc^-iu^HESSBitei'

FifJ.:^.

^»m^5*s.-- '•■'"^J^SBi.,-' "

'-^-^'

TlTcvum iy K T SmaZlwood,.

Botve7v<& C? MPl. d^col. ThiiadJ^

1868.] 437 [Chase.

latitude, and within the influence of the Gulf Stream, therefore
the lunar modifications of the climate, especially when those
modifications are estimated merely from their equatorial means,
are comparatively unimportant ; the four lunar quarters, each
embracing an entire interval between a spring and a neap tide,
are precisely the divisions which, when the periods are suffi-
ciently extended, would eliminate most of the remaining evi-
dences of lunar disturbance. Still, if we examine the half-
cycles, or ten-year periods, we may observe that the half-
months of lunar conjunction present a rainfall alternately
greater and less than the half-months of opposition, a fact
which suggests a possible dependence on the alternately pre-
dominating north and south latitude.

It is impossible, from the tables, to determine the extent of
such a dependence. Mr. Dines, who has the necessary mate-
rials at his command, ma}^ perhaps deem the subject worthy of
further investigation. The division of the month'may be easily
altered so as to correspond more nearly with the times of pre-
sumable maximum and minimum disturbance. If we regard
the day of each change of phase as the middle day of a week,
(counting the half-sum of the 5th and 12th days in the first
quarter, and the half-sura of the 20th and 27th days in the third
quarter), the seveii-da3\s' aggregates in Table I, and in the two
summaries on pp. 136-t (loc. cif.), will furnish the following
results :

been led to the investigation by Howard's remarks " on a cycle of eigh-
teen years in the mean annual height of the barometer in the climate of
London." Clim. of London, 2d ed., v. 1, p. 172; Phil. Trans., 1841, p.
277, seq. See also Zenger's discussion of the mean annual temperature,
as affected by the revolution of the moon's nodes and apsides. Phil.
Mag., V. 35, June, 1868.

Chase.]

438

[June.

E:

^

^ ■

o

o e

Z a

ea J

iJ S

•" ^

■^ 5

Aggregates of Tabular Ratios and

■" §

14- -2

0) ^

$ ci

Number of Kainy Days.

_^S

° s

O o

a o

^.^

^i

a.

jC?

l<3

^

6c'

770

^

?

H

E-i

1825 to 1829,

606

679

766

1449

1372

1830 to 1834,

657

797

599

731

1256

1528

1835 to 1839,

598

800

668

617

1266

1417

1840 to 1844,

643

708

760

662

1403

1370

1845 to 1849,

830

726

602

627

1432

1353

1850 to 1854,

687

726

614

810

1301

1536

1855 to 1859,

507

722

728

735

1235

1457

1860 to 1864,

706

680

679

754

1385

1434

1825 to 1834,

716

698

638

750

1354

1448

1835 to 1844,

618

753

771

639

1389

1392

1845 to 1854,

765

724

608

711

1373

1435

1855 to 1864,

651

701

702

744

1353

1445

1825 to 1844,

667

726

704

693

1371

1419

1845 to 1864,

708

714

656

729

1364

1443

1825 to 1864,

687

721

681

709

1368

1430

.01 inch or more, .

1490

1484

1446

1511

2936

2995

.25 inches or more, . .

260

268

250

272

510

540

It may thus be seen that, notwithstanding the complete veil-
ing of all the disturbances ivhich may he due to the moon's vari-
able distance and declination, there was a marked tendency to in-
crease at quadrature and to decrease at syzygy, both in the amount
of rain and in the number of rainy days. This tendency,
which becomes evident even in the majority of the five-years'
groupings, is uniformly shown in all the groups of ten years,
twenty years, and forty years, as well as in the number of
rainy days and in the number of heavy rains during the entire

period.

In a future communication I propose to discuss the obser-
vations at the Pennsylvania Hospital, which demonstrate the ex-
istence of similar tides at Philadelphia. The forty years' aggre-
gates (1825 to 1864, inclusive, at each station) exhibit the
following ratios of weekly rainfall :

"Week of new moon, .
" first quarter,
" full moon, .
" last quarter,

Surrey.

98.2
103.1

97.4
101.4

Philadelphia.

97.6
100.3

95.8
106.3

The tide is so strongly marked at Mussoorie, on the south-
ern range of the Himalaya Mountains, as to be strikingly shown

Average daily

fall.

Ratios.

.402

86.2

.535

114.7

.399

85.6

.529

113.5

1868.] 439 [Chase.

by 13 years' observations (1854-18(56) on the days of change.
(See Mr. Hennesse3'''s coniniunication, Proc. Roy. Soc., v. 16,
December 12, 1867.) The mean resnlts are, —

Day of new moon, .
" first quarter,
" full moon, .
" hist quarter.

On motion, ordered that the Society of Natural Sciences
at Bremen be added to the list of associations to receive the
publications of this Society.

On motion of Mr. Peale,

Resolved^ That a committee be appointed to procure a
portrait of the late President, Dr. Franklin Bache.

And the President appointed Mr. Peale that committee.

And the Society was adjourned.

441

riiOCEEDINGS

AMERICAN PIIILOSOPIIICAL SOCIETY.

YoL. X. JULY, 1868. No. 80.

Stated Meeting, July 17 tJi, 1868.

Present, five members.

Prof. J. C. Cresson, Vice-President, in tlic Chair.

Donations for tlie Library were announced from the Paris
Geographical Society; the Bureau des Longitudes; London
Eo}' al Astronomical Society ; Boston Natural History Society ;
Bureau of the AYar Department; Congressional Library;
Smithsonian Institute; San Francisco Library; the Franklin
Institute; and the Editors of the Journal of Medical Sciences
at Philadelphia.

The death of Edward Coles, a member of the Society, was
announced, as having taken place on the 7th inst., in the 82d
year of his age.

Professor Cope presented for publication a paper entitled :
A Synopsis of the extinct Batrachia and Reptilia of North
America. Peferred to a Committee consisting of Dr. Leidy,
Professor Trego and Dr. Ruschenberger.

Professor Cope read a communication: On the Origin of
Genera. Referred to the Secretaries.

Mr. Chase, continuing his remarks made at the last meeting,
adduced fresh evidence of a tidal rain-fall, from a discussion
of Meteorological Observations made uninterruptedly for 43|
years at Philadelphia.

Dr. H. C. Wood presented for publication a paper on Pha-
VOL. X. — 3i

442

langia and Pedipalpi collected hy Prof. Orion in Western
South America, with a description of a new African species.
Eeferred to the same Committee.

Ballotting for members and other business was postponed,
and the Society was adjourned.

Stated Meeting, August 21st, 1868.

Present, two members.

Dr. II. C. Wood, in the Chair.

Letters acknowledging the reception of Proceedings No. 76
were received from the Imperial Geographical Society of
Russia, and the Royal Academy at Lisbon.

Letters announcing donations to the Library were read from
the Imperial Russian Geological Society; M. Schyanoff" of
Kiew ; and the Surgeon General's Office at Washington.

A photograph for the Album was received from Prof.
Winchell of Ann Arbor, Michigan.

Donations for the Library v/ere announced from Alexander
Schyanoff of Kiew; the Danish Antiquarian Society; the
Prussian Academj^; the Academy d. Lincei; the Teyler Mu-
seum; French Geographical Society; Royal Asiatic Society;
Essex Institute; Boston Natural History Society, Public
Library, S. II. Scudder, M. D., and Lothrop and Kemp; the
American Antiquarian Society; Yale College; Silliman's
Journal; Academy of Natural Sciences; Franklin Institute;
Medical News; Burnham and Bartlett of Chicago; the Acad-
emy of Sciences and Prof. G. S. Swallow of St. Louis.

The minutes of the last meeting of the Board of Officers
and Council were read.

Pending nominations Nos. 589, 590, 591, 592 Avere read,
and the Society was adjourned.

443

Stated Meeting^ Seplemher 18tli, 1868.

Present, twelve members.
JouN C. Cresson", Vice-President, in tlie Chair.

Letters announcing donations from tlic Library were read
from the Geological Survey of Sweden, Dec. 31, 1867; the
Belgian Academj^, April 2, 1868; the Physical Society at
Berlin, xlpril 15, 1868; the Austrian Academy, April 23d,
1868; Boston Natural History Society, May 15, 1868; and
the British Ordinance Survey Office, dated Southampton,
Aug. 11, 1868.

Letters acknowledging receipt of publications were received
from the Belgian Academy; Riga Natural History Laiion;
Berlin Physical Society; and Boston Natural History Society.

Donations for the Library were announced from the Riga
Natural History Union; Swedish Geological Survey; Dr.
Koch; the Berlin Physical Society; German Geological So-
ciety ; Bremen Natural History Union ; Dr. F. C. Noll, curator
of the Zoological Gardens; M. Joachim Barrande; Austrian
Acadeiny ; and Dr. C. Scherzer of Vienna.

The Committee on Mr. Cope's paper, on Extinct Batrachia
and Reptilia of North America, recommended its publication
in the Transactions. The report, after consideration, was
recommitted, for the paper to be completed.

The decease of the following members of the Society was
reported b}^ the Secretaries: — ■

Charles Adolph Morlot; Feb'y 10, 1867, cetat 46.

Gen. Geo. A. McCall; Feby, 1868.

M. Boucher de Perthes; Aug. 3, 1868, setat 80.

A copy of the proceedings No. 78 (79) just published was
laid on the table, by the Secretaries.

Pending nominations 589, 590, 591, 592 were read, and the
Society was adjourned.

444

Stated Meeting^ October 2, 1868.

Present, eleven members.

Judge Shaeswood, Yice-President, in tlie Chair.

A letter was received from ]\Ir. Moncure Eobinson forward-
ing a donation for the Library from M. Michel Chevalier.
Other donations for the Library were received from Prof.
Zantedeschi, the Prussian Academy, the Geological Society
and Meteorological Society of London ; Eadclitie Observatory;
Franklin Institute; and Adjutant General's Office at Wash-
ington.

The decease of Dr. Francis West, in Philadelphia, on the
24th of September, in the 59th year of his age, Avas announced
by Prof. Trego.

A communication was received from Prof. J. D. Whitney,
Chief of the Geological Survey of California, entitled Azotes
on the Orirjin of Bitumens^ together with ex^oerirnents Upon the
formation of Asphaltum. By S. F. Peckham. On motion of
Prof. Cresson it was referred to the Secretaries, to publish in
whole or part, in the Proceedings.

A communication was received from Prof. F. Y. Hayden,
dated Fort Sanders, Wyoming Territory, Sept. 20th, 1868,
entitled: Notes on the Geology of Wyoming and Colorado
Territories^ No. 1. By F. Y. Hayden. On motion of Prof.
Cresson, it was referred to the Secretary to publish, in whole
or in part, in the Proceedings.

A communication was made by Mr. Chase of diagrams,
curves of rainfall at Surrey England and at Philadelphia,
between the years 1825 and 1864, and of his conclusions
therefrom deduced as to the relations of their maxima and
minima to the phases of the Moon.

The portrait of Dr. Franklin Bache, by Waugh, was ex-
hibited for the inspection of members.

Nominations Nos. 589 to 592 were read, and the Society
was adjourned.

Septonibcr IS, 1868.] 445 [rockham.

Notes on the origin of Bitumois, together xvith experiments
upon the formation of Asphallum ; by S. F. Peckham. Com-
municated by Prof. J. D. Whitney, Chief of the Geological
Survey of California, fur the Proceedings of the American
Philosophical Society. Sej:). 18, 1868.

The lack of clear definitions of the specific differences existing
between the different varieties of bitumen, or perhaps more
strictly speaking, the lack of a uniform and exact nomenclature
by which to designate those differences, has led to much confu-
sion in description, and has rendered a comparison of the notes
of different observers a task of much difficulty. It is for the
purpose of suggesting a more exact nomenclature, as well as
to point out the conformity or nonconformity, of the results of
my own observations with existing theories, that the following
notes are offered.

In all the more extended treatises upon chemistry and mine-
ralogy, definitions are given in more or less detail of naphtha,
petroleum, maltha and asphaltum, as varieties of bitumen. The
generic relation of the different forms of bitumen and the dif-
ference between asphalt and the allied minerals gua^-aquillite,
idrialine, etc.; also the marked differences existing between true
solid bitumens and pj-robitumens, or substances yielding bitu-
men upon application of heat, has been very clearly pointed out
by Dr. T. S. Hunt upon several occasions.* He makes fusibil-
ity, and solubility in bi-sulphide of carbon a distinguishing test
of all true bitumens, and further shows that substances other-
wise resembling bitumens which are not soluble in this men-
struum are not coals but derivatives of bitumen.

It appears to me desirable that the generic term "Bitumen'
should be so employed as to include all liquid or solid mineral
hj'drocarbons soluble in bi-sulphide of carbon, and minerals from
which they may be derived which are not true coals ; coals from
which they may be derived being termed bituminous. Regard-
ing therefore petroleum as the normal form of bitumen, the

* Clicm. News, VI. 5, Am. Jcurual of Sci. and Arts, (-2) XXXV. 157.

reckhani.] 446 [Scpteinl)erlS.

Other varieties derived from it will be found susceptible of the
following classification.

f Lower DERivATiVESj-I^aptha.?, and gaseous carbides of )iydrogen
(by distiUation).

^Malthas.

.Asphalts.

■ PjTo-aspbalts.

ITigber Derivatives. <j

(by inspissation | \ Asphaltic-Scbists.

or decoiiipositiou ) L

Pjjtroleum <

Pyro-Scliists.

The exceptional forms before mentioned, do not perhaps admit
of any classification in relation to petroleum, having been formed
probably under peculiar circumstances, Avhich were local in their
action.

I shall assume, without asserting it to be a fact, that petro-
leum is the normal or primar}^ product of the decomposition of
marine animal or vegetable organisms, chiefly the former, and
that nearly all other varieties of bitumen are products of a sub-
sequent decomposition of petroleum, diff'ering both in kind and
degree.

Various opinions have been expressed concerning the origin
of petroleum. Until quite recently, all of these theories were
based upon the assumption that it has been derived from vege-
tal)le or animal organisms. It has been supposed to be the pro-
duct of the decomposition of woody fibre by which more of
the carbon and less of the hydrogen has been evolved than by
the decomposition which has produced coal. Again, it has .been
supposed to be the product of the natural distillation of p^-robi-
tuminous shales and coals. M. Lesquereux attributes its origin
to the partial decomposition of low forms of marine vegetation.
Yet, again M. Berthelot has advanced the theory that by com-
plex chemical changes at present taking place in the interior of
the earth, petroleum is being continually set free. The follow-
ing extract translated from his paper, Avill serve to give an idea
of his views upon this subject.

" If in accordance with an hypothesis recently" announced by
M. Daubre, it be admitted that the terrestrial mass contains free
alkali metals in its interior, this hypothesis alone, together with
experiments that I have lately published, furnishes almost of
necessity a method of explaining the formation of carbides of
h^'drogen. According to my experiments, when carbonic acid,

ISOS.] ^^"J [rcckhuiii.

which everywhere infiltrates the terrestrial crust comes, in con-
tact with the alkali metals at a high temperature, acetylicles
are formed. These same acetylicles also result from contact of
the earthy carbonates with the alkali metals even below a dull
red heat.

" Now the alkaline acetylides thus produced could be subjected
to the action of vapor of water ; free acetyline would result, if
the products were removed immediately from the influence of
heat and of hydrogen (produced at the same time by the reac-
tion of water upon the free metals) and the other bodies which
are found present. But in consequence of the different condi-
tions the acetyline would not exist, as has been proved by my
recent experiments.

" In its place we obtain either the products of its condensa-
tion, which aiiproach the bitumens and tars, or the products of
the reaction of hydrogen upon those bodies already- condensed.
That is to sa3\ more hydrogenated caibides. For example, h}^-
drogen reacting upon the acetylene, engenders eth3dene and h}--
dride of ethylene. A new reaction of the hydrogen either upon
the polymeres of acetylene or upon those of ethylene would en-
gender formenic carbides, the same as those which constitute
American petroleum. An almost unlimited diversity in the re-
action is here possible, according to the temperature and the
bodies present.

" We can thus imagine the production by a purely mineral
method, of all the natural carbides. The intervention of heat,
of water and the alkali metals, together with the tendency of the
carbides to unite with each other to form matters more con-
densed, are sufficient to account for the formation of these
curious compounds. Their formation could thus be effected in
a continuous manner, because the reactions which give birth to
them are continually renewed. >(; * *

" This hypothesis is susceptible of further development, but I
prefer to dwell within the limits authorized by my experiments
without wishing to announce other than geological possibil-
ities."*

I am convinced that the remains of animal life have contrib-
uted mucli more largely to the formation of petroleum than has
been generally supposed, and further that the different varieties

* Annalcs dc Clicmic. ct dc Physique, Dec, 18G6.

Peckham.] 44 S [September 18.

of petroleum are largely due to the varied forms of animal life
existing during the different geological epochs to which the
rocks belong, from which the oil primarily issues. This latter
idea was suggested b}^ a remark of Dr. T. S. Hunt when he
saj's : " their presence" (that is, the petroleums of Pennsylvania
and Canada) " in the lower palaeozoic rocks which contain no
traces of land plants, shows that they have not in all cases been
derived from terrestrial vegetation but may have been formed
from marine plants or animals ; the latter is not surprising
when we consider that a considerable portion of the tissues of
the lower marine animals is destitute of nitrogen and very simi-
lar in chemical constitution to the woody fibre of plants.*"

This opinion is further strengthened and confirmed when we
find in rocks of tertiary age, in which fossil remains of the
higher marine animals are found in abundance, a petroleum com-
paratively rich in nitrogen, of unstable constitution and under-
going decomposition in a manner similar to putrefaction. Such
is the character of the petroleum issuing from the Miocene of
the coast ranges of Southern California, and from such meagre
accoimts as are accessible, I infer that such are the character-
istics of the petroleum of the Baku region on the shores of the
Caspian Sea, issuing from rocks which I am assured b}^ the
Baron Koschkull are also of Miocene age.

Let us examine these diff'erent theories. Bischof has shown
very clearly and with abundant illustrations, the manner in
which the decompositions may be effected which produce the
different kinds of coals and bitumens from wood.f These illus-
trations have been abridged and arranged in tabular form b}'
Dr. Hunt, in a paper publislied in the sixth volume of the Chemi-
cal News.J The reactions necessary to produce petroleum in-
stead of coal have been further traced bj^ him in the article
before quoted from the American Journal. § The theoretical
possibility of such a decomposition requires no further proof,
but it should be observed that these theories are based upon the
results of ultimate not proximate analysis.

If it be granted that a theoretical compound ma}' be obtained
from cellulose having an equal number of equivalents of carbon
and hydrogen, the general formula for petroleum, the fact still
remains that petroleum has never been observed under such

* Cliem. News, VI. 5. t Chera. and Pliys. Geology, I. 274.

X C'lieni. News, VI. 38. § Am. Jour. Sci. and Arts, (2) XXXV. 158.

lues.] 44Q (Peckluim.

circumstances as to leave no possibilitj' of a doiiht that it was
derived from wood. Tlie observations of Mr. J. P. Lesley are
the most conclusive of any that I have met, yet, it appears to
me the facts as observed by him, may be accounted for upon an
hypothesis more in harmony with tliose connected with the
occurrence of mineral oils in other localities.* Several in-
stances are cited by Bischof, in illustration of the fact that
wood has changed to lignite during the historic period. f The
discover}^ of the piles driven in the Thames b}' the ancient
Britons, and of timl)er in long abandoned mines, both found in
a carbonized condition, will serve as examples. Still more
recent discoveries were made at Port Hudson, La., where wood
bearing the marks of the axe was found in a sedimentary depos-
ite of the Mississippi river in a carbonized or as the writer ex-
presses it, bituminized condition. J It is therefore to be inferred
that the formation of petroleum from wood}' fibre presupposes a
peculiar decomposition, under conditions so extraordinary as not
to exist at present ; conditions too that though possible during
former geological epochs were then by no means universal, as is
proved b}' the fact that petroleum and coal alike occur in almost
every formation from the primary to the tertiary, and often in
close proximity to each other. The formation in Southern Cali-
fornia in which petroleiim and other forms of bitumen occur in
vast quantities, contains lignitic remains at rare intervals, prov-
ing that the conditions essential to the formation of lignite and
petroleum were present at the same time.

Again, coal is a compound body, while petroleum is a com-
pound of compounds — a mixture of many substances of defi-
nite constitution. Substances identical Avith those existing in
petroleum may be obtained from coal, but it is onlj' upon the
decomposition of the coal that they are obtained, while they
exist in the petroleum already formed. These substances are
also formed b}' the destructive distillation of wood with exclu-
sion of oxA'gen, but the}' do not exist in the wood already formed,
and are onl}^ f a-med artificially, by processes which are not
analogous to any which we have a right to suppose have ever
been active in nature. Animal matter may be subjected to such

* Pro. Am. I'lnl. Soc. X. 33 and 187. t Cliem. and Pliys. Geology, I. 291.

I Am. Jour. (1) XXXV. 345 — XXXVI. 118. From the description it appears
that the remains were lignitic rather than bituminous.

VOL. X. — oJ

Peckham.] 450 [September 1^.

researches of Profs. Warren and Storer, They saponified Men-
haden Oil with lime and then distilled the lime soap.* Upon
rectifying the lighter portions of the crude distillate and subject-
ing it to the process of fractionation invented by Prof. Warren,
they obtained the identical hydrocarbons found by them in
Pennsylvania petroleum. Taken as a whole the distillate resem-
bled more nearl3^ Rangoon petroleum, which has been analyzed
by the same gentleman.

The facts just mentioned when viewed b3' themselves, suggest
the theory that petroleum is the product of the distillation of
p^a-obituminous minerals by natural processes. Excepting in
the case of some of the lightest varieties, more properly termed
naphthas, I do not consider that there is any further evidence
to support such an hypothesis. The discovery of strata satu-
rated with petroleum or the products of its decomposition, while
those above and below do not contain a trace of it, is sufficient
in itself to refute such an opinion.

The opinions entertained by M. Lesquereux when applied to
petroleums issuing from pahieozoic rocks, are perhaps as little
open to objection as any theor^^ of which I have spoken; but as
a formula applicable to all conditions under which petroleum
occurs, they cannot be maintained. Even when confined to the
application which he has made of them, I think they claim too
exclusivel}' a vegetable origin. It would be equally open to
objection to claim that those oils were without exception of ani-
mal origin. The differences between the animal and vegetable
life of a deep sea fauna, both in functional aucl elementary' or-
ganization, are too slight to admit of any nice theoretical dis-
tinctions being drawn respecting the products of their decompo-
sition. A mass of polypi undergoing decomposition upon a
beach would doubtless saturate the sand with carbonaceous
matter as readily as an equal bulk of algse. If petroleum were
invariably derived from marine algoe, we should expect to find it
identical in composition wherever found, as the conditions
favorable to their growth and their composition are in all cases
too nearly identical to admit of any marked variation in the
products of their decomposition. We should not therefore expect
to find hi one formation a very stable substance, and in another
ti'eatment as to yield similar results, as has been shown b}' the

* Mem. Am. Acad. X. S. IX. 177.

1868.] -.r^^ [IH'fivliaiii.

one eqiuill}' unstable, j'et both derived from a source which has
varied but sliglitl}', if at all, through all geological epochs.

The theory of M. Berthelot appears to me to derive less sup-
port from observed facts than any which has been proposed. It
was doubtless formed with reference to the petroleums of Penn-
s^'lvania, which are among the purest mineral hydrocarbons of
any found in large quantities. The very small proportion of
nitrogen existing in these oils, might perhaps be accounted for
as an accidental constituent of the limestone, or as being mechan-
ically mingled with the carbonic acid or watery vapor. Neither
supposition is at all probable, since free nitrogen possesses such
slight alhnities. It adds nothing to its support to admit that
the alkali metals do exist in the interior of the earth, in the free
state. The ver}^ great difference observed between the varieties
of petroleum, cannot be satisfactorily- explained upon any hypo-
thesis, that regards them as the results of the same process act-
ing upon like materials ; neither should it be expected that a
process yielding an almost " unlimited diversity" of products
under slightly varying circumstances, would furnish a uniform
result over a very wide area. Samples of Pennsylvania petro-
leum of the same densit^^, when gathered from Avidely separated
localities, furnish identical results upon anal^^sis ; so too do
California petroleums, though gathered from localities fifty
miles apart, and yet the two vai'ieties of oil are exceedingly
unlike. " It is moreover altogether erroneous, to attempt to
explain the causes of geological facts, by the aid of supposed
analogies with the complex apparatus of physical cabinets,
whose existence in nature could scarcely be conceived by the
boldest and most unrestrained imagination."*

Too much has been assumed concerning the constitution of all
petroleums from the researches of the few investigators who
have studied Penns^dvania petroleum. Because Messrs. Warren
and Storer discovered that the same proximate principles exist
in that portion of Pennsylvania and Rangoon petroleums boil-
ing at or below 200° C, j'et not in the same relative proportion,
and not without admixture of different substances, it must not
be taken for granted that all petroleums contain those i^rinci-
ples. Very little is at present known concerning the more
dense portions of Pennsylvania petroleum having boiling points

* Biscliot. Chem. and Phys. Geology, I. 2i'S.

Peckham.] 45'^ [September 18.

above 200° C, amounting to about thirty per cent, by measure.
When this dense portion amounts in other petroleums to about
seventy per cent., even should the lighter portions contain the
same principles, the question of similarity between the two oils
requires a comparison of the heavier quite as much as the lighter
portions.

The small proportion of nitrogen foiiud in the petroleums of
the palaeozoic rocks of Penns3'lvania and Canada, might be derived
from any source to which the origin of petroleum has yet been
ascribed ; but when we pass up from those earlj^ formations
through the secondary rocks to the middle tertiary, to a deposit
rich in remains of the higher marine animals, in which cetacean
bones are as frequently met as any other fossil, and find an oil
comparatively rich in nitrogen, we are forced to admit that the
conditions of such theories are less in accordance with" facts.
The decomposition of carbonic acid and water by alkali metals
would scarcely be expected to produce an hydrocarbon of A^ery
unstable character, containing so large a proportion of nitrogen
as to render its decomposition analogous to putrefaction. Nor
should we expect such results from the partial decomposition of
vegetable matter, either of terrestrial or marine origin. The
small proportion of nitrogenous matter in the woody structure
of forest trees, and the still smaller propoilion in marine vege-
tation would fail to furnish the requisite amount, but in the
partial decomposition of the remains of highly organized ani-
mal tissue, we have an abundant source of nitrogen.

Dr. Hunt has shown the possible derivation of compounds
having an equal number of equivalents of carbon and hydrogen,
similar to or identical with petroleum, from the decomposition
of animal tissue. He discusses this possibility however, onl}^
with reference to the bitumens "met with in the lower Silurian
and Devonian limestones of marine origin."*

It is not difficult to propose a theoretical decomposition of
many of the proximate principles of animal origin, which would
yield a substance having an equal number of equivalents of car-
bon and hydrogen. Thus, if six equivalents of carbonic acid
be removed from one equivalent of stearic acid, an equal number
of equivalents of carbon and hydrogen remain. One equivalent
each of stearate and oleate of glycerine, when deprived of six-
teen equivalents of carbonic acid and four of Mater, yield two

* Am Jour. Sci. and Arts, (2) XXX. 162.

1SG8.] 453 [rcckhain-

hundred niid twonty-i'our equivaloiits each oi" carbon and by-
droiien.

The protein compounds of which animal tissues are com-
l)osed contain carbon and hydrogen in nearly equal proportions
and largely in excess of either of the other constituents. It
would be diflicult to devise any method by which they could
nntlergo decomposition, with exclusion of ox^-gen, Avithout pro-
ducing an hydrocarbon or a variety of such bodies, and it is
highly probable that they would contain nitrogen. When a
mass of animal matter, consisting not onl}^ of the muscular
tissue but of all the non-nitrogenous substances entering into
animal organisms, was thus subjected to decomposition submerged
in water, the product could not fail to be a nitro-hydrocarbon,
Avhich upon exposure to atmospheric oxygen would undergo
a second decomposition into a greater or less number of the
following named products, carbon, hydrocarbons, ammonia or
free nitrogen, carbonic acid and water. The petroleums of
Southern California, issuing primarily from Miocene shales, are
of precisely this unstable character.

Although we have not that direct evidence of the formation
of all petroleum from animal reniains, that the carbonization of
wood during the historic period and its cellular structure fur-
nishes of the derivation of coal, we are not without positive proof
that such a decomposition is possible through the agency of natu-
ral causes. Solid bitumen has been repeatedly found filling the
cavities in the Lias of England, once filled with the gigantic ma-
rine lizards of that formation. " In some cases," says Dr. Hunt,
'' petroleum is found filling cavities in silurian limestones, as at
Riviere de la Rose (Montmorenci) where it flows in drops from
a fossil coral of the birds-eye limestone ; and at Pakenham where
it fills the cavities of the large orthoceratites in the Trenton.*"
In one locality in California, a shaft was sunk upon an oil spring
in the belt of oil shales. A reliable witness informed me that the
excavation passed for several feet through a mass of fossil bones
which were saturated with oil. The mass w^hen thrown out re-
tained the cellular structure of bone for several days, but finally
crumbled on exposure to the atmosphere.

It may be urged that if petroleum was of animal origin it

* Clicm. News, VI. 15. Ain. Jour. (2) XXX"\'. lOCi. A very large luniilier of
similar iii.stanees are ineutioiied b}' Dr. Hunt and Dr. J. S. Newbury, us occ-ur-
ling in tlie United States and Canada.

Peckhain.] 45^ [September 18.

would contain both phosj^horous and sulphur. Phosphate of
lime is quite freely soluble in water saturated with carbonic
acid; and sulphuretted hydrogen is soluble in cold water ex-
cepting when it contains a free acid. Bones too are soluble in
water containing either carbonic acid or chloride of sodium or
ammonium.* Since water almost invariablj^ contains carbonic
acid, these products of decomposition would soon be borne
awa}'. Sulphates, especially those of the alkalies, when in
solution, are decomposed when the water containing them flows
through strata impregnated with organic matter, into sulphu-
retted hj'drogen and a carbonate of the oxide present. When
sulphuretted h3-drogen infiltrates strata containing carbonate of
lime, gypsum is formed and sulphur deposited.f Nearly every
spring of bitumen in Southern California yields also more or
less water, containing organic matter in solution, together with
salts of soda, chiefly sulphate, carbonate and chloride. The
water is also almost without exception, highly charged with
sulphuretted hj'drogen, and deposits of sulphur of considerable
extent are of frequent occurrence, often accompanied with gyp-
sum in irregular masses. As sulphur is sparingly soluble in
petroleum, those of that region all contain it in small propor-
tion. Should the water which accompanies the oil in Pennsyl-
vania, be found to be free from sulphates, especially those of the
alkalies, the fact would furnish an explanation of the remarkable
freedom of those oils from sulphur. In the few instances in
which oil containing sulphur has been found in cavities of fossils
hermetically sealed, the sulphur might have been derived from
the animal remains from which the oil originated. J

In accordance with the foregoing conclusions, I repeat, let it be
assumed that petroleum is the normal or primary product of the
decomposition of organic matter, chieflj'' animal, then the dift'er-
ent varieties are found to fall into two groups. The first group
forms asphaltum by inspissation, if at all ; it contains paraflflue,
and the products of the distillation of all the forms of bitumen
derived from it, ^-ield parafline. This group I shall designate
the class .-l, and it ma^^ be represented by the petroleums of
the Oil Creek region, Pennsylvania. The second group forms

* Bischof Chem. and Phys. Geology. II. 28. t H^itl- I- 15 and 340.

X It would be of interest to know if any iustances occur in which :.llie lime-
stone surrounding these cavities has been replaced by gypsum.

18(i8.] 455 [rcckhaui.

.aspiifiltum by docomposition, it does not contain paraffme,
neither do the distiUates from any of its derivatives ; this group
I shall call the class />', and it may be represented by the petro-
leums of Southern California. The derived forms of these
different classes are designated, asphalts of the class A, pyro-
asphalts of the class />', etc.

The word naphtha is used to designate the most volatile pro-
ducts of the distillation of wood, coal or petroleum. "When
restricted in its use to this class of substances, it indicates an
extremely volatile product of distillation, composed of carbon
and hydrogen. The loose manner in which this term has been
applied to products of exceedingly unlike chai'acter, has led to
much confusion in description. I propose in this connection to
limit its nse to those extremely volatile and slightly colored
mineral oils, which are occasionally met with in different local-
ities, and which are evidently the product of a distillation car-
ried on by natural processes.*

Gaseous carbides of hydrogen almost invariably accompany
deposits of l)itumen of every variety.

Maltha or mineral tar is, as its name implies, more nearly
allied to tar in its ph^'sical properties than to oil. It is usually
described as distinguished from petroleum b}^ its viscidity, but
a more marked dissimilarity is found in the manner in which the
two are separated from mechanical admixture with either gaseous
or licjuid impurities. When petroleum is mingled with either water
or air, they readih^ separate, as soon as the mixture is allowed
to remain at rest, leaving the petroleum in a state of purity.
With the more dense varieties this separation ma}^ be assisted
b}^ the aid of a gentle heat. Petroleum which has been thus
separated from these impurities may be heated to its boiling-
point, when gentle ebullition ensues. If however an attempt is
made to boil petroleum before such separation is complete, the
water will subside as the temperature is raised, until at 100° C,
the ebullition will become explosive from the escape of inter-
mittent puffs of steam.

Crude maltha which has escaped from a fissure in a rock, or
has been pumped from a well accompanied b}' water, in falling
into a tank, entangles air in its descent. Manj^ of the larger
bubbles of both air and water readil}' separate, but the separa-

* See Humbolt's Travels, 1. 19S ; III. 113, Bohn's Ed.

Peckham.] 4^fi [September 18.

tioii will not be complete if the maltha should remain at rest for
months. When placed in tanks and moderately heated for a
long time the separation is still incomplete. As the temperature
is raised the liquid commences to foam, the foam finally occupy-
ing many times the bulk of the maltha. A sample of California
maltha which I examined, appeared to be a pure black viscous
bitumen of uniform consistence. When heated it began to foam
perceptibly when the temperature was raised only ten degrees
Fahr., and at 100° it foamed so rapidly that retort and worm
were soon entirely filled. When heated in an open vessel the
foam occupied about twent}^ times the bulk of the maltha, and
the air and water were not expelled until the temperature had
reached 230° Fahr.

The surface oils or tars obtained from the so-called surface
wells, bored in the superficial detritus at Enniskillen, were mal-
thas possessing this characteristic of viscidit}^, and presenting
the same obstacles to successful distillation encountered in those
from California.

The same causes which produce the lighter varieties of maltha
from petroleum, whether it belong to the class A or />, if their
action be continued, will cause the bitumen to become more and
more dense, until it attains the consistencj'' of pitch and finall}'
hardens into solid asphaltum. The line of separation between
maltha and asphaltum is wholly arbitrary.

Of the solid bituminous minerals which are derived from
petroleum, there are four distinct species, viz: asphaltum, pyro-
asphaltum, asphaltic schists and pyroschists. The first two are
pure bitumens, amorphous, with a brilliant conchoidal, sometimes
angular, fracture. Asphaltum is soluble in bi-sulphide of carbon,
pyroasphaltum is insoluble, but both yield a distillate soluble in
that menstruum. Asphaltic schists and pyroschists are pro-
duced either b}' the saturation of pervious strata with petroleum,
or by the admixture of organic and earthy matter during the
deposition of sedimentrary strata, and their subsequent trans-
formation into asphaltum. Under these two species may be in-
cluded as varieties, all those bituminous minerals in which the
earthy matter preponderates, whether it be sand, slate or lime-
stone. They ma}'" be distinguished from each other by the same
tests which serve to discriminate between asphalts and pyro-
asphalts. The pyroasphalts and schists are derived from the

1^*68.] ^ciT LPeckhatii.

nsplialtic minerals by ca change whicli renders tliem less soliil)le
and l'iisil)le, and more nearly rescm1)lin<2: coals.

Tlie derivation of solid forms of bitumen from the class A,
presupposes the possibility of forming aspluiltum b}' the int^pii^-
i^alion of petroleum. There are many small deposits filling
cavities in rocks, both of asphalts and pyroasphalts, mentioned
b_y Dr. Hunt and others, which maij have been formed in this
manner.* I am however extremely doubtful if the veins of so-
called inspissated petroleum, of which albertite is an example,
are not more probably the jjroduct of the distillation of asphaltic
or pyroasphaltic schists, at a very low temperature, resulting
from their metamorphosis. This view obtains additional force,
if the theory be admitted that metamorphic action has taken
place through the agency of watery vapor, as the distillation
Avould then have taken place at the lowest temperature, under
conditions favorable to the production of the largest quantity of
distillate, of the greatest density possible. The enormous quan-
tity of petroleum of ordinar}^ density, w4iich would upon inspis-
sation furnish a solid residue, sufficient to form a deposit equal
in extent to that of the albertite, can scarcely be conceived of
even when compared Avith such vast accumulations as those of
Pennsylvania and Rangoon.

Enormous deposits of asphaltum have been formed in Califor-
nia b}^ the decomposition of petroleums of the class //. As-
l)haltic schists of the same class are also numerous in that
region.

The classification of bitumens which I have adopted, was sug.
gcstcd by the results of many months' study of the formation
of asphaltum in California, by natural causes, and by the results
of analysis and experiments upon California and Penns^'lvania
petroleums, made in the laboratory of Brown Universit}'.

Throughout the oil-belt of Southern California, every form of
bitumen derived from petroleum of the class />, is found, with
the exception of naphtha, pyroasphalts and pyroschists. Light
petroleums of a beautiful green color, pass through ever}- degree
of blackness and densitj' to solid asphaltum. None of the
natural forms, nor distillates produced from them, contain a
trace of paraffine. The green oils upon exposure to atmos-

* Rep. Geo. Sur. of Canada, 186(!, pp. 252 and '20.2; Vanuxem Rep. Geo. Sur.
of New York.

VOL. X 3k

I'eckham.] 458 [Seplember IS.

pheric action soon become brown or black, but the increase in
density is very gradual. These changes are not all produced
upon the surface, as many of the springs yield maltha of varying
density, and wells bored to a depth of from fifty to four hundred
feet, have yielded bitumen which had undergone a greater or
less change. A careful study of the different exposures over a
very wide area, when taken in connection with the above men-
tioned facts, convinced me that such changes could not possibly
be produced by inspissation, even in the warm climate of South-
ern California. I soon became equally well satisfied that they
were due entirely to the action of atmospheric air, conveyed
through the agency of rain water. Wherever the belt of shales
from which the oil primaril}^ issues is exposed in a nearly or
quite perpendicular blutf, in which the shales are overlaid with
impervious strata of sandstone or by several hundred feet of
shales, the oil reaches the surface unchanged ; but Avhen the out
crop occurs near the base of a gentle slope, or near the summit
of the hills, in situations where the oil shales are horizontall}'
exposed to the action of meteoric water over areas of consider-
able extent, the bitumen exudes of a densitj^ increased in propor-
tion to the amount of exposure to which it has been subjected.
The subterranean reservoirs of Penusylvanian petroleum are
overlaid by slightly disturbed and inclined strata of impervious
sandstones, while the oil shales of California contain few large
fissures but innumerable small ones, the fluid being held in them
by capillary attraction and between the layers of shale, conse-
quently exposing a very large surface of oil to contact with
water, w'herever the strata are so exposed as to admit of its
infiltration. The strata in that region are very much broken
and inclined at ver^^ high angles.

I became convinced at a very early date in my study of this
subject that the difference in exposure alone, would perhaps
account for the difference in the average density of the Penn-
S3dvania and California oils, but the discover}- of the fact that
the latter did not contain paraffine, and that it was not found
in oils distilled from them, led me to question the identity of
these oils in chemical constitution.

The researches of Prof. Warren upon volatile hj-drocarbons
from various sources have shown conclusively, that ultimate
analyses of crude petroleums are of little or no assistance in

1868.] 4^Q [I'cckliam.

making comparisons between them. I have not yet been able
to devote the length of time required to make a complete sepa-
ration of the proximate principles contained in the California
Oils, but have accomplished enough to strengthen my first im-
])ression, tliat they arc unlike those of corresponding density
foniid in Pcnnsjdvania Oils.

Having observed upon several occasions, small pools of Cali-
fornia maltha which were literall}' filled with the larva> of insects,
I was led to believe that those oils contained an unusually large
proportion of nitrogen. I therefore embraced the first opportu-
nit}' offered, to make analyses of several samples and compare
the results with that of an analysis of Pennsylvania Oil.*

The samples of California Oil had been gathered about nine
months previous, that of Pennsylvania Oil I should think had
been gathered about five months.

The results were as follows :

1 Sample inin " mean 1.105 per cent.

2 " 1.026 ) u 1 Aip5 u

l.OOTj

3 " I'ossi " ^-^^^^ "

4 " Maltha '^.iVr " -5645 "

.584)

■D 1 • rk-1 (mean of three) mio u

Pennsylvania Oil -I , - .1912 "

•^ ( analyses j

The first sample was more dense than the second, but had
been least exposed to atmospheric action. These results led me
to infer, that the change consisted in the breaking up of unstable
nitrogenous compounds, with deposition of uncombined carbon
and consequent thickening and blackening of the oil.

One year later, wishing to test apparatus and materials for
the further prosecution of this research, I made a trial analj'Sis
of the first sample, and was surprised to find that the quantity
of nitrogen had diminished by more than one half. The anal}-,
sis was repeated with the following results :

.493

.485

.486 mean .487*75 per cent.

.48'7

* Mr. Moss, Supt. of an Oil Estate near San Biicna Ventura, stated to nie
that oils fresh from tunnels, when exposed lor a low days in a shallow dish,
became filled with maggots.

Pcckbain.] 4fi0 [September IS.

The other samples furnished similar results. A portion of
the first sample added to a portion of chemically pure Urea,
gave the estimated quantity of nitrogen within a few thousandths
of one per cent. A sample of Mecca Oil furnished me by Dr.
J. S. Newbury, yielded .230 per cent., and another from the
Cumberland Well, W. Va., furnished me by Prof. E. B. An-
drews, yielded .054 per cent. The California Oils had been kept
during- the year in partially filled tin oil cans, closed with a
cork. The loss of nitrogen was not accompanied by a corres-
ponding increase in density, but the color had changed from
dark brown to black. These results proved the change to be
only in very small part due, to the breaking up of nitrogenous
compounds.

I then determined to study the action of powerful oxidizing
agents upon the two varieties of oil. For this purpose I first
attempted to generate ozone by phosphorous, but found it very
difficult to manage. I then had recourse to the action of con-
centrated sulphuric acid upon dry per-manganate of potash, as
a source of ozone. With these reagents I was entirely success-
ful. The first per-manganate that I used, contained a portion
of nndecomposed chlorate, and consequently gave oft' chlorine
as well as ozone. Twenty-five grams each of the California and
Pennsylvania Oils were subjected to the action of the mixed
gases under identical conditions. The gases passed through
the California Oils in small bubbles, each bubble being covered
with a film of oil, Avhich rising and adhering to each other filled
the vessel, until a sudden collapse made room for more. With
the Pennsylvania Oil the bubbles rose to the surface and burst.
The quantity of both oils diminished in weight as the action was
prolonged from two to fifteen days, but not in proportion to the
length of time, as the amount of gases generated were greater
for the time during the shorter than the longer pei'iod. No
change whatever was perceptible in the Pennsylvania Oil ex-
cepting an increase in specific gravity. It remained perfectly
fluid, retaining its color and partial transparency, and no sedi-
ment was deposited from it. With the California Oils on the
contrary the action of the gases was extremely energetic. As
the first portions passed through the oil and collapsed, minute
particles of solid bitumen were left as the residuum of each
bu])ble. As the action was prolonged the specific gravity of the

ISGS.] AQI [Peckluun.

oil was increased, and solid bitumen in proportionally large
amount was precipitated to the bottom ot tne vessel. After
decanting the liquid portion from the solid, the latter was found
to be a brittle asphalt, having a brilliant fracture, readily soluble
in bi-sulphide of carbon and fusible at the boiling point of water.
The minute particles first deposited were insoluble in that men-
struum and infusible at the temperature before mentioned.

I next subjected other portions of the same samples to the
action of ozone, prepared from pure and dry per-manganate of
potash. The action of this gas was less energetic than Avhen it
was mixed witli chlorine. No solid bitumen was formed insol-
uble in bi-sulphide of carbon, but in other respects its action
upon each of the oils was not to be distinguished from that of
the mixed gases. A third series of experiments were made by
passing atmospheric air through portions of the same samples.
The time was prolonged to fifty da3'S, j'et as in the former experi-
ments with chlorine and ozone, the Pennsylvania Oil presented
no change, which might not be attributed to very slow evapo-
ration, retaining entirely its peculiarities of color, being changed
only in consistence, which became as honey, and losing at least
three-fourths of its bulk and weight.* No solid bitumen Avas
deposited from the California Oil in this experiment. It dimin-
ished somewhat in bulk and weight, but increased in specific
gravity in much greater proportion to its loss, than the Penn-
sylvania Oil.

An experiment made to ascertain the products of the decom-
position, effected by the ozone upon the California Oil, failed to
detect water, but exhibited carbonic acid in abundance, undoubt-
edl}' accompanied by gaseous carbides of hydrogen, although of
the latter supposition I have as yet no positive proof.

It would be useless at present to attempt to form even a spec-
ulative explanation of the reactions which take place in the
decomposition which forms asphaltum, as nothing is as yet
known of the proximate principles which make up California
petroleum.

These results of observation and experiment, simple as tliey
may at first appear, are nevertheless the first steps towards a

* May not "Ozocerite" and other somi-transnarent and elastic solid bitu-
mens, be formed by the verj- gradual evaporation of petroleums resembling
those of Pennsylvania?

Peckhain.] A(\9 [Septcmbei- IS, 1868.

correct and successful stud}" of the dense liquid and the solid
forms of bitumen. Ultimate analysis fails to throw any light
upon the true character of a solid bitumen. It may detect
traces of nitrogen, sulphur or oxygen, but fails to show whether
they are essential or accidental elements — whether they belong
to asphaltum or whether they are derived from organic impuri-
ties, with which every surface asphalt is contaminated. Methods
of anal3^sis I'equiring a high temperature are especially unsatis-
factory, because it is impossible to discriminate in the results
obtained between products of decomposition and those of com-
position. By perfecting and extending the application of this
process to a large number of liquid bitumens of known constitu-
tion, and studying the results of their decomposition, both solid
and gaseous, a method which in relation to asphaltum may in
one sense be termed synthetic, the answer to this most interest-
ing question of the origin of bitumens, may in some degree at
least be removed from the domain of pure speculation to that
of positive knowledge.

More extended research ma}' lead to a modification of the
views herein expressed. It appears to me not unlikely that
petroleums exist intermediate between the classes A and />',
which contain proximate principles found in each of them, and
which, while they contain the paraffine series, may be susceptible
of experiencing the asphaltic change. It may also appear prob-
able that the more stable class A are entirely of vegetable
origin, Avhile the class />' is of animal origin ; a third and inter-
mediate class, should it be found to exist, being derived in part
from both sources. It is mj' intention to continue this reseach,
not onl}^ in order to obtain more exact results respecting those
oils already examined, but to extend its application to other
petroleuiTis. My object at present will be accomiDlished, if I
call the attention of those engaged in the study of petroleums,
to the consideration of these questions, the importance of which
to science and technology, circumstances have strongl}' im-
pressed upon my own mind.

PiiOYiDENCE, R. I., Jul!/ 28t7i, 18G8.

Oct. 2, 18G8.] ^QO [Ilaydc'ii.

NOTES ON THE GEOLOGY OF WYOMING AND COLO

RADO TERRITORIES— No. L

By F. V. Haydkn.

The following notes on the Geology of W^'oming Territory,
along the line of the Union Pacific Rail Road, were prepared in
the field after the labors of the day were completed, but the
region examined presents so many features new to geologists,
that I desire to have them published in the Proceedings of the
American Philosophical Societ}' in advance of my more elabo-
rate report. The great interest which is investing all this region,
will cause any remarks on the geological structure to be read
with satisfaction.

My examinations properly begin at Cheyenne City, along the
line of the Union Pacific Rail Road, but the connection of the
geology eastward, with that of the west, will be better under-
stood by a resume of the structure of the country from Omaha.
At Omaha, and extending aliove that point along the Missouri
River for about forty miles, we find that the underl3ang forma-
tions belong to the upper or barren coal measures.

OA'crlapping these are the sandstones of the Cretaceous period,
which first reveal themselves immediately along the Missouri
River about twenty miles west of Omaha, but are found about
ten miles westward, as much as eight or ten miles south of the
Platte River.

Near the mouth of the Elkhorn, the rusty sandstones of the
Dakota group occupy the whole country. Near Columbus, and
])e3'ond for twent}^ or thirty^ miles, traces of No. 3 Cretaceous are
observed, but they are never conspicuous. Nos. 4 and 5 have
not been seen along the Platte.

About two hundred miles west of the Missouri River, along
the Platte, the light colored clays and marks of the Tertiary pe-
riod commence, foreshadowed, however, by a thick superficial
deposit of fine brown grit, which seems to be of Post Pliocene
age, as it is filled with recent fresh water and land sti'ata. HeMx^
Planorbis, Piijja, Physa^ <^c. The Tertiary beds extend uninter-
ruptedly to the margin of the Laramie Range, along the line of
the Union Pacific Rail Road.

For one hundred and fifty to two hundred miles west of Omaha
the soil is fertile, and, in an agricultural point of view, can hardly
be surpassed ; but be3"ond that point there is an absence of wood
and water, which will render it impossible to cultivate the west-

Playdcn.] " ^g^ [Oct. 2.

era half of Nebraska successfully. As a graziug countiy, how-
ever, it will eveutually prove most valuable. For sheep raising
it seems especially adapted. Sheep would thrive well on the
short nutritious grasses, and the dr}^ surface strewn with drift
pebbles w^ould be admirably adapted to preserve their feet from
disease. It seems to me that all this jDortion of the West maj^ at
some period be inhabited by a pastoral people, who will raise
some of the finest flocks and herds in America. The soil itself
is fertile enough, for the cuttings along the Rail Road show a
depth of six to twelve inches of vegetable mould, but there are
not streams enough to irrigate any great portion. Even the
Platte is sometimes so dry as to have no running water below
the junction of the foi'ks. The Platte valley is very broad, aver-
aging five to fifteen miles in width, and on the bottom a good
crop of grass grown every year, so that thousands of tons of
hay are made for the use of the Government and the Union
Pacific Rail Road.

The rocks for building purposes are not abundant anywhere
along the Platte east of the mountains, but the materials for
making brick or artificial building stone occur in the greatest
abundance, scarcely equaled in any part of the world. The vast
superficial or Post Pliocene deposits which cover the surface, are
especially adapted for these purposes. At Sidney Station and
westward, there are some rather thick beds of light brown calca-
reous grit which seems to answer an excellent purpose for build-
ings, and has been much used in the erection of round houses
and other buildings of the Union Pacific Rail Road. Near
Cheyenne City these same Tertiary beds yield an excellent lime-
stone, which has been much used at that place. These Tertiary
rocks are rather porous, but work easily, and are suflicicntly du-
rable in the absence of more compact rocks.

Along the margin of the Laramie range, about sixteen miles
west of Cheyenne City, there are beds of white limestone of Car-
boniferous age, which, when burned into lime, is of the finest
quality. The walls of houses plastered with it are as white as
snoAv, and it is a gi'eat favorite with masons. The supply is in-
exhaustible.

As soon as we reach the mountains, the building materials are
as extensive as the range themselves. The sienites predominate,
and are of every quality, from compact fine grained, to a coarse
aggi'Cgate of quartz and feldspar, decomposing readil}' under at-
mospheric influences.

J8i;.-'.] ^Q^ [llay.UMi.

I would here cull attention especia,ll\^ to some beds of fine
"rained conii)act sienite along the line of the Union Pacific Rail
Road, near the summit of the first range, which nearl}- equals
the best Scotch sienite, and resembles it very closely. The
Union Pacific Rail Road contemplate transporting this beautiful
rock to Omaha, to construct with it the piers of the bridge
across tlie Missouri River. I regard this sienite to be as dur-
able, and more elegant for building purposes than Quincy granite.
One of the most important problems for solution afi'ecting the
prosperity of this portion of the West, is the possibility of util-
izing the vast quantities of coal and iron with which this country
abounds. All the coals of Wyoming and Colorado appear to be
of Tertiary age ; and so extensive are they in the West, that it
becomes a question Avhether the Tertiary' might not with more
propriety be called the Carboniferous or coal bearing period. I
have estimated the coal area north of the Arkansas, south of
Lodge Pale Creek, and east of the mountains, at five thousand
square miles. It is quite possible that a more careful examina-
tion will show that it covers a still larger area.

In connection with this coal are large deposits of brown iron
ore or limonite. Vide LeConte's Report, p. GO. There is no evi-
dence as yet that the heat-producing power of these coals is suf-
ficient to reduce iron. This iron ore occurs in the form of nod-
ules or concretions, var^dng in size from an ounce to several
hundred pounds in weight. It resembles ver^^ closely the iron
ore of Maryland and Pennsylvania. It seems to be coextensive
with the coal beds, though occurring more abundantly at some
localities than at others. About twelve miles south of Cheyenne
City there are large quantities, and within a few miles, beds of
coal five to six feet in thickness are now worked. At South
Boulder Creek it occurs again in great quantities, scattered
through twelve to fifteen hundred feet of sands and clays con-
nected with the coal. It will doubtless be found in the form of
carbonate of iron beyond the reach of atmospheric influences.

The first smelting furnace erected in Colorado was established
Ijy Mr. Josei)h Marshall, and he informed me that it required
about three tons of ore to make one ton of pig iron. Over five
hundred tons of this ore have been taken from this localitj^, and
the area occupied by it is over fifty square miles.

There are many other localities on both sides of the moun-
tains where this form of iron ore abounds.

At the sources of the CherrjMvater, about thirt}' miles north
VOL. X. — 3l

Ilaydcn.] ^gg [Oct. 2.

of Chcj'enne City, there is a vast deposit of magnetic iron ore
of the best quality. Tlirongh the kindness of my friend Dr.
Latham and Mr, Whitehead, citizens of Cheyenne City, I had
an opportunity to visit these iron mines, and I found them
much riclier and more extensive than I had previously imagined.
Worn boulders of this ore have been found in the valley of the
Cherry-water for many j'ears. In the report ot Capt. Stans-
bury the following paragraph is found : " In the bed of the
Cherry-water and on the sides of the adjacent hills were found
immense numbers of rounded black nodules of magnetic iron
ore, which seemed of unusual richness."

In the winter of 1859 I gathered a large number of erratic
specimens of this ore, which seemed to be scattered in the
greatest quantit^^ throughout the valley of the Cherry-water.
The snow was so deep that I could not trace the masses to their
source. This season I followed these erratic masses up the
valley of the Cherry -water and in the mountains, interstratified
with the metamorphic rocks, probably of Laurentian age, were
literally mountains of this magnetic ore. Mr. Whitehead traced
one of these beds a distance of one and a half miles. It occurs in
mountain-like masses similar to the ore beds on Lake Superior.

In regard to the coal of this country the evidence seems to be
clear that it is probably of Tertiar}'- age. I have traced it over
a vast area on the Upper Missouri River, and it seems probable
that it extends far northward towards the Arctic Sea. I have
also traced the Lignite beds from the Yellowstone valley by
way of the Big Horn Mountains to the North Platte, until they
pass beneath the White lliver Tertiary beds, about eighty miles
north of Fort Laramie. These beds reappear again about ten
miles south of Cheyenne City and continue uninterruptedly to
the Arkansas. On the west side of the Laramie range these
beds appear again a few miles east of Rock Creek, and from
there continue westward to Salt Lake and perhaps farther. In
Colorado these coal beds have been wrought to a considerable
extent. At South Boulder Creek there are eleven beds of coal
varying in thickness from five to thirteen feet. The lowest bed
is thirteen feet in thickness and is of excellent quality, very
much resembling anthracite in appearance, though much lighter.

An analysis of this coal by Dr. Torrey of New York, shows
it to contain 59.20 per cent, of carbon ^- water in a state of
combination or its elements 12.00 — volatile matter expelled at
a red heat forming inflammable gases and vapor 2G.00 — Ash of
reddish color, color sometimes gray, 2.80.

l«t;e.] ^Qfj [Ihiydcn.

As .1 fuel for doniestic purposes I am convinced that this coal
Avill ranlc next to anthracite and prove snperior to the ordinary
hitiiuiinous coals. It is as neat as antliracite, leaving no stains
on tlie lingers. It produces no offensive gas or odor, and is
superior in a sanitar}- point of view ; and when brought into
general use it will be a great favorite for culinary purposes. It
contains no destructive elements, leaves ver3' little ash, no clink-
ers, and produces no more erosive effects on stove grates or
steam-boilers than dry wood. If exposed in the open air it is
apt to crumble, but if protected it receives no special injur3\
Dr. Torrey thinks there is no reason why it should not be emi-
nently useful for generating steam and for smelting ore.

In the Laramie Tlain along the line of the Union Pacific Rail
Road extensive beds of coal have been opened, and the coal is
used for generating steam and for fuel on the cars. It cannot
be long before it will come into general use throughout the West.

August Ibth. Left Cheyenne City with Dr. Curtin, an assist-
ant on the Surve}', and Mr. Whitehead, a citizen of Che^'enne
City, for the purpose of exploring the Clierrj^-water valley to
its head. For the first twenty miles we passed over the light
colored marls and sands of the White River Tertiary. As we
approached the foot of the mountains we came into a beautiful
valley, varying from three to ten miles in width, looking as
though it had been scooped out as it were during the Glacial
period by forces from the mountain sides. All over this country
ai'e marked proofs of a powerful erosion at the close of the Drift
period, which gave to the surface of the country its i)resent con-
figuration. There are terraces also along the base of the moun-
tains as well as along the stream, and the nearer we approach the
mountain slopes the more conspicuous these terraces become.

We camped the night of the 15th on Horse Creek, a branch of
the North Platte. This valley can hardly be surpassed for
grazing purposes. The water is excellent and the grass good.
Near the point where the creek issues from the foot hills of the
Laramie range there is a series of upheaved ridges with a strike
nearly east and west, the beds inclining from 50^ to tO^. The
series of strata seems to be nearly as complete as that observed
southward towards Denver. The red arenaceous beds are well
shown, but no gypsum was seen.

In the valley of the Cherr\'-water near the fount whence its
branches issue, the rocks are elevated at various angles, and by
their great variety of color give a most picturesque appearance

Hayden.] 4(3g [Oct. -2.

to the scenery. Inclining awaj^from the sienite nucleus we have
here, 1st, the red arenaceous beds, 1000 to 1500 feet in thickness,
then, GOO to 800 feet of variegated marls and clays with layers
of sandstone, all destitute of fossils or any evidence of their
age. These beds incline south-west at various angles 19°, 11°,
6°, &c. Then the cretaceous beds are quite well represented.
From No. 5 I gathered Baculites ovatus and an Inocerannvs.

Upon the Cretaceous beds, but not conforming to them, rest
the White River Tertiary beds, inclining at a small angle, as if
they had partaken of the latest upward movements of the moun-
tain ranges.

The central portions of the mountains are composed of sienite
mostly. The outer beds are rotten sienite of a dull gray color,
disintegrating to such an extent that the surface is covered with
a thick deposit of crystals of feldspar. As we approach the
dividing ridge the beds of sienite become more compact and
durable. Now and then we find beds of hornl)lendic gneiss or
white quartz. All these rocks are nearly vertical.

Intercalated among these beds of sienite we found the beds of
iron ore which, though not continuous like the sienite, occur
here in large quantities. The ore beds incline in the same direc-
tion with the others, with the same joints and clearage, and the
surface of many of the layers has the appearance of slickcn-
sides. Thousands of tons of this ore have been detached from
these beds and distributed throughout the valley of the Cherry-
water in a more or less worn condition. Although the amount
of iron ore which we were able to discover, was indefinite in
extent, yet we had evidence of the existence of other beds in the
mountains at the sources of all the branches of the Cherry-water.

The Cherrj^-water empties into the North Platte, and has a
valley about one hundred miles long. It has been for many
years a favorite locality for wintering stock, not only for the
excellence of the grass and water, but also from the fact that
the climate is mild throughout the Winter. Cattle and horses
thrive Avell all Winter without hay or shelter. The soil in all
the valleys of the stream that flow into the North Platte is fertile,
and where the surface can be irrigated good crops of all kinds
of cereals and hardy vegetables can be raised without difficult3^

While my explorations this season will be confined mostly to
the plain country', 3'et my plans contemplate numerous side trips
to interesting points in the contiguous mountains.

Within a few weeks a great excitement has been created at

1S6S.] ^gg [Ilay.lcn.

I'oi't Sanders find Laramie CitA^, b}^ the reported discovery of
rich gold diiii^ings near the sources of Little Laramie River.
This district has a regular organization, hundreds of claims
have been staked out and the name of " Last Chance" diggings
given to it. Some very large and valuable nuggets of gold
have been taken from these mines, and the usual exaggerated
reports of their richness have been circulated everywhere.

August 20th. I started from Fort Sanders to make an exami-
nation of this district under the auspices of Maj. Gcn'l Gibbon,
U. S. A., the commander of the Rock}' Mountain District. We
were so fortunate also as to have the company of Prof. James
TIall, State Geologist of New York. Our course was nearly
south-west up the valley of the Little Laramie River to its
sources in the Snowy Mountains. From Fort Sanders to the
Little Laramie River the distance is eighteen miles over a very
nearl}^ level country, underlaid by Cretaceous beds holding a
horizontal position nearly. Nos. 2 and 3 are quite well shown.
No. 2 with its dark plastic cla^^s is first observed at the Big
Laramie Stage Station, six miles west of Fort Sanders.

In the broad, level plain coiintr}', west of this point No. 3
attains a thickness of fifty to one hundred feet, sometimes exhib-
iting its usual chalky character, but mostly composed of thinly
latninated calcareous shale. All through it are thin layers of
fibrous carbonate of lime, the fibres at right angles to the plane
surface, and attached to these masses or layers are myriads of
the little oyster 0. GonrjCHta. I also found a number of the ver-
tebra of a saurian animal.

From the Stage Station we passed directly up the valley of
the Little Laramie. On either side were long ridges covered
with grass and water-worn rocks, but from their sides projected
a bed of rusty sandstone which contained Inocei^amus and other
marine fossils, which indicate the upper Cretaceous or No. 5.
These beds continue for about fifteen miles, to a point where the
river issues from the foot hills of the mountains, and thence to
its source we follow its windings through some most beautiful
and rugged scenery. The river itself has wrought its way
through a synclinal valley caused by two separate minor ranges
projecting out from the main range of mountains, and the trend
of the minor ranges is nearly north and south.

One of these small ranges is quite peculiar in its character.
On its east base, which fronts the Laramie Plains, the upper
Cretaceous beds jut up against its side, and no unchanged rocks

Ifayden.] 470 ^^*^^' ''

of older date are seen, while on the west side, abont five miles
distant in a straight line, the entire series from the Carboniferous
to the summit of No. 3 Cretaceous are visible, inclining at greater
or less angles from the slope. The nucleus of the mountains is
sienite of various degrees of fineness and compactness, inclining
from 50° to 70° towards the soutli-east or nearly east.

It is an important question to determine the exact relation of
these metamorphic rocks, which form the central portion of all
tlie mountain ranges, to the unchanged beds which usually in-
cline from their sides. Do they conform to each other or not ?
Did the metamorphic rocks lie in a more or less inclined position
prior to the deposition of the Silurian or Carboniferous beds
upon them? We have thus far found it difficult to determine the
conformability or nonconformability west of the Laramie range ;
but on the east side of the mountains, especially near Fort La-
ramie and along the eastern slope of the Big Horn and Wind
River Mountains, the discordant relation of the two series of
rocks is very apparent. These questions will have a most im-
portant bearing when we attempt to reconstruct the history of
the physical revolutions which have occurred in the West during
past geological epochs. The sienite beds which form the nucleus
of the small range of mountains between the Big and Little La-
ramie Rivers inclining eastward, were pushed up in such a way
that the east front is almost vertical, and the Cretaceous beds at
the base, which must have been borne upward in part during
the elevation, have fallen abruptly down, so that in some in-
stances they have passed the vertical position 20° to 30°. East
of the Big Laramie and all along the western slope of the Lara-
mie range, the entire series of unchanged rocks are visible, incli-
ning at moderate angles from the mountain sides. On the west
of this I'ange the slope is more gentle, and the Carboniferous,
Triassic and Jurassic and Cretaceous beds present their upturn-
ed edges clearly to the scrutiny of the geologist. The synclinal
valley here through which the Little Laramie flows is about five
miles wide, and crossing this stream west we find the full series
inclining from the mountain slope eastward. The dip of the red
beds is from 40° to 60°, that of the Cretaceous 40°.

No fossils have been found in any of the unchanged rocks
below No. 3 Cretaceous west of Fort Sanders, nor does the na-
ture of the beds indicate that the physical conditions during their
their deposition were favorable for the existence of animal or
vegetable life, certainly not for the preservation of its remains.

iSdS.] j^yi [lliiydcn.

I'otween the well marked Cretaeeons beds and the meta-
raorphic rocks nearly all the rocks are l)rick-rcd, or tinged more
or less with red from the presence of tiie peroxide of iron, and
diffused through them there is a certain amount of gypsum ;
hence they have been called gypsifcrous deposits. In the Black
Hills, Big Horn and \\'in(l River Mountains these red beds are
largely developed, and there they contain beds of beautiful white
amorphous gypsum, varying in thickness from five to sixty feet.
Along the east slope of Pike's Peak in Colorado these forma-
tions contain valuable beds of gypsum, but in the Laramie
Plains I have as yet observed no regular beds. The thickness
of these deposits was estimated by Prof. Hall to be about 3000
feet, while the Cretaceous beds were 500 to 800 feet thick.

Camping with our wagons at the base of the main range of
mountains near the source of the Little Laramie, we prepared
to ascend the mountains on horse-back to the gold mines ; the
distance was about ten miles before we came in view of the
" diggings," and to reach them made an ascent of about 2000
feet above the bed of the creek. We were then between 10,000
and 11,000 feet above the sea, very near the elevation of per-
])etual snow and where frost occurs every night of the year.
On the summits of these lofty mountains are some most beauti-
ful open spots without a tree, and covered with grass and flow-
ers. After passing through dense pine forests for nearly ten
miles, we suddenh^ emerged into one of these park-like areas.
Just in the edge of the forest which skirted it were banks of
snow six feet deep, compact like a glacier, and within a few feet
were multitudes of flowers, and even the common wild straw-
berry seemed to flourish. These mountains are full of little
streams of the purest water, and for six months of the 3'ear
good pasturage for stock could be found.

The gold is sought after in the gulches that are formed by the
little streams that flow from the Medicine Bow and other snowy
mountains, most of which flow into the North Platte. We
labored for two daj^s to discover the quartz seams which, we
supposed to be the source of the straj^ lumps of gold, but the
great thickness of superficial drift which covers all these moun-
tains, concealed them from our view. The gold as far as known
in this district seems to be confined to the lower glacial drift.
That valuable mines will be found in these mountains at no dis-
tant day seems ver}- probable. The geological evidence is quite
conclusive, and the mountains are a continuation northward of

Haydon.] A '79 [(3ct. 2.

the same range in which the rich mines of Colorado are located.

Not only in the more lofty ranges, but also in the lower moun-
tains, are large forests of pine timber which will eventually be-
come of great value to this countr}-. Vast quantities of this
pine in the form of rail road ties is floated down the various
streams to the Union Pacific Eail Road. One gentleman alone,
has a contract for 550,000 ties, all of Avhich he floats down from
the mountains along the southern side of the Laramie Plains.
The Big and Little Laramie, Rock Creek, and Medicine Bow
River, with their branches are literally filled with ties at this
time, and I was informed that in time of high water they can be
taken down to the railroad from the mountains after being cut
and placed in the water, at the rate of from one to three cents
each. These are important facts, inasmuch as they show the
ease with which these vast bodies of timber may be brought
down into the plains below and converted into lumber, should
the future settlement of the country demand it. I am inclined
to believe that a peculiar class of people, like the lumbermen of
Maine and Michigan, will some day fill these mountain regions.

There are several species of pine wood and one spruce or
balsam of fir, Abies Douglassi. The latter is a beautiful and
symmetrical tree, rising to the height of 100 to 150 feet and as
straight as an arrow. The ties that are made from this spruce
are of the best qualitj^

On the morning of August 25^/i, I left Fort Sanders on a third
side trip to the North Park, in company with a hunting party
composed of Gen'l F. P. Blair, Col. Dodge, U. S. A., and Capt.
Proctor, U. S. A. Messrs. Smith and Carson, assistants, accom-
panied me. The examination of the North Park forming a
part of my plan of operations, I regarded this as the most
favorable opportunity that was likely to present itself, aff'ording
adequate protection. I was the more desirous of visiting that
interesting locality from the fact that the geological character is
entirely unknown.

Our course from Fort Sanders was nearly south-east up the
Big Laramie River towards its source in the mountains. The
geology of the plain country through which the Big Laramie
flows is very similar to that of the Little Laramie — about
fifteen miles to the westward. There are comparatively few
exposures of the basis rocks on account of the superficial drift
which covers all this country. Still we find along the banks of
the river, near the Stage Station, the same black plastic clay of

1868.] 47S [Iliiydcn.

No. 2 with Ostrea congesta and a, few remains of fishes; also the
chalky marls of No. 3 ; and about two miles above, the long
high ridges, on either side, extending up for several miles, com-
posed of the rusty j'ellow sands and sandstone of No. 5. The
dip of these beds is very gentle, hardly perceptible to the e3-e.

The l)ig Laramie is a very clear stream, about fifty yards in
width and averaging about two feet in depth, easily forded in
most places. Like most of the western streams, the difference
between high and low water mark is very great. In Spring and
early Summer, when the snows of the mountains melt, these
streams become formidable rivers. The soil along the bottoms
appears to be very good, the grass grows quite heavily and hun-
dreds of tons of hay are cut here by the settlers for AVinter use.
The grazing is excellent, and numerous ranches have been started
all through the valley for the purpose of raising stock. Even
at this season of the year a great variety of flowers covers the
surface. The Compositae and Leguminofiae prevail in numbers,
and yellow is the dominant color. As we approached the foot
hills of the mountains the transition beds or No. 1 (?) appeared
on the ridge, rocks of more recent date having been swept away
by erosion. Fragments of pudding stone and rusty colored
masses of sandstone were scattered here and there ; then be-
neath them were exposed about 400 feet of variegated arena-
ceous layers of uncertain age, perhaps Jurassic ; then a little
higher up the side of the mountains were revealed the red
beds 1500 feet or more in thickness, presenting wonderfuUj^
picturesque scenery. All these beds seemed to have been lifted
up in a nearly horizontal position, so that they present lofty
escarpments, sometimes cone-like or pj-ramidal in shape, reveal-
ing each layer in the order of sviccession. The harder la3'ers
yielding less readily to atmospheric influence, project out from
the sides adding much to the novelty of the view. Most of the
beds incline from the flanks of the mountains at various angles,
3°, 8"^, 15°, and then continue along the river winding for
twenty-five miles among the mountains almost to the foot of the
snow covered peaks.

On either side can be seen a number of sienitic nuclei, but I
could not find the unchanged rocks so clearly in contact with
them that I could define their relation to each other.

Before reaching the mountains we passed a series of alkaline
lakes which are simply shallow depressions, receiving the drain-
age of a small area without any outlet. From these shallow
VOL. X. — 3 m

irayden.] ^<J^ [Oct. 2.

lakes the water is evaporated, so that in the Autumn the bottoms
are dry and covered with a white incrustation which looks much
like water in the distance. One of these lakes still contained
water and seems to have a fair supply at all seasons. It is almost
a mile in length and half a mile in width. In the Spring these
lakes are quite large and are filled by the overflow of the
branches of the Big Laramie, which are greatly swollen by the
melting snows. Great quantities of fish are swept into these
lakes from the neighboring streams, and in the Autumn the
water becomes so alkaline by evaporation that the fish die in
great numbers along the shore. It is a curious fact that not a
single trout has ever been taken in any of the branches of the
North Platte unless a few have been caught in the Sweet-water,
while the branches of the -South Platte are filled with them.

After entering the foot hills of the mountains the Big Lara-
mie and its branches wind their way through the narrow vallej's
or gorges formed by the anticlinals and synclinals produced by
the upheaval of the unchanged rocks.

All the lower beds are more or less arenaceous and of a brick-
red color, with only three layers of a light gray sandstone. No
fossils can be found in any of the rocks, so that it is difficult to
determine their age with certainty. We believe that the lower
beds are Carboniferous, and have received their red color from
the fact that the sediments were doubtless derived from the dis-
integration of the red sienitic rocks upon which they rest. It
is also quite possible that a portion of the red beds are Triassic,
and also that the yellow, gray and rusty sands and sandstones
above are Jurassic.

Lying above the supposed Jurassic and beneath the well de-
fined Cretaceous there is a large thickness of sandstone which I
have called Transition beds or No. 1 (?), because they occupy
the position of the lower Cretaceous No. 1, as shown on the Mis-
souri River and in Middle Kansas. These beds are well devel-
oped and quite uniform in their lithological character all along
the mountain sides from latitude 49° to the Arkansas, yet they
have never yielded a single characteristic fossil that would deter-
mine their age. I have therefore called them provisionally
Lower Cretaceous or beds of transition from one great period of
geological history to another, and the characters of the sedi-
ments which compose them justify the name.

Near our camp on the Big Laramie, which was about thirty-
five miles south-west of Fort Sanders and about fifteen miles

1868.] ^^^ [IhiydLMi.

above the footof tlie hills, were some singular illustrations of the
dynamics of geology. On the south-west side of the stream
and inclining eastward or south-eastward the entire series of
red and variegated beds are shown in their order of succession
1500 to 2000 feet in height. At the foot of this escarpment
is a low ridge of the red material, which is so grassed over that
the connection cannot be seen with the sienite nucleus. This
covers a belt of sienite, about two hundred yards wide and
three to five miles long, the jagged masses of rock reaching a
height of one thousand feet or more, and standing nearly verti-
cal or dipping slightly to the south-east. Between the sienitic
beds and the river are the two low ridges of Cretaceous Xo. 2
and 3 which seem to have been lifted up with the sienite, but to
have fallen back past a vertical position, so that they now incline
from the sienite ridge, while on the opposite side the beds have
a regular dip from the ridge. This peculiarity seems to be com-
mon in various localities, owing to the fact that the metamorphic
beds which composed the central portion of all the mountains
had suftered upheaval prior to the deposition of the unchanged
beds. Therefore in the quiet elevation of the mountain ranges
the beds are merely lifted up in the direction of the dip of the
older rocks, while they are as it were pushed away from the
opposite side, forming what ma}' be called an abrupt or incom-
plete anticlinal.

On the opposite or south side of the river there is a gradual
slope of 2000 feet above the bed of the stream, the strata incli-
ning 5° until we reach the nucleus of another mountain range ;
so that we have here as it were two huge monoclinals. These
monoclinals form local anticlinals, inasmuch as, in some places,
all the beds incline for a short distance from a common axis.

On the north side of the river, and east for ten to twenty miles,
the flanks of the mountain ranges are covered with the un-
changed rocks, which give comparativel}^ gentle grassy slopes,
owing to the readiness with which they yield to atmos-
pheric agencies. Through these slopes many little streams cut
their wa}', forming huge canons, which exhibit along their sides
the series of beds in their order of succession.

From a point near the source, for twenty or thirty miles, the
river flows through a synclinal valley, the conspicuous red beds
dipping from either side. Along the A-alley of the river are
marked deposits of drift, the result of glacial action ; but the
most beautiful feature is the well defined terraces, about fifty
feet high and smoothed olf like a lawn. These terraces are

Ilayden.] ^-tq [Oct. 2.

covered with a considerable deposit of drift ; but when they
are cut through by streams the basis rocks are shown.

The scenery on either side of this valley is beautiful bej-ond
description. On the west side are the snow-clad peaks of the
Medicine Bow range in the distance, with numerous intervening
lower ranges ascending like steps. The snowy mountains are
mostly destitute of vegetation and are covered with eternal
snow, but the lower mountain ridges are covered mostly with
what may be called groves of pine. Indeed the pine groves and
gi'assy openings are so arranged and proportioned that the
whole scene appears as if it might have been partially the work
of art, and the traveler imagines himself in a sparsely settled
mountainous district instead of the unexplored Rocky Mountain
Region. These openings and grass}^ slopes will make excellent
pasture grounds, for the grass is good, and they are watered
with the finest of mountain streams and springs. I would
again remark that the pine forests of these mountains must at
some period be an object of earnest pursuit. Even now the
mountain sides are full of tie cutters, who cut and float hundreds
of thousands of ties down the mountain streams fifty to one
hundred miles to the Union Pacific Rail Road, whence they can
be transported by rail road to any desired point.

In the moist ravines of the mountain sides are patches of the
aspen Populus tremuloides, which from their peculiar mode of
growth, form a striking feature in the landscape. They grow
very thickly, seldom attaining a height of more than forty or
fifty feet, and not more than tweh'e to eighteen inches in diam-
eter. The bodies are very smooth and nearly white, and their
tops form a rounded cone shaped mass of foliage. These aspen
groves are the favorite resort of deer, elk, grouse, and all kinds
of game.

On the east side also is the snow clad range, which in its south-
ward extension includes Long's Peak and numerous other peaks
in the vicinity. On either side of these lofty ranges, which often
rise above the limit of vegetation, are a number of successive
lower ridges which descend like steps. There is such a wonder-
ful uniformity in the structure of the mountains that a detailed
description of a portion applies for the most part to all.

Our course along the Cherokee Trail was about south-west
from the Big Laramie River, over ridge after ridge, and after
traveling twenty-five miles, we entered the North Park through
some of the most beautiful scenery of that interesting region.
From the summit of the high ridges on the north we looked to

18G8.] ^Y7 [Ilayden.

the southward over a series of loftj^ cones or pyramids, as it
were, all clothed with a dense growth of pine. The metamorpliic
rocks of which these mountains are composed disintegrate so
easily that the surface is covered with a deposit of loose material,
as fine earth and fragments of rock. The hills have therefore
been so smoothed down that it is difficult to see the basin rocks
in continuous lines. We saw enough however to show us that
red sienite in its various forms constitute the principal rocks,
while now and then a bed of hornblendic gneiss, white quartz
or greenstone, occurs. All through the mountain region are
small open areas, sometimes on the hills and sometimes on the
lower ground, forming meadow like spots which the various kinds
of animals love to frequent to feed on the abundant grass. The
Old Cherokee Trail derives its name from the fact that a party
of those Indians cut their way- through the thick pines about
thirty years ago with a train of three hundred wagons.

The traveling was difficult at this time, owing to the rugged,
ness of the surface and the obstruction from the fallen pines.

So far as I could ascertain it, the trend of the upland moun-
tain ridges of sienite was nearly east and west, and the dip
nearly north. The North Park is oval or nearly quadrangular
in shape, is about fiftj' miles in extent from east to west, and
thirty from north to south, occup3'ing an area of about fifteen
hundred square miles. Viewing it from one of the high moun-
tains on its border, it appears to be a vast depression which
might once have formed the bed of a lake. Its surface is rather
rugged, yet there are broad bottoms along the streams, especially
the North Platte and its branches. Scarcely a tree is to be seen
over the whole area, while the mountains which wall it in on
every side are dotted with a dense growth of pine. The grass
grows in the park quite luxuriantly, often yielding at least two
tons of hay to the acre. Streams of the purest water flow
through the Park, and there are some of the purest springs I
have yet seen, a few of them forming good sized streams where
they issue from the ground. I am quite confident that this
entire Park would make an excellent grazing region for at least
six or eight months of the year. Mj-riads of Antelope were
quietly feeding in this great pasture ground like flocks of sheep.
The soil is very rich, but the seasons must be too brief for suc-
cessful cultivation of any crops. Indeed there is frost there
nearly CA'cry night, and snow falls every month of the year.

As I have befoi'e stated, the Park is surrounded with lofty
ranges of mountains as b}' gigantic walls. On the north and

Hayden.] 478 [Oct. 2, 1868.

east side may be seen the snow covered ranges rising far above
all the rest, their summits touching the clouds. On the west
side there is also a short snowy range. The snowj- ranges on
the east border of the Pai'k have their north sides abrupt and
south sides less so as seen from a distance, as if the massive
rocky hills inclined southward. All along the north side of the
Park the lower hills incline south-westward, while the higher
ranges are quite steep, and correspond in the apparent dip of the
beds to the loft}'' snow clad mountains on the east which incline
south or south-westward. The inclination of the metamorphic
beds composing the higher ranges is from 60° to 80°. On the
west side of the Park long ridges seem to slope gradually down,
so that they die out in the plain, forming a sort of "en echelon"
arrangement. It is due to this fact that the area enclosed re-
ceives its oval shape.

'The general trend of all the continuous mountain ranges is
nearl}' north-west and south-east on all sides, but there are many
local dips and variations from this direction.

I was much interested to know whether any of the unchanged
rocks which are so well developed in the Laramie Plain occur in
the North Park. I found that the entire series of red and varie-
gated beds, including a portion of the Cretaceous strata, were
fully represented, all inclining from the flanks of the mountains,
and gradually assuming a horizontal position or nearly so
toward the central portion of the Park. The transition beds or
Lower Cretaceous, No. 1 (?), form quite conspicuous ridges incliu.
ing 19° to the south-west. They are composed of a very beau-
tiful pudding stone of small rounded pebbles, most of them flint,
cemented together with a siliceous paste. On the noi'th side are
quite large areas covered with loose sand which is blown about
by the wind, resembling the sand hills on the Niobrara River.
A close examination of the sand shows that it is composed
mostly of worn particles of quartz and feldspar. The surface
contains little or no vegetation presenting a peculiar barren
appearance, the sand moving readily with the wind.

Hitherto it has been impossible to color on any geological
map the geological formation of au}^ part of this mountain re-
gion, and no information has ever been given in regard to the
structure of the North Park. It will be impossible even now,
with the imperfect topography of any of the maps, to color the
geology in detail, but these explorations will enable me to fix
the outline of the formation in a general way with a good de-
gree of accuracy.

479

Stated Meeting, October 16, 18(38.

Present, thirteen members.

John C. Cressox, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Donations for the Library were announced from the Acad-
emies and Societies at St. Petersburg, Berlin, Vienna, Mos-
cow, Gcirlitz, St. Gall and Lausanne, the Geological Societies
at Berlin, Vienna and London, the Berlin Horticultural So-
ciety, London Antiquarian Society, Cornwall Polytechnic In-
stitute, Annales des Mines, Herr Ilofrath Heidinger, Dr. Le
Conte, Dr. 11. C. Wood, Mr. John Biddle, and Senator Sum-
ner.

Nominations Nos. 589 to 592 were balloted for, and new
nominations Nos. 593, 594, were read.

On motion of Mr. Fraley, the Michaux Committee were
requested to report.

On motion of Mr. James, Prof. Cope received j^ermission to
withdraw his paper on the Origin of Genera.

The Committee on Dr. Wood's Memoir on Phalangia and
Pedipalpi, reported in favor of its publication in the Transac-
tions, which was ordered.

The following gentlemen were declared duly elected mem-
bers :

Charles E. Anthon, LL.D., Prof, of History and Belles Let-
ters in Columbia College, New York City.

0. C. Marsh, Professor of Palseoutology in Yale College.

Traill Green, M. D., .Prof, of Chemistry in Lafayette Col-
lege, Easton, Pa.

Wm. M. Canbj', Esq., of Wilmington, Del.

And the Society was adjourned.

VOL. X. — 3iV

480

Stated Meeting^ November Qth^ 1868.

Present, nineteen members.

John C. Cresson, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Letters accepting Membership were received from Mr. Wm.
M. Canby, dated Wilmington, Del., Oct. 21, 1868; from Dr.
Traill Green, dated Easton, Pa., Oct. 21, 1868 ; and from Prof.
Charles E. Anthon, dated College of the City of New York,
Oct. 28, 1868.

Letters acknowledging the receipt of the last issue of Pro-
ceedings were received from the Massachusetts, New Jersey
and Chicago Historical Societies, Essex Institute, and New
York Lyceum.

A request for publications to complete a series in the Public
Library of Boston, was on motion granted.

Donations for the Library were received from Dr. Gesellius,
the Imperial Geographical Society, St. Petersburg, Professor
Zantedeschi, the Victoria Society, Melbourne, the Paris Geo-
graphical Society, the Eoyal Astronomical and Antiquarian
Societies, London, the Boston Natural History Society, Ehode
Island and Wisconsin Historical Societies, Professor Anthon,
of N. Y., the Franklin Institute and Medical News, Gov. Eaw-
don, of Nassau, Dr. J. Wyman, of Cambridge, and the Secreta-
ries of the Eepublican National and Congressional Committees.

Mr. Lesley, pursuant to appointment, read an obituary
notice of Wm. Parker Foulke, a deceased member of the
Society. Mr. Price added remarks respecting Mr. Foulke's
professional life and character.

Nominations Nos. 593, 594 were read.

Mr. Peale, moved an appropriation of $231 60 to pay for
the picture (and frame) of Dr. Franklin Bache, which was
made, and the committee discharged.

The Michaux Legacy Committee begged leave to report at
the next meeting.

And the Society was then adjourned.

Novcmbcv (;, 1SC8.] ^g]^ [Lesley.

OBITUARY NOTICE OF WM. PARKER FOULKE.

Bead before the American Pldlo^ophical Society^
By J. P. Lesley,

AViLLTAM Parker Foulke was born at Philadelphia in
1810; was entered as a law student in the office of John B.
Wallace, in 1835 ; continued his legal studies, on the death of
Mr. AVallace, in 1837, with John M. Scott; became practising
attorney of the Supreme Court of Penns3dvania in January 1841 ;
was married to Julia Dc Veaux Powel in 1855 ; and died, at
his town residence in Pine street, on the 18th day of June, 1865,
in the fiftieth year of his age.

Mr. Foulke was elected to membership in this Socict}' Octo-
ber 20th, 1854, and served it in the Board of Officers and ^leni-
bers in Council from January 1803 until his death. For more
than ten years he was a regular assistant at its meetings, and
took the greatest personal interest in the doings of the Society ;
proud of its fame, jealous of its honor, and unremitting in his
efforts to direct and enlarge its active usefulness. He possessed
uncommon administrative ability. Few men could see so quickly
and directly tlirough a complication. None surpassed him in an
extempore statement. He was gifted with good judgment as
well as with persuasive speech.

The attachment which he exhibited to this venerable institu-
tion was in part hereditary ; for his grandfather. Dr. John
Foulke, became a member of it Januar}^ 20th, 1780, and after-
wards one of the secretaries of the Society. Dr. Foulke was
the earliest demonstrator and lecturer on human anatomy in
the Medical College of Philadelphia ; a polished and liberal man,
zealous and humane. During the epidemic of j-ellow feA^er he
would be absent from his home for several da^'s at a time, devo-
ting himself to »medical attendance on the sick in the infected
district. There was a tradition in the family that his Avife,
returning home one day, discovered to her disma}^, that every
quilt and blanket she possessed had been swept from her beds
by the Doctor's orders, and sent where he considered them of
more immediatel}^ pressing use. Nor was he less enthusiastic in
his pursuit of science, and in his methods of instruction. On
his return from France, where the balloon had lately been in-
vented, he exhibited one for the first time in America, on the

Lesley.] 4g2 [November 6.

occasion of a lecture on Pneumatics, at the old hall of the Col-
lege of Medicine, in Fourth street below Arch, to the great de-
light of his scientific friends.

Two streams, Philanthropy and Philosophy, ran naturally
then through the veins of our departed friend and fellow mem-
ber. The story of his life divides itself into these two chapters.
His love of knowledge not onl}' attracted him to the room in which
we sit, filled with souvenirs of men, whose portraits surround us
and represent the highest thinkings of the early days of the
nation, — and to the rooms of the Academy of Natural Sciences,
of which he became a member in November 1849, — but it attached
him to the society of educated citizens whatever might be the
special ground of their association ; and of cultivated foreigners
who visited our city. His membership in the Historical Societ}'
of Pennsylvania commenced as earl}' as January, 1842, and his
interest in its proceedings never flagged.

On the other hand, his warm heart, his sympathy with suf-
fering wherever he saw it, his clear comprehension of the duties
of society towards its unfortunate classes, working uuder the
guidance of an uncommonl^y avcU balanced intellect, gave him
an early and advanced position in the ranks of Christian Philan-
thropists. It was in 1 845 — he was twenty-nine years old — when
he took hold of two of the principal reforms of the age, and
it may almost be said that he made one of them his own.

In October of 1845 he became a Manager of the Pennsylvania
Colonization Society ; and was sent as a delegate to the Annual
Meetings of the mother Society held at the seat of government
in 1853, 1854 and 1855, in which last 3'ear, he wrote, as Chair-
man of the Committee, its report of "plans, for taking steps to
obtain a completion of the partial exploration by the Govern-
ment of the United States of the country lying east of Liberia."
In his message of 1852, the President of the United States had
jjublished the fact that incipient measures had been taken
towards the reconnoisance of the Continent of Africa, east of
Liberia, directing Commander Lynch to attach himself to the
squadron for that dut3\* Mr. Lynch's report was made to the
Secretary of the Navy from Philadelphia, September 5, ISSS.f

This reconnoisance was due to the earnest solicitations of the
Pennsylvania Societ}*, under the influence of Mr. Foulke, that

* Annual Report A. C. S. Jan. IS, 1S53, p. 13. t H. Doc. 1. G4 pages.

1868.] ^g3 [Lesley.

the stream of emigration should be directed no longer upon the
unliealtliy coast, but to the salu])rious intei'ior of the coutincnt;
that stations should be selected in the hill country, and easy
communications be established with the ports.* But there was
a secret spring of opposition to the scheme, among the represen-
tatiA'es of certain portions of the slave-holding population of the
South, which all the zealous efforts and enlightened arguments
of Mr. Foulke and his fellow philanthropists could not sto]).
He often used to rehearse his adventures in the (^a])itol, and
among them all the following was not the least instructive and
discouraging : " On the night before the day when he expected
the final passing of the Bill to secure the appropriation of the
$25,000 necessary for the prosecution of the exploration, he was
talking with a certain Senator in a parlor of the hotel. At the
close of their interview, this gentleman, striking his hand upon

the mantlepiece, said vehemently, ' B}' , Mr. Foulke, you

shall have your Bill, I'll vote for it!' It was nevertheless the
' No' of this man which on the following day turned the scale
against the accomplishment of the desired project. The Bill
Avas lost by one A'ote, and that was the vote of Senator Hunter,
who had given him this pledge."

Nothing came of this attempt to complete the exjjloration ;
but its record is made interesting, in this memoir, hy its relation
to the arduous and entirely successful efforts wdiich Mr. Foulke
made, in after years, to set on foot the second expedition to
the North Pole, commanded by Dr. Hayes. At the same
meetiiTg in Baltimore, 1855, Mr. Foulke, as chairman of another
Committee on the apportionment of the representation of the
State Societies, read its report, written evidently by himself,
with his usual forcible statement and skillful arrangement of the
divisions of his theme. The Constitution of the Colonization
Society was a kind of parod}' of the Constitution of the United
States, which permitted the discussion of political principles
belonging to twent}^ or thirty millions of people, within the
narrow limits of a Society which managed to ship five or six
hundred emigrants, per annum, and whose entire income ranged
between M\.y and a hundred thousand dollars. In 1857 Mr.
Fonlke, as chairman of a committee "to consider the policy of
the friends of Colonization, and to report such recommenda-

* See Mr. Foulke's letter to the Nat. Intelligencer, July 1S.5S.

Lesley.] ^g^ [November 6.

tions," &c., rend the report, which he had written ; and his admi-
rable style is manifest throughout. His interest in this and
various other plans to extol and strengthen the colonization
scheme, was inspired hy a genuine anti-slavery sentiment, and
never lost its zeal. lie Avas elected Vice-president of the State
Society in 1863, only eight months before he died.

Mr. Foulke became a member of the Philadelphia Societ}'^ for
Alleviating the Miseries of Public Prisons in July, 1845. In
the following November he appears as one of the Acting Com-
mittee ; and in May, 1846, as one of the visiting Committee for
the Eastern Penitentiar3\ From that time he was indefati-
gable in his attention to his assumed duties. He studied the
subject of Prison Discipline profoundly. He allowed no state-
ment for or against the peculiar Pennsylvania plan of Separation
to escape him. He examined into the results obtained at Peni-
tentiaries conducted under other kinds of discipline. He assist-
ed his friend Haviland, the Architect, in devising improved
ground plans, elevations and arrangements for new gaols. In
all that he wrote on the subject, and it was not a little, one must
respect the well studied statements of a thorough bred law3^er,
the well balanced judgments of an unprejudiced investigator,
and the ardor of a benevolent heart.

Most of his papers on this subject were published in the
Journal on Prison Discipline and Philanthropy, a quarterly
journal of ninety-six pages, two numbers of which had appeared
when he was appointed, April, 1845, its editor. He edited four
numbers and then resigned, because of other duties. These
papers afterwards appeared as separate pamphlets, to be distribu-
ted to those who felt an interest in the cause.

In March, 1846, he presented for adoption b}' the Acting Com-
mittee a memorial to the Legislature asking for the passage of a
law to seciire accurate returns of facts from all the county jails,
to serve as a basis for a full Annual Keport of Criminal Statis-
tics. In the autumn of that year he made an extensive tour in
Pennsylvania and Maryland, to visit county prisons, and pub-
lished a report of their discipline and condition, which attracted
general attention, and produced some needful legislation in the
right direction, but not until after voluminous correspondence,
and his personal exertions at Harrisburg. Nothing but that
tact which characterised him in all his undertakings could have

]8(iS.] 485 [Lesley.

secured the hoped for result. No man ever exhibited a more
refined courtesy towards all kinds and classes of ])ersons. His
careful considerateness, his nianl}^ concession to prejudice, and
to peculiarities of temperament, and his persuasive statement of
the points he wished to carry, smoothed away before him all
difficulties. But the execution of a law demanding such accu-
rate and uniform reports as "were indispensal)le for his object
was found to be less easily attainable than its enactment. On
his return from Ilarrisburg he reported a visit to the Lancaster
Jail, which brought about action in the Society resulting in the
erection of a new first class prison in that place.

In 1847 he published a description of the New Bucks County
Prison. " We look upon its erection," he writes, " as a harbin-
ger of good to the State at large Thus may we at length

accomplish a general reform, which has been too long delayed."
Heated and ventilated on the best plan, furnished with baths and
every other needful convenience for health, he looked upon this
prison as a model.

In the spring of 1850 he submitted the draft of a new law to
procure uniformity of jail erection and discipline throughout the
State upon the separate system, discriminating between the dif-
ferent classes of detained persons, and providing for the comfort
and health of all.

In March, 1851, he published a detailed report of a plan for the
New Schuylkill County Prison ; and afterwards a description
of the same prison erected by Le Brun. "It would be scarcely
credible," he begins, " had we not the unqualified fact before our
eyes, that our government has permitted county after county to
build public prisons in open defiance of the clearly expressed
policy of our Legislature ; and that, except when the Prison So-
ciety of Philadelphia has urged the subject upon the attention of
our lawgivers, absolutely nothing has been done towards com-
pelling county officers to give ell'ect, within their jurisdiction, to
the design of our laws in relation to public discipline. To our
shame be it acknowledged, that while we boast of our reforms,
and of their triumphant influence abroad, we are neglecting the
most important of our penal institutions. Without a bureau, or
even a clerk, or a clerk's cabinet, appropriated to the subject of
prison administration ; without a report worth the name, upon
the condition of jails throughout the State; ^yith a law upon our

Losley.] 4g(5 [November C.

statute book which requires annual returns of information, and
which is generally unexecuted, although less than five years old;
we are content to permit the expenditure of funds, raised by
taxation of our people, upon structures, the very ground plan
of which is manifestly irreconcilable with the penal S3'stem which
we are pretending to enforce under the authority of State laws,
within the walls of State penitentiaries."

In these words we see the motive that animated our friend
in his long struggle with popular prejudice and indifterence, in
behalf of those whose imprisonment was demanded not by ven-
geance but by social necessity. He congratulates his fellow
citizens of Schnylkill County in their choice of public officers,
'' who have known how to disregard the paltr^^ suggestions of a
misjudged economy, and who have not hesitated to expend the
public funds in accordance with the policy of our jurisprudence,
and with a regard to the rights of individuals, as Avell as to the
security of the community."

Early in 185 1 Mr. Foulke and another member of the Acting
Committee, went to Harrisburg to secure the passage of a law
such as has been mentioned above. In April thc}^ report the
success of their arduous labors. The law required the transmis-
sion of careful plans for every new county prison to the Secre-
tary of State for his approval. Preparation was now made to
furnish such plans when needed, and Mr. Foulke devoted unre-
mitting attention to this work, and his published descriptions of
model county prisons, extensively distributed within and with-
out the limits of the State, exhibit his intelligence, discrimina-
tion, business capacity and industry.

The summer of 1851 was an active one for him. He reported
his tour of visitation to Columbia, Montour, Union, Northum-
berland, Dauphin, Blair and Berks County Prisons. Some of
his reports were minute and laborious. In the following sum-
mer he reported at large upon the state of the Berks County
Prison : no detail of the building arrangement, discipline, or re-
sulting experience seems to have escaped his practised and phi-
lanthropic eye.

In 1852 Mr. Foulke wrote a cordial obituary notice of his
friend Havilancl, the Architect of the Eastern Penitentiary
Buildings, wherein he incidentally states the nature of the phi-
lanthropic end which he liimself kept steadily so man^-^ years in
view.

1868.] ^g'J' [Lesley.

" The visits of Howard to the prisons of Europe, had brought
to public notice not oidy the miserable condition of the disci-
pline in most of them, but also man}' of their principal defects
of construction. The modifications of interior arrangement first
suggested for convicts in England, and subsequently enlarged
and carried into successful operation in Pennsylvania, required
great alterations of material structure. The design was to
pass from a state of things, in Avliich there was an indiscrimi-
nate association of prisoners without labor, without instruction,
without government, almost without restraint, except that of
walls, chains, and the brutal tvranny of the strongest or boldest
among the prisoners, to a state in which separation, good order,
cleanliness, labor, instruction, and ready and continual super-
vision should be maintained, within the limits of such fiscal
economy as public opinion and resources rendered expedient.
The earliest and most noted experiments Mere made at Hor-
sham, Petworth, and Gloucester, in England; and in the old
Walnut street gaol, at Philadelphia. The record of these
attempts fortunately still remains ; and it would be superfluous
to discuss their want of adaptedness to any large scheme of
separate discipline. The next remarkable effort was at Pitts-
burg, where a circular prison was erected, so ill suited to its
objects, that in less than ten years after its completion, it Avas
demolished. The next step of progress was the erection of the
Eastern Penitentiaiy ; and it must be obvious, that much was
involved in the success or failure of its architect. There was
not in all Europe a building suited to the objects of the con-
templated work."

In Ai)ril, 1853, his memorial lo the Legislature in favor of a
House of Correction, was adopted by the Society. About the
same time he started the subject of relief for persons suffering
from the hardships and oppressions occurring m the practice of
the Criminal Courts in the City and County of Philadelphia.
So much is now done by various agencies to diminish these par-
ticular evils and with such good results, that it is amazing the
subject was not earlier broached. It shows how necessary to
society, oftentimes, is the Avatchful, warm-hearted intelligence of
a single person.

Early in the Summer of 1855 Mr. Eoulke visited Harrisburg,
and was astonished and grieved to find that the law of 184T had

VOL. X.— oo

Lesley.] 488 [November 6.

become virtually a dead letter, and he urged the establishment
of a Penal Bureau, which, however, was never done. But he
published that year under the auspices of tlie Society a pamphlet
of fifty pages entitled, " Remarks on tbe Penal System of Penn-
sylvania, particularly with reference to County Prisons," accom-
panied M'ith elevations and ground plans drawn by Haviland,
the pamphlet being a careful recast of a rapid sketch which he,
Mr. Foulke, had written for the Journal of the Society.* It is
full of the marks of a mind used to taking large v;ews and ex-
pressing them with a happy faculty. He took occasion in this
pamphlet " to renew the serious appeal which it has been our
duty," as he expresses it, " from time to time, to make in rela-
tion to the local jails of the State." He gives a history of
some of the county jails, and of our Eastern Penitentiary, and
argues in favor of its system of separation. He adds to this a
description of the New York County Prison.

In February, 1858. Mr. Foulke first proposed the appointment
of a Committee to revise the Penal Code of the State. His
memorial, adopted by the Society, produced in due time the
necessary legislation ; and he was appointed by the Societ^^ on
a committee to confer with the State Commissioners, and to
suggest such changes of the Code, as the long experience and
close observation of the Society, had taught it to think desirable.
The Commissioners were appointed in 1851), and a report of the
conferences appeared the following year.

In 1860 the report of the three Commissioners was submitted.
Mr. Foulke swon after i)ublished, in a pamphlet of thirty-five
pages, his " Considerations respecting the policy of some recent
Legislation in Penns3dvania," the opening paragraph of which
will very well illustrate the clearness of his thinking and the
beauty of his style : — " The history of reforms of penal disci-
pline resembles in many respects that of other attempts to
remedy great social mischiefs. At first we have the disclosure
of the main evil, to which the public eye and mind had become
habituated, and the real magnitude, nature and causes of which
were therefore slowly appreciated b}' the communit}^ at large.
Then come the earnest etlbrts of a few well instructed and zeal-
ous reformers, whose laborious task it is to obtain the authoritj^
and means requisite for proposed changes. They define the
mischief, trace its causes, indicate the departures to be made

* Reprinted by the Societ.y in 1868.

1868.] ^ gQ [Lesley.

from the old routine, mid invent the machinery of the remedy
which the government is to sanction, establish and conduct.
During the first stage of such an undertaking, all minds are
occupied -with fundamental considerations; and it is only after
the experiment has made progress through some steps of trial,
that its details receive the special scrutiny which is indispen-
sable to complete success."

He then takes up once more the old debate bet\Yeen separation
and non-sepa,ration of Prisoners, and treats the sul)jectof Punish-
ments and Pardons upon the broadest ground. Starting from the
acknowledged postulates that it is impossible to form a reliable
judgment on the value of outward signs of penitence; that a
strict observance of prison rules and discipline can never, by
itself, be a fair criterion to enable us to judge how a prisoner
will conduct himself after he has obtained his liberty ; that suf-
fering is an essential element to any useful prison discipline, on
whatever general theoiy imprisonment takes place, he criticises
the whole ground plan of the New Penal Code, and charges to
it want of due consideration and consultation, and improper
haste. With the legal arguments we have nothing here to do.
Our object is onl}' to show in which direction his benevolent in-
telligence exercised itself.

In the Autumn of 1800 he was appointed a delegate to the
Convention of State Prison Wardens, &c. (first held at Phila-
delphia), adjourned to meet in the City of New York. At the
Philadelphia meeting a citizen of Indiana had been appointed to
prepare an essay in defence of the Associated or Congregate
System of Prison Discipline ; and Mr. Foulke to prepare an
essay in defence of the Separate System. Three days the Con-
vention sat, and resulted in the formation of a society, to meet
for the first time in Baltimore in October, 1861. Mr. Foulke was
made itB Corresponding Secretaiy. The breaking out of the
Kebellion prevented his ever acting in this capacity ; but his
essay was published in a pamphlet of 112 pages, and was enti-
tled " Remarks on Cellular Separation, read by appointment of
the American Association for the Improvement of Penal and
Reformatory Institutions, at the Annual Meeting in New York,
November 29, 1860." It is a most elaborately finished argu-
ment, vindicatory of the Pennsylvania system of Separate Im-
prisonment, the ripe result of his observations and reflections

Lesley.] 490 [November C.

on this bis favorite topic, treating the subject exhaustively, with
the acumen of a law3'er, and the just feeling of a true philan-
thropist.

In March, 1861, a committee, appointed the previous Novem-
ber, reported in favor of memorializing the Legislature for a
law to reward the good behavior of convicts with a graduated
diminution of their sentences. Mr. Foulke opposed this on legal
grounds, and especially because the nonconcurrence of the Inspec-
tors of the Eastern Penitentiary had been disregarded. Such
a law was however obtained. The Inspectors courteously pro-
posed to the Societ}^ an amicable suit to test its validity'. A
case was made, and the Court pronounced the law^ unconstitu-
tional. In the initiation and pursuit of his philanthropic mea-
sures, Mr. Foulke was studiousl}' careful never to put himself
and his coadjutors into a false position, antagonising the stat-
utes or authorities of government. If any change of law was
contemplated, he exhibited a most scrupulous caution to avoid
hasty and irregular means for reaching the desired end. Hence,
in a great measure, his power and success in life. And hence
his resignation from the Acting Committee of the Societ}^, in
October, 1861, actuated by an unconquerable repugnance to its
assumed attitude of antagonism to the constituted authorities
of the Eastern Penitentiarj^ His motives for this step, are
lucidly and forcibly set forth in the last article of the last Vol-
ume of the Journal of Prison Discipline, — an article distin-
guished for its candor, and no less for the absence of all harsh
dealing with the arguments of his opponents, — but so obnoxious
to the friends of the new law, that an abrupt termination was
put to the publication of the Journal. Resolutely opposed to
whatever savored of bigotr}' in politics, religion, or social econ-
omy, while he patiently listened to all expressions of oppo-
sing opinions, he claimed a fair hearing in defence of his own.
Thus ended that long career of active beneficence in this di-
rection, of wdiich all that has been said about it, is a poor and
meagre sketch, doing no justice to the weeks and months and
years devoted to journeys and examinations, consultations, dis-
cussions, conferences with strangers from other States and from
European countries, correspondence, reports, addresses, memoirs,
besides the constant active duties of inspection in Philadelphia,
and attendance upon legislation at Ilarrisburg. The science of

]S(iS.] ^gj^ [Lesley.

social punishment and reformation he made his life study. It was
not easy to suggest a practical inquiry that had not engaged his
thoughts to answer. Persons, therefore, whose views extended
no further than the actual condition of prisoners, and whose
exertions were prompted mainly bj- S3'mpathy with their snffer-
ings, found it sometimes difficult to follow him into considera-
tions also for the public welfare, based npon the necessary effi-
ciency of a legislative and judicial government. His endeavor
was to reconcile the highest interests of the Commonwealth witli
the utmost exhibition of humanity towards ofiendcrs. He had
no sympathy for extremists, whether the^^ took the side of sever-
ity or the side of lenit}'. Penal discipline being assumed need-
ful, the only problem for him was to adapt it to the [)hysical
and moral nature of its subjects; that the}- should suffer no
hardship not necessarily involved with the execution of the sen-
tence of the judge, no diminution of health or intellect, and no
further degradation of their character, but if possible its rein-
forcement, to meet temptation again when they reenter free
societ}'. These were the just demands of a Christian philan-
thropy. I5ut beyond these first demands, he advocated as little
interference as possible with the law and its official apparatus.
This practical, judicious, moderate, candid, and 3-et earnest zeal,
was in all other things, also, eminently characteristic of the
man.*

The literary and scientific life of Mr. Fonlke showed the same
ardent temperament under complete control of an enlightened
and disciplined judgment, the same breadth of views giving due
value to the most insignificant details, the same elegant tastes
inspired hy a natural force of character which precluded petti-
ness and special pleading, and the same generous sympathy
with the labors and i)rogress of society, whicli distinguished
the career of his philanthropy. He has left no name in politics,
because he comprehended from too high a point of view the fun-
damental questions of the day and nation ; for the same reason
he left no name in science, because while he took a most unsel-
fish and s^'mpathetic interest in every investigation and disco-
very made by his friends at the Academy, he could not devote
his time to an}- special branch of natural history. In spite of

* Many of the material facts narrated above and some of the expressions
tlienisulves. wvvv furnished by the memoranda of the late Mr. Fred. W. Pack-
ard, of I'hlladelpl.ia.

Lesley.] 40*^ [November C.

the occnpatioiis of an active business life, he was seldom absent
from the regular meetings both in ]3road street and in this Hall,
and no man ever enjoyed more thoroughly, or gave himself up
more vivaciously to the society of those who dealt exclusively
in science. On the broad fishing banks of this sublime ocean
of the unknown and marvelous, he seldom cast the line, but his
hand was habituated to an equally important task — he was of
those who knew well how to steer. No man need desire for
himself a purer fame than that of an executive genius in the
active world of science. To have been the principal agent in
setting on foot and seeing safely off an Arctic expedition, is
sufficient of itself to justify the self-satisfaction of any private
citizen. In one of his letters to Prof. Bache, dated June 30th,
1860, he modestly alludes to the sailing of the Expedition
as " the end of three years of serious and often perplexed
effort."

But I am wrong in saying that he left no name in special
science. His name is forever joined with one of the most re-
markable discoveries in Paltieontology, that of the huge Saurian
of the Cretaceous rocks of New Jersey, the Hadrosaurus
Foidkei; and to a new shell, the Corhula Foidkei, found in the
same stratum. The history of this discover}^ is given in full in
the Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia, under date of December 14th, 1858; and it need not
here be repeated in detail. It illustrates however his capacity
for that persevering and intelligent research, to which modern
science owes its triumphs, too well to be passed over with a
mere verbal allusion.

Mr. Foulke was living at a country house in Haddonfield,
New Jersey, about six miles south-east from Philadelphia, in
the summer and autumn of 1858. Hearing of fossil bones
thrown out from the neighboring marl pits of Mr. Hopkins,
twenty years before, and not succeeding in his attempt to
recover them, he obtained permission to reopen the old pit to
search for more. It w^as no easy matter to find the pit itself;
and after it had been found, many trials must be made to iden-
tify the exact place where bones had been discovered. At last
success crowned the undertaking. In the west wall of the pit,
under eight feet of surface rock, la}^ a thin stratum of decom-
posed shells, and two feet beneath this another, in and on which

18(iS.] 4QQ [Lesley.

were found ii pile of monstrous hones, enveloped in the tough,
tenaceous, bluish marl, from which they were carefully extri-
cated with a knife and trowel, drawings and measurements
being made of each bone where it lay, to jjrevent embarrassment
in the study. Wrapped in coarse cloth and straw, they were
despatched to the Museum of the Academy, and are now Avhile I
address you, being mounted in the lower hall of the Museum,
by the English geologist, Mr. Hawkins, and at his own expense.*
The animal specimen thus discovered is unique. iSo other
like itf has ever been encountered, either in the New World or
the Old, although hundreds of bones have been annually turned
out from the marl pits of the Atlantic seaboard. Most of these
bones, it is true, have been reburied, or destroyed, through igno-
rance of their scientific value ; and there is no knowing how
many skeletons of Hadrosaurus might have been secured. But
as yet, this is the only one ; and we owe its acquisition to the
scientific cultivation of one, who was prevented from running a
brilliant career in special science only by the philosophic scope
of his whole life, and the obedience which he owed to other
duties. The creature was an immense herbivorous saurian, with
huge hind legs and very small arms, a veritable crocodilian kan-
garoo, as large as an elephant, and as tall as a giraffe. One of
the highest living authorities. Professor Huxley, has just pub-
lished his opinion that we have in this and other allied Dinosau-
rian forms a synthetic type between the reptiles and the birds.
The Hadrosaurus may have been amphibious m its habits. Hs
long lacertian tail and the structure of its feet suggest aquatic

* 3Ir. Hawkins is weU known for liis admirable palseontological restora-
tions in the gronnds of tlie Sj'denhain Palace. He is at present working ont,
in the Museum of the Academy at Pliiladelpliia. similai restorations of Amer-
ican extinct monsters, for the Central Park at New York. (Nov. 21, ISijS. At
the meeting of the members of the Academy called to-day to examine the fin-
ished mounting, and to listen to Mr. Hawkins' description of the parts, Dr.
Leidy, in behalf of the Curators of the Academy, accepted the gift, returned
thanks to Mr. Hawkins, and described the disco\ery of the bones. He gave
great praise to Mr. Foulke for the resolution with which he pushed forward
his researches, after having been advised that there was good reason for be-
lieving, that any boncis discoverable would prolnibly be those of mammoth,
several skeletons of which had been found in marl pits in New Jersey. As tlie
bones of Hadrosaurus which were found were those of the left side of the
animal, on which it lay, it is probable that the lost bones, found twenty j'ears
previously, had been those of the right side, together with the missing A'erte-
brae and skull.)

t Its nearest relative is the Iguanodon of the Weald & L. green sand de-
posits of Europe. (Leidy.)

Lesley.] 494 • [XovemborG.

habits ; but when on shore it must have walked in a measure
erect, like strathous birds, or have leaped like the batrachians.
When feeding- it must have made a tripod of its hind legs and
tail, grasping with its short forelegs the branches, on the leaves
or fruit of whicli it browsed, of some kind of evergreen ; for all
the specimens of wood found embedded with it proved, on
microscopic examination, to be coniferous. How its carcass
came to lie upon a bed of shells, interspersed with these chunks
of wood, is hard to explain. The shells were of forty-two dif-
ferent species, and some of them so fragile and yet so unin-
jured, the most tender and delicate forms showing no trace
of abrasion, and the two valves of all the bivalves being still
together, that the water in which they lived must have been
either perfectly protected from the winds, or else profoundly
deep. The marl itself is sufficient evidence of the stoppage of
all the currents carrying sand. We might therefore suppose
a bog — or lagoon — or ai'chipelago deposit. But this suppo-
sition is opposed by the great geographical extent of the Mid-
dle Cretaceous Formation, from New York to New Oideans and
Cairo ; and by the uniform composition of the mineral, and uni-
form thickness of the stratum.

It remains then to determine the limits of the ocean in
which, and the direction of the muddy current by which it was
deposited. The investigation of this question has never to m}'
knowledge been undertaken. Instead of that, an undue degree
of attention has been bestowed upon the question of mere age.
Vanuxem, Morton, Rogers, Tuomey, Hall, Meek, Hayden, Mar-
cou, Cooke, L^'ell, D'Orbigny, Mantell, are all in turn cited by
Mr. Lea, as expressing discordant opinions in attempting a cor-
relation of tlie Green Sand marls of our side, with the Lower,
Middle or Upper Green Sand of the other side of the Athxntic,
by means of the imbedded forms of animal life. Now recent in-
vestigations into the Cretaceous and Tertiary Formations of the
West, — investigations still continued on the largest scale, —
teach us how little value is to be set on fossils, whether animal
or vegetable, especially vegetable, as indicators of precise con-
temporaneity. They show how the principle of life has pursued
its route of development through a normal series of forms, at
different rates on distant continents, and in separate water
basins ; one region out-stripping another in the I)ar\Yinian race ;

miS.] ^gg fT,esloy.

and anticipating it in tlio IVeshor analoiions of tlio fading out life-
forms. Questions then of tlie comparative cbrouology of strata
in Europe and America l)y fossils, are of less importance than
questions of structure and process and condition — questions
not of the ivhen, hut of the hoiv and ivhi/.

"Where was the forest in which this strange creature browsed ?
What Avas the river down which his dead hody floated? Where
ran the shores of the sea in the marl of which he sank? Why
w-ere his bones not destroyed before the sediment could cover
them ? How high Avere the Germantown hills in that Cretaceous
era? And Avhat was the (iulf Stream doing? How far may
the dip of the visible strata carry out the marl beneath the
Atlantic seaboard ? What has given this almost imperceptible
and yet universal south-east inclination to all the Cretaceous
and Tertiary Formations of the Tide Water border of our Con-
tinent ? These, and other questions like them, are worthy of
the sleepless thought of our geologists. 13ut a prolonged dis-
cussion of whether the facies of the fauna of the Iladdonficld
marls is enough like the facies of the fauna of the Blackdown
Greensand of Fitton, or the Cenomanien of D'Orbigny's enu-
meration, to establisli the S3'nchronism of their deposition, seems
almost puerile, as we know that every region has its different
fauna at the present moment. Such questions ma^^ do to ex-
ercise the observations of young geologists and stimulate their
classifications. But trained and experienced thinkers will busy
themselves with iar more difficult and delicate questions, until
the settlement of which our science will continue to wear too
much the semblance of a watchcase without the Avorks. It was
chiefly because of his interest in such questions, that Mr. Foulke
never engaged in the determination of specific forms. His mind
Avas philosophic in the largest and highest sense, and loved to
deal with questions of the most comprehensive reach ; while he
felt all the importance of accuracy- in details, and the genuine-
ness of fundamental data. But he was especially inspired by
the progress of Human Knowledge ; and many an hour he spent
discussing its steps and stages in the historA' of the past, its
lines of movement now, and the indications of its future course.*

* Mr. Cope has recently niade the important diseovfry off a fresh-water stra-
tum of blue clay, apparently lower In position than the Hadrosaurus bed of
Haddonfleld. The new locality is six miles north-east of Camden, and ten
miles north of the pit in which. the Hadrosaurus was found (see Mr. Isaac Lea'.»
VOL. X. — 3p

Lesley.] 40 fi [November 6.

Among the earliest acts of the founders of the Academy of
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, was a resolution that its
origin should date from the 21st day of March, A. D., 1812.
The Anniversarj' of this day in 1854, was a marked occasion;
because of the desire that the members felt to celebrate the
erection of their New Hall. Members, Correspondents and
their guests assembled at a sumptuous dinner in the Musical
Fund Hall. On the evening previous a discourse was pronounced
by Mr. Foulke before au audience assembled in the Hall of the

paper in the Proceedings of tlie Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia,
read June 9, 1868). Kight species of Unio and two species of Anodonta were
found by Mr. Cope. Mv. Conrad refers the lilue clay to an ancient water-course
of the Delaware river, which there is some reason to Ijelieve crossed middle
New Jersej' in a direct line to the sea shore. If this blue clay be indeed
above the Hadrosaurus Green Sands, then the remarks above, in the text, on
the invalidity of fossil determinations of age between widely separated re-
gions receive additional force ; for the fresh-water Wealden, with its Iguano-
don remains underlies the Green Sand of England. On the other hand, Messrs.
Meek and Hayden have found extensive fresh-water deposits at the mouth of
the Judith river in the Central basin of the North American Continent, and
consider tliem as constituting tlie bottom subdivision (No. 1) of the Middle
Cretaceous. Such deposits can hardly have relationships of time with one
another as marine deposits have. They are the local phenomena of all ages.
The Delaware river has flowed in about the same channel which it now occu-
pies ever since the close of the New Red, Norristown, or Connecticut River
Sand Stone era ; a channel determined by the topograpliical features of the
Baltimore-Philadelphia Lower Silurian (Quebec Group?) liills, on whicli Ger-
mantown, ))ack of Philadelpbia, is situated, and terminating in a promontory
at Trenton. Tliis range of hill land must have been higher in the air before
the close of the New Red era than now, because it has sutfered immense ero-
sion since then. But apart from that consideration, it must have been carried
bodily upward to a still higher general level, by tliat rise of the Conlinent,
which not only dried the New Red estuary basin, but elevated the New Red
sediments many hundred feet, forming the Pennsj'lvania and New Jerse5' New
Red hill countrj' of the present day. But this elevation could not have been
efl'ected without the production either of hill country, low plains, or subma-
rine shallows all along the area now occupied by Southern New Jersey, Dela-
ware, &c. The River Delaware may at that time have had a much longer
course, but in wliat direction, would be detei'mined by the nature of the
uplifted land. It niaj' have meandered through vast marshes, like those of
the Carolina sea board ; or it may even have flowed far away toward the south-
west into the Susquchannah river, itself prolonged. In this river channel
would have been deposited the fresh-water blue clay with Mr. Cope's Union-
idae. Subsequently, a reversed or downward movement shortened the river,
submerged the outside land, produced an archipelago along the coast ami
permitted the deposit of the Cretaceous and Tertiary formations, which, by a
final reelevation, have now become Soutliern New Jersey, Delaware, Kastern
Virginia, &c. But the more recent discovery of the bones of a postpleiocene
horse, by Prof. Cope, in such relations to tliis clay bed, as to make it pretty
certain tliat the animal was embedded in it, near its lower limit, relieves us
from the necessity of considering the deposit older than the Hadrosaurus
marl.

ISOF.J ^g-J- [T.i'.slf.y.

University of I'ennsylviinia. This nddress was nfterwards
published for the Academy, It recounts the prosfress of the
Academy from its beoinning-, wlien, in the shop of an apoth-
ecary, at the nortli-cast corner of Marliet and Second streets,
John Speakman called about him the intelligent scholars and
amateur naturalists which Philadeli)liia already then possessed,
raakino- his shop a centre of literary and scientific gossip, and
then with Jacob Gilliams, Troost, McMahon, Mann, John Shinu
and Parmentier, organized regular meetings in Mercer's Cake
Shop near the corner of Market street and Franklin place. He
described the groidh of the Museum, from the time of its re-
moval to the corner of Twelfth and George streets, 1828, until
it filled with its treasures the rooms it occupies now to over-
flowing.

An apology for such an institution follows naturally in the
course of his address. It was not an uncalled for display of elo-
quence. The fine sciences and fine arts cannot flourish in the
open air of a democratic commonwealth. The}" need the hot
house culture which the concentrated power of an autocracy, or
the exclusive privileges of an oligarchy, alone seem competent
to afford. The splendid monuments of Egypt and India rose at
tlie bidding of tyrants, invested with priestl^^ omnipotence.
The glories of Athens and of Rome appeared at sunset of their
republican lilierties. The learning of Islam was the culture of
the Caliphs. Norman and Gothic architecture was imported from
the Orient at the close of Crusades, which destroyed the peerage
of feudalism, and constituted empires from its ruins. The com-
merce of Genoa and Venice manured the ground, but the Dorias,
Yiscontis and Medicis, planted and reaped the first crops of that
art and that learning which we now enjo}'. The Paris of to-day
is a monument of irresponsible power in the hands of a man.
The London of to-day is a monument of irresponsible power in
the hands of a class. But the Philadelphia of to-day builds no
monuments. It builds private stores, private churches, and
private mansions. Its great lack is an absence of centralization.
Its democratic polity is that of an army without head quarters,
111 natured criticism would have too much reason if it said
that it belonged in the division of the Articulata, Its intellect
and taste, like scattered brands, cannot blaze and spread into a
general flame. Our citizenship plumes itself, not on realizing

Lesley.] 40 S [November 6.

great ideas of public good and beauty, but on the universal dis-
tribution of loaves and fishes to the multitude. A cj^nical herald
might escape punishment who gave for its blazon a dragon Ar-
gent, couchant, on a field Or, drinking champagne from an 03'ster
shell, and holding aloft a liberty cap upon the end of its tail.

Philadelphia was once governed by an aristocracy of intellect
and taste. But our Wistar party is no more. Our Chinese Mu-
seum is burnt down. Our Museum of Natural History is per-
ishing for want of a few thousands to pay for its proper care.
Our Philosophical Society owns scarcely a single book that rep-
resents the advanced intelligence of the present generation, and
the few that it possesses are acknowledged in its proceedings as
donations.

Is there not an explanation of all this at hand ? Are not pri-
vate luxury and public spirit inconvertible forces of nature, —
mutually destructive. The associativ^e interests of a democracy
produce a uniform balance of rights, and a uniform mediocrity
of character; while the personal pride of an aristocrat compels
him to shine as a public benefactor. While vulgar men grasp
political power to convert it to the base uses of the present
hour, men of rank in famil}^, intellect, and taste, regard the
future, and love the grand : Noblesse oblige.

Mr. Poulke did not, indeed, say these things in his anniver-
sary address, when he urged the utility of preserving and en-
larging the jNIuseum of the Academ}^ of Natural Histor}', for the
well-being of the population of his native cit3^ But in pri-
vate conversation, no one lamented more that general lack of
appreciation for the more spiritual adornments of a common-
wealth which is manifested by even those who devote them-
selves most zealously to schemes for increasing the material
wealth and comfort of the community.

In this dlscoui'se he exclaims : " Do 3'ou not desire to become
participators in some way with those who are hereafter to
strenothen and enlarge the resources of such an institution and
to apply them to the general good ? As men you have the com-
mon interest of the species in whatever can augment and var\'

the instruments of civilization Surrounded hy luxuries,

secure in the enjoyments of home, or engaged in the cheerful
commerce of societ}'^, have you no oftering to make to the treas-
ury of this temple? . . . You have children, Avho may be taught

18K8.] 499 [Lesley.

the value and the dignity of its relationships to human progress.
Consider how your obligations are strengthened by circum-
stances peculiar to the age in which you live, or to your own
countr3^ . . . Let men of science be assured that you appreciate
what thej^ are doing and suffering. . . . The days of fire and fag-
got have indeed passed away, . . . yet the roll of the martyrs of
science was not ended with those who suffered by the dungeon
or the stake. ... It is hazardiug nothing to sa}^ that an impor-
tant novelty in science, however clearly and firmly attested,
might be received as unwillingl}- and contested as hotly, and
might make as wide breaches of social connections, as could be
asserted of the modern systems of astronomy and geology at the
time of their fiirst promulgation. ... It is over the newly-made
grave of Morton that science once more appeals to mankind to
cease from outraging the name of Religion by persecutions of
those who honestl}^ seek to read aright the works of the Master
of Life."

As may be judged bj' these dislocated fragments of discourse,
Mr. Foulke was an ardent champion for freedom of scientific
and religious opinion. His zeal in this quarter led him to the
publication of a pamphlet, in 1857, entitled "Notice of Some
Remarks b}^ the late Mr. Hugh Miller, &c.," being certain pas-
sages on pages 159, 160, 161 of the first American edition (1854)
of Mr. Miller's Lecture on the Two Records, Mosaic aud Geo-
logical, and other passages on pages 171 to 175. These passages
were cited by Mr. Foulke at a meeting of the Academy (May 9,
1854), in a kind and most respectful manner, merely with the
design to guard against such unwarranted genei'alizations of
science as Mr. Miller allowed himself for theological purposes.
His remarks bore upon the importance of maintaining scrutiny
of the logic of the natural sciences, especially now, during a
prevailing disposition to " reconcile" the results of scientific re-,
searches, by extreme processes, with the popular interpretation
of certain texts of the Mosaic history.

In the next American edition of the Two Records, published
shortly before Mr. Miller's death, notes to these pages appeared,
charging Mr. Foulke with downright unfairness, and speaking
scornfully of his connection with a learned societ3\ In order to
correct such complete misapprehension of the motive and drift
of his criticism, Mr. Foulke replied at the meeting of the Acad-

Lesley.] 500 [November 6.

emy, May 5, 1851, giving all due credit and respect to so distin-
guished an opponent, but reiterating and re-enforcing his argu-
ments, and rebutting the charges made against himself. Soon
after the appearance of the notice in the Proceedings of the
Academy, Mr. Davies, a Scottish clergyman, addressed a letter
to Mr. Foulke, expressing hearty concurrence with his view of
the value of Mr. Miller's reasoning.

Another episode in Mr. Foulke's life was produced by the tan-
talizing circumstances connected with the suspension of the Re-
ports of the Geological Survey of Pennsjdvania. The field work,
which had occupied seven j'^ears, ceasing in the fall of 1840, the
materials for illustrating the final Report were placed by Pro-
fessor Rogers in my hands; and in 1842 I had completed the
State Map, the Geological Sections across the State, and drawn
or redrawn for the wood-cutter all the diagrams which afterwards
were published in the two quarto volumes of the Final Report.
Then my connection with the survey ceased. Mr. Rogers moved
his residence to Boston. There was a dead-lock between him
and the State authorities at Harrisburg. They held the treasury
and he kept the manuscripts.

At the beginning of the winter of 1846, '4*7, he wrote to me to
come to him in Boston. A demand for the MSS. had been made
which he could not resist, and he wished me to duplicate the
whole, which I did: the Map of the State, the long sections, and
all the illustrations of the text, with parts of the text itself. This
copy was sent to Harrisburg. There it lay, without finding an
editor, until the winter of 1850, '51, forgotten or despised. Some
said it was useless ; others, that it would be used too well by de-
signing men. Some accused it of tedious verbiage ; others, of
culpable incompleteness. Some alleged that the surface of Penn-
s^dvania was still too unsettled to make a truthful survey pos-
sible ; others, that the progress of mining and railroad survej-ing
had left the assertions of the report behind them among dis-
l^roved and exploded things. There were hardly a dozen men
in the whole Commonwealth who knew either the character of
the Report or the actual value of the Surve3^ Among these Mr.
Foulke occupied perhaps the most prominent position ; and he
it was who finally succeeded in dragging up the buried manu-
script into public notice, and in stimulating sutflciently public
opinion in its favor to get an act passed for its publication. The

18(JS.] nn-j^ [Lesley.

fight w:is Rtul)l)orii. Mr. Rogers, being advised to remain at a
distance and abide the result, did not appear in the transaction.
The cr}' was raised, Let us have the Final Report, whatever it
is, and have done with it ! let us see what we have paid a hun-
dred thousand dollars for, at all events.

On the 12th of April, 1851, a resolution passed the Legislature
by a vote of 49 to 42, appropriating $32,000 to the revision and
publication of the Final Report of the survey. Excepting one
or two who were entrusted with the secret, the members were
unaware that additional surveying was in question. Mr. Rogers
however, immediately took the field, assisted by Mr. Sheafer, Mr.
Desor, jSIr. Lesquereux, and myself. Mr. Sheafer brought to the
work his long experience aud thorough acquaintance Avith the
underground of the anthracite region, Mr. Lesquereux perfected
his S3'stem for identifying the dirterent coal-beds by their vege-
table fossils. Mr. Desor applied his Alpine studies to the local
drift, the outcrop marks of the region to be studied. I under-
took the task of mapping on a large scale, and representing in
light and shade the surface aspects, the outcrop terraces, the
sandstone ribbing of the gaps, the varied erosion of the crests,
and the relationship which the opened gangways bore to these.
The Southern Basin, from ten miles east of Pottsville to twenty
miles west of it, was cross-barred in parallel lines, one or two
thousand feet apart, running from the crest of the Sharp Moun-
tain, about N. 2.5"^ W. to the crest of the Broad Mountain, and
in some cases to the summit overlooking the valley of the Ma-
hanoA*. These lines, measured, levelled, and staked, were tied
together by transverse staked and levelled lines, one set running
along the hill tops, another along the valley bottoms. To this
system all the railroad surveys were tied ; the branch roads,
gangways, trial and air shafts were located properly ; and in a
few indispeusible cases, where beds had not been opened, new
trial shafts were made.

Six months passed thus, every working moment occupied.
The map advanced as the surveying furnished the material. Still,
quite as much remained undone. Another year was wanting to
complete the first and second basins, to say nothing of the third.
But Mr. Rogers could not keep his corps together. The follow-
ing spring he employed a land surveyor (Mr. Poole) to com-
plete the map as far as Mauch Chunk, and joined with him a

Lesley.] HO'^ [November 6.

worthy geologist, Mr- Dalsen. These 'gentlemen reduced my
large sheet maps to one on a very small scale, which was some
years afterwards published as part of the Atlas of the Final
Report.

The sheets of the great map have never seen the light. They
are probabh' in Mr. Rogers' portfolios. He once informed me
that he considered them the only perquisite attached to his office
as chief of the survey. The loss is perhaps now irreparable.
They became private property by a subsequent act of Legisla-
ture. For the act of 1851 seemed to bring the yjublication of the
Final Report no nearer to a pass than ever. And it was not
until an arrangement was made, by which Mr. Rogers should
obtain personal propriety of all the records, maps, pictures, and
characteristic fossils of the survey', for the consideration of one
thousand copies delivered to the Legislature, that the book ap-
peared. And this was not until 1859, when the publication was
made bj^ a firm in Edinburgh.

Mr. Foulke's interest in the Survey was of a purely scientific
and philanthropic character. In Februaiy, 1851, he wrote to Mr.
G. H. Hart, a member of the House : " You are aware that I
have no connection with nor interest in such a subject, except
what is common to all my fellow citizens — that in mj^ journe^^s
through many of our counties (probably more than two-thirds
of them), and in conversation with experienced persons, and in
my reading of essays and reports of scientific men and other
ways, I have received illustrations more numerous than those
to which other citizens have general access ; and that the convic-
tions thus fastened upon me are the reasons for 1113' intervention
in this business." He wrote to Mr. Rogers, the same month :
" It is proper to say to 3'ou that any part which I take respect-
ing the publication of the final report upon the geology of Penn-
sylvania is prompted exclusively by my opinion of the value of
that report ; b}' a regard to the position occupied bj" the State
government, and b\^ a sense of justice in relation to yourself.
It will therefore be unnecessary to include me in any pecuniar}^
arrangement which it may appear to 3'ou expedient to make for
the purpose of forwarding the publication."

And it was in this spirit that all his acts having reference to
public affairs were performed.

1868.] CQQ [Lesley.

Aiiothor instance of his active interest in things affecting the
general good, is afforded by the history of the erection of the
Academy of Music, or Opera House, at the corner of Broad and
Locust streets. " I am not of the numhcr of those (he wrote to
a friend, under date of April ;>d, 1852,) who thnilv that the short-
ness of life is a reason for despising or avoiding its enjoyments,
but it is a reason for maintaining a proportion and subordination
of our activities, and for selecting the objects of these according
to a standard of choice which accords with the highest laws of
conduct known to our race." There remain among his private
papers ''more than 120 memoranda, di'afts of speeches, letters,
notes, &c., in his handwriting, having reference to the project.
He was one of three who set the enterprise on foot, and he
promptly took practical measures Avith regard to it. The
earliest decisive movement towards it was in 1852, when
[March 4th, 18.52] an Act to incorporate the 'American
Academy of Music ' was passed. A supplement to this act of
incorporation was drafted in the following April, by Mr. Foulke,
and was taken by Mr. A. H. Smith, to Harrisburg. Owing to
the financial condition of our country the project la}' dormant
for a year. In April, 1853, Mr. Foulke set about stirring up in
its favour the interest of influential persons. He advocated the
undertaking for a variety of reasons. He held that 'to la}' the
foundation of such a system would enable us hereafter to com-
mand the best musical talent of the world, and would enable us
to provide for the cultivation of such talent among ourselves.'
Contem^ilating the use of the Opera House for representation
also of the drama, he desired to see brought about the purification
of the taste and manners of the masses, by elevating the stand-
ard of poi)ular amusements of this sort."

His views respecting the proper method of attaining this de-
sirable end were peculiar to the generous scope of his own
mind, and illustrate his character well. He contended for a
music house for the people at large ; not to be one of the
exclusive luxuries of the fashionable and wealthy ; a house to
contain four or five thousand persons, admitted at low rates;
an institution to excite general popularity ; able to cultivate a
universal taste for the best music, and obtaining thus every 3'ear
a surer guaranty' for its usefulness ; " providing " as he said,
'• by liberality of design for the fnture enlargement of our musi-
VOL. X. — 3q

Leslej'.] 504 [Xovember G.

caland dramatic resources, regard being had to the rapid growth
of our population and wealth." He designed as part of the
plan, a liberal support for the minor perfomers, so that they
might be, or become, permanent residents of the city, and thus
prevent the Opera House from falling into the hands of foreign
managers of troupes, whose expenses would necessarily raise the
price of tickets to a figure that must practically exclude the
people. But he was overruled; and the erection of an Academ}''
of Music has done comparatively little for popularising the best
music of the old world among the common peo})le of our city.
Whereas, the effects of its central influence should already' have
been seen in an improvement in musical culture in ever^' county
of the State ; just as the influence of the Loyal Union League
has improved the political knowledge, sentiment and zeal of the
whole commonwealth.

The quality of Mr. Foulke's mind may be measured, perhaps,
as well b}^ his Essay on the Right Use of History, as by any
other memorial of his life. He had been one, with Mr. Joseph E.
Ingersoll, the Rev. Albert Barnes, and Bishop Potter, appointed
to deliver addresses before the Pennsylvania Historical Society,
in December, 1850. His address was published, with others, in
1856. It shows his disposition to take the most comprehensive
view of every subject coming under his attention. He chose for
his theme the practical advantage of a study of histor}^ for the
young, and the best method of reaping that advantage. Grant-
ing the value of special research, he urged that more was neces-
sary than " merely to gather, with the minute diligence of the
typical antiquary, relics of the former time ; to trace partially
defaced inscriptions ; to perpetuate images of decaying edifices,
or the details of obsolete wardrobes. Whatever the associations
which invest these with a value, or bind them to us by ties of
a personal interest, they are comparative!}" trivial incidents to
our pursuits. Even the events which are most Avidely known,
and the men who shine most conspicuously among the great
actors of the past, have a limited historical value ; the extent of
which is determined by their contributions to moral results. It is
to the definition of these results, and their communication to our
fellow men, that our associate eff'orts should tend." He showed
how " the influence of history even upon adults is subject to grave
qualifications, since some of its examples are available only in au

1SC8.] gQg [Lesley.

imperfect rnaiiiier, even as guides to tlie understanding; for tlic
shifting of circumstances renders it often difficult, and in some
cases impossible, to establish for ourselves a certain theory of
cause and effect. The conduct of men depends not upon de-
tached fiicts or doctrines merel}^ remembered, whether the}^ have
been learned early or late in life ; but upon habits of thought and
feeling ; upon the association of ideas with the impulses which
directly prompt to action. No school instruction can do more
than establish such associations ; none can perfect the knowledge,
nor unalterably fix the habits of pupils. Hence, the selection of
the ends of conduct , th.e adjustment of the relative ra.nk of prin-
ciples ; the establishment of certain habitual criteria ; and the
promoting of that development and orderly exercise of each
facuUij^ ivhich result from judicious discipline — unless we pur-
pose amusement or display, these must be the objects of instruc-
tion in history."

In m}^ own personal intercourse with Mr. Foulke, which was
frequent and intimate, I was profoundl}' impressed by one char-
acteristic of his mind, more than by almost any other ; namely,
a hopelessness respecting the attainment of definite knowledge.
This hopelessness was the result of two facts in his experience ;
first, that by reading diligently in almost every department of
human science, he had attained an intellectual point of view,
from which the boundlessness of nature and history and human
life could be descried ; and secondly, in devoting special zeal to
special investigations, he had learned that the most judicious
could seldom decide with confidence the absolute truth or the ab-
stract right in anything. Among all my acquaintances I had no
other whose spirit echoed so to the letter the despair of the wise
man of Palestine, that the search after knowledge would ever be
anything else than vanity and vexation of spirit. Inspired by this
sentiment, he urges in this address, that " we should in vain at-
tempt to teach all history," quoting his favorite. Dr. Arnold, who,
after rising to the first rank of philosophical historians, could say
" of many large and fruitful districts in the vast territory of
modern history I possess only the most superficial knowledge ;
of some I am all but totally ignorant ;" and Robertson : " the
collections of historical materials are so vast, the term of human
life is too short for the study or even the perusal of them. What
then can be done duiing the longest academic period 1^"

Lesley.] c ng [Xovember fi.

His conclusion is that the details of history must be taught in
the most abject subordination to its principles. The memorizing
of dates must give way before the inculcation of ethical doctrines.
The heart beats with a time of its own, not measured by the stars.
The commencement of the Christian era itself is undetermined.
His scheme of school instruction, then, at least for the mass of
learners in American schools, limited itself to the inculcation of
^^ select practical precepts^ illustrated by historical examples,
and enforced by the aids used for the development of personal
character.^'

In illustration of this scheme, I am tempted to quote page
after page of this elegant and forcible address, but neither time
permits, nor is more needful to show how naturally he generalized
always in a practically philanthropic direction. He woiild con-
duct school discipline as he would guide prison discipline, out
of the Egypt of empiricism into the promised land of life-inspir-
ing philosoph3^ The schoolmaster as well as the jailor must be
a philanthropist : the one must treat his prisoner and the other
his scholar with an eye to make him a worthy citizen of the Re-
public. Therefore, in teaching history, facts are to be grouped
about principles and doctrines, and to be remembered only when
these principles and doctrines are to be applied. And his argu-
ments were, that thus histor}' can be taught with equal success
to all classes of learners ; the instruction can be made permanent
in the mind and life ; the great events of the past can be made
to produce their greatest effect upon sentiments while plastic in
the spring-time of life; a sentiment for civil obedience will
grow along Avith the sentiment of domestic duty; and the love
of progress can be harmoniously linked with a rational adherence
to a settled order of things. The struggle of ages between the
partisans of change and the adherents of established order, — the
excesses of demand and of resistance, — the action of a majority
prompted more b}^ particular evils alleged or felt than by any
consistent general estimate of the effects of existing institutions,
— and the acrimonious character of political partisanship, will
become evils of the past.

I have used his own expressions, scattered over the pages of
this address. But I woxdd not give the impression that he held
Utopian views. Far from it. The onl}' hope of the future which
he cherished was of the largest and longest term. His political

Lesley.] ^07 [November 6.

motto was '■'• the fralernity of the racey He did not believe in
republicanism as the onl}- and sufficient panacea for the woes of
societ3\ "When we read," he saj'S, — "when we read of mobs
of the ancient world, who broke open senators' houses, and piled
and fired their furniture in the forum ; who took forcible posses-
sion of the rostra,! and who disturbed or suspended the comitia
hy outcry or violence ; who even pressed upon the senate so that
the knights and others guarded the deliberations with draAvn
swords ; who fired temples erected by obnoxious citizens, and
who nullified legislative decrees constitutionally enacted, — we
might attribute these disorders to the impatience of oppressed
subjects, or to the licentiousness of mercenary adherents of pro-
fligate men striving for power and for the control of the public
treasury. Tint when we turn to this republic, so wisely organ-
ized, so liberal in its institutions, so jealously restricted in favor
of popular rights, so rich in the means of physical prosperity-, —
this Kcpublic, in which no man attains to power except upon
the uncontrolled votes of free electors ; and even here, behold
the same riotous excesses, the same armed intrusions upon the
elective franchise ; ballot-boxes forcibly broken open, and plun-
dered, or abstracted, or fraudulently filled with spurious votes ;
contests with bludgeons and more deadly weapons ; our citizens
slaughtering each other in the open streets, and lighting the
darkness of night by the flames of churches fired by their incen-
diary torches ; and finall}'-, when we see that these outrages,
which charit}^ might have attributed to a passing phrensy, are
succeeded by deliberate attempts to nullify the laws of the land,
— surely we have reason to look further than the subjects of con-
troversy to discover the true sources of political mischiefs so
dangerous to the commonwealth. Where can we find these, if
not in those germs of individual character for the proper culture
of which we design our methods of education ?"*

* The allusions in this passage are, probably, to the bloodshed and l)urnings
at Philadelphia, in the so called "Catholic Riots" of 1844; but tliej- bear as
pertinent an application to the elections of 1S58. Mr. Foulke was then a young
man. lie immediately offered his services, in company with two of his young
friends, Mr. Aubrey II. Smith and Mr. J. I. Clark Hare, to Mayor Scott, who ap-
pointed them bis aids. They proposed the raising of acompany to be composed
of respectable young men. Lieut. Izard, of the Navy, was made Captain. It was
stationed, on Thursday night, to guard St. Patrick's Church, and on tlic follow-
ing night, at the College of St. Charles Borromeo, where many amusing episodes
took place between the young men — the guards and the guarded. What

Lesley.] ^08 [Xovetaber 6.

His cure for these evils of the societ}^ of all ages was no mechan-
ical arrangement of the social machinery, no paper constitution,
ballot box, or national flag; but a profound inoculation of each
rising generation with the genius of Christian order, sympathy
with justice and truth, and faith in the great dogma of the nine-
teenth century, the brotherhood of man. He predicted that " this
idea oi the frater'nity of the race, so interesting in moral historj^,
so fundamental to all rational theories of social connection and
intercourse, is now approaching the place which it is ultimately
to hold in the councils of nations, as well as in the minor arrange-
ments of civil communities. " Teach this to our 3'outh, if all else
be unlearned. It is of incalculably greater worth than all the
skeleton histories ever compiled."

Our friend was a true American. He loved his country and
his own State, but in a large and generous wa}^, and with manj'-
sided sj^mpathies for other races and peoples whom he never
even saw. I remember well a curious illustration of this manj^-
sidedness, which took place in his own dining room. Four men
sat around the breakfast table. One, was an old school abolition-
ist, the personal friend of William Llo3'd Garrison and Wendell
Phillips ; another, was a distinguished rabbi of the Jewish syna-
gogue, with intense pro-slavery predilections ; the third was a
black man, a graduate of Oxford, and president of the Theologi-
cal Seminar}' at Liberia ; and the fourth, was the host. A party
incongruous enough. Few men would be capable of fusing to-
gether such odd elements. But he could do it. And that with-
out the sacrifice of either dignity or principle. Holding his own
position firmly, he could estimate the worth of the most opposite
characters, and draw from every kind of soil its own peculiar
fruits. There was in him such a combination of religious faith
with clear-sighted skepticism, — such a love of the good old
ways, mixed with a zeal for better things to come, — such com-

tlu-eatened to be a national ealamitj-, but was in fact only a salntaiT exercise
of brute force bj' society, in its ii'responsible state, determined at all hazar<ls
to suppress a chronic nuisance, — ended, when the desired object was attained,
in a sudden and spontaneous return to the ordinary state of things. The good
effects of this terrible outbreak of popular indignation against the great and
otherwise intangible element of political disturbance in Philadelphia were
felt for many y«!ars. But the appearance and bearing of our military volun-
teers may have preserved the city from secondary evils consequent upon the
loosening of the ordinary restraints of the law ujjon the viler part of its popu-
lation.

1S(5R.] r^QQ [Lesley.

prehension of the springs of prejudice, with such reverence for
whntever was true and noble in the lives and hearts of the most
prejudiced — that he could be the adviser and the friend of all.

In politics, he said himself, that he was a Federalist. " Read
the Federalist, and j'ou will learn what I think." At a dinner
given 1)3^ the Maryland Historical Society, at Baltimore, in Feb-
ruary-, 1853, he had occasion to reply to some violent and inflam-
mator}^ political remarks which fell from Senator Toombs of
Georgia, who was one of the guests. Mr. Crittenden, who was
also present, coming round the table to where Mr. Foulke was
sitting, said that he wished to introduce himself to a gentleman
who had reproved treasonable sentiments in so patriotic and
forcible, and yet so controlled a manner. To the day of his
death his treatment of those whom he considered the enemies
of the rvcpublic, was marked by a mixture of fearless sincerity
and gentlemanly courtesy. In the vehemence of his feelings I
never heard him use a harsh or ill-bred expression. A more lov-
ing, aftectionate heart never beat. He was the tenderest of
hus})ands and fathers.

It is not for me to enter more deeply into his inner life. He
always expressed respect for the established forms of worship,
while professing his entire independence of established creeds.
The same moderation which characterized his mental estimate
of the ultimate value of scientific attainments, those made by
even the best thinkers, in view of the infinite copiousness, com-
plexity and obscurity of the facts of the material world, equally
characterized his estimate of the absolute finality of theologi-
cal opinions based upon a discussion of invisible and spiritual
things, the final causes of the universe, and the eschatology of
schoolmen. He seemed to hold fast only by the moral prin-
ciples of Cliristanit,y, the evident wisdom and goodness of God',
the perfect adaptation of the Christian Gospel to remedy the
evils and guide the upward progress of human life, the beauty of
personal virtue, and the harmonious concurrence of reason and
religion.

To this essential religious side of his character fitted his
aesthetic sentiment, a keen appreciation of the beauties of nature,
and a pure taste in high art. His private letters from the
romantic scenes of our rennsylvania mountain country breathe

Lesley.] Kin [November 6, 1868.

not only the most healthy enjoyment of every object in nature,
but that power of a cultivated imagination which transforms
objects of sensible perception into s^-mbols of thought and feel-
ing. In times of trouble and personal sorrow he drew consola-
tion and acquired new fortitude from the mute phantasmagoria
of the earth and air ; that pantomimic drama, where every scene
infolds some esoteric mysteiy, only to be interpreted by those
who have passed through the initiations.

His remarkable powers of conversation are known to all his
acquaintances. He seemed to have read every book, to have
known personally every representative man of the da}', to have
traveled through all the regions of modern knowledge. He nar-
rated, and he argued, with equal perspicacity of view, purity of
language, precision of details, and fulness of illustration ; and
perhaps no better conclusion to this slight sketch of his life and
character can be made than by quoting what one of the most
distinguished and one of the most temperately judicious of his
fellow members in this Society said of him, after his death : " In
all the world I have never met any one having the same extent
and variety of knowledge, who had at the same time such accu-
racy and precision of knowledge."

Time enough has elapsed to enable us to estimate and lament
his loss to us in this Hall ; for he was preeminently one of those
who kept alive the spirit of this Society; relieving our meetings
of that stiflhess and barrenness, which it always proves so diffi-
cult a task to remedy, where a few onl}^ assemble, periodically,
not to relate their personal experimental discoA'cries, but to lis-
ten to the more general conclusions of philosophic thought.
Nothing but the leading intelligence of a vivacious, enthusi-
astic, fearless, general scholar can save such meetings from de-
generating into a dry observance of parliamentary forms, op-
pressed by the ennui of a constrained, cold silence, or the still
less endurable ennui of a pseudo-scientific gossip in which
everything is crudely said or timorously hinted at. It is not
too much to affirm that the new life which this Societj' has be-
gun to exhibit, is greatly due to the cultivated mental activity,
the eloquent speech, the administrative ability, and the enthusi-
astic interest in everything occurring within these walls, cease-
lessly exhibited by William Parker Foulke.

511

Stated Meeting^ Novemher 20th, 1808.

Present, fourteen members.

Prof. Joiix C. Cressox, Vice-President, in the Chair.

A letter of envoi was received from Mr. A. Erdmann, dated
Stoclvhohn, June 15th, 1808.

Donations for the Library Avere received from M. A. Erd-
mann, the Prussian Academy, M. Carlier of Paris, the Boston
Natural History Society, Mr. Hubbard, Dr. J. Wyman, the
Journal of Science, Yale College, the Pranlclin Institute, Dr.
J. A. Meigs, Dr. Emerson, Mr. J. Lea, Mr. Er. Eraley, Mr.
Joseph Lesley, and Mr. Shunk.

Dr. Wood spoke of the origin of earthquakes ; and sug-
gested as a possible producing cause, the expansive force of
the fluid interior, on the supposition of a rigid crust, slowly
increasing by solidification, the expansion being due to crys-
tallisation.

Mr. Chase reported his observations of the meteors of the
llth inst.

Mr. Lesley read an English translation of Dr. Brugsch's
German translation of the D'Orbiney Papyrus, and explained
its mythological character.

The Minutes of the Board of Officers and Members in Coun-
cil were read.

Nominations 593 and 594, and new nominations 595 to 619
were read.

Mr. Eraley, on the part of the Michaux Legacy Committee
reported progress.

And the Society was adjourned.

VOL. X. — 3r

512

Stated Meeting^ Deconber 4, 1868.

Present, tAventj members.

Dr. G. 13. Wood, President, in the Chair.

A letter requesting exchanges was received from Mr. Robert
H. Scott, Director of the Meteorological Office of the Rojal
Society, 2 Parliament street, London, Nov. 10, 1868.

On motion, the Secretaries Avere directed to place the Mete-
orological Office on the list of corresponding societies, to re-
ceive the Proceedings.

A letter was received from Prof. Daniel Kirkwood, of the
Indiana State University, Bloomington, Nov. 16, communi-
cating his observations of the meteoric shower of the night of
the 18th and 14th ultimo.

Donations were received for the Library from Dr. Schinz of
Strasbourg, Herr Wetli of Zurich, the Society at Emden, M.
Maisonneuve, and the Geographical Society of Paris, the Lon-
don Meteorological Office, Mr. Hyatt of Cambridge, Mr. Hager
of Montpelier, Mr. Steiger of New York, Mr. Challen of Phil-
adelphia, the Medical News, Union League, Smithsonian In-
stitution, War Department and National Academy.

Judge Sharswood read an obituarj^ notice of Mr. Joseph P.
Ingersoll.

The Committee to which Prof. Cope's Memoir for the Trans-
actions had been recommitted, reported in favor of its publi-
cation, and it was then, on motion, referred to the Connnittee
on Publication with poAver to act.

The Annual Eeport of the Treasurer was read.

The Annual statement of the Trustees of the Building
Fund was read by Mr. Marsh.

The Annual Report of the Publication Committee was read.

Nominations Nos. 593 to 619 were read.

December I.ISGS.] f;-ro [Sharswoorl.

OBITUARY NOTICE OF JOSEPH KEEI) INGERSOLL.

Read before the American FhilosopJiical Societt/,
By George Suarswood.

The object of the American Philosophical Society in providing
that wherever practicable, an Obituary Notice shall be prepared
of deceased members, was not, as in some institutions abroad, to
have an elaborate eulogy delivered. Jt was rather a brief
memoir recording the principal events and literary or scientific
works of their associate. The writer of this feels bound to con-
fine himself within these limits, and therefore will not undertake
to sketch the character or dwell upon the many marked excel-
lencies of the member, in regard to whom the Society has as-
signed to him this sad but grateful dnt}'.

Joseph Reed lugersoll, the tliird son of Jared and Elizabeth
Ingersoll, was born on the fourteenth day of June, 17 80, in the
City of Philadelphia.

Of his father, nothing need be here said. He was the son of
an eminent lawyer, afterwards an Admiralty Judge of Pennsyl-
vania under the colonial system. He was himself, perhayjs, the
most distinguished of the leaders of the Philadelphia Bar in its
palmiest days. His life and character have been given to the
public, in a spirited sketch, b}^ a master hand. Jared Ingersoll
was an honored member of this Society, having been elected
January 19, 1781 — eight 3^ears before he took his seat in the
Federal Convention, that illustrious assembly over which George
Washington presided, and which framed the Constitution of the
United States. The early school days of the subject of this no-
tice were passed in the city of his birth, under, no doubt, the
best teachers in every department which it could then afford.
He entered the College of New Jersey, at Princeton, in the year
1800, and graduated with the highest honors of his class in 1804.
In this class, in which he bore away the palm of scholarship,
were man}' men who afterwards attained high pul)lic eminence.
He was a most earnest and indefiitigablc student, ambitious
from the first, of that distinction which he succeeded in winning,
and he used to mention as no small incentive to his api)lication
and industry during the period of his collegiate course, thnt al-
most every letter which he received from his father, wound up
with the words, •' Remember the honors."

ShaiswooiL] r,"| A [December 4.

He immediately commenced the study of the law-in the office
of bis fatLier, then in the heiglit of his honorable professional ca-
reer, and after the usual clerkship of three years, was admitted
to the bar June 2, 1807. He soon found himself in a large and
lucrative practice. I have not been al)le to find his first docket,
but in one commencing with December, 1813, little more than six
years after his admission, the average number of cases brought
by him in the District Court and the Court of Common Pleas
of this count}', was upwards of fift}^ to each term, and to this
must be added a ver}^ considerable practice in the Supreme Court
of the State, and in the Federal Courts of this District. His
first reported case among the decisions of the Supreme Court
of Pennsylvania, was Wehh achnr. of Edivai-ds v. Uiisar^ 3 Bin-
ney, 329, which he argued for the defendant in 1811. His first
reported case in the Supreme Court of the United States, was
Fitzsimmons, et. al.^ v. 0(jden^ et. al., 7 Cranch, 2, in 1812, for
the complainants. It would be an interesting task to trace in
detail the history of his professional career, but it would be out
of place. Few men at the bar of Philadelphia ever enjoyed so
varied as well as so important a liiie of practice. His reputa-
tion for fiiithful attention to the business entrusted to him — his
popular manners and pleasing address — his readiness and elo-
quence— combined to secure him numerous and valuable clients.
That he was able to attend to it all, and do it so well, he owed
to his methodical industry. He appeared never to flag, though
his bodil}' and intellectual powers were taxed to the utmost. His
favorite exercise was a ride on horseback — usually before break-
fast in the morning. During all this busiest period of his life he
was a close and S3'stematic student — reading ever}' new law book
of au}^ note which came out— and not confining himself to his
professionnl reading, but extending it to general literature and
science. Tliere were no domains of knowledge, interesting or
useful, which he does not appear to have explored. He prepared
all his cases thoroughly — not only by research into authority —
but b}' making himself acquainted with whatever subjects were
incidental and auxiliary. Thus he seemed equally at home in
questions of Medical Jurisprudence, on Mechanics and Chemis-
try in Patent cases, and on general matters of Geography and
Commerce. He tried to master every case, and with industry
and perseverance, united witli his naturally quick perception, he

lS,is.] r)!;") [Sliarswooil.

.seemed never to fiiil. ITe early adopted the practice of niakiui^
notes and extracts from the books he read, evidently not lor the
ordinary nses of a common place book. Imt rather as a mode of
nnderstanding and impi-essing them on his memory. ITe seems
to have continneil this practice, thongh no doubt with many in-
terruptions, throuuh his whole life. The books are without date,
but there was a constant change going on in his hand writing,
though the general character of it remained, -which enal>les one
to say with tolerable accuracy to what period any particular ex-
tract belongs. Among his manuscripts, and probably at a late
period of ids lile, are to be found copies of many parts of the
Holy Scriptures — a copy of the Book ot Genesis, of Job, and
consideraTile part of the Gospels. ITe kept, during the whole of
his professional life, a diar\', not indeed of all the cases and busi-
ness brought to him, for that would have been impossible, l)nt of
such as seemed most interesting and important, and of whicli he
wished to preserve a memorandum to refresh his memory. This
diary is occasionally interrupted, though very rarely, with inci-
dents of personal history. I say very rarely: I consider it very
remarkable that so little is to be found in his library and manu-
scripts which relat(> to his own personal histor}'. Even the ora-
tions and addresses Avhich he was called on from time to time to
deliver, and which were printed, were not preserved by him in
any separate form. Yet I may be permitted here to draw from
his diary two exceptional cases.

" March 9, 1827. — Returned from Waslungton, where I had
gone on the 25th of February to argue Pennock v. Dialogue., and
Cowi'rjys V. Fo.s-.se. Neither case, however, was reached. The
mjourn there of a Aveek was unprofitable, exce])t that it showed
liOAv far from laboriously cases were generallj' argued there.
Gentlemen who have acquired a reputation live on it sometimes
without much eflbrt to retain it. Political life seems to gratify
those who are in the midst of it, as any ardent exertion of the
mind, perhaps, will do, but to the looker on it is a heartless, com-
fortless, and I fear in many instances an unprincipled career.''

At this time Mr. Ingersoll certaiidy felt no inclination for po-
litical life, and it was not till after he ajipears to have I'esolved
on withdrawing from the bar, that he yielded to the solicitations
of his political friends to enter Congress. 'Idie other exceptional
case is in reference to a sinuular eveut in his life.

Sluuswood.] i\^ Pi [December 4.

"Dec. 5, 1827. — Returning from un arbitration at about half-
past ten o'clock, as I entered Willing's alley, I was forcibl}' as-
saulted behind by a blow on my liead from an unknown person,
who immediately- escaped. The force of the blow was broken by
my hat, which was deeply indented, but my head was unhurt,
though I staggered and nearly fell. The escape was providen-
tial, either from the attack of au assassin, who meant to wreak
his vengeance on me or on another person, or of a robber, who,
finding his aim had not been quite true, ran to avoid detection. —
Laus Deo.''''

Besides these professional memoranda, this Diary contains
now and then a reference to the death of some member of the
bench before whom he had practiced — always with an expression
of profound respect and truthful appreciation of his character.
I will trespass on the patience of the Society b}' reproducing a
few of them.

"April 30, 1S2T. — The veneral>le and excellent Chief Justice
Tilghman died last night. He had entered his seventy-first 3'ear
on the 12th of last August. Few men have gone through a
course of judicial lalior with more usefulness to the public — nor
with greater purity of purpose or integrity of conduct and of
heart."

"Nov. IG, ISCl. — Judge Duncan, of the Supreme Court, died
at Lancaster, An able, acute and learned man. His loss will
be severel}^ felt in a community whose judicial appointments are
the rewards too often of political subserviency, and when the
distribution of them is committed to those who are incapaltle of
appreciating their importance."

There was perhaps no subject upon which Mr. Ingersoll felt
more deeply and expressed himself more strongly. It is to be
observed that this remark was made when the appointment was
by the Governor, and the term during good behaviour. Yet he
was not in favor of 0113^ change in the system — as he warmly
opposed both the alteration in the Constitution by which the
tenure was reduced to a term of years, and that subsequent one
by which the choice was referred to the people at the polls.
Under both systems — under all systems — incompetent men will
occasional!}^ receive judicial appointments — but it remains to be
seen whether political subserviency will be most successful with
a single appointing, or a numerous electing body. The people

]8(i8.] r-l'j [Sliarswood.

at large onglit to Le deeply impressed with tlie consideration
that the election of a judge rises in importance far above any
political office, and to exercise in all cases their own impartial
judgments, nnintluenced by mere party considerations.

"Nov. 20, 1829 — The profession and the country have sus-
tained a heavy loss in the death of Judge Washington, who died
about two o'clock this afternoon at the Mansion House hotel in
this city. He has been for many years an able and upright pub-
lic functionar3\ Of late his usefulness has been somewhat
diminished b}^ frequent illness, and by his devotion to his Avife,
whose mind had become somewhat affected, and she had with-
drawn from all intercourse with society, and given to and re-
ceived from her husband mutual and unbounded attention. The
keenness of her feelings for his loss permitted her to survive him
but eight-and-forty hours ; for on Saturday, the 2Sth inst., having
commenced a journey to Mount Vernon, she suddenl}- died about
six miles from town, either actually in the carriage, or before
she could be convej-ed to a hotise."

These memoranda were no doubt written without the most
remote idea that they would ever meet the iniblic eye. I will add
here, as pertinent, the remarks which, many years afterwards
(Feb. 12, 1836), he made in the hall of the House of Representa-
tives of the United States, upon a resolution ottered by him to
have a marble bust of Chief Justice Marshall placed in the room
of the Supreme Court at "Washington.

" I am not about to pronounce an eulogium on the character of
John ]Marshall. His merits are already recorded in the breasts
and judgments of his countrymen. A recollection of them will
be cherished as long as a just estimate can be formed of brilliant
talents and unspotted integrit}', as long as gratitude shall con-
tinue to be a virtue. Few men since the formation of the govern-
ment, have served it so well, and none so faithfull3^ In the ad-
ministration of the laws, under a government of laws, he was for
nearly five-and-thirt}'^ years, supreme in station, in abilities, and
in usefulness. It has been the peculiar fortune of this republic,
that it has found, on different occasions, when it has called its
eminent citizens to posts of public dut}^, a happ3' fitness in the
individual to his station; a devotion of purpose in the man, and
a confidence in his designs on the part of the people : a union and
an aptitude from which nothing but lasting benefits can arise.

Sliarswooil.] 518 [December 4.

Many deserving properties were centered in the eminent person,
to whom it is tlie object of this resolution to offer a public tribute
of respect and gratitude: i)roperties which justify the feeling
imiversally entertained for him as the pride and boast of his
countr3nnen. When this and much more shall be done by them,
tlie nation and posterity will continue to be immeasurably his
debtors. I submit the resolution as a cheerful acknowledgment
of the debt sxe owe, and as the pledge of an effort to repay it in
the emulation of his virtues."

It is a very high testimonial to the estimation in which ^\\\
Ingersoll was held as a lawyer and a man, that so many young
men Avere placed under his direction by their own choice or that
of their parents or guardians, to be trained for the bar. I have
a list taken from his Diary, commencing in 1826, of forty-five
names : some eight or ten preceded that period. His course
toward them Avas marked by great fidelity as well as kindness.
He not oidy prescribed their course of reading, and examined
them at short stated intervals as to their progress, and under-
standing of the subject — but took care by employing them in
the jireparation of pleadings and other legal papers — in making
searches in the offices, and occasionally attending before magis-
trates and arbitrators, that they should be initiated in the prac-
tice of their profession. He was always ready to resolve their
doubts, or to explain what thej^ could not understand in the
course of their studies. He followed them after their admission
to the bar, with advice and encouragement, associating them with
him in the trial of causes, and manifesting in ever^^ way a deep
interest in their success. Man^' of them have done honor to his
instructions by eminence in their profession, and have concurred
in cherishing and expressing on all suitable occasions, their con-
fidence, respect, and affection for him. To me it is a source of
pride and gratification, that having been one of his students, and
honored as I believe with his friendship and regard after leaving
his office, I am permitted the privilege, on an occasion like this,
to record my sense of the obligation under which he placed me,
and to testify my reverence and gratitude. An qtncquam nobis
tali sit munere mojus ?

Mr. Ingersoll's character at the bar was that of a polished ad-
vocate. No man more thoroughly identified himself with the
cause of his client, and threw his whole soul into it. Indeed, his

ISiitf.] Cig [Shavswoocl.

confidence in liis clients was perhaps excessive — he did not
receive their statements -with that distrust, nor make those
allowances which onght always to be made for exago^erated par-
tisan acconnts. Hence he was often in consequence provoked
by the deception practiced upon' him. His style of oratory was
graceful, earnest, and at times impassioned. He never failed to
secure the attention of the jury. To the Court he was equally
faithful as to his client. In all the cases he argued, his industry
and research enabled him to communicate to the Court all the
light on any question to be derived from books. He was erai-
nentl}^ courteous in his manner to all engaged with him. Neither
witnesses nor opposing counsel could complain. Mr. Ingersoll
in effect left the bar in 1841 — or soon after : though he undoubt-
edl3^ tried and argued several cases of importance after that, and
continued much longer to give advice to his former clients in
their affairs.

In October, 1832, he was elected a member of the Select
Council of the City of Philadelphia, and was immediately chosen
the president of that body: which position he continued to hold
b^' annual election until 1835. In 1834 he was elected a member
of the 24th Congress — took his seat in December, 1835 — but
having served through that Congress, declined a re-election.
However, in 1841, he was induced again to enter political life,
was elected to, and served successively in the 2Tth, 28th, and
29th Congresses. He took an active i^art in the proceedings.
He made no speeches for " Buncombe." Some of his efforts, how-
ever, were of an elaborate character, and maintained and adorned
his reputation as a jurist and a statesman. Among many others
which need not be particularized, I may mention his speech de-
livered December 22, 1835, on the question of referring petitions
for the abolition of slaver^' in the District of Columbia : on May
24, 1836, in favor of the distribution of the surplus mone}'- in the
Treasury of the United States among the several States, for the
purpose of internal impi'ovement and education: on January 13,
1842, on the Treasury Note Bill : on May 12, 1842, on the Gen-
eral Appropriation Bill : on August 1, 1842, on the Reorganization
of the Arm}': on March 31, 1S4G, on the Subtreasury: on April
14, 184G, on the Oregon Bill : on July 2, 1846, on the Tariff. I
cannot forbear transcribing here a short extract from his speech

VOL. X. — 3s

Sharswood.] 5*^0 [December 4.

Oil the Fortification Bill, as presenting, in very happy language,
the most important feature of our Federal system.

" It is the true policy of the Constitution that the National
Government should be as seldom as possible seen and felt ; that
in all external relations it should present the formidable aspect
of power, and the means of prosperous and successful intercourse
with foreign nations ; but that at home even the benefits which it
■ sheds upon its own citizens should be experienced as nature re-
ceives and prospers under the influence of her refreshing dews,
while the sources from which they flow are imperceptible."

His course throughout was undoubtedly consistent with the
l^olitical opinions he always maintained and advocated. To
enter upon an explanation or illustration is not expected, and
would be out of place on this occasion. In the 24th, 28th, and
29th Congresses, he was a member of the Committee of Ways and
Means. In the -SOth Congress he was Chairman of the Judiciary
Committee.

After his retirement from Congress, President Fillmore, with
whom he had served in that bod}^, and who knew his abilities,
tendered him a seat in his Cabinet as Secretary of the Navy,
which, however, he did not accept. In the spring of 1852, he was
nominated and confirmed by the Senate as Envoy Extraordinary
and Minister Plenipotentiary to the Court of St. James. He
arrived in London October 5, 1852, and on the 16th had his
audience of reception by the Queen. He remained abroad one
year, during which time he negotiated two treaties of considerable
Importance. B}" one of them (Feb. 8, 1853), a commission was
appointed under which all claims of the citizens or subjects of
either country on the other, arising subsequent to the Peace of
Ghent, December 24, 1814, were finally adjusted and settled.

It is wonderful that through all this busy professional and
political life, Mr. Ingersoll could contribute so much to the cause
of polite literature. Very soon after his admission to the bar,
he made a worthy 3'outiiful attempt to pay in advance that debt
which, according to Lord Bacon, eveiy man owes his profession.
He translated from the Latin of Roccus, and published with
notes, his " Manual of Maritime Law, consisting of a Treatise on
Ships and Freight, and a Treatise on Insurance." Chancellor
Kent, though he criticises a single passage as omitting two
material words, adds: '• I mention this without the least intended

18G8.] K91 [Sharswood.

disparagement of that very useful translation, the general accu-
racy of which is undoubted." 3 Kent's Com. 265, n. In another
place he admits the justice of the analogy, asserted by Mr. In-
gersoll, between the treatises of lloccus and Littleton. 3 Kent's
Com. 34G.

I cannot pretend to give a full list of all Mr. Ingersoll's efforts,
professional and literary, which have been given to the public —
much less remark upon their respective characters. Many trials
of interest are extant in print, in which he bore part as. advocate.
An argument made before the General Assembly of New Jersey,
on the memorial of the Trenton and New Brunswick Turnpike
Company, for the amendment of their charter on February 19,
1 834, is a favorable specimen of his power on a question somewhat
broader than that usually presented to courts and juries. Of his
various discourses, addresses, and orations before different bodies,
I can only specif}" the principal.

Oration before the Washington Benevolent Societ}", July 5,
1813.

Discourse before the Philomathean Society of the University
of Pennsylvania, 1828.

Oration before the American Whig Society of Princeton.

Address before the Phi Beta Kappa Society of Bowdoin Col-
lege, Maine, September *7, 1837.

Address before the Franklin Institute at the close of their first
exhibition of American Manufactures.

Eulogy on General Zachary Taylor, b}' request of the City
Councils, October 2, 1850.

Oration before the Literary Societies of Lafayette College.

Address at the opening of Wills' Hospital, March 3, 1834.

Obituary notice of Henry I). Gilpin, read before this Society.

Memoir of Samuel Breck, delivered before the Historical
Society of Penns3'lvania, of which he was the President, January
12, 18G3.

Address before the National Convention of Young Men's
Societies for Moral and Intellectual Improvement, October 29,
1834.

Address at the annual meeting of the Pennsjlvania Coloniza-
tion Society, October 25, 1838.

Of Mr. Ingersoll personally and socially it may be said that he
was a gentleman in the truest sense of the word. His manners

Sliaiswood.] 5'^2 [December 4, 18U8.

were elegant and refined. His conversation easy and interesting.
His house was tlie seat of open and liberal hospitality — his board
the constant scene of intelleetnal enjoyment. He was fond of
entertaining strangers. His charity may be termed munificent.
He considered it a duty and a privilege to give : it was a pleasure
to him, whether in a subscription to some public object, or in
strictly private alms — when the left hand knoweth not what the
right doeth — he was free — free to a fault. Perhaps it was best
to err on the right side.

Unfortunate in the loss of his wife and children, the greater
portion of his latter years were passed in childless widowhood.
He was not what is called a demonstrative man, but it was in his
case as it is in many others, the grief that speaks not outwardly,
is that which is felt and dwelt upon most deeply and keenly. He
was no doubt sustained amid all his trials by a strong religious
faith, for no man had a more unwavering one in the truth and
power of Christianit}^ He was a communicant of the Protestant
Episcopal Chiirch, and one of the Wardens of St. Peter's Church
in this city, which office he still held when he died.

He was in the eightj'-second 3'ear of his age when he passed
away, February 20, 1868. Semper honos, nomenque tuuni lau-
desque manebunt.

Prof. T. C. Porter exhibited nine drawings of figures, rudely but
plainly cut by the Aborigines, in the face of the rocks which form
the shore and small islands of the Susquehanna River, near the
Maryland State Line. The drawings Avere made b}^ Mr. S. G.
Boyd of York, York county, I'enna. They are fac similes in
size and character, having been obtained by applying the paper
sheets to the sculptured surfaces. Some of the figures pass
down to or into the water at the ordinary level of the river.
Four of the groups bear a remarkable resemblance to the con-
centric circles with radial grooves figured by Dr. J. Y. Simpson
of Edinburg, in his recent work upon the rock sculpture of the
Druid men-Mrs of the British islands. Plate XIII. of this
volume is a photolithographic redaction to a scale of about one-
eighth of nature, by Osborne's process.

The Society was then adjourned.

1868.] f^23 [Chase.

TIDAL RAINFALL OF PIIlLADELrillA.

Bead July 11th and October 2d, 1868.
By Pliny Earle Chase.
I hjive already given a portion of tlie evidence which indi-
cates a tendency- to increase of rain at quadrature and decrease
at syz3'g3\ In order to ascertain how far tluit evidence may be
confirmed or modified b}^ otlier considerations, it seemed de-
sirable to undertake a more general examination and comparison
of observations. The data for such an investigation were de-
rived from the following sources :

1. The meteorological register of the Pennsylvania Hospital at
Philadelphia, covering a period of forty-three and a half years,
from January 1,1825 to July 1, 18G8. This register was in
charge of Newberry Smith from 1825 to 1828, of Franklin
Smith from 1828 to 1831, and of Dr. John Conrad from April 1,
1831, to the present time.

2. The published record, in three octavo volumes, of five 3'ears'
observations at Girard College, Philadelphia, from June 1, 1840,
to July 1, 1845.

3. The register of Prof. James A. Kirkpatrick, of the Central
High School, Philadelphia, from July 1, 1851, to July 1, 1868.

4. Mr. Glaisher's summary of six years' hourly observations
of the rainfall at Greenwich, England, in the Proceedings of the
[British] Meteorological Societ}', A'ol. IV. No. 33.

5. Mr. Dines's discussion, in the same Proceedings (Yol. IV.
No. 3G), of fort}' 3'ears rainfall at Cobham Lodge, Surre}', Eng-
land.

6. Blodgett's tables of monthly rainfall at thirty-seven sta-
tions in AVestern and Southern Europe, and nineteen stations in
Central Europe and Asia.*

7. Loomis's table of monthly rainfall at forty-fiive North
American stations. f

In the preliminary comparison the Hospital observations were
arranged in weekly gronps for each quadrature and syzjgj, and
for each apsis, the critical day in each group being the mid day
of the seven. They were also arranged according to the moon's
latitude and declination. From the results of this comparison,
which are given in Tables I — III., as well as from the portions

* Climatology of the United States, pp. U4-j.
t Treatise on Meteorologj', pp. 278-9.

Chase. J

524

TABLE I.

Amount of EaiJi at Philadelphia^ in cliff ei^ent portions of the
Lunar Month.

3) .•

m t

^

CP

r^

o

p^ O

^ 3

° a

I %

o o

o -^

a) >.

§ C3

YEARS.

^ %

" S

-^ S

K- '^

^ 5

<o •>■

% o-

® --

% a

O «3

o g

^k

^ 1

^ 1

p en
h3

O

Inchex.

Inches.

Inches.

Inches.

Inches.

Inches.

]S-25-34

92.47

87.. 52

88.72

100.57

181.19

188.09

183.^44

93.64

10K.83

100.72

113.49

194.36

220.32

184.5-54

91.05

94.25

108.00

96.98

199.05

191.23

1855-04

113.45

112.71

86.02

114 24

199.47

226.95

18-25-()8

43b. 31

439.86

447.53

460.43

883.84

900.29

TABLE IL

Amount of Bain at Philadelphia^ at various Critical Lunar

Periods.

<M

d
o

c

d

o

YEARS.

,y be

Week 0
Apogee

o s
0

o .5

1-1

o •;3
t-1

Inches.

Inchex.

Inchets.

Inches.

Inches.

Inches.

182.5-34

94.20

105.67

180.73

170.52

161.66

202.87

183.5-44

90.42

111.98

211.91

20t;.60

212.06

203.59

1845-54

106.40

106.23

196.20

198.. 56

188.35

199.15-

1855-64

118.31

109.21

202.77

218.73

201 . 37

220.27

1825-68

459.22

479.73

868.69

893.14

857.61

902.59

TABLE IIL

Number of Storms at Philadeljohia^ at different Lunar Periods.

o

S

c

"s c

!m +J

<« o

YEARS.

° 0

° ^
a C

O o

o »

o o

5 i

5 "§

11
O -rj

^2*

^ 2

01 o

o s

o .2

Hi

fe

ij

P

Q

1825-34

216

196

212

229

238

237

418

411

406

439

183.5-44

237

272

2.56

265

239

272

485

531

.525

502

184,5-51:

294

268

278

276

298

281

543

558

559

552

1855-64

289

311

272

300

310

328

568

610

564

602

1825-68

1141

1152

1131

1168

1206

1239

221G

2348

2280

2298

1368.]

525

[Cliasc.

of the day in whicli rains were most prevalent (Table IV.)? ^^
appeared probable that aw increase of tidal attraction is accom-
2)anied by a tendency to fair weather, and a diminution by a
tendency to increased rainfall. The tendencies are, however, so

TABLE IV.

Number of Bains in different Quarters of the Day, at
Philadelphia.

YEAK.

RAINS ON SOLAR

QUARTER-DAYS.

Beginning.

Continuing. |

End

ing.

^co

<==

rfiI5

rC(N

^•'^ ^~-

*s

JSJCN

^•M

^^^

-S"'

^?;

O

c

o

o

o o

o

O

0

c

o

c

*j ,.—

•^

-*-•

■^

■^

■^

<7i

^■••

.;;"

^■!2

^- ^ j,n

■i~

.iS

^r;

~; «

,=;*

,=t;2

18ol(Kv)--

15

32

10

10

26 49

29

23

11

31

16

12

185-2

38

45

17

21

54 64

34

43

35

35

14

25

18.i3

31

52

23

%)

54 76

35

40

33

.50

25

19

1851

•28

42

15

13

67 72

46

46

39

40

11

20

1855

3+

43

14

29

70 75

54

57

40

37

20

'2»i

1856

35

38

6

23

56 68

37

41

30

39

8

14

18.=>7

33

48

22

40

64 84

52

68

25

46

24

0.)

1858

39

47

33

35

66 81

60

71

39

46

57

43

185!)

39
,5->

62
75

37
37

25
22

78 103

79 106

73

83

56
51

44
42

49

5S

50
56

19
24

1860

18i;l

39

57

36

34

65 78

72

54

41

46

49

24

186-2

35

.1.)

34

35

80 89

85

69

51

44

47

21

186:5

39

51

35

31

82 96

82

62

41

52

47

23

1861

38

47

41

35

75 83

70

61

42

49

4<1

26

1S()5

36
34

46
49

34
35

21
17

72 86
65 85

67

82

54

48

34
31

48
39

42

48

20
10

1866

1867

U

55

45

37

90 104

90

76

46

59

54

36

186S(U2/)..

19

21

19

13

47 53

,53

34

17

21

30

10

17 years...

6-28

865

493

406

1190 1452

1104

954

641

7t9

644

427

YEAR.

RAINS O

N LUNAR

QUARTE

R-DAYS.

Beginning

Continuing

Ending.

^n

•jj"

-=■'-''

rfS 5-1

^•co ^ o

_-in

^ -M

-M

-:c

-a"-"

-c: •M

0

c

o

c

^ £

0

o

c

c

o

c

«?5

^•M

.i~

~; '^

.^r. ^"

<~

^•in

-s'TJ

^■^

,«~

.=:■-

18.51(14;!/)..

8

20

15

17

24 31

30

32

10

IM

14

16

1S.T2

27
38
26

28
24

34
19
19

.39
31

45 .50
60 62
62 64

51
43

49

49
64
60

22
•23

28
37
3(!

23
18

30
38
27

1853

1851

18.55

28
27

30
29

34
23

27
24

72 65

.5) 57

65
53

70
53

30
23

33
20

25
19

25

•26

18.56

18,57

39

28

24

30

82 91

73

68

27

33

24

28

18.58

40

35

22

32

85 8-2

69

74

42

34

21

23

185;)

29

49

25

30

79 99

79

76

25

38

26

24

1860

37

43

21

38

80 91

65

73

28

41

28

30

1861

34

43

23

26

76 93

62

63

20

48

22

28

186-2

35
22
40

29
44
33

24
33
25

26
30
33

85 87
66 88
73 80

83
84
75

74

81
75

28
'28
34

27
30
31

26

28
27

21
33
37

1863

1861

1865

28
34

36

29

23
22

25
25

67 76
74 77

70
62

77
62

-23
23

•29
.35

20
27

36
22

1866

1867

44

S3

31

38

89 85

90

78

37

32

36

38

1868(U2/)..

20

11

18

13

47 46

44

39

14

20

16

11

17 years...

556

576

435

514

j 1-2-22 1324

1147

116S

462

570

422

493

Chase.]

526

[1868.

slight as to be easil}^ overcome, and sometimes for five or more
coiisecu-tive years, and for periods of ten years or more, this law
of precipitation appears to be entirely reversed. Some indica-
tions of a probable cause for this vacillation appeared to be
furnished by the barometric octantal tides which I had previously
pointed out {ante IX., 398 ; Proc. Ro3^ Soc. June IC, 1864),
and these indications were strengthened by Mr. Hennessey's
report of the observations at Mussoorie, which showed not only
a greater rainfall at each quadrature than at either syzygy, but
also a general octantal maximum.

TABLE V.

Philadelphia Rainfall and Barometric Means on different days
of the Lunar Month.

OC'+JOO

|2|

00 ^ <»
1-* f-(

1825
to

1808.

IJarom.
Obs'od.
1840-5.

Baiom.
Nonnals
1840-5.

Inches.

Inchfs.

0

15.08

13.48

12.25

14.76

63.04

+ .013

+ .006

1

7.34

15.45

14.71

15.39

59.04

+ .019

+ .008

2

8.99

11.04

14.06

16.10

54.88

—.001

+ .006

■A

15.74

14.78

11 72

19.53

73.92

+ .003

+ .000

4

19.02

15.35

17.36

14.49

74.41

+ .000

— .010

5

7.94

8.93

14.59

20.89

55.88

— .030

— .021

(j

10.87

19.93

9.96

15.37

62.. 50

— .035

— .027

7

13.89

12.91

13.80

10.49

64.. SO

— .034

—.029

8

12.55

13.92

15.38

13.76

60.73

— .011

—.029

9

13.49

17.22

9.48

15.. 55

61.17

—.042

— .028

10

12.39

19.02

14.39

15.98

00.09

— .045

— .018

11

12.. 55

15.54

11.45

14.55

50.98

+ .020

— .002

12

14.02

17.02

12.27

10.08

.59.05

+ .022

+ .012

13

10.07

22.72

18.84

8.88

64.97

+ .015

+ .018

14

8.59

14.21

11.23

11.19

57.19

+ .034

+ .020

15

11.22

11.11

14.29

10.53

63.44

+ .047

+ .019

10

11.31

18.38

15.45

14.23

09.73

— .013

+ .012

17

14.94

li.9H

20.50

15.17

72.51

+ .014

+ .004

18

16.59

10 24

21.94

20.62

81.00

—.002

— .004

19

15.11

20.28

15.17

17.96

72.20

— .012

—.013

20

13.97

10.03

17.09

23.82

68.73

— .032

—.018

21

10.30

18.12

12.92

14.00

68.49

— .031

— .013

22

13.08

17.22

9.83

12.05

57.15

+ .019

+ .002

23

17.95

18.41

15.57

17.01

74.59

+ .004

+ .018

24

13.04

23.72

14.53

11.30

68.22

+ .050
+ .026

+ .028

25

13.89

8.24

9.17

15.32

49.37

+ .028

2()

9.94

7.29

15.2C

23.04

61.92

+ .031

+ .019

27

18.95

16.39

18.21

17.98

79.11

— .011

+ .008

2S

13.23

13.78

13.92

15.30

59.07

+ .006

J-.OOl

29

0.98

7.11

0.08

3.34

26.09

— 014

+ .002

I was therefore led to plot and compare the pluvial and baro-
metric curves, smootliing the irregularities by Airy's method.
The normal ordinates (r-) were each derived from seven succes-
sive observations {y) hy the formula '';«=

{l/n-Z + 6^n-2+ 1 ^Un-l + ^O^, + 1 5^, , ^ + G^^.o + 1/ „ . ,) -64

1868.]

527

[Cha,se.

This formula appeared td give snflficient weight to any possi-
ble shifting of lunar influence, by prevailing winds or other
occasional disturbances.

For greater symmetry and simplicity the normal lunar month
was assumed to consist of thirty days, the 30th day (moon's
age 29) being computed by the formula

^29= ( ^28 + 4y,8',^ + j/o) -^4

The solar hourly barometric curve was constructed from the
values given in Guyot's tables (Bache); all the others, from the
results of original computation.

TABLE VI.

Number and amount of Heavrj Rains (1 inch or more) at
Philadelphia^ on different days of the Lunar Month.

Amounts

O ''*

"^

■H^

^

^

Exceeding

s

7

"?

=f

S o §■

in

CO

15

g

00 +J 00

In. In. In. In.

<jS

rH

00

00

crj

1.5 2 2.5 3

No.

No.

No.

No.

No. Amt.

0

5

2

3

4

17 20 In.

14 9 7 7

1

2

3

3

5

14 24 ..

14 4 4 4

2

4

1

3

5

14 21 ..

6 3 3 0

3

6

6

2

6

24 34 ..

17 5 3 0

4

6

5

9

6

29 48 ..

31 16 8 3

5

1

2

4

6

15 21 ..

15 7 5 0

6

3

6

2

7

19 28 ..

17 4 0 0

7

2

6

6

5

21 33 . .

17 12 5 0

8

3

5

6

5

21 29 ..

21 5 3 0

9

3

3

0

4

12 29 ..

18 11 11 11

10

2

3

6

5

17 23 ..

12 5 3 3

11

3

5

3

4

16 24 ..

13 8 6 3

12

4

5

2

3

14 23 ..

13 7 3 0

13

2

8

5

3

20 27 ..

11 8 6 0

14

2

4

3

3

17 25 ..

11 6 6 3

15

4

3

5

4

19 33 ..

21 18 14 11

16

3

3

5

2

18 32 ..

17 9 7 7

]7

5

5

8

8

29 39 ..

23 4 0 0

18

6

7

(i

6

26 52 ..

37 29 20 7

19

3

7

3

7

21 31 ..

15 8 3 3

20

4

2

3

7

18 35 ..

21 16 14 12

21

4

7

5

.5

24 38 ..

24 14 3 3

22

4

6

5

5

21 33 ..

22 15 8 8

23

6

3

C

6

24 42 ..

19 14 10 10

24

5

7

6

2

22 36 ..

18 13 9 6

25

5

1

4

6

16 19 ..

9 2 0 0

26

3

2

4

10

20 38 ..

25 20 16 13

27

8

5

7

6

29 42 ..

24 12 3 3

28

5

5

5

5

21 38 ..

23 11 3 0

29

3

3

1

0

7 11 ..

6 4 0 0

The data for determining the Philadelphia hourl}' rains are
not so satisfactory as those for the dail}^ rains. A self-register-
ing gauge was kept at Girard College, but the oft-repeated mar-
VOL. X. — 3t

Chase.] C9Q [18GS.

ginal notes, " gauge out of order," " rain gauge did not register
the hourly fall throughout this month," &c., makes it difficult to
decide how much weight should be attached to its records. The
Hospital register rarely fixes the limits of a storm with sufficient
precision. Prof. Kirkpatrick notes the time of beginning and
ending during the day hours, and in some cases at night, and
he also gives the amount of fall, after April 1, 1854. When-
ever I desired to consider that amount in connection with his
earlier observations, it was taken from the Hospital register.
Where no more definite marking was available the rain of each
storm was distributed equalh' over the hours of its continuance,
the night being considered as beginning at 11 h. 30 m.. and end-
ing at IG h. 30 m. From the observations thus arranged the
deviations from the mean values were calculated, and those de-
viations were joined to the Hospital means in order to secure
uniformity of standard for comparison.

A combination of the monthly values (Table X.) furnishes the
following results :

I. ■:: ^

S3?

Mean of March and September (equinoctial).. 140.4

■' one month from equinoctial months. 1.54.7

" one month from solstitial mouths... . 1.57.7

" June and December (solstitial)) l{)7.t)

II.

" December and January (perilielion).. 150.4

" November and February 138.7

" October and March '. IKi.S

" September an d April 153.8

" August and May 180.3

" July and June (aplielion) 172.3

" October to March, inc. (perihelion)... 14.'>.'2

" Api'il to September, inc. (aphelion)... 168.7

" November to Febr'y, inc. (perihelion) 144.5

" Sept., Oct., March, April (equinoctial) 1.50.2

" May to August, inc. (aphelion) 17U.3

III.

" March and April (vernal equinox) 152.4

" Jan. to June, inc. " 154.3

" Sept. and Oct. (autumnal equinox) 147.9

'• July to Dec. inc. " 159.7

IV.

Spring 158.8

" Summer 177.9

" Autumn 148.4

Winter 142.9

V.

" April to August (Full Moon doc. S.) ... 172.4

" Oct. to Feb. (Full Moon dec. N.). 144.6

VI.

" "Warm Semester ins.8

" Cool Semester 145.2

Ih"

•r 0

SB

s s

C Z'^

<«

Sh

US S

<^

4.72

2.72

2.35

3.27

4.13

2.83

2.14

3.03

5.05

2.84

2.25

3..3S

o.lG

2.77

2.42

3.45

4..56

2.99

l.GO

3.05

4.04

3.00

1..52

3.90

4.20

3.08

1.85

3.04

4.55

2.70

2 32

3.19

5.14

2.57

3.05

3.58

5.73

2.48

3.22

3.81

4.27

3.02

l.W)

2.98

5.14

2.58

2.87

3.53

4.30

3.00

1.5(5

2.95

4.38

2,89

2.09

3.12

5.44

2.52

3.14

3 70

3.82

2.33

1.68

2.61

4.41

2.50

1.96

2.96

4.93

3.44

2.49

3.62

5.00

3.10

2.57

3.56

4.29

2.35

1.98

2.88

5.51

2.57

3.32

3.^'0

4.8()

3.48

2.20

3.51

4.17

2.81

1..55

2.84

5.0§

2.48

2.84

.3.47

4.33

3.11;

1.05

3.U4

5.14

2..^

2.87

3..52

4.27

3.02

1.66

2.98

18(18.]

529

[Cluiso.

TABLE VII.

Lunar hourly PiatnfaU at Philadelphia.

a
c

"?■

3

^

J

2 m

rs

CD

8

S

s

s >.

Inches.

Iitchex.

Inches.

Inches.

0

9.45

9.90

8.60

8.85

36.80

1

11.74

8.43

8.94

9.82

38.93

3

9.37

7.97

8.90

9.47

35.71

3

9.79

9.79

9.22

10.41

.39.21

4

9. .54

9.32

10.43

11.15

40.44

5

9.25

8.70

10.()o

10.73

39.34

6

8.51

9.08

10.59

10.49

.38.67

7

8.88

8.23

11.12

10.15

38.38

8

11.07

t).95

13.05

9.57

40.64

9

8.25

7.37

12.46

9.87

37.95

10

7.83

7.84

11.13

9.28

36.08

n

8.45

8.00

11.30

9.20

36.95

12

8.71

7.44

10.92

10.05

37.12

13

7.93

7.83

10.68

9.45

35.89

14

11.52

7.71

9.60

9.60

38.49

15

12.30

8.20

10.09

10.14

40.73

16

11.89

8.4i;

9..53

10.31

40.19

17

11.17

8.16

9.44

10.05

38.82

18

11.19

8.66

9.00

9.S1

.38.66

19

10.23

9.46

9. .54

9.33

38.. 56

20

9.41

9., 53

9.80

9.03

37.77

21

11.34

9 .52

10.13

9.. 55

40. .54

23

10.75

9.63

8.90

9.70

.39.04

23

11.78

10.17

8.59

8.95

39.49

TABLE YIII.

Solar hourly Rainfall at Philadelphia and Greemvich.

^

^

ai

o

o .

u

p
c

o

11

si

Inches.

Inches.

Inches.

Inches.

0

9.,52

29.27

.38.79

2.74

91

77

84

1

9.69

30.31

40.00

3.31

94

93

93

2

10.06

27.41

37.47

3.82

88

107

97

3

10.67

29.44

40.11

4.33

94

121

108

1 4

9.90

35.70

45.60

4.19

107

117

112

5

10.09

37.93

48.02

4.92

112

138

125

6

9.18

40.27

49.45

3.12

116

87

102

7

10.99

38.14

49.13

2.64

115

74

94

8

12.96

34.24

47.20

.3.03

110

85

98

9

14.13

.35.13

49.26

2.94

115

82

99

10

10.18

32.40

42..58

3.63

100

103

101

11

10.31

31.44

41.75

3.30

98

93

95

12

9.80

33.60

43.40

3.42

102

96

99

13

9.60

36.88

46.48

3.89

109

109

109

14

8.60

37.68

46.28

3.73

108

105

106

15

8.29

39.43

47.72

3.51

117

99

105

16

8.82

.36.12

44.94

4.68

105

131

118

17

9.82

31.52

41..34

4.15

97

1J6

106

18

9.59

28.95

38..54

> 4.13

91)

116

103

19

9.16

28.07

37.23

3.59

87

101

94

20

9.30

24.96

34.26

3.95

80

111

96

21

9.66

27.84

.37..50

3.16

88

89

88

22

9.85

29.75

39.(50

3.37

93

95

94

23

10.18

28.82

3.9.00-

2.03

91

57

74

Chase.]

530

[1868.

TABLE IX.

Solar hourly Barometric means and Amount of heavy Bains
(.25 inch or more per hour) at Bhiladeljyhia, 1840-5.

=" S

•« c

o"3

o

c'S

,<o

o'S

<a

t;«

!-■

o

"i^

u

o

n

s

C ^

a

s

o

o ^

o

o

o 2

o

K

o

ff

o

Inches.

Inches.

Inches.

Inches.

Indies.

Inches.

0

H-.OOl

.40

8

—.005

.78

16

— .001

2.38

1

— .012

1.30

9

+ .002

1.18

17

+ .002

2.16

2

— .024

.fi5

10

+ .006

2.02

18

+ .012

1.11

3

— .031

.30

11

+ .011

.78

19

+ .022

3.05

4

—.031

1.04

12

+ .002

.51

20

+ .028

3.84

5

—.029

1.12

13

+ .001

.99

21

+ .031

7.70

(i

— .023

1.05

14

— .001

1.19

22

+ .029

2.18

7

— .014

.96

15

—.003

1.95

23

+ .021

2.53

TABLE X.

Monthly Bain/alls.

MO.

PHILADELPHIA AGGREGATES.

AKNl

Amer

JAL A
Mari-

VEBi^

C'nt'l

GES.

1825

1835

1844

1855

1825

to

to

to

to

to

time

Eu. &

Mean

1S34.

1844.

1864.

1864.

1864.

Eu.

Asia.

Inches.

Inches.

Inches.

Inches.

Inches.

In.

In.

In.

In.

Jan.

30.92

36.635

28.067

39.366

143.445

4.51

2.98

1.36

2.95

Feb.

26.06

26.644

34.023

25.015

128.074

3.39

2.45

1.43

2.42

Mch.

31. .30

34.142

36.. 51 4

33.767

148.048

3.99

2.36

1.71

2.69

j\ prl

29.87

40.390

33.830

45.076

1.56.736

3.66

2.31

1.65

2.. 54

Way

30.20

.3.-. 738

41.966

44 332

171.446

5.23

2.39

2.59

3.40

•June

36 83

44.223

29.946

48.278

178.012

5.70

2.. 53

3.00

3.74

July

37.75

49-692

38.220

33.028

166.567

5.77

2.43

3.45

3.88

Aug.

37.28

45.600

42.6.5(5

41.883

189.186

5.05

2.75

3.51

3.77

Sept

29.08

33.724

32.099

37.564

150.852

5.45

3.09

3.00

3.85

Oct.

42.25

32.086

28. 12

30.443

145.006

4.42

3.80

1.99

3.40

Nov.

33.66

33. .W6

36.134

37.417

149.377

4.70

3. .55

1.62

3.29

Dec.

29.50

36.171
448.551

41.063

38.732

157.271

4.62

3.01

1.85

.3-16

Tot'l

394.70

423.230

454.901

1884.020

56.49

33.65

27.16

39.09

The means Q:*. 528) furnish a basis for interesting comparisons
with the similarly deduced magnetic and liarometric means (ante
J). 3T1). Considered in connection with the Tables (I. — XL)
and the normal curves (Figs. 1 — G) they apjiear to justify the
following inferences, most of which, though specially deduced,
are presumptively general.

1. The tidal rainfall, like the ocean tides, is affected by " estab-
lishments," which depend upon ocean currents, mountain ranges,
prevailing winds, and other climatic influences.

2. It is also, like the ocean tides, more marked in low, than
in high latitudes.

1S(.S.] ro-j [Cliase.

3. There is a oenoral resemblance between the Innar-daily
and the solar-honrl}' barometric changes. There are, however,
only two normal barometric maxima and two minima dnring
the solar day, while there are three of each dnring the Innar
month. The resemblance and the dilfercnce seem to be both
occasioned by the moon's action upon difi'erent portions of the
daily barometric ellipsoid. "When the moon's ni)per culmina-
tion occurs at nigho she intensifies, for the whole da}', the baro-
metric tendency of the corresponding solar hour; when it
occurs by day, this intensification is accompanied and controlled
by a marked priming and lagging, which introduce an addi-
tional inflection into the lunar curve, — the normal barometric
tendencies being accelerated before, and retarded after, new
moon.

4. There are some evidences of a similar lunar action upon
the monthl}^ barometric means, but a further examination is
desirable in order to ascertain the extent and importance of
that action.

5. There is a tendency to minima in the frequency and
amount of rain near the times of new and full moon, with in-
termediate maxima. So far as such a tendency is dependent
npon the direct action of the sun and moon, positions which
favor low ocean tides (quadrature, apogee, south latitude or de-
clination, rising and setting, aphelion, solstice, &c.), favor in-
creased precipitation, and vice versa.

6. But the tidal action is subordinate to thermal influences
and changes, which increase either the amount of daily evapora-
tion, the nocturnal condensation of A'apor in sea-breezes, or
the blending of aerial currents. Such influences affect the " estab-
lishment," and in many cases produce opposite results, from
similar conditions, in maritime and continental climates.

t. The lunar modification of the barometric ellipsoid, also
exerts a much more important influence on the rainfall than the
direct and simple tidal agency of the moon. The greatest rains
therefore have an octantal ratlier than a quadrature tendency.

8. The lunar-hourly and the lunar-daily rains, both ordinary
and extraordinar}-, like tlie Innar-monthly barometric fluctua-
tions, have three maxima and three minima, nearlv correspond-
ent in period and opposed in direction to those of the barometer,
and attributable to the same lunar priming, lagging and inten-
sification.

Chase] 532

9. The solar-hourly^ ordinary and heavy rains have also an
inclination to maxima and minima, which appear to be mainly
dependent upon the thermal currents.

10. The principal anomalies in the lunar-daily rainfall at
Philadelphia occur near the quadratures, and are attributable to
occasional heavy storms. For instance, the abnormal flexures
in the curve for 1825-44 (fig. 2), were produced hy ten storms,
of more than 2.5 inches each, on the 9th-14th and lTth-20th
days of the lunar month. It is well to notice that these flexures
are added to the curve, without obliterating the traces of baro-
metric nnediation.

11. The middle day of the most rainy week in each of the
ten years' groupings at Philadelphia occurred after full moon,
or during that portion of the lunar month when the moon's
action is intensified by a falling barometer and increasing con
densation of atmospheric vapor. Schiaparelli likewise found a
rainy maximum in Northern Italy, about the time of the last
lunar quarter, and Mr. Dines observed that the rain which fell
on the 22nd day of the moon's age, in Surrey, " is in all cases
above the average, when a period of five years is taken," but I
am not aware that ixuy one has hitherto attempted to show the
dependence of such a maximum upon any obvious law.

12. A careful examination of the local aerial currents resulting
from the moon's barometric and tidal actions, may perhaps help

TABLE XL—

Age of Moon.
Surrey, 1825-6

0

100

12 3 4 5 6 7

98 07 100 102 102 100 101

8
105

9

107

10 11

4

104 101

PhiUul

olphia,

1825-64

93

93 96 100 101 99 97

97

97

98

98 97

18'25-44

93

03

88 89 95 96 94 93
97 102 105 107 105 101

04 07 102 103 100 97

93
97
96

99 103

95 93

96 96

105 106

1845 64

92 88

1825-68 ...

1)3

95 94

1 inch or more

78

76 87 101 106 100 94

94

93

87

81 78

1.5 incli or more

80

71 76 95 109 108 101

99

99

92

81 72

2 inches or more

73

57 56 72 86 85 78

78

79

77

74 72

2.5 inch or more

69

68 65 70 77 70 61

65

84

97

92 81

> .25 incli per hour.

82

61 49 44 44 51) 58

58

59

GO

62 69

2 inche.s or less

06

100 105 108 106 102 101

100 100 100

99 98

No. > .25 inch

96

99 104 105 103 102 101

102

100

100 100 99

Average fall

93

95 97 101 102 90 97

97

97

97

96 97

D hourly

9,1

98 98 99 101 102 102

102

101

102

101 100

1 Greenwich, G
Mean 0 liou

01
81
86

01 92 94 99 105 110 111 114 113
90 100 109 115 118 113 104 94 86
90 96 101 107 111 112 108 104 100

112 109

84 87

iiy

OS 98

Hours

of the

day

0

.8 1.6 2.4 3.2 4 4.8

5.6 6.4

7.2

8 8.8

1868.] C^Qo [Chase.

to reconcile the discrepant rcsnlts obhiined b}' different obser-
vers of the lunar-daily variations in temperature.

13. These considerations, with the supplementary aid of suf-
ficient local observations to adjust the hourly, daily and monthly
"establishments," may furnish data for valuable predictions of
normal meteorological conditions.

14. After the direction, magnitude and frequency of the nor-
mal changes in the atmospheric pressure and currents have been
satisfactorily determined, it seems reasonable to hope that an
improved system of " forecasts" may be established which will
be veiy advantageous to agriculture and commerce.

15. The principal terms for meteorological predictions may be
thus arranged, in the order of their apparent relative importance
at Philadelphia :

Daily range of temperature and consequent aerial currents ;

Lunar disturbance of daily barometric pressure ;

Distance of the sun ;

Solar declination ;

Lunar disturbance of monthly barometric pressure ;

Lunar hour angle and daily tide ;

Lunar declination ;

Phase of the moon ;

Moon's distance ;

Solar tide ;

Moon's latitude.

Normal Ration of Bainfall.

12

13

14 15

16

17

18

19 20

21

?2

23

24= 25

26

27

28

29

98

97

98 98

97

96

97

99 103

104

101

98

99 101

100

99

100

101

95

92

89 91

99

109

116

117 112

107

105

105

102 98

100

103

100

95

105

101

94 91

95

102

108

109 108

110

115

116

108 96

•'1.

95

100

98

85

84

85 91

103

116

124

123 115

103

95

93

95 101

108

109

101

94

94

94

96 100

106

113

115

113 lOS

104

102

102

99 96

98

101

99

95

78

82

80 99

111

124

128

122 116

115

116

114

107 103

108

114

107

91

69

70

79 94

113

131

136

129 121

119

116

106

96 97

110

119

112

96

73

81

95 107

113

128

145

149 144

142

139

128

113 110

120

122

no

92

78

94

120 133

130

136

153

158 143

127

126

126

120 116

113

93

68

64

72

68

G4 54

59

72

89

106 116

118

128

153

192 239

251

225

177

124

98

97

96 99

105

110

109

106 101

96

95

97

96 93

94

97

97

95

98

97

97 100

106

110

110

106 101

97

9(;

9S

96 93

94

97

97

95

98

100

101 102

103

106

107

105 103

103

103

103

99 98

101

105

102

97

97

96

96 96

96

98

101

103 103

102

101

100

100 101

102

102

101

J 00

106

103

102 103

106

108

109

108 104

99

94

90

86 85

86

89

9]

91

91

94

97 100

102

105

108

112 115

116

114

111

107 102

96

89

83

79

98

99

99 101

104

107

109

no 109

108

104

100

96 93

91

89

87

85

9.6 10.4 11.2 12 12.8 13.6 14.4 15.2 16 16.8 17.6 18.4 19.2 20 20.8

21.6

22.4 23.2

Chase.] no A [1868.

EXPLANATION OF FIGURES.

The notched horizontal line, in each figui'e, represents the
mean dail}^ or hourly value ; each vertical space represents a
deviation of .03 of the mean value, in the rain curves, or of .003
of an inch in the barometric curves ; each horizontal space rep-
resents a day in the abscissas of the monthly curves, or forty-
eight minutes in the abscissas of the dail}^ curves.

Fig. 1. Total lunar-daily rainfall.

Philadelphia, 1825-44 ; continuous line.

Surrey, 1825-44 ; dotted line. ^

Fig. 2. Total lunar-daily rainfall at Philadelphia.

1825-44; dotted line.

1845—64; brolven line.

1825-68 ; continuous line.

Fig. 3. Lunar-daily rains at Philadelphia.

No. of storms exceeding .25 in.; dotted line.

Average fall ; broken line.

Amount of rain in moderate storms ; continuous line.

Fig. 4. Total hourly rainfall.

Greenwich, solar hourly ; dotted line.

Philadelphia ; " " continuous line.

" lunar hourly ; broken line.

Fig. 5. Barometric fluctuations at Philadelphia.

Solar-hourly ; continuous line.

Lunar-daily ;-----.- broken line.

Fig. 6. Heavy rains at Philadelphia.
Lunar-dail}^ amounts, in storms of 1 inch or more ; dotted line.

Do. do. do. 1.5 in. or more ; broken line.

Do. do. do. 2 in. or more : light line.

Do. do. do. 2.5 in. or more ; heavy line.

Solar-hourl}-, exceeding .25 in. per hour ; dotted broken line.

( III\ KS OF KAIXKALL.

■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■I

88S88BilpSBBUBSm"BBBBBBBB8Es
SBBPi»»iBBBBSBgBBBSSS5B8BBSBBBB

gg55SS88888S88§8S88S888888g888aig

■■■■■ ■■■■■ ■■■■■ ■BBflBB ■■B31H ■■■■■ ■■■■

S888SS|||88888S8S8siSi8is8S§ii

SSi88gg88»SS8i8888888888ral88S
S88888888888S888888888888888SBii8

5^S2^s2iS2!5555S5'?i'!5[!!!!?»Kwwmfflwii(wm!SSn"^

S88&88SS8SS88gig88gg888S8888888M

iBi5BB!^i!B"BaMS88"5SS888SSSS8BBBSB

!«]■»■■■»■■ ■iSSBSSiSS ■»■■■■«■■ BBS

ls8BB&SB»BB!SS8BS888888S888S38S8i8
i8S8888888S8S8S8888BsSB""---i-
p888S888888SS88888S888888888888

iiiiiiagsBslisiiiiiiiiiS^^^^^

iraaiimiisiifflByiB!

VOL. X. — 3u

1868.] 537 [Cliiwe.

CURVES OF PilliSSURE, AND OF JIKAVV UA1N>.

■■■■ ■■■■■ ■■■■■ ■■■■■ ■■■■■ "SSB5 5SS
■■■■ ■■■■■ ■■■■■ ■■■■■ ■■■■■ nriHHB ■■■

■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■IHMHBgg

■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■nKS:MHH^E][^

■■■■ ■■■■■ ■■■■■ ■■■■■ ■■■ wr^ an VHB ■■■

■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■n'yfHVBMHHn

■■■■ ■■■■■ ■■■■B ■■■■■ mummn mmmam ■■■

■■■■■■■■■■■■RSaBHBBBBHrJRBIiaWIBHB
BBBB BB^mSI BBKiBB DBBBB BB VBH B«nBB mm^
BBBB BBBaiB BBWBB KBBBB BBfiBfl BI1 WBiV BBB
_BBBB BBBBB BRBKB BMBBB BBfJiBfl BDraBll BBB
SSBBB BBBBB BMRBM BMBBB BBMBfl BBUBII BBB
MBGIBB BBBBB BM MBl! BBBBB BnUBHI BBifVBIC BBB
MMKBHI MmHIMM n^Mmn ^MMIBB ff mMMim MMFKJ9M ^E]^

raSoB BBBBB ViBBBB BBBBB BHBBM BBHBB BBB
■BBMB BBBBK VIBBBB BBBMB B WBBM BBHBB BBB

■nBBBBBBBfJHBBBBBBBMBBflBBBBBnBBBBB
BIIIBflklHBBBflMBBBB BBBBB BUBBflBBIIBB^IBS:]
■MBBU BBBRB BBBBB BBBBK HBB0iB BBtlBB BBB
■BBBH BBB'JK BBBBB BBBBB BBBHB BBI1BB BBB
■BlIBB SBHBiJ BBBBB BBBBB BBBMB BBIIBB BBB
■BMBB VU^AmfM BBBBB BBBBB BBBHB BB WBB BBB
■BBBB Bv^HSB BBBBB BBBBB BBBNB BBKBB ^KJGa
BIBBBS BBBBB BBBBB BBBBB BBBNB BBBBB BBB
■BBBB BBBBB BBBBB BBBBB BBBHB BBBVB BBB
■BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBMBBBBnBBBB
■BBBB BBBBB BBBBB BBBBB BBBMB BBBflB BBB
■BBBB BBBBB BBBBB BBBBB BBBHB BBBFIB D^B
■BBBB BBBBB BBBBB BBBP!!« BBB«B BBBflB BBB
■BBBB BBBBB BBBBB BBBfJll BBBVB BBBM BBB
■BBBB BBBBB BBBBB BBBflll BBBBB BBBMB BBB
■BflflBBBBBBBBBBBBBIiR!IWBViBBBBBHBBBB
■BBBB BBBBB BBBBB BBB jrjIX BBKBB BBBHB UE^B
■BBBB BBBBB BBBBB BBf f BB ^SBilBB BBBHB BBB
■BBBB BBBBB BBBBB BBf liBB ^lOMBB BBBHB BBB
■BBBB BBBBB BBBBB BB IIBB ilBTf BB BBBHB BBB
■BBBB BBBBB BBBBB ■VViriBB I IB^IBB BBBHB BBB
■BBBB BBBBB BBBB Vi li:L«f«MB 1 1B11BB BBBUBD^B
■BBBB BBBBB BBBBFJBDiBWSlLWBBBBBBnBBBB
■BBBB BBBBB BBBBri BI/iVIlM B»^ii>^B BBB VB BBB
■BBBB BBBBB BBBB fl BK'iBK V BHBIVB BSSBB BBB
■BBBB BBBBB BBBB fl BrWBM BBB»« KBMBV BBB
■BBBB BBB^^a SBBViB BFilBBIS SKSIBIh: f JMLIB V HC^B
■BBBB BBBBH BBBB IB K(^JBBnBBWIJBK^in;«iBfl BBB
■BBBB BBBBB BBBI flB r/iBBBN BBNlVlS »;«««« BBB
■BBmVBBBBB BBBr IB raBBBU BBDHB BriiQI^W VBBB
■BBAHHBBBB BBBI IK MBBBfl BBBAS m IB^'tlfl BBB

■MmNHii? WBMMB mmm mnvmmmwAmmmmnm^^^m^amfiwum

■WtfiflNB MHittiNmi BHIIII MfK HiHilHNIMi BBMIIiitlM UiM tlUbVnt BBB
■B»BB y BBtr A^ BBB Mfi BBBMB BBBBB BK BK^^fl BBB

■BFQBB BBBfi A BBB VJ£ BBBMB BBBBB BBBKn BBB
■BSIBB BBBf Ha UBI « itU BBBBB BBBBB BBi ■ Wn BBB
■BMBSI BBB' AM klBH lUU BBMBB BBBBB BBI IBIH B!^B
■FJMVJB»BBa!»rBr^i;iBIBBHflBBBBHBBBIIBiC<BBB
aillHi>flB»BHBBABri>;BliBBtiBBBBBBBBBI!BaiBBB
\i9aWPm BSa iftSB AiL^ J#iHfl BBNBB BBBBB BBI IBK; BBB
tnRB/ikl BBI JBK HBrjIIB BB WBB BBBBB BBI IBB BBB
lIBBVi'JIA' BBf IBB i^KiSlllB BBBBB BBBBB BBI IBB HESB
liZVI'.BB .VarflflB MfiarBB B»BBB BBBBBBBA'B V BBB
IflK^ IBB kIBBBB BBBflB BMBBB BBBBB BBB^^ BBB
l\<BIIBBft:^iBBRBBBVBBMBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB
tt^BIIBB BB^ISB BBBBB BiflUBB BBBBB BBBBB BBB
■SBBB RSBBB BBBBH B!iBBBB BBBBB BBBBB B^B
■ABBBMBBBBBBBBKMHBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB

■BBBM IBBBB BBBBBBBBBB BBBBB BBBBB BBB

■BBBB IBBBBBBBBB BBBBB BBBBB BBBBB BBB

ClBBBEIIBBBEBIBBBBaBBBE]g]BflBBEIBBBKfl!3!B
QIBBEIB BBQBB BESBBB aBBESB BBQBB BESBBK MtZm

1868.] ron [Chase.

OBSERVATIOXS OX THE METEORS OF THE MORN-
ING OF NOVEMBER 14.

By Pliny E. Chase.

Read before the American riulomphical Society^ Nov. 20, 1868.

Between 1 h. and 2 h. . . . . 155

" 2h. andSh. . . . .163

" ;j h. and 4 li. . . . . 206

•• 4 h. and 5 h. . . . . 221

5 h. and 5 h. 28 m. . . . 105

Total, . . . .850

The first 100 fell in 35 niinntes.

" second 100 fell in 3t minntes.

" third 100 fell in 32 minntes.

'• fourth 100 fell in 22 minutes.

" fifth 100 fell in 39 minutes.

" sixth 100 fell in 27 minutes.

'• seventh 100 fell in 25 minntes.

" eighth 100 fell in 26 minutes.

'• last 50 fell in 15 minutes.

The maximum was about 3 h. Between 3 h, and 3 h. 15 m.
80 were seen. A second maximum, of longer duration, occur-
red after the fifth hundred, between 3 h. 55 m. and 5 h. There
Avere 51 of remarkable brilliancy, 39 of which fell between 3 h.
and 4 h. 22 m. The flashes from 24, in other quarters of the
heavens, were so brilliant as to ilhmiinate the neighboring houses.
As many as 10 or 12 per minute were frequently seen, and in but
few cases was the interval between two successive meteors greater
than a minute. Fourteen couples and two triplets were noted.
Nearly all the paths radiated from Leo, only 25, or about 3 per
cent., being non-conformable. The observations were made from
an attic window, looking south and south-east.

540

Stated Meeting, Decemher 18, 1868.

Present, sixteen members.

Prof. John C. Cresson, Vice-President, in the Chair.

A letter accepting membership was received from Mr. O. C.
Marsh, dated Yale College, New Haven, December 10, 1868.

Letters of acknowledgment were received from the Royal
Society Upsal, Linnean Society London, Historical Society
Philadelphia, and Boston Public Library.

Donations for the Library were received from the Societies
at Moscow, Riga, Upsal, Freiburg i B. and Leeds, the Muse-
ums of Natural History at Paris and Buenos Ayres, the R. I.
G. B., Royal Geopraphical, Chemical, Linnean and Zoological
Societies in London, the Historical Society of Lancashire,
Boston Natural History Society and Public Library, United
States Mint, Department of Education at Washington, State
Geologists of Iowa, and catalogues from foreign booksellers.

A donation for the Cabinet, was received through Dr. Hay-
den, from Mr. Blackmore : 32 Russian medals electrotyped
and distributed by the British Museum.

The Librarian, for Mr. William Clark of Philadelphia, laid
before the members a lead pencilled cop}^ of the so called
human writing on the roof of a coal mine at Hammondville,
on the Ohio river, which had given origin to so many absurd
newspaper articles in all parts of the United States.

This quasi inscription consists of a single row of twelve leaf
scars of a species of Sigillaria, out of which the imagination
finds no difficulty in manufacturing repetitions of the letters B.
D. C. 0. and the figure S.

The Secretary read the following extract from a letter
signed Jas. F. Latham, M. D., dated Leechville, Beaufort Co.,

18(58.] ^)41 [Kirkwooil.

N. C, Dec. 7, 1868 ; as all evidences of the general movement
of the Atlantic seaboard are valuable :

lu the bottom of nil ovir frcsli water rivers ami creeks there
are large tracts of the bottom covered Avith cypress stumps and
knees precisely as they grew and undecayed, precisely as they
are now above the tide in our swamps. These stumps and knees
are now from 6 to 8 feet below the tide level ; the land must
have sunk since they grew. Again, all along tlie waters of
Pamlico sound, where the farms, even in the memory of middle-
aged men, were extremely rich, the tide has submerged them,
and they will not now produce in some instances even grass, and
the people say the tides rule higher than in old times. Again,
the shores are washing awa}' everywhere, and making nowhere.
So that at least on the shore line of Pamlico sound, there are at
least 500 or 1000 acres taken possession of by the sound ever}'-
year. Again, in cutting a canal to drain Mallamusket lake into
Alligator river, a powerful dredge was used, and some three feet
below the tide level, the^^ took up a layer of pine stumps, and
immediately below these another layer was taken up, and below
these still another layer, showing conclusively to my mind that
tlie land for many ages has been, as now, about level with the
tide ; and the accumulation of vegetable matter compensates for
the sinking. Pine will never rot if alwaj's under fresh water.
We have here also 8 lakes, some 20 miles long, and from that
down to 3 or 4, the lands around which for miles are a dead level,
and none of them with a regular natural outlet.

On the Shoiver of November, Meteors as observed at Blooming-
ton, Indiana, November 13-14, 18G8.

By Daniel Kirkwood, L.L. D.

The Shower of November Meteors has been this year unex-
pectedly brilliant. Unfortunately, I was unable to w^atch the
display; but during three hours on the morning of the 13th,
Prof. T. A. Wylie, D. D., observed 165. A considerable propor-
tion of these were unconformable. The number, however, radi-

Kirkwood.] f^^O '^^^^'

ating from Leo, was sufficient to indicate the commencement of
the shower. Remembering that Humboldt, in 1*799, had seen a
number of meteors after sunrise, I took a position at 8 o'clock,
A. M., on the west side of a building (in the shade), and watched
the vicinity of the radiant, in the hope of observing some of the
largest meteors. Glimpses of 5 or 6 were, as I thought, actually
obtained, when, in order to guard against optical deception, I
called Mr. Allison Maxwell, a tutor in the State University, who
watched about 15 minutes. This gentleman reported that he
saw 07ie beyond doubt, and three others less certainly. I men-
tion the case as being the first since the commencement of the
present century-, in which meteors of the November stream ha^'e
been (probably) seen in the daytime.

On the night of the 13th, a committee of the senior class in
the university kept watch from eleven o'clock, P. M., till 4 h.
15 m., A. M., when, having counted 2500, they adjourned. The
maximum was about 3 h. 30 m. : 900 meteors having been
counted during the 45 minutes immediately preceding. Many
of the meteors were very brilliant, leaving long trains, some of
which continued visible several minutes. Three or four were
observed to explode, or separate into several fragments. No
sound, however, was in any case perceived.

At 4 h. 55 m. (40 minutes after the committee at the univer-
sity adjourned). Prof. Wylie commenced observing at his resi-
dence, and continued his watch until 6 h. 11 m., counting T80 in
1 h. IGm. The whole number therefore actually counted in
6 h. 31 m. was 3280. A portion of the heavens was at times
overcast with clouds ; especiall}^ was this the case shortly after
4 o'clock, when the committee of students adjourned.

At frequent intervals throughout the night a lull occurred in
the display ; while at other times for a few seconds the meteors
were so numerous that the}' could scarcely be counted.

A remarkable feature in the shower of the present year is its
duration. As seen in Europe in ISGG, and in this country in
18G1, the display was limited to 3 or 4 hours. On the present
occasion, however, it commenced on the night of the 12th, and
had not ceased at da3'light on the morning of the 14th. This
would indicate considerable irregularity in the thickness of the
stream.

186S.J C_io [Lesley.

NOTES ON SOME OF THE HISTORICAL AND 3IYTH0L0GICAL
FEATURES OF THE D'ORBINEY PAPYRUS.

By J. r. liESLEY.

Read before the American PJiilosophical Society Nov. 20lJi, 1868.

This curious relic of the literature of the reign of Ramses II. was
purchased by Mrs. D'OrbiuoN' in Italy and submitted to the
TicompteDe Rouge in Paris for inspection, w.ho at once recognized
its romantic character, and jjuldished an abstract of its contents in
the Revue Archixologique. This gave it a high money value, and
l)la?ed it be\-ond the convenience of the Museum of the Louvre
to secure it. It was bought by the direction of the British Museum,
and published in fac simile by that institution. Parts of it only
were translated into English ; but many passages were found too
obscure for satisfactory translation at that time. Dr. Brugsch
essayed a complete translation of it into German in 1864, arid
published it in his charming little sketch of travels on the Nile,
entitled '^Au^ dein Orient.^'' but without making known his opin-
ion of its value as bearing upon tlie complicated mythological
s^'stems of Egypt, and also necessaril}^ Avithout noticing the
relation of its principal character to one of the royal cartouches
on the second tablet of Ab3'dos, still more recently discovered
b}'^ M. Diimichen, after the corridors of the palace of Seti I. were
exposed to view by the excavations of Mariette Bey.

Before undertaking to show the connection which this papy-
rus seems to establish between an apparently historical king of
the Ild d3'nasty and the hero of a romance of the XlXth
(an interval of two or three thousand years), I will give an
English version of Dr. Brugschjs German translation, condensing
somewhat its more pleonastic passages, but preserving its gen-
uine Egyptian features.

The language and style of all the literature of the XVIIIth
and XlXth dynasties, thus far discovered, is known to be simple
and artless, like that of the early Hebrew Scriptures; even more
childlike and primitive than that of the Homeric poems, which
they antedate by six or seven centuries. The story before us is
as full of feeling as it is fanciful, or, to speak more after occi-
dental notions, fantastic. It may be called with almost equal
propriety a fairy tale or a nursery tale. Its resemblance to
VOL. X. — 3v

Lesley.] 544 [1^^6S.

some of the Mosaic narratives will strike every mind. The
same dii-ectiiess of action is seen in both ; the same tendency to
set phrases opening the successive scenes of the drama; the
same monotone of narration, like recitative in music; and the
same sudden and unexpected flashing out of some more important
interest after a wearisome length of childish commonplace.
These are, in fact, characteristic qualities common to all vigorous
but undisciplined and uncultivated imaginations when charged
with the fire of genius, inspired by great events, and unbridled
by those rules of taste which successive ages of rising civilization
have established for modern writers.

Indeed, it would be surprising if no such striking resemblance
appeared; for the papj^rus purports to be written Iw a scribe,
named Annana^ for the amusement or instruction of the young
prince Seti Menephta, during the reign of his father, the Greek
Sesostris, Eamses II. sui-named Meiamun, third kingof the XlXth
dynasty, 1450 B. C, more or less. And Egyptologists, who,
like Dr. Brugsch,are orthodox believers in the historical A'alue of
the Mosaic record, agree in calling this Menephta the Pharaoh
of the Exodus, although the monuments record his temporary-
exile in Ethiopia (of which every heir apparent to the Egyptian
empire seems to have been prince by right of birth — a sort of
Dauphin) — and his subsequent restoration to the throne, — but
not his death in the Red Sea.

To students of the Pentateuch, it will not be needful to point
out coincidents between some of the details of this story, and of
that of the Hebrew Joseph ; they speak for themselves.

" There were once two brothers of one mother and one father,
the elder Anepu, the 3-ounger Patau. And Anepu had a house
and wife ; and his younger brother was like his son, and made
him clothes, and followed his herds, and helped till the fields
' after ploughing was done, and was a good worker ; there was
not his equal in all Egypt.

After many days, the younger was, as usual, with the cattle,
driving them home each evening, laden with fodder from the
fields, to give them food. The elder sat with his wife, eating and
drinking, while the 3'ounger was in the stable with his cows.

And when the earth shone with a new da3', and the lamp [no
longer burnt] he rose before his elder brother was awake, and

ISfJS.] f^^f^ [LoHlcy.

drove the cattle afield, and earried their meals to the field hands,
and then followed his lierd, who told him where the good grass
grew, he listening to their words and driving them accordingl}^ ;
so that the3' grew large and increased in uiimhers greatl}'.

In ploughing time his elder brother said to him : Let us take
teams and plough, for the soil shows [above the inundation] and
it is a good time to plough ; bring seed to the field, and we will
plougli And his younger brother did as he M-as told.

And on the morrow thc}^ went and had their fall of field work,
and enjoyed it.

And after many days they were in the field, and [wanted seed],
and he sent his younger brother, sajdng: Haste, bring seed out
from town. And he found his elder brother's wife sitting, braid-
ing her hair, and said to her: Arise, and give me seed, for I
must hasten to the fields ; my brother ordered me not to dally
here. She said to him : Go, open the seed chamber, and take
what thy soul wishest, for my hair might come untwisted if I
went. So the young man went to his stall and got a large basket,
for he wished to take much seed, and filled it with wheat and
barlej', and bore it thence. She asked : How much ? He replied :
Three measures of barley and two of wheat, in all five, are in
my hands. Thou art very strong, said she, as I have often

noticed. And her heart recognized him .... and she

burnt towards him and said : Come, let us have a good quiet hour.
Dress up ! I will give you fine clothes. Then was the 3'oung man
as mad as a panther at this wicked speech of hers: and then she
grew veiy much alarmed. For he said to her : Woman, thou art
in the place of a mother, and thy husband of a father to me ; for
he is enough older than I am to be my father. What a great sin
hast thou said to me ! but if thou dost not repeat it, neither will
I let a word of it escape my mouth to any one. And taking up
his burden, he went out to the fields, and joined his elder brother,
and the^' were busy and finished their work.

When the day w\as at an end and the evening had arrived,
then turned the elder brother to go home, but the younger fol-
lowed his cattle, loaded himself with all kinds of green produce,
and drove them to the stable, to the stall, in town. And lo ! the
elder brother's wife, alarmed at the words that she had uttered, had
wounded herself, and represented herself as having been over-
powered by some wicked person, intending to tell her husband:

Lesley.] {34g [1S68.

Thy younger bi'other hath OTevpowered me. So when her hns-
hand returned, as usual, in the evening, and entered his house, and
found his wife lying there, as if some scoundrel had mis-handled
her, and did not give him water for his hands as usual, nor lit
the lamp before him, so that his house was in daikness, b.ut \ny
there pale and faint, her husband said : Who has been talking to
thee ? Stand up. She said to him : No one has spoken to me
except thy younger brother. When he came in to get seed corn,
and found me sitting alone, he said to me : Come, let us have a
good quiet hour; put on thy handsome clothes. That was what
he said to me. But I did not listen to him. See, said T, am I
not thy mother, and th}^ brother, is he not a father to thee ? That
was what I said to him. And then he became alarmed, and did
Anolence to me, so that I should not inform against him. If, then,
you let him live, I shall die. See! he came to .... if I bear
this wicked language, he will certainly do it.(?) At this the
elder brother was as mad as a panther, and sharpened his axe
and took it in his hand, and placed himself behind the stall door,
to kill his 3'ounger brother on his return in the evening, driving
his cattle home to the stall. And when the sun had set, and he
had loaded himself with all kinds of fodder, as was his wont, he
approached, and his first cow entered the stall, and said to her
driver: Beware of thine elder brother, he stands before thee with
an axe to kill thee ; keep away from him ; and he heard what the
first cow said. Then went a second in and spake in like manner ;
and he looked beneath the door of the stall, and saw his brother's
feet, behind the door, with an axe in his hand. So he laid his
burden on the ground, and fled sadly thence ; and his elder
brother followed with the axe. And his younger brother com-
plained to the Sun God, Harmachis, saying: Good mj^ Lord,
thou art the one to distinguish falsehood from truth. And it
pleased the Sun God to hear his cry, and to raise a flood between
him and his elder brother, and it was full of crocodiles. And
one was on one bank, and the other on the other. And the elder
brother made two strokes with his hand, but succeeded not in
killing him. That he did. And the .younger brother cried from
the other bank, saying: Stay and wait till' it be daylight on the
earth, and when the Sun God rises, I will explain myself to thee,
to cause thee to know the truth, for never have I done thee
Avrong. But where thou art I will not stay, but I will go to
the Cedar Mountain.

lajs.] ^^y [I,csl<-y.

AN'hen the earth h:ul grown liright with a new da}', the Sun
God rose, and they saw each otlier ; and the younger said to the
elder brother: Why pursuest thou, to kill me, unrighteously ?
Nearest thou not my mouth say : I am tndy th}^ younger brother,
and thou wast as a lather to me, and thy wife as a mother. Lo,
did it not happen, that when thou sentest me to bring seed corn,
thy wife said to me: Come, let us celebrate a quiet hour? Xow
see, she has reversed it all. And he caused him to know -what
had occurred between him and his wife. And he swore b}' the
Sun God, saving: If it be th}^ intention to kill me, then stick
thine axe in the hole of th}'- girdle(?) And he drew foi'th a
sharp knife and cut off a member of his bod}' and threw it into
the water, and the fishes ate it.

Then sank he swooning and lifeless : but the soiiJ of his elder
brother was sorely troubled. And there he stood and wept and
mourned, and could not cross over to his younger brother for
the crocodiles. And his 3'ounger brother called to him, saying:
TjO, thou thougbtest evil, and hadst not good in mind therefor ;
Yet will I inform thee of one thing that thou must do. Go
home and tend thy kine. for I will not abide where thou abidest,
but will go to the Cedar Mountain. This must thou do when
thou comest to look about thee for me. Know that my soul and
I must part; I shall la}' it in the topmost cedar flower; and
when the cedar shall be felled, it shall fall to the earth. If thou
comest to seek it, tarry seven years seeking it, and if thy soul
can endure so long then thou shalt find it. Then lay it in a vessel
with cold water; so will I live again, and will answer all ques-
tions, to make thee know what further shall befall me. Let there
be in thy hand also a flask of barley water, and pitch it with
pitch, and delay not about it, that thou mayst have it by thee.

And so he went to the Cedar Mountain, and his elder brother
gat him home, laying his hand upon his bead, and scattering dust
thereon. And wlien he entered his house, he slew his wife, and
cast her to the dogs, and sat himself down to mourn for his
younger brother.

Many days afterwards his younger brother found himself upon
the Cedar Mountain, and no man was with him, and he spent the
day in hunting the beasts of the earth; and evening came, and
he stretched himself beneath the cedar tree in the flowertop of
which his soul lay.

Lesley.] ^^^g [1868

Many days afterwards he built himself a hut on the Cedar
Mountam, with his own hands, and filled it with all good things,
such as he would have in his house. And when he went out, he
met the Nine Gods, who were abroad, caring for the whole land.
And the company of gods spake together and to him, saying :
Batau, thou bull of the Gods, why art thou here alone? Wh}'
hast thou left thy land on account of the wife of Anepu, th}^
elder brother ? Lo, his wife is slain. Turn back to him ; he will
answer all thy questions. And their hearts pitied him greatly.

Then spake the Sun God Harmachis to the god Chnoum: Make
now a wife for Batau, that he sit not alone. And Chnoum made
him a wife ; and as she sat there, she was more beautiful of form
than all the women of the land; all godhead was in her. And the
Seven Hathors came to look at her; and they said with one mouth:
She will die a violent death. And he loved her dearly; and she
ate in his house, while he spent the day chasing the beast of the
land, to lay the pvey at her feet. And he said to her: go not
out, lest thou shouldst meet the sea, lest he entice thee away;
for I should not be able to save thee from him, because I am
womanish like thee, because my soul lies in the topmost Cedar
Flower. If another find thee, then must I give him battle. And
he opened his heart to her its whole width.

Many days after this Batau was gone forth a hunting as was
his daily wont; and his 3'oung wife had wandered out to walk
beneath the Cedars, which stood behind the house ; when lo ! the
sea saw her and rose behind her ; but she saved herself l)y a
hasty flight from him and entered into the house. But the Sea
called to the Cedar and said : oh how I love her! and the Cedar
gave him a lock of her hair. And the Sea carried it to Egypt,
and laid it down on the place where the washermen of the
house of Pharaoh were ; a:id the perfume of the lock of hair com-
municated itself to the Pharaoh's clothes ; and there arose a strife
among the washermen of Pharaoh ; who said : a smell of oint-
ment is in Pharaoh's clothes! and a contest arose thereon dail}' ;
and they knew not what they did. But the head washerman
of Pharaoh went to the Sea ; and his soul was troubled much on
account of the dailj' strife ; and he stood and placed himself on
the shore, over against the lock of hair, which lay in the Sea; and
there was an exceedingl}' sweet smell therein ; and he brought it
to Pharaoh.

iS(!s.] 549 [Lesley.

Then were brought the ^vise Scribes of Pliaraoh ; and they
said to Pharaoh : that is the look of liair of a daughter of the Sun
God; and all godhead is in her: the whole land Avorships her ;
send now messengers throughout all lands to seek for her ; but
let the messenger who shall go to the Cedar Mountain be ac-
companied by much people, to bring her hither. See now, said
the King, it is very good what ye have said; and they were sent.

Many days afterward came back the people who had been sent
to other lands to tell the King their news, but those came not who
had gone to the Cedar Mountain ; for Batau had slain them, and
had left but one of them to tell the King the news. And the
King sent people out, many warriors on foot and on horseback,
again to bring her ; and there was also a woman among them ; to
whom the3^ gave all kinds of noble woman's trinckets in her hand.
Then came the wife back with her into Egypt, and there was
great joy on account of her throughout all the land ; and the King
loved her dearly and exalted her to great beauty. And they
spake with her, that she should reveal the story of her husband.
Then said she to the King : let the Cedar tree be felled, that he
may perish ! Then sent they armed men, bearing axes, to fell
the Cedar tree ; and they came to the Cedar and cut the flower
awa^' in the midst of which was Batau's soul, and it fell, and so
he died in a short time.

When the earth grew light again and a new da>' arose, there
was the Cedar Tree cut doAvn. Then went Anepu, the elder
brother of Batau, into his house to wash his hands ; and he took
a jug of barle}' water which he sealed up with pitch, and another
jug of wine which he stopped with clay; and he took his staff"
and his shoes, and his raiment, and provision for his journey, and
betook himself upon the wa}^ to the Cedar Mountain. And he
came to the hut of his younger brother; and he found his younger
brother stretched out upon his mat ; and he was dead ; and ho
began to weep, when he beheld his younger brother lie stretched
out in the condition of the dead. Then went he forth to seek
his A^ounger brother's soul under the Cedar Tree, under which
his younger brother laid himself at eventide. And he sought for
it three daA's, Avithout finding it ; and when the fourth day was
past, his soul longed to return to Egypt.

After the earth ha^^l become light and a new day had arisen,
then he arose and Avent under the Cedar Tree, and he busied him-

Lesley.] 55Q [1868.

self all day searching for the soul ; and as he returned at evening
and looked about him yet once more, he found a fruit, and when
he had brought it home, lo ! it was the soul of his younger
brother. Then took he a vase of cold water, laid it therein, and
set it down, as was his daily wont.

Now^ when the night had come, the soul sucked in the water,
and Batau lifted himself on all his limbs, and looked upon his
elder brother ; but his lieart was motionless. And Anei)u, his
elder brother, took the vase w^ ith the cold water, wherein the soul
of his younger brother was, and drank it out, and lo! the soul
found itself in its old place. Then was he as he had been in old
times. They embraced each other, and talked together. And
Batau said to his elder brother : Look, I will transform myself
into a sacred bull with all the sacred marks ; they will not know
its secret, and thou shalt set thyself u^Don his back; and when
the sun is risen, we will be in the place where my wife is.
Answer me, if thou wilt lead me thither? for the}' will show
thee all the favor that is due. They will load thee with silver
and gold, if thou wilt lead me to Pharaoh ; for I will be a great
good fortune ; and they will celebrate me in all the land. And
thou wilt go to thine own town.

Now when the earth was light and a new day came, Batau had
taken on the form which he had described to his elder brother.
And Anepu, his elder brother, seated himself upon his back at
Lreak of day ; and he approached the place, and let the king
know ; and he looked upon him and was greatl}' rejoiced, and
appointed for him a feast, too great to describe, for it was a great
good fortune ; and there was a jubilee on his account in all the
laud. And the}^ brought silver and gold for his elder brother,
who remained in his town ; and they gave the bull man}' servants
and man}' things ; and Pharaoh loved him ver}- much, more than
any man in all the land.

After many days went the bidl into the sanctuary, and stood
in the same place where the beaut}' was. Then spake he to her,
saying: Look here, indeed I love thee still! Then said she:
who art thou then? And he said to her: 1 am Batau, whom,
when thou didst cause the Cedar Tree to be cut down, thou didst
teach Pharaoh to know where I was, that I might no longer live.
Look upon me; I live yet in very deed ; I am now in the form
of a bull. Then feared the beauty exceedingly at this saying of

ISG'^.] r.r:i [l.psioy.

licr luisljaml. And wlieu lie had gone forth from the sanetnaiy,
and the king sat beside her to make good day for himself, and
she found herself in favor -with the king, and he showed her grace
above all measure, then si)ake she to the king: Swear unto me
by God to fulfill all I shall say to thee ! Then he fulfilled all
that she said. And she said: Ijct me eat of the liver of this
bull, for thou hast no need of him. Thus she said ; but he was
very sad at what she had spoken, and Pharaoh's soul was
troubled beyond measure.

"When the earth had become light, and another day was come,
then the}' prepared a great festival, in order to sacrifice nnto the
bull ; but there went forth one of the chief servants of the king
to slay the bull. And it came to pass as thej' were about to slay
him, there stood people by his side. And as he gave him a blow
upon the neck, two drops of blood sprang forth upon the place
where the two door posts of the king are, the one on one side of
Pharaoh's door, and the other on the other. But they grew up-
wards into two great Persea trees ; and each of them stood alone.
Then the}^ went to the king to tell him so : Two great Persea
trees have grown up in the night to the great good fortune of
the king, on the spot Avhere the great king's gate is to be found,
and there is therefor J03' in all the land.

And after many days, the king was dressed in the collar of
lapis-lazuli, and fair chaplets of flowers were upon his neck. He
was in a golden car ; and when he issued from the royal palace,
lie saw the Persea trees. And the beautiful wife went forth in
another carriage behind the Pharaoh. And the king seated him-
self beneath one Persea tree. But it said to his wife : Ha, false
one, I am Batau ; I live still, I have transformed myself. Thou
didst teach the Pharaoh m^- residence in order to slay me ; I Avas
the bull and thou didst cause mj' death.

After many daj's stood the beauty in the favor of the king,
and he showed her grace. Then said she to the king ; Swear
now to me by God, to do all that I shall say. And he fulfilled
her whole speech, and she said : Cause the two Persea trees to
be sawn down, and fair planks to be made from them. And they
fulfilled her words.

After manj' da^'s the king sent for cunning craftsmen to cut
down Pharaoh's Persea trees, and the beautiful queen stood near
and looked thereon ; and there flew a splinter of wood into the
VOL. X. — 3w

Lesley.] cr,9 [186S.

mouth of the l)eautifiil woman, and she perceived that she was
with chihl .... and they did all that her soul desired.

And it happened after many daj-s tliat she brought forth a boy ;
and they went to tell the king: A boy is born to thee. And he
was fetched, and they gave him a nurse and waiting women ; and
jo}' was in all the land. Tliey sat down to celebrate a festival ;
they gave him his name, and the king loved him clearh^ from
that hour on ; and he called him Prince of Ethiopia. .

Now many days after tliis the king made him governor of all
the land.

Now many days after this, when he had fulfdled many years
as governor, then died tlie king ; the Pharaoh tiew^ to heaven.
And the other said: Bring me now here the great and mighty of
the royal court, and I will give them to know the whole history
of what has happened in respect of me and of the queen. And
his wife was V)rought to him, and he revealed himself to her before
them, and the^^ said their say. And his elder brother was brought
to him, and he made him governor over all the land. Thirty
years reigned he as king of Egypt. When he had lived thirty
years, then stood his brother in his stead, on the day of his
burial.

" To be associated with this excellent invention, the names
of the royal scribe, Kagabu, the scribe Hora, and the scribe
Merimapu. Edited by the scribe Annana, the possessor of
this roll. May the God Thoth keep from destruction all the
words contained in this roll."

Several interesting touches of cotemporanecus life are notice-
able in this story. The court, for example, is seen employing
washmen, instead of washwomen ; and their chief or boss was
evidently responsible for the quality of their work ; an arrange-
ment common in the East, expressly described in other [japyri
of that age, and explanatorj- of the fates of the head butler and
head baker in the Mosaic story of Joseph.

As anotlier instance, may be cited the careful selection of her
time by the Beauty (as in the Hebrew story of Esther and
Ahasuerus) when she wished to obtain a difficult favor.

The elder brother's wife sitting braiding her hair recalls to the
traveller's recollection the elaliorate pendant tresses of impor-
tant personages figured on the monuments of the Third Empire.

The temptation of Josei:)h may be a paraphrase of the tempta-

l»iS-] CKO [Lesley.

tion of Butau, vodrawn from a Syrinn or Araliiaii point of view.
PTero, told to n Pharaoh's son, it is the tale of a peasant's love ;
there, told to peasants, it is the story of the amours of a con it.
Both pictnres may be copied after some more anticjne ori<>inal ;
for love and fealty, jealousy and revenge, remorse and letrihntion
have made themselves this universal dress of lep,end in all ages,
and among all people, from the earliest inhabitation of the planet.

As the Hebrew story contains fragments of Arameean or Mes-
opotamiau history, we may expect the Egyptian legend to give
lis correspondingly valuable hints of the earlier Egyptian history.
Its author, or editor, the scribe Aiinana, has interwoAcn with it
certain mystical or mythological elements. In fact, he makes
use of the love story to introduce wha.t seems to lie a purposely
obscured piece of priestly tradition, not only of the then recent
civil and religious commotions of the country, but also of the
far more ancient, and perhaps equall}' violent introduction of new
deities into the national religious S3'stem l>v Pharaohs of the
First Empire.

The Sun-god's daughter was made in tlie Cedar jNlountnin, that
is, Mount Lebanon, and brought to Egypt by order of Pharaoh,
to be his wife or chief concubine, and consequently to be one of
the chief priestesses of the kingdom. This looks like a traditional
statement of the fact of the introduction of sun worship from
Syria into Egypt. This Sun-god of Syria is not Baal (the
Assyrian " Shining Bel "), but Aten, Adonis, Adoni, Adonai,
" the Lord " of the Hebrew Scriptures, represented by the solar
disk, worshipped bj^ the H^^ksos Pharaohs of the XA^IIth
dynasty, and by that part of the Hyksos nation, afterwards,
which continued to live, in a subjugated condition, in the Delta,
after the other part had been driven back into Syria b}' the native
Pharaohs of the XVIIIth and XlXth dynasties. AYhen one ot
the Pharaohs, Amunhotep, of the XYIIlth dynasty (the sou of
a Syrian concubine of his father, as is supposed) restored for a
time the worship of the Hyksos god (of his mother's family ?) he
repudiated the Theban Aniun from bis name, and assumed the
the name ;/u-n-Aten, persecuting the Theban Amun worshippers,
and erasing the name Amun from the monuments of the Empire,
and especiall}^ from the Cartouches of his ancestors, the first and
second Amunhotep. • Hor-m-heb, the last Pharaoh of the XYIltli
dynasty, restored man}' of these defaced Cartouches.* Menephta,

* See memoir on this subject, by IILiiclis, in the Trans. U. Irish AcaU. 1811.

lesley.] ^r.A [1868.

our scribe Annana's princely pnpil, did the same for both the
figure and name of Amun. He records the fact himself on one
of the faces of the great obelisk at Karnac. And yet, while thus
showing his attachment to the Theban and Memphite Pantheon,
he followed his father's example, in various politic concessions
and indulgencies to the worship of the god popular among the
Hyksos of the Delta.

Recent discoveries show that different Rameside monarchs of
the XIX. and XXth dynasties erected temples to the Sun-god
of Syria, and set up their own statues in such temples, in order
to keep the foreign element of the Delta quiet ; while they con-
ciliated the upcountry people, the Copts of Memphis, Abydos,
and Thebes, b}^ preserving the worship of Ptah, Amun, Thoth,
&c., as the State religion. And no doubt this policy was pur-
sued b3^the Pharaohs of subsequent dynasties, until the XXTIth,
when Psammetichus, having his capital on the shore of the
Delta and sympathising more therefore with Greece and Phoeni-
cia than with Ethiopia, stamped out the last embers of southern
Amun worship and Egyptian patriotism together by destrojing
Thebes, in fact leaving very little for the mithraic sun-wor-
shipping Persians under Cambyses to do in that line. It was
the cue for the Greek historians to hold up the ruins of the Xile-
valley as proofs of the barbarism of the Persians. But we now
know that Cambyses and Darius illustrated the temples of Egyp-
tian deities precisely as did the Ramesides, and were probably
influenced to do so b}^ a similar State polic3^ That Carnak
and Luxor and Quornah and Medinet Abu are dreadful and
pitiable ruins, we are to thank the Greek mercenaries of the
L3'bian Psammetichus, whose armj' must have been composed of
just such ruffians from the northern shores of the Mediterranean
as now habitually rob and assassinate, and almost without in-
terference, in the modern city of Alexandria.

There seems to have existed an eternal feud between the pop-
ulation of the Delta and the inhabitants of the proper Valley
of the Xile extending frcm the Pyramids six luuidred miles
southward to the Cataract. Set or Sute/, if not the most ancient
god of the Delta, was as old as Osiris, and always plainly opposed
to that God of Eg_ypt proper ; quite as much as Aten was after-
wards to Amun-Ra. Under the Second Empire (XI, XII d.) the
hawk and the cock-eared jackal, Ilorus and Seth, represented
on the banners of the Pharaohs Upper and Lower Egypt.

is.;8.l 555 [U-sloy.

Nothing shows more phiinl^- tlie long standing divergence of
religions creeds.*

Everything ahont it shows that the Egyptian Dead Book, or
l\itual, was not original, in the form known to ns, bnt a manu-
facture of the priests of Heliopolis, or On, the Oxford of the
Delta; was first employed at jSlcmphis, near the mouth of the
Valley; and was carried gradually up to Thebes, Nubia, and
into Ethiopia. Lepsius shows how it grew gradually to its pres-
ent size and form, b}- the edliion of gloss upon gloss ; which,
like the branches of a I'anyan tree, rooted themselves in the
original soil, and having branches of their own, came to form
all together a matted mass, of various ages, with a common
character. It takes scarcely any notice of the great Theban
Trinity, Amun, ]Mut and Khons. Turn (Atum) and Set, gods of
the Delta, Demiurge and Devil, play as prominent a part in its
formularies, with Osiris, Isis and Nephthys, deities of Ab3^dos
(between Memphis and Thebes). Thoth justifies the corpse;
A nubis embalms it ; llorus defends it on its perilous patli to
Amenti. Ptah, Athor and vnum are also mentioned ; and even
;^em the phallic Amun, once. But in its most important passages,
the god Ra, the sun pure and simple, assumes so leading a
character that we must either conceive of an aboriginal sun-
worship established at Thebes long previous to the Amun-wor-
ship ; or, that sun-worship, aboriginal in the Delta on -account
of its Syrian population, gradually invaded and ascended the
Nile Yalle}^ and got mixed up in various proportions with the
other and equall}^ ancient African worships.

Ou the sarcophagus of JNIentu-hotep, a noble of the Xltli

* The figure of Set erased liy the Thebans from the Cartouche of our Menep-
tha's grandfather, Seli I. (Second Diaraoh of tlie XlXth dynasty), on the great
columns of Luxor, and the crook of Osiris cut as if coming out of the erased
figure's hands, is given in Plate XIV. The monarch was thus renamed Osirei I.
One of the earliest traces of Osiris is found in the well known legend on the
lid of the coffin of Men-Kaii Ra (Fourth King of the IV. dynasty, and builder of
the Third Pyramid of Gizeh) preserved in the British Museum. "O, Osiris,
King of Upper and Lower I-^gypt, immortal Mcnkaura ! Child of heaven!
born of Nu-t ! begotten of Seb I Thy mother Xu-t stretches over thee the
Abyss of heaven. She makes thee divine, annihilating thy foes, immortal
Menkaura!" Chapter 04, one of the most important in the Ritual, carries a
title purporting that it was discovered in the time of this Menehercs by
prince Hortutef during his visit to one of the temples at Hermopolis. Her-
odotus relates that Menehercs was traditionally one of the most religious of
kings (Rficherches, p. 65% The great horizontal cartouche seen half way up
theftvee of tlie column in the plate is that of Seti Meneptha. The top of the
feathered cap of a colossal figure of the god Atnun is seen coming out of the
sand which covers up almost thirty feet of the column.

Lesley.] ^^q [1868.

dynasty (that is a thousand years earlier than our Fairy Tale)
is painted the oldest copy of the text of the Ritual yet found ;
older than the famous Turin Papj^rus by more than two thou-
sand years. The ITth Chapter begins the inscription, and runs
thus : — (Lepsius. ^Elteste Texte). " To the ever gracious Ra
(the sun) Mentuhotep, Master of the Palace, reciteth this chap-
ter of the resurrection on the day of days in Hades. May the
word happen! I am Tum, a being who am one. I am Ra in his
first dominion. I am the great god self-existing, the creator of
his name, lord of gods, whom none of the gods can stop. I was
yesterdaj', and will be to-morrow, Osiris namely. A fighting-
place of the gods has been prepared, as I said. The fighting
place is the West land namelij. I know the name of that great
god who is there. Glory of Ra is his name. I am that great
Bennu (Phojnix) honored in On. It is the accomiDlishment of
what is. W/iat.is that? Osiris namehj. That ivhich is, is the
ever and eternal. I am /em in his a^^atar. My two feathers
have been set upon my liead. What is that? His two feathers
are those of Horus namely, the protector of his father ? His
two feathers are, the two Uro?/i on the forehead of His father
Turn. I am in m}^ land; I have arrived at my dwelling places.
What is that? It is the Sun Mowntain of his father Turn. I
am come to my home. I appear in my laud. I step into my
province. I dwell with my fatlier Tum to the end of days."

Compared with the diffuse repetitions and numerous glosses
of the Turin Papyrus this sliort chapter u-ears a ver^- archaic
and original aspect. But glosses have already crept even
iuto this ancient text. They are marked by a change of color
on the coffin, and by italics in Lepsius's translation (given in
English above). They show that Tum was the Adam, the first
mythologic idea of Egypt. Ra the sun comes next. Osiris,
Horus and /em appear only in the glosses. And this agrees
with their absence from the monuments of the First Empire,
another thousand years still further back.

The presence of Ra in this text is the important point.* The

* Tut-Ka-Ra, one of the last kingsof the Vth dynasty, calls himself Son of the
Sun: a title rare indeed at that time, but afterwards common enough. The
first king of the Vlth dynasty (TeTA on the Seti I tablet of Abydos) is called
on the cenotaph of the priest Sabu Abeba, who was one of his subjects, SeKa-
TeTA "Son of the Sun Teta," the goose and disk being placed inside the Car-
touche as part of the king's proper name. I judge that it was done partly to
disthiguish him from the old TeTA, second king of the 1st dynasty, Avho, if he
worshipped anything, certainly knew nothing about Amun lia, or any other
sun-god. The sepulchral stele of Hapa sou of Seta, found at Abydos, repeats
this cartouche of SeKaTeTA.

ISCP.l gi-'j' [Lesley.

monuments of UserKiiF, first Pharaoh of the Vth dynasty (next
to that of the great pyramid builders) show the obelisk capped
Avith the solar disk.* The name of the third Pharaoh of the I Vth
dj-nasty who built the second pyramid, Ra-Sha-F, commences
with the solar disk, pronounced last: Shafra.f His immediate
predecessor (on the tablet of Seti I.) was also a sun-worshijiper,
Tet-F-Pa. The tablet gives even one still earlier, NeferKalla,!
near the end of the Illd d3'nast3\ Sun-worshij:! was therefore
established in Egypt, at least at Memphis, as earl}' as the begin-
ning of the I Vth dynasty.

But we can go back still a little further, and this time by the
help of our fairy tale. It is evident from the whole tenor of the
story, that the Sun-god's daughter and the sacred bull of Egypt
are placed in strong opposition, and 3'et curiously allied. They
are introduced into Egypt in very different waj's. The Pharaoh
receives the sun-goddess with the highest personal honor. The
common people receive the bull with a national enthusiasm.
The one is a palace exotic, the other an indigenous grain. The
Egyptians hold a festival because their own old Apis has reap-
peared. Pharaoh alone loves the Syrian Thammuz.

On the other hand there was a foreign connexion between these
two opposed deities. The Sun-goddess was made for the Apis,
and he loved her. She betraj^ed and slew him. Still he loved
her. She again slew him. He made himself her child. Sun-
worship in the palace suppressed the national worship for a time
— then fostered it — finally married it. The storj' seems to be a
mystical account of the revival of Egyptianisra from some Sj-rian
solar ])ersecution, like that carried on by the fanatic ;^u-eu-Aten
of the XVIIIth dynasty, but at a much earlier date. Although
we may also form the theory- that the scribe Annana was one of
those sagacious men, who in all ages know how to mould the
minds destined to rule an empire, by instilling a state policy
which shall compromise between opposing factions or a lofty
eclecticism which can mix and neutralize the acids and bases of
societ}'. He ma}' have married the sacred bull to the daughter
of the sun to teach the j'oung JMeuephta to respect all creeds

* Reclicrches. De Rouge, p. 79.

t Or. /aFRa ; or, Cliophen ; he is the first who is known to luive assumed tlie
title of Son of the Sun. His banner name was IIor-User-Her Sa-Ra : '• llorus of
the mighty heart, Son of the Sun."

J The tablet of Saggara puts this name as the 5th in the IIcl dynasty; but
■where there is evidently a mistake, the Scti tablet must be followed. The
naming of On,— the City of the Sun at the head of the Delta,— in the body of
the text, shows where the sun-worshipping parts of the Ritual came from.

Lesley.] rr.c [I8;w.

alike. The Asiatic conquests of his father, the greatest of all the
liainseses, had weak-ened, instead of strengthening his empire.
The return wave ruined Eg3'pt. She never was herself again.
Memphis became oriental, as Cairo is now. Foreigners crowded
tlie city and the plain. The indigenous and exotic religions
strove with and debased each other, and the glories of the Classic
Empire were but a thin laid varnish on worm-eaten wood. The
Sun-god's daughter had at last killed the Sacred Ball.

But we see traces of authentic history in the story still older
even than the apparent original appearance of sun-worship into
Egypt in tlie Hid and IVth dynasties. And what has been
said is only introductory to the statement of this curious fact.

Onl^' four proper names appear in the story : Anepu and Batau,
its two heroes ; Hor-m-a/u (Ilarmachis) the Sun-god ; and
;fnum,* his agent in creating the beauty. This last, /num, was
a form of Amun Ra, i. e. the Sun introduced into the worship of
the Thebaid. -Vnum in the stor^^ is the representative agent of
the Snn-god of Mt. Lebanon. Hor-m-a/u is the monumental
name of the Great Sphinx of Gizeh. Although it is called the
Sun-god by the author of the story, under the influence of the
predominating Mithrism of his own age, no connection between
the Sun and the Sphinx when it was first cut, has been demon-
strated. The name Hor-m-a/u (spelled with a hawk, M, and
the black disk between two hills) occurs in the stele found in the
tomb of ;^ufu's (Cheops') daughter, in connection with descrip-
tions of the building of temples near it to Isis and Osiris,f but
narrates its own reHtoration. It must therefore have been an old
deit}^ when Sun-worsliip entered Egypt.

Anepu, the elder brother, is the aboriginal African god, called
b^' the Greeks Anubis, and universally represented, even in the
most ancient sepulchral legends, as guardian of the dead, or
tutelary god of the tombs, the mummy deity, the jackal being
his emblem. On the later monuments, he has a jackal head and
two high plumes, like Osiris. After Osiris became supreme God
of Egypt, Anubis was made his son. But this was one of thuse
innumerable modifications and combinations of tlie Pantheon
which have reduced it to a mass of almost inextricable confusion.
How could the jackal Anubis originally be the son of Osii'is,

* Chap. 30 of the ritual, entitled : On stopping the tortoise, -with a vignette
of the Ueceasert turning back a tortoise, reads : ''Coming against me, with
closed lips ! I am /num, Lord of Shennii, messenger of the Words of the Gods
to K a, my tongue is the messenger of its Lords" (Direh). The sacred Scrip-
tures of the far east were written or tortoise shells.

t Recherches, p. 49.

ISfiS.]

559

[Lesley.

when tlio <^reat enemy of Osiris (both in his own and in liis other
form of Horns) was Set, the Jackal Sphinx ? We must look upon
Anubis in Upper and Seth in Lower Egypt as the common rep-
resentatives, during the early part of the First Em[)ire, previous
to the formation of the Osiris Pantheon, of the aboriginal Death
Jackal God of North East Africa.

The presence of Anepu in our story as one of the cliief actors,
as taking away the life of his brother, then giving it back, then
introducing him as the sacred bull to the worship of the nation,
finally as governing the nation and becoming Pharaoh — stamps
the myth with an aspect of the highest antiquit}'.

The great name in the storj^, however, is Batau, the younger
brother. If we can place Batau in the First Empire, before the
appearance of Solar and Osirian Worship, in the Illd or IVth
dj'uasties, then Anubis worship, as Anepu the elder brother,
" enough older to be his father," is carried back to an aboriginal,
probably anto-Mcnian position.

I find then this name in the Ninth Cartouche of the Tablet of
Kings uncovered in the Corridor of the
Palace of Seti I. (XIX Dy.) at Abydos
(100 miles below Thebes) — corresponding
to the ruir/}6-^ first king of the second
dynasty, of Manetho's lists. The cartouche
seen in fig. &., is explained by the word
BaTAU, (fig. a. with the determinative a
branch meaning something wooden), found
in Chapter 36 of the Ritual beginning: —

" Oh, bringer of the boat to this dreadful
shore ! . . . . Anchor. Tell me my name.

Ansicer. Lord of the earth in a box is
thy name. Rudder. Tell me m^' name.

Ansiver. Trampler on Ilapi is thy name.

Rope. Tell me mj^ name.

Aniiwer. The hair which Anepu brings for his work of
embalming the dead, is thy name," &c.

Birch translates the word Batau in tliis place, holes for ropes.
De Rouge thinks it is the name of a piece of the sacred boat
(all the details of which are successivel3' named in this curious
chapter of the Ritual) of the shape of the last letter in the
cartouche, fig. h.
VOL. X. — 3x

Lo.ley.J 5(30 [1868.

But how strange to encounter, in this chapter of the Ritual
containing the names of our two brothers, the hair which played
so fatal a part in the traged}' of our story. It is here part
of the apparatus of Anepu, as the original Death God of Egypt.

On the Tablet of Kings, discovered a few years ago in one of
the Saqqara tombs (20 miles south of Cairo), the third cartouche
(fig. e.) reads Neter Ban, " God of Souls," a very remarkable
title for so early a king of Egypt. B}^ the help of a fragment of
the Royal Pa})yrus of Turin, it appears not onl3' probable, but
almost certain, that Neter-bau was a surname of the Pharaoh
Batau. The coincidence of all this with the prominence given
to the 3'ounger brother's soul in our tale, cannot be accidental.

It is equally remarkal>le that the next cartouche No. 10 of
the Tablet of Seti I, reads Ka Kan, Manetho's Ka'.iyn-^ who, he
sa^'S, introduced bull worship into Egypt. KaKau moans pho-
netically " Inill of bulls ;" but pictorially, " worshipper of bulls."
The Turin Papyrus gives the ideograph for a bull; but our car-
touche and the corresponding cartouche of the Saqqara tablet
give three phalluses (Kau) after the letter Ka. It is therefore
entirely proper to read, " the all-begetting bull."*

KaKau is in his turn tbllowed on the tablet by Manetho's
BhoiHpiq^ BeN-Neter-N, in whose name the ram occurs as second
letter instead of the more usual form of X. It was the ram-
headed God /num whom the Sun-god in our story employed to
manufacture Batau's wife. If KaKau was the Pharaoh who
introduced the worship of Apis, or Mnevis, or both, Ben-neter-n
ma}^ have introduced the worship of the buck Mendes.

Thus gradually was the animal worship of the First Empire
reduced to form. Senta was perhaps the first to ofler the trussed
goose, Skar-nefer-ka, to formulate the worship of what after-
wards became the Sokari-Osiris ; and so on, until Neferkara gave
himself up to Sun-worship under the form of Ra, which became
the favorite state religion of the P3'ramid builders.

* De Roiig^ prefers: "the male of males," referring to the vignette of Ch.
W8 of the Ritual in Lepsius. T. B. where the sacred Bull is called "the male of
seven mystic cows," and "generator of males and females." Ka is too fre-
quently used for cows, she goats, &c., to allow iis to believe that it originally
meant male procreation alone. Kaui, earth, is also feminine, like the Greek
^e«, yVj. X see no good objection against the use of this Egyptian KaKa in
etymology for discovering the origin of many European words ; for example,
the lobber Cacus in the story of Hercules ; the Greek adjective ^«z"T, bad ; the
Cock sacred to Esculap, and the type of perpetual procreating power; the
English word cock vulgarly used still for the phallug ; &o., &c.

18«S.] ^QY [Lesley.

A CLASSIFIED CATALOGUE OF ANTIQUITIES COLLECTED BY
MR. HARRIS, AND NOW IN HIS MUSEUM IN ALEXANDRIA,
EGYPT.

The Librarian conununicated a Catalogue Eaisonnc'e of the
private museum of Mr. Harris, of Alexandria in Egypt, made
from a numbered catalogue in MSS. sent to him by Miss Har-
ris, with a request that some purchaser in America be found
for the collection: as, owing to the vcrj" advanced age of her
father, the inestimable treasures of this classical collection
may at any time be scattered. Mr. Harris commenced the
collection at that early day when the rarest things could be
obtained, and for comparatively moderate sums of money.
Accompanied by his daughter, he was accustomed to ascend
the Nile every season for nearly twenty years, exploring the
tombs, and collecting geinune antiquities. The papyrus which
heads the list is perhaps the most perfect large papja-us ever
found, and would be a splendid acquisition by any society or
university in the United States. Americans are waking up
to appreciate the charms of the new science of Archaeology,
and unwonted interest has lately been manifested in pre-his-
toric human remains ; yet there are very few travelled Ameri-
cans, even those who have a taste for such things, and
read much about them, who know exactly what one should
expect to find in such a collection, or what it is desirable to
obtain for our new museums of Archaeology on this side of the
Atlantic. The following classified catalogue then may possibly
serve both as a specimen of what a museum of Archeology
should be, and as an indication of the kind of objects obtain-
able by zealous students and wealthy patrons of the science.

I. PAPYRI.

Papyrus of the Annals of Ramses II. (Sesostris) XlXth d}--
nast}', found by Mr. Harris in a tomb at Thebes and not yet trans-
lated. This magnificent papyrus, about 300 feet long, consists of
116 pages, illustrated by pictures of battles, prisoners captured,
temples erected and mines opened, and gives statements of revenue
statistics and historical events of that reign, and is accompanied
by three large tableaux descriptive of the King offering to the
gods of Thebes, Memphis and Ileliopolis. It has been mounted

Lesley.] ^g2 f^^^-

on T2 boards and is in a state of jDerfect preservation. (No.
502, 503 of MSS. Catalogue.)

Roll of hieratic writing. A romance translated by M. Chabas
(501).

Roll of hieratic Avriting, very old. Translated b}^ M. Brugsch
(500.)

Pap3^rus, funereal, hieratic, on a board 1' 9" long (506).

Papyrus roll, hieratic, small, well preserved (488). Four
others, about the time of the siege of Troy (496-499). And
other fragments (504).

Papyrus, hieroglyphic, extract from the Dead Book, on a board
21 feet long (505).

Papyrus leaf or reed with hieratic writing (515).

Two pieces of papyri with demotic writing (486, 48*1). Frag-
ments of several papyri, hieroglyphic, hieratic and demotic,
(592).

Two rolls containing several books of the Iliad beautifully
written. Tryphon's grammar written on the reverse. This curi-
ous papyrus was found b}^ Mr. Harris in Tryphon's tomb at
Ma'abdey (494, 495). With it, the mummied arm of the author.
The papyrus was grasped by the hand (493). Also (No. 9t).

Two amulet papyri neatly rolled up, tied and suspended from
the ears of mummies (484, 485).

Greek papyrus ; part of an oration against Demosthenes re-
specting the mone}' of Harpalus ; three boxes, containing 32
fragments on 11 plates (501, 508, 509). Nine plates of fragments
of a Greek pap^anis of Apollodorus (514). Four plates, each
containing a Greek horoscope (510, 511, 512, 513).

Papyrus reeds (490, 491) ; stem of the reed (489) ; four branches
of the reed and flower (492).

II. TABLETS, &C.

The Funereal tablet of Pdsher-en-piah (30 inches b}- 25) who
died in the 11th year of the reign of Cleopatra 6th, when she
was associated with Ccesarion in the government B. C. 43. The
figures and hieroglyphics are in beautiful preservation, and are
thus explained and translated by S. Birch, Esq: " The deceased
Pirot, or Pasher-en-ptah who is styled a lord (erpa) chief, royal
chancellor, sole counsellor, divine father, and chief of the attend-
ants on the altar, son of Petbast, (or Petbuliastis) and Ilerankh,
kneels on both knees, wearing a skull ca]), with the mystical lock

isu.«.] r:Qo [l.cj^if.v.

of hair at the right side, the ' rot ' alluding to his name, the
'basin,' a long garment with girdle, over which is thrown a
panther skin (anem en ab) and sandals (tebui). Before him is
an inscription and a talde or altar of reeds, above which is in-
scribed ' per er khrai hept hek ' or ' sepulchral meals of food
and drink ' and below ' oxen, geese, incense, Avax and fabrics.'
He is offering to seven deities standing in a row. 1. The first of
these, Osiris, with his usual attributes, is styled ' Osiris lord of
the Ru-sta, dwelling iii the West— great God in Eu-Kat.' He
tells tlie deceased ' I give you a good funeral.' 2. The second deity
is llapis represented witli a bull's head, having an ur;viis on the
foreliead, a long dress (luimms) and a collar round the neck ; he
wears a seal}' tunic, (sheuti) and holds a crook in the right, and
a whip, (khekh) and symbol of life, in the left hand. He is styled
' Hapi-Osiris, who dwells in the West — King of the Gods, lord of
ages, ruler of Eternit}.' He says ' I have given thee all good things
in Taneter.' 3. He is followed b}' Isis wearing the disk, horns,
and throne, uniting her celestial and terrestrial characters, and
holding a pap^-rus sceptre and symbol of life. She is called ' Isis
the great mother eye of the Sun, lord of the heaven,' and announ-
ces ' I have brought thy soul to thy bod3^' 4. Behind her stands
Nephthys, wearing the disk and horns, surmounted by her name-
She holds the same sceptre, and is draped as Isis. She is entitled
' Nepthj-s the sister goddess, loving her brother ' and announces
' I have brought delicious air to thy nostril.' 5. Horus wearing
the pschent, and hawk-headed, draped as Hapis, and holding a
sceptre (gam) and sjmbol of life, follows Xephthys. He is named
' Horns the defender of his father in Ra-Kat ' and tells the de-
ceased ' I have granted tli^^ race to remain in thy seat.' 6. Anup
or Anubis, jackall headed, follows Horus, called ' Anup over the
Hill, attached to Ut, resident in the divine abode, great god,
lord of the Taser.' He states ' I haA'e given thee a sweet odor in
Hades.' Y. Imouth, represented wearing a skull cap and tunic, and
holding a sceptre, closes the list of Gods. He is styled ' Aimhetp
son of Ptah, great in continual rewards,' and announces ' I have
given thee th}- blood, to be renewed, and to be well.' 8. The Gods
are followed bj'' a personification of ' the West ' represented by
a hawk, or eagle on a standard, with a feather, and called 'the
West, the mother of the Gods ' or ' giver of the Gods.' She
declares ' the mummies of the West receive thee in peace ; thou

Lesley.] 5Q^ [1858-

joinest them in J03\' The scene itself is surmounted by the usual
winged globe, and ' ura^i ' called in the tal)let, 'The Hut, great
god, lord of heaven, giver of life,' above which appears the heaven
itself with stars." At the right side of the picture, going down
the whole inscription, is a sceptre (gam), a personification, as it
appears from tlie other tablet, of the " Ru-Sta." At the left side
is a notched palm branch, having sixty-four notches, rising out
of the Hieroglyph " Ten million festivals." The text of the
tablet is in fourteen horizontal lines, and reads " Act of homage
to Osiris, lord of the Western Ru-Sta, great God in Ru-Kat, to
Hapi-Osiris, great god dwelling in the West, king of gods, guar-
dian of ages, eternal ruler ; to Isis the great mother Goddess,
pupil of the Sun, lady of the heaven, regent of the gods; to
Nephthys the sister goddess ; to Horus the defender of his father
in Ru-Kat ; to Anup who is over the hill, attached to the em-
balmirient, who dwells in the divine abode, lord of the Taser ; to
Aiemhetp the son of Ptah ; to the gods and goddesses in the
West, who give sepulchral meals of food and drink, oxen and
geese, frankincense and wax, linen fabrics, wine, thousands of
good and clean things, which heaven has given earth, and pro-
duced to the Osirian, lord chief Chancellor, sole counsellor,
prophet, priest of Ptah, priest of the gods of the White Wall,
prophet of Osiris, great lord of the Ru-Sta, sacred Scribe, incense
bearer of the temple of Ptah, prophet of the library, and of the
gate, priest of Ptah, priest of (Athor) the lady of the Sycamore,
priest of Ptah who dwells in the universe, priest of Bast, living-
mistress of the upper and lower country, priest of Osor-Hapi in
Ru-Kat, priest of Anup who is on the hill, priest of Aiemhetp
(Imouthos) son of Ptah, prophet of Ba, the soul lord of Tatta,
who dwells in the pool of the great house of the living, great
governor of Egypt, eyes of the king, ears of the king, filling the
heart of Horus (the king) in his palace, beloved of the king as
he wished, greatly beloved by all in their hearts, high priest of
the lord of the world, friend of the king in the temple, roj^al deputy
at the setting up, governor of Ru-Sta, of Ru-Kat, of Taser, of
Egypt, of Hapi-neb-sat, governor of the temple of Ptah, governor
of the gate, superintendent of the priest of all the gods . . .
going in the temples of upper and lower Egypt, elevated to the
eye in a moment the .... beholding the great gods born
of its being, binding to Nu his great uranis, the great attendant

l^nsM 505

[T/Oslcy.

of the Altar Paslier-oii-ptali, justified, l)ovn of tlic good assistant
priestess of Ptah, greatest of the Southern Wall, living lord of
the upper and lower world — Ilerank justified : He says, Hail to
those who approach this chamber, record ye iny name with the
best of the Gods, in the festivals of the West, make ye offerings
to me of sweet water and frankincense ; say ye. May thy body
be renewed, may thy soul live, may the delicious air which ema-
nates from Atum come to thy nostril for ever and ever, for I am
the mumm3' of him who was found to have done good, and not
to have done any evil ; I am good, doing what every one loves.

The 25th year, the 21st Paophi of the King of Upper and

Tjower Egypt, the lord of the two countries, Ptoleraaios the
saviour god, the justified, was the day of his birth — Thirteen
years were passed before (my) father — the King of Upper and
Lower Egypt, the lord of the two conntries, the father-loving,
the brother-loving, the young Osiris, the son of the sun, lord of
diadems, Ptolemaios the ever-living, gave me the great dignity
of chief of the attendants on the altar, in his tenth j'ear : I was
placing the uroens crown on the head, at the conducting of the
King on the day when he united the Upper and Lower Countries,
and performed all the cei-emonies in the temples and festivals ; I
was arranging all the secret ceremonies, I gave the homage, I
off'ered water to (or purified) the Horus, at his divine birth in
the gold house, coming and conducting(?) the king of the lonians,
who are on the banks of the Ocean at the West, the titles of his
name in Ru-Kat — ' The King of Upper and Lower Egypt, the
ruler of the North and South, the father-loving, the brother-lov-
ing young Osiris is crowned in his palace, and living ' — He
passed to the temple of Isis, mistress of the region of the eye ;
he made very numerous offerings, proceeding to the north of the
temple which belongs to Isis, on his chariot ; the king himself
drove ; he wore on his head a crown of gold and gems ; the king
delighted in his heart ; he made me his priest ; he issued a royal
ordinance throughout Egypt, saying, The chief attendant, Pash-
ereui)tah, has been made my priest, and there is given to him an
annual salary of the things belonging to the temples of Upper
and Lower Egypt. The monarch went to the white wall daily,
passing and repassing at Maamat ; he walked over the canal of the
life of the North and South ; he went to m^- temple with his
chiefs, his women and roj'al children, and all things, seating me

Lesley.] ggg [18(38.

in tlie bout with his passengers, to perform all the festivals of
the o-ods and goddesses who belonged to Memphis, as the greatest
of those he loved ; the lord of the earth was delighted, wearing
his crown in front of his (followers). I was a chief provided
with all things ; I had daughters ; when I reached the age of
forty-three, no male son was born to me. The image of that
god Aiemhetp, the son of Ptah, gave me a male son ; his name
was called Aiemhetp, surnamed Pet-sa-hasi, born of the lady
Ta-aiemhetp, justified, daughter of the divine father, prophet of
Horus, lord of Kham, bringer of the Apis .... in the reign
of the majest}'- of the ruler, the lady of the world Cleopatras,
and her son Cesaes, the 11th year, the 15th of the mouth Epiphi
was the day on w^hich he died ; he was placed in the great quarter,
and there were performed all the ceremonies of mummification,
and he was- at rest in his sepulchre in the 30th of Thoth of the
12th year; he lived forty-nine years. Oh ! all Gods and God-
desses, who are unnamed, let a child remain in my place for ever

and ever ! keeping alive the name of the house . . .

scribe of the sacred words, greatly praised of the queen of the
two worlds, sacred scribe of Ba, lord of Tattu, who dwells in
the pool of the palace, chief guardian of the shrine of the
throne, prophet of Horus, Aiemhetp, son of Hapi, a person

holding the same office, born of Herankh justified by

his greatly beloved father (in law) Ilapi. (See pamphlet " On Two
Egyptian Tablets of the Ptolemaic Period," by S. Birch, Esq.,
L. L. D., F. S. A. 1803.)

Marble tablet, 19" x 21" inches ; female reclining on a couch,
vase in hand ; at her side a stool with cakes (559). Greek ex
voto on marble (442).

Limestone tablet, 17" x 12"; black ink inscription, hiero-
glyphic ; from the Serapeum at Memphis (565).

Limestone tablet, votive, 19" x 11" ; inscription veiy distinct ;
priest offering lotus flower, cakes, &c., to Osiris throned, with
crook and flail, double crown, asp and horus; in background,
Isis with the tau ; over all, globe and serpents ; underneath, five
lines of hieroglyphics (566).

Limestone tablet, votive, 11" x 8", bearing the cartouche of
an unknown early king, who is adoring Mop-Hiour (deit}' of the
tropics), surmounted by disk and winged serpents (56T).

Limestone tablet, funereal, 28^" x IS" ; showing a priest of

186".] f^Q-jr [Losloy.

Memphis seated, incensed b}^ his son standing in front ; between
them, a table and jars ; underneath, 5 rows of hieroglyphics (568).

Limestone tablet for libation, 7|" x 10^", with a conduit for
water; in centre, two blank cartouches and two rows of hiero-
glyphics (504).

Basaltic tablet for libation, 19^" x 12i", with geese, cakes,
jars, figures on which the water was poured (570.)

Funeral tablet, 17^" x 11 f", with two rows of figures ; in the
first, a youth offering to his father ; in the other, seven other
members of the family ; hieroglyphics below^ ; the w^hole well
executed (569).

Red granite slab, 3' 5" x 2ft. wide x 10" thick; found
near the Nilometer on Elephantine ; bearing a square title of
Osirtasin T, of the Xllth dynasty, who erected the olielisk at
Heliopolis. This slab is of peculiar value, as it aflibrds evidence
of a much greater age for the Nilometer than has l»een assigned
to it (561).

Pedestal of granite, with Greek inscription, " Leucus, protec-
tor, thrice protector, gives the present to thee, Isthalos." (301).

Black granite pillar, 3' 5" x 3' 11" in circumference; one
row of hieroglyphics ; cartouche of Psammetic I. 610 B. C,
and the words, " Psammetic, Son of the Sun, beloved of the
goddess Nepth, lady of Sais" (55S.)

Sarcophagus of Meemis, royal sou of Cush, Viceroy of Ethi-
opia ; found in a tomb at Thebes. On the island Bighi\ opposite
Philae, Meemis is seen doing homage to Amenoph III (571).

Miniature stone sarcophagus, containing a stone mummy
figure (49).

Alabaster ornament from cornice of temple (460).

Granite fragments from the temple of Medinet Abu (150, 306)
— Abydos (343).

Fragments from a toml) at Thebes (155), with painting (156).

Limestone fragment covered with hieratic writing, 7 5" x 4^"
inches (145).

Porcelain fragment with hieroglyphic inscription (469).

Potter}^ fragment with enchorial inscription (465). Round
piece of potterj- taken from the breast of a mumni}' at Abydos,
b3' Mr. Harris, with cartouche of Ramses II. stamped on it (602).
The same from a mummy at Tell-Amarna, with a peculiar unex-

VOL. X. — 3y

Lesley.] ggg [1868.

plained mark (603). The same (604). Ex voto pottery (467).
Of Greek age (475).

Mummy case of a female, with nine pictures in brilliant colors ;
the fourth represents the four genii of Amenti ; the fifth, the
deceased lady Ap, priestess of Amun ; the sixth, the genii of the
lower regions ; the seventh, the svmbo ical heayens ; the eighth,
Thoth and the eye of Osiris ; in the ninth, a hand oifers a tau to
the deceased ; the rest is wanting (5-30).

Piece of very old wood, with an oval of an unknown
king (435).

Mummy case fragment from Thebes, ancient, thick, covei'ed
with hieratic (553).

Board fragment with hieratic inscription (531).

Boards with hieroglyphics, representing the passage of the
soul (480, 481) — the signs of the zodiac (482), the standard of
Anteopolis, two foxes (532), — Ex votos (483).

Box of wood 25 inches high, with slide, covered with hiero-
glyphics, surmounted by a large Osiris figure, with horns and
double feather (541). Another square, painted black, 7" x 8 ",
found in a tomb at Thebes, full of wheat, seeds and small Osirid
figures (585). Side of another of acacia wood, with carvings of
palm leaf reversed (313, 466).

Wooden ex votos, 7" x 3|", from a mummy's neck (309).
Two wood tablets, with hieratic inscription from mummies'
necks (463, 464). Stone amulet from mummy's neck (468).

III. MUMMIES.

Two rolls of luummy cloth (new) with fringe and shop mark
attached (476, 477).

liarge hank of flax thread, tied up, used for sewing mummied
cloth (583).

Mummied snakes, unopened (146), with bitumen cloth (147).

Mummied cats in gilt wood, with glass eyes, 13 inches high
(525) ; 22 inches high (526) ; 12 inches (529) ; in bitumen cloth,
22 inches long (581) ; cat's head (582).

Mummied crocodiles from Ma'abdey (582) in coarse cloth,
4 ft. long (587) ; crocodile's egg (607).

Mummied ostrich egg (479).

Mummied Ibis (3), 18" to 20" (584).

Mummied foot deformed (591).

1808.] gj^g [Lesley.

Mummied antelope horns, in bitumened cloth (140).
Mummied bi-ead, two large pieces (432, 433).
Bitumen fragment from Thebes (129).

IV. FUNEREAL OBJECTS, DOMESTIC TOYS, TOOLS, &C.

Censer ; a unicjue specimen. A female arm in wood, with
hawk's head at the elbow ; the hand holding an incense burner
in shape of a reversed scaraba?us, with six receptacles for in-
cense. " Incense was offered to the sun under the name of
Osiris three times dailj', viz : resin at the rising, myrrh at the
meridian, and a mixture called kuphi at setting." Plutarch on
Isis and Osiris, p. 73 (1). Also, the extingiiisher of a bronze
Coptic incense burner (446).

Incense burner, surmounted b}^ a cupid, having discharged his
arrow. Cinque-cento (520).

Tongs, bronze (458), skewer and iron ring (459), wooden
tweezers (470), ancient wooden instrument of two pieces, like a
paper holder (461). Utensils of Coptic Church, four on one
ring (457).

Knife, bronze, with wooden handle (425).

Nail, bronze, old (894).

Sickle, iron, with wooden handle, of the same shape with those
now in use. This very remarkable object was found in an
ancient tomb at Thebes (142).

Arrowhead of iron (398). Spearhead, small, bronze (596).

Engraving instruments, bronze (77, 78, 79).

Cubic measure in stone, see Lepsius and Brugsch (47) ; in
ebony, 3^ inches long (382) : same (396).

Half-ounce weight, the ancient Egyptian 5 Kat. The only
one yet found.

The ancient Egyptian 5 kat, or ^ outen weight, the only one
yet found, and from which has been determined the precise value
in weight' of the "kat" and "outen" so frequently mentioned
in the hieroglyphical inscriptions ; it weighs 45^ grammes. In
an article written on this weight b}^ Mr. Chabas, he remarks, " Je
dois a Tobligeance de Mr. Harris une communication qui nous
])ermettra d'elucider ce point important (the value of the a1)ove
weights) de la metrologie pharaonique — le savant antiquaire a
achete a Thelies un poids, de la forme d'un cone tronque', pose' sur
sa base la plus etroite, et courronne d'une calotte spherique : la

Lesley.] ryn [1868.

substance est line pierre d'nii gris noiratre que M. Harris iiomme

" serpentine dii desert " Snr la calotte est gravee

nne legende dont le dessin ne permet pas le dechiflrement . . .
Hereusement il ne pent exister le nioindre doute sur le sens de
I'inscription gravee sur la partie conique. On y lit en effet
(translation) "Kat 5 dii tresor d'or." Nous apprenons ainsi
que nous aA^ons affaire a un poids de 5 " kat " proveuant des mag-
asins royaux, et pent etre menu a un etalon depose daus ces
magasins ou les pharaons entassaient leur richesses. II ne s'agit
pas i9i d'un monument fabrique pour un usage commemoratif,
ou fiineraire, comme la plus part des coudees qu'on a retrouve,
mais d'un poids exact, ayant reellement servi a un pesage officiel
d'objet precieux. Cette circonstance augmente uotablement
I'interet qui s'attache a cette mesure antique. Mr. Chabas goes
on to calculate the weight, which is established at 45^ grammes,
and then proA'es by means of a translation of a gold account,
from Mr. Harris' large papj'rus of the annals of Rameses IT.
that the 5 " kat " weight formed half of an " outen," thereby
fixing the value of this latter weight. [See ' Note sur un Poids
Egyptien, &.C., par M. F. Chabas.]*

Coptic weights, copper (51), 9838 grains ; (5*1), 174 grains ;
(58) 137| grains.

Touchstones, Lj^dian stone, chrysites, used by the ancient
goldsmiths for testing the genuineness of gold (53, 54, 55, 56),
the latter much worn and covered with gold on one side,
from long use.

Mouldstone with the figure of a duck (136) ; bronze crucible
with a long handle (445).

Inkstand bearing name of Amosis, royal son (62) ; inkstand
in hard wood, 13 inches long, bearing cartouche of Sabaces I. of
XXYth dynasty, B. C. 7H, and other hieroglyphics, \evy dis-
tinctly made (132). Wooden inkstand 11;^ inches long, with
pencil, and red and black pigments, no inscription (144).

Kohl stand and pencils of the time of Amenoph II, III.
(XVIIIth dynasty), B. C. 1404, 1403 (42). Kohl stand, alabas-
ter, a long vase embraced by an ape, with pencils (327). Kohl

* In il recent discovery of the table silver of some Roman General (proliably
Varus) near Hikleslieini, in Prussia, Dr. Benilorf of Gottingen lias deciphered
twenty-four inscriptions in ancient Roman characters engraved on the vases,
which will go far to set at rest the vexed question of what the llomun weights
really were.

1*58.] . r-TI [Lesley.

inortar and pcsllo, ahibaster (3-2()). Same, black marble (330).
Kohl vase, porcelaine, -with thi-ee cartouches, nomen and cogno-
men of Anunioi)h III. (33a). Piece of the raw mineral kohl (128).

Vases of alnltaster. One 8^ in. high, 5 in. diam. (140). Grey
and while (lol). One holding 7() old bronze coins (loT).
Small (318). Oval, with two handles, 5Mn. high (320). One
with lid and cartouches of Amenoph II., B. C. 1414 (321).
Same of Ramses 11. , B. C. 1311 (322). Cup-shaped (323).
Long, narrow, two (324, 334). Long, 10 in. high, w4th hiero-
glj'phic inscription (325). Small red and white )328). Small
(332). Very small (333). Another (339). Another with various
small antiques in glass, porcelain, &c. (4^8). Old marble
vase (545).

Vases of vitrified potter3\ Parts of two, with hieroglyphics,
one of Amsit. the other of Hapi (543, 544).

Jar of potter}'. Handle of wine jar (307), with fruit of Persea
tree (310). Jar covered with long blue beads (311). With
mummied fruits (31 G). Top of ajar, sealed with mud an inch
thick, whitewashed, and with a hieroglyphic inscription. The
figure of a horse very rarely found (539). Elongated pottery
jar (547). Large earthenware jar found at Thebes, 2'' 4"
high (589).

Earthenware water bottle in the form of a duck.

Tear-bottle in terra cotta (427).

Jars of stone, representing the four genii of Amenti, contain-
ing the viscera of the deceased, and deposited in the tomb, viz :
the monkey headed, Hapi, holding the smaller intestines (535).
The hawk headed, Kebhnsnof, holding the liver and gall (536).
The human headed, Ar»-^t^i', holding the stomach and larger
intestines (537). The fox headed, Smauf, holding the lungs and
heart. Repeated in Nos. 549, 551, 552.

Jar of granite surmounted by human head (546). Cauopic.

Vase of pudding stone representing one of the genii of
Amenti (395).

Vases of bronze, 17| inches high (302). Same, with figures of
women offering to Isis,Athor and Osiris (444). Jarof bronze(90).

Urn of colored glass, lavender and white (246).

Jar of Glass, small, yellow (216).

Bottles of glass. Scent-bottle in shape of a column (23).
Scent-bottle(?) in shape of a human head (434). Tear-bottle

Lesley.] cyQ [1868

6| in. high, opaque glass, found in Alexandria (40). Same,
transparent, 5^ inches (41). Another (91).

Tear bottle in agate (92).

Wooden bottle in the form of a woman, very ancient (16).

Basket of gold with double handle (249).

Yoke of wood for carrying heavy weights from the
shoulders (556).

Walking stick, 3 ft. 9 in. long, found at Thebes (555).

Guitar made of a tortoise shell with a long wooden handle,
like that now used in Nubia (462).

Chessman of blue porcelain (341). A draughtsman of bone
(340). A plaj'ing die of limestone (342).

Child's ball in papyrus leaf (5). Ball of blue and black por-
celain (337). Chair leg of wood, one foot long (312).

Sandal, 8 inches long by 3 wide, yellow, with blue stripes at
the toes (158). Another, same size, alternate blue and brown
stripes down the sole (158). Three children's slippers of basket
work (436, 437, 438).

Neck-pillow or head rester of acanthus wood,' 4j inches high,
7 inches across, with hieroglyphical inscription, very ancient(138).
Another of sycamore wood, 5f x 7| inches, plain (139). Minia-
ture head-rests (amulets) one of touchstone (385), the other of
black stone (392).

Hair pin of ivory, Si inches, carved head (170). Two others
of wood, 6 and 9 inches, slightly curved at the tops (181, 182).
Another of beautifully carved wood (407).

Mirror of bronze, 7? x 64 inches (443).

Toilet box, duck shaped, of wood, with slide (424).

Key of iron with two wards, 5i inches (300). Small bronze
key (406). Small wooden key (448).

V. ORNAMENTS, SEALS, AMULETS.

Necklaces. Several joined together and composed of malachite,
cornelian, amethyst and glass beads, with figures of Typhon in
cornelian (233). Long necklace of four rows of gold beads (251).
Necklace of eleven composition white beads, studded with gar-
nets, and ten cornelian beads (261). Necklace of round corne-
lian beads, with gold pendants in shape of half pomegranates,
with a gold eagle (284). Necklace of round cornelian beads,
interspersed with cornelian Osiris-eye, gold pendants, basket,

180H.] n^'J [LcBloy.

eagle and pnlui branch (285). Necklace of cornelian beads with
pendant gold pomegranate flowers (286). Necklace of cornelian
Osiris-e3^e with gold pendants of nilometer, palm branches, bas-
ket, cartouche, flying hawk and boat's prow (283). Necklace of
blue beads with attached scarab wings, from muram^^ (i-^V-
Necklace of large blue beads with Osirid figure ; from mnmni}^
(450). Same with blue scarab; from mummy (541). Small
necklace of blue and cornelian beads with attached Anubis ;
do. (452). Long necklace of blue and white beads with attached
Osirid figure ; do. (453) Three similar of blue beads; do., do.
(454, 455, 45G). Necklace pendant in porcelain, Avith figures of
two goats and ajar in the centre(210). A lion's head in gold(25y).

Armlets of black glass ; a pair (165).

Bracelet of ten scarabs in stone and hard porcelain, beautifully
preserved, graduated as to size, and all with distinct hicrogl^'phics
on the reverse (597). A similar bracelet of larger scarabs (51)8).
A bracelet of ten valuable scarabs in antique gold setting, with
well-defined inscriptions ; four of lapis lazuli, one cr3^stal, one
enamel, others of hard green stone (599). Bracelet of nine large
valuable scarabs set in antique gold ; one, large lapis lazuli ; one,
cornelian ; one, emerald root stone ; one, bone ; the rest, compo-
sition differently colored ; all with very distinct impressions on
the reverse (600).

Ear ring of gold jewelled with pearl, emerald and agate (239).
Ear-ring, plain, massive gold, with clasp in form of dragon's
head (240).

Seal rings of gold. One with onyx stone and impress of a
scoi'pion beautifully engraved (238). Large seal Avith perfect
Jupiter's head (241). Onj^x with impress of an ant (245). Gold
ring in two parts (258, 260).

Rings of silver. One with a seated Thoth holding lotus
staif (253). Large ring with hieroglyphic inscription (256).

Ring of bronze (389).

Rings of iron (459). One with an indistinct inscription (252).
Two iron finger rings (IGY, 168).

Ring of porcelain, blue (2 TO).

Ring of cornelian, with impress of a sistrum (257). Same,
with impress of three lotus buds (272).

FibuljB. Bone ring for looping up the dress (255). Another,
small (161). Same, of porcelain (163). Cornelian (266).
Broad, cornelian, fibulae (384, 391).

Brooch of silver, large, with onyx (2*74).

Ornament, round, mosaic, of lapis lazuli and gold (215).

Ornament(?) round, bronze, perforated in centre (162).

Ornament, small, lapis lazuli (397).

Seal-bricks. A circular piece of green glass with a seal in
one corner (439). Twenty-one cone-shaped earthenware govern-
ment seals with various inscriptions (580). Earthenware seal
bearing the device of Pasht, deity of Bubastis, age of one of the
Petoubates, XXIIId dynasty. B. C. 990-842 (3). Earthenware
seal with name and surname of A pries, XXVIth dynast}'.
B. C. 588 (63). Another with a cartouche, crowned asp and
lizard (171). Long cone-shaped brick seals, lOA", with inscrip-
tions .used for sealing property (303,304 ). Square pyramid-shaped
light blue porcelian seaK 178). Fragment of tile with some demotic
arithmetic (533). A quantity of nnburnt bricks without straw,
bearing ancient cartouches, found at El-habe (577). Others found
at Thebes (578). Piece of tesselated pavement stamped with the
lotus leaf (61). Same from i?en/?a, the ancient J^7)r/6i.s (336)-
(429). Seal of cornelian attached to a string of six amethyst
beads (175).

Seals. Twenty-one perfect seals of Roman age in lapis lazuli,
agate, cornelian, amethyst, rub}', opal, bloodstone and touch-
stone (595).

Beads (not enumerated under Xecklace aboA^e). A string of
turquoise, amethj^st, cornelian and glass beads, with four small
scarabs, 72" (180). Large pear-shaped bead of amethyst (271).
Large glass bead (399).

Bead shirt (blue beads) found on a mummy ; with a collar of
red. blue and white beads (590).

Amulets. Porcelain cylinder bearing the name of a ro3'al
son, the crook and the tan (179). Cjdinder of black stone (291).
The cartouche in lapis lazuli (268). Beehive in bright blue
glass, found at Tell-Amarna (338). Small porcelain hand (390).
Triangle in lapis lazuli (279). The square (262) in lapis lazuli
(264) ; in stone (280) ; in alabaster (^71, 474).

Amulet. Large, unique amulet in cornelian, set with gold,
with hieroglyphic inscription, translated by M. Simonides : "All
things visible, all we see, all things heavenlj^, originate from God,
and he gives them to the best doers. Therefore man must praise
Him always, if he wishes to become immortal." (601).

K%S.J eye [Lesley.

Soaraba?i. Twentj'-six large scarahoei in good preservation,
witli vcrj' distinct inscriptions, as follows :

(1.) Granite. Black, 4i" x 3", with inscription from Dead
Book (1)8). Black, 1 1", good shape; ditto (117). Dark 2 1",
ditto (107). Bed, 3?", do. (108). Grey, 3"; on one wing,
the human-headed bird (emblem of " soul ") ; on the other
wing, the Benou Osiris : on tlie reverse, inscription from the
Dead Book (111).

i'2.) Diorite., &c. Hard brown stone, 2i", with inscription
from D. B. (99). Hard green stone, 3" ; do. (100). Same, 2^";
do. (113). Black stone, 2?", some gilding remaining; do. (102).
Black stone, 3", well polished ; do. (109). Polished green stone,
2|", beautifully shaped, wings striped, no inscription (114). Hard
black stone, 3f " ; on the back the figure of a scarab between the two
Osiris-eyes ; on one wing Osiris holding crook and flail, double
crowned ; on the other, Horus with disk holding crook and flail ; on
the reverse a group, with Osiris as middle figure with crook and
flail, Isis with tau in front, Xepht with ro^'al staff behind (lOG).

(3.) Limestone., &c. Soft limestone, 2i", inscription from
D. B. (103). Limestone, 1", with the snout of a pig; reverse,
crocodile and antelope (120) Glazed limestone, 21", exhibits the
beetle in motion ; name of Amun Ra frequent in the inscription
on its reverse (115). Green marble, 2^" ; inscription from D. B.
(110). Alabaster, 2f" ; do. (104) Softstone, 2" ; on each wing
a cynocephalus, with crown and disk ; reverse, a cartouche (118).

(4.) Gem%. Bloodstone, 3" , do. (lOlj. Same, 2|" ; do.( 116).
Emerald root, or prasius, 2", beautifully polished and very per-
fect ; do. (122). Same, 2", highly gilt at one time, and a good
deal of the gilding still left on it ; do. (123). Lapis lydius or
touchstone, 25", very highly polished ; usual inscription (124).
Malachite, 3" ; reverse, incomplete hierogl3'phic inscription(105).
Light green malachite, 1", slightl}' worn, inscription indis-
tinct (121).

(5). Gla.^B. Blue, 3i", plain (112). Vitrified porcelain, 2i" ;
middle of back, small scarab in relief; reverse, flying scarab (119).

Scarab£Bi not above-mentioned : Two in stone (404) ; 1", (401).
Greystone ; reverse, cartouche between hooded snakes (294).
Dark greenstone, small, female (174). Yer}" dark greenstone,
small, well polished (295J. Hard greenstone, 2^", in the form of
a jar, on the back of another scarab with feelers extended ;
VOL. X. — 3z

Lesley.] g-TQ [1868,

reverse, inscription from D. B. (292). Slate stone, 4" x 3i" wide,
in form of jar ; on each wing, Osiris-eye ; reverse, inscription
from D. B. (346). Limestone (296). Limestone, green glazed ;
reverse, a Typhon (290). Vitrified porcelain, crawling, with
striped wings (293). Black stone (276). Same (278). Same,
well shaped, from Saqqara (267). Same, ver}^ perfect, from
Saqqara (269). Granite, 2'' ; reverse, inscription from Dead
Book.

Scarabfei and amulets, all small, collected on a velvet cushion,
and consisting of: — (a) Two frogs, one hippopotamus, two sca-
rabs, several heads, all of coi-nelian^ and set in gold. (b) Two
frogs, one scarab, one male ei^ect figure, all of lapis lazuli^ set
in gold. (c) One greenstone scarab in a setting of deep gold.
(d) Thirteen greenstone scarabs, very perfect, engraved with dif-
ferent cartouches and hieroglj'phics. (e) One amethyst scarab.
if) Four softstone scarabs with distinct and curious devices.
(.g) One miniatni'e alabaster vase. (h) One stone figure of a
grasshopper (593).

UrsBus. Figure of Thermutis, the asp, emblem of the god
Neph, and goddess Rauno^ and royalty in general, especially
revered at Ombos (27) ; in bronze 32" long (420).

Double crown. In stone (172) ; same (234) ; same (243).

Double feather. \\\ stone, 2" (608). Double feather and
disk of Osiris in glass (277).

Osiris-eye. Porcelain (235) ; silver (237) ; porcelain (402) ;
lapis lazuli (403). Blue porcelain, 4" wide x 3" deep ; same on
the reverse (347). Brown porcelain, 3i' x 2' (348).

Nilometer. Lapis lazuli, small (201) ; porcelain, small (219);
wood r379J. Porcelain group of three figures, forming a stand ;
in the centre a nilometer, 5" high, between T3^phonic figures(41 6j.

Lotus flower in wood (203) ; same (380); same (405); same,
3" long (299). Glass cup, blue, green and white, in shape of the
lotus flower (329).

Locust in porcelain (2063.

Fish's head, with extended jaws, 1" long, a cornelian
amulet (594). Bronze Lepidotus from Kelb-el-Bate C35).
Bronze Oxyrynchus ; two specimens C365, 366>

Lizard in Bronze (164). Crocodile in porcelain C230J.

Ibis and snake, figured on a square silver gilt ornament ('287},
An ibis in bronze, 4'' high C377J-

ISHS.] -yy [lA'Sloy.

Hawk in lopii< lazuli (226) ; same, small r228j. Forcclain^
with crown of Upper Egypt r229) ; same C231J. Stone, wearing
Pshent (381J. Bronze, 6^" high (412) ; small bi-onze, on a
stand C29S).

Eagle in lapis laznli ("217); small gold (282j,

Ant-eater in porcelain f214).

Fox in wood (04) ; small bronze fox CKiO) ; same (183j.

Dog's head in porcelain (447).

Cat. Bronze, small (9) ; same Si" (356) ; same (371) ; same,
small (421) ; same, 10^" high, ver^^ perfectly preserved (516) ;
same 7" high (523) ; same (on a wooden stand), 10" high, con-
taining mummy bones (414). Porcelain, small (207) ; same (224).
Wood, (370) ; same, beautifully shaped, with the usual decora-
tions, 6" high (419) ; same, with necklace painted, hawk and
disk on chest, earrings, scarab on forehead, very perfect (360).

Lion's head in gold, pendant of a necklace (mentioned above).

Horse on the top of an earthenware jar (mentioned above), very
rare.

Rhinoceros in cornelian, very perfect (605).

Kam in bronze, small, ei'ect (169) ; ram's head in stone, small
(209); ram-headed ornament in composition (281). Ram ofier-
ing (see Anubis, below).

Cow l.ying down, in bronze (10). Porcelain cow of Athor (227).
Bronze eyelid of Athor's cow (166).

Bull of Apis, in bronze, with usual scarab mark on its back
(39) ; same (75) ; same, i" by 6'' long (517). Bull of Heliopolis
in bronze, with scarab mark, &c., splendidly preserved (415).
Bull of Apis in porcelain (225) ; same in black stone (357). Bull's
horn in bronze (440). Bull's eye, from the munimj- of a sacred
bull (59) ; same (60) ; repeated (153, 154). Bull's eye in glass
(351, 352, 441). Picture of Apis on a board (534).

Monke3^ Bronze pillar, surmounted by a figure of a cynoce-
phalus, the apeheaded god Ilapi, god of Hermopolis (15). Mon-
key in bronze (36). Porcelain cynocephalus (211) ; small stone,
do. (254). Cornelian do. (263). Bronze do. (410). Monkey
headed canopic jai's (described above).

Human headed bird, typifj'ing the soul, in glass (247).

Phoenix in bronze (367).

Gorgon in porcelain (200).

Sphjmx in bronze, small (173). Ramheaded sphynx in stone

Lesley.] 57g. [1868.

(176). Lionheaded sphynx in porcelain (315). Human head of
a splij^nx in bronze, surmounted b}^ a cross (369). Porcelain
sphynx (408"). Large, ver}- perfect, limestone sphynx (576).
Hinder half of a granite sphynx (577).

VI. DEITIES.

God with pyramid on his head, of bronze (423).
Goddess, with double feather, disk and globe ; bronze (422)
Anubis, fox headed god, in wood (185); in colored glass (204);
in blue porcelain, small (208) ; same, gilt (278) ; figure of Anubis
mentioned in the tablet of the temple. Porcelain tablet repre-
senting a temple ; a woman offering to Anubis (409).

Thoth, god of letters, in porcelain (220); same, small (232); in
lapis Jazuli (244) ; same, in bronze, 5" (364). Thoth on square
basalt — and on silver ring — mentioned elsewhere.

Kneph, the ram headed god, in porcelain, small (212) ; same
(223) ; same, in bronze, 5" high (363).

Typhon in blue porcelain (68) ; same (188) ; same (189) ; same
small (199) ; same (202) ; same (236) ; same (428). Glass trans-
parent (250). Stone (386). Two more in the group, already
mentioned, under Nilometer.

Horus, with pshent, of ivood (7); same (8); porcelain (196);
stone, small (177); kqns lazuli, small (187); same (193); same
(194); same (197); bronze, small (86); same with a box, 4i"
high (93).

Horus and Isis. Mutilated tifonc statue, with hieroglyphics
on the seat (319); bronze, small, 7i" high (373); bronze, 9" high,
splendidly preserved (378); bronze, broken (411); bronze, 9^"
high (413); bronze 7i" high (522),

Horus, child, Harpocrates, god of silence, porcelaine, small
(213); bronze, 5" high, hieroglyphics round the stand, (362);
bronze, 7?" high (518).

Osiris with the crowns of Upper and Lower Egypt, bronze,
(14); same (80) ; same, 13" high, with crookdan flail, double
crown, and asp, the tail of which divides the crown (141); same,
7'' high, holding a roll of papyrus to his breast ; crowned with
both crowns, surmounted by a star (374). Same, 9i" high, with
crook and flail, and double crown (375). Same, IO3" high,
crook, flail, double ci'owns and asp (524). Osiris in silver,
small, three specimens (18, 19, 20). Osiris in alabaster, small

1SU8.] r^yQ [Lesley.

(8V). Osiris and Isis in porcelain^ (221). Osiris in (jlaas (288).
Osiris in ivood, 13" high, on stand, with double crown (550).
The beard of Osiris from a statue in u-ood (137). Head of a
granite statue of Osiris, 19^" higli, with double crown (5()2).
Three other figures of Osiris on tablets mentioned under that
head. Tablet of limestone, 7t x 4:J^", with figure of Osiris, crook,
fiail, disk, nilometer, and tau, and two rows of well executed
hieroglyphics, (148).

Osirid figures, emblem of the dead. Of stone, 8" high (22).
Same 5i" (24). Black stone, 4", 6", 6^", (65, 6(5, (57, 71).
Granite (130). (^f jiorcclain, blue, 5", 5^" high, two (25, 26).
Green 5i", bright blue 6i", stone colored 7f' , three (29, 30, 31).
Same, (131). Black marble, 7A" (350). White marble, 5" (73).
Pottery, 7|', 7iS two, (72, 74). In alabaster, 4f", two, (69, 70).
Small Osirid figures (81, 82, 83, 84). In wood 8*", 9i'" 10",
three (94, 95, 96). Figure mentioned above, with box, 25 inches
high. Others found in a black box, mentioned above.

AmunRa in bronze, small (88). Same seated, bronze, 9"
high (376).

Isis, small (184'. In lapis lazuli (192). For Isis and Horns,
see under Horus, Nos. 221, 373, 278, 411, 413, 522.

Isis and Nephthys with Horus between them, in porcelain
(242).

Nephthys alone, porcelain (198).

Isis and Anubis. Tablet representing a temple, 3^" x 3" :
ram headed Isis oflTers sistrum to Anubis ; reverse, nilometer
between two taus (349).

Isis and Osiris. Tablet of s^-camore wood representing a
temple, Isis ottering to Osiris (388).

Athor. Small porcelain column surmounted b}' two heads of
Isis in form of Athor (28). Mirror and stafl", head of Athor, in
bronze, 9" high x 4" broad (134). Porcelain figure of Athor
(186).

Pasht, catheaded goddess of Bubastis. Bronze (6). Pasht
erect in porcelain (11, 13). Same seated (12). Lion headed
Pasht (85). Pasht, seated, small (191). Porcelain Pasht (222).
Same (355). Pasht, seated, lapis lazuli (265).

Tmei, goddess of truth and justice, daughter of the sun, whose
image was worn round the neck of the judge in court, with which
he touched the gainer of the suit in token that the right was on

Lesley.] • f^gQ [1S68.

his side. Lapis lazuli, small, (4) — (190). Blue porcelain figure
of Thmei as one of the four genii of Amenti already mentioned.

Goddess with double feather, disk and globe, mentioned above
under double feather.

Goddess with Hippopotamus head, worshipped at Papremis,
(Herod.) porcelain (.358). Another has been mentioned under
collection of scarabs on a velvet cushion.

Tpe, mother of Osiris, kneeling, and holding up the heavens
(195).

VII. HUMAN FIGURES,

Priest holdiug crook and tav, 5^" high, bronze (.37). Same,
6" (417). Same, 6" (519). Same without the tav, 5?" (38).
Same, 5" (418). Same, ^ (353). Priest kneeling, crown of
Upper Egypt, bronze (3G8).

Judge seated, in stone., with faint hieroglj'phic inscription
round the chair, very perfect (31). Judge seated holding a
scroll on his knees, bronze (361). Repeated, 5|" high (521).

Amunoph III. (XYIII. dynasty, B. C. 1403— 13G7) in wood,
11 inches high (45).

Man seated, in blue porcelain (400).

Man runniug, small, bronze (383).

Negro crouching, pottery (17).

Nubian erect, wearing the kilt, wood, 10" high '354).

Female holding a child, seated, porcelain (393).

Female (headless) arms extended aloft, wood, 6" high (359).

Female bust, Roman, terra cotta, (51). Female head, do. do
(344).

Female head belonging to a granite statue, 10" high x 17"
wide (557).

Head of a jester, terra cotta (52).

Heads from tops of vases, beautifully shaped, alabaster, (527j
528). Granite bust, head wanting (540). Marble head of a
cherub (542). Small granite head of a king, (548). Head of
the statue of an old man evidently a portrait, from Memphis
(563).

Nectanebo. Slab of basalt found at Alexandria, ? the screen
or division of a temple, showing the figure of this king offering
incense to his god (576).

Aten-Re-Bahu. Block of basalt 35" x 20" x 11", encircled

lSfi8.1 r^^l [LcsU-y.

with hieroglyphics ; on one side tlie Cartouche of this King, and
the defaced cartouches of the foreign kings of Tell Amarna, Ge-
bcl lana and Alahastron. See Wilkinson, p. 294 (578).

Ptolenia daughter of a Ptoleni}-, her bust (579),

Cleopatra. Marble head of a female statue, supposed to be
this queen (572).

Dacian kino-. A marble statue of a daciau king, kneeling,
with ai-ms tied behind his back, once forming part of a group,
representing Trajan with his vanquislied enemies at his feet. See
Wilkinson, p. 94, (573).

Persiniiis Niger, an Ethiopian general, his statue in black
basalt (574).

Full length figure of a man dancing with extended arms,
Greek bronze (.32).

Full length female figure, Greek bronze (33).

Woman, Roman bronze (89).

Man's head, Roman marble (317).

Hand, beautifully cut, Greek marble (331).

Full length female figure, holding her vail over her mouth, and
supporting her dress with the other hand, Greek terra cotta, 85"
high (345).

VIII. MISCELLANEOUS, OF LATER DATE.

Large lamp, Greek bronze (2).

Incense vase, Roman bronze (44).

Column, with two female heads, with an olive wreath, Roman
bronze, 4i" (76).

Lamps, small, Roman terra cotta (133, 305, 308, 423).

Salver with movable handle, Roman bronze (135).

Wine jar toj), with Greek inscription (148).

Medal of bronze (248).

Four cherubims in ivory, 33" to 4" long, wrapped in mummy
cloth, early Christian (125). Ivory lion seizing a crocodile,
small, in mummy cloth, Coptic (120). Small carved ivory lion's
head (127).

Piece of mummj- cloth with Greek inscription, " Milupos, son
of Liloanus ; nobod}^ is immortal in this Avorld" (315).

Seal, Coptic glass ; black stone seal with impress of St. George
and the dragon (596).

Lesley.] nocy [186S.

Amulet of alabaster, circular, 4" circumference, cufic inscrip-
tion.

Mosaic, Several pieces of gold mosaic from Benha (Atbribis).
Antique ring witb two amethysts (596).

Piece of lapis lazuli (606).

Piece of tesselated pavement with lotus leaf (61).

The Annual Report of the Finance Committee was read.
On motion of Mr. Fraley the following appropriations were
made for the ensuing year :

Salary of Librarian, - - - - $V00

Salary to Assistant Librarian, - - - 360

Salary of Janitor, - . - - lOO

Pett}^ expenses of Librarian, - - - 50

Binding Books, . . - . 150

Hall account, - - - - - 200

Insurance account, - - - - 170

Subscrij^tions to Journals, - - - 50
Publications in addition to the interest of the

Publication Fund, - - - 1500
General expenses other than the above and in-
cluding the commissions payable to the
Treasurer, - - - - - 120

4000

And the Society was adjourned.

INDEX.

Annual F.loolioiis '2. lOP, 20S, 302

KtaiHiin^- ConiiiiiltooN ti, 200, 307, 3(!5

Spvcinl I'oiiiiiiittec on HelcDurl's Ojibwav — FrtMicli Vocabulary 259

Uhiekwcll'.s Hydiolosy of the St. Lawrence. . 208, 209

•' " Cope'.s ^Synopsis of CyprinidsB of Pa 273,275

'• •' Cope's .Synopsis of' Extinct IJatrachia and

lleptilia. North America 441, 443, 512

" '• Hall's Notes on the Geology of Minnesota 257, 2.')9

'• •' James' New Mosses of the United States (5

'• " Julien's Foi'ination of the Isle of Sombrero. . . 13(i, 150

"' " liCsqnereux's Tertiary Plants of Mississippi fi, 8

" " hesquereux's Facoides in the Coal Measure 245

•' " T>esley's Map of Five types of Topograph.y 209, 22ti

" " Orr's '.Monetary Systeni 354

'■ " lieiehenbaeh's Law of Continental form 246

" Wood's (I£. C.) Myriopodaof the United States 13«

'■ " Wood's (II. C.) Contributions to Knowledge of the

Coal Flora of the United States 2t;i, 271

" " Wood's (H. C.) Phalangiaand Pedipalj)i in W.

South America 442, 479

Spocial Colnniittee on the Matjellanic Premium 3, (J

the Michaux I-esaey 338,339,341,479,480,511

" Indian photographs 322,330,338,388

•' " A. D. Bache's obsequies 91i, .■!27

" " A. D. Bache's monument 3.W

" " A. D. Bache's portrait

" Penn S(juare as a building lot 330,338,340

'• " New building in common with other societies, 207,245

Finan<?o C'o«nn»itl«»e on the Coal land in Northumberland Co 244

]>j|»rary Coinniittve lOG

:tIcnil>orfs Elected

Allen* 307

AlHbone* 105

Anderson 307

Anthon* 479

Blair,* T. S 200

Brow ne* 341

Brush 7

Brunei, 0 7

Breckenridge. i;. J 273

Cauby* 479

Cleveland* 105

Conrad 105

Cope.* E. D '200

Cadwalader* 307

l>avid.son* 200

Dacosta 273

Dunning* 307

Emerson. R. W 307

Earle, Pliny 242

Francis* 105

Frazer,* J . F 307

Gill* 341

Gratr 3(i5

Grant* 424

Green,* Traill 479

Gummere* 3I15

Guizot, Ar .'!.';7

Hale, Ch 2U0

Haven* 105

Lea, II. C 3.53

Morton 307

Marsh, O. C 179

VOL, X. — 4u

Mason*

McMichael

Meek*

Mill,* J.S.
Newberrv,

.307
.■J37
337

.•;53

.307

N e wton *'. 337

Osborn* 307

Packard* '■V>'

Pardee 3.")3

Price.* J.S 3.5;{

Ravnolds* 337

Head,* J. M 341

Khoads* 424

Sandberger, F 242

Schaeffer,* G. C 1(»5

Seliimper 273

Shippen* 305

Shumard* 3ii7

Smith,* Goldwin 7

Stille » 307

Strong.* W 201

Sumner.* Ch •>''7

Townsend* 3ii.^

Tvndall, J 424

Warren* 341

Welsh* 341

Whitman* 7

Winchell- 7

Wister, O.J 242

Wood,* II. C 200

AVyman, J 273

584

PI:otos-rai>IiN Received

Abbot 05

Adams, J. (J 27-t

Arf wertson 208

Hachc, Fr 95

Brif^fjs, U 245

Brush 7

Coates, B 95

Davis 95

Dohrn 95

Dewey 357

Dupoiit 95

Everett 95

P'ou 1 ke 150

FraiiKliu, Beiij 95

Gould, A. A 108

Graham ., 30

Ilahlemau, S. S 3+2

JIarrison, J 255

Hartshorne, H 360

Hodge, H. L 276

Holland 150

Horsford , ] 50

H umphreys 95

Jenks 297

Kendall, E. 0 255

Lee, T.J 95

Lon g 95

Max. of Wied lOii

Moigan, J 245

Norton

Schott 23

Shurtleff 257

Torrey 257

Totten 95

Walton. T. U 245

Wayland 3

Werherill 120

Whitney, W. D

Whitney, J. 1>

Wilcocks 120

Winchell 442

Members Deceased

Alexander, J. A

Bache. Fr

Notice by Dr. Wood..
Baehe, \. D

Notice bv Mr. li'ralev.
Baldwin, M. D "..

Notice by Mr. Bealc..

Bouchei' d'e Perthes

Brewster

Bring

Buciianan

Callison

Cass

Coles

Dallas

Daubeny

Davis

Delancey

Dewey.

Dupont

Dundas

Eneke

Eschricht

Euler

Everett

Featherstonhaugh

Forchbammer

Foulke 147.

Notice by Mr. Lesley

Flourens . .'

Gibson

Gilliss

Goddard

Goodsir

Gould, A. A

330

121
326
327
261
279
443
382
203
430
364
299
441

1
366
69
364
363
147
147
167
69
187

6
308
208
150
480
366
382

9
258
339
261

Graham

Hooker

Ingersoll, J. K

Notice liy Judgt; Sharswood

Jackson

Jager

James

Jenks

Ku ptter

Lindley

Long. .'

Max. of Wied

McCall

Morlot 355,

Norris

Ord

I'enington

Potter

Rafn

Rives

Rogers, H. D

Short

Notice by Dr. Gross

Sparks

Storr.s

Struve

Thomson

Thompson. O

Notice by Mr. Price

Wagner

Wayland

West

Wilson-

Wister

Vethake 292,

195
150
367
511
8
338

69
297
351
257
364
330
443
443
299
201
333
148

69
425
257

174
208
169
1
147
201
211
3tl7
1,50
444
29
149
297

Moiiitoer Itesisrned : William B. Reed 276

Lists of surviving members read 300. 320, 3(i5

Commuiiications on matters of science i* in full)

Brisgs : Health and ventilation 8

" Gold extracting machinery 29

" Visit to the oil region of Pennsylvania 109

" Patent for preventing incrustations 169

" Coal dust converted into fuel 290

" Construction of domes 379

Chase : Radical signifleance of numerals* 18

" Short P]gyptian-English Vocabulary* 69

" Relations of magnetism to gravity* 97

" Correlation of gravity with vertical deflection* Ill

" List of trade tokens 11>8

" Mechanical polarization of magnetic needles* 151

" Magnetic observations at St. Helena, &c 168

585

Skvlitrht nolariziit ion* '

\ii'ti(Mt) itiou of M. (lliiislici's views : " VV

co,np;:;^ivc visibility nr Aruso;. noutrai i—^-^- ••;•;;;;;:;:;::

TnlnVmUiona.;idistiibutioMots.>a^^ ] ! ! 1 ! i!::: 1 ! i. .

196
rhaso: Slcylif^'Ht poiari/.;n i>mi • . . •■■•• -iOH

•201
;i09

SliiclniH's published in tlio N. A. Review* • .j,-,;j

Meteor of Oet. 15, ISf.T Mtl

" Meteors ol" Nov. 14, 18ii7 • 338

" siueiticr niii^cnetism ol iron- V ; ■ •,■■ l" ■; ! ' V,'i< 3ti3

l'<,sMble eheniieal expUuuUion ot ^>''^''^'^'-^^]'^[y ■]]]]■////,. Ml

'' soim-'i^'m:rul'c(M;no{ati<.ns ot-' Magnetism- ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! 43I;

Uaiiilall am-cted by the Moon's phases ■•• •••■ r^y^^

Tulal rainfall at I'luladelphia' r,;j.j

Meteors of November If, l;*^';'.* .'.'.'..'.'.'. 1"«

Cresson, (J, C.) : Tornado, May 11, 1«>.) lis, mo

.V , *j,,^^^j.'gj„,„it.ineoiis rainbows • • j,;8

" Onion disease " 1ij8

" Fish in coal mines I'.ii)

" Diamasrnetisiii HHi

Aurora of Feb, 7, 20,21, ISGo •;;;;• 070

" Copper coin .-••••••• ; • •.;. ; '. 270

:: K\.Snii^.- V»:{?Hi7;an;rn;h;yao;™ •■•::;: ^

15(ili(le of 7/i.. Mm., April :>, 1^<h •; 33^

'• Kxiilosions in mines 3V2

Meteors of Aug. 11. 4>'U( .•-•■ 354

Odorand temperature in plants .^.S^

n«viclson : New level for transits. . . . • • 3U

Vutlu Li-htninselfects in deep mines- .^01

IHibi»is: Siamese Palatographs....... '.".'.'..'.'. f?,";

Kinei-sou : Hailstorm ot bept- ^-h 1«"' l.)0

l'-|iiiis- Nelnilar llvpothesis..... '25.)

Jirior: Loess tish of Mississippi -208

< ji-otr : Franklin's watch ■•■■■■•-■■••''.;. 2415

llall. (J.): SpiriferaofUp. Heldciherg- .^74

111 vcien : P i peston e quarry. M in n esot a • ■ .m.-^

"'':!"'-' Geology of Missouri \ alley-;. 300

li T i.rnifV beds of Up. Missouri* •.•.••■•■■■•■■■■-i 315

:: S-'u^ributicln of Pi'vnts^v. of Mississippi* ;;;::::;;:;; ^

Photo-raph of matting tound at X.Ibeiia .^,,^

Photographs of Indians. . .... ••••••; ••••••_ 322

:: SSS4^;inS.V;v;;sS^..p-^;.v«.»-;;;;;::;;::::;:;: S

:: g?r.-°,!'^^w™\\,?;;?;";^sfeStvv.vNo.-,. <:^

I»or>«forcl : Remarkable rainbow ;,';\r ,■';.■; 210

James, -T. P.): Sullivan and Lesquereus's Mii.sci ■•.• 3^^ 3^

•• ' Parse li's .Journal ' 205

Jones : Terrestrial physics. ; ' ' ; ; 2(14

I uliet : Tooth found (1) m coal. 42.-)

KXl^"A""ieiiLun Wythe Co. lead muie^; ■-::::::::::.:... 5i6

UirUwoo.l: Meteors of Novemher 13. 14, 18ob 33^

J:avl.am : Temperature tables, Milwaukee ::•.•.::;■.■.::.. 242

t,oa : Eozoon Canadeuse •. ■ ;• • V ' '.U'o -■^''

i cC.u.te : Lithographic stone o Alabama • ■ ..^^1^7

l^osley : Petroleum in E. K<^ntueky .^ 137

" Mythical compounds ot b.ii .203

Relcourfs Ojibwa Dictionary ■;;;;• ,^27

» Petroleum well sections^ .-■■ ■:;;•••:;;• 'f'^iie'D'Orbinev papyrus*. .5-13

:: KSiSi'St,,'?|ir„ni: p'li'Mui'u.n ,„ A,e.,>,,.,r>.......... ^

I.ewis : Meteors in China, Nov. lo, 18()< •; • ■ ■ 24

Marsh: Heights of Auroras* • 101

Meteorsof Nov. IHba 27S

IMeteorsof Nov. 18dG............ 3-29

Herschel's spectra ot meteois 3S7

Kcinarkable rainbow. . •••••■•• 421, 425

" " ' '^^ 3.)6

95
38-2
210

275

Niduiai'ia fascicularis... 430

Pottery of the stone age*

586

Pockliaiii : Origin of bit n mens, &c* 445

l»orter, (T, C.) : Indian Jigiii-eSiit Sate lliirlxn- 30. 'J5.)

" Curi(jns botanical locality near Phihuleliiljia 17o

" Intlian figures near llie iNiarylanU line ^-.i

Smith, [L.i: Meteorites ;jaO, ;.ol

Tros;o : John Gordon's math, traverse table ' j(i,i

" Spoiitaneous aiJiiearunce of exotic plants 170

Troyoii : Merovingian grjiveyard* ;;

'rri|>|»el : Seliintz's gas generator* ;)

H'ootl, (G. B.) : Indian implements in New Jersey KiS

Vesuvius after au eiuptiou ". 4i t

■' Origin of earthquakes 511

Woort. (H. C.) : Oedogoniuin Huntii t33

Zsii-eiiiba . .Sopliocles

ticneial l'orreNisoii(lei>i-c: Allen (T. I). , 'i5i) ; AUibone, 105; Belcourt, 203.
iiU ; Blair, -205 ; Bost, 8 ; Bovce, 424 ; Breckenridge, 274 ; Briekenstein, 193, 'i07 ;
Brunet, 8; Brush, 168 ; Cbieago, A. S., 256 ; Cleveland. 105; Cope, 201 ; i)a Costa,
274; Dalryuiple, 193; Davidson. 201, 255 ; i)uane,2b0; Earle, 245 ; I'iske. 1^7,
Fox, 187; Francis. 105: Greer, 2.56; Haarlem Soe., 207 ; Hale, 95; Haven. 105;
Henry, 207, 388; Hist. S. Pa., 205; lugersoll, 7, lu8; .Julien, 187; J uliet, 204;
Keller, 208 ; Kensington Lodge, O. F., 119 ; King, 203 ; Le Conte, 205, 207 ; Leitly ;
203; Lesley, 297; Linnseau Soc, Lancaster, 149 ; Merrick. 338; Mill. 359 ; Pattei-
sou, 169; Perot, 321; Porter, 168, 255; Portland, N.H., S., 260; Proctor, 308;
R. S., Edinburgh, 209; Sandberger, 255; Shaeller, 171; Shea. 32; Schinz. 257;
Smith {a:, 29 ; Snowden. 242 ; Steilwugon, 203 ; Taliaferro, 242; Troyon, 3 ; v\ ey-
mouth,32; Whitney, 170; Winchell, 8 ; VVister, 242; Wood, 202 ; Wyman, 274.
Societies itlaceU on the last of lorrespoiidents:

North Branch China Asiatic Society oSG

JNIunicli : Hoyal Library ." y-_'9

Dresden : Verein fiir Erdlcunde •.i>^0

Bremen : Natural History Societj- 439

Lund ; Uni versify ." 381

Glasgow : Philosophical Society 3b8

Geological Society 322

London : Meteorological Office, R. S 512

Montreal : Natural History Society 192

Maine Historical Society '. 204

N ew Hampshire Historical Society lo9

Cambridge : Museum of Comp. Zoology 109

Philadelphia : College of Pharmacy...'. 322

'• Numismatic and Antiq. Soc 202

Lancaster: Linussan Society 149

Baltimore : Peabody Institute 364

Buenos Ayres : Museum 149

Transactions, Vol. XIII, Pan 1, publislieil (,9

•' Vol. XIII, Part II, puljlished 193

Proceedings published 24, 256, 320, 443

Catalogue. Part I, publLshed 206, 258, 'j76

Laws of the Society, republished 200

Pursh's MSS. Jouriial, published 360. 3.-7

Logan MSS.— pulilication permit teil 276, 278

Fire-proof ordered 118

Fire-proof Build ing 205, 271, 272,. 276, 278, 290, 298, 335, 364, 512

Bache Monument Association ' 336

Bache Portrait 144, 439. 480

Magellanic .Medal 187 206, 278

Alaska Memorial 380

Album purcluised 245, 257

Carthagenian stone Relic (SteJlwagon) 203

Indian Pestle and Mortar -.^03

Zeisberger's MSS. applied for 204. 207

Peter Legaux's Journal (Duanc) 2fc0

Poissons Fossils 256

Oriental Books (Biddle) 3

Librarian 307, 364

lCCC

c?c

Cic-':

<:z:^<ir:

^^ <25'<

c^r\:

' cfc

<^- <r«

; cic

"" <r<

:c:ccc: <e:cc

^cc cz <«<' <k:__ cc .,

"rc «c::<: -6^;<- <x.::cx

:c:'"c'cc: <e:co

r<<s:csc ^^r:<ic,<r,:c ,

rci:cC': <S: <:g: v,^

- cr «2 '" , czicc:^: <ij:«r:

^ fec«!C^<c:c£:^ core

<Z7 <:r

_S-cx<sr
'C c; CSC
!:g:c c<<:.
"C'.: CSC'

JGC-<S<S

Zc ( czxc

-"C c <XC

crc <S<:

_n c: c

xi <g£^

CC.Ci<

c-jc^ <s:i«i c: c

_' c:

jccr c:
x:z«c:c<2 ci
CiC5 Co c:

CCd

r re-
cce:: -
:cc<:

CC<Z"

cTc:

CC'O'

cc:

cc:

cc
cC

cc:

cc
cc
c
c «

^C ' "
<cc

(X

'" C

i^^cc «^

-^c:c cr <:<c
lc:c <C c<iC-

jccc «££::
Tcccr cc

icr <^' ^«^.
-CLC-c:: '
x<ccr <
^cccr ^

^r: c:cc5C

'^ OC^ CIS

^c cc:

z c<e cz^
^ oc c:c

^_ cc cr<s
cucc <z;<a

^ cC CI o:^ '

_cccz <^
:cc o «S^

CSC ^.

^: cr^ ^:<3:cr. *

c «r O: c<|C

^ ^^ <c. <c^.^. ^

C <r cr: c^^ ,
- CCC <CS<^. ^

cT ^ <c :^r^
r^_ <i::<c::

<n «: «:

r crcc

- «r<c: --^=^ >^^

jjc:

^cc
CCCdC

^^- r o: CCCCC-
O: C ccccd

TC<3aE:

I dc exec: C < ^ ^

iCc CcCd C C ^- ^
IC CCC<Z C C CC ^

: cc crcj ^r

:: cc <f,t'x«^"

a cc o'ck>^r

<r cc o^c^r

lC C^C^<C CiCCjC

re <rcc""'

.- <JC

'C c^cor ^ cc^csr^^T" cr cc ■o^ creese p^c ^ cccc ^

r <r c«i' c[ ccoc^^K^ c: cc d ccco or,' g cc cot

t c; <^r CI cccc^^^ oxc c: cm<^ ^oc p ce c^<c
c c. <i^' ct ccciC oa^i^ c: cc <r <xecce <^ pc ^c ^ c.

^^o^c_<r c c£cc<::« o.« G<. ^c
^ 'c: CiCi'cc: < o ^ ^c oc

' cxX'tXl CCT"^: C£C. OcjC

-"cc^ d ^■«3'c<r<.d' crc ccc:
dec <r <^<^<p ^ ^
'^'-^d <:c^c^r^r do cr* <3:d

r' d <^d <2' CcjCK^ ^M^^^ d: CE- d" CCccd

r d <^C Recced «^^O^d_<r d" C£ccd

' d ^c: feccjc

d ' ^atr dK'Ccd ^^

CCCCCdi^teSCTdCd cjce53P5^^ ,?^

- . dsred^^rcd^ddc c

3ECC

c^OC ccccc

^ accc

' Cg^
e C<SSiL_ CMC^

L^ cfeec::_ cccc

cc C ' -^^.<3!tr^ <mC'

x<^ c

r;cc
exceed

~C«.C

cdc^r <^c c

^ ' d<«C_. 'COC-
C dC<C ec>c

idc:::

^<c*C

c<XZ€^^

& C ^rc^iC

rc:<<®K^

- <:ec<C d'^SSQCXK^' c :
ccrdi^^C^pS'C '

cere d^^raac^Cd c

re.c C «^^oqpr d c <
cccdj^^^^C dc 4

cccC^^f^^

t fc'r <rd

r^^r^^ «^ ^ ^

lo? ^: c^r i

-^cTfC ^ csk: <
== ci_cc ^ ccc:

^4^ ^^ J^

c: c«*st
S Owe

c car ^

C3 -' <Cc __

S^ ^ict^' i^zli'i<^ ^s^^-cj

<S<*^--

M

rv cr <2 ^'c<r

cicc <:

-^^<^

<gt<2;cc:

■?# ^t >-^". «C-f t

C <C -^t- V^^, ^>= ^tr >(^t

«m^e^

^^

:.c:<c. ^ '^^

^cQ>. <£l<CXt C«s cc

c; <
■^ c

<1<CL